Aom JS32

COPY No.
________________ _
SA.4-3100/MOM/258
BAE SYSTEMS
.!:
u
Q)
-~
a:
Jetstream Series 3200
Manufacturers Operating Manual

Part 1
STATEMENT OF INITIAL CERTIFICATION
This manual complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A, Chapter A7-3.
Signe<!....
..;,~-:0~ :
.. .. . . . . . .
CAA Approval No. DAI/1011/55

JAR21 Approval No. CAA.JA.02034
Dare
J$ (11 6"= . . . .
NOTE:
The above certification does not apply to revisions made after the date of initial certification by other
Approved Organisations. Revisions made by other Approved Organisations must each be separately
certified, and recorded on separate record sheets.
The copyright in this document, which contains information of a proprietary nature, is vested in British
Aerospace ple. The contents of this document may not be used for purposes other than for which it has
been supplied, and may not be reproduced, either wholly or in part, in any way whatsoever, nor may it be
used by, or its contents divulged to, any person whatsoever without the prior written consent of British
Aerospace ple.
British Aerospace ple. and its subsidiary, af liate and associated companies disclaim all liability whether in
contract or in tort {including but not limited to negligence) or breach of statutory obligation and shall not
in any circumstances be liable for any losses, actions, claims, proceedings, judgements, damages,
compensation, obligations, injuries, expenses or other liabilities, whether direct or consequential, arising
wholly or in part from the unauthorized reproduction or use of this document.
2000 BRITISH AEROSPACE PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

All rights reserved
BAE SYSTEMS (Operations) Limited,
Prestwick International Airport, Ayrshire, KA9 2RW Scotland
BRl7'SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA/111
SERies l200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
CERTIFICATION
This Manual complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements,
Chapter A6-7. The technical accuracy of this Manual has been
verified and is certified as correct.
The inclusion of an uncertified amendment will invalidate this
certif ication.
Design Authority.
Signed ~Date lfr.~~.>O
f or BRITISH AEROSPACE PLC

CIVIL AIRCRAFT DIVISION
PRESTWICK AIRPORT, AYRSHIRE
SCOTLAND KA9 2RW
C.A.A. Design Approval No
DAI/1011/55
DISCLAIMER
The extent of liabilities of the Constructor for any defect in
or failure of an aircraft or any part thereof is no wider than that
set out in the Warranty Clause contained in the contract subject to
the provision of which such aircraft was sold.
Nothing in the Manual is to be taken as a representation
condition or Warranty so as to affect such liabilities or to impose
any such or other liability on British Aerospace PLC, Civil
Aircraft Division.
The manual is issued specif ically for Jetstream Series 3200

Customer model defined on the title page. The manual has no
technical validity in relation to any other aircraft.
EMBODIMENT OF MODIFICATIONS
AFTER DEI.IVERY OF THE LAST PRODUCTION AIRGRAFT OF THE TYPE
To ensure that the information contained in this Manual is
compatible with the modification state of the aircraft, no
information relating to modifications issued after delivery of the
last production aircraft of the type will be incorporated in this
Manual without the written assrance of the operator that he
intends to install a particular modification.
The only exception to the above will be e.A.A. Mandatory Modifications.
req~ired
Certif ication
Page 1/2
~A~E
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
RECORD OF REVISIONS
The incorporation of each Revision must be recorded below
IMPORTA.NT:
The inclusion of an uncertified Revision will

invalidate the initial certification of this
manual.
Rev Issue Inserted

by
No Date
~.e
1>
7.s.~'7
21
2 ~fi r>/~
c_c;
:t)
~-~-~
22
3
4
.)V(
1-)~
a .c, ..b t. 7. r;;p., ~
s_,?rl~
5 NOVlr~
6
7
_oo:-i5m
R::B
1Sfl\o
8 HA'f l5Aqc
-oo
-
Rev Issue Inserted

by
No Date
fe'~->!
~
o
o
co
Date
Inserted
~-~ ,]>
18 ,e?~
24
t; t; },
/2..
,z .5"'
25
i'2,. \ ~
26
02-\~\qo.
27
'i .c.. l.l
~r J JJ
-c..r.il..
\\r,.,~.(l~
~~ Sl' t:\Q~
10 ~~
r~ M
9
~,
11
12
13
14
15
..._.~IS'
0C'
6(a.3
-:ni~
,
OC'\
~/o'G
/!!Jo
~,:.sj~
,Q .r ld.2...
-:::r~
30
- ~ 2.1 /qlt
32
t\ffi.., .-~
,. Jq7
:r(,)tJ
:S<\N
Zt
bfo<.
/~ /o7
29
31
28
-:H 91). .
~hJ ~~"'~~
'2.3
i,
rs/11 \tJt
- V,
23
Date
Inserted
33
3.4
35
16
36
17
37
18
38
19
39
20
40
Record of Revisions
Page 1
B_T_,, AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAll
SeRies }200

''
Rev Issue
No Date Inserted by
Date
Inserted
Rev Issue
No Date
41
6S
42
66
43
67
44
68
4S
69
46
'
70
47
71
48
72
49
73
so
74
Sl
7S
S2
76
53
77
S4
78
SS
79
56
80
S7
81
58
82
S9
83
60
84
61
85
62
86
63
87
64
88
Record of Revisions
Page 2
Inserted by
Date
Inserted
'
o
o
o
a
a
"
~ AEROt#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUA L PART 1
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVI SIONS

The incorporation and subsequent cancellation of each Temporary
Revision must be r ecor ded below .
IMPORTANT: The inc l usion of an uncerti f ied Te mpo rary Revision wi ll
invalidate the i ni t i al c e rtification of thi s manual .
Inserted by
No
zq.11 . ~
18 - I
G . G-"J
2 '6- 11 -~
1Y)-21
J.. 11 'i11
5 - ?i.
' e,
'b - \
~e .\l.
' "-l
( . \l
! q, - 2,
'-i.,
t <D -~
\% - u.,
1+ -2
\ -=J
v...'
-t .(_
~ - ":<.
.~ . V;
".:\ ()
lr q o
Ir. Q.f;
r .11
S . h
Qn
~ . e. iL
f) h
qo
/\ ~e \l .
,C) h
qo
dd-.
t '
_sJ
....,.
i-.> av
\ s-\I o
Signatur e
5 <c q
~'
<
b . q(
i.f_. ('. J. .
~ ' ir, .(\(]
'"l e \l
>
'
V.
ISp; \
.( 'tl'
(,tl_~
1\
~I S~ \
Q
. d(~('
':Tu---- ~ .
-.3
o
o
\ ~- 4
,,.,
1~ -s
----~
4- . Gr-.J)
F; -
Cance lled by
Date
(Rev No)
Cancell ed
17 - /
5- (
"'
o
o
Da te
Inserted
....
' ..gsU
De* 'Se) t\ J
--;-e 1-:+ 56
.2 .sJd
'-:+-\o
1&- s
1~- lo.
"
\-;-'"\- m
,\.-"
'2 - \
"'
1
G
~~
) el
~-dJ~
M:>-....
1<\9~
~ ~ \~
:::)"""
'.Tw ....... ~3
Rec o r d of Temporary Revis ions

Page 1
~Al~
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPE RAT ING MANUAL PART 1
Inserted by
No
\ "".\
Date
Inserted
Cancelled by
Date
(Rev No)
Cancelled
Signature
"'
-~
\'"\~
~
,
,i_ ~
"
J<
~
3""0-~
\~-i
,i .:5>
lb-2-
~ /~ u,f~l~:s
,~/
~Tl , ~~--
2L..f~(q ~
2.G .E;J<6
J~ . I (
f) . ~et-.
2G -b Cf6
~ -1
PUi~
')_:'; ' ( . q_, ~
lb-~
(J_(
-o
N
o
o
<X>
Record of Temporary Revisions

Page 2
BRl77SH A6ROSFfllCI!!
JETSTREANI
SERiES 1200

1
;'i,
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
TITLE PAGE
CERTIFICATION
RECORD OF REVISIONS
RECORD OF TEMP. REVISIONS
RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS
AND MODIFICATIONS
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
1
2
1
2
1/2
1
1/2
1
2
3
4
5
6
GLOSSARY CONTENTS
GLOSS-1 (ABBREVIATIONS)
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
GLOSS-2 (DEFINITIONS)
GLOSS-3 (CONVERSIONS)
7/8
1/2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Jun
1/93
Sep 15/02
Jan
Sep
Nov
Nov
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Nov
Nov
1/92
15/02
15/98
15/98
15/02
15/02
15/02
15/02
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/00
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/98'
15/98
PRELIMINARY: LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page 1
21006891
Sep 15/02
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
RECORD OF INCORPORATED SERVICE BULLETINS/MODIFICATIONS

Service Bulletins and Modif ications incorporated at original
build of aircraft to which this manual relates are similarly
incorporated into the manual and are not separately listed at
initial issue of this manual. Reference should be made to the
Manufacturer's records for the build standard at delivery.
Service Bulletins and Modif ications listed below have been
incorporated by revisions as indicated. It should be noted
that only Mandatory Service Bulletins and Modif ications
effective at the time of the revision have been automatically
incorpo~ated.
Non-Mandatory Bulletins will only be
incorporated following written advice from the Operator
concerned to the Technical Publications Department, Prestwick.
Service
Bulletin/
Modif ication No.
Issue
No/Date
73JA891146
73JA900141
34JK2562A
1
1
1
Nov 30/89
Feb 6/90
Feb 6/90
8028.
8100
Jan 11/89
Jan 13/89
3399
Aug 28/89
Incorporated by:Revision
Date
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Dec 15/89
o
f"'")
o
o
N
SERVICE BULLETINS
Page 1/2
Feb 15/90
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
l~-
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL
- '
PART 1
CONTENTS
FLYING
LIST
INTRODUCTION
GLOSSARY & TABLES
l.
GENERAL
2.
AIRFRAME & FLIGHT CONTROLS
3.
AIR COND & PRESS
4.
EMER EQUIP & OXYGEN
5.
ELECTRICS
6.
ENGINES & PROPS
7.
FUEL
8.
FIRE PROTECTION
9.
HYDRAULICS
10.
ICE & RAIN PROTECTION
11.
INSTRUMENTS, FCS
12.
COMMS & RECORDING
13.
LOADING
14.
FLIGHT PLANNING
15.
PERFORMANCE
16.
FLIGHT GUIDE
17.
NORMAL PROCEDURES
18.
DRILLS
19.
M. E. L.
20.
GROUND HANDLING
MOM PART 1 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88
l!IRJ/77SHAEROSPACI/!
JETSTREAIW
SEIES
J200
MANUFACTURER'S OPERATING MANUAL (M.O.M.)

INTRODUCTION
1.
AUTHORITY
This manual is prepared in accordance with British Civil
Airworthiness Requirements, CHAPTER A6-7 and it conforms with
the relevant parts of CAA publication CAP 450.
It may be used by the operator, together with the operator's
own material, to create an Operations Manual as required by
the appropriate regulating authority.
Every ef fort has been made to ensure that the contents of
this manual do not conflict with the information in the
approved Flight Manual.
If such a conflict of data is
discovered, the Flight Manual must be accepted as the
overriding authority.
2.
CONTENTS
The M.O.M. provides information on the technical, handling
and performance characteristics of the Jetstream 3200 for use
by the Flight Crew.
The manual is divided into three volumes.
Part 1 - Flying, contains:
Limitations, Flight Planning, Loading, Performance, M.E.L.,
Ground Handling, Flight Technical, Flight Guide and Notice
to Aircrew.
This is intended for use on the Flight Deck.
Part 2 - Technical, contains:
Description of the function and operation of the
Airframe,Power Plant and Aircraft Systems. It is intended
for use as a Technical Study Guide on the ground.
Part 3 - Emergency and Abnormal Drills, contains:
All relevant Emergency and Abnormal Drills. It is intended
for use on the flight deck.
INTRODUCTION
Page 1
1 21006883
Sep 15/02
SRl77SH Al!RDSPACI
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
3.

Inserted at the front of each chapter, following the contents
page, is a "List of Effective Pages" listing all pages
contained within the chapter.
This enables the operator to establish that the manual is
complete and that all pages are to the correct revision
standard. The LEP's are revised and re-issued whenever the
pages of the relevant chapter are affected by a revision.
All pages of the manual are recorded on the LEP's, each page
identified by Chapter, Section and Page number, followed by
the date of issue.
The page date on the LEP must be the same as the date on the
corresponding page in the manual:May 1/88
~5-~-6 ~
Chapter
4.
Section
Page No.
Date of Issue
NORMAL REVISIONS
Revisions to the contents of this manual will be issued when
necessary to keep the manual up-to-date.
Each revision will comprise a number of revised pages
accompanied by a Transmittal Letter. The transmittal letter
carries the authority for the revision and instructions for
its incorporation.
Each revision transmittal after the original issue will be
numbered in sequence, show the issue date of the revision and
the page date of the revised pages.
The incorporation of each revision must be recorded on the
Record of Revision page at the front of the manual.
It is recommended that the Transmittal letters are retained
within the manual to provide a revision history.
Only revisions of technical content are identified.
Changed text is identif ied by a vertical line on the lef t hand
margin.
INTRODUCTION
Page 2
21006104
Nov 15/98
l!1Rll77SH AEHOS'PJAC6
JETSTREANI
SEIES
J200
Note: When this manual is issued solely for training purposes.

each page will be annotated "FOR TRAINING PURPOSES
ONLY" and revisions will not be issued.
5.
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Information requiring urgent incorporation, or temporary
instructions are published on yellow paper as Temporary
Revisions (TR) .
Transmittal information is contained within the TR.
When a TR is incorporated or withdrawn, the details should be
recorded on the Record of Temporary Revisions page at the
front of the manual.
6.
AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION
The information contained in this manual applies only to the
Aircraft Model No. specified on the title page.
7.
AIRCRAFT EFFECTIVITY
CAUTION: BEFORE USING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON A WHITE PAGE
IN THIS MANUAL, ENSURE THAT THE PAGE IS NOT AFFECTED BY

GREEN OR BLUE PAGES WITH EFFECTIVITY TO IDENTIFY THE
AIRCRAFT FOR WHICH THE INFORMATION IS REQUIRED.
7.1
In all chapters except CHAP 18 the following applies:

White Pages are not identified by effectivity. Those not
af fected by corresponding green or blue pages are
applicable to all aircraft in the fleet.
Green pages are used where a technical dif f erence occurs
between aircraft. The page carries the constructor's
number of the aircraft to which it applies and is usually
inserted to follow the corresponding white page.
If a
signif icant number of pages are affected, then the green
pages will be inserted at the end of the relevant Chapter
or Section.
Blue pages are used to give Pre-Service Bulletin (SB)
information, in the manual pending fleet incorporation
of the SB. The page is usually inserted following the
page affected by the SB, and identified by constructor's
number (if required). If a significant number of pages
are af fected, then the blue pages will be inserted at
the end of the relevant Chapter or Section. Blue pages
should be removed and destroyed af ter complete
embodiment of the SB.
INTRODUCTION
Page 3
21006141
Nov 15/98
BIN77SH AITRDSRll&E
JETSTREAllll
SERiES }200
8.
7.2
A Notice to Aircrew (NTA) is issued on orange paper and

will be retained in ascending order.
7.3
In CHAP 18 pages containing technical differences will

be issued as white pages, inserted following the
original white page. Both the original and the change
page will carry the constructor's number of the aircraft
to which they apply.
MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM PART 1)
8.1
This manual is divided into four sections.

The f irst section contains details of the aircraft
systems and the chapters are identif ied by yellow tabbed
divider cards. Each chapter contains limitations and
essential data followed by the Conditional, Abnormal and
Emergency procedures applicable to that chapter.
The second section identified by white tabbed divider
cards generally covers items for pre-flight preparation.
The third section, identified by a red tabbed divider
card lists all Normal Drills. Emergency and Abnormal
Drills are detailed in MOM Part 3.
The fourth section identified by white tabbed divider
cards contains the MEL, Ground Handling and NTAs.
8.2
Procedures and Drills

In those chapters dealing with Procedures it is assumed
that the captain will deal with the more serious problem
first by reference to the drill.
For example, if a C.A.P.' (Red) caption comes on at the
same time as a C.A.P. (Amber) caption, it is assumed
that the captain will deal first with the Red caption,
by reference to the Emergency Drill, and when that drill
is completed any remaining Arnber captions should lead
him into the appropriate Abnormal Drill.
INTRODUCTION
Page 4
Sep 15/02
21006884
l!!IRl7TSH AIRDSF'ACl!I
JETSTREAAll
SetiES J200
8.3
Warning and Indicator Lights

Warning and indicator lights take various forros on the
Jetstream aircraft. For clarity the lights are
described in the text as follows:
8.3.1
A C.A.P. caption is a caption on the Central

Annunciator Panel and will be identified in this
manual by boxed letters or within square
brackets, preceded by the abbreviation C.A.P.
For example C.A.P.
[HYD]
{amber) caption
or
C.A.P.
9.
{amber) caption.
8.3.2
A caption signifies a series of letters

illuminated from behind.
8.3.3
A light is a lamp without lettering on it.
MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM Part 2)

The MOM Part 2 is divided into Chapters describing the
aircraft systems and equipment.
Each Chapter is sub-divided into text, system schematics and
illustrations showing the controls and indications.
10.
MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM Part 3)

The MOM Part 3 is in f lip-card f ormat and details the
Emergency and Abnormal Drills.
INTRODUCTION
Page 5
21006885
Sep 15/02
SRl77SH AERDSPJlll::6
JETSTREAIW
SEIES J200
11.
ASSOCIATED PUBLICATIONS
The associated publication to this manual is the:
HP4.16 FLIGHT MANUAL
A set of manuals to ATA 100 specif ication complete the
support publications for Jetstream aircraft and consist of:
Weight and Balance Manual
Maintenance Manual
Wiring Manual
Component Maintenance Manual
Structural Repair Manual
Illustrated Parts Catalogue
Maintenance Schedule
Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual
INTRODUCTION
Page 6
Sep 15/02
21006893
BIW77SH AERO.BPAC/6
JETSTREAIW
SEIES J200
ABBREVIATIONS, GLOSSARY AND CONVERSION TABLES

LIST OF CONTENTS
1-1 ABBREVIATIONS
1-2
DEFINITIONS
1-3
CONVERSION GRAPHS AND TABLES

QNH-QFE-Pressure Altitude
Pounds to Kilogramrnes
Kilogranunes to Pounds
Feet to Metres
Metres to Feet
Temp. ISA/Amb.
Temp./Press. Altitude
Wind Component
C - F
Determination of Temp. In Relation to ISA
Indicated Outside Air Temperature Corrections
GLOSSARY.
10
LIST OF CONTENTS
Page 1
21006912
Sep 15/02
ll!IRl77SHAIRDSPACE
JETSTREAllll
SEIUES J200
ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations used in the text, have the following meanings:-
AAL
ac
Acc
ACP
ADF
ADI
ADS
AFCS
AGL
Ah
ALT
AMSL
AOA
A/P
APPR
APR
APR
ASDA
ASDR
ASI
ATC
AUW
ampere
above aerodrome level
alternating current
accumulator
audio control panel
automatic direction f inder
attitude director indicator
air data system
automatic f light control system
above ground level
ampere-hour
altitude
above mean sea level
angle of attack
autopilot
approach
(flight director) approach
(engine) automatic performance reserve
accelerate-stop distance available
accelerate-stop distance required
airspeed indicator
air traf f ic control
all up weight
BC
BCAR
BCF
BITE
BTC
back course
British Civil Airworthiness Requirements
bromo chloro di-fluoromethane
built-in test equipment
bus-tie connector
1-1
Page 1
21006105
Nov 15/98
BRl77BH AIROSPAC6
JETSTREANI
SEIES 'J200
ABBREVIATIONS (cont)
CAA
C.A.P.
CAS
C/B
ces
ccw
CDL
CDU
CG
CLG
CTRL
CVR
cw
de
o
C
F
DG
DME
DV
EAS
ECAC
ECS
EDA/EMD
EDP
EGT
ELT
EPNdB
ESS
United Kingdom Civil Aviation Authority

central annunciator panel
calibrated airspeed
circuit breaker
communication control system
counter-clockwise
conf iguration deviation list
control display unit
centre of gravity
ceiling
control
cockpit voice recorder
clockwise
direct current
degrees (angular)
degrees Celsius {Centigrade)
degrees Fahrenheit
directional gyro
distance measuring equipment
direct vision
equivalent airspeed
european civil aviation conference
e1:.vironmental control system
emergency distance available
{accelerate/stop at take-off)
engine-driven pump
exhaust gas temperature
emergency locator transmitter
effective perceived noise decibels
essential
1-1
Page 2
21006106
Nov 15/98
BRll77BHAEROSPACI
JETSTREANI
SEIES J200
FAA
FAR
FD
FDR
FL
FM
FSII
FSOV
f t
ft/min
f wd
Federal Aviation Administration

Federal Aviation Regulations (US)
f light director
f light data recorder
f light level
f light manual
fuel system icing inhibitor
fuel shut-off valve (HP fuel cock)
f eet
f eet per minute
f orward
gal
GPS
GPU
GPWS
GS
accelerations due to gravity

gallons
global positioning system
ground-power unit
ground proximity warning system
glideslope
HAT
HDG
HF
HP
hr
HSI
H/W
height above (Runway) threshold

heading
high frequency.
Long waveband radio communication
high pressure
hour
horizontal situation indicator
head wind
IAS
ICAO
ICO
I/F
IFR
ILS
IMC
IMN
IMP
indicated airspeed
International Civil Aviation Organisation
instinctive cut-out switch
instrument f lying
instrument f light rules
instrument landing system
instrument meteorological conditions
indicated mach number
Imperial
in ches
indicated outside air temperature
International Standard Atmosphere
in
IOAT
ISA
1-1
Page 3
21006107
Nov 15/98
SRl77SH.AIROSRllCE
JETSTREAllll
SEIES
J200
ABBREVIATIONS (cont}
JAA
JAR
JPl
JP4
JP8
Kg
Kt
Joint Aviation Authorities

Joint Aviation Requirements
kerosene
wide cut gasoline
kerosene fuel with icing inhibitor FSII
kilograrnmes
knots
L
1
lb
LDA
LDR
LFLR
LG
LH
LOC
LP
lef t
litre
pounds
landing distance available
landing distance required
landing f ield length required
landing gear
lef t hand
localiser (ILS}
low pressure
M
MAC
me tres
mean aerodynamic chord
maximum
minimum decision altitude (altimeter set to QNH}
minimum decision height (altimeter set to QFE)
minimum equipment list
magnetic fuel level indicator
minimum
minutes
main landing gear
maximum landing weight
millimeters
maximum operating mach speed
minimum safe altitude
minimum sector fuel
micro switch
maximum take-of f weight
maximum zero-fuel weight
Max
MDA
MDH
MEL
MFLI
MIN
mi ns
MLG
MLW
mm
MMO
MSA
MSF
M/SW
MTOW
MZFW
1-1
Page 4
21006108
Nov 15/98
.SRl77SN Al1ROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiES J200
NWS
non-directional beacon
nose landing gear
nautical mile
number
non-return valve (check valve)
net take-of f f light path
negative torque sensing (system)
nose up
nosewheel steering
OAT
OCL
OM
Ops
ORS
OSG
outside air temperature

obstacle clearance limit
outer marker
operations
operational revision status
overspeed governor
PEC
PF
PG
PNF
ppm
psi
psid
psig
PTT
PWR AUG
position error correction

pilot f lying
propeller governor
pilot not f lying
parts per million
pounds per square inch
pounds per square inch dif ferential
pounds per square inch gage
press to test
power augmentation
QDM
QFE
QNH
QTY
magnetic bearing
airf ield elevation atmospheric pressure
sea-level atmospheric pressure
quantity
R
RAIM
RH
RMI
right
receiver autonomous integrity monitoring
right hand
radio magnetic indicator
radio management unit
radio navigation
NDB
NLG
n mile
no
NRV
NTOFP
NTS
NU
RMU
RNAV
1-1
Page 5
21006109
Nov 15/98
BIN77SH AIRDSFJllCE
JETSTREAllll
SERES
J200
RVR
revolutions per minute

radio telephone
regulated take-off weight
runway
runway visual range
SAT
SB
SE
sec
SG
SHP
SMC
SOP
sq
SRL
Stn
static air temperature

service bulletin
single engine
seconds
symbol generator
shaf t horsepower
standard mean chord
standard operating procedure
square
single red line (computer)
fuselage or wing station
Tamb
TAS
TAT
TCAS
TCS
temp
TIT
TMA
TOD
TODA
TODR
TOR
TORR
TORA
TOW
TSI
TTL
ambient temperature from external source (C)

true air speed
total air temperature
traf fic alert and collision avoidance system
touch control steering
temperature
turbine inlet temperature
terminal manoeuvring area (controlled air space)
take-of f
take-of f distance
take-of f distance available
take-of f distance required
take-of f run
take-of f run required
take-of f run available
take-of f weight
turn and slip indicator
torque and temperature limiting
UHF
UK
ULB
ultra high frequency

United Kingdom
underwater locator beacon
RPM
R/T
RTOW
R/W
T/0
1-1
Page 6
21006110
Nov 15/98
BRl77SHAERDSPACE
JETSTREAllll
SEIES
J200

~. ' '
us
USG
uvs
V
V1
V2
V4
VA
VFR
VHF
VLE
VLO
VMCA
VMCG
VMCL
VMO
VMS
VOR
VR
VRA
VREF
VRL
Vs
Vsr
VsTOP
Vx
Vy
WAT
W/C
wow
WRS
W/S
Wt
W/V
YD
ZFW
United States of America

underspeed governor (fuel governor)
under voltage sensor
volts
decision speed
take-of f safety speed
design manoeuvring speed
design manoeuvring speed
visual f light rules
very high frequency radio communication
landing gear extended limit speed
landing gear operating limit speed
minimum control speed in the air
minimum control speed on the ground
minimum control speed in the approach and landing
conf iguration
maximum operating limit speed
minimum speed in the stall
very high f requency omni directional range
rotation speed
rough air speed
final approach and landing speed
variable red line
stall speed
vertical speed indicator
decision to stop speed on icy or slippery runway
one engine inoperative best angle of climb speed
(equal to V2)
one engine inoperative best rate of climb speed
weight, altitude, temperature
wind component
weight-on-wheels
weather radar system
windshield
weight
wind velocity
yaw damper
zero-fuel weight
1-1
Page 7/8
21006111
Nov 15/98
BRl77SH AllROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SEIES J200
DEFINITIONS
- Take-of f decision speed, the speed to be used as a
reference, in the event of an engine or other failure at
take-of f in deciding whether to continue or abandon the
take-off.
- Rotation speed, the target speed at which the pilot
initiates a change in the attitude of the aircraft with
the intention of leaving the ground.
- Take-off safety speed, the initial climb out speed, one
engine inoperative.
- Steady initial climb speed, the initial climb out speed,
all engines operating.
VMcA- Minimum control speed in the air, in a take-off
configuration. The mimimum speed at which it is
possible to suf fer an engine failure and still maintain
directional control within the set limits.
VMcG- The minimum control speed on the ground. The minimum
speed at which it is possible to maintain adequate
directional control af ter an engine failure during the
take-off run.
VAT - Target threshold speed. The speed at which the pilot
aims to cross the runway threshold when landing. A
numerical suf f ix , 1 or O , indicates the number of
engines inoperative.
1-2
Page 1/2
21006616
Jan 15/00
-~
..
JETSTREAWI
SERiES
}200

t
;;:
I
..
'
' ,,
-!.:
';
t!
1
~ 1 ~
,..~ t
,~ :
1',,
!
1r1
'
'
..
...
' r r
., , .
t
.. 1
(J
e.o
o
QNH-QFE pressure altitude

Fig. 1
1-3
Page 1
Feb 15/89
-~A-.-..0.
JETSTREAAH
SERiES 1200
MANUFACTURERS OPEFJATING MANUAL PART 1
EXAMPLE CONVERT 12535 lb to kg

12500 lb = 5670 kg
35 lb
= 16 kg
12535 lb = 5686 kg
\',
lb X 0.4536
= kg
LB
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
10000
4536
4581
4627
4672
4717
4763
4808
4854
4899
4944
11000
4990
5035
5080
5126
5171
5216
5262
5307
5352
5398
12000
5443
5489
5534
5579
5625
5670
5715
5761
5806
5851
13000
5897
5942
5987
6033
6078
6124
6169
6214
6260
6305
14000
6350
6396
6441
6486
6532
6577
6623
6668
6713
6759
10
20
10
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
30
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
40
18
19
19
20
20
20
21
21
22
22
so
23
23
24
24
24
25
25
26
26
27
60
27
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
31
31
70
32
32
33
33
34
34
34
35
35
36
80
36
37
37
38
38
39
39
39
40
40
90
41
41
42
42
43
43
44
44
44
45
Conversion - Pounds (lbs) to Kilogrammes (kgs)

Figure 2
1-3
Page 2
Feb 15/89
co
o
o
N
N
~A~I
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

<
.., -
EXAMPLE CONVERT 5686 kg to lb

5650 kg = 12456 lb
36kg
= 79.37 lb
5686 kg = 12535 lb
f"'}
kg X 2.20462 : 16
so
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
8929
9039
9149
9259
9370
9480
9590
9700
9811
KG
4000
8818
4500
9921 10031 10141 10251 10362 10472 10582 10692 10803 10913
5000
11023 11133 11244 11354 11464 11574 11684 11795 11905 12015
5500
12125 12236 12346 12456 12566 12677 12787 12897 13007 13117
6000
13228 13338 13448 13558 13669 13779 13889 13999 14110 14220
6500
14330 14440 14550 14661 14771 14881 14991 15102 15212 15322
11
13
15
18
20
10
22
24
26
29
31
33
35
37
40
42
20
44
46
49
51
53
55
57
60
62
64
30
66
68
71
73
75
77
79
82
84
86
40
88
90
93
95
97
99
101
104
106
108
c:o
Conversion - Kilogrammes (kgs) to Pounds (lbs)

Figure 3
1-3
Page 3
Feb 15/89
-~
JETSTREAAll
SERiES }200
EXAMPLE CONVERT 5656 ft to m

5600 ft = 1707 m
56ft
= 17 m
5656 ft = 1724 m
FT
100
200
ft x 0.3048
400
300
500
600
700
800
=m
900
30
61
91
122
152
183
213
244
274
1000
305
335
366
396
427
457
488
518
549
579
2000
610
640
671
701
732
762
792
823
853
884
3000
914
945
975
1006
1036
1067
1097
1128
1158
1189
4000
1219
1250
1280
1311
1341
1372
1402
1433
1463
1494
5000
1524
1554
1585
1615
1646
1676
1707
1737
1768
1798
6000
1829
1859
1890
1920
1951
1981
2012
2042
2073
2103
7000
2134
2164
2195
2225
2256
2286
2316
2347
2377
2408
8000
2438
2469
2499
2530
2560
2591
2621
2652
2682
2713
9000'
2743
2774
2804
2835
2865
2896
2926
2957
2987
3018
10000
3048 . 3078
3109
'3139
3170
3200
3231
3261
3292
3322
o
o
10
20
30
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
40
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
so
15
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
60
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
21
21
70
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
24
24
80
24
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
90
27
28
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
- 30
1-3
Page 4
Aug 188
CONVERSION-feet (ft) to metres (M)

Fig. 4
--
BRITl$H
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
EXAMPLE CONVERT 1724 m to ft

1700 m = 5577 ft
24 m
= 79 ft
1724 m = 5656 ft
M
-oo
so
100
m X 3.208 = ft
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
164
328
492
656
820
984
1148
1312
1476
500
1640
1804
1969
2133
2297
2461
2625
2789
2953
3117
1000
3281
3445
3609
3773
3937
4101
4265
4429
4593
4757
1500
4921
5085
5249
5413
5577
5741
5906
6070
6234
6398
2000
6562
6726
6890
7054
7218
7382
7546
7710
7874
8038
2500
8202
8366
8530
8694
8858
9022
9186
9350
9514
9678
3000
9843 10007 10171 10335 10499 10663 10827 10991 11155 11319
10
13
16
20
23
26
30
10
33
36
39
43
46
49
52
56
59
62
20
66
69
72
75
79
82
85
89
92
95
30
98
102
105
108
112
115
118
121
125
128
40
131
135
138
141
144
148
151
154
157
161
CONVERSION-feet (ft) to metres (M)

Fig. 5
1-3
Page 5
Aug 1/88
~A~
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
(FT)
,-~('~~~\
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE (DEG.C)
ALTITUOE
-35
o -so.o
-30
-25
-20
-15
-10
\:
-5
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
-48.0
-46.0
-44.1
-42.1
-40.1
-45.0
-43.0
-41.0
-39.1
-37.1
-35.1
-40.0
-38.0
-36.0
-34.1
-32.1
-30.1
-35.0
-33.0
-31.0
-29.1
-27.1
-25.1
-30.0
-28.0
-26.0
24.1
-22.1
-20.1
-25.0
-23.0
-21.0
-19.1
-17.1
-15.1
-20.0
-18.0
-16.0
-14.1
-12.1
-10.1
-15.0
-13.0
-11.0
-9.1
-7.1
-5.1
-10.0
-8.0
-6.0
-4.1
-2.1
-0.1
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
-38.1
-36.1
-34.2
-32.2
-30.2
-33.1
-31.1
-29.2
-27.2
-25.2
-28.1
-26.1
-24.2
-22.2
-20.2
-23.1
-21.1
-19.2
-17.2
-15.2
-18.1
-16.1
-14.2
-12.2
-10.2
-13.1
-11.1
-9.2
-7.2
-5.2
-8.1
-6.1
-4.2
-2.2
-0.2
-3.1
-1.1
0.8
2.8
4.8
1.9
3.9
5.8
7.8
9.8
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
-28.2
-26.2
-24.2
-22.3
-20.3
-23.2
-21.2
-19.2
-17.3
-15.3
-18.2
-16.2
-14.2
-12.3
-10.3
-13.2
-11.2
-9.2
-7.3
-5.3
-8.2
-6.2
-4.2
-2.3
-0.3
-3.2
-1.2
0.8
2.7
4.7
1.8
3.8
5.8
7.7
9.7
6.8
8.8
10.8
12.7
14.7
11.8
13.8
15.8
17.7
19.7
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
-18.3
-16.3
-14.3
-12.4
-10.4
-13.3
-11.3
-9.3
-7.4
-5.4
-8.3
-6.3
-4.3
-2.4
-0.4
3.3
-1.3
0.7
2.6
4.6
1.7
3.7
5.7
7.6
9.6
6.7
8.7
10.7
12.6
14.6
11.7
13.7
15.7
17.6
19.6
16.7
18.7
20.7
22.6
24.6
21.7
23.7
25.7
27.6
29.6
21000
22000
23000
24000
25000
-8.4
-6.4
-4.4
-2.5
-0.5
-3.4
-1.4
0.6
2.5
4.5
1.6
3.6
5.6
7.5
9.5
6.6
8.6
10.6
12.5
14.5
11.6
13.6
15.6
17.5
19.5
16.6
18.6
20.6
22.5
24.5
21.6
23.6
25.6
27.5
29'.5
26.6
28.6
30.6
32.S
34.S
31.6
33.6
35.6
37.5
39.5
1
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE (DEG.C)
ALTITUOE
(FT)
10
Page 6
Aug 1/88
o.o
20
25
30
35
40
45
so
-3.0
-1.0
0.9
2.9
4.9
2.0
4.0
5.9
7.9
9.9
7.0
9.0
10.9
12.9
14.9
s.o
10.0
12.0
14.0
15.9
17.9
19.9
15.0
17.0
19.0
20.9
22.9
24.9
20.0
22.0
24.0
25.9
27.9
29.9
25.0
27.0
29.0
30.9
32.9
34.9
30.0
32.0
34.0
35.9
37.9
39.9
35.0
37.0
39.0
40.9
42.9
44.9
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
6.9
8.9
10.8
12.8
14.8
11.9
13.9
15.8
17.8
19.8
16.9
18.9
20.8
22.8
24.8
21.9
23.9
25.8
27.8
29.8
26.9
28.9
30.8
32.8
34.8
31.9
33.9
35.8
37.8
39.8
36.9
38.9
40.8
42.8
44.8
41.9
43.9
45.8
47.8
49.8
46.9
48.9
50.8
52.8
54.8
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16.8
18.8
20.8
22.7
24.7
21.8
23.8
25.8
27.7
29.7
26.8
28.8
30.8
32.7
34.7
31.8
33.8
35.8
37.7
39.7
36.8
38.8
40.8
42.7
44.7
41.8
43.8
45.8
47.7
49.7
46.8
48.8
50.8
52.7
54.7
51.8
53.8
55.8
57.7
59.7
56.8
58.8
60.8
62.7
64.7
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
26.7
28.7
30.7
32.6
34.6
31.7
33.7
35.7
37.6
39.6
36.7
38.7
40.7
42.6
44.6
41.7
43.7
45.7
47.6
49.6
46.7
48.7
50.7
52.6
54.6
51.7
53.7
55.7
57.6
59.6
56.7
58.7
60.7
62.6
64.6
61.7
63.7
65.7
67.6
69.6
6f>.7
68.7
70.7
72.6
74.6
21000
22000
23000
24000
25000
36.6
38.6
40.6
42.5
44.5
41.6
43.6
45.6
47.5
49.5
46.6
48.6
50.6
52.S
54.5
51.6
53.6
55.6
57.5
59.S
56.6
58.6
60.6
62.5
64.5
61.6
63.6
65.6
67.5
69.5
66.6
68.6
70.6
72.5
74.5
71.6
73.6
75.6
77.5
79.5
76.6
78.6
80.6
82.5
84.5
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
1-3
-s.o
15
TEMP.Rel. to ISA (ISA)/Amb.Temp./Press.Alt.

Fig. 6
-o
o
--
N
U1
;-.
INWTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERiES J200
EFFECTIVE
HEAO'MNJ
COMPONENT
- KNOTS
~--+-~--A_,,
!-~-t-~--~--.___ _. ____ j...____,..L.---
~~------~--
-o
o
EFFECTIVE
TAIL'MNl
COMPONENT
- KNOTS
1so
H/0/110
Wind Component
Fig. 7
1-3
Page 7
Aug 1/88
BIWTISH
AE~E
JETSTREANI
SeRiES }200
....
i
:r
a::
:r
o
o
--
1-3
"CENTIGRAOE
CONVERSION
Fig. 8
Page 8
Aug 1/88
C - F
HI0/113
SRn'TSH~SF"ACIT
JETSTREAAll
SERiES J200
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
-,..
o 24
o
o
>< 22
= 20
w
::::>
1-
:::
18
..J
et: 16
14
12
10
8
6
-80
60
-40
-20
20
TRUE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE -e
40
60
3201 001 2
Determination of Temperature in Relationship to ISA

Fig. 9
1-3
Page 9
21006162
Nov 15/98
BRl77SH AIROSFJll&Jll
JETSTREAIW
SEIES J200
3103_031 2
co
11:1'
N
N
N
o
o
"'~,,,
CIO
....
w
w
a..
UJ
co
....
11:1'
....
o
N
....
....o
....
1
C")
1
o::!'
U)
1
co
1
....
1
CIO
1
Q)
1
....
....o ....
1
....N ....
C")
CORRECTION TO INDICATED OAT - C
Indicated Outside Air Temperature Corrections

Fig. 10
1-3
Page 10
21006043
Nov 15/98
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
CHAPTER l.
LIST
OF
GENERAL
CONTENTS

LIMIT~TIONS
General
1-1-1
Weights
1-1-3
Speeds
1-1-4
Kinds of Operation Equipment List
1-1-7
Operating Limitations Placard
1-1-9
Standby Compass Placard
1-1-10
-oo
CHAP.1
CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Oct 15/88
BRIT7SH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 'J200
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL
:.:
::::>
CI>
-E
e:
"'O
CI>
-~
tt'
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
1-1
1/2
Oct 15/88
1/2
1
2
May
May
May
Aug
Sep
May
Sep
May
Aug
Apr
Aug
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15/91
15/90
15/91
1/88
15/89
15/91
15/88
15/90
1/88
15/89
1/88
CHAPTER 1 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page 1/2
May 15/91
.,'
BRITrSH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200

,
.....
CHAPTER l. GENERAL
LIMITATIONS
l.
GENERAL
1.1 Category and use of aeroplane
This aircraft is certificated in the Commuter Category.
1.2 Manoeuvres
Operation is limited to normal flying manoeuvres.

Aerobatic manoeuvres are not permitted. The maximum
positive normal accelerations (i.e. load factors) which
the structure has been designed to withstand without
permanent deformation are +3.02g with flaps up and +2.0g
with flaps down.
Intentional manoeuvres shall be confined
to those with load factors below these values.
1.3 Minimum flight crew
The minimum crew is two pilots.
1.4 Maximum number of occupants
The total number of occupants carried, including crew,
shall not exceed 21, nor the number fer which seating
accommodation, which is approved fer take-off and landing,
is provided.
Children under the age of two years who are carried in
the arms of passengers are excluded from this count.
r-ri
o
o
1.5 Maximum air temperature

Operation of this aeroplane is not permitted when the air
temperature at take-off exceeds ISA +37C.
1.6 Maximum altitude

The maximum permissible altitude is 25,000 ft.
1-1-1
May 15/90
BR'TISH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs '}200
1.7 Smoking
smoking in the toilet,if fitted, is prohibited.
Placards
summarising the above limitation shall be provided inside
and outside the toilet and shall not be obscured.
1.8 Baggage Compartment Door
The baggage compartment door shoot-bolts must be in the
locked position for take-off, in flight and landing.
If a
security lock is fitted, the baggage compartment door may be
locked but take-off is prohibited if the spare key for the
security lock is not in the correct flight deck stowage.
1.9 Toilet Door/Vestibule Curtain
The toilet door and/or vestibule curtain ,if fitted, must
not obstruct the aisle during take-off and landing.
2.
WEIGHTS
2.1 Maximum Taxying Weight
The maximum permissible taxying ramp weight is 16314 lb.
2.2 Maximum Take Off Weight
The maximum permissible take off weight is 16204 lb or as
limited by the following:
2.2.1 The maximum take off weight appropriate to the
altitude and ambient air temperature of the airfield
as given by the take off WAT curve.
2.2.2 The weight at which the take off distance required
is eqtial to the take off distance available.
2.2.3 The weight at which the accelerate-stop distance
required is equal to the accelerate-stop distance
available.
2.3 Maximum Landing Weight
The maximum permissible landing weight is 15609 lb or as
limited by the following:
2.3.l The maximum landing weight appropriate to the
altitude and ambient air temperature of the airfield
as given by the landing WAT curve.
1-1-2
May 15/91
BRITISHA~E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
2.3.2 ,The weight at which the calculated landing distance

required is equal to the landing distance available.
2.4 Maximum zero fuel weight
The total loaded weight of the aeroplane less the weight
of usable f uel in the wing tanks shall not exceed
14330 lb.
::.::
::i
.:
3.
SPEEDS
3 .1 VRA (Rough Air Speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 kt
a..
If severe turbulence is encountered, the aeroplane shall

be flown with the flaps retracted so that the mean sp~ed
is 185 kt.
3.2 VMO (Maximum Operating Speed)
This speed may not be deliberately exceeded in any regime
of flight (climb, cruise, or descent), except far flight
test or pilot training purposes, when the speed may not
exceed VMO + 15 kt.
Al.TITUOl(ftl
JOOOO-r-~...-----,~...--~--.-...--~~.....-~~~...--...--~---.
!'\')
<'v
..........
25000
o
o-.
<";'~
zoooo
15000 T-----t----+-----+----~--~
100001-T"iM"'T"T'T"l"-r-ri.,...,..,..,....'T""l""T-r-t-T"'M'"....,...,....,....,.....+-i-....,...,....,..,....,,........,...~~:.;...,........................1
210
llO
210
1.A.5. Cktl
240
250
l&O
1-1-3
-Aug 1/88
B#NTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERiEs }200
3.3 V2 Take Off Safety Speed
FIELD
PRESS
ALT.
TEMPERATURE DEGREES C
o< o
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<.
<
8
-2
16
5
-5
23 30
12 19
9
2
-7 - -1
-9
37
26
16
6
-3
-12
44
33
23
13
4
-5
-14
51 52
40 47 50
30 37 44 48 48
20 27 33 40 46
10 17 23 30 37
1
7 14 20 27
-8 -1
5 11 18
-16 -10 -4
2
8
-18 -12 -6
o
-21 -16 -10
-24 -19
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
116
116
115
114
11'3
112
111
110
109
108
107
107
107
107
107
107
WT
LB
16204
16120
15840
15570
15300
15020
14760
14500
14230
13970
13720
13470
13220
12970
12720
11000
V2 - KNOTS
116
116
115
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
116
116
115
114
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
116
116
115
114
113
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
110
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
USA & CAN

VR
1-1-4
Sep 15/89
= V2
MINUS 3 KNOTS
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
10~
107
106
106
106
106
106
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
105
105
105
1.16
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
104
104
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
103
BRITISH AEROSF'lllCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
4.
KINDS OF OPERATION EQUIPMENT LIST

This aeroplane may be operated in day or night VFR, day or
night IFR and known or forecast icing conditions when the
appropriate equipment is installed and operable.
The following equipment list identifies the systems and
equipment upen which type certif ication f or each kind of
operation was given. Unless the aeroplane is operated in
accordance with a current Minimum Equipment List (MEL) issued
by the FAA, the following systems and items of equipment must
be installed and operable for the particular kind of operation
indicated.
Note:- The zero's (O) used in the following list mean the
equipment and/or system was not required for type
certification for that kind of operation.
4.1
Electrical power (ATA 24)

DAY
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
Batteries
DC Generators
Gen fail warn lights
Gen output ammeters
Busbar voltmeter
Inverter
AC f ail warning light
Inv fail warning light
o
DC Main bus f ail
warning lights
1
Batt contact open wrn lts 2
4.2
O'"J
0
.l
~~
,--i
4.3
1
2
ICING
IFR
DAY NIGHT CONDITION
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
Equipment/furnishings (ATA 25)

Illuminated EXIT signs
Seat belts
Shoulder harness
Fasten Seat Belts/No
Smoking Signs
;)
VFR
NIGHT
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
Required f or ea ch seat
Required f or ea ch crew seat
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
Fire Protection (ATA 26)

Powerplant f ire detection
Powerplant f ire
extinguishing
Portable f ire
extinguisher
Smoke detection(aircraft)
(Baggage Pod)
1
1
1-1-5
May 15/91
BRITTSH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREAIW
SERiES
}200

,,.,,
4.4
Flight Controls (ATA 27)

Stall warn & protection
Wing flaps & position ind.
Elev trirn & trirn ind.
Aileron trirn & trirn ind.
Rudder trirn & trirn ind.
4.5
boost purnps
low pressure warn lights
pressure ind.
quantity ind.
crossf eed control & ind.
fuel control & ind.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
~
:::
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
-f
'c.
:::
;.
('.)
;:<:
,,i
\
Ice and rain protection (ATA 30)

Wing & tail de-icing systern
Propeller anti-icing systern
Windshield heating systern
Windshield de-rnisting systern
Windshield wipers
Pitot head & stall vane heat
4.8
1
1
Hydraulic power (ATA 29)

Engine driven hydraulic purnps
Purnp delivery pressure ind.
Overpressure warning light
L.P.hydraulic valve control
and ind.
Emergency extension systern
f or landing gear & wing flaps
4.7
1
1
Fuel systern (ATA 28)

Fuel
Fuel
Fuel
Fuel
Fuel
L.P.
4.6
ICING
VFR
IFR
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT CONDITION
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1-1-6
Sep 15/88
Landing ge ar (ATA 32)

Landing ge ar position ind.
Landing gear audio warning
Wheel brake anti-skid systern
1'..
.......
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SrniEs }200

r-' ,
: \ J~J -
4.9
Lights (ATA 33)

VFR
IFR
ICING
Flight deck and instrument
(required illumination)
Anti-collision lights
Landing lights
Position lights
Ice observation light
Emergency lighting system
o
o
o
o
o
o
1
2
1
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
1
2
1
3
1
1
::>
.,
...e
.::
"O
a..
4.10 Navigation (ATA 34)

Altimeters
Airspeed ind.
Magnetic direction ind.
Outside air temp ind.
Vertical speed ind.
Turn and slip ind.
Gyro horizon ind.
Clock
Alternate static source
Directional Gyro (HSI)
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
o
o
o
o
4.11 Doors (ATA 52)

Door unlocked warn system
4.12 Propellers (ATA 61)
Propeller reversing system
Reverse pitch warn lights
Beta range warn lights
""
""
o
i"")
4.13 Engine fuel system (ATA 73)

Fu el flowmeter ind.
4 .14 Engine anti-icing system (ATA 74)

Continuous ignition system
4.15 Engine anti-icing systern (ATA 75)

Engine anti-icing system
1-1-7
May 15/90
BRITISH AEROSPl4CE
JETSTREAJW
SrniES }200

t.
4.16 Engine controls (ATA 76)

Single red line computer
Neg. torque sensing system
;--
..
~'.\
VFR
IFR
ICING
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4.17 Engine indicating systems (ATA 77)

Torque ind.
RPM ind.
EGT ind.
2
2
2
2
2
2
..:;...
.....e
o.
4.18 Engine oil system (ATA 79)
::>
;r
Oil temperature ind.

Oil pressure ind.
Low oil pressure warn
lights
Oil cooler flap control &
ind.
Metallic contamination
detection system
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes: l. The above system and equipment list is for a crew of

two pilots.
2. Equipment and/or systems in addition to those listed
above may be required by operating regulations. (FAR
Part 135).
3. The above system and equipment list does not include
all specif ic f light instruments and communications/
navigation equipment required by the FAR Parts 91 and
135 operating requirements.
1-1-8
Aug 1/88
;;<:
B~
AEROSPACE
JETSTREAA#
SERiEs }200
JETSTREAM SERIES 3200

OPERATING LIMITATIONS
THIS AIRPLANE MUST BE OPERATED AS A COMMUTER
CATEGORY AIRPLANE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
OPERATING LIMITATIONS STATED IN THE FORM OF
PLACARDS MARKING ANO MANUALS.
NO ACROBATIC MANEUVERS, INCLUDING SPINS
APPROVED
CABIN MUST NOT BE PRESSURIZED DURING TAKE OFF
ORLANDING
APPROVED TYPES
OF OPERATION
DAY/NIGHT, VFR/IFR ANO ICING CONDITIONS :SEE AFM FOR REQUIRED EQUIPMENT LIST
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
DESIGN MANEUVERING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . .
180KT IAS
185KT IAS
ROUGH AIR SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAXIMUM FLAP EXTENSION SPEEEDS --100 . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . .
170KTIAS
-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160KT IAS
-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150KT IAS
-70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120KT IAS
MAXIMUM LANDING GEAR OPERATING ANO EXTENDED
SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160KT IAS
POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS
MAXIMUM ROTATIONALSPEED
CONTINUOUS . . . . . . . . . . UP TO 100.0%
UPT05MINUTES ....
100.0-101.5%
UPT030SECONDS ..
101.5-105.5%
UP TO 5 SECONDS . . . .
105.5 -106.0%
NEVER EXCEED . . . . . . . . . .
106.0%
MAXIMUM TORQUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100.0%
MAXIMUM EGT; TAKE OFF ANO CONTINUOUS . . 650C
'
DURING STARTING
..........
770C
OIL TEMPERA TU RE; MINIMUM FOR STARTING
-30C
MAXIMUM UP TO 88% TORQUE
127C
(10 MINUTE LIMITOVER 110C)
MAXIMM OVER 88% TORQUE
110C
40PSI
OIL PRESSURE; MINIMUM-GROUND IDLE
-BELOW 23000FT . . . .
70PSI
-ABOVE 23000FT . . .
SOPSI
MAXIMUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120PSI
FUEL PRESSURE; MINIMUM - GROUND IDLE . . . . .
15PSI
NORMAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20-80PSI
MAXIMUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90PSI
PT N 03710962L 17 ISS.2 KIT 3384A/2
H,1 573X
OPERATIONS LIMITATIONS PLACARD

Fig.l.
1-1-9
Apr 15/89
J~~
AE.ROSPACE
-JETSTREA/111
SERiEs J200
CALIBRATION IS ONLY
VALID WHEN BOTH
GENERATORS ANO
WINDSCREEN HEATERS
ARE SWITCH ED OFF
H/11223X
o
o
--
STANDBY COMPASS PLACARD

Fig.2.
1-1-10
Aug 1/88
BRITISH
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
CHAPTER 2. AIRFRAME. FLYING CONTROLS & STALL WARNING

LIST
LIST
OF
EFFECTIVE
OF
CONTENTS
PAGES
LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURES
Flight with Missing Vortex Generators . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P.
lsTALLI caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-1
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Window Failure . . . .
C.A.P.
loooRI
2-4-1
caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3
CHAP. 2 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
May 15/91
BRrTISH
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
CHAPTER 2
AIRFRAME, FLYING CONTROLS & STALL WARNING
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
1/2
May 15/91
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1
2
3
May
Aug
May
May
May
May
May
May
15/91
15/90
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91

Page 1/2
May 15/91
BRfTISH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
CHAPTER
AIRFRAME, FLYING CONTROLS & STALL WARNING

l.
LIMITATIONS
1.1 Manoeuvring speed
Manoeuvres likely to involve full application of the
primary flight controls shall not be attempted at a speed
greater than 180 kt IAS.
1.2 Stall protection
The serviceability of both stall protection systems must
be conf irmed prior to the f irst flight of the day by
carrying out the relevant checks.
1.3 Control locks
If the tailwind component exceeds 20 kt, the control locks
shall be engaged whenever the aircraft is taxiing or
parked.
1. 4 Lift Dump
The maximum permissible speed f or allowing the flaps to
extend to the lift DUMP position is 120 kt IAS.
l . 5 DV Window
The maximum permissible speed with the DV window open is

140 kt IAS.
2.
ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Stall Protection
If one wing reaches the stall warning angle, the audio

warning and stick shaker will activate.
If one wing reaches the stall identification angle, the
stall ident lights will come on.
If both wings reach this
condition the stick pusher will activate until clear of
stall identification angle. Stick pusher may be
over-ridden by an 80 lb. pull force.
2.2 Crosswind
The maximum demonstrated crosswind component f or take-of f
and landing is 25 kts.
2-1-1/2
Aug 15/90
BRITISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
FLIGHT WITH MISSING VORTEX GENERATORS
Flight with one or more vortex generators missing is permitted far

up to eight flights or one day's flying, whichever is the least,
under the following conditions:e:
l.
One vortex generator may be missing. from either one wing or

both wings, or
Two vortex generators may be missing from either one wing or
both wings provided that they are not adjacent.
If a third
vortex generator is missing from either wing it must be
replaced befare flight.
2.
Flight is not permitted if any vortex generator is missing

from the wing root fillets.
3.
Far flight with vortex generators missing, the wing surface

and wing root fillet must be in good condition and free from
damage.
4.
The airplane must not be used far stall or single-engined

training if any vortex generators are missing.
END//
2-2-1/2
May 15/91
EIRIT7SH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
PROCEDURE
STALL
CAPTION ON
Indicates STALL WARNING inoperative due to any of the following:l.

~
:::i
.,
-=e:
2.
3.
4.
-o
STALL PROTECTION switch at OFF or TEST

Power relay failure
ssu failure
Signal to pusher solenoid has been cancelled by the
isolate relay.
.t
CHECK STALL PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . .
. . . . .
. .
. . TRIP/RESET
Far RightJ STALL Jc.A.P. trip/reset C/B STALL PROT RIGHT (5)
on the DC Main C/B
Far Left
Panel
STALL lc.A.P. trip/reset C/B STALL PROT LEFT (5)
on the DC Essential C/B Panel

If caption remains on avoid flight conditions approaching the
stall.
Note:
If either of the STALL ident lights has been pressed, the
stick pusher will remain inoperative until reset on the ground.
END//
2-3-1/2
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies J200
EMERGENCY
WINDOW
PROCEDURE
FAILURE
FLIGHT DECK OR CABIN

INNER OR OUTER PANEL CRACKED CRAZED OR FAILED
WARNING : IF PART OF A WINDOW BECOMES DETACHED IT MAY STRIKE A
PROPELLER AND BE DEFLECTED THROUGH THE SIDE OF THE
FUSELAGE. AS A PRECAUTION AGAINST INJURY MOVE
PASSENGERS FROM SEATS IN LINE WITH THE PROPELLER
IF PRACTICAL.
CABIN DIFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCE TO 2.5 psi THEN ZERO

Immediately reduce cabin differential pressure to 2.5 psi
and as soon as practicable to zero.
SEAT HARNESS .
FITTED
. . . .
Verify both pilots seat harnesses are fitted.

CABIN SIGNS .
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. .
. . .
. . . ON
AS REQUIRED
OXYGEN
As differential pressure is going to be reduced to zero

consideration should be given to the use of oxygen by
crew.
DESCEND .
TO SAFETY ALTITUDE
Descend to safety altitude for sector being flown.
( cont) / ...
2-4-1
May 15/91
lll#TWIA~W
JETSTREAIW
SERES J200
EMERGENCY
WINDOW
PROCEDURE
FAILURE (cent)
FLIGHT DECK
INNER OR OUTER PANEL DELAMINATED
SLIGHT DELAMINATION OF INNER OR OUTER PANEL IS ACCEPTABLE WITHOUT
RESTRICTION FOR THAT FLIGHT PROVIDING VISION IS NOT IMPAIRED.
CAUTION:
END//
2-4-2
May 15/91
SUBSTANTIAL DELAMINATION SHOULD BE TREATED AS A

POTENTIAL FAILURE. FRACTURE OF A DELAMINATED INNER LAYER
COULD CAUSE GLASS SPLINTERS TO BE RELEASED INTO THE
FLIGHT DECK.
-77SHA~ICE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200

'.....
Tbis rev1s1on complies with Britisb Civil Airwortbiness Requirements, Section A

Cbapter A7-3.
/~~
Signed
Date
'J
CAA Approval No: DAI/9386/92
JETSTREAM AIRCRAP'T LIMITED

PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, ll9 2RW,
SCOTLAHD
~~
Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/53,57,58,61,63,64,266,267,

269,270.
TEMPORARY REVISION 2 - 1
Location: Insert in Chapter 2 with the page overleaf facing Page

2-4-3.
Reason:
To revise C.A.P.
procedure.
Action:
Replace ON GROUND procedure with the procedure

overleaf.
loooRI CAPTION ON emergency
The introduction of data by revLSLons or amendments or temporary revisions or

amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requiremente, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification en the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendments or
temporary revisione or amendments embodied in this manual and certif ied by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded en separate record sheets.
Page 1 of 2
Jun
7/93
~A~tCE
JETSTREAIW
' SERiES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATIN~ MANUAL PART 1
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
c.A.P.
''\'
lnooRI CAPTioN oN
ON GROUND
DOOR . . .
OPEN FROM INSIDE
open the door and leave it open.

ENT DOOR WRN C/B .
TRIP/RESET
Trip and reset the ENT DOOR WRN C/B on the DC ESS busbar.
WARNING: THE DOOR MUST REMAIN OPEN FOR A MINIMUM OF 15 SECS TO ALLOW
TIME FOR THE TIME DELAY RELAX TO FUNCTION IF ANY OF THE
MICROSWITCHES HAVE FAILED IN THE DOOR CLOSED POSITION.
Wait for 15 secs then:
DOOR
CLOSE ANO LOCK FROM INSIDE
DOOR HANDLE
FULLY OUTBOARD
DOOR DRAWBOLT-LOCKED INDICATORS (5)

DOOR HANDLE-LOCKED INDICATOR . .
. . CONFIRM ALIGNED
. .
. CONFIRM ALIGNED
IF DOOR CAPTION REMAINS ON OR IF CAPTION NOT ON WHEN DOOR OPENED

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
MINIMUM FOR FLIGHT
Select the mnimum cabin dif f erential pressure acceptable f or

the flight.
SEAT BELT SIGN .
Notes:
. . . ON FOR DURATION OF FLIGHT
l. A single flight or series of flights is permitted with

C.A.P.
lnooRj on if all drawbolt-locked and handle-locked
indicators show door locked and secure.

2. The airplane must not depart an airfield where repairs or
replacements can be made.
END//
(cent)/ ....
Page 2 of 2
Jun
7/93
BRITISH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
PROCEDURE
DOOR
CAPTION ON
ON GROUND
DOOR . .
OPEN
Open the door and leave it open.

e
. . . . . TRIP/RESET
ENT DOOR WRN C/B .
Trip and reset the ENT DOOR WRN C/B on the DC ESS busbar.
WARNING: THE DOOR MUST REMAIN OPEN FOR 15 SECONDS TO ALLOW TIME
FOR THE TIME DELAY RELAY TO FUNCTION IF ANY OF THE
MICROSWITCHES HAVE FAILED IN THE DOOR CLOSED POSITION.
DOOR . .
CLOSE
VISUAL DOOR INDICATORS .
CHECK
IF DOOR LIGHT REMAINS ON OR IF CAPTION NOT ON WHEN DOOR OPENED

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
L.()
-:r
MINIMUM FOR FLIGHT
Select the minimum cabin differential pressure acceptable

for the flight.
SEAT BELT SIGN .
Note: l.
. ON
A single flight or a series of flights is permitted with

C.A.P.
DOOR
caption on provided door visual
indicators show door is locked.

2.
The airplane must not depart an airfield where repairs

or replacements can be made.
END//
( cont) / .
2-4-3
May 15/91
BRrTISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
,'
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
DOOR
PROCEDURE
CAPTION ON (cont)
IN FLIGHT
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE DOOR OR HANDLE
SEAT BELT SIGN
DIFF PRESS .
REDUCE
. ON
Reduce cabin differential pressure to rninirnurn consistent

with flight altitude.
LAND AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE
END//
e::
2-4-4
May 15/91
BRPTISHA~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CHAP.3
AIR
CONDITIONING
LIST
OF
& PRESSURISATION
CONTENTS

LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA
3-1-1
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P.,AIR OFFI caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
C.A.P.
C.A.P.
caption on
3-2-2
lnucTI caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3
Cabin Differential Pressure greater than 6 psi .
e. A. P.
1CABIN1 caption on
Emergency Descent
. . . . .
. . . .
3-3-1
. . 3-3-3
3-3-4
co
N
'-O
o
o
N
CHAP . 3 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSl'WCE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
CHAPTER 3
AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURISATION
:.
:;)
-5"'
e:
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
3-1
3-2
-o
."'
a..
3-3
1/2
Dec
1/2
1/2
1
2
3/4
1
2
3
4
May 15/91
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Dec 1/88
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Feb 15/90
May 15/91
1/88

Page 1/2
May 15/91
_,,..
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs .,200
CHAPTER
AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURISATION
l.
LIMITATIONS
Maximum Dif ferential Pressure
. 6.0 psi
Highest Normal Working Pressure
. 5.5 psi
During take-off and landing the cabin shall not be

pressurised and the air FLOW supply selectors shall be
OFF.
2.
ESSENTIAL DATA
Inward Relief Valve
Safety Relief Valve
0.3 psi
.. . .
5.8 psi
Absolute Air Pressure Regulator limits Cabin Alt to 13,000

feet.
00
f'....
o
o
3-1-1/2
Aug 1/88
~,:_EROSPACE
3~STREANI
SERiEs J200
MANUFACTUREBS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
C.A.P. IAIR OFF CAPTION ON
CAUTION: ONE ATTEMPT ONLY MAY BE MADE TO REGAIN THE AFFECTED
SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS:OFF
FLOW SELECTOR . . . .
Rotate the associated FLOW selector to OFF.
TRIP/RESET
EMER AIR OFF CONT C/B
Trip the associated EMER AIR OFF CONT circuit breaker on

the DC Essential Bus C/B Panel. This releases the latch
on the emergency air off valve and allows the valve to
open when the circuit breaker is reset.
FLOW SELECTOR
INCREASE SLOWLY
Rotate associated FLOW SELECTOR slowly open to an initial

position less than that at which the shut off occurred.
Do not open too quickly as a rapid increase to airf low may
cause the valve to close.
Ui
CX)
r-
o
o
o
IF THE C.A.P.
FLOW
AIR OFF lcAPTION COMES ON AGAIN:
. . . .. ... .... ... .. . . . . .. . . .
OFF
.................
IN CREASE
OPPOSITE FLOW SELECTOR
If possible increase the opposite airf low in an attempt to

maintain the environmental conditions.
END//
3-2-1
Aug 1/88
lllWTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200

('.e
ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
PROCEDURE
1 O/TEMP l
CAPTION ON
PAUSE FOR 5 SECONDS TO ALLOW SHUT OFF VALVE TO CLOSE THEN : OFF
ASSOCIATED TEMP AUTO/MAN SELECTOR

Set the associated TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL selector to
OFF in an attempt to let the temperature control system
stabilise.
HAS C.A.P., O/TEMP
CAPTION GONE OFF?
AUTO
YES i--~ ASSOCIATED TEMP AUTO /MAN SELECTOR

Set the associated TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL
seletor to AUTO and monitor the,O/TEMPlcaption.
IF
NO
O/TEMP
CAPTION REMAINS ON OR COMES ON AGAIN AFTER
PREVIOUS ACTION
TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . REDUCE MANUALLY
Adjust the temperature by INC or DEC selections of
the associated AUTO/MAN selector.
IF
O/TEMP 1 CAPTION REMAINS ON AND MANUAL CONTROL UNSUCCESSFUL:
FLOW SELECTOR
. . . . ... .. .
.....
Rotate the associated FLOW selector to OFF.

the air bleed to the failed system.
. . . . . OFF
This shuts off
OTHER FLOW SELECTOR

Rotating the usable FLOW rotary selector to a higher
setting to replace the flow from the f ailed system.
END//
3-2-2
Aug 1/88
ADJUST
o
o
BRITl:!IN AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
ABNORMAL
c.A.P.
PROCEDURE
jnucTI CAPTION oN
ON THE GROUND
. . PRESS
ASSOCIATED STOP BUTTON

Stop the engine and investigate cause of failure.
IN FLIGHT
. OFF
ASSOCIATED FLOW SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . .

Rapidly rotate the associated FLOW selector to OFF.
Check for reduction in f low by observing movement of
Cabin Rate of Climb and by feel from the vents.
Start stop-watch.
Observe the reduction in flow; this confirms that
the valve has closed.
IN CREASE
PPOSITE FLOW SELECTOR . . . . .
Increase opposite airflow to maintain cabin pressurisation

AFTER 3 MINUTES ON STOPWATCH, IS C.A.P.
DUCT
STILL ON
TAKE NO FURTHER ACTION. REPORT DEFECT ON LANDING

DID FLOW REDUCE
o
o
YES
TAKE NO FURTHER ACTION. REPORT DEFECT ON LANDING
Note: If C.A.P. remains on 5 minutes after engine shut down

it can be assumed to be a false warning and the engine
may be relit for a normal two engined landing
END//
3-2-3/4
Dec 1/88
B/INTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 1200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GREATER THAN 6 PSI

CONFIRM
CABIN DIFFERENTIAL
Confirm by reference to cabin/altitude table that
differential pressure exceeds 6 psi.
IS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONFIRMED?
t--~
LOG FAULTY GAUGE.
YES 1--_.. AIRFLOWS
. . REDUCE
Slowly reduce FLIGHT DECK and CABIN air f lows

until a cabin rate of climb achieved and cabin
differential reduces.
WHEN RATE OF CLIMB ACHIEVED
FLOW SELECTORS
<X>
'
""o
o
ADJUST TO CONTROL CABIN
Slowly operate FLIGHT DECK and CABIN f low selectors to

maintain cabin altitude required with differential of 5.2
psi or less.
IF FLOW CONTROLS WILL NOT REDUCE CABIN PRESSURE
Rotate MANUAL pressure CONTROL valve towards DUMP so as to
reduce pressure differential below 6 psi.
IF OVERPRESSURISATION PERSISTS
Set electrical PRESSURE DUMP switch to DUMP.
Don oxygen masks and descend below 10,000 ft.
(cent)/ ....
3-3-1
Aug 1/88
-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
..
CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GREATER THAN 6 PSI

ALTITUD E (ft)
1000
Cabin Alt
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
21000
22000
23000
24000
25000
Aircraft
Alt.
PRESSURE (psi)
15.23
14.69
13.66
13.17
12.69
12.22
11.77
11.33
10.91
10.50
10.10
9.72
9.34
8.98
8.63
8.29
7.96
7.64
7.33
7.04
6.75
6.47
6.20
5.94
5.69
5.45
DIFF PRESS
4.68 psi
Exa.mple
cabin 2000 = 13.66 psi
aircraft 13000 = 8.98 J2Si
dif f erential= 4.68 psi
-oo
o
........,
o
'
END//
3-3-2
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSFYCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
PROCEDURE
lcABINI CAPTION ON
CONFIRM
INDICATIONS AND CONTROLS . . . .

Confirm that Cabin Altitude is greater than 10,000 ft
Conf irm CABIN ALT control is correctly set
Conf irm both FLOW selectors are turned fully clockwise
ON
OXYGEN MASKS . . .
e
Remove headset and don oxygen masks, confirm oxygen flow

CREW COMMUNICATIONS
ESTABLISH
Set MIC C/O switch to MASK and replace headset with

boom mike stowed.
Establish communication between crew with masks on.
ON
CABIN SIGNS
CONFIRM
PASSENGER OXYGEN
Conf irm passenger oxygen masks deployed and luminescent

star indicates pressure in system.
If the masks have not
deployed rotate the passenger oxygen control to OVERRIDE.
Observe luminescent star indicates pressure in system.
NORMAL
PRESSURE SWITCH
Verify PRESSURE switch selected to NORMAL.
PRE SS
MANUAL CONTROL
N
Verify pressurisation MANUAL CONTROL rotated fully

clockwise in the direction of PRESS
IF CABIN ALTITUDE CANNOT BE CONTROLLED
APPLY PROCEDURE:
EMERGENCY DESCENT
END//
3-3-3
Feb 15/90
-TJSH A.nl\IMI llCl9'
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
DESCENT
FLIGHT IDLE
POWER LEVERS
Retard POWER levers to FLIGHT IDLE and warn cabin crew/

passengers an emergency descent is being initiated.
~
RPM LEVERS . .
. .
FULLY ADVANCED
ATC TRANSPONDER
A7700
5'
K
5'
e:
~
Set emergency code A7700 on transponder to advise ATC of

action.
SAFETY ALTITUDE
DESCENT SPEED
.
.
. .
. CHECK
. .
. VMO
OXYGEN (IF REQUIRED)
. .
. DON
CREW COMMUNICATIONS
. ESTABLISH
Descend at VMO to obtain best rate of descent.
Establish safety altitude for sector being flown.

CABIN SIGNS .
. .
. ON
IF OXYGEN HAS BEEN USED

WHEN CABIN AT SAFE ALTITUDE
CREW OXYGEN
e:
. . AS REQUIRED
Set crew oxygen control to position required.

PAX OXYGEN
AS REQUIRED
Passengers oxygen should return to low delivery pressure

automatically but if OVERRIDE has been selected rotate
passenger oxygen control to FIRST AID POSITION.
END//
3-3-4
May 15/91
BRIT/SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
CHAPTER 4.
EMERGENCY
LIST
OF
EQUIPMENT
AND
OXYGEN
CONTENTS

LIMITATIONS AND ESSENTIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
Crew Oxygen . . .
4-2-1
Ventilated Smoke goggles .
4-2-2
Dispatch with partial oxygen contents .
4-2-3/4
ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
C.A.P.1 EMER
LTS
caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
Aircraft Evacuation
4-4-1
Ditching
4-4-4
CHAP.4
CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Jul 15/89
BR'l77SH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER 4
EMERGENCY EOUIPMENT ANO OXYGEN
LIST OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE PAGES
4-1
:,
::i
-5"'
4-2
e:
-o
!'.l
.!:
it
4-3
4-4
1/2
1/2
1
2
1
2
3
4
5/6
1/2
1
2
3
4
5
6
Jul
Jan
Jan
Jan
Sep
Sep
Jan
Jan
May
Aug
Aug
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
15/89
15/97
15/97
15/97
15/88
15/88
15/97
15/97
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
co
00
00
L.()
o
o
N

Page 1/2
Jan 15/97
BRITISH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

"\
' '-,
r~
CHAPTER
EMERGENCY
l.
EQUIPMENT
AND
OXYGEN
LIMITATIONS
None applicable.
2.
ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 STANDARD EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CARRIED
Fixed oxygen installation
Crew portable oxygen bottles .
. . . . . Crew plus
passengers as required
. . Mounted in
crew seat plinths
Crew oxygen masks
Ahead and outboard of crew

members
Crew smoke goggles
Ahead and outboard of crew

members
Emergency lights .
. Automatic or manual operation
Flight deck hand f ire extinguisher
Outboard of crew
roo
Cabin hand f ire extinguisher
L.[)
o
o
First aid kit
. Stowage RH rear
of cabin
Stowage RH rear of cabin
Cabin emergency exits
Overwings and main Door
Flight deck emergency exit . . . . Flight deck O.V. window

2.2 OPTIONAL EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CARRIED
As specified by operator.
4-1-1
Jan_15/97
- T I S H AEROSl'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
,,
'(
2.3 FIXED OXYGEN SYSTEM

Supply indicator BLACK indicates no pressure in system.
Supply indicator showing PARTIAL STAR, indicates
therapeutic pressure of 27.6 psi in system.
supply indicator showing FULL STAR, indicates mask
deployment pressure of 72.5 psi.
Note:
Passenger masks will be automatically deployed at a

cabin altitude of 11,500 feet if the mode selector is
at NORMAL or FIRST AID. Oxygen will not flow to the
individual passenger until the mask is pulled down
withdrawing the operating pin.
2.4 OXYGEN DURATION
The oxygen system when fully charged will provide not less
than :2.4.1
A two hour supply for each pilot

ANO
2.4.2
Note:
A thirty minute supply f or
eac~
passenger
The two pilots must both be connected to their

individual portable oxygen bottles.
These durations assume cabin decompression above
14,000 ft followed by an emergency descent and flight
continuing at or below 14,000 ft.
2.5 VENTILATED SMOKE GOGGLES

The portable oxygen bottles, when fully charged, will
provide not less 15 minutes supply to each pilot using his
oxygen mask with ventilated smoke goggles.
Before the portable oxygen bottles are completely
discharged each pilot in turn should transfer his supply
connection from his portable bottle to the aircraft main
supply. This will ensure a continued supply.
4-1-2
Jan 15/97
o
o
lJl
(X)
'-....1
lJl
llRIT1SN
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
CONDITIONAL
CREW
PROCEDURE
OXYGEN
crew oxygen is required, one pilot should control the

aircraf t whilst the other dons his oxygen mask and establishes
communication. The process is then reversed.
Wh~n
HEADSET . . .
REMOVE
TO USE OXYGEN MASKS:l.
Press the red toggles together to release the mask

from its housing.
2.
Keep the toggles pressed to inflate the straps.
3.
Place the straps over the head with mask covering

nose and mouth.
4..
Release red toggles.
5.
Check oxygen puffing.
HEADSET
Straps will grip head.
REPLACE ON HEAD WITH BOOM MIKE STOWED
MIC C/O SWITCH
MASK
Set the BOOM-MASK control switch on the side console to

MASK.
e:>
C:>
Notes: l. The N-100% SWITCH on the mask will provide diluted or

100% oxygen as indicated.
2. The EMERGENCY rotary control on the mask by-passes the
regulator and supplies 100% oxygen at a small positive

pressure. Pressing this control acts as a test function
and allows a flow of oxygen to the mask.
END//
4-2-1
Sep 15/88
-TISN AEROS-CE
JETSTREA.1111
SERiEs J200
VENTILATED SMOKE GOGGLES
When it is necessary to fit the ventilated smoke goggles, one
pilot should control the aircraft whilst the other one dons his
oxygen mask and goggles. Once communication has been
established the role of the two pilots should be reversed so
that the second pilot can fit his mask and goggles.
HEADSET . . .
TO USE VENTILATED SMOKE GOGGLES WITH OXYGEN MASK :l. Press the red toggles to release the oxygen mask from
its housing
2. Keep the toggles pressed to inflate the straps
3. Place the straps over the head with the mask covering
nose and mouth
4. Release red toggles. Straps will grip head
5. Set N - 100% switch to 100%
6. Turn the EMERGENCY rotary control to EMERGENCY.
Check that oxygen is flowing
7. Fit smoke goggles over the eyes and overlapping the nose
of the oxygen mask. Adjust strap around back of head
8. Push the slide valve down on the nose of the mask. This
opens an orif ice allowing a steady stream of oxygen into
the goggles
HEADSET
MIC C/O SWITCH
REPLACE ON HEAD WITH BOOM MIKE STOWED
. . .. .
.....
Set the BOOM - MASK control switch on the side console

to MASK
...END//
4-2-2
Sep 15/88
. .MASK
-o
-
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
DISPATCH WITH PARTIAL OXYGEN CONTENTS
THESE PROCEDURES ENABLE THE AIRCRAFT TO BE DISPATCHED WITH PARTIAL
OXYGEN CONTENTS PROVIDED THAT THE NUMBER OF PASSENGERS IS
RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING TABLES.
Note: The two pilots must be connected to their individual
portable oxygen bottles which must indicate FULL.
Table 1
PORTABLE OXYGEN BOTTLE FULL INDICATION
INDICATED PRESSURE
PSI
1710
1730
1750
BOTTLE TEMPERATURE
C
-30
-20
-10
1780
1810
1850
+10
>+20
FOR FLIGHT BETWEEN 14,000 ANO 25,000 FEET, THE MINIMUM PERMITTED
INDICATED PRESSURES ARE INDICATED BELOW.
Table 2
PAX
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
'-..[)
roo
l..)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
o
10
20
-20
-10
1560
1420
1270
1120
990
840
710
570
1600
1560
1310
1150
1020
870
730
580
1650
1500
1340
1180
1050
890
750
600
1690
1540
1380
1220
1080
920
770
620
1740
1590
1420
1250
1110
940
800
630
C
30
40
1800
1640
1460
1290
1150
970
820
650
1850
1690
1510
1330
1190
1000
850
670
Note: For OXYGEN TEMPERATURE use ground level ambient temperature

except when the aircraft has been subject to cold soak (eg
after a long, high-altitude flight followed by a short
turnround) the minimum permitted indicated oxygen pressure
is obtained by taking the reading for the temperature lOC
below ambient.
( cont) / ....
4-2-3
Jan-15/97
BRITISH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
'~ :~~-~;~ f
.:
DISPATCH WITH PARTIAL OXYGEN CONTENTS (cont)
FOR FLIGHT BETWEEN 10,000 AND 14,000 FEET THE MINIMUM PRESSURES ARE
INDICATED BELOW:
Table 3
49 CUBIC FOOT OXYGEN BOTTLE
DURATION IN MINUTES
OXYGEN GAUGE
PRESSURE
(At 21C or above)
223 or less
400
460
600
700
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1850
UP TO 10
PASSENGERS
30
95
-120135
145
155
175
195
220
240
265
11 OR MORE
PASSENGERS
...
30
60
75
100
-120130
145
160
180
195
215
N
Note:
The above durations include the consumption of two flight

crew when flight time between 10,000 and 14,000 ft AMSL
exceeds two hours.
If the f light time in the above altitude range is less
than two hours, the flight crew are supplied solely from
their portable oxygen cylinders.
cont) / ....
4-2-4
Jan 15/97
o
o
U1
00
-.......i
-.......i
B#NTISH AER05'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200
DISPATCH WITH PARTIAL OXYGEN CONTENTS (cent)
3. For temperatures below +2lC the following conversion

table should be used. For higher temperatures, use the
figure for +2lC.
Table 4
BOTTLE TEMPERATURE C
EQUIVALENT
PRESSURE
AT + 2lC
(PSI)
+21
-30
-20
-10
223
400
460
600
700
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1850
195
340
390
515
600
692
870
1040
1220
1385
1710
197
348
402
530
620
710
890
1070
1250
1430
1730
201
360
412
545
640
730
910
1100
1285
1460
1750
o
206
373
426
560
660
750
945
1133
1320
1510
1780
+10
215
385
440
580
680
775
970
1166
1360
1555
1810
INDICATED BOTTLE PRESSURE (PSI)
...
1}
END//
"")
o
o
,-'-.j
4-2-5/6
May 15/91
llRITISH AEROIYWCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING SWITCH

REAR DOOR LIGHT SWITCH
PROCEDURE
EMER LTS
CAPTION
ON
CHECK ARMED
CHECK OFF
IF C.A.P. REMAINS ON:

ON GROUND
TAKE-OFF IS PROHIBITED.
IN FLIGHT
NO FURTHER ACTION.
LO.G DEFECT.
END//
4-3-1/2
Aug 1/88
Al!IRDSPACE
JETSTREAAI
SeRies J200
WARNING:
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
AIRCRAFT
EVACUATION
IF THERE IS A FIRE OR SIGNS THAT FIRE MAY ERUPT, ONLY

THE DOORS AND ESCAPE HATCHES AWAY FROM THE FIRE SHOULD
BE USED.
BASIC PROCEDURE
The crew should supervise the rapid evacuation of all on
board. Evacuate away from fire and ensure that everyone is
kept suff iciently far from the wings to minimise injury
should the fuel tanks explode. 'No smoking' should be
stressed.
Crew and able-bodied persons should assist in the evacuation
of children, disabled, aged and infirm passengers.
The f irst essential is for passengers followed by crew to
evacuate the aircraft in the shortest possible time. This
process should not be impeded by people collecting coats,
briefcases, fire extinguishers or first aid kits. These
items can be collected by the crew later when it is safe to
do so.
'
Ensure that all passengers and
crew are out of the aircraft.
f'..,
o
o
O
EMERGENCY EXITS
All escape hatches and the door should be used to evacuate
the passengers. The location and operation of the over-wing
escape hatches is shown in the accompanying diagram. The
main door cannot be jettisoned.
The D.V. windows provide additional escape routes for the
pilot and co-pilot. Operation is shown in the accompanying
diagram.
4-4-1
Aug 1/88
- T I S H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200

,/i,\\.~i,
l
PASS OOOR THROUGH EXIT

TO CLEAR PASSAGEWAY
PULL OOWN ANO INWAROS
,.
t.
N
ESCAPE ROUTES
ESCAPE
HATCH
Fig. 1
May 1/88
LOWE R THE OOOR OUTWAR OS~

__
EVACUATE THE AIRCRAFT
'
<
4-4-2
V/
lj\
8'NTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA~
SERiES 'J200
TO OPEN DV. WINDOW

1.PULL STRIPED HANDLE DOWN ANO REARWARDS
2.PULL WINDOW INWARD USING BOTH HANDLES
3.MOVE WINDOW REARWARDS IN TRACK UNTIL
CATCH ENGAGES
CAUTION;DO NOT PULL ON

DESICCATOR
l~~~~l\
o
o
ro
o
o
FOR LEFT PILOT
D V WINDOW ESCAPE
Fig. 2
ROUTE
4-4-3
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
DITCHING
ATC TRANSPONDER .
A7700
Set emergency code A7700 on transponder to advise ATC of

action.
TRANSMIT
DISTRESS MESSAGE .
Transmit MAYDAY and advise position, disposition of crew

and passengers, intentions on landing, description of any
dangerous cargo and quantity of fuel.
. . . ON
ELT .
CABIN CREW/PASSENGERS
BRIEF
Instruct cabin.crew and passengers to prepare for

ditching and evacuation. Crew and passengers to don life
jackets, uninflated at earliest ppportunity.
EXCESS FUEL . . . .
. . BURN-OFF
Burn off excess fuel that is not required to make a saf e

touchdown.
AIRFLOWS .
OFF
N
LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . .
LEAVE UP
Do not extend landing gear for ditching.

GEAR WARN C/B (WHITE COLLAR) .
Trip GEAR WARN C/B on DC Essential Busbar Panel to
prevent warning by gear horn with gear up on landing,
circuit breaker.
(cont)/ ....
4-4-4
Aug 1/88
o
o
o
co
TRIP
trip
l!IRl77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAA#
SERiES
l200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
DITCHING (cent)
RIGHT STALL PROTECTION SWITCH .
. .
OFF
Set RIGHT STALL PROTECTION SWITCH to OFF to prevent stickpusher action during approach and touch down.
FLAPS .
35 o
Set Flaps to 35.

APPROACH CHECKLIST
DITCHING BRIEFING .
UPDATE
The captain will brief on his intentions and requirements

for approach, ditching and after ditching.
PASTEN SEAT BELTS SIGNS .
ON
Set PASTEN SEAT BELTS sign to ON.
ARM
EMERGENCY LIGHTS . .
(\J
a
co
a
a
('\J
Verify EMERGENCY LIGHTS selector to ARM.

ALTIMETERS
SET/CHECK
Set altimeter for landing and compare.

LANDING CHECK
GEAR . . . .
. .
. UP
Confirm gear still UP for ditching.

FLAPS . . .
. 35 o
Confirm flaps set at 35.

(cont)/ ....
4-4-5
Aug 1/88
B#WTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
DITCHING (cont)
AT 1000 FEET CALL ON PA
"TAKE UP DITCHING POSITIONS"

. . . "BRACE BRACE"
AT 200 FEET CALL ON PA . .

AT 100 FEET REDUCE RATE OF DESCENT TO MINIMUM.
MAINTAIN AIRSPEED Vref (VAT).
TOUCHDOWN IN A FLAT ATTITUDE.
ON TOUCHDOWN
FEATHER LEVERS
. . . .. . . . .
PULL
WHEN AIRCRAFT AT REST

PASSENGERS EVACUATION
CAUTION:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
'
THE MAIN DOOR SHOULD NOT BE USED AS THE SILL WILL

BE BELOW THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.
The captain will direct cabin crew and passengers to start

evacuation, using the over wing emergency exists.
A passenger seat cushion should be carried out by each passenger
to use as a flotation aid. The cushion should be held to the chest
with the straps over the arms before entering the water.
o
o
END//
co
o
(...
4-4-6
Aug 1/88
BIWT7SHA~E
JETSTREAA#
SERiES
J200
CHAPTER
LIST
5.
OF
ELECTRICS
CONTENTS

LIMITATIONS AND ESSENTIAL DATA . .
5-1-1
CIRCUIT BREAKER AND FUSE LOCATIONS
5-2-1
:::>
Q)
...
.=
.5
e:
;:::
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P.
GEN
caption on . .
C.A.P.
BUS TIE OPEN
C.A.P.
AC ESS
C.A.P.
AC MAIN
caption on
. 5-3-4
caption on . . .
5-3-5
caption on . . . . . 5-3-6
C.A.P.
"1"'
o
00
o
o
o
. 5-3-1
caption on
C.A.P.
BAT
C.A.P.
SERIES
5-3-7
caption on
5-3-8
caption on
5-3-9
C.A.P.
BUS FAIL
C.A.P.
INV
caption on . . . . . . . .
red caption on . . . . . . . . . . .
5~4-1
5-4-5
Battery 150 light on (NiCad batteries only) . . . . 5-4-6
CHAPTER 5.
CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88
BRIT/SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
e.
~!-.
;-.;
,,
7200

"
CHAPTER 5
ELECTRICS
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
5-1
::..::
::::i
-5'
5-2
.:
"s
.:
e':
5-2
5-2
5-3
r'.".l
...n
V')
o
o
N
5-4
GRE
1/2
Aug
Feb
Nov
Nov
Apr
May
Nov
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
Aug
Apr
Sep
Apr
Aug
Apr
2
Apr
3
4
Aug
Aug
5
Aug
6
7
Feb
8
Aug
9/10 Aug
Aug
1
Aug
2
Sep
3
Apr
4
Feb
5
Feb
6
7/8 Feb
1/2
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
20
1
1/88
15/91
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
1/88
15/89
15/88
15/89
1/88
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
15/89
15/91
15/91
15/91

Page 1/2
Feb 15/91
~'
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
CHAPTER
ELECTRICS
l.
LIMITATIONS
1.1
ELECTRICAL LOADING
Maximurn continuous loading for each generator is 300
amps (on ground or in flight).
Note: When using an operating engine to assist in battery

starting the second engine, the loading may be higher than
300 amps.
1.2
BATTERY LIMITATIONS
1.2.1 Minimurn permitted BATTERY BUSBAR voltage for
starting is (Lead Acid) 23.5V, (NiCad) 24.0V.
1.2.2 After any NiCad battery overtemperature warning,
the associated battery must be removed from the
aircraft and ground tested before further use.
2.
ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1
Maximurn permitted temperature 150F.

If the battery voltage drops below 23.0V the battery
is drained.
c:o
N
NICAD BATTERIES
2.2
LEAD ACID BATTERIES

If the battery voltage drops below 21.6V the battery
is drained.
5-1-1
Nov 15/89
B~T7SH
AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
2.2
TAIL LOGO LIGHTS

The Tail Logo lights are powered from the DC Essential
busbar through the NAV LTS circuit breaker.
They are controlled by a three position switch marked
NAV ON, OFF, ON NAV TAIL FLOOD.
If the NAV lights fail with the switch in the
ON NAV TAIL FLOOD position, switch to OFF, reset
the C/B, and switch to NAV ON. If the NAV lights fail
again, the fault is in the NAV light circuit.
5-1-2
Nov 15/89
INW77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
'MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
CIRCUIT
& FUSE
BREAKER
LOCATION
INDEX
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LOCATIONS
. 5-2-2
AVIONICS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
. 5-2-3
GENERAL . .
. 5-2-4
. .
AIR CONDITIONING
AIRFRAME
. 5-2-5
5-2-6
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLIES
5-2-7
ENGINES . .
5-2-9
FIRE PROTECTION .
. 5-2-11
FUEL
. 5-2-12
HYDRAULICS
ICE PROTECTION
. 5-2-13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
5-2-14
INSTRUMENTS .
. 5-2-15
LIGHTS
. 5-2-16
FLIGHT DECK FUSE PANELS
. 5-2-18
NOSE EQUIPMENT BAY CBs AND FUSES
. 5-2-19
SPARE FUSES AND FILAMENTS .
. . .
. .
. 5-2-20
5-2-1
Apr 15/89
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200
RIGHTSIOE
PANELS
--- ............
00 o o
~.
ESSUfTIAl
lllVEllJER.
LEFT SIOE
PANELS
FUSE PANEL
o.e. MAIN BUS PANEL
00
00
00
O.O
00
00
o o
00
00
o o
00
o o
00
o o
o o
00
o o
o o
00
00
00
00
ANCILIARY
BUS
May 1/88
...
-=-
"'e
"'
00
00
00
o o
o o
00
-00
00
llA1mll' BUS
00
00
00
00
00
ANCILLARY BUS
& FUSE PANEL
o.e. ESSENTIAL
BUS PANEL
C/4103&
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LOCATIONS
;
;
a.
;
00
A.C. BUS PANEL
5-2-2
,_.
o o
qNGo
o
00
00
~
. -----#1.
-oo
N
o
o
00
.e:::.
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAH
SrniEs l200
e:
STBY
~H .
.l - -- -l
PA 1
D11E 1
CCS-l.
Vf" 1
llHF 1
\I
(~
(~)
C0
no_ I~
ISO ,_
7BV E55 511. <03736133K9)

CO"" 1
VAN-X
AL l L
IFJ ,
ATC 1
.J..
r
ln
o
IFF 2
IFC 1
ll'F 1
ISX 1
ISH 1
~!..L'.'!'l..' L2~_3_L1AR
28V E5S 511, <03736133KS>

TSl-t.
t 1
IWE t
1fU1
CLK-l.
1 ,, ,
- __
"~-
CD
-~"-!...
11SV ESSENTIAL <03736133K11)
2BV E55 511. <03736133K3)

J<AY 1 AOr 1 j PITOTH 1 WP11 2
1
'1 .
1
12
\ 5 1
l')
. 2 \
ALT-11
ft)
(t)
(~)
!....
2BV E55 511, < 03736133K7)
PA 1
'""_I_
UIF 1
(1)
<2'
NA'W 1
COl'IP 1
FOR FA lL: CHIC LIS T VXR IHO
IRC~ - IRF 11 _!_111'"_17

1111 11'
28V E5SENTIAL UNSll. (Q3736133K19)
28V HAIN <03736133K29)
YO
28V E5S Sii. <03736133K1)
DIE 2
llHF 2
FO
11)
,2,
IFC 2
IRC
CCS-.
CVll
CO"" 2
FOR
2~~,
VG 2
J_____
,;J~
AOC
Q+-L
- - - .. '!'.~)~
HSI 1
/&
26V ESSENTIAL <03736133K15>

NAV 2
(2)
lllE 12
Q+-R
HSI 2
2f"G_ _! _
_!!'
~C
CCS-R
@
-~
28V MA!N <037361331(21>
STEllEO
STEREO lALT ~TI
ATC 2
.~--'~_-D_2--.-1~~!____J_ ___ ]_~!J_,~
1 ISV HAIN < 03736133K13 >
NAY 1
VXll
COfP 2
YO
28V HAIN < 03736133K23)
lllU 2
-~~ -
11'11 1
1 RAO
!~).!....
ALT
ASl-l.
J_!~~-
J AOF
NAV 2
L!.~!'
----28V HAIN <03736133K25>
. 11'11 1
(i)
IRR J
26V MA!N <03736133K17>
AVIONICS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LOCATION

5-2-3
Nov 1/88
BRYT'5H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniES }200
SERVICE
GENERAL
Overspeed warning
_ IDENTIFICATION
OV SPEEO
(f>
C/B PANEL
DC ESSENTIAL
!")
o
o
5-2-4
May 15/90
SIN~
AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SrniEs }200
SERVICE
IOENTIFICATION
RECIRC
AIR CONOITIONING
Air conditioning recirculation fan power supply.
~s
OC MAIN
WHITE
COLLAR
Air conditioning recirculation fan control.

..
Flight deck temperature

control valve.
C/B PANEL
OC MAIN
ESS 115V
AIRTEMP
AC BUS BAR
FL OK
OV TEMP
AIR OFF
DC MAIN
C~Ol
Flight deck air supply

O/Temp warning.
shut off warning.
FLT OK
HAIN115V
AIRTEHP
Cabin temperature control

val ve.
~
1
AC BUS BAR
CABIN
t.n
o
OV TEMP
AIR OFF
Cabin air supply O/Temp

warning.
Cabin air supply shut off
warning.
CABIN
I"")
o
o
N

duct failure warning.
emergency shut off valve
Cabin air supply duct
failure warning.
Cabin air supply emergency
shut off valve.
Pressurisation dump valve
control.
Propeller synchronisation.
DC MAIN
DUCT FAIL 'WRN
E~AIROFF~T
-
Fl
CA IN
DI<
PROP
PR
DC ESSENTIAL
DC ESSENTIAL
DC MAIN
UM
-
5-2-5
May 15/90
BRIT/SH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREAWI
SrniEs J200
SERVICE
IDENTIFICATION
C/B PANEL
AIRFRAME
Right Stall Protection
Control
STALL
DC MAIN
Right stall Protection
STALL
AC BUS BAR
RI
(5
1
RIGHT
Left stall Protection
STALL
PROT
AC BUS BAR
~
Left Stall Protection
Control
Windshield Wiper Right
STALL
PROT
(fj
10
V~
RI
Windshield Wiper Left
DC ESSENTIAL
WHITE DC MAIN
COLLAR
V~
10
WHITE DC ESSENTIAL
COLLAR
L T
5-2-6
May 15/90
BRrT7SH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREAJ'W
SERES
}200
SERVICE
IDENTIFICATION
ESS
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLIES

Essential 26V Power
26V
AC BUS BAR
P(1)R
MAIN
Main 26V Power
Essential 115V Power
C/B PANEL
AC BUS BAR
pes
26V
ESS 1lSV
PO'w'ER
AC BUS BAR
@
MAIN
Main 115V Power
p
2
Essential 115V Power

Failure Warning
Main 115V Power Failure

Warning
AC BUS BAR
115V
ESS 11SV
POWER
AC BUS BAR
FA(J)RN
HAIN
115V
PO'w'ER
AC BUS BAR
FA(J)RN
1
r-r)
o
o
Main DC Busbar Undervolt

Sensor
U/VOLT
Essential DC Busbar Undervolt Sensor
U/VOLT
s@
DC MAIN
Main Inverter Power
0
HAIN
INV
PO\/ER
WHITE DC ESSENTIAL
COLLAR
WHITE DC MAIN
COLLAR
5-2-7
May 15/90
BRrTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
_ IDENTIFICATION
SERVICE
ELECTRICS (cent)
Main Inverter Failure
AC Main Transfer
ESSENTIAL
INVERTER
~
p~
25
F~llRN
-.e AIN
C/B PANEL
DC ESSENTIAL
TR.ANS
Essential Inverter Power
WHITE DC ESSENTIAL
COLLAR
Jl
BAT
FAIL
Battery failure warning
DC ESSENTIAL
(f)
Generator Control/Reset
Left/Right
GEN CONT/
L
Generator Field Control

Left/Right
Left/Right
Central Warning Panel
Supply
Battery isolate control
R/HT
DC ESSENTIAL
GEN FIELD
Central Annunciator Supply

Flap. Indicator Supply
Engine Ancillaries Bus bar
DC ESSENTIAL
~RESET~
RI
CAP
FLAP INO
DC MAIN
ENG ANCILLARIES
o
o
DC ESSENTIAL
~BUS~
20
L
(j-.1
RI HT
(tj
BAT
o
CD
DC ESSENTIAL
BATTERY BUS
0
'
5-2-8
May 15/90
EUnTISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREAJlll
SERiEs }200
SERVICE
ENGINES
Oil Cooler Flaps
Left/Right
Propeller synchronisation
Pressurisation dump
valve control
IDENTIFICATION
OIL
COOL
OIL
COOL
~@,s
F~l
RI HT
L T
DC MAIN
PROP
DC MAIN
(fi
Left/Right
Engine Oil Temp indicators
Left/Right
Propeller Beta m,ode warning
Propeller reverse pitch
warning
Oil contamination warning
Engine Fire Detection
Left/Right
PR
EGT Compensation
Outside air temp indicator
Fuel/Oil Pressure indicator
C/B PANEL
U11
DC MAIN
EGT
@
FUEL/
OIL
FUEL/
OIL
DC MAIN
~~ ~@,
RI HT
L T
OIL TEHP
INO
DC ESSENTIAL
~ ~T
BETA/
~ir
DC ESSENTIAL
OIL ONT
~E OET~
L T
DC ESSENTIAL
RI HT
Torque Indication and

Control
Left/Right
TORQUE
'ONT/l:Q
1
L
RI HT
DC ESSENTIAL
5-2-9
May 15/90
BRr7'SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SrniEs }200

/'
SERVICE
ENGINES (cent)
Propeller unfeather pump
Left/Right
BETA pressure switch
Left/Right
Fuel & hydraulics LP
cocks shut control
Left/Right
Single Red Line computer
Left/Right
IDENTIFICATION
UNFEATHER
PUHPS
~T
DC ESSENTIAL
~oP co~
DC ESSENTIAL
RI HT
L.P .COCKS
~ SHUT@,
5
L
RI T
SRL COMP
0 0
LEFT
Engine EGT indication

Left/Right
Engine Starting & Ignition
control (Also controls TTLs)
Left/Right
C/B PANEL
BATTERY BUS
LOWER ENGINE
ANCILLARIES
BUS BAR
RIGHT
L) 0
EGT< R >
OAT
START/IGN
LOWER ENGINE
ANCILLARIES
BUS BAR
LOWER ENGINE
ANCILLARIES
BUS BAR
PO\JER RES
DC ESSENTIAL
LEFT
RIGHT
o
o
<....N
Automatic Power Reserve
R@T
5-2-10
May 15/90
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERies J200
SERVICE
FIRE PROTECTION
Fire Extinguisher Control
Left/Right
Fuselage smoke detection
IDENTIFICATION
C/B PANEL
BATTERY BUS
ef).RE EX@,
L
RI
SHOKE
..
BATTERY BUS
(!)
e'\
o
o
5-2-11
May 15/90
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
_ IDENTIFICATION
SERVICE
FUEL
Fu el boost pumps
C/B PANEL
PU~
DC ESSENTIAL
CONTrTs
LEFT
RIGHT
DC ESSENTIAL
OST
10
Left/Right
Left fuel contents
indication
Right low fuel warning
Right fuel contents
indication
Left low fuel warning
Fuel/Oil Pressure indicator
Left/Right
!'121 LEi~~
L T
EL
t
FUEL/
OIL
FUEL/
OIL
P~D
P~D
Fuel & Hydraulic LP Cocks

open control
Left/Right
Fuel Flow Indication
Rl
DC ESSENTIAL
~OPEN~
5
L
DC MAIN
L.P .COCKS
RI HT
q;EL FL~
IND
Left/Right
DC ESSENTIAL
j '
DC ESSENTIAL
RI HT
Fuel Cross Feed Control
XD
DC ESSENTIAL
Fuel & Hydraulics LP Cocks

shut control
Left/Right
L.P.COCKS
BATTERY BUS
5-2-12
May 15/90
FUEL
~ SHUT~
5
L
RI
BR/TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SeRies 'J200

f:,, ~ 1 L'-,
.,'
SERVICE
IDENTIFICATION
HYDRAULICS
Control Annunciator
Panel Supply
Landing Flaps Indicator
CAP
C/B PANEL
DC MAIN
FLAP INO
Hydraulic warning system
DC MAIN
HYO
(t)
Hydraulic Pressure Indicator
DC ESSENTIAL
HYO PR
Fuel & Hydraulic LP Cocks

open control
Left/Right
Landing Flap Control .
L.P .COCKS
~OPEN~
5
L
DC ESSENTIAL
RI HT
FLAP
DC ESSENTIAL
Landing gear control

(Also isolates nosewheel
steering)
GEAR
Landing gear warning horn
GEAR
r-r)
o
o
~
~
Landing gear position

indicator
Wheel brake pressure

indication
DC ESSENTIAL
GEAR
WHITE DC ESSENTIAL
COLLAR
DC ESSENTIAL
PO
BRK PR
DC ESSENTIAL
5-2-13
May 15/90
EllWTTSH
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 'J200
SERVICE
ICE PROTECTION
Propeller Ice Protection
Left/Right
IDENTIFICATION
PROP
ICE
PROP
ICE
~ ~
R
Engine Ice Protection

Left/Right
Airframe Ice Protection
DC MAIN
ENG ICE
~PROT ~
2
L
C/B PANEL
DC ESSENTIAL
RI HT
AlRFRAHE ICE
AUTO PROT HAN
DC ESSENTIAL
r 0
Left pitot heat and right
pitot heat failure
indication"'""
DC ESSENTIAL
~OT HE~
L
Right pitot heat and left

pitot heat failure
indication
Left windshield Heat
Control
RI HT
\l/SHIELO
DC ESSENTIAL
DC ESSENTIAL
LEFT
WINO
SHJELO
Right Windshield Heat

Control
Left Stall Vane Heater
DC MAIN
R HT
STALL
VANE
DC ESSENTIAL
r!o
Right stall Vane Heater
STALL
VANE
DC MAIN
10
R HT
5-2-14
May 15/90
BRITISN AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAH
SrniEs }200
SERVICE
INSTRUMENTS
Oxygen Indicator
AC Essential Transf er
Standby Artificial Horizon
IDENTIFICATION
OXY INO
0
ACESS
T(j)S
ATT
(f)
C/B PANEL
DC MAIN
DC MAIN
DC ESSENTIAL
5-2-15
May 15/90
B-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
Srnies J200
SERVICE
LIGHTS
Left Landing Light
Right Landing/Taxi Lights
Flight deck coaming lights

Cabin lights
Entrance door warning
IDENTIFICATION
LANO/
TAXI
LANO
~ ~T
j
'
'
'
COAM
C/B PANEL
DC MAIN
DC MAIN
DC ESSENTIAL
0
ENT
OOOR
DC ESSENTIAL
~
cabin Utility lights, Exit
Signs
EHER
No smoking signs
Fasten seat belts
Mind step warning
Right main panel lights
Centre panel light
Roof panel lights
Lower centre panel lights
Passenger reading lights
DC ESSENTIAL
DC ESSEN'f'IAL
N
RIGHT/
CTR/
DC MAIN
R@F
15
L S
READ
DC MAIN
~
Right cabin lights
5-2-16
May 15/90
CAB LTS
DC MAIN
o
o
<...N
BRIT'5H AEROSPMCE
JETSTREAJ'W
SERiEs }200
SERVICE
IDENTIFICATION
LIGHTS (cont)
Left cabin lights
CABIN
LTS
DC ESSENTIAL
CABIN
IJINOOW
Window wash lights
C/B PANEL
DC MAIN
0
ICE 085/
Wing ice observation light

Strobe lights
Service lights
SE
75
SER LTS
NAV
Navigation lights
DC ESSENTIAL
~
LEFT/ENG/
F~LTS
Left main panel lights

Engine and fuel
instrument lights
standby Artificial Horizon
DC ESSENTIAL
10
Upper beacon light
DC ESSENTIAL
ANT 1 COLL LTS
~R ~R
h
Lf)
DC MAIN
Lower beacon light
DC ESSENTIAL
N
f'I")
o
o
N
FLT OK/
V~LTS
Flight deck flood,

vestibule & utility lights
baggage bay light
Lago Lights
TAIL
~
10
UP
BATTERY BUS
TAIL
DC MAIN
F~O
10
L
5-2-17
May 15/90
BRIT7SH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREAIW
SERies }200
FLIGHT
DECK
FUSE
PANELS
Fuse panel left bulkhead CStn 130 inboard)

SERVICE
RATING
CODE
Main busbar voltmeter
1 A
1PD14
Battery busbar voltmeter
1 A
1PD17
Right ammeter negative leg
1 A
2PB9
Right ammeter positive leg
1 A
2PB12
Left ammeter negative leg
1 A
1PB9
Left ammeter positive leg
1 A
1PB12
Differential voltage sensing

right generator busbar
2 A
2PB10

right generator control
2 A
2PB11

left generator busbar
2 A
lPBlO

left generator control
2 A
lPBll
Left windshield power
50 A
1HL12
Right windshield power
50 A
2HL12
Fuse panel in right bulkhead (Stn 130)

SERVICE
RATING
CODE
Elevator Horn De-Ice
25 A
lHJl
Propeller Anti-Ice
50 A
1HN16
50 A
2HN16
5-2-18
Aug 1/88
T/$H A EROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SERiEs l200
MA NUFA CTURER S OPE RATI NG MA NU A L PA RT 1
NOSE
CIRCUIT
EQUIPMENT
BAY
& FUSES
BREAKERS
THE FOLLOWING CIRCUIT BREAKERS & FUSES ARE NOT

ACCESSIBLE I N FLIGHT.
Starter bus 24/48V circuit breakers (forward eguipment bay)
SERVICE
CODE
Engine ancillaries power
RATI NG
C/B IDENT
1PD36 ENGINE ANCI L PWR
35 A
Lef t & Right engine ancillaries

busbar overvolt sens or control 1PD41 ENGINE ANCIL CONT
Ground Power Control
IPC6
3 A
7. 5A
GND PWR CONT
Star ter bus 24V

SERVICE
CODE
CAP Battery series wa rning l t.
C/B IDENT
1PD42
RATI NG
BAT SER WRN
1 A
Nose eguipment bay C/B panels

LEFT SIDE
SERVICE
CODE
RIGHT SIDE
RATING
SERVICE
CODE
RATING
LH windshield heat lHLll
15 A
RH
windshield heat 2HL11
15 A
LH 26 V
7.5 A
RH
26 V
7.5 A
AC
1XB12
AC
2XB12
Fuse panel de control box nose equipment bay
SERVICE
Lef t 3tartar warni~g light
Right starter warning light
EFFECTIVITY
841 - 1000
ICODE 1
' RATING
17..Nl:
1 amp
1 amp
2KN11
5-2 - 19
Apr 15/89
..-'.$'
EIRl77SN AEROS-CE
JETSTREAA4
SERiES
}200
NOSE
CIRCUIT
EQUIPMENT
BREAKERS
BAY
& FUSES
THE FOLLOWING CIRCUIT BREAKERS & FUSES ARE NOT

ACCESSIBLE IN FLIGHT.
Starter bus 24/48V circuit breakers (forward eguipment bay)
SERVICE
CODE
RATING
C/B IDENT
1PD36 ENGINE ANCIL PWR
Engine ancillaries power
35 A
Lef t & Right engine ancillaries

busbar overvolt sensor control 1PD41 ENGINE ANCIL CONT
3 A
Starter bus 24V

CODE
SERVICE
CAP Battery series warning lt.
1PD42
C/B IDENT
RATING
1 A
BAT SER WRN
Nose equipment bay C/B panels

LEFT SIDE
SERVICE
CODE
RIGHT SIDE
RATING
SERVICE
CODE
RATING
LH windshield heat lHLll
15 A
RH windshield heat 2HL11
15 A
LH 26 V
7.5 A
RH 26 V
7.5 A
AC
1XB12
AC
2XB12
C"\J
Fuse panel de control box nose equipment bay

SERVICE
Lef t starter warning light
Right starter warning light
CODE
RATING
lKNll
2KN11
1 amp
1 amp
5-2-19
Sep 15/88
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA~
SERiEs J200
:';.
CONTENTS
ITEM
ro ... o
:@: o
1AMP
2 AMP
DESCRIPTION
PARTNo.
MANUFACTURER
QTY
1 AMPFUSE
L693 (059-0109)
BELLING LEE
2AMPFUSE
L693 (059-011 O)
BELLING LEE
50AMPFUSE
L1330A
BELLING LEE
25AMPFUSE
13730897K
BAe PRESTWICK
28 VOLT FILAMENT
GE327
G.E.USA
10
28 VOLT FILAMENT
GE 313
G.E. USA
5 VOLT FILAMENT
L 1358
THORN
12
28 VOLT FILAMENT
L 1336
THORN
20
28 VOLT FILAMENT
8GS 005 453-28
HELLA
10
28 VOLT FILAMENT
8GH 005 448-28
HELLA
11
5 VOLT FILAMENT
8GS 005 376-05
HELLA
12
28 VOLT FILAMENT
8GH 005 549-28
HELLA
13
6 VOLT FILAMENT
8GA 004 033-06
HELLA
14
28 VOLT FILAMENT
L 1338
THORN
15
6 VOLT FILAMENT
8GH 002 473-08
HELLA
1"
16
28 VOLT FILAMENT
8GA 002 838-28
HELLA
17
28 VOLT FILAMENT
8GA 002 987-28
HELLA
a
CD
c.
;.
CD
e
7'
<Ys. ...o...a.
5 o
:o 1 o: 10 o 8 o o:
o o o o :o o o: :o o o o o:
.......... lo.. O.. io. .. o.. .oi :o. ..o ...o ...o .. o.i
jQ 0100 Oj :o o 9 o o:.
................................... .
00000000000
11
:O O O O:
..
~a ~ ~@y ~ ,y~
: o
:o
SOAMP
25AMP
....................... .
00QQ
11
o : :......: :......: :. ~ : : v :.
o @: :@: ........................
.........................
o
o
LAYOUT OF SPARE FUSE ANO FILAMENT HOLDER
SPARE FUSE ANO FILAMENT HOLDER IS LOCATED

ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE LEFT PILOTS SEAT BASE
C/S/575X
SPARE FUSES & FILAMENTS

5-2-20
Apr 15/89
B#WTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART l
ABNORMAL
e. A. P.
1GENI
OBSERVE ASSOCIATED DC AMMETER . .
PROCEDURE
CAPTION oN
. .
. .
. .
IS OUTPUT NORMAL?
Log defective C.A.P.

END//
~~ENERATOR
1--1~~,onitor
. . . RESET/ON . . . . . . . . . IS OUTPUT NORMAL?
output.
Press BUS TIE RESET if necessary.
END//
NO 1--1~ENERATOR .
ARE C.A.P.
SELECT OFF
IBUS TIE OPENI AND IBUS FAILI CAPTIONS ON?
action needed.
END//
YES
Press BUS TIE RESET.

Arel BUS TIE OPEN
o
o
NO
and !BUS FAILI captions still on?
Monitor loads.
DC Main and Essential busbars are fed by the serviceable
generator. A single generator feeds all aircraft loads
under normal conditions.
Load shedding rnay be necessary
to reduce load to 300A continuous.
END//
YES
The DC Main and Essential busbars are not tied.

Avoid flight in icing conditions.
(cent)/ ....
5-3-1
Aug 1/88
BRIT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAll
Seaies J200

""fl:,.
-~-\ '
ABNORMAL
_,
'
PROCEDURE
C.A.P. IGENI CAPTION ON (cont)

IF RIGHT GENERA!I'OR FAILED
IMMEDIATELY SELECT LEFT WINDSHIELD HEAT TO OFF.
THE DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS POWERED BY BATTERIES
It is recomrnended that loading on the DC Essential busbar is
reduced as low as possible to save battery power; do not
TRANSFER the Main ac loads to the Essential inverter.
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . .
. OPEN
Set the FUEL CROSSFEED switch to OPEN before switchng off

boost purnps.
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
OFF
Set LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST switches to OFF.

Switching off the boost purnps to save battery power must
be considered against the need f or saf e engine operation
at high altitude.
VOLTS SWITCH
BATT BUS
Set the VOLTS switch to BATT BUS for battery monitoring.

BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
Monitor the battery voltage, initial reading should be
about 24.SV. Voltage will slowly fall to 21.6 volts (lead
acid battery) or 23.0 volts (NiCad). It will then fall
rapidly showing that the batteries are almost drained.
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS
Note:If landing in icing conditions LEFT WINDSHIELD heat may be
selected to WARM UP for 5 to 7 minutes prior to touchdown.
(cont)/ ....
5-3-2
Apr 15/89
o
o
BRfTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
ABNORMAL
PROCEDURE
C. A. P . IGENI CAPTION ON (cont)
IF BATTERIES FAIL
THE SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
OIL TEMPS
LEFT PITOT HEAT
NO.l NAV/COMM
NO. 1 COMPASS
LH MARKERS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
ENG & AIRFRAME ICE PROT
ENG TORQUE (Fails to max)
NAV & ANTI COLL LIGHTS
LEFT TURN ANO SLIP

OVERSPEED WARNING
SRL & TTL COMPUTERS
NO.l TRANSPONDER
NO. 2 RMI
FUEL CONTENTS ANO FLOW
STANDBY ART HORIZON
N0 . 1 HSI
CABIN SIGNS
N0.1 ATTITUDE IND
FIRE WARNINGS
STICK PUSHER (Stall Warning available fom right wing)
LANDING GEAR & FLAPS
SMOKE DETECTOR
LH WINDSHIELD HEAT
PARTIAL INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
IF LEFT GENERATOR FAILED

ALL SERVICES SUPPLIED BY THE MAIN BUSBAR . . . . . . . . . . OFF
N0.2 NAV & COMM
NO. 2 COMPASS
RH MARKERS
RH TURN & SLIP
CABIN LIGHTS
LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS
PROPELLER DE-ICING
RH WINDSHIELD WIPER
PART INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
FUEL & OIL PRESS INDICATIONS
STICK PUSHER (Stall warning available from left wing)
RH WINDSHIELD HEAT
END//
EFFECTIVITY:
PRE MOD 7740 ANO
S/B 24-JA-900941
5-3-3
Feb 15/91
BR/77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
ABNORMAL
PROCEDURE
C.A.P. 'GEN' CAPTION ON (cont)
IF BATTERIES FAIL
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
OIL TEMPS
LEFT PITOT HEAT
N0.1 NAV/COMM
N0.1 COMPASS
LH MARKERS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
ENG & AIRFRAME ICE PROT
ENG TORQUE (Fails to max)
NAV & ANTI. COLL LIGHTS
LEFT TURN AND SLIP

OVERSPEED WARNING
SRL & TTL COMPUTERS
N0.1 TRANSPONDER
N0.2 RMI
FUEL CONTENTS AND FLOW
STANDBY ART HORIZON
N0.1 HSI
CABIN SIGNS
N0.1 ATTITUDE IND
FIRE WARNINGS
STICK PUSHER (Stall Warning available fom right wing)
.LANDING GEAR & FLAPS
SMOKE DETECTOR
LH WINDSHIELD HEAT
IF LEFT GENERATOR FAILED
AC CONTROL
.TRANSFER
Set the AC CONTROL switch to TRANSFER to feed all the ac

busbars from one inverter.
ALL SERVICES SUPPLIED BY THE MAIN BUSBAR .
. OFF

N0.2 NAV & COMM
NO. 2 COMPASS
RH MARKERS
RH TURN & SLIP
CABIN LIGHTS
LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS
PROPELLER DE-ICING
RH WINDSHIELD WIPER
PART INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
STICK PUSHER (Stall warning available from left wing)
RH WINDSHIELD HEAT
END//
5-3-3
Apr 15/89
BIWTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES '}200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
!sus
TIE OPEN'
BUS TIE RESET PUSH BUTTON . . .
HAS C.A.P. 1 BUS TIE OPEN
YES
PROCEDURE
. .
CAPTION ON
. .
. .
PRESS MOMENTARILY
caption gone out?
No further action required.

END//
NO
DC Main and Essential Busbars are not tied.

Monitor loads on Amrneters & Voltmeter (Periodically check
both MAIN and BATT positions).
Log Defect.
-----------------~------------------------------------------------
END//
-o
N
o
'
5-3-4
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSR:E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
ABNORMAL
PROCEDURE
c.A.'P. !Ac Ess! CAPTION oN

OBSERVE LEFT HORIZON & COMPASS . . . . . . ARE INDICATIONS NORMAL?
:::>
..
..
.:
TRIP/RESET
(ONCE ONLY)
YES 1--l~SS 115V POWER FAIL WRN(l} C/B . .
CI>
.&:
="i
If fault persists log defective C.A.P. and monitor

instruments closely .
et
END//
NO
o NOT operate the AC CONTROL TRANSFER SWITCH as this

could transfer the fault and cause failure of the main
inverter.
AC ESS 115V POWER (2) C/B
. ...
. TRIP/RESET
(ONCE ONLY}
DOES C.A.P.,AC Essl caption ge out?
YES
If left flight instruments are normal, monitor and

log defect.
END//
......
e:>
o
NO
If inverter is not feeding AC Essential busbar

continue to land in this condition .
SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE:

NO. 1 COMPASS
LEFT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
LEFT STALL PROTECTION
FLIGHT DECK T~MPERATURE CONTROL
NO. l NAV
FLT DIRECTOR
END//
5-3-5
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
Senies J200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P. IAC MAINI
PROCEDURE
CAPTION ON
OBSERVE RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . . . . ARE INDICATIONS NORMAL?
ESS llSV POWER FAIL WRN(l) C/B .
TRIP/RESET
(ONCE ONLY)
If fault persists log defective C.A.P. and monitor
instruments closely.
END//
NO
DO NOT operate the AC CONTROL TRANSFER switch as this

could transfer the fault and cause f ailure of the
essential inverter.
AC MAIN llSV POWER(2) C/B .
YES
. .. . . .
TRIP/RESET
(ONCE ONLY) .
If Right flight instruments are normal, monitor.

Log defect.
END//
If the inverter is not feeding AC Main busbar continue
flight to land in this condition.
NO
-o
SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE:

NAV 2
N0.2 COMPASS
RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
RIGHT STALL PROTECTION
CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL
END//
5-3-6
Aug 1/88
N
'
~A~
JETSTREAAH
SERiEs J200
ABNORMAL
PROCEDURE
C.A.P.,STARTERI ON
AFTER
START-UP
1 FEATHER LEVERS . . .
. TURN AND PULL BOTH
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH
EMERGENCY OFF
BATTERY MASTER SWITCH
OFF
CAUTIOH: l. DO NOT ATTEMPT RESTART

2. DO NOT RE-APPLY ELECTRICAL POWER.
Bote:
..
l. This procedure is valid far Internal and External
starts on first and second engine.

2. Selecting EMERGENCY OFF on the ELECTRICS MASTER
switch is the only way of isolating all electrical
power.
END//
.........
o
o
5-3-7
Feb 15/89
~AE~
JETSTREA./111
SERiES 1200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P~~CAPTION
PROCEDURE
ON AFTER START-UP
ARE NiCAD BATTERY ISOLATION SWITCHES FITTED?
ISOLATION SWITCHES, Verify ON.
If fault persists
ENGINE STOP BUTTON . . . .
NO
The
C.A.P.~
. . PRESS
caption indicates that the associated
battery is not being f ed from the generator
-----------------------------------------------------------------END//
o
o
o
co
<..,,..
v.r
5-3-8
Aug 1/88
~AEROSR4CE
ilETSTREANI
SERiES
}200

'
'
ABNORMAL
C.A.P. lsERIEsl CAPTION
PROCEDURE
ON
AFTER
START-UP
PRE SS
ENGINE STOP BUTTON . .

The C.A.P. 1 SERIES
caption indicates that the SERIES/
PARALLEL contactar has stuck in the SERIES position and only

No .1 battery i's being fed from the generator.
END//
5-3-9/10
Aug 1/88
/' ~~ ".:
"
BRITTSH AERO.-CE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200

-,\
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
C.A.P. IBUS FAILI CAPTION

plus C.A.P.
ON
BUS TIE OPEN 1{amber) caption on
plus BUS TIE RESET switch light on.

IS THERE A
C.A.P.~(amber)
caption on?
Refer to ABNORMAL PROCEDURE C.A.P.1 BUS TIE OPEN

(amber) caption on.
Is i t a SINGLE C.A.P.
.......,,.._.~~ef er
~(amber)
to ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
caption?
e. A. p. ~ caption on.
Take action fer DOUBLE GENERATOR FAILURE as follows:
NO
DOUBLE GENERATOR FAILURE

IMMEDIATELY SELECT LEFT WINDSHIELD HEAT SWITCH .
OFF
GENERATORS . . .
OFF
Set the LEFT and RIGHT GEN switches to OFF.

LEFT GENERATOR .
. o
RESET/ON
Press the LEFT GEN switch momentarily to RESET then set to
C.A.P.~
ON.
the ammeter indicates load, the generator is on line.
If the associated
RIGHT GENERATOR
caption goes off and
RESET/ON
Press the RIGHT GEN switch momentarily to RESET then set to

ON.
Indications as above.
(cent)/ ....
5-4-1
Aug 1/88
~AEROSRM:E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
PROCEDURE
jBus FAILj CAPTION ON (cont)
IF ONE GENERATOR REGAINED Apply ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
C.A.P.~
IF BOTH GENERATORS REMAIN OFFLINE Continue attempts to bring generators on line, reducing loads
where possible. Switch off high loads on the main busbar e.g.
propeller anti-icing, windshield heating, right hand windscreen
wiper, recirculation fan and comm/nav equipment where possible.
IF NEITHER GENERATOR IS RECOVERED
THE DC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED
THE .DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS POWERED FROM THE BATTERIES

Electrical power is supplied by the batteries to the battery
busbar and the DC Essential busbar. The DC Essential busbar
supplies the Essential inverter which feeds the AC Essential
services, in particular the left flight instruments.
To save battery life do not TRANSFER the main AC loads to the
Essential inverter.
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . . . .
OPEN
Set the FUEL CROSSFEED switch to OPEN before switching off

boost pumps.
Observe X-FEED caption on.
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . . . . .
. . . OFF
Set the LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST switches to OFF.

Switching off the boost pumps to save battery power must
be considered against the need f or saf e engine operation
at high atitude.
(cont)/ ....
5-4-2
Aug 1/88
EIRIT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
PROCEDURE
IBUS FAILI CAPTION ON (cont)
VOLTS SWITCH
. BATT BUS
Set the VOLTS switch to BATT BUS for battery monitoring.

BATTERY VOLTAGE
MONITOR
Monitor battery voltage, the initial reading should be

around 24.5 volts. If lead acid batteries are fitted this
will slowly fall to 21.6 volts after which the battery is
almost drained. If NiCad batteries are fitted they will
slowly fall to 23.0 volts and then rapidly fail.
Land the aircraft as soon as possible. Using the above
procedure will ensure a battery life of at least 30 minutes
AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS.
WITH DC MAIN BUSBAR NOT POWERED SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE:
PROPELLER DE-ICING
RIGHT WINDSCREEN WIPER
LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS
RIGHT WING STALL WARNING
STICK PUSHER
PROPELLER SYNCHRONISATION
NO. 2 COMM
N0.2 NAV
N0.2 TRANSPONDER
NO. 2 COMPASS
N0.1 RMI
RIGHT TURN and SLIP INDICATOR
FUEL and OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR
RH MARKERS
PARTIAL CABIN LIGHTING
RH WINDSHIELD HEAT
5-4-3
Sep 15/89
BR,T/SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SERiEs }200
.~(...%.: .:.',-. "::.

'
: ;..~
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
C.A.P. IBUS FAILI CAPTION ON (cont)
WITH AC MAIN BUSBARS NOT POWERED SERVICES LOST ARE:

RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS (except N0.2 RMI)
END//
BATTERY LIFE
IN THIS CONDITION BATTERY LIFE SHOULD BE NOT LESS THAN
TWENTY FIVE MINUTES.
Note: If landing in icing conditions LEFT WINDSHIELD heat
may be selected to WARM UP fer 5 to 7 minutes prior
to touchdown.
5-4-4
Apr 15/89
BINTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
EMERGENCY
c.A.P.
CAUTION:
PROCEDURE
lrNV\ (RED) CAPTION
oN
THE AC CONTROL SWITCH MUST NOT BE SET TO TRANSFER

UNLESS EITHER THE ESSENTIAL OR MAIN INVERTER HAS FAILED.
IF THE C.A.P.
IS ACCOMPANIED BY C.A.P.
AC ESS
DC ESSENTIAL BUS INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER . .
PULL
TRANSFER
AC CONTROL .
IF THE
C.A.P.~
IS ACCOMPANIED BY C.A.P.
DC MAIN BUS INV POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER .

AC CONTROL . . .
. . .
SATISFACTORY TRANSFER IS INDICATED BY

GOING OUT AND
AND
AC MAIN
C.A.P.~
1
AC MAIN
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
C.A.P.~
PULL
. TRANSFER
(RED) CAPTION
(AMBER) COMING ON. C.A.P.
AC ESS
SHOULD BOTH BE OUT.
IF TRANSFER IS NOT SATISFACTORY:

AC CONTROL
WITH C.A.P.
N
AC MAIN
. NORMAL
ON SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
AC ESS
LEFT HORIZON AND COMPASS

FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE CONTROL
WITH C.A.P.
. . . .
NO.l NAV
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
ON SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
RIGHT HORIZON ANO COMPASS

NO. 2 NAV
5-4-5
Aug 1/88
BRl77SH
AE~E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
IF THE C.A.P.
AC ESS
PROCEDURE
IINVI (RED) CAPTION
AND C.A.P.
ON (cont)
AC MAIN
CAPTIONS ARE FLASHING
DC ESSENTIAL INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER
. . PULL
AC CONTROL
TRANSFER
SATISFACTORY TRANSFER IS INDICATED BY C.A. P.

GOING OUT ANO C.A.P.
AC MAIN
AND
EJ
EJ
(RED) CAPTION
(AMBER) COMING ON. C.A.P.
AC ESS
SHOULD BOTH BE OUT.
IF TRANSFER IS NOT SATISFACTORY:

DC ESSENTIAL INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER
DC MAIN INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER
i,.'
RES ET
. . PULL
N
END//
5-4-6
Feb 15/91
BRl77SHA~E
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
IF THE C. A. P. B
PROCEDURE
CREDl CAPTION
ON
IS ACCOMPANIED BY C.A.P. , AC ESS
AC CONTROL SWITCH . . . .
. DESYNC
DC ESSENTIAL BUS INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER
. TRIP
SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:

LEFT AC POWERED FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LEFT STALL WARNING SYSTEM
FLIGHT DECK AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL
NO.l NAV
N0 . 2 RMI
STICK PUSH
IF THE C. A. P . B IS ACCOMPANIED BY C.A . P .1 AC MAIN

AC CONTROL SWITCH . .
. DESXNC
OC MAIN BUS INV POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER .
. . . . . . TRIP

RIGHT AC POWERED FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CABIN AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL
RIGHT STALL WARNING SYSTEM
NO . 2 NAV
NO. l RMI
STICK PUSH
END//
EFFECTIVITY:
PRE MOD 7740 ANO
S/B 24-JA-900941
5-4-5
Feb 15/ 91
-T'ISN AEROSIWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
'J200
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
ABNORMAL AC INDICATIONS
INDICATIONS: Any abnormal indications of the AC powered flight
instruments, or fluctuating OFF flags, or flashing inverter or AC
captions, or AC circuit breakers tripping, or any combination of
these symptoms which may be accompanied by spurious operation of
the stick shaker.
AC CONTROL SWITCH
Is
C.A . P.
DESYNC
j Ac Essj or jAc MAINI caption still lit or flashin ?
1--~ ASSOCIATED
BUS INVERTER POWER C/ B . . .
. . . .
TRIP
ENO //
.____.t--~Was
IAc Essl flashing befare AC cont rol switch was set
to Desync?
YES
OC
BUS INVERTER POWER C/B . . . .
. .
. .
. .
. TRIP
Trip the OPPOSITE C/ B to the indication

RIGHT AC POWERED FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CABIN AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL
NO . 2 NAV
NO . l RMI
STICK PUSH
END //
NO
OC ESSENTIAL BUS INVERTER POWER C/B .
. . .
. .
TRIP
SERVICES LOST INCLUOE:

LEFT AC POWEREO FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
FLIGHT OECK AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL
NO . l NAV
NO . 2 RMI
STICK PUSH
CAUTI ON: MONITOR COMPASS INOICATIONS

END //
5- 4-6
Feb 15/91
EFFECTIVITY:
PRE MOD 7740 ANO
S/B 24 - JA-900941
BINTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
BATTERY
150
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
LIGHT
(NiCAD
ON
batteries
only)
. . OFF
BATTERY O/TEMP ISOLATE SWITCH . . . . .

Set the associated BATT O/TEMP ISOL switch to OFF, this
will isolate the battery.
CAUTION:
CONTINUE OPERATION WITH THE BATTERY ISOLATED.

DO NOT SWITCH THE BATTERY BACK ON LINE, EVEN
IF THE TEMPERATURE DROPS AND WARNING LIGHT IS
OFF, UNLESS IT IS ESSENTIAL TO FLIGHT.
END//
('\J
5-4-7/8
Feb 15/91
INWT7SN AEROSRllCE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
CHAP.6
ENGINES & PROPELLERS
LIST
OF
CONTENTS

LIMITATIONS
Approved Powerplants .
6-1-1
Operating Limitations
6-1-2
Oil Systems
6-1-3
Miscellaneous
6-1-4
Automatic Performance Reserve
6-1-5
ESSENTIAL DATA
Oil capacity
. ... . .. .. .. . . . .. ..
6-1-6
o
'
co
N
o
o
Engine Health Monitoring Check .
6-2-1
Manual Engine Start
6-2-6
Engine Ventilation Run
6-2-10
Engine Overspeed Governor Check
6-2-12
NTS f or Flight Test & Training .
6-2-14
';
CHAP. 6 CONTENTS
Page 1
Nov 15/89
BIWTISH AEROSA:ICE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200

!;_:
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P.1 SRLI Caption On
Engine Relight
~Auto)
6-3-1
e
Engine Relight (Manual)
CI
6-3-4
. .
. 6-3-8
C.A.P.1 BETAI Caption on .
6-3-12
Abnormal Oil Temp/Press Indications

Uncommanded APR Operation
6-3-13
. .
. .
. .
. .
. 6-3-14
Double Engine Failure
. . . . .
6-4-1
C.A.P.( FIRE ( Caption ON, or Severe Engine Damage
6-4-4
Engine Failure or In-Flight Shut Down
6-4-8
C.A.P. 8 c a p t i o n on
. 6-4-10
Erratic Engine Indications
. 6-4-11
CHAP. 6 CONTENTS
Page 2
Dec 1/88
BRITTSH AEROSl'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
CHAPTER 6
ENGINES AND PROPELLERS
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
6-1
::i
Q)
::;
e:
"O
2l
li.
6-2
l.[)
6-3
"
'
V)
o
o
N
6-4
1
2
Nov 15/89 6-4

Dec 1/88
May
May
Aug
May
Aug
Dec
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
7
Aug
8
Aug
9
May
10
Aug
Aug
11
May
12
Nov
13
14
Nov
1
May
Aug
2
3
Aug
May
4
Oct
5
6
Feb
Aug
7
May
8
Aug
9
Aug
10
Aug
11
Aug
12
13/14 Aug
Jul
1
Aug
2
Aug
3
Aug
4
Aug
5
1/2
1
2
3
4
5/6
1
2
3
4
5
6
15/91
15/91
1/88
15/91
15/90
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
15/91
15/89
15/89
15/91
1/88
1/88
15/91
15/88
15/89
1/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
Aug
Aug
Aug
8
Aug
9
Aug
10
11/12 Aug
6
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

Page 1/2
May 15/91
BRITTSH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs l200
~ .
CHAPTER
ENGINES
l.
& PROPELLERS
LIMITATIONS
1.1 Approved Engines and Propellers
GARRETT TPE
fitted with
OR
GARRETT TPE
fitted with
331-12UAR-701H or -703H or -705H or -707H

Dowty Rotol propeller (c)R.333/4-82-F/12
331-12UAR-702H or -704H or -706H or -708H
McCauley propeller 4HFR-34C653/Ll06FA-O.
These engines and propellers are not directly

interchangeable.
Both engines and both propellers must have the same model
number.
l . 2 Rotational speed
Maximum permitted RPM:Engine RPM

Up to
100.0
101.5
105.5
100.0%
to 101. 5%
to 105.5%
to 106.0%
106%
Windmilling RPM
'-.[)
o
'-.[)
28 to 100%
18 to 28%
1V")
o
o
N
10 to 18%
5 to 10%
o to 5%
Operating Limits
Continuous
5 minutes
30 seconds
5 seconds
Never exceed
Operating Limits
1 minute
Transient only
Windmilling in this
range is prohibited.
5 minutes
30 minutes
No time limit
Operation within the range 18.0 to 28.0% RPM must be avoided

except for transient operations during engine start and shut down.
Notes: l. The engine speed limitations are based on a tachometer

calibrated to indicate 100% for a propeller shaft speed
of 1,591 rpm.
2. The torquemeter is calibrated on the basis of 100%
torque = 1020 SHP at 100% rpm.
6-1-1
May 15/91
BRI~
AEROS-CE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
1.3 Mnimum permitted RPM

In flight
at Ground Idle
96.0%
72.0%
1.4 Torque limits

Condition
Maximum Permitted Torgue

100.0%
Maximum Continuous Power

1.5 Take-off and maximum continuous power
The maximum permitted EGT during take-off and maximum

continuous power at 100% RPM is 650C with the SRL computer
ON.
With the SRL computer inoperative, the maximum permitted
EGT varies with airspeed, altitude and indicated OAT.
Refer to Abnormal Drills C.A.P.
caption on.
1.6 Ground starting

The maximum permitted EGT during a start is 770C.
A start must not be attempted if the residual EGT exceeds
2ooc. except that a ventilation run may be continued
directly into a manual start when the EGT falls to 2ooc or
15% r.p.m. is achieved.
To allow clearance of fuel after an abandoned start either
wait for 3 minutes before making a further attempt, or
carry out a ventilation run.
No more than three consecutive uses of the starter
generator are permitted within any 30 minute period subject
to a period of 1 minute elapsing between the second and
third consecutive uses.
The starter generator must not be operated as a starter f or
more than 60 seconds continuously. Ignition must have
occurred within the first 30 seconds.
A ventilation run must not exceed 15 seconds or 15% rpm.
6-1-2
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
1.7
Approved engine oils

Oil must conform to the latest issue of the following
specification:-
MIL-L23699
0-156
The following brands are approved:Mobil Jet Oil II

Exxon (Enco/Esso) 2380 Turbo Oil
Chevron Jet Oil No.5
Texaco Starjet No.5
Texaco SATO 7730

Stauffer Jet II
castrol 205
Caltex RPM Jet Oil
No.5
Mixing of brands is not permitted.

1.8 Oil pressures
Ground Idle
Below 23,000 feet
Above 23,000 feet
Minimum
Maximum
40 psi
70 psi
50 psi
120 psi
120 psi
120 psi
1.9 Oil temperatures

Minimum
Minimum
Maximum
Maximum
f or starting on external power

f or take-off
at 88% torque or less
above 88% torque (continuous)
-30C
55C
127"C*
llOC
Note: 1.For starting on internal power the following min

oil temperature limitations apply Lead Acid batteries, minus lOC
Nicad batteries,BTCA-5-20, minus 15C
Nicad batteries,BTSP-400, minus 20C
Nicad batteries,SAFT VHP 270-KH-3,minus 15C
2. *
1.10
10 minute limit above llOC.
Oil Cooler Flaps

Maximum permitted airspeed with oil cooler flaps open is
150 kt IAS.
6-1-3
May 15/91
BINT7SH AEROSIWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200

.
1.11
Relighting in flight
The maximum permitted EGT during a relight is 770C.
1.12
Propeller pitch
Movement of the POWER levers behind the FLIGHT IDLE stop is
prohibited in flight.
1.13
Engine anti-icing
Engine anti-icing shall be switched on whenever the
aircraft is f lying in an atmosphere containing
precipitation or visible moisture and the indicated outside
air temperature is +5C or less. Engine anti-icing shall
also be switched on whenever the engines are running on the
ground in the same meteorological conditions.
Note: If the power supply to the DC Essential Busbar is

interrupted, the Auto Relight system will be inoperative for
the rest of the flight.
6-1-4
Aug 15/90
'
BIWTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
1.14
AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE

1.14.1 Both SRL and TTL systems must be operative when the
APR system is armed.
1.14.2 APR take offs must be made at the Scheduled Torque
setting obtained from the tables at 15-2-7 for the
actual ambient conditions
1.14. 3 Reduced power take offs are not permitted.
:11!
::::>
....
1.14. 4 System operating periods must not exceed 5 minutes
.s::
.5
1.14. 5 Use of APR is restricted to take off s in ambient

conditions where the Scheduled Take off Torque is
less than 100%.
-o
e:
;::
CL
Note: If APR bas been activated following an engine failure, any

time spent with the EGT above 630C must be recorded together with
the EGT reading in the Technical Log after flight.
2.
ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Oil Contents (Total capacity)
UK Gal US Gal
LH engine
Litres
RH engine
l. 67
l. 67
2.0
2.0
7.57
7.57
Total
3.34
4.0
15.14
Weight lb (kg)
15.81
15.81
Arm
in
( m)
(7.17) 179.8 (4.567)

(7.17) 179. 8 (4.567)
31. 62 (14.34) 179.8 (4.567)
6-1-5/6
Dec 1/88
BRITTSH AEROSF'ACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies 1200
CONDITIONAL
ENGINE
HEALTH
PROCEDURE
MONITORING
CHECK
This procedure enables flight crews to carry out an engine health

monitoring check when required by maintenance actions or, at any
time the performance of an engine is suspected.
Note: This check may be carried out at any convenient altitude,
sui table to operating re.quirements, where the engines are not
torque limited.
. ON
SRL COMPUTER
The SRL computer of the engine being tested must be on
and serviceable to carry out the health monitoring check.
. . MAINTAIN
ALTITUD E
Choose a convenient altitude where the engines are not

torque limited, and maintain this altitude throughout the
check.
TORQUE VALUE .
OBTAIN
Obtain the torque value to be used f or the indicated

outside air temperature and chosen altitude from the
tables below.
u;
AIR BLEEDS
. OFF
<X'I
o
o
o
N
Verify the air bleeds are off fer engine being checked.
Note: If required, increase the air f low from the engine not
being checked.
RPM
1o0%
Set RPM of engine being checked to 100%.

(cent)/ ....
6-2-1
Aug 1/88
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
CONDITIONAL
ENGINE
SPEED
HEALTH
PROCEDURE
MONITORING
CHECK (cont)
. . HOLD
Acquire and hold a speed of 150, 175 or 200 knots IAS

respectively throughout the check.
TARGET.TORQUE VALUE . .
ATTAIN
Adjust power lever of the engine being checked to attain

the torque value obtained from graph.
EGT
RECORD
When the target torque value has been attained, record EGT
of engine being checked.
ENGINE POWER
...
. .
SET
Set the RPM lever and Power lever of engine just tested to
position required for flight.
AIR BLEED
Set air bleed for engine just tested to ON.
REPEAT CHECK FOR OTHER ENGINE IF REQUIRED.
ON
o
o
o
Q)
U1
END//
6-2-2
Aug 1/88
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200

''
IOAT
deg e
N
Lf)
<X>
o
o
o
FLIGHT LEVEL
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
-30
-29
-28
-27
-26
96.9
96.6
96.1
9S.6
9S.2
93.3
92.8
92.4
92.0
91.S
90.0
89.S
89.1
88.6
88.2
86.S
86.1
8S.7
8S.2
84.8
83.3
82.8
82.4
82.1
81.6
80.1
79.7
79.3
78.9
78.6
77.1
76.7
76.3
7S.9
7S.6
74.1
73.6
73.3
72.9
72.6
71.2
70.8
70.4
70.2
69.8
68.S
68.2
67.8
67.S
67.2
6S.8
6S.S
6S.2
64.6
64.S
-2S
-24
-23
-22
-21
94.7
94.2
93.7
93.2
92.7
91.0
90.6
90.2
89.7
89.2
87.6
87.3
86.9
86.4
86.0
84.4
84.0
83.6
83.1
82.7
81.3
80.8
80.4
80.0
79.6
78.2
77.8
77.4
77.0
7S.7
75.2
74.8
74.4
74.1
73.7
72.3
71.8
71.S
71.2
70.8
69.S
69.1
68.7
68.4
68.1
66.8
66.S
66.2
6S.8
6S.S
64.3
63.8
63.S
63.2
62.9
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
92.3
91.8
91.3
90.8
90.4
88.8
88.3
87.8
87.4
87.0
85.S
8S.2
84.7
84.2
83.8
82.3
81.8
81.4
81.0
80.6
79.2
78.8
78.4
78.0
77.6
76.2
7S.8
7S.S
7S.1
74.7
73.2
72.9
72.S
72.2
71.8
70.S
70.1
69.7
69.4
69.0
67.8
67.4
67.0
66.7
66.3
6S.2
64.9
64.S
64.2
63.8
62.6
62.3
62.0
61.6
61.3
-1 s
-14
-13
-12
-11
90.0
89.4
88.9
88.S
88.0
86.6
86.1
8S.6
8S.1
84.7
83.3
83.0
82.S
82.1
81.6
80.2
79.8
79.3
78.9
78.S
77.2
76.7
76.3
76.0
7S.6
74.4
73.9
73.6
73.1
72.7
71.4
71.1
70.7
70.3
69.9
68.8
68.3
67.9
67.6
67.2
66.1
6S.2
6S.3
6S.O
64.7
63.S
63.2
62.8
62.S
62.2
61.0
60.7
60.3
60.0
S9.7
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
87.6
87.0
86.6
86.1
8S.6
84.4
83.7
83.3
82.8
82.4
81.3
80.7
80.3.
79.8
79.4
78.1
77.6
77.2
76.8
76.4
72.4
72.0
71.6
71.2
70.8
69.7
69.2
68.8
68.4
68.0
66.9
66.S
66.1
6S.7
6S.4
.64.4
64.0
.63.6
63.2
62.9
61.9
61.S
61.2
60.8
60.6
S9.4
S9.1
S8.7
S8.4
S8.1
-S
-4
-3
-2
-1
8S.2
84.7
84.2
83.7
83.2
82.0
81.5
81.1
80.6
80.2
78.9
78.S
78.1
77.7
77.2
76.0
7S.S
7S.1
74.7
74.3
7S.2
74.7
74.3
73.9
73.S
73.1 .
72.7
72.3
71.9
71.S
70.4
70.0
69.6
69.2
68.8
67.8
67.3
66.9
66.S
66.1
6S.1
64.3
63.9
63.6
62.6
62.2
61.9
61.S
61.2
60.2
S9.8
S9.6
S9.2
58.8
S7.8
S7.S
S7.1
S6.8
S6.S
1
2
3
4
82.8
82.3
81.8
81.3
80.8
80.4
79.7
79.2
78.7
78.3
77.8
77.4
76.6
76.3
75.9
75.S
7S.O
74.4
73.8
73.4
73.0
72.6
72.2
71.7
71.1
70.7
70.2
69.8
69.4
69.0
68.4
68.0
67.6
67.2
66.8
66.4
6S.7
6S.4
6S.O
64.6
64.2
63.8
63.2
62.8
62.S
62.2
61.8
61.S
60.9
60.S
60.2
S9.8
S9.S
S9.0
S8.S
S8.2
S7.8
S7.S
S7.2
S6.8
S6.2
SS.8
S5.6
S5.2
S4.8
S4.S
6
7
8
9
10
79.9
79.4
78.9
78.S
77.9
76.9
76.S
76.1
7S.6
7S.O
74.1
73.7
73.3
72.6
72.2
71.3
70.9
70.S
70.1
69.6
68.6
68.2
67.8
67.4
67.0
66.1
6S.7
6S.3
64.9
64.4
63.S
63.2
62.7
62.4
62.0
61.1
60.7
60.3
60.0
S9.S
S8.7
58.4
S8.1
57.7
S7.3
S6.S
S6.2
SS.8
SS.S
SS.O
S4.2
S3.9
S3.6
S3.3
S2.9
11
12
13
14
1S
77.6
77.1
76.6
76.1
7S.S
74.7
73.2
72.7
73.3
72.7
72.0
71.5
71.1
70.6
70.0
69.2
68.8
68.4
68.0
67.6
66.6
66.2
6S.8
6S.4
64.9
64.1
63.7
63.3
62.9
62.4
61.6
61.2
60.8
60.S
60.1
S9.3
S8.9
58.S
S8.2
S7.8
S7.1
S6.7
S6.3
S6.0
SS.S
S4.8
S4.S
S4.2
S3.8
S3.4
S2.6
S2.3
S2.0
S1.7
S1 .3
16
17
18
19
20
75.2
74.7
74.2
73.7
73.3
72.4
71.9
71.4
71.0
70.6
69.8
69.4
68.9
68.S
68.0
67.1
66.7
66.3
6S.8
6S.S
64.6
64.2
63.7
63.3
63.0
62.1
61.7
61.3
60.9
60.7
S9.7
S9.3
S9.0
S8.7
58.4
S7.S
S7.1
S6.7
S6.4
S6.1
SS.3
SS.O
S4.6
54.3
S4.0
S3.2
S2.8
S2.6
S2.3
S1.9
S1 .o
S0.7
S0.4
S0.1
49.8
6~.7
Engine Health Monitoring Check

Torque Settings at 100% RPM
Airbleeds Off
150 kt IAS
6-2-3
Aug 1/88
BRIT'5H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
deg e
FLIGHT LEVEL
IOAT
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
.190
200
-30
-29
-28
-27
-26
99.6
99.2
98.7
98.2
97.8
96.0
9S.6
9S.O
94.7
94.2
92.S
92.0
91.7
91.2
90.7
89.3
88.8
88.3
88.0
87.4
8S.9
8S.S
8S.1
84.7
84.1
82.7
82.4
82.0
81.6
81.2
79.6
79.2
78.9
78.6
78.2
76.7
76.3
7S.9
7S.S
7S.2
73.8
73.S
73.1
72.7
72.4
71.0
70.7
70.3
70.0
69.7
68.8
68.0
67.7
67.3
67.0
-2S
-24
-23
-22
-21
97.3
96.8
96.4
9S.9
9S.4
93.8
93.3
92.8
92.4
92.0
90.4
89.9
89.S
89.0
88.6
87.0
86.6
86.2
8S.8
8S.3
83.7
83.4
83.0
82.7
82.2
80.8
80.4
79.9
79.6
79.2
77.8
77.4
77.0
76.6
76.2
74.9
74.S
74.1
73.8
73.3
72.0
71.7
71.4
71.0
70.7
69.3
69.0
68.7
68.3
68.0
66.7
66.4
66.1
6S.7
6S.4
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
94.9
94.S
94.0
93.6
93.1
91.S
91.1
90.6
90.1
89.7
88.2
87.7
87.3
86.9
86.4
84.9
84.S
84.1
83.7
83.3
81.8
81.4
81.0
80.6
80.2
78.8
78.4
78.0
77.7
77.3
7S.9
7S.S
7S.2
74.8
74.4
73.0
72.7
72.4
72.0
71.6
70.3
69.9
69.6
69.3
69.0
67.6
67.3
66.9
66.7
66.3
6S.1
64.8
64.4
64.1
63.8
-1S
-14
-13
-12
-11
92.6
92.1
91.7
91.2
90.6
89.3
88.8
88.4
87.9
87.4
86.0
8S.6
8S.2
84.7
84.2
82.9
82.4
82.1
81.6
81.2
79.8
79.4
79.1
78.6
78.2
76.9
76.S
76.1
7S.7
7S.3
74.0
73.7
73.3
72.9
72.S
71.3
70.9
70.6
70.2
69.8
68.6
68.2
67.9
67.6
67.2
66.0
6S.7
6S.3
6S.O
64.6
63.6
63.3
62.9
62.6
62.2
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
90.2
89.7
89.2
88.7
88.2
86.9
86.S
86.0
8S.S
85.0
83.8
83.3
82.9
82.4
82.0
80.7
80.3
79.9
79.4
79.0
77.8
77.3
76.9
76.5
76.1
74.9
74.S
74.1
73.7
73.3
72.1
71.7
71.3
70.9
70.6
69.4
69.1
68.7
68.3
67.9
66.8
66.S
66.1
65.8
65.4
64.3
64.0
63.6
63.3 .
62.9
61.9
61.S
61.2
60.9
60.5
-S
-4
-3
-2
-1
87.7
87.2
86.7
86.2
8S.7
84.S
84.1
83.6
83.1
82.7
81.S
81.0
80.6
80.1
79.7
78.S
78.1
77.7
77.2
76.8
7S.6
7S.2
74.8
74.4
74.0
72.9
72.4
72.1
71.7
71.2
70.1
69.8
69.4
69.0
68.6
67.6
67.2
66.8
66.4
66.1
6S.O
64.6
64.3
63.9
63.6
62.6
62.2
61.9
61.S
61.2
60.3
59.9
S9.6
59.3
S8.9
1
2
3
4
8S.2
84.7
84.3
83.8
83.3
82.8
82.2
81.7
81.2
80.8
80.3
79.8
79.2
78.8
78.3
77.8
77.4
76.9
76.3
7S.9
7S.4
7S.O
74.6
74.1
73.5
73.1
72.7
72.3
71.8
71.4
70.8
70.4
70.0
69.6
69.2
68.8
68.2
67.8
67.4
67.0
66.6
66.2
6S.7
6S.3
64.9
64.5
64.1
63.8
63.2
62.8
62.S
62.1
61.7
61.4
60.8
60.S
60.1
S9.8
S9.4
S9.1
58.6
58.3
57.9
S7.6
S7.2
S6.9
6
7
8
9
10
82.3
81.8
81.3
80.8
80.3
79.3
78.8
78.4
77.9
77.4
76.S
76.0
7S.5
7S.1
74.6
73.7
73.2
72.8
72.4
71.9
71.0
70.5
70.1
69.7
69.3
68.4
68.0
67.6
67.1
66.7
65.9
6S.4
6S.O
64.6
64.2
63.4
63.0
62.6
62.2
61.8
61.0
60.6
60.3
59.9
59.S
S8.7
S8.4
58.1
S7.7
57.3
S6.S
S6.1
SS.8
SS.4
SS.1
11
12
13
14
1S
79.8
79.3
78.8
78.3
77.9
77.0
76.S
76.0
75.S
7S.1
74.2
73.7 .
73.2
72.8
72.4
71.5
71.0
70.6
70.1
69.8
68.8
68.4
68.0
67.6
67.2
66.3
6S.8
6S.S
6S.1
64.7
63.8
63.4
63.0
62.7
62.3
61.4
61.1
60.7
60.3
60.0
59.2
58.8
S8.S
S8.1
S7.8
S7.0
S6.S
S6.2
SS.9
SS.6
S4.8
S4.4
S4.1
S3.8
S3.6
16
17
18
19
20
77.S
77.1
76.6
76.1
7S.6
74.7
74.3
73.9
73.4
72.9
72.0
71.6
71.2
70.7
70.3
69.4
69.0
68.6
68.2
67.8
66.8
66.S
66.1
6S.8
6S.3
64.4
64.0
63.7
63.3
62.9
62.0
61.7
61.3
61.0
60.6
S9.7
S9.4
S9.0
S8.7
S8.3
S7.S
S7.1
56.8
S6.S
56.2
SS.3
SS.O
S4.7
S4.3
S4.1
S3.2
S2.9
S2.6
S2.3
S2.0
6-2-4
Aug 1/88.

Airbleeds Off
175 kt IAS
o
o
o
CD
U1
VJ
B#WTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
_.,.-.
IOAT
deg e
~
L{)
co
o
o
o
N
FLIGHT LEVEL
100
11 o
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
-30
-29
-28
-27
-26
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
98.6
98.5
98.1
97.6
97.2
95.4
95.0
94.5
94.1
93.7
92.0
91.6
91.2
90.8
90.3
88.9
88.3
87.9
87.5
87.1
85.7
85.3
84.7
84.4
84.0
82.6
82.1
81.8
81.4
81.0
79.5
79.2
78.9
78.4
78.0
77.0
76.6
76.7
76.6
75.9
74.5
74.1
73.8
73.5
73.1
71.6
71.3
71.1
70.8
70.5
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
100.0
99.8
99.3
98.8
98.3
96.7
96.2
95.8
95.3
94.9
93.3
92.8
92.4
92.0
91.5
89.9
89.5
89.1
88.7
88.2
86.7
86.3
85.9
85.5
85.1
83.6
83.2
82.8
82.4
82.0
80.6
80.2
79.8
79.4
79.1
77.7
77.3
76.9
76.6
76.2
75.6
75.2
74.8
74.5
74.2
72.8
72.5
72.1
71.8
71.4
70.2
69.8
69.5
69.2
68.8
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
97.9
97.4
96.9
96.5
96.0
94.4
93.9
93.5
93.1
92.6
91.1
90.6
90.2
89.8
89.3
87.8
87.4
87.0
86.6
86.2
84.7
84.3
83.9
83.5
83.1
81.7
81.3
80.9
80.5
80.1
78.7
78.3
78.0
77.6
77.2
75.9
75.5
75.1
74.8
74.4
73.8
73.4
73.1
72.8
72.4
71.1
70.8
70.4
70.1
69.8
68.5
68.2
67.9
67.5
67.2
-15
-14
-13"
-12
-11
95.5
95.0
94.5
94.1
93.5
92.1
91.7
91.2
90.7
90.3
88.9
88.5
88.0
87.5
87.1
85.7
85.3
84.9
84.4
84.0
82.7
82.3
81.9
81.4
81.0
79.7
79.3
78.9
78.5
78.1
76.9
76.5
76.1
75.7
75.3
74.1
73.7
73.3
72.9
72.6
72.1
71.8
71.4
71.0
70.7
69.5
69.1
68.8
68.5
68.1
66.9
66.6
66.3
66.0
65.6
-10
. -9
-8
-7
-6
93.0
92.5
92.0
91.5
91.0
89.7
89.3
88.8
88.3
87.8
86.6
86.1
85.7
85.2
84.7
83.5
83.1
82.6
82.2
82.2
80.5
80.1
79.7
79.3
78.8
77.7
77.3
76.9
76.4
76.0
74.9
74.5
74.1
73.7
. 73.3
72.2
71.8
71.4
71.0
70.7
70.3
69.9
69.6
69.2
68.8
67.8
67.4
67.1
66.7
66.4
65.3
65.0
64.6
64.3
63.9
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
90.5
90.0
89.5
89.0
88.5
87.3
86.9
86.4
85.9
85.4
84.3
83.8
83.3
82.9
82.4
81.7
81.3
80.8
80.4
80.0
78.4
78.0
77.5
77.1
76.7
75.6
75.2
74.8
74.4
73.9
72.9
72.5
72.1
71.7
71.3
70.3
69.9
69.5
69.1
68.7
68.4
68.1
67.7
67.3
67.0
66.0
65.7
65.3
64.9
64.6
63.6
63.2
62.9
62.6
62.2
o
1
2
3
4
5
88.0
87.5
87.0
86.5
86.0
85.5
84.9
84.5
84.0
83.5
83.0
82.5
82.0
81.5
81.0
80.5
80.1
79.6
79.5
79.0
78.6
78.2
77.7
77.2
76.3
75.8
75.4
75.0
74.5
74.1
73.5
73.1
72.7
72.3
71.9
71.4
70.9
70.5
70.1
69.7
69.3
68.9
68.3
68.0
67.6
67.2
66.8
66.4
66.6
66.2
65.9
65.5
65.2
64.8
64.2
63.8
63.5
63.1
62.7
62.4
61.8
61.5
61.2
61.2
60.8
60.5
6
7
8
9
10
85.0
84.5
84.0
83.5
83.0
82.0
81.5
81.0
80.5
80.1
79.1
78.7
78.2
77.7
77.2
76.8
76.4
75.9
75.4
75.0
73.6
73.2
72.8
72.3
71.9
71.0
70.6
70.2
69.8
69.3
68.5
68.1
67.6
67.3
66.8
66.4
66.0
65.6
65.3
64.9
64.4
64.0
63.6
63.2
62.9
62.0
61.7
61.3
61.0
60.6
60.1
59.8
59.4
59.1
58.7
11
12
13
14
15
82.4
82.0
81.4
81.0
80.5
79.6
79.1
78.6
78.1
77.7
76.8
76.3
75.8
75.4
75.0
74.5
74.1
73.6
73.1
72.7
71.5
71.0
70.5
70.1
69.8
68.9
68.5
68.0
67.7
67.3
66.4
66.0
65.6
65.2
64.9
64.5
64.0
63.6
63.2
62.9
62.5
62.1
61.7
61.3
61.0
60.2
59.8
59.5
59.1
58.8
58.4
58.1
57.7
57.4
57.0
16
17
18
19
20
80.1
79.7
79.2
78.8
78.3
77.3
76.9
76.3
76.0
75.6
74.6
74.2
73.8
73.3
72.9
72.3
71.9
71.5
71.2
70.8
69.4
69.0
68.6
68.2
67.8
66.9
66.6
66.2
65.8
65.5
64.5
64.2
63.8
63.5
63.2
62.6
62.2
61.9
61.5
61.2
60.6
60.3
60.0
59.7
59.3
58.5
58.1
57.8
57.4
57.2
56.7
56.3
56.0
55.7
55.4

Airbleeds Off
200 kt IAS
6-2-5
Aug 1/88
BRITISNA~E
JETSTREA./tll
SERiEs J200
.
CONDITIONAL
MANUAL
PROCEDURE
ENGINE
START
THIS PROCEDURE STARTS AT THE START ENGINES LINE IN THE NORMAL

PROCEDURES ENGINE START. THE MANUAL START IS USED WHEN THE AUTO
START SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE, SRL COMPUTER IS INOPERATIVE,
FOLLOWING AN ABORTED START, OR WHEN THE EGT BEFORE START IS
GREATER THAN 200C.
IT CAN ALSO BE USED IN TRAINING.
OFF
SRL COMPUTER .
Set the SRL COMPUTER switch to OFF.
CAUTION:
BEFORE STARTING LEFT ENGINE ENSURE C.A.P. DOOR
AND
POD DOOR CAPTIONS ARE NOT IiLUMINATED.

MANUAL START SELECTOR
. . ENERGISE
Rotate the MANUAL START selector to ENERGISE.

SELECT SWITCH
. . . PRESS
Press then release SELECT switch of engine being started.

The switch should light up arnber and latch in.
START SWITCH
. . . ... .. . . .. . . .
........
PRE SS
Observe C.A.P. lsTARTERI caption (arnber) on.
....................
(OR 15% FOLLOWING AN ABORTED START OR IF THE EGT WAS ABOVE
200C).
(cent)/ ....
6-2-6
Aug 1/88
co
U'1
U'1
Press then release START switch of engine being started.

The switch will light up red and latch in.
RPM
o
o
o
10%
INWTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING
CONDITIONAL
MANUAL
1200
MANUA~
PART 1
PROCEDURE
ENGINE
..
START (cent)
IGNITE

The EGT will normally start to rise in 1-2 seconds.
~
::>
..
FUEL ENRICH SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRESS AS REQUIRED
11>
.t:
=]
10% TO 30%
RPM
'O
U)
ro
o
o
o
Terminate the start cycle if:l.
No EGT within 30 seconds of initiating the start.
2.
The engine does not continue to accelerate through

18% - 28% RPM.
3.
The EGT approaches 770C.
RPM
60%
60%
Rotate the MANUAL START selector to 60%.

Observe SELECT switch unlatches and light goes out.
Observe START switch unlatches and light goes out.
Observe associated c. A. P
I s~ARTER
caption off.
IF .... C.A.P. 1 STARTER 1 caption on

FEATHER LEVER
TURN/PULL
EMERGENCY_OFF
BATT MASTER SWITCH
. . . . . OFF
CAUTION:
DO NOT ATTEMPT RESTART.

DO NOT RE-APPLY ELECTRICAL POWER.
(cent)/ ....
6-2-7
Aug 1/88
.BIWTISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
CONDITIONAL
MANUAL
PROCEDURE
ENGINE
START (cont)
GROUND IDLE
POWER LEVER
Slowly move associated power lever rearwards to GROUND IDLE.

Observe engine RPM stabilised at 72%.
OIL PRESSURE/TEMP;
NORMAL
CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE/FLOW
Check within limits.
C.A.P.~
If oil pressure greater than 60 psi,
caption should be out.
Note: Under cqld weather conditions the oil pressure may not
start to rise until RPM has stabilised at g~ound idle, and may
then transiently exceed 120 psi.
HYDRAULIC PUMPPRESSURE
. . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 psi
SECOND ENGINE
START
Note: If starting on internal power, select generator of

live engine ON and close BUS TIE. Load must be less than
300A within 2 minutes. Before starting engine allow load to
decrease to less than 200A. During the subsequent start the
generator load can be expected to exceed 300A.
GENERATORS . . . .
ON
o
o
o
00
(.JI
.......,
Load should be less than 300A within 2 mins of switching ON.

BATT MASTER
. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .
SRL COMPUTER . . . . . . . .
AS REQUIRED
Providing the SRL computer is operable set the SRL COMPUTER

switch to ON.
(cent)/ ....
6-2-8
Aug 1/88
INT
BRl77SH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs J200
CONDITIONAL
MANUAL
PROCEDURE
ENGINE
START (cent)
Note:
If a Manual start has been carried out because the
preceding Normal (SRL COMPUTER ON) start failed, or if there was
an SRL Computer malfunction on the preceding flight, the following
test must be carried out with the propeller locks engaged.
ON
SRL COMPUTER SWITCH
CONFIRM ON
BETA C.A.P.
RPM LEVER .
Verify
POWER
. .
captions go out above 80% RPM.
LEVERS . . . . . . .
ADVANCE TO 100% RPM
SRL COMPUTERS . . .
Verify
. FLIGHT
OFF/ON
captions come on, Note both EGTs, Reselect ON.
Compare the SRL OFF EGT of both engines. If the difference

exceeds lOC ene of the SRL systems is at fault and should
be switched off.
Flight may continue using the EGT limitation in the
Abnormal Procedure C.A.P.
caption ON.
END//
6-2-9
May 15/91
BIWTISH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200
CONDITIONAL
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
VENTILATION
RUN
CONFIRM COMPLETE
APPROPRIATE PRE-START CHECKS
Conf irm the pre-start checks appropriate to operating

technique have been completed.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE
. . ON 700 psi MIN OR CHOCKS IN PLACE
Confirm emergency/parking brake is on. Observe EMERGENCY

pressure on left hydraulic gauge greater than 700 psi.
PROP START LOCKS
. . . ENGAGED
Confirm visially that propeller blades held by start locks.

UPPER & LOWER BEACONS . .
ON
SRL COMPUTER . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF
Verify associated SRL COMPUTER switch OFF.

FUEL BOOST PUMP . . .
. . . . . . . OFF
Verify associated FUEL BOOST PUMP switch OFF.

POWER LEVERS . .
. . . GROUND START
Verify POWER LEVERS at position for starting engines.

RPM LEVER . . . . . . .
TAXI
Verify RPM lever at TAXI position.

ENGINE BEING RUN
CLEAR OUTSIDE
Confirm with ground crew CLEAR TO START. Obtain from

ground crew confirmation of chocks in position, fire
equipment immediately available, propeller and engine
area clear, gear locks removed, beacons on and door shut.
( cont) / ...
6-2-10
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
ENGINE
VENTILATION
RUN (cont)
.
. ENERGISE
Rotate the MANUAL START selector to ENERGISE.

SELECT SWITCH
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. PRESS
Press then release SELECT switch of engine being run.

Observe switch lights up amber and latches in.
PRE SS
START SWITCH
Press then release START switch of engine being run.
Observe switch lights up red and stays latched in.
Observe C.A.P.
STARTER
amber caption on.
AFTER 15% RPM OR 15 SECS:

STOP SWITCH
PRE SS
Press the STOP switch.

Observe SELECT switch unlatches and light out.
Observe START switch unlatches and light out.
_Q
o()
o
o
Observe associated C.A.P.
STARTER
caption off.
NORMAL
Rotate the MANUAL START selector clockwise to NORMAL.

UPPER & LOWER BEACONS .
VENTILATION RUN
. OFF
COMPLETE
END//
6-2-11
Aug 1/88
BR'17SH AEROS-CE
JETSTREANI
Srnies J200
CONDITIONAL
ENGINE
OVERSPEED
PROCEDURE
GOVERNOR
CHECK
This procedure enables a check to be made of the governor system

when there is evidence of system malfunction.
Note: The engine must be running and the propeller start locks
engaged.
ON /2000 150 psi
Confirm emergency/parking brake is on.

Observe that the pressure on hydraulic gauge EMERG SUPPLY
(BRAKES) is 2000 150 psi.
RPM LEVER . . . . . . . . . . .
FLIGHT
Set associated RPM lever to FLIGHT position to enable high

RPM to be achieved for the governor check.
POWER LEVER
. . . . . ADVANCE
Advance associated power lever until there is no further

increase in fuel flow and engine RPM.
. 103 - 105%
RPM
Observe associated engine max RPM within governing range

103-105%.
o
CAUTION:
l.
2.
3.
(cent)/ ....
6-2-12
May 15/91
DO NOT ALLOW RPM TO EXCEED 106%.

KEEP PERIOD AT MAXIMUM RPM TO A MINIMUM.
FAILURE OF START LOCKS DURING THIS CHECK COULD
CAUSE A SUDDEN FORWARD MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT.
<.._..-_1
Iv
SRI~
AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CONDITIONAL
ENGINE
POWER LEVER
OVERSPEED
PROCEDURE
GOVERNOR
CHECK (cent)
...................
. . GROUND IDLE
Retard associated power lever to GROUND IDLE.

RPM LEVER
j
.s~
........
TAXI
REPEAT PROCEDURE FOR OTHER ENGINE.
END//
e
e:.
C:
6-2-13
-NOV
15/89
B-T1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAA#
SeRies }200
- CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
NTS FOR FLIGHT TEST & TRAINING
CAUTION: THIS PROCEDURE MUST NOT BE USED TO SHUT DOWN AN ENGINE
IN FLIGHT EITHER IN EMERGENCY OR TRAINING.
This procedure is available f or flight test and f or a f light
training demonstration. It simulates engine f ailure by causing the
propeller to NTS.
CAUTIONS: l. THE MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE FOR STARTING THIS PROCEDURE
IS 5,000 FEET AGL
2. DO NOT ALLOW THE ENGINE TO WINDMILL BETWEEN 18% AND
28% RPM.
3. CHECK BOTH ENGINES FOR ~ORMAL OPERATION AND

INDICATIONS BEFORE STARTING THIS PROCEDURE
POWER LEVER . . . .
. . . . . . . FLIGHT IDLE
The Captain will move the Power Lever to Flight Idle.

The engine must be run at this power setting until the
EGT is below 450C.
STOP BUTTON
. . . . PRESS
The Captain will press the stop button.

The RPM will decrease to 30% in approximately 40 seconds.
During this period on a test f light the necessary record
of indications can be taken.
On a training f light this period can be used f or
instruction.
FEATHER LEVER .
TURN & PULL
On completion of this demonstration on a training flight,

and with the RPM above 28%, the Captain will instruct the
trainee to turn and pull the Feather Lever and complete
the Shutdown Drills by the checklist.
Note: On a test flight the engine may be relit direct from the NTS
END//
6-2-14
Nov.15/89
o
G
i'J
O(
BRITISH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 'J200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
PROCEDURE
CAPTION
ON
. . . . .
AFFECTED SRL COMPUTER
. .
. . OFF
Set affected SRL computer switch to OFF.

::.::
EGT LIMIT
.,
::::i
. . ESTABLISH
.::
-~
Establish from correct table the EGT limits to be observed

fer flight conditions.
~
-~
~
Note: The EGT value is a limit which may not be obtained due to
low altitude and temperature.
.
AFFECTED ENGINE EGT
. . MONITOR
Adjust power lever of affected engine to observe limits

obtained from table.
END//
Examples of EGT limit tables are shown on following pages.
JETSTREAM 32 EGT LIMITS WITH
SRL COMPUTER INOPERATIVE FOR TAKE OFF
0-50 KNOTS
DRY POWER
100%RPM
OAT
C
', '.J
AIRFIELD PRESSURE ALTITUDE - THOUSANDS OF FEET

5
6
9 10
2
3
4
7
8
o 1
-40
477 486 496 507 518 530 542 555 563 563 563
-30
494 504 514 525 537 549 562 567 567 567 567
-20
512 522 533 545 557 570 571 571 571 571 571
-10
531 542 554 566 575 575 575 575 575 575 575
553 564 576 579 579 579 579 579 579 579 579
+10
576 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 583
+20
588 588 588 588 588 588 588 588 588 588 588
+30
594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594
+40
601 601 601 601 601 601 6011601 601 601 601
Temperature exceeds ISA+ 37 o e
6-3-1
May 15/91
BllH77SH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200

JETSTREAM 32 EGT LIMITS WITH SRL COMPUTER INOPERATIVE
EGT LIMIT C @ l00% RPM
EGT LIMIT ALTITUDE
Fe et
IOAT
INDICATED AIRSPEED - Knots
100
150
200
300
489
507
526
546
568
583
588
592
600
481
499
517
537
558
582
586
591
598
469
486
504
523
544
567
584
588
595
459
476
493
511
532
554
577
586
592
526
546
566
574
578
583
588
592
600
517
536
556
572
577
581
586
590
602
501
519
539
559
574
578
583
587
594
489
507
525
545
568
576
563
566
569
574
578
583
587
592
562
565
568
572
576
581
585
590
559
562
565
568
572
577
581
585
543
560
563
565
569
573
578
582
563
566
569
573
578
582
587
561
564
567
571
575
580
584
558
561
563
566
570
574
579
555
558
561
564
566
571
575
560
563
565
568
573
578
582
557
560
563
566
569
574
578
***
556
559
562
564
567
572
***
553
556
559
561
564
567
-40
-30
-20
-10
560
562
565
568
572
577
559
562
564
567
572
***
554
557
560
562
565
***
550
553
556
559
561
-40
-30
-20
-10
562
565
568
572
559
561
564
567
554
556
559
562
550
553
555
558
-40
-30
-20
-10
1500
10
20
30
40
-40
-30
-20
-10
5000
10
20
30
40
10000
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
15000
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
20000
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
-so
25000
26000
*** Engine operating limited
EGT Limits C at 100% RPM

With SRL Computer Inoperative
6-3-2
Aug 1/88
sao
585
591
BRl77SH AEROSl'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200

JETSTREAM 32 EGT LIMITS WIIB SRL COMPUTER INOPERATIVE
EGT LIMIT C @ 97% RPM
EGT LIMIT ALTITUDE
Feet
IOAT
INDICATED AIRSPEED - Knots
-40
-30
-20
-10
1500
10
20
30
40
e:
5000
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
40
10000
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
15000
-40
-30
-20
-10
lj)
..D
10
20
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
o
o
20000
10
25000
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
26000
-40
-30
-20
- "."10
100
150
200
300
444
463
484
508
534
557
564
572
580
436
455
476
498
524
550
562
570
578
424
442
462
485
509
534
559
567
575
414
431
451
473
496
520
556
564
572
481
502
526
547
552
556
564
572
579
472
493
516
542
550
555
562
570
581
456
475
498
522
547
551
558
566
574
444
463
483
508
534
549
555
563
570
534
538
542
547
551
556
564
571
533
536
541
545
550
554
561
569
513
533
536
541
545
550
556
564
497
520
534
538
542
547
552
560
534
538
542
547
551
556
563
532
535
539
544
548
553
560
529
532
534
539
543
548
554
526
529
532
535
539
544
549
531
534
537
542
546
551
555
529
531
534
538
542
547
551
***
527
530
533
536
541
545
***
524'
527
530
532
536
540
531
534
537
541
546
550
530
533
536
540
545
***
525
528
531
533
537
***
521
524
527
530
532
534
537
541
546
530
533
536
540
525
527
530
533
521
523
526
529
*** Engine operating limited
EGT Limits e at 97% RPM

With SRL Computer Inoperative
6-3-3
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AERO-CE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
ABNORMAL
ENGINE
CAUTION:
PROCEDURE
RELIGHT (AUTO)
IF RELIGHT HAS TO BE ABORTED, TURN AND PULL THE

FEATHERING LEVER. TO UNLATCH THE SELECT AND START
SWITCHES THE STOP BUTTON WILL SUBSEQUENTLY NEED TO BE
PRESSED.
If the oil temperature is low the propeller may be slow to

unfeather and governing RPM may be slightly high.
The demonstrated envelope for relight is speed 110-180 kt and
altitude 20,000 ft or lower. However, there is no bar on
attempting relights at greater speeds or altitudes.
EGT
LESS THAN 200C

Observe EGT of engine being started is less than 200C.
Note:
The 200C limitation may be disregarded if any emergency
demands starting the engine.
FEATHER LEVER
NORMAL
Verify f eather lever of engine being started is fully down

in the normal position.
LP COCKS
. . OPEN
Observe LP COCKS, FUEL and HYD indicators show open.

POWER LEVER
. . FORWARD OF FLIGHT IDLE STOP
Verify the middle of the power lever of the engine being

started is in line with the white FLIGHT IDLE marker on the
quadrant.
( cont) / ....
6-3-4
May 15/91
~AIROS..c.11'
JETSTREAAll
SERiES J200

:.:.'"
ABNORMAL
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
RELIGHT (AUTO) (cont)
RPM LEVER . . . . . . . . . .
IN LINE
Verify RPM lever of engine being started is in line with

that of the other engine.
. . . . NORMAL
IGNITION SWITCHES . . . . .
Confirm that the IGNITION switches are at NORMAL setting.

LEFT AND RIGHT BOOST PUMPS . .
ON
Verify the LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP switches are ON.
CROSSFEED
.......................
SHUT
Verify CROSSFEED switch at SHUT.

Observe crossfeed cock NORMAL caption on.
. ON
SRL COMPUTER
AIR
GND/AIR SWITCH
Verify GND/AIR SWITCH is at AIR.
SELECT SWITCH
PRESS
Press SELECT switch of engine being started.

Observe SELECT switch magnetically latched and lights up
amber .
~-
C>
START SWITCH
PRESS
Press START switch of engine being started.

Observe START switch magnetically latched.
With the START switch latched, the AIR/GND switch at AIR
and the SELECT switch magnetically latched the unfeather
pump will run and unfeather the propeller. The unfeathered
propeller turns the engine to initiate the starting cycle.
Throughout the starting cycle monitor the increase in engine
RPM EGT and oil pressure.
(cent)/ ....
6-3-5
Oct 15/88
AJEROS !ICE
JETSTREAJ'W
SERiES 1200
ABNORM.AL
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
RELIGHT
(AUTO) (cent)
WHEN ENGINE RPM REACHES 60%
. . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASED
START SWITCH
Observe START switch released
RELEASED
SELECT SWITCH
Observe SELECT switch released, light off.
WHEN RPM STABILISED -
Observe oil pressure, oil temperature, fuel pressure, fuel

flow and hydraulic pump pressure normal.
Observe
C.A.P.
BETA
and
captions are off.
GENERATOR .
ON/LOAD SHARING
Set associated GEN selector to ON.

Observe C.A.P. 8 c a p t i o n off.
AIR FLOW SELECTOR . . . . .
. . .. . . .. . . .
..
AS REQUIRED
Set. associated air flow selector to required position.

PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . . . .
. AS REQUIRED
Set PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switch to position required.
(cont)/ ...
6-3-6
Feb 15/89
o
o
BRITISH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs l200
ABNORMAL
ENGINE
RELIGHT
PROCEDURE
(AUTO)
(cent)
AS REQUIRED
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . . .
Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV PROTECTION switches to

position required. Observe engine ice protection lights show
system status.
CONTINUOUS
IGNITION SWITCH . .
Set IGNITION switch to CONTINUOUS unless the engine had been

shut down deliberately for training purposes.
WHEN OIL TEMP GREATER THAN 55C
POWER/RPM LEVERS . . . . .
. . . . AS REQUIRED
Set POWER lever and RPM lever to positions required.

PROP SYNCHRO
. AS REQUIRED
Set PROP SYNCHRO switch to position required.
END//
o
o
6-3-7
Aug 1/88
EHWTl!R-I AEROS-CE
JETSTREAIW
SrniEs }200
ABNORMAL
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
RELIGHT
(MANUAL)
CAUTION:
IF RELIGHT HAS TO BE ABORTED FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN

FIRE, TURN AND PULL THE FEATHERING LEVER AND PRESS THE
STOP BUTTON.
CAUTION:
IN CASE OF FIRE DO NOT PRESS THE STOP BUTTON.
If the oil temperature is low the propeller may be slow to

unfeather and governing RPM may be slightly high.
The demonstrated envelope for relight is speed 110-180 kt and
altitude 20,000 ft or lower. However, there is no bar on
attempting relights at higher speeds or greater altitudes.
EGT
LESS THAN 200C

Observe EGT of engine being started is less than 200C.
Note: The 200C limitation may be disregarded if an
emergency demands starting the engine.
FEATHER LEVER
. NORMAL
Verify feather lever of engine being started is fully

DOWN in the normal position.
OPEN
LP COCKS
Observe LP COCKS FUEL and HYD indicators showopen.
POWER LEVER
. . FORWARD OF FLIGHT IDLE STOP
Verify the middle of the power lever of the engine being

started is in line with the white FLIGHT IDLE marker en the
quadrant.
(cent)/ ....
6-3-8
May 15/91
['\._'
e:
Ul
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
'J200
ABNORMAL
..
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
RELIGHT
(MANUAL) (cont)
. . . IN LINE
RPM LEVER
Verify RPM lever of engine being started is in line with

that of the other engine.
NORMAL
IGNITION
Confirrn that IGNITION switch is set to NORMAL.
. ON
LEFT AND RIGHT BOOST PUMPS

Verify the LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP switches are at
ON.
SHUT
CROSSFEED
Verify CROSSFEED switch at SHUT.
Observe crossfeed cock NORMAL caption on.
. OFF
SRL COMPUTER .
Verify SRL COMPUTER switch of engine being started is at
OFF.
-r---.
GND/AIR SWITCH
AIR
Verify GND/AIR switch is at AIR.
co
o
o
o
. . . . . ENERGISE
Rotate the Manual Start switch to Energise.
SELECT SWITCH . . . .
PRESS
Press SELECT switch of engine being started.

Observe SELECT switch rnagnetically latched and lights up
amber.
(cont)/ ....
6-3-9
Aug 1/88
BRITISN AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200

H _,,
ABNORMAL
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
RELIGHT
(MANUAL) (cont)
START SWITCH . . . . . . . PRESS

Press START switch of engine being started. With the
START switch latched, the AIR/GND switch at AIR, and the
SELECT switch latched, the unfeather pump will run and
unfeather the propeller.
The unfeathered propeller turns the engine to initiate
the starting cycle.
Throughout the starting cycle the increase in engine RPM,
EGT and oil pressure must be monitored.
WHEN ENGINE RPM 10%
IGNITE
MANUAL START SELECTQR

Rotate the MANUAL START selector to IGNITE.
AS REQUIRED
FUEL ENRICH
Press FUEL ENRICH switch if required.
WHEN ENGINE RPM 60%
. . 60%
Rotate the MANUAL START selector to 60%.

Observe the SELECT and START switches release, SELECT light
off.
WHEN RPM STABILISED
Observe oil pressure, oil temperature, fuel pressure, fuel
flow and hydraulic pump pressure normal.
Observe
C.A.P.1BTA1 and
captions are off.

Rotate the MANUAL START selector clockwise to NORMAL.
(cont)/ ....
6-3-10
Aug 1/88
o
o
NORMAL
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
ABNORMAL
..
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
RELIGHT
(MANUAL) (cont)
ON/LOAD SHARING
GENERATOR
Set associated GEN selector to ON.
Observe
C.A.P.~caption
off.
AS REQUIRED
AIR FLOW SELECTOR
Set associated air flow selector to required position.

AS REQUIRED
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION
Set PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switches to position required.

ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION
. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
AS REQUIRED
Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION switches to

position required.
Observe engine ice protection lights show system status.
CONTINUOUS
IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . .
Set IGNITION switch to CONTINUOUS unless the engine had

been shut down deliberately for training purposes.
ON
SRL COMPUTER . . . .
o
o
If SRL system is serviceable, set SRL switch to ON.

WHEN OIL TEMP GREATER THAN 55C
POWER/RPM LEVERS
. . . . AS REQUIRED
Set POWER lever and RPM lever to position required .

PROP SYNCHRO
. . AS REQUIRED
Set PROP SYNCHRO switch to position required.
END//
6-3-11
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
ABNORMAL
..
C.A.P.
IS
PROCEDURE
BETA 1 CAPTION
ON
IN
FLIGHT
PROPELLER RESPONDING NORMALLY TO ADJUSTMENTS OF POWER LEVER ?
YES
1----11~
DISREGARD CAPTION.
REPORT DEFECT ON LANDING.
END//
NO
END//
6-3-12
Aug 1/88
FEATHER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN/PULL

REFER TO DRILL: IN FLIGHT ENGINE SHUT DOWN.
INWT7SH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
ABNORMAL
ABNORMAL
OIL
PROCEDURE
TEMP/PRESS
INDICATIONS
IN THE EVENT OF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING, APPLY THE IN-FLIGHT ENGINE

SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE AND DO NOT RELIGHT THE ENGINE:l.
OIL PRESSURE LESS THAN 70 PSI AT ALTITUDES LESS THAN 23,000

FEET ACCOMPANIED BY HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE, ENGINE VIBRATION,
OR OTHER ABNORMAL ENGINE INDICATIONS.
2.
OIL PRESSURE GREATER THAN 120 PSI ACCOMPANIED BY RISING OIL

TEMP OR OTHER ABNORMAL ENGINE INDICATIONS.
3.
LOW OIL TEMPERATURE ACCOMPANIED BY HIGH OIL PRESSURE AND

ABNORMAL PROPELLER RESPONSE.
4.
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE ACCOMPANIED BY LOW OIL PRESSURE (LESS

THAN 50- PSI ABOVE 23, 000 FEET, OR. 70 PSI BELOW 23, 00_0 FEET) .
IF OIL COOLER FLAP LIGHT ON IN FLIGHT:OIL COOLER FLAP SWITCH .
. SHUT
IF LIGHT REMAINS ON MAXIMUM PERMITTED AIRSPEED IS 150 KT IAS.
!"--.
'
N
END //
-oo
6-3-13/14
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
EMERGENCY
DOUBLE
PROCEDURE
ENGINE
FAILURE
IMMEDIATE ACTIONS
SWITCH OFF LEFT WINDSHIELD HEAT. ESTABLISH GLIDE AT 130 KT.

NOT FEATHER PROPS. TURN TOWARDS EMERGENCY LANDING AREA
DO
Try to establish the cause of the double engine f ailure and

rectify the situation before attempting a relight.
Verify position of L.P. cocks, feathering levers, Stop
buttons, TTL test switches. Check fuel contents remaining.
SET GENERATORS
OFF
The DC Main Busbar will have off-loaded automatically. The

DC Essential Busbar will be powered f rom the aircraft
batteries.
The Essential Inverter will power the lef t Flight
Instruments and the centre Artificial Horizon.
Avoid icing conqitions.
THE FOLLOWING ESSENTIAL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE:
LEFT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS & LIGHTING

N0.1 RADIO
N0.1 NAV
N0.1 ADF
N0.1 COMPASS
LANDING GEAR SELECTOR & INDICATOR LIGHTS
FLAP SELECTOR (BUT NO INDICATOR)
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAUGES
BRAKE PRESSURE GAUGES
LEFT WINDSCREEN WIPER
FLIGHT DECK FLOOD LIGHTING
HALF OF THE CABIN LIGHTING
RELIGHT (AUTO MODE SRL ON)
Everything possible should be done to ensure that the f irst
attempt at Relight is successful. Each attempt takes power from
the batteries and reduces subsequent chances of successful
relight.
(cent)/ ....
6-4-1
Jul 15/89
Bl'WTISH AE'ROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
EMERGENCY
DOUBLE
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
FAILURE (cent)
Relights may be attempted at any time but the best circumstances

are below 20,000 ft with airspeed 110 to 180 kt. The max EGT limit
of 200C may be disregarded in these drills.
SET RIGHT RPM LEVER TO FLIGHT.
CARRY OUT RELIGHT DRILL ON RIGHT ENGINE.
If
religh~
fails, carry out the next attempt on the LEFT engine.
IF ONE RELIGHT IS SUCCESSFUL THE DRILL SHOULD BE COMPLETED AND

POWER RESTORED TO MAINTAIN LEVEL FLIGHT WITH GENERATOR ON. AN
ATTEMPT SHOULD THEN BE MADE TO START THE SECOND ENGINE.
If one or both engines relight but the cause of the f ailure is not
known, the aircraft should be landed at the nearest suitable
airfield.
If not successful and if height is available, further attempts to
relight should continue to be made but each successive attempt is
less likely to succeed. The second attempt should use MANUAL
relight drill. If the first attempts to relight have failed every
effort should be conce~trated towards achieving a safe landing.
ALERT EMERGENCY SERVICES
TRANSPONDER . . .
DISTRESS CALL .
. . . . . . . . . .
ELT . . .
A 7700
'
TRANSMIT
.
ON
o
O()
EMERGENCY POWER OFF LANDING

The windmilling (NTS) propellers will produce sufficient
hydraulic power f or normal operation of the landing gear and
flaps. The increase in drag compared with feathered
propellers is very small and of no significance.
MAINTAIN GLIDE SPEED OF 130 KT.
PLAN TO LAND INTO WIND. SET ALTIMETERS AND CROSSCHECK.
LOWER THE LANDING GEAR EARLY IN THE PATTERN WHILST
MANOEUVRING TO LAND.
ENSURE THAT LOOSE ARTICLES ARE STOWED AND SECURE.
ONLY LOWER FLAPS WHEN ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN OF LANDING.
(cent)/ ...
6-4-2
Aug 1/88
'-
~AEROS-CE
JETSTREAWI
SERiEs J200
EMERGENCY
DOUBLE
ENGINE
PROCEDURE
FAILURE (cent)
LANDING OFF AIRFIELD

IF LANDING AWAY FROM AN AIRFIELD, LAND WITH GEAR DOWN.
Brief crew and passengers on Emergency Dril! well in advance
.of landing.
AT 3000 FT FASTEN SEAT BELTS SIGN
ON
TURN & PULL
AT 500 FT FEATHER LEVERS
By night, select EMERGENCY cabin lighting ON at 500 ft.

Landing lights will not be available.
AT 200 FT CALL
. "BRACE, BRACE".
Land at as low a forward speed as P.Ossible.

AFTER LANDING:BOTH FIREBOTTLE SELECTORS
EMERGENCY OFF
Evacuate aircraft immediately using Door, Overwing exits,

and D/V windows if necessary.
r-t")
r-t")
'
Notes:
o
o
l.
FIRE SHOT 1
2.
Lighting available:
Flight Deck . . .
Cabin . . .
. . . FLOOD/UTILITY LTS
EMERGENCY/ROOF AND EXITS
Emergency Equipment available:

One first aid kit at right rear of cabin.
One hand-held f ire extinguisher at right rear of cabin.
One hand-held fire extinguisher by co-pilot's seat.
END//
6-4-3
Aug 1/88
ASINMP!fC4!'
JETSTREAWI
SERiES J200

....
-~:~~
' \
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
FIRE
CAPTION
ON
~'
PROCEDURE
OR
SEVERE
ENGINE
DAMAGE
Judgement and precision are as important as speed when

putting out an engine fire. Actuating a wrong control could cause
more trouble than a f ew seconds delay in taking the correct
actions.
Note:
FIREBELL
.......................
CANCEL
Press either of the C.A.P. attention getter lights to

cancel the fire warning audio (fire?ell).
POWER LEVER . .
FLIGHT IDLE
Retard associated power lever to FLIGHT IDLE. This action

is recommended as a check on the identif ication of the
subj ect engine .
..........
FEATHER LEVER
. TURN/PULL
Pulling the engine feather lever to the detent position.

Shuts the HP fuel cock
Feathers the propeller
Shuts the LP fuel cock
Shuts the LP hydraulic cock
Inhibits engine start circuit
As the engine is shut down it will cause the Alert lights
to flash and the following C.A.P. captions to come on.
Red
EJ
Amber
FUEL
Amber
E)
Amber
~'
if switched on
Additionally the IBUS FAILI & 1 BUS TIE OPEN 1 captions may
come on. If this happens, select GENerator off on failed
engine and press the BUS TIE RESET button.
(cont)/ ...
.6-4-4
Aug 1/88
o
o
BRl77SH AEROSIWCE
JETSTREAAI'
SERiEs 'J200
. ~~'- ~-.:.-.
\
EMERGENCY
..
C.A.P., FIRE
CAPTION
ON
PROCEDURE
OR
SEVERE ENGINE
DAMAGE (cent)
SHUT
LP COCKS IND .
Observe the LP COCKS HYD/FUEL indicators show SHUT .
....-- LP COCKS HYD/FUEL INDICATE SHUT?
NO
LP COCK (ROOF PANEL SWITCH)
SHUT
Set associated LP COCKS switch to SHUT to prevent

possibility of fuel and hydraulic fluids supporting
fire. Then ..... .
YES
WHEN ENGINE RPM LESS THAN 15%

An engine RPM of less than 15% indicates that the
propeller is feathered. The resultant reduction in
airf low through the nacelle increases the effect of
fire extinguisher operation.
FIRE BOTTLE . . . .
. . . . . SHOT 1
Set FIRE BOTTLE selector of affected engine to SHOT l.

The
af f ected engine will be identif ied by the FIRE light
(red) adjacent to the FIRE BOTTLE switch.
At the same time as SHOT 1 is selected the clock should be

started to time the action. The engine fire should be
extinguished within 30 seconds of discharging the fire
o
o
o
extinguisher, this will be indicated by the C.A.P.1 FIRE
caption and the light adjacent to the FIRE BOTTLE switch

going out.
co
co
AIR FLOW . . .
. . ... . . .. . . .. . . .
. . OFF
Set the air FLOW selector of affected side to OFF, to

prevent possibility of contaminated air entering the
aircraft.
(cent)/ ....
6-4-5
Aug 1/88
BRl77SH
AE~E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
FIRE
CAPTION
ON
OR
PROCEDURE
SEVERE
ENGINE
DAMAGE (cont)
IF FIRE PERSISTS AFTER 30 SECONDS

FIRE BOTTLE . .
SHOT 2
Set FIRE BOTTLE selector of affected engine to SHOT 2.

Note: After selection of SHOT 1 and SHOT 2 no more
extinguishant is available for that engine.
FUEL BOOST PUMP .
.OFF
Set the affected engine FUEL BOOST purnp switch to OFF .

GENERATOR . . .
. . OFF
Set GEN selector f or af f ected engine to OFF and observe

the remaining generator load is not greater than 300 amps.
If load greater than 300 amps shed non-essential loads.
LP COCK
.......
SHUT
Set LP COCKS switch for affected engine to SHUT.

REMAINING AIRFLOW . .
. .. . . .. ..
IN CREASE
o
o
o
Rotate air FLOW selector of remaining system to increase

flow into aircraft.
CX>
CX>
PROP SYNCHRO
Verify PROP SYNCHRO switch in OFF position.
(cont)/ ....
6-4-6
Aug 1/88
. OFF
.,.,...,. "" ar
JE7S7'REAllll
SailsJ200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.1 FIRE
CAPTION
ON
OR
PROCEDURE
SEVERE
ENGINE
DAMAGE (cant)
OFF

Verify PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switch far affected engine
OFF.
OFF
Verify ENG/ELEV switch far affected engine OFF.

Observe ENG/IGN light far affected engine OFF.
FUEL CROSSFEED .
SHUT
IF FIRE PERSISTS AFTER SECOND SHOT OF FIRE BOTTLE

TRANSPONDER .
. . .A7700
DISTRESS CALL
. TRANSMIT
ELT . .
. . . ON
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
END//
a:>
a:>
o
o
o
6-4-7
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
EMERGENCY
ENGINE
FAILURE
OR
"'.,,"'.:
PROCEDURE
IN
FLIGHT
..
SHUT
DOWN
The engines are equipped with a negative torque sensing

system. In the event of engine failure this system
automatically moves the propeller towards the high pitch
range. This reduces propeller drag to a value slightly higher
than that for a fully feathered propeller.
POWER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLIGHT IDLE
Retard the failed engine's POWER lever to FLIGHT IDLE.
This action is recommended as a check on the identification of the subject engine.
FEATHER LEVER .
. ..........
~
. . TURN/PULL
.Pulling the engine feather lever to the detent position.

Shuts the HP fuel cock
Feathers the propeller
Shuts the LP fuel cock
Shuts the LP hydraulic cock
Inhibits engine start circuit
As the engine is shut down it will cause the Alert lights
to flash and the following C.A.P. captions to come on.
Red
Amber 1 FUEL
Amber
Amber
-o
N
a,
o
o
if switched on
co
co
<...N
Note: The propeller may still be windmilling at low RPM

depending upon airspeed.
LP COCKS . . . . . . .
Observe the LP COCKS HYD/FUEL indicators show SHUT.
If not SHUT then select LP COCK to SHUT and conf irm that
indicators show SHUT.
( cont) / ....
6-4-8
Aug 1/88
SHUT
BIWTISH
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
. OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMP . .

Set the failed engine's FUEL BOOST pump switch to OFF.
OFF
GENERATOR
Set associated GEN switch to OFF.
Verify load on remaining generator less than 300A.
Offload services if necessary.
Press BUS TIE RESET button if necessary.
. . OFF
FLOW . . . .
Set the AIR FLOW selector of affected side to OFF.
REMAINING AIRFLOW . . . . .. . .
. INCREASE
Rotate air FLOW selector of remaining system to increase

flow into aircraft.
PROP SYNCHRO . . . . . .
OFF
Verify PROP SYNCHRO switch in OFF position.

V
OFF
Verify PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switch for affected engine

OFF.
00
00
o
o
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . .
OFF
Verify ENG/ELEV switch for affected engine OFF.
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
END//
6-4-9
Aug 1/88
BRITISHAE~E
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
;;;';~;
-~
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
PROCEDURE
CAPTION
ON
ABOVE 23,000 FT
Is Oil Pressure less than 50 psi?
OR
BELOW 23,000 FT
Is Oil Pressure less than 70 psi?
OR
AT ANY ALTITUDE
ARE THERE ANY OTHER ABNORMAL INDICATIONS OR VIBRATION?
YES
Carry out In-Flight Engine Shut Down Procedure.

END//
NO
Continue with flight but monitor engine behaviour and

Oil Pressure.
-oo
END//
6-4-10
Aug 1/88
CD
CD
U1
\
"-.
-7"N# AEROSF'ACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
..
ERRATIC
ENGINE
INDICATIONS
ERRATIC TORQUE/EGT INDICATIONS

Fluctuations in torque of 2% are not unusual.
::.o(
.....:
::>
.::
BOTH RPM LEVERS
]
.:
et
AFFECTED POYIER LEVER
. . . . . . . FULLY FORYIARD
. RETARD
Retard the POYIER lever until there is a perceptible

decrease in torque and EGT. This will minimise the risk of
exceeding the EGT limits should operation of the fuel bypass be interrupted when the TTL Computer is switched off.
. OFF
PROP SYNCHRO . .
TTL CONTROLLER
OFF
Ylith the TTL Computer off, any false

bypass will now be removed.
CAUTION:
;''
to the fuel
sig~al
YIITH THE TTL SYIITCHED OFF EXTRA CARE MUST BE EXERCISED

YIHEN MOVING THE POYIER LEVER SO AS TO AVOID EXCEEDING THE
LIMITS.
CONTINUE MONITORING AND IF THE SITUATION DETERIORATES OR IF TORQUE

FLUCTUATIONS EXCEED 7.5% (TOTAL AMPLITUDE 15%) APPLY ENGINE SHUT
DOYIN PROCEDURE.
")
!"")
Real power fluctuations will be conf irmed by aircraft

response and other engine indications.
ERRATIC R.P.M. INDICATIONS
PROP SYNCHRO .
. OFF
IF RPM FLUCTUATIONS EXCEED 7.5% (TOTAL AMPLITUDE 15%) AND ARE

CONFIRMED BY ENGINE NOISE THEN APPLY IN-FLIGHT ENGINE SHUT DOYIN
PROCEDURE.
------------------------------------------------------------------
END//
6-4-11/12
Aug 1/88
- T I S N AER06#MCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

This revision compliea with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A
Chapter A7-3.
JETSTREAM AIRCRAFT LIMITED
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND
Signed ~,,,_-'
Date
ll.
q .
CAA Approval No:
I/9386/92
Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,54,55,57,58,61,64,266,267,269.
Location: Insert in Chapter 6 following page 6-4-11/12.
Reason:
To introduce a procedure to correct a lack of engine

response to movements of the power lever af ter extended
flight at high altitudes and low IOAT.
Action:
In the event of a lack of engine response to movements

of the power lever, with no other failure indications
use this procedure.
The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revLsLons or

Requirements, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relativa to tha part ravised. Revisions or amandments or
tamporary revisions or amandments ambodied in this manual and cartif ied by an
appropriata approvad organisation, othar than that applicable to the initial
cartification, must be recordad on separate record shaets.
Page 1 of 2
Mar 12/96
-TISHA~E
JETSTREAllll
SERiES J200
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
LACK OF RESPONSE TO POWER LEVER MOVEMENT
Note
This procedure should be used when there are no other

obvious reasons for lack of engine response and the IOAT
is lOC or below.
Affected engine:
IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . .
. CONTINUOUS
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION switch . . . . . . . . . ANTI-ICE
Af ter 5 minutes
Operate the POWER lever, check for normal engine response.
If response normal :
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION switch
IGNITION switch . . . . . . . .
. . . OFF
. NORMAL
Note : If normal response is not restored and there are no

other failure indications continue to use the engine.
For approach and landing it may be necessary to shut
down the affected engine.
If normal response is restored the procedure above
should be repeated for the non-affected engine.
END\\
N
Page 2 of 2
Mar 12/96
l!IRIT1SH AEROSF'ACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
CHAPTER
LIST
FUEL
OF
SYSTEM
CONTENTS

LIMITATIONS AND ESSENTIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P., FUEL
7-2-1
caption on
Low Fuel Quantity caption on
7-2-2
C.A.P., FUEL FILTER
7-2-3
caption on
Fuel System Crossf eed
7-2-4
-o
CHAP. 7
CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88
EIR,TISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
CHAPTER 7
FUEL SYSTEM
:,
::i
'E"'
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
7-1
e:
"O
a..
7-2
1/2
Aug
1/2
1
2
1
2
May 15/91
May 15/91
Aug 15/90
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
3
4
1/88

Page 1/2
May 15/91
,_
BRITISH AER05'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
CHAPTER
FUEL
l.
SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
1.1 FUEL SPECIFICATIONS
The fuels used in this installation shall be to the latest
approved issue of the following specification.
1.1.1 Standard Fuels
U.K.
U.S.A.:
NATO
DERD 2494 (AVTUR)

ASTM D 1655 Type JET-A or JET A-1
F. 35
1.1.2 Fuels containing icing inhibitor FSII (No further

additions shall be made) .
U.K.
U.S.A
NATO
DERD 2453 (AVTUR/FSII)

MIL-T-83133 GRADE JP-8
F.34
1.2 ADDITIVES
---,
The only permitted additives are listed below, each shall

be to the latest approved issue of the relevant
specification.
1.2.1 Icing inhibitor
Icing inhibitor should only be added to other fuels

by the manufacturer or supplier and shall be of a
concentration between 0.1 and 0.15% by volume.
U.K.
U.S.A.:
NATO
DERD 2451 (AL-31)

MIL - I - 27686
S-748
1.2.2 Anti-static
Shell ASA-3 or equivalent in a concentration not
greater than 1 ppm to bring the fuel to a level of
300 conductivity units.
7-1-1
May 15/91
BRI~
AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES J200
.,
1.2.3 Biocide
Biobor JF in a concentration not greater than 270 ppm.
(20 ppm of elemental boron).
1.3 FUEL PRESSURE
1.3.l Minimum at Ground Idle
15 psi
1.3.2 Maximum
90 psi
1.4 FUEL CROSSFEED COCK

Under normal operation, the fuel crossfeed cock must be
closed fer take-off and landing.
1.5 FUEL BOOST PUMPS
1.5.1 Both fuel boost pumps shall be switched en.
1.5.1.1
For take-off and landing.
1.5.1.2
When flying above 20,000 feet.
1.5.2 When a fuel tank contents fall below 200 lb (91 kg) the
associated fuel boost pump must be switched on.
1.6 FUEL IMBALANCE
The maximum permitted fuel imbalance is 200 lb (91 kg).
2.
ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 FUEL QUANTITY
Usable Fuel
Unusable Fuel
7-1-2
Aug 15/90
UK Gal
US Gal
Litre
406.0
487.6
4.0
4.8
Lb
Kg
1845.7
3248.0
1474.0
18.2
32.0
14.5
~AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
ABNORMAL
PROCEDURE
C.A.P. FUEL 1 CAPTION ON

OBSERVE
FUEL PRESSURE . .
IS PRESSURE BELOW 20 psi?
NO 1----1~.Moni tor instrurnents
Report defect on arrival.
END//
YESl----l~VERIFY
ASSOCIATED BOOST PUMP . .
. . . ON
Monitor fuel, engine iristrurnents and engine

operation.
Note: Those emergency procedures which involve flight on aircraft
batteries only, include an action to switch off the Fuel Boost
Purnps. If the indication of low fuel pressure occurs as a result
of this action, a rapid descent to 20,000 feet should be made.
The associated boost purnp(s) should be switched on only for the
time necessary to make this descent.
END//
--o
o
N
7-2-1
Aug 1/88
BRIT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
ABNORMAL
FUEL
QUANTITY
PROCEDURE
LOW
CAPTION
ON
VERIFY FUEL BALANCE IS SATISFACTORY

IF fuel is not evenly balanced then f eed both engines f rom
the tank containing the most fuel until the tanks balance
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . .
ON
Verify left and right fuel boost pumps are both operating
and set at ON.
CROSSFEED SWITCH . . .
OPEN
Set FUEL CROSSFEED switch to OPEN.

Observe X FEED.caption (green) on
. CONTINUE FLIGHT TO LAND IN THIS CONDITION.
END//
o
o
7-2-2
Aug 1/88
S/IW77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
ABNORMAL
PROCEDURE
C.A.P. 1 FUEL FILTER 1
CAPTION ON
Indicates a pressure differential across the fuel f ilter causing

it to be by-passed.
ON GROUND
Take-off is prohibited.
IN FLIGHT
Monitor fuel and engine instrurnents.
END//
C>
C>
N
7-2-3
Aug 1/88
AERO$l:IJllCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 'J200
ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
FUEL
CAUTION:-
SYSTEM
CROSSFEED
CROSSFEEDING IS NOT TO BE USED DURING TAKE-OFF AND NOT

NORMALLY ON LANDING.
WHEN CROSSFEED REQUIRED

Verify FUEL BOOST PUMP switch of tank to be used at ON and
functioning.
Set FUEL CROSSFEED switch to OPEN.
Observe X FEED caption (green) on.
Set FUEL BOOST PUMP switch of tank not to be used to OFF.
WHEN CROSSFEED NO LONGER REQUIRED
Set L & R FUEL BOOST PUMP switches to ON.
Set FUEL CROSSFEED switch to SHUT.
Observe X FEED caption (white) NORMAL.
Set FUEL BOOST PUMP switches as required.
END//
--
7-2-4
Aug 1/88
BRl77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER 8.
LIST
LIST
OF
ABNORMAL
EFFECTIVE
FIRE
OF
PROTECTION
CONTENTS
PAGES
PROCEDURES
C.A.P., DETECT 1 caption on . . . . . . . . . 8-1-1

EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
Smoke or Fire, Flight Deck or Cabin
8-2-1
C.A.P.1 SMOKE 1 caption on
8-2-9
C.A.P., POD SMOKE,, caption on . . . . . . . .
. 8-2-10
-o
o
CHAP.8 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Apr 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
LIST
OF
CHAP. 8
:::>
.,
.s
e:
"O
Cl.
EFFECTIVE
FIRE PROTECTION
LIST OF CONTENTS
Apr 15/89
Sep 15/89
8-1-1/2
8-2-1
8-2-2
8-2-3
8-2-4
8-2-5
8-2-6
8-2-7
8-2-8
8-2-9
8-2-10
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Sep
Oct
Apr
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
PAGES
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
15/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
CHAP.8 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page 1/2
Sep 15/89
JfrSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
DETECT
PROCEDURE
1
CAPTION
ON
INDICATES THAT THE APPROPRIATE ENGINE FIRE WARNING SYSTEM IS

INOPERATIVE.
ON GROUND
::
;::)
Cll
...
.t:
Take-of f is prohibited.
=1l
...e
;:
IN FLIGHT
Monitor engine instrurnents and maintain a visual check on the

engine.
Report def ect on arrival.
END//
-
N
8-1-1/2
Aug 1/88
~A~~
JETSTREAIW
SERiES
J200
EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT
OXYGEN MASKS (IF REQD)
PROCEDURE
OR
PECK
FIRE
OR
CABIN
. .
. . . DON/EMERGENCY
If conditions demand, remove headsets and don oxygen

masks. Turn EMERGENCY CONTROL fully anti-clockwise to
EMERGENCY.
j
.:
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
ESTABLISH
Set MIC C/O switch to MASK and replace headset to

re-establish communication between crew.
SMOKE GOGGLES (IF REQD)
. . . .
. . ON
IF SMOKE SOURCE CAN BE IDENTIFIED ANO SAFELY ISOLATED OR IF SYSTEM

MALFQNCTION OBSERVED
RELEVANT POWER SUPPLY
. . ..
..............
REMOVE
Malfunction of a system may be an indication of smoke

source; if identifiable, switch off or trip associated
circuit breaker.
IF SMOKE SOURCE CAHNOT BE IDENTIFIED
WEATHER RADAR, WINDSHIELD WIPER ANO RECIRC FAN C/Bs . . . . TRIP
CABIN ALTITUDE
FLOW SELECTORS .
INCREASE
MAXIMUM
IF SMOKE NOT REDUCING

DESCEND TO A SAFE ALTITUDE
DEPRESSURISE
END //
EFFECTIVITY:
PRE MOD 7740 ANO
S/B 24-JA-900941
8-2-1/2
Feb 15/91
BRITR!IH AERO~E
JETSTREANI
J200
SERiES
EMERGENCY
..
SMOKE
FLIGHT
PROCEDURE
OR
DECK
FIRE
OR
CABIN
OXYGEN MASKS (IF REQD) . . .
. . . . DON/EMERGENCY
If conditions demand, remove headsets and don oxygen

masks. Turn EMERGENCY CONTROL fully anti-clockwise to
EMERGENCY.
ESTABLISH
CREW COMMUNICATIONS
Set MIC C/O switch to MASK and replace headset to
re-establish communication between crew.
SMOKE GOGGLES (IF REQD) . . . .
ON
IF SMOKE SOURCE CAN BE IDENTIFIED AND SAFELY ISOLATED OR IF SYSTEM

MALFUNCTXON OBSERVED
.REMOVE
RELEVANT POWER SUPPLY

Malfunction of a system may be an indication of smoke
source; if identifiable, switch off or trip associated
circuit breaker.
00
'oco
Past experience on small transport aircraf t shows that a

considerable proportion of "difficult to identify" smoke
sources turn out to be electrical motors, often when the
motors are apparently switched off. It is therefore
recommended that both the windscreen wipers (WIPER RIGHT
and WIPER LEFT) and recirculation fan (RECIRC FAN POWER)
circuit breakers be pulled. The FREON system, if fitted,
should be selected off, and the CB pulled.
IF SMOKE PERSISTS
The air supply must be suspect.
each supply in turn.
FLIGHT DECK FLOW .
The following actions isolate

.
. OFF
(cent)/ ....
8-2-1
Aug 1/88
~A.EROS-CE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURE
OR
OR
FIRE
CABIN (cent)
HAS CONTAMINATION REDUCED?
CABIN FLOW
...............
. INCREASE
Increase CABIN FLOW if possible. END//

FLIGHT DECK FLOW
NO
MAXIMUM
Rotate FLIGHT DECK FLOW selector fully clockwise.

CABIN FLOW .
OFF
END//
IF SMOKE SOURCE NOT LOCATED

CABIN ALTITUDE . .
IN CREASE
If possible increase cabin altitude to assist in smoke

clearance by increasing the outflow.
BOTH FLOW SELECTORS.
MAXIMUM
This assists in smoke clearance by increasing the in-flow.

END//
IF SMOKE NOT REDUCING
DESCEND TO A SAFE ALTITUDE AND DEPRESSURISE.
LAND THE AIRCRAFT-AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
IF THE SOURCE OF THE FIRE OR SMOKE IS BELIEVED TO BE ELECTRICAL AND
TIME PERMITS The f ollowing procedure continues the search f or the source of
the smoke or f ire by isolating each busbar in turn in an
attempt to cut off the power supply to the affected item of
equipment.
(cont)/ ....
8-2-2
Aug 1/88
o
o
BRIT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
SMOKE
OR
FIRE
DECK
OR
CABIN (cont)
FLIGHT
It is irnportant that the HSI select should rernain at "NAV 1

LEFT, NAV 2 RIGHT" throughout.
IF PRACTICABLE, REDUCE ELECTRICAL LOADS IN AN ATTEMPT TO
LOCATE THE SOURCE OF THE SMOKE AND TO MINIMISE THE LOAD ON THE
BATTERIES BEFORE SWITCHING OFF THE GENERATORS.
REMOVE POWER FROM DC MAIN BUSBAR
. . . TRIP
ESS.U/VOLT SENSOR C/B .

This separates the DC Main and Essential busbars.
Observe C.A.P. IBUS TIE OPENI and IBUS FAILI captions on
. . . . . . . ... .
AC CONTROL . . .
TRANSFER
This will ensure that when the left hand generator is

switched off the AC Busbars will be powered by the
essential inverter.
LEFT GENERATOR .
o
Q
d'-
. . . . . . OFF
This rernoves power frorn the DC Main busbar.

Observe C. A. P. left
captions on.
arnber and
arnber
E)
VOLTS SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BATT BUS
This will display the volts on the DC Essential busbar

which is being powered by the right generator.
( cont) / ...
8-2-3
Aug 1/88
BRrTrSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAPA
SERES
}200
,i;~:;::~\
'
EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT
DECK
,,
'
PROCEDURE
OR
OR
FIRE
CABIN
(cent)
WITH MAIN BUSBAR NOT POWERED SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:

PROPELLER DE-ICING
RIGHT WINDSHIELD HEAT
RIGHT WINDSHIELD WIPER
LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS
STALL PROTECTION (i.e.-Stall Warning available from
left wing but stick push inoperative)
PROPELLER SYNCHRONISATION
N0.2 NAV & COMM.
N0.2 TRANSPONDER
N0.2 COMPASS & NO.l RMI
RIGHT TURN AND SLIP
FUEL AND OIL PRESSURE INDICATORS
R.H. MARKERS
PARTIAL CABIN LIGHTING
5'
;
a.
....
::r
"e
"'
IF SMOKE CLEARS CONTINUE TO LANDING IN THIS CONDITION

IF SMOKE NOT REDUCING AFTER 5 MINS
ASSUME CAUSE IS ON THE DC or AC ESSENTIAL BUSBARS.
IN ANTICIPATION OF THE LOSS OF ALL ENGINE AND AIRFRAME ICEPROTECTION TRY TO AVOID ICING CONDITIONS.
LEFT GENERATOR .
RESET/ON
Set the LEFT GEN switch to the RESET position then to

ON to power the DC Main Busbar.
Observe C.A.P.left,GENjand
IINVlcaptions off and 'BUS FAILl&IBUS TIE OPENlcaptions on.

IF PRACTICABLE, REDUCE THE SERVICES SUPPLIED BY THE DC ESSENTIAL
BUSBAR IN AN ATTEMPT TO LOCATE THE SOURCE OF THE SMOKE BEFORE
REMOVING POWER FROM THE BUSBAR.
(cent)/ ....
8-2-4
Sep 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
Seaies J200

,;\
EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURE
OR
OR
FIRE
CABIN
(cont)
REMOVE POWER TO DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR

The f ollowing actions lead to the removal of power to the DC
Essential Busbar but keep the AC Busbar powered.
FUEL CROSSFEED . . .
OPEN
This prepares f or loss of fuel boost pumps when power is

removed fromoc Essential Busbar.
RIGHT GENERATOR
. . . OFF
This leaves the DC Essential Busbar powered by the batteries.

Observe C.A.P.right,GENl(amber) caption on.
POWER LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADJUST
Retard the POWER levers to ensure that both torqile and

temperature are below limits.
BATT MASTER SWITCH .

~
..-
OFF
This removes power from the DC Essential Busbar. The No.1

battery is now supporting the Battery Busbar. Observe C.A.P .
U'~
..--
IBUS FAILl(red) caption on.

The C.A.P.s
IAIR CONTAMI
(amber) may also come on.
VOLTS SWITCH
MAIN BUS
KEEP THE ENGINES WELL AWAY FROM LIMITS AS THE SRL AND TTL
COMPUTERS ARE INOPERATIVE.
With the SRL computer inoperative the engines must be
carefully controlled to the limits given in Abnormal Drill
C.A. P.~.
(REF: 18-3-5/6)
( cont) / ....
8-2-5
Oct 15/88
BINTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERiEs }200
EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURE
OR
OR
FIRE
CABIN
(cont)
WITH ESSENTIAL BUSBAR NOT POWERED, SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:

FUEL BOOSTER PUMPS
OIL TEMPERATURE
FLIGHT DIRECTOR AND SUB SYSTEMS
CENTRE ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
ENGINE AND AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION
FLAP AND LANDING GEAR CONTROLS
STALL PROTECTION (i.e. Stall Warning available from
right wing but stick push inoperative)
LEFT TURN AND SLIP
SPEED WARNINGS
LEFT PITOT HEAT
LEFT WINDSHIELD HEAT
SRL COMPUTERS AND TTL COMPUTERS
FUEL CONTENTS AND FLOW
ENGINE TORQUE (Fails to maximurn torque)
NO.l NAV/COMM
N0.1-TRANSPONDER
NO.l COMPASS & N0.2 RMI
L.H. MARKERS
NAV AND ANTI COLLISION LIGHTS
IF A LANDING IS TO BE ATTEMPTED IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE DC
ESSENTIAL BUSBAR BE REINSTATED. IF THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE FLAPS AND
LANDING GEAR MUST BE LOWERED USING THE EMERGENCY SYSTEMS.
Reinstatement of the DC Essential Busbar will ensure proper
limitation of the engine and normal operation of the flaps and
landing gear in case of abandonment of the landing.
IF SMOKE NOT REDUCING AFTER 5 MINS
ASSUME CAUSE IS ON AN AC BUSBAR BATT MASTER SWITCH
Set the BATT MASTER to INT to power the DC Essential Busbar
Observe C.A.P., BUS TIE OPEN l(amber) &I BUS FAIL l(red)
captions on.
(cont)/ ....
8-2-6
Apr 15/89
INT
~A~E
JETSTREANI
SeRiES 1200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
SMOKE
FLIGHT
DECK
OR
OR
RIGHT GENERATOR
FIRE
CABIN
(cont)
. . . RESET/ON
Set the RIGHT GEN selector to the RESET position then to

ON to power the DC Essential Busbar. Observe right C.A.P.
IGEN,(amber) caption off.
RES ET
ESS. U/VOLT SENSOR C/B . . .

Push to reset the U/VOLT SENS circuit breaker and observe
C.A.P.,BUS FAILI and (Bus TIE OPEN! captions go out.
REMOVE POWER FROM AC MAIN BUSBAR
AC CONTROL
NORMAL
Set the AC CONTROL switch to NORMAL in readiness far

isolation of the AC busbars. Observe C.A.P.
1AC MAIN , l AC ESS 1( amber)

MAIN INV POWER C/B. . . . .
&
1INV1 (red) captions off.
...............
TRIP
Pull to trip the MAIN INV POWER (25) circuit breaker on the
DC Main C/B Panel above and behind the co-pilot's seat. This
will remove power from the 26V AC and llSV AC main busbars.
~
o
'
o
Observe C.A.P.,AC MAINlcaption (amber) on, and (rNVc.A.P.

caption (red) on.
WITH THE AC MAIN BUSBARS NOT POWERED, SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
RIGHT HORIZON AND COMPASS
RIGHT STALL PROTECTION SYSTEM
(cont)/ ....
8-2-7
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERiES 1200
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
SMOKE
FLIGHT
DECK
OR
OR
FIRE
CABIN
(cent)
IF THERE IS NO EFFECT ON THE SMOKE

MAIN INV POWER C/B .
RES ET
Push to reset the MAIN INV POWER circuit breaker.

Observe
e. A. P. j AC MAIN 1( amber) and 1INV 1( red) captions are off .
REMOVE POWER FROM AC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR

ESS INVERTER POWER C/B . .
TRIP
Pull to trip the ESSENTIAL INVRTER POWER (25) circuit

-breaker on the.DC Essential S-s panel. This will remove
power from the 26V and llSV AC Essential Busbars.
Observe C.A.P.jAc Essl(amber) and lrNVl(red) captions on.
WITH THE AC ESSENTIAL BUSBARS NOT POWERED, SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
LEFT HORIZON AND COMPASS
LEFT STALL PROTECTION SYSTEM
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE CONTROL
TO RECOVER AC ESSENTIAL BUSBARS
ESSENTIAL INVERTER POWER C/B .
RES ET
Push to reset the ESSENTIAL INVRTER PWR circuit breaker.
Observe C.A.P.Ac ESS,(amber) andlINV,(red) captions are off.

WHETHER OR NOT SMOKE HAS BEEN DISSIPATED, IF IT CANNOT BE VISIBLY
VERIFIED THAT THE FIRE HAS BEEN EXTINGUISHED FOLLOWING THE FIRE
SUPPRESSION AND/OR SMOKE EVACUATION PROCEDURES OF THIS SECTION, AN
IMMEDIATE LANDING AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRFIELD MUST BE CARRIED
OUT.
-
------------------------------------------------------------------END//
8-2-8
Aug 1/88
o
o
o
'
U1
~AERO.-CE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
SMOKE
PROCEDURE
CAPTION
ON
. OFF
RECIRCULATION FAN
TRIP
RECIRC FAN POWER C/B
Set the recirculation FAN switch to OFF to prevent smoke

being circulated into the cabin and to deprive the baggage
area of air and trip the C/B, RECIRC FAN POWER (25) on the
DC Main CB panel.
BAGGAGE AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSPECT
Take f ire extinguisher and inspect the baggage area in an

attempt to identify the smoke source and suppress it.
IF THE SMOKE SOURCE CANNOT BE SUPPRESSED.
CLOSE THE BAGGAGE BAY DOOR
END//
'o
o
'
o
8-2-9
Aug 1/88
BRIT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

ff"?-.,).1''
,!I;
EMERGENCY
C.A.P.
WARNING:
PROCEDURE
POD SMOKE
CAPTION
ON
ON LANDING ENSURE THAT GROUND PERSONNEL ARE ADVISED OF

POSSIBLE DANGER TO THEMSELVES AND THAT THE POD DOOR MUST
NOT BE OPENED UNTIL ALL PASSENGERS AND CREW HAVE LEFT
THE AIRCRAFT.
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
END//
-o
co
'
8-2-10
Aug 1/88
-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
CHAP.9
HYDRAULICS,
LIST
LANDING
..
OF
GEAR
& FLAPS
CONTENTS

~
::>
..
-s
.:
LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1-1

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Caption ON . .
9-2-1
Landing Gear Lever locked DOWN
9-2-2
C.A.P.
Ernergency Lowering of Landing Gear
9-3-1
Emergency Lowering of Flaps
9-3-2
Loss of Normal Braking
9-3-4
Nose gear not locked down .
9-3-5
Main gear not locked down .
9-3-8
ex:>
o
"
o
o
CHAP.9 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88
BINTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
l200
LIST
CHAP.9
OF
EFFECTIVE
HYDRAULICS
LIST OF CONTENTS
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/89
9-1-1
9-1-2
9-2-1
9-2-2
9-3-1
9-3-2
9-3-3
9-3-4
9-3-5
9-3-6
9-3-7
9-.3-8
9-3-9/10
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
&
PAGES
LANDING
GEAR
1/88
1/88
1/89
1/88
1/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

Page 1/2
Aug 1/89
-77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER
HYDRAULICS, LANDING
l.
9
GEAR
& FLAPS
LIMITATIONS
Maximum permissible Hydraulic pressure . . .
2400 psi
Maximum permitted speed for retraction, extension

and flight with landing gear down . . . . . . .
160 kt
Maximum permissible speeds for retraction, extension

and flight with flaps down.
10
. . 170 kt
. 160 kt
20 .
. . . 150 kt
70 (Lift Dump)
Maximum permitted altitude with landing gear or

flaps down except fer Emergency Descents. . .
. 120 kt
15,000 ft
9-1-1
Aug 1/88
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
l200
.....
CHAPTER
HYDRAULICS, LANDING
2.
9
GEAR
FLAPS
&
ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic fluid must conform to the la test issue of the
f ollowing specifications:
USA
MIL-H-5606
NATO
UK
H-515
DTD 585
OM 15
DEF. STAN. 91-48
Grade Superclean
2.2 Quantity
The total system capacity of hydraulic fluid is:UK GAL
5.2
US GAL
Litres
6.25
23.6
Weight lbs (Kgs)

44.0
(20)
The capacity of the reservoir is:2.6
UK
Gals.
2.3 Pressures
Reservoir pressure . .
.......
Accurnulator pressure .
Normal Hydraulic operating pressure
C.A.P.~(Amber)
Caption . . . .
22 psi
450 psi 25
....
...
2000 psi
abo ve 2300 psi
Min. Parking Brake Pressure before engine start if

no chocks available . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 psi
9-1-2
Aug 1/88
o
o
o
'
-
BRIT'6H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE . . .
PROCEDURE
CAPTION
ON
. CONFIRM
. . . . . . .
Check using the MAIN SUPPLY pressure gauge that the

pressure is above 2300 psi and rising.
Identify faulty pump.
IS PUMP PRESSURE ABOVE 2400 psi OR ABOVE 2300 AND RISING ?
NO
HYD PUMP PRESSURE
. .
. MONITOR
Monitor associated hydraulic pump output pressure.

Report defect on landing.
YES
HYD SWITCH .
. .
. .
. . .
SHUT
Set the associated HYD switch to SHUT, this will cut

off the hydraulic supply to the hydraulic pump.
Indicated pump pressure may remain at about 2000 psi.
EVERY THIRTY MINUTES
SET THE HYD SWITCH TO OPEN FOR APPROXIMATELY 10 SECONDS.
This action will ensure that the hydraulic pump does not
run dry for long enough to cause damage.
END//
.'
9-2-1
Aug 1/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SrniEs }200
ABNORMAL
LANDING
CAUTION:
GEAR
PROCEDURE
LEVER
LOCKED
DOWN
If the solenoid lock in the landing gear selector

prevents movement of the selector to the up position, the
override facility should not be used unless it is vital
for the safety of flight (e.g. obstacle clearance in
event of engine failure).
GEAR LEVER KNOB
. . . . ROTATE/UP
Rotate knob on end of gear lever to override solenoid

lock and move lever to UP.
END//
....
9-2-2
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies }200
EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
.t..
LOWERING
PROCEDURE
OF
LANDING GEAR
CAUTION: NOSEWHEEL STEERING WILL BE INOPERATIVE AFTER THE LANDING
-.
GEAR HAS BEEN LOWERED ON THE EMERGENCY SYSTEM.

LANDING GEAR NORMAL SELECTOR . . . . . .
. .
. . . . .
EMERGENCY SELECTOR
. .
DOWN
GEAR DOWN
Lift the EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC SELECTOR panel. Rotate the

emergency selector to GEAR DOWN position.
HANDPUMP
OPERATE
Remove the handpump handle from it$ stowage on the left

hand pilot's seat.
Lif t the EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC PUMP panel using the end of
the hand pump handle.
Insert the handle into the handpump and operate-.
Approximately 230 cycles of the pump are required to lower
the landing gear.
LANDING GEAR INDICATION
3 GREENS
IF LANDING GEAR DOES NOT LOWER

REVISE LANDING PROCEDURE TO INCLUDE GEAR UP LANDING.
Note: Emergency lowering of the landing gear takes

approximately 2 minutes. When gear lowered on emergency
system reversion to normal system is not possible in the air.
END//
9-3-1
Aug 1/89
BR,TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs }200
EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
LOWERING
OF
FLAPS
CAUTION: l. EXERCISE CAUTION BEFORE LOWERING FLAPS IN ICING

CONDITIONS. ICE BUILD UP ON THE TAIL MAY CAUSE AN
ABNORMAL CHANGE IN PITCH TRIM.
2. ONCE EMERGENCY FLAPS DOWN IS SELECTED, FLAP RETRACTION
IS IMPOSSIBLE. USE 20 FLAP FOR LANDING.
Note: If emergency lowering of flap is due to loss of normal
hydraulic system, it is recommended that the landing gear be
lowered befare the flaps are deployed.
EMERGENCY SELECTOR
FLAPS DOWN
Lift the EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC SELECTOR panel.

Rotate the emergency selector to FLAPS DOWN position.
Care should be exercised to prevent inadvertent selection
of the GEAR,DOWN position.
NORMAL FLAPS SELECTOR
RETD
Verify normal FLAPS selector is at RETD.

This is to ensure that, should a failure of the flap
micro switches be present which is not apparent, or if
there is any residual hydraulic pressure, the flaps will
not run away to sorne unpredictable setting.
HANDPUMP
Remove the handpump handle from its stowage on the left
hand pilot's seat.
Lif t the EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC PUMP panel using the end
of the hand pump handle.
Insert the handle into the hand pump and operate.
Approximately 8 cycles of the pump are required to move
the flaps to 20.
(cont)/ ....
9-3-2
Aug 1/88
OPERATE
.....
....
BmTISHA~E
JETSTREANI
Seaies J200
EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURE
LOWERING
OF
FLAPS . . .
FLAPS (cent)
20 o
Operate handpump.
Observe wing f laps gauge
When 20 flap is reached stop pumping.
Flaps will stay at 20.
]
.:
et
IF FLAPS DO NOT LOWER

REVISE LANDING PROCEDURE TO INCLUDE FLAPLESS LANDING.
Note: If landing with flaps up, approach and landing speeds
should be increased by 15 knots. Avoid prolonged flare. Use
reverse thrust if necessary; no lift dump available.
END//
OC
e
e
9-3-3
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROS-CE
JETSTREAAll
Seaies J200

1
EMERGENCY
LOSS
CAUTION:
OF
'
PROCEDURE
NORMAL
BRAKING
WHEN USING THE EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE APPLY THE

PRESSURE CAREFULLY AS THERE IS NO INDICATION OF PRESSURE
APPLIED TO THE WHEELS AND NO PROTECTION BY ANTI-SKID
UNITS.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE LEVER
. . . AS REQUIRED
Apply wheel braking by use of emergency/parking brake

lever.
END//
o
o
o
'
-
9-3-4
Aug 1/88
BRIT1SH AEROSl"lllCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
EMERGENCY
NOSE
GEAR
NOT
PROCEDURE
LOCKED
DOWN
BURN OFF
EXCESS FUEL
Burn off fuel in excess of that required to achieve
landing.
ACHIEVE
FUEL BALANCE
Operate fuel system in order to achieve a symmetrical
distribution. The crossfeed cock must be shut before
touchdown.
CG POSITION
. . . . . . . . . . AFT IF POSSIBLE
If it is practicable to move passengers or load to the

rear of the aircraft and CG shif t can be accurately
determined, attempt to achieve a CG position towards the
aft limit.
PASSENGERS
BRIEFED
Ensure that the passengers are briefed on emergency and

evacuation procedures, that there are no loose objects in
the cabin and that all seat belt/harnesses are tight and
locked.
. ON
CABIN SIGNS
-'
o
o
AIRFLOW SELECTORS .
.OFF
GEAR WRN (5) CIRCUIT BREAKER
. TRIP
To prevent nuisance warning f rom gear horn pull the

GEAR WRN C/B on the DC Essential Bus Panel.
BETA/REV/ WARN/OIL (1) CIRCUIT BREAKER . . . . . .
TRIP
To prevent nuisance warning f rom the BETA horn pull the

BETA/REV WRN (1) C/B on the DC Essential Bus Panel.
(cent)/ ....
9-3-5
Aug 1/88
A.EROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SEniEs l200

:
EMERGENCY
NOSE
GEAR
NOT
PROCEDURE
LOCKED
DOWN (cent)
CHECK
BRAKES . . . .
Apply pressure to toe pedals.
indicated.
"
Observe L & R brake pressure
Note: To prevent inadvertent application of brakes keep toes

clear of brake pedals.
EMERGENCY PARKING BRAKE
OFF
Verify the emergency/parking brake lever is fully down .

STBY
RADAR
Set the weather radar control to STBY.
FLAPS
......................
AS REQUIRED
Set flaps to required position using normal selector.

NON-ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS .
OFF
Switch of all non-essential electrics on the final

approach.
TOUCHDOWN SLIGHTLY MORE NOSE UP THAN NORMAL.
o
o
........
AFTER TOUCHDOWN
FEATHER LEVERS .
TURN/PULL
Turn and pull L & R FEATHER levers to stop engines

and cut off fuel and oil; the propeller will also be
feathered.
HOLD NOSE OFF GROUND FOR AS LONG AS PRACTICAL BUT LOWER NOSE
BEFORE ELEVATOR CONTROL IS LOST AT APPROXIMATELY 80 KT.
(cent)/ ...
9-3-6
Aug 1/88
BRITISH
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
EMERGENCY
NOSE
GEAR
NOT
PROCEDURE
LOCKED
DOWN (cent)
AFTER NOSE CONTACTS GROUND

BRAKES . .
. . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
Apply brakes as required to reduce speed and rnaintain

directional control.
AFTER AIRCRAFT COMES TO REST
SHOT 1
BOTH FIREBOTTLES
Set lef t and right FIREBOTTLE selectors to SHOT 1 to
discharge fire extinguishers as a precautionary rneasure.
ELECTRICS MASTER
EMERGENCY OFF
Set the ELECTRICS MASTER switch to EMERGENCY OFF.

CARRY OUT EVACUATION OF AIRCRAFT THROUGH EMERGENCY EXITS TO PREVENT
POSSIBILITY OF UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT ONTO THE
OPENED DOOR OR UNDERSIDE OF THE REAR FUSELAGE.
END//
o
N
'
o
o
o
9-3-7
Aug 1/88
BRtT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 1200
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
..
MAIN GEAR LEG NOT LOCKED DOWN

BURN OFF
EXCESS FUEL .
Burn off excess of that required for landing.
ACHIEVE
FUEL BALANCE
Operate Crossfeed to achieve fuel balance.
Crossfeed must be shut befare touchdown.
BRIEFED
PASSENGERS
Brief passengers on emergency and evacuation procedures.

Ensure no loase objects in cabin.
Ensure all seat belts/harnesses are tight and locked.
CABIN SIGNS
ON
AIRFLOW SELECTORS
OFF
IN CROSSWIND CONDITIONS IF CHOICE IS AVAILABLE, CHOOSE RUNWAY

GIVING CROSSWIND FROM SIDE OF FAILED LEG.
GEAR WRN (5) CIRCUIT BREAKER . .
.TRIP
To prevent nuisance warning f rom landing gear horn pull

the GEAR WRN (5) C/B on the Essential Bus Panel.
BETA/REV WARN/OIL CONTAM (1) CIRCUIT BREAKER
TRIP
N
To prevent nuisance warning from BETA horn pull the

BETA/REV WRN/OIL CONTAM (1) C/B on the Essential Bus
Panel.
BRAKES . . . . . . . .
o
o
. . CHECK
Apply pressure to toe pedals and release.

Observe L & R Brake pressures indicated and then
exhausted.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . .
OFF
Verify Emergency/Parking Brake lever fully down.

RADAR . . .
(cent)/ ....
9-3-8
Aug 1/88
STANDBY
--
BRITISH AEROBl'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
MAIN GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN (cont)
. . AS REQUIRED
FLAPS
Lower flaps to required position using normal selector

NON ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS . . . . . .
Switch off
OFF
non essential electrics on final approach
KEEP WING WITH FAILED LEG SLIGHTLY HIGH AIMING TO TOUCHDOWN

OFFSET FROM RUNWAY CENTRE LINE TO GIVE MAXIMUM CLEAR PAVED AREA
IN FRONT OF SIDE WITH FAILED LEG. ON TOUCHDOWN LOWER NOSE
WITHOUT DELAY.
AFTER TOUCHDOWN
FEATHER LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN/PULL
Turn/pull both FEATHER levers to stop engines and cut off
fuel and oil; the propellers will also be feathered.
MAINTAIN WINGS AS NEAR LEVEL AS PRACTICABLE BUT LOWER WING FOR
GENTLE GROUND CONTACT BEFORE CONTROL IS LOST AT ABOUT 80 KT.
WHEN WINGTIP CONTACTS GROUND
UNFAILD LEG
N
N
'
o
o
o
BRAKE
,
Apply brake to unfailed leg to reduce rate of turn and

minimise ground slide.
BOTH FIREBOTTLE SELECTORS
SHOT 1
Set L & R FIREBOTTLE selectors to SHOT 1 to operate

fire extinguishers as a precautionary measure.
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERGENCY OFF
EVACUATE THE AIRCRAFI'
END //
9-3-9/10
Aug 1/88
-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
CHAPTER
10.
ICE
LIST
OF
& RAIN
PROTECTION
CONTENTS

. 10-1-1
Airframe Ice Protection
10-2-1
Powerplant Ice Protection
10-2-3
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Caption on
. . 10-3-1
Pitot Head Heat Failures
. 10-3-2
C.A.P.
CHAPTER 10.
CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSl'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
.'"
~
-- .
CHAPTER 10
'
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
10-1
10-2
10-3
1/2
Aug
1/88
1/2
1/2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3/4
May
Oct
May
Aug
May
Aug
May
Aug
May
15/91
15/88
1/88
1/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/91

Page 1/2
May 15/91
.)
llRIT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies 1200
CHAPTER
ICE
l.
& RAIN
10
PROTECTION
LIMITATIONS
1.1 Power plant ice protection must be armed before entering
icing conditions.
1.2 Icing conditions begin when:True OAT on the ground or for take-off is +5C or colder
(or when IOAT in flight is +5C or colder) and visible
moisture is present in any form in the atmosphere i.e.
cloud, fog (with visibility of one mile or less), rain,
sleet, or ice crystals or as surface snow, ice, standing
water, or slush on ramps, taxiways or runways.
1.3 Icing conditions end when the above conditions no longer
prevail and the IOAT is above +lOC.
1.4 Continuous ignition should not be selected on for a total
time of more than 60 minutes in any 2 hour period when the
IOAT is higher than +lOC .
2.
1")
'
-o
o
N
ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Whilst ground testing with engine not turning, the
propeller anti-icing systems should not be selected on for
more than 10 seconds. If icing conditions exist on the
ground, propeller anti-icing should be switched on
provided the engines are running.
2.2 Whilst ground testing, ENGine/ELEVator anti-icing must not
be selected on f or longer than 10 seconds when the OAT
exceeds +lOC.
2.3 There are no airspeed limitations on the use of windscreen
wipers.
2.4 Dispatch with AUTO RELIGHT inoperative is permitted
provided that IGNITION is set to CONTINUOUS befare
entering icing conditions and is returned to NORMAL
when clear of icing conditions.
10-1-1/2
Oct 15/88
SRn7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
1200
CONDITIONAL
AIRFRAME
ICE
PROCEDURE
PROTECTION
It is recornmended that periodically, when flying in icing

conditions, gentle movements of all flying controls are made to
prevent ice bridging between the fixed and moveable surfaces.
In order to avoid bridging of ice over the operating boots the
airframe ice protection system should not be activated until a
significant build up of ice occurs on wing and tail boots. In
light to moderate ice build up use the manual system.
The use of the automatic system should be avoided unless the
aircraft encounters heavy continuous icing conditions, as the use
of the automatic system in light or moderate icing may cause
bridging of ice over the operating boots.
Note: When the tailplane ice protection is activated a slight nose
up pitch may be experienced.
MANUAL CONTROL
ICE PROTECTION MANUAL SWITCH
o
o
WINGS
Hold the ICE PROTECTION MANUAL switch to WINGS for 5

seconds then release.
Observe, when switch held at WINGS, that the WING ICE
PROTECTION light (green) is on and ice clears from wings.
o
N
ICE PROTECTION MANUAL SWITCH
TAIL
Hold the ICE PROTECTION MANUAL switch to TAIL for 5

seconds then release.
Observe, when switch held at TAIL, that the ICE PROTECTION
light (green) is on.
10-2-1
May 1/88
BRIT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
CONDITIONAL
AIRFRAME
ICE
PROCEDURE
PROTECTION
(cont)
AUTO CONTROL
ICE PROTECTION AUTO . . . . .
FAST OR SLOW
Set the ICE PROTECTION AUTO SWITCH to FAST or SLOW.

Observe wing and tail ICE PROTECTION lights (green) cycle
to indicate associated system operates.
IF WING OR TAIL ICE PROTECTION LIGHT ON CONTINUOUSLY
ICE PROTECTION AUTO
. OFF
Set ICE PROTECTION AUTO switch to OFF.

APPLY PROCEDURE:
MANUAL CONTROL
WHEN CLEAR OF ICING CONDITIONS VERIFY ICE PROTECTION AUTO SWITCH

OFF.
END//
-oo
--
10-2-2
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
CONDITIONAL
PROCEDURE
POWER PLANT ICE PROTECTION

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION switches to

ANTI-ICE to give engine and elevator horn ice protection.
Observe left and right ENG and ELEV captions (green) on.
If ENG lights not on, leave icing conditions.
If ELEV lights not on take no action.
Report defect on landing.
CAUTION:
IF ICING CONDITIONS ARE ENTERED WITHOUT THE ENGINE

ANTI-ICING SYSTEM SELECTED OR IF ICE IS SEEN TO BE
FORMING ON THE SPINNERS TO AN EXTENT WHERE THERE IS A
DANGER OF IT BREAKING OFF:
SET BOTH IGNITION SWITCHES TO CONTINUOUS.
OBSERVE IGN CAPTION.
SET LEFT OR RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION SWITCH TO
ANTI-ICE.
IF THE ENGINE RUNS SATISFACTORILY FOR TWO MINUTES, SET
THE OTHER ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION SWITCH TO ANTI-ICE.
IF BOTH ENGINES RUN SATISFACTORILY, RETURN IGNITION
SWITCHES TO NORMAL AND OBSERVE IGN CAPTIONS GO OFF.
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . . . . .
. .
. ON
IF ...... IOAT is minus 5C or warmer Set LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION
switches to SHORT CYCLE.
IF ..... IOAT is colder than minus 5C
Set LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION
switches to LONG CYCLE.
In each case observe LEFT and RIGHT ammeters show correct load
i.e. within green band.
Note: In conditions of heavy icing it may be necessary to select

propeller ice protection to the opposite cycle to the ene in use
even though this may be contrary to the general instructions
above.
(cent)/ ...
10-2-3
May 15/91
BRITISN AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
(>.
CONDITIONAL
PROCEDURE
POWER PLANT ICE PROTECTION (cent)

If uneven ice shedding and propeller vibration are experienced
the cause may be a timer failure or failure of ene or more blade
heater mats.
Absence of any flicker in the propeller anti-icing ammeter may
indicate the former and severe fluctuations the latter.
IF ... suspected timer failure
switch over to the other cycle
:;
"'e
7'
IF ... total timer failure confirmed

LEAVE ICING CONDITIONS.
IF ... one cycle serviceable, use it but be prepared to leave
icing conditions if necessary.
IF ... propeller vibration experienced
Reduce power to minimum practicable.
Change the timer cycle.
Change RPM (If at 97% go to 100%: if at 100% go to 97%)
LEAVE ICING CONDITIONS if vibration does not quickly clear.
Note: In extreme cases the affected engine may have to be shut down
WHEN POWER PLANT ICE PROTECTION NO LONGER REQUIRED :-
e
e
ENGINE ICE PROTECTION . .
. . .
. .
. .
. OFF
Set both ENGINE ICE PROTECTION switches to OFF

Observe both ENG captions go off.
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION .
. .
. OFF
Note: ENGINE and PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION must be left on whenever

the aircraft is flying in an atmosphere containing
precipitation or visible moisture and the IOAT +lOC or
colder.
If during descent ice has been present on the engine intakes,
propellers, or spinners, the ENG switches should remain at
ENG/ELEV until the landing has been completed.
---------------------------------------------------------------~-
END //
10-2-4
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES 1200
ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
C.A.P.
W/S
PROCEDURE
CAPTION
ON
...
MONITOR
IS CAPTION ON STEADY?
Noi--......~If the caption is on and off fer short periods it is

an indication that the system is operating safely on
the overheat control.
YESi-----~ASSOCIATED
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . OFF
There will be no ice protection for the af fected

windscreen.
R~port defect on arrival.
END//
-o
Note: If bubbling and/or discolouration of the windscreen

interlayer should occur, the WINDSHIELD heat should be
selected OFF. The defect should be reported on landing.
If there are any signs of delamination, the pressurisation
should be reduced as much as possible.
o
o
10-3-1
May 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAll
SeRiEs J200
ABNORMAL
PROCEDURE
;'
PITOT
HEAD
HEAT
FAILURES
Indicated by illumination of Pitot 1 or Pitot 2 captions on right

skirt panel.
MONITOR AND CROSS CHECK AIRSPEED INDICATORS.
If any discrepancies occur, disregard the ASI on the side of
the failed pitot head.
Note: If PITOT 3 is illuminated do not use Flight Director.
END//
o
o
o
'
a:>
N
10-3-2
Aug 1/88
BRITISN AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200

-:-".:..'
/,
!, ~'
ABNORMAL
AIRFRAME
PROCEDURE
DE-ICING
FAILURE
WING DE-ICING FAILURE

If the wing leading edges have any ice accumulation, use 20
Flap for landing.
Increase the lanqing approach speed by 10
knots and increase the landing distnce required by 14%.
If airframe buffet still occurs, increase the IAS until the
buffet stops. The landing distance required must then be
increased by a further 7% for every additional 5 knot speed
increment.
Note: When landing with 20 Flap, Lift Dump will not be available.
TAILPLANE DE-ICING FAILURE
CAUTION:
IF A SUDDEN TRIM CHANGE OCCURS WHEN FLAPS ARE LOWERED,

IMMEDIATELY MOVE THE FLAP SELECTOR TO THE PREVIOUS
POSITION.

As tailplane icing may cause a strong trim change when flaps
are lowered, allow adequate height for all flap operations.
!'..._
.n
n
,'<'"'\
,..-, ~
,_
Use 20 Flap for landing. Increase the landing approach speed

by 10 knots and increase the landing dstance required by 14% .
Note: When landing with 20 Flap, Lift Dump will not be available.
o
C'-J
END//
10-3-3/4
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
'.
CHAP. 11 - INSTRUMENTS/FCS
LIST
OF
CONTENTS

~
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
.
.s
::l
. . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-1
Primary Instrurnent Discrepancy
11-2-1
'
N
'
o
o
o
--
CHAP. 11 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88
BRl77SN
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
CHAP. 11
LIST
OF
INSTRUMENTS/FCS
EFFECTIVE
LIST OF CONTENTS
Aug 1/88
Sep 15/88
...
11-1-1
Sep 15/88
"i...
11-1-2
Aug 1/88
11-1-3
Aug 1/88
11-1-4
Aug 1/88
11-2-1/2
Aug 1/88
PAGES
=>
G>
.5
e
::
Q.
-oo
CHAP. 11 - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page 1/2
Sep 15/88
BJIWT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER
11
INSTRUMENTS/FCS
l.
LIMITATIONS
1.1 Instrument Markings
Instrument
Marking
Explanation
Oil pressure
indieators
Red radial line
Max 120 psi and

Min 40 psi permissible
pressures.
Yellow are
Cautionary range 40 to
70 psi.
Green are
Normal operating range

70 to 120 psi.
Red radial line
Max Plus 127C and

Min Minus 30C
permissible temps.
Yellow are
Cautionary ranges
Minus 30C to Plus 55C
Plus llOC to 127C.
Green are

Plus 55C to llOC.
Red radial line
100 kt IAS
Blue radial line
One engine inoperative

best rate of elimb
VY (120 kt IAS) for a
weight of 15300 lb.
White are
35Flap extended
88 to 150 kt IAS
Red radial line

on eaeh
indieator
Max permissible
pres sur e
2400 psi.
Oil temp
indieators
Airspeed
indieators
-o
o
Hydraulie
Pressure
Indieators-
~:(
rang~
~/
1Main
Supplies
(Brakes) Pressures.
L and R Pump
Pres sures
11-1-1
Sep 15/88
-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
Instrument
Marking
Explanation
Red radial line
Highest normal working

dif ferential pressure
5.5 psi.
Propeller
anti-ieing ammeter
Green are

37 to 47 A
Torque indieator
Red radial line
Maximum permissible
torgue 100%.
Green are

O to 100%.
White triangle
Lower limit of
overspeed governor
setting 103%.
Red radial line
Maximum permissible
eontinuous RPM 100%.
Yellow are
Cautionary operating
range 72.0 to 96%.
Green are

in flight 96 to 100%.
Red radial line
Maximum permissible
EGT 650C with the
SRL.eomputer in
operation.
Cabin dif f erential

pressure indieator
RPM indieator
EGT indieator
Green are
11-1-2
Aug 1/88

O to 650C with the
SRL eomputer in
operation.
o
o
o
'
N
<..N
BRITISH
AERO~
JETSTREANI
SERES
1200
Instrument
Fuel pressure
indieator
Marking
Explanation
Red radial lines
Max 90 psi and

Min 15 psi
permissible press
Yellow ares
Cautionary ranges
15 to 20 psi and
80 to 90 psi
Green are
Normal operating
range
(20 to 80 psi).
2.ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Airspeed Indieators
The OFF f lags on the two Airspeed Indicators only show when
the eleetrieal supply to them has failed. This does not
affeet the aceuraey of the instruments.
-e
If the Left ASI shows an OFF flag it only indicates that the
instrument lighting fer the Left ASI will not function.
If the Right ASI shows an OFF flag the VMO Overspeed hern
will net function and the Landing Gear horn everride which
normally eperates at airspeeds abeve 135 kt will be
ineperative. The instrument lighting fer the Right ASI
will alse be inoperative.
11-1-3
Aug 1/88
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
"
'
2.2 Indicated Outside Air Ternperature Corrections

JlT 31 f 3 ISS 2
...,o
..."a
;
=
Cl.
..
5
::r
al
N
N
"'
o
o
N
<
....
o)
~'
1
Q
LIJ
"'11.
~
C)
IO
o
o
...,
.,.,
'1
,._
O\
CORRECTlON TO tNDlCATEO O.A.T.
CORRECTION TO I.O.A.T.
11-1-4
Aug 1/88
- -o
--
C"l
BRtT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
IVIANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANU~L PART 1
ABNORMAL
PRIMARY
PROCEDURE
INSTRUMENT
DISCREPANCY
If the indications of the left Airspeed and Altitude instrurnents

become suspect, due to ice build-up en the Static vents then STATIC CHANGEOVER COCK
...................
ALT
Note: Using the alternate static source, corrections to be

applied will not exceed:kts and 50 feet
Flaps O, 10, 20 . .
Flaps 35
3 kts and 70 feet
END//
11-2-1/2
Aug 1/88
EIRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
'J200
CHAP. 12.
COMMUNICATIONS
LIST
OF
AND
RECORDING
CONTENTS

Collins Weather Radar Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1-1

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Interphone Failure
12-2-1
CHAPTER 12 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Nov 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200

..
,,
CHAPTER
COMMUNICATIONS
LIST
OF'
12
AND
RECORDING
EFFECTIVE
LIST OF CONTENTS
Nov 1/88
Nov 1/88
12-1-1
Aug 1/88
12-1-2
Aug 1/88
12-1-3/4
Nov 1/88
12-2-1/2
Aug 1/88
PAGES

Page 1/2
Nov 1/88
~ AEROSFllfCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
CONDITIONAL
COLLINS
WEATHER
PROCEDURE
RADAR
TEST
CAUTION: DO NOT SELECT ANY MODE EXCEPT OFF, STBY OR TEST WHEN THE
WEATHER RADAR ANTENNA IS DIRECTED TOWARDS GROUND
PERSONNEL, NEARBY HANGARS, LARGE METAL BUILDINGS OR
OTHER AIRCRAFT. NEVER OPERATE THE RADAR DURING FUELLING
OR DEFUELLING OPERATIONS.
TST
MODE
Press the TST switch ready for testing the weather radar.
. . 25 MILES
RANGE . .
Press the 25 mile range switch.
Note: Pressing any of the range switches will initiate the

self-test pr0cedure if the TST switch has been pressed.
Selection of the 25 mile range gives a normal size test
pattern; selection of other ranges gives smaller or larger
pattern sizes resulting in incomplete test patterns.
GAIN . .
. . . .. .. .. ... . . .. ... .
MAX
Rotate the GAIN selector to the MAX position to give

maximum sensitivity for test patterns.
TILT
o
o
Rotate the TILT selector to +5 to prevent antenna

radiation hitting the ground ahead of the aircraft.
. ON
STAB
Push STAB switch to ON to obtain antenna pitch and roll
stabilisation circuits.
12-1-1
Aug 1/88
llRtT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
.,200
CONDITIONAL
COLLINS
WEATHER
PROCEDURE
RADAR
TEST (cont)
AZIMUTH LINES/RANGE MARKS . . . . . . OBSERVE

Approximately 20 seconds after start of test, observe that
three azimuth lines and five range marks of 5, 10, 15, 20,
25 and TEST are displayed.
AFTER 60 SECS
TEST PATTERN .
OBSERVE
Observe a test pattern appears and alternates between

contouring and non-contouring display.
INT. . .
......................
SET
Set INT for required intensity.

Note: The contouring test pattern display consists of colour
bands. These are from display apex, green, yellow, a band
alternating between black and red, yellow and green. The noncontouring bands from display apex are green, yellow, red,
yellow and green.
Verify no noise and no more than six random dots present on
the display.
WX SWITCH
PRESS MOMENTARILY
Press momentarily the WX switch to break test pattern

sequence.
HOLD FUNCTION
CHECK
Press the TST switch to return to a test pattern and

bef ore completion of the test pattern press the HOLD
switch. Observe test pattern freezes and mode display
alternates HOLD-TEST-HOLD. Press HOLD switch again and
observe display returns to normal updating.
MODE . . . .
Press WX switch and observe that WX is displayed at lower
left cerner of the display.
12-1-2
Aug 1/88
. wx
B-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA.1111
SERiEs }200
,'1:- ,
~
CONDITIONAL
'
COLLINS
RANGE
WEATHER
PROCEDURE
RADAR
TEST (cont)
10 MILES
Press the 10 mile range switch and observe range marking

of 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 displayed.
TILT .
. +15 TO -5
Rotate TILT selector between +15 and -5. Observe on

the display that close-in ground clutter appears at the
lower setting and any detectable weather appears at the
higher setting.
STBY
MODE . . .
Press the STBY switch and observe that STBY is displayed
at lower left corner of the display.
END//
co
!'-.
L.{")
o
o
N
12-1-3/4
Nov 1/88
IHWT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
ABNORMAL
INTERPHONE
PROCEDURE
FAILURE
EMER/NORM SWITCH . . . .
EMER
Set the EMER/NORM switch to EMER.

AUDIO SELECT SWITCH (ONE ONLY) . . . .
UP
Set the required AUDIO SELECT switch to the UP position.

Verify that all remaining switches are down.
Note: With the EMER/NORM switch at EMER only one channel can
be connected.
e.g.- If VHFl is selected only VHFl can be heard.
If VHF2 is required VHFl must be switched
off (down) and VHF2 selected.
Verify the MIC rotary selector is at the selected set.
IF INTERCOM REQUIRED
ALL AUDIO SELECT SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
END//
o
o
12-2-1/2
Aug 1/88
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
~>.~
f '
1._
i,
CHAPTER
LIST
13
OF
LOADING
CONTENTS

LIMITATIONS
Centre of Gravity Limits .
13-1-1
Centre of Gravity Envelope
13-1-2
Floor Loading
. . . . 13-1-3
ESSENTIAL DATA
Fuel Quantities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1-5
AIRCRAFT LOADING
Load Distribution and Trim Sheet
13-2-1
Specimen Load & Trim Sheet .
13-2-2
Fuel Conversion Chart
. . . . 13-2-5
CHAPTER 13 - CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Feb 15/90
BRITISH AEROSFlllCE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
CHAPTER 13
,/':,:,
'
~:
LOADING
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
13-1
1/2
Feb 15/90
1/2
1
2
3
May
Aug
May
May
Jul
Aug
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Aug
13-2
5/6
1
2
3
4
5/6
15/91
1/88
1/88
15/91
15/89
15/90
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88

Page 1/2
May 15/91
BRIT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
CHAPTER
13
LOADING
l.
LIMITATIONS
1.1 Centre of Gravity
The centre of gravity, gear down, shall lie within the
lirnits of the diagrarn at Fi~. l.
Note: l.
2.
The effect of retracting the gear is to change the

CG of the aircraft by the equivalent of rninus 4550
lb.in (rninus 52.43 Kg.M) i.e. nose down rnovernent
The CG daturn referred to is defined as fuselage
station zero; this is 140 in (3556 rnrn)forward of
the rnanufacturers weighing daturn point, which is a
rnarked 'cowling type' screw on the bottorn surface of
the fuselage.
-o
l.3-1-1
Aug 1/88
3:
ni
i.:::
~
........
.....
CENTRE OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS

LANDING GEAR EXTENDED
w
1
~
INCHES AFT OF DATUM
CXl
CXl
WEIGHT (kg)
WEIGHT (lb) 210

17000
7600
7400
7200
7000
6800
l:rj
:;d
trj
l:rj
6600
o
trj
6400
Gl
6200
<::
6000
~~
5800
1-'
\Q H
1:-i
H
3:
H
8
:J;>I
8
H
o
z
Ul
214
212
111111111 1111111111
..
...
..
15000 .
..
-----
UP
4800
4600
4400
4200
4000
3800
228
230
111111111
MAX. TAKE-OFFWEIGHT 162041b(7350kg)
1/
MAX. LANDING WEIGHT 156091b (7080kg)
17000
..................
....
.......
16000
3:
)>
z
e'TI
.... 15000
.......t:
....
..........
)>
~ ~I
....L.. 14000
L..
L..
L..
L..
L..
L..
DOWN
....
L..
L..
11
I
~ Cli~
;:
13000
WEIGHT(lb)
....
L..
12000
L..
3:~z
e
)>
)>~
.... 11000
~
,...
L..
....
.......
"'ti
)>
10000
:o
-t
L..
L..
L..
......
...
...
......
....
L..
L..
9000
L..
L..
L..
L..
111111111
1111
11
111
:..
L..
111111111
111111111
11111
11 TTT111111 111101111
11
lllmTll
8000
230
228
220
226
224
222
218
216
214
212
210
i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 T-1 1 1
METRES AFT OF DATUM 5.30
5.35
5.40
5.45
5.50
5.55
5.60
5.65
5.70
5.75
5.80
5.85
1
M.A.C. %
10
15
lfZOOOlZ
20
25
30
35
)In a4 u1 paiupd
40
(1)
z--~
C>
~
...........
..........
...
FORWARD
LIMIT
~hi
)>
-t"'
-::o (I;
:o
L..
L..
L..
.......
...
~~
:xJ
t:
AFTLIMIT
.
.
..
..
...
..
10000 .
.
..
..
.
9000 .
...
..
...
8000
226
GE~% ~EAR
12000
11000
224
222
11
..
.
5200
220
16000
14000
111111111 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
MAX. TAXllNG RAMPWEIGHT 163141b(7400kg)
5600
5000
111111111
.
.-
13000
5400
218
216
HI0/119X
-'H
,,;
BRITISH AEROSFlllCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
1.2 Floor Loading

The floor loading limits imposed by structural
considerations are shown below. The total floor load
including the weight of seats, carpets, tables and
passengers shall not exceed the values shown.
...
..,.
:J
When approved luggage or freight compartments are

installed, the loading limitations displayed in or near
the compartment must be observed .
-5"'
e
-:
J!:
=et
STN 130
STN 223
STN 421
STN 363
1
~
-
1
STN 345
DISTRIBUTION DUCT
1
STN 381
STN 418 .6
Q111767X
-~
I
:.J
Are a l . Right of side aisle

75 lb/sq.ft
(so lb/ft run)
34 kg/sq.ft
( 36 kg/ft run)
366 kg/sq.metre
(119 kg/metre run)
Are a 2. Rear Baggage Bay (Right Side)

70 lb/sq.ft
(75 lb/ft run)
32 kg/sq. ft
(34 kg/ft run)
342 kg/sq.metre
(112 kg/metre run)
13-1-3
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 'J200
Are a 3. Lef t Side of Aisle

75 lb/sq.ft
(55 lb/ft run)
34 kg/sq.ft
(25 kg/ft run)
366 kg/sq.rnetre
(82 kg/rnetre run)
27 kg/sq.ft
(39 kg/ft run)
293 kg/sq.rnetre
(126 kg/rnetre run)
Are a 4. Centre Aisle

60 lb/sq.ft
(85 lb/ft run)
:;
Are a 5. Centre Aisle Re ar
;;
c..
::i
60 lb/sq.ft
(95 lb/ft run)
27 kg/sq.ft
(43 kg/ft run)
293 kg/sq.rn
(141 kg/rn run)
Are a 4.(0ver Distribution Duct) *

75 lb/sq ft
(40 lb/ft run)
34 kg/sq.ft
(19 kg/ft run)
366 kg/sq.rnetre
(60 kg/rnetre run)
1.3 Passenger loading and seating

Frorn aircraf t tipping considerations the entrance door rnust
be locked OPEN befare loading or unloading the aircraft.
Passengers are to rernain seated until advised; this is
particularly irnportant when the aircraft is operated with
the CG clase to the aft lirnit.
Note: Distribution Duct can be fitted to either Left ar
Right side.
13-1-4
Jul 15/89
;
"'e
;>::
BRTTISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREAWI
SERES
}200
2.
ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Fuel
Quantities
u.s.
U.K. GALLO NS
TANK
..
-5
:::>
.s
"s
.E
et
USABLE FUEL UNUSABLE FUEL USABLE FUEL UNUSABLE FUEL

lb
gal
lb
gal
203.0
1624
2.0
16
RIGHT 203.0
1624
2.0
TOTAL 406.0
3248
4.0
gal
LEFT
GALLO NS
lb
gal
243.8
1624
2.4
16
16
243.8
1624
2.4
16
32
487.6
3248
4.8
32
lb
Note: In the above table a fuel weight has been assumed of

8.00 lb/U.K. gal, or 6.66 lb/U.S. gal.
Note: In addition to the 32 lb/14.52 Kg of unusable fuel the
aircraft fuel system contains an additional 6 lb/2.72 Kg of
residual unusable undrainable fuel.
13-1-5/6
Aug
15/90
;~
BRIT1SH AEROJ/U"ACE
JETSTREAJ'W
SrniEs 'J200
3.
AIRCRAFT LOADING
Load Distribution and Triro Sheet
3.1
Fill in Table 1 (On reverse side of the Triro Sheet).

Find the "Operating Weight and Index Unit" as follows:Froro the roost current Weight & Balance Report, enter the
Aircraft Basic Weight and Index in the space provided.
Add crew, baggage pod, and additional equiproent as
applicable. Delete equiproent not required fer this flight
Add up the contents of Table 1 to establish the
"Operating Weight and Index Unit" taking account of signs
3.2
Enter the "Operating wei'ght and Index Unit" (froro

Table 1) on the Triro Sheet at Itero l.
3.3
Using the data supplied on the Triro Sheet, enter the

weights and indices fer Iteros 2 to 5. To deterroie the
index number f or the total passengers on board look down
the lef t side of the passenger index table to the number
of passengers seated on the aft section (Seat rows
4 to 7). Then roove to the right along that row to the
intersection with the column that represents the number
of people seated in the forward section (Seat rows 1 - 3)
The number at the intersection is the index number f or
the passenger load. .Calculate the total weight and index
.at Itero 6 and ensure that the aircraft Zero Fuel Weight
does not exceed the roaxiroum perroissible.
3.4
Enter Fuel Load required at Itero 7 and "Start up and Taxi

Fuel" at Itero 9. Then calculate Ramp and Take off
Weights (Iteros 8 and 10). Ensure that Take off Weight
(Itero 10) does not exceed either the roax perroitted
or the roax operational liroit for this flight (see AFM).
3.5
Calculate the fuel burn off at ~40 lb/hr and enter at

Itero 11. Deduct this froro Itero 10 to give Estiroated
Landing Weight. Enter this at Itero 12 and ensure it
does not exceed the roaxiroum perroissible.
3.6
To establish that the aircraft Centre of Gravity reroains

within liroits for this flight, drop a vertical line froro
the index scale at the Zero Fuel index (Itero 6). Mark
off points equivalent to the Take off, Landing, and Zero
Fuel Weights on the vertical line and ensure that all
three points lie within the unshaded area of the envelope
o
!'-....
l.{)
o
o
..N
Note: When "Last Minute Changes" occur, enter the changes in the
spaces provided then repeat 3.1 through 3.6. Standard weights may
be used for passengers and crew but where actual weights are
obviously above or below standard, actual weights roust be used.
13-2-1
Sep 15/89
BRIT~'AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
JETSTREAM
LOAD OISTRIBUTION ANO TRIM SHEET
l.IOOEL 3201-0101
SERIES J200
19 SEA T CONFIGURA TJON

\ ~TA/'OIRO
COll'ARTlliNT
(llAX L.OAD8'IG&IGE
: 628 L.8}
GAIUiNT STOWAGIE'
(llAX LOAD
IOCl.l".\
H}
1 IDI IDI
LJllllllJ
IUI
IUI \
lllJ
1rn
IDOJlOJll
OllOlll
IJ
IDI ......_
AtrT SECTION
rORWARO SECTION
STAIDARD LAYOUT
J.
ENSURE THAT THE BASIC WEJGHT ANO INDEX USED CORRESPONOS

WITH THE CURRENT AIRCRAFT LAYOUT.
2.
TO OBTAIN THE JNDEX CHANGE FOR ADDING/DELET/NG ANY PIECE

OF EOUJPMENT
USE THE FOLLOWJNG FORMULA :
NOTE :
INDEX CHANGE
= w (
223 )
IJOOO
WHERE :
w =
. X
WEIGHT OF EOUIPMENT IN LB
ARJ.f IN INCHES
FROJ.t c;G.
-. -
DATUJ.f (
I r ADDED/-- I r DELETED
J.
FUSELAGE STN.O ).
J. SEAT LAYOUT AS KIT J446A.
TABLE
OPERA T!NG
WE!GHT
REPORT REF.
BASIC
WEIGHT
ADD : Z
.-
ANO INDEX UNIT
WEIGHT
.-
(LB}
o
o
N
V1
JNDEX
en
ISSUE
ANO INOEX
(SEE NOTE
1)
CREW +
~
JNSTALLA TION OF BAGGAGE. POD
.
.
V1
J
1
".5
o
8
.-
REMO VE :
1
OPRA T!NG
WEIGHT
ANO JNOX :
Df!:Lf!:T I r NOT APPLICABLE
J
G/11909
13-2-2
Sep 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
JETSTREAM
LOAD OISTRJBUTION ANO TRIM SHEET

1FUGHT
MOOEL 3201-0101
SERIES 3200
1 AJRCRAFT
TO
H.
CAPTAbrS NAME
RC9.
WEIGHT(t)
I
OOERATIH3
cnwr.
l'ASSEHGERS
~-Fr.EL .........
FLEL ( J2561a llAXJ
-!
11
IZ
--
'
5
5
'
B ''it:':1:ft6:~x. J
~~v~T~!-<P
g
I
o ~207,. MAT.J.
SEC~
11
f'LE1.
12 '1~!~. ~lf}!!T
WlGHT
!!10
+ 0.6
100
+ l .J
+ 1.9
+ Z.5
zoo
-250
+ J.Z
JCO
+ J.9
+ 4.!J
+ 5.1
400
4!!10
JO
628(1'AX.}
LAST ll1MJTE CHAHJES
1PASSEN!iE7'
&4Gl(MGE'
11ED<7S AFE ST....:WCVACru.L

llE'Dn'S ARE ST~ACruu.
+ CIEl.ETE
B
9
AS ~JE'
10
<:""'30-llAGGll'CD
WEIGHT
I>CJEX
l>CJEX
(~BI
'
20
40
+0.2
+0.J
100
+
+ 0.1
..,
+O.!J
l!!J()
+0.2
+0.7
zoo
+0.2
IOO(MAX,)
+0.9
250
+o.z
JCO
+O..J
+O..J
>
!!10
4 00
+ 0.4
4J.5(WA.X.)
+O.
+ 5.S
+ tl.4
+ 7.1
+ 7.7
+ S.I
,.
5
IUJI
l>CJEX
.,
VEIGHT
(L.IJ)
150
LA/IDING rtEIGHT
GARJENT STOWAGE
C"'60
~r:.t:JPARnENT
l>CJEX
GA/1HT STOWAGE'
llAGGAGC
WE/GHT(l/
PASSEN3ERS I
MJV-APR
170
M4Y-T
165
.3
'40
510
.130
498
4
6SD
aso
5
Sl!!fD
82'5
-- FCFOWAR:J
PASSEHJERS
7
5
s
5
o o -o.e-1.1-1.6-2.1-2.1 -J.Z -.J.7 -.f..2
1 +o.s 0.2 -o..J -o.s -1 . .J -1.s -Z.4 -Z.9 -J.!J
2+1.6+1.o+o.s o -o.s-1.1 -1:6 -z.z -2.7
.J +z.J +1.s +1. .J +0.1 +0.2 -o. .J -0.9 -J.4 -1.9
~ '+.J.t +2.6 +2.0 .,.,,, +1.0 +0.4 -0.1 -o.e -1.2
r s +J.g +.J..J +z.s +2 .J + 1.s + 1.z +0.7 +0.2
6 +4.7 +4.1 +l.6 +J..J +2.5 +2.0 +1.5 +0.9 +0.4
7 +~4 +4.9 +4.4 +.S.S +.3. .S +2.S +2.2 +1.7 +1.2
S +5.2 +5.7 +5.1 +4.S +4.1 +.J.5 +.J.O +2.5 +2.0
+.J.S +.J.J +2.7
"+1.s +1.z +a. 1 +e.z +5.ts +5.1 +4.4 +4.0 +.3.5
'
J.
-o.
-4.S
-4.0
-.J.2
-Z.5
- 1.7
-0.9
-0.1
+0.6
+1.4
+2.2
+.J.0
6
S
9
10
11
IZ
1$
14
15
16
17
IS
19
1020 1190 l.J60 1530 1700 1870 2040 ZZIO ZNJO 2550 Z720 ~ .J060 ~
9SD 1155 1.JZO 1485 1650 IBIS 1980 2145 Z.310 2415 ZfS40 2805 2P?O 31.35
ltCJES r 1. PASSE16ER 11D1CES 1-M~ ~ CAl..a.t.A ra:> US1H3 A PASSDl:iER 111/EIGHT CT 170 L.A
Z. lT JS CT P~ IW'atTNCE 11-MT PASSEH.ERS NE VJSUALL.Y ASSESSED 8Y TI-E AGENT CJ/01f PIL.OT TO eB.IE
AN nEN IEJGHT OISTRJaJTKN M!JOIJT EAOI SECTla'I D W11HIN EA.CH SECTKN
.J. SEA T RrMS 1 10 .J ARE CO\Sl.cERED 1>E FCRrlfAFCJ 5ECT1CN CF 1>E ~T, W4LE' IOil5 4 TO 7 ARE TI-E AFT !ECTltW
'-O
CX)
l.{")
STAICJARJ 8AGGo(GE "E'l941S
OTY.
lt'T,
OTY,
WT.
'~~
- -- 2 -4titZ
2El8
o
o
9IS
IZO
(L.~)
OTY,
...,
ZJ
55Z
Z4
25
5"5
J50
JlU
as
..,,,
Z7
2S
62
646
67Z
56
Z9
<SO
JO
IJ
JIZ
15
- -
,. =
"5
16
158
17
19Z
IS
9
10
Zl5
19
240
20
51
"'
..,.
zz
ZI
1 1 1
57
55
53
1 1
1 1 1
59
1
1 1 1 1 1
500
LOAOING CERTIFICA TE
1 HERE8Y CF;ttT/FY THA T THIS A/R<".ffAFT HAS SEEN L.CAOED,
INCLUOIN'5 L.Ail.C. s. IN ACCORDANCE r/TH CURREHT

CIPCRA.,.:.JG REGt4.ATJONS.
S/G'\/ATURE .
TE ............. .
TIME
CAPTAJNs ACCEPTANCE OF LOAOING

1 J.RE8Y CERTIF"r' THA T THIS AIRCRAFT HAS BEEN LOADE'O.
JNCLUDIHG L..lil.C. "S, IN ACCOROANCE W[TH CIJRRENT
OPERA TING RE'GlA..ATJ()NS.
SIGNA TIJRE .
DA TE..............
TIME.
15Y.
20Y.
Z5Y.
JO'/.
7. M.A.C.
G/1/908
13-2-3
Sep 15/89
BR7T7SH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
..."'C
[
:;
:;
...:r
Cll
e;<:
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
o
o
N
Vl
'-.1
...13-2-4
Sep 15/89
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200
u.s.
U.K.
lb
GAL
WT
lb
U.K.
GAL WT
GAL
kg
WT
LITRES
kg
WT
2000
500
::l
Q)
.;
400
3200
400
.:
j
=et
400
2400
300
2400
300
1000
1000
300
1000
200
1600
1600
200
200
--
f'....,
o
o
100
800
800
100
100
( \J
H/0/120/x
FUEL
CONVERSION
CHART
13-2-5/6
Aug 1/88
BJIW77SH AERDSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
'J200
CHAPTER 14.
LIST
FLIGHT
OF
PLANNING
CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION
Fuel load .
14-1-1
Planning
14-1-1
Use of Planning Tables
14-1-3
SECTOR PLANNING TABLES

Holding fuel f lows
14-2-1
Diversion fuel time distance table

Sector Planning Table ISA-10, 100-500 nrns
Sector Planning Table ISA-10, 500-1000 nrns.

Sector Planning Table ISA, 100-500 nrns
Sector Planning Table ISA, 500-1000 nrns
..
Sector Planning Table ISA+lO,
r-co
-oo
Sector Planning Table ISA+20,
,..r-)
Sector Planning Table ISA+20,
14-2-2
14-2-4
14-2-6
.
.
. . .
500-1000 nrns. . . .
. . .
100-500 nrns .
. . .
500-1000 nrns
Sector Planning Table ISA+lO, 100-500 nrns
..
. .
..
..
..
14-2-8
14-2-10
14-2-12
14-2-14
14-2-16
14-2-18
CHAP.14 CONTENTS
Page 1
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERiES
}200
CHAPTER 14.
LIST
FLIGHT
PLANNING
CONTENTS (cent)
OF
DETAILED PLANNING TABLES

Introduction
....
...
Climb table 97% RPM, ISA -10

Climb table 97% RPM, ISA
14-3-1
.......
Climb table 97% RPM, ISA +10

Climb table 97% RPM, ISA +20
. . .
.
....
....
High speed cru.:i,.se, ISA
. . . . .. ..
High speed cruise, ISA +10

High speed cruise, ISA +20
Long Range cruise, ISA -10
14-3-3
14-3-4
............
. . . . ....
High speed cruise, ISA -10
14-3-2
14-3-5
14-3-6
14-3-7.
14-3-8
. . ..
....
..............
14-3-9
14-3-10
Long Range cruise, ISA
14-3-11
Long Range cruise, ISA +10
14-3-12
Long Range cruise, ISA +20
14-3-13
Descent Performance
. . . .
...........
14-3-14
o
o
l .N
00
co
CHAP.14
Page 2
Aug 1/88
CONTENTS
BRITISH AEROS'PACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
LIST
OF
CHAP. 14
LIST OF CONTENTS Page 1
Page 2
c.1
('\.j
14-1-1
14-1-2
14-1-3
14-1-4
14-2-1
14-2-2
14-2-3
14-2-4
14-2-5
14-2-6
14-2-7
14-2-8
14-2-9
14-2-10
14-2-11
14-2-12
14-2-13
14-2-14
14-2-15
14-2-16
14-2-17
14-2-18
14-2-19/20
14-3-1
14-3-2
14-3-3
EFFECTIVE
FLIGHT
PAGES
PLANNING
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Jun 15/89
Aug
Nov
Aug
Feb
Jun
Apr
Apr
Aug
Oct
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
,Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Oct
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Aug
Aug
Aug
1/88
15/89
1/88
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
15/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/88
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
14-3-4
14-3-5
14-3-6
14-3-7
14-3-8
14-3-9
14-3-10
14-3-11
14-3-12
14-3-13
14-3-14
Aug
Aug
Atig
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Oct
Aug
Aug
Aug
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
C.>
(_)
CHAP.14

Page 1/2
Jun 15/89
...
BRl77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
FLIGHT
l.
PLANNING
INTRODUCTION
Fuel load requirements fer a given sector vary according to
the wishes of National Authorities.
Typically it is necessary to show that "sufficient fuel be on
board the aircraft to enable it to proceed to the destination
to divert to the nominated alternate airfield and hold fer
sorne predetermined time bef ore making an approach and landing
at the alternate".
.
To show compliance with the above, or sorne variation of it,
the operational performance information provided in this
chapter is split into sections as follows:1.1 Sector data, i.e. fuel and time for take-off to end of
descent overhead the destination.
1.2 Diversion data, i.e. fuel and time for overshoot to end of
descent overhead the alternate.
1.3 Reserve/Holding fuel.
1.4 Allowances for taxi and low level manoeuvring.
It should be noted that the f light planning inf ormation
presented is based on a maximum weight condition and minimum
bleed fer pressurisation. If operational restrictions are
such that weights below maximum are required or maximum bleed
is necessary the more detailed climb, cruise and descent data
given in the appendix to this section may be used to construct
the fuel plan.
-o
2.
PLANNING
2.1 Sector
Sector f uel and time is the fuel and time f or take-of f and
acceleration to climb speed, climb, cruise and descent to
the destination.
The tables on pages 14-2-4 to 14-2-19 show sector fuel and
time, as functions of distance and cruise flight level,
fer a range of temperatures. The ground distance table
printed opposite each fuel and time table is based on the
stated wind at cruise flight level and 70% of that wind in
the climb and descent.
14-1-1
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAll
SERiEs }200
The take-off weight used to derive the tabulated figures

is either that for maximum payload or 16204 lb, whichever
is lower.
The flight technique assumed is:Clirnb at 160 kt to FL150 reducing linearly above FL150 at
3 kt per 1000 ft to 130 kt at FL250.
Cruise at Vmo or the maximum attainable cruise speed.
The recornrnended engine setting f or climb and cruise is 97%
RPM with minimum airbleed for pressurisation.
Descend at Vmo with 500 fpm cabin rate of descent.
2.2 Diversion
Diversion fuel and time is the fuel and time for a climb,
cruise and descent to an alternate.
The table on page 14-2-3 shows diversion fuel and time as
a function of distance and cruise flight level. Over the
short distances involved the temperature effect on fuel is
small, hence although the table is calculated at ISA it is
used for all temperatures.
The weight at start of diversion. is assumed to be 15609
lb.
The flight technique assumed is:The sarne as that for the sector except that.the cruise is
at the speed for long range and the target descent speed
is 180 kt.
2.3 Reserve/Holding
The tables on page 14-2-1 show the fuel required for 30,
45, and 120 minutes holding at 150 kt at varieus aircraft
weights and altitudes. The speed ef 150 kt is a reasonable
compromise between best speed fer min fuel burn and best
speed for handling under peor weather cenditions.
2.4 Allewances
Taxi fuel, including start up, is allewed at 6 lb per
minute. This rate is used fer beth pre and post flight
taxi.
14-1-2
Nov 15/88
o
o
_.,._ AIR0-1
JETSTREAAH
SERiES 'j200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING
MA~UAL
PART 1
(,.
Approach and landing fuel and times are included in the

tables. Fuel consumption is based on 12 lb per minute. A
straight in approach and landing is normally considered as
2 minutes and any additional procedure must be added to
this.
3.
USE OF PLANNING TABLES

3.1 Block Fuel and Time
Sector distance 354 nm, forecast 30 kt headwind component
at the available Flight Level 210 and temperature ISA +
lOC.
From left hand table (page 14-2-12) in 30 kt headwind
column find the distance 354 nm (equivalent still air
distance 400 nm). At the still air distance 400 nm on the
right hand table (page 14-2-1.3) read at the Flight Level
210 the fuel required and time:1107 lb
1 hr 46 min
Add to the f light fuel and time the allowances for pre
take-off taxi and post landing taxi, i.e. pre take-off 5
minutes and 30 lb a.nd post landing 5 minutes and 30lb.
This gives:Block fuel
1167 lb
and block time
1 hr 56 min.
3.2 Diversion Fuel and Time

Distance 110 nm, forecast 20 kt headwind component at
Flight Level 130.
c..>
From the left hand table (page 14-2-2) is 20 kt headwind

column find the distance llOnm (equivalent still air
distance 120 nm). At the still air distance 120 nm on the
right hand table (page 14-2-3) read at the Flight Level
the fuel required and time.
This gives:Diversion fuel 405 lb
and time 38 min.
14.-1-3
Aug 1/88
llRn1SN
~9CE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs 1200
,:~~~:;~
'\-.
'
3.3 Reserve/Holding Fuel
Reserve required 45 mins holding at Flight
Level 90.
The fuel required can be read directly from the table

(page 14-2-1) and at 14000 lb gives:-
Reserve fuel 383 lb for time 45 min.
The Flight Plan fuel and time is then the total of the above
plus any contingency required by Company and or National
Regulations.
Block Fuel
Diversion Fuel
Reserve Fuel
1167 lb
405 lb
383 lb
Contingency %
Total Fuel Load

Total Endurance
Time
Time
Time
1 hr 56 min
38 min
45 min
1955 + ? lb
3 hr 19 min
-oo
-
co
U"1
co
14-1-4
Feb 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
l200
Flight Level
Aircraft
Weight in
Pounds
30
50
70
90
110
130
150
170
228
233
239
245
252
258
224
229
236
242
249
257
341
350
358
367
377
388
336
344 .
353
362
374
385
Fuel f or 30 minutes - lb
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
263
267
271
276
281
286
254
259
263
268
273
278
247
251
256
261
266
272
241
246
251
256
262
267
236
241
246
251
258
264
232
237
242
248
254
262
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
394
398
407
414
421
428
381
388
395
401
409
417
370
377
384
392
400
407
362
368
377
383
392
400
354
362
369
377
386
395
347
355
362
371
381
392
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
1050
1066
1084
1104
1122
1142
1016
1034
1052
1070
1090
1112
986
1004
1024
1044
1066
1086
964
982
1004
1022
1046
1066
944
964
984
1004
1030
1054
926
946
966
990
1016
1044
910
932
954
978
1006
1034
896
916
942
966
996
1026
HOLDING FUEL AT 150 KT

ALL TEMPERATURES
14-2-1
Jun 15/89
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200

. , .... ~---~-~-~.
"''
GROUND DISTANCE (NM)

ISA
TAILWIND (KTS)
30
20
10
10
20
HEADWIND (KTS)
30
40
50
60
70
56
54
52
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
67
65
62
60
58
55
53
50
48
45
43
79
76
73
70
67
64
62
59
56
53
50
87
90
83
80
77
73
70
67
64
60
57
101
97
94
90
86
83
79
75
72
68
64
112
108
104
100
96
92
88
84
80
76
72
124
119
115
110
105
101
96
92
87
83
78
135
130
125
120
115
110
105
100
95
90
85
146
,141
135
130
125
119
114
108
103
98
92
157
152
146
140
134
128
123
117
111
105
99
169
163
156
150
144
137
131
125
119
112
106
180
173
167
160
153
147
140
133
126
120
113
191
184
177
170
163
156
149
141
134
127
120
203
195
188
180
172
165
157
150
142
134
127
214
206
198
190
182
174
166
158
150
142
134
225
217
208
200
192
183
175
166
158
149
141
237
228
219
210
201
192
183
174
165
156
148
248
239
229
220
211
201
192
183
173
164
154
...?~':\
::> _,
2.50
2 -~Q
..., ..., f\
. .j-...;
220
2:0
2Gl
191
181
171
161
271
261
250
240
230
219
209
199
189
178
168-
Apr 15/89
"'o..
:;:
,...
::r
e"'
;><:
o
o
'
GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES

DIVERSION
14-2-2
::.o
BJIWThSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SERiEs }200
SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION (MIN FUEL)

FUEL - LB AND TIME - HR:MIN
ISA
SAR
NM
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
-oo
-
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
FLIGHT LEVEL
110
130
50
70
90
218
0:18
250
0:21
283
0:24
316
0:26
349
0:29
213
0:19
244
0:21
276
0:24
307
0:27
339
0:29
210
0:19
240
0:21
271
0:24
301
0:27
331
0:30
210
0:19
239
0:22
268
0:24
297
0:27
325
0:30
382
0:32
415
0:35
448
0:37
481
0:40
514
0:43
370
0:32
402
0:35
433
0:37
465
0:40
496
0:43
361
0:32
391
0:35
422
0:38
452
0:40
481
0:43
547
0:45
580
0:48
613
0:51
646
0:54
670
0:56
528
0:46
560
0:48
591
0:52
622
0:54
654
0:56
685
0:59
716
1: 2
747
1: 5
779
1: 7
810
1:10
711
0:59
744
1: 2
777
1: 4
809..,
1: I
842
1:10
>
150
170
190
210
0:19
238
0:22
266
0:25
294
0:27
321
0:30
238
0:22
265
0:25
292
0:27
318
0:30
266
0:25"
292
0:28
318
0:30
318
0:31
354
0:32
383
0:35
412
0:38
441
0:40
.470
0:43
349
0:33
377
0:35
405
0:38
432
0:41
460
0:43
345
0:33
372
0:35
399
0:38
425
0:41
452
0:43
343
0:33
369
0:36
395
0:38
421
0:41
447
0:43
343
0:33
368
0:36
393
0:39
418
0:41
443
0:44
344
0:34
368
0:36
392
0:39
416
0:41
441
0:44
512
0:46
543
0:48
573
0:51
603
0:54
633
0:57
499
0:46
528
0:48
557
0:51
586
0:54
615
0:57
488
0:46
516
0:49
544
0:51
572
0:54
599
0:57
479
0:46
506
0:49
532
0:51
559
0:54
586
0:57
472
0:46
498
0:49
524
0:51
550
0:54
576
0:57
468
0:46
493
0:49
518
0:52
543
0:54
567
0:57
465
0:47
489
0:49
513
0:52
537
0:54
562
0:57
663
0:59
693
1: 2
723
1: 5
753
1: 7
783
1:10
644
0:59
672
1: 2
701
1: 5
730
1: 7
759
1:10
627
0:59
654
1: 2
682
1: 5
709
1: 7
737
1:10
612
0:59
639
1: 2
665
1: 4
691..,
1: I
718
1:10
601
0:59
627
1: 2
652
1: 4
678
1: 7
703
1:10
592
0:59
617
1: 2
641
1: 5
666
1: 7
690
1: 1-0
585
0:59
609
1: 2
633
1: 5
657
1: 7
680
1:10
210
DIVERSION FUEL & TIME TABULATION
14-2-3
Apr 15/89
"

MINIMUM TIME ISA -10
100-500 NMS
14-2-4
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200

SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION (MIN TIME)
ISA - 10
FLIGHT LEVEL
SAR
NM
110
130
150
170
190
210
230
250
100
386
0:27
453
0:31
519
0:36
586
0:40
652
0:44
376
0:27
440
0:32
503
0:36
567
0:40
630
0:45
368
0:28
429
0:32
490
0:37
550
0:41
611
0:45
362
0:28
419
0:33
477
0:37
534
0:42
591
0:46
361
0:29
415
0:33
469
0:38
524
0:42
578
0:47
360
0:29
411
0:34
463
0:38
515
0:43
566
0:47
412
0:35
461
0:39
510
0:44
559
0:48
459
0:40
506
0:45
553
0:49
719
0:49
785
0:53
852
0:57
919
1: 2
985
1: 6
694
0:49
758
0:53
821
0:58
885
1. "'..,
949
1: 6
672
0:50
733
0:54
793
0:58
854
1: 3
915
1: 7
649
0:50
706
0:55
764
0:59
821
1: 3
878
1: 8
632
0:51
687
0:56
741
1: o
796
1: 4
850
1: 9
618
0:52
669
0:56
721
1: 1
773
1: 5
824
1:10
608
0:53
657
0:57
707
1: 2
756
1: 7
805
1:11
600
0:54
647
0:59
694
1: 3
741
1: 8
788
1:13
1052
1:10
1118
1:15
1185
1:19
1251
1:23
1317
1:27
1012
1:11
1076
1:15
1140
1:19
1203
1:24
1266
1:28
976
1:11
1036
1:16
1097
1:20
1157
1:24
1217
1:29
936
1:12
993
1:17
1051
1:21
1108
1:25
1165
1:30
905
1:13
959
1:18
1014
1:22
1068
1:27
1123
1:31
876
1:14
928
1:19
980
1:23
1031
1:28
1083
1:32
854
1:16
904
1:20
953
1:25
1002
1:30
1052
1:34
836
1:18
883
1:22
930
1:27
977
1:32
1025
1:36
1383
1:32
1450
1:36
1516
1:40
1582
1:45
1648
1:49
1329
1:32
1393
1:36
1456
1:41
1519
1:45
1582
1:49
1278
1:33
1338
1:37
1398
1:42
1459
1:46
1519
1:50
1222
1:34
1279
1:38
1337
1:43
1394
1:47
1451
1:51
1176
1:35
1230
1:40
1284
1:44
1338
1:49
l.392
1:53
1135
1:37
1186
1:41
1237
1:46
1288
1:50
1339
1:55
1101
1:39
1150
1:43
1198
1:48
1247
1:53
1296
1:57
1072
1:41
1120
1:46
1166
1:51
1212
1:55
1259
2: o
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
-o
o
-
400
420
440
460
. 480
SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION

ISA -10
14-2-5
Oct 15/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies }200

ISA TAILWIND
(KTS)
10
HEADWIND
(KTS)
30
20
10
10
20
. 30
40
50
60
70
554
536
518
500
482
464
446
428
410
392
374
576
557
539
520
501
483
464
445
426
408
389
598
579
559
540
521
501
482
462
443
423
404
621
600
580
560
540
520
499
479
459
4~a
419
:r
..
~J
::r
14-2-6
Aug 1/88
;i<:
643
622
601
580
559
538
517
496
475
454
434
665
643
622
600
578
557
535
513
492
470
448
687
665
642
620
598
575
553
530
508
486
463
709
686
663
640
617
594
571
548
524
501
478
732
708
684
660
636
612
588
565
541
517
493
754
729
705
680
655
631
606
582
557
533
508
776
751
725
700
675
649
624
599
573
548
523
798
772
746
720
694
668
642
616
590
564
538
820
794
767
740
713
686
660
633
606
579
553
843
815
788
760
732
705
677
650
622
595
567
865
837
808
780
752
723
695
667
638
610
582
887
858
829
800
771
742
713
684
655
626
597
'\D
910
880
850
820
790
760
730
700
671
641
611
'
932
901
871
840
809
779
748
717
687
656
626
954
923
891
860
829
797
766
734
703
671
640
977
944
912
880
848
816
783
751
719
687
654

MINIMUM TIME ISA -10
500-1000 NMS
VJ
BRrTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
..

ISA - 10
SAR
NM
500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
800
820
840
860
880
FLIGHT
LEIJEL
110
130
150
170
190
210
230
250
1715
1:53
1781
1:58
1847
2: 2
1913
2: 6
1979
2:10
1645
1:54
1708
1:58
1771
2: 2
1834
2: 7
1897
2:11
1579
1:54
1639
1:59
1700
2: 3
1760
2: 7
1820
2:12
1508
1:56
1564
2: o
1621
2: 4
1678
2 a
1735
2:13
1446
1:57
1500
2: 2
1554
2: 6
1607
2:10
1661
2:15
1390
1:59
1441
2: 4
1492
2: 8
1543
2:12
1594
2:17
1344
2: 2
1393
2: 6
1441
2:11
1490
2:15
1538
2:20
1305
2: 5
1351
2: 9
1397
2:14
1443
2:18
1489
2:23
2045
2:15
2111
2:19
2177
2:23
2243
2:28
2309
2:32
1960
2:15
2023
2:19
2086
2:24
2149
2:28
2212
2:32
1880
2:16
1940
2:20
2000
2:24
2060
2:29
2120
2:33
1792
2:17
1849
2:22
1906
2:26
1962
2:30
2019
2:35
1715
2:19
1768
2:23
1822
2:28
1876
2:32
1929
2:37
1645
2:21
1696
2:26
1747
2:30
1797
2:34
1848
2:39
1586
2:24
1634
2:29
1683
2:33
1731
2:38
1779
2:42
1535
2:28
1581
2:32
1627
2:37
1673
2:41
1719
2:46
2375
2:36
2441
2:40
2507
2:45
2275
2:36
2338
2:41
2401
2:45
2463
2:49
2180
2:37
2240
2:41
2300
2:46
2360
2:50
2420
2:54
2076
2:39
2133
2:43
2189
2:47
2246
2:52
2303
2:56
1983
2:41
2036
2:45
2090
2:50
2143
2:54
2197
2:58
1899
2:43
1949
2:48
2000
2:52
2051
2:57
2101
3: 1
1827
2:47
1875
2:51
1923
2:55
1971
3: o
2019
3: 4
1764
2:51
1810
2:55
1856
3: o
1901
3: 4
1947
3: 9
2480
2:59
2359
3: o
2416
3: 5
2473
3: 9
2250
3: 3
2304
3: 7
2357
3:11
2411
3:16
2464
3:20
2152
3: 5
2202
3:10
2253
3:14
2303
3:18
2354
3:23
2067
3: 9
2115
3:13
2163
3:18
2211
3:22
2258
3:27
1992
3:13
2038
3:18
2083
3:22
2129
3:27
2174
3:32

ISA -10
14-2-7
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

ISA
TAILWIND
14-2-8
Aug 1/88
(KTs)
HEADWIND
(KTS)
30
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
110
107
103
100
97
93
90
86
83
79
76
133
128
124
120
116
112
107
103
99
95
91
155
150
145
140
135
130
125
121
116
111
106
~
:s
...
:s...
177
171
166
160
154
149
143
138
132
127
121
199
193
186
180
174
167
161
155
148
142
136
221
214
207
200
193
186
179
172
164
157
150
244
236
228
220
212
204
196
189
181
173
165
266
257
249
240
231
223
214
205
197
188
179
288
279
269
260
251
241
232
222
213
203
194
311
300
290
280
270
260
249
239
229
219
209
333
322
311
300
289
278
267
256
245
234
223
355
343
332
320
308
297
285
273
261
250
238
378
365
353
340
327
315
302
290
277
265
252
400
387
373
360
347
333
320
307
294
280
267
422
408
394
380
366
352
338
324
310
296
282
445
430
415
400
385
370
355
341
326
311
296
467
451
436
420
404
389
373
358
342
326
311
489
473
456
440
424
407
391
374
358
342
325
511
494
477
460
443
426
409
391
374
357
340
534
516
498
480
462
444
426
408
390
372
355
=r
<D
"'
-o

MINIMUM TIME ISA
100-500 NMS
BRl77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
; ?
'
SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION ( MIN TIME)

-ISA
FLIGHT LEVEL
SAR
NM
110
130
150
170
190
210
230
250
100
378
0:28
443
0:32
507
0:37
571
0:41
636
0:46
369
0:28
431
0:33
492
0:37
553
0:42
615
0:46
362
o":29
420
0:33
479
0:38
537
0:42
596
0:47
359
0:29
414
0:34
470
0:38
525
0:43
581
0:47
361
0:30
413
0:34
466
0:39
519
0:44
571
0:48
412
0:35
462
0:39
513
0:44
563
0:49
463
0:40
511
0:45
559
0:50
511
0:46
557
0:51
700
0:50
764
0:55
829
0:59
893
1: 4
958
1: 8
676
0:51
737
0:55
799
1: o
860
1: 4
922
1: 9
654
0:51
713
0:56
772
1: o
830
1: 5
889
1:10
636
0:52
692
0:57
748
1: 1
803
1: 6
859
1:10
624
Oi53
677
-0:57
730
1: 2
782
1: 7
835
1:11
613
0:54
663
0:58
713
1: 3
764
1: 8
814
1:12
607
0:55
655
0:59
703
1: 4
752
1: 9
800
1:14
603
0:56
649
1: 1
695
1: 6
742
1:11
788
1:16
1022
1:13
1087
1:17
1152
1:22
1216
1:26
1280
1:31
983
1:13
1045
1:18
1106
1:22
1167
1:27
1229
1:31
948
1:14
1006
1:19
1065
1:23
1124
1:28
1182
1:32
915
1:15
970
1:19
1026
1:24
1082
1:29
1137
1:33
888
1:16
941
1:21
994
1:25
1047
1:30
1100
1:35
864
1:17
915
1:22
965
1:27
1016
1:31
1066
1:36
848
1:19
896
1:24
945
1:29
993
1:33
1042
1:38
834
1:21
881
1:26
927
1:31
974
1:36
1020
1:41
1344
1:35
1408
1:40
1472
1:44
1536
1:49
1600
1:53
1290
1:36
1351
1:40
1412
1:45
1472
1:49
1533
1:54
1240
1:37
1298
1:41
1356
1:46
1414
1:50
1472
1:55
1193
1:38
1248
1:42
1303
1:47
1358
1:51
1413
1:56
1152
1:39
1205
1:44
1257
1:48
1309
1:53
1362
1:58
1117
1:41
1167
1:46
1216
1:50
1266
1:55
1316
2: o
1090
1:43
1139
1:48
1186
1:53
1233
1:58
1281
2: 2
1067
1:46
1114
1:51
1159
1:56
1205
2: 1
1250
2: 6
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
o
o
380
400
420
440
460
480

ISA
14-2-9
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERies 'J200

lo
ISA
TAILWIND ( KTS)
HEADWIND (KTS)
30
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
556
537
519
500
481
463
444
425
407
388
369
578
559
539
520
501
481
462
442
423
403
384
601
580
560
540
520
500
479
459
439
419
398
623
602
581
560
539
518
497
476
455
434
413
645
624
602
580
558
536
515
493
471
449
428
668
645
623
600
577
555
532
510
487
465
442
690
667
643
620
597
573
550
527
504
480
457
712
688
664
-640
616
592
568
544
520
496
472
734
710
685
660
635
610
586
561
536
511
486
757
731
706
680
654
629
603
578
552
527
501
779
753
726
700
674
647
621
595
568
542
516
801
774
747
720
693
666
639
612
585
557
530
824
796
768
740
712
684
656
629
601
573
545
846
817
789
760
731
703
674
646
617
588
560
868
839
809
780
751
721
692
662
633
603
574
891
860
830
800
770
740
709
679
649
619
589
913
882
851
820
789
758
727
696
665
634
603
935
904
872
840
808
776
745
713
681
649
617
958
925
893
860
827
795
762
729
697
664
631
980
947
913
880
847
813
780
746
713
679
646

MINIMUM TIME ISA
500-1000 NMS
14-2-10
Aug 1/88
~:r
...
!.
5
=r
...
"'e
-N
o
o
-o
<..N
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA/111
SERES
}200
SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION ( MIN TIME)

ISA
SAR
NM
500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
o
o
800
820
840
860
880
FLIGHT LE'VEL
110
130
150
170
190
210
230
250
1663
1:58
1727
2: 2
1791
2: 7
1855
2:11
1919
2:16
1594
1:58
1655
2: 3
1716
2: 7
1777
2:12
1838
2:16
1530
1:59
1588
2: 4
1646
2: 8
1704
2:12
1762
2:17
1468
2: o
1523
2: 5
1578
2: 9
1633
2:14
1688
2:18
1414
2: 2
1466
2: 7
1518
2:11
1570
2:16
1622
2:20
1365
2: 4
1415
2: 9
1464
2:13
1514
2:18
1563
2:23
1328
2: 7
1375
2:12
1422
2:17
1469
2:21
1516
2:26
1295
2:11
1340
2:16
1385
2:20
1430
2:25
1475
2:30
1983
2:20
2046
2:25
2110
2:29
2174
2:33
2238
2:38
1898
2:21
1959
2:25
2020
2:30
2081
2:34
2141
2:38
1819
2:21
1877
2:26
1935
2:30
1992
2:35
2050
2:39
1743
2:23
1798
2:27
1853
2:32
1908
2:36
1963
2:41
1674
2:25
1726
2:29
1778
2:34
1830
2:39
1882
2:43
1612
2:27
1662
2:32
1711
2:37
1760
2:41
1809
2:46
1563
2:31
1610
2:36
1657
2:40
1704
2:45
1750
2:50
1520
2:35
1564
2:40
1609
2:45
1654
2:50
1698
2:54
2301
2:42
2365
2:47
2428
2:51
2492
2:56
2202
2:43
2263
2:47
2323
2:52
2384
2:56
2444
3: 1
2108
2:44
2165
2:48
2223
2:53
2281
2:57
2338
3: 1
2017
2:45
2072
2:50
2127
2:54
2182
2:59
2236
3: 3
1934
2:48
1985
2:52
2037
2:57
2089
3: 1
2141
3: 6
1858
2:50
1908
2:55
1957
3: o
2006
3: 4
2055
3: 9
1797
2:55
1844
2:59
1890
3: 4
1937
3: 9
1984
3:13
1743
2:59
1787
3: 4
1832
3: 9
1876
3:14
1920
3:18
2505
3: 5
2396
3: 6
2454
3:10
2511
3:15
2291
3: 8
2346
3:12
2400
3:17
2455
3:21
2509
3:26
2192
3:10
2244
3:15
2296
3:19
2347
3:24
2399
3:28
2104
3:13
2153
3:18
2201
3:23
2250
3:27
2299
3:32
2030
3:18
2076
3:23
2123
3:27
2169
3:32
2215
3:37
1964
3:23
2008
3:28
2053
3:33
2097
3:37
2141
3:42

ISA
14-2-11
Aug 1/88
BINTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES 'J200
'!('!::.,

ISA+ 10
TAILWIND (KTS)
14-2-12
Aug 1/88
HEADWIND (KTS)
30
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
111
107
104
100
96
93
89
86
82
79
75
133
129
124
120
116
111
107
103
98
94
90
155
150
145
140
135
130
125
120
115
110
105
177
171
166
160
154
149
143
137
131
126
120
200
193
187
180
173
167
160
154
147
141
134
222
214
207
200
193
186
178
171
164
157
149
244
236
228
220
212
204
196
188
180
172
164
267
258
249
240
231
222
213
205
196
187
178
289
279
270
260
250
241
231
221
212
202
192
311
301
290
280
270
259
249
238
228
217
207
334
323
311
300
289
277
266
255
243
232
221
356
344
332
320
308
296
284
272
259
247
235
379
366
353
340
327
314
301
288
275
262
249
401
388
374
360
346
332
319
305
291
277
264
424
409
395
380
365
351
336
322
307
293
278
446
431
415
400
385
369
354
338
323
308
292
469
452
436
420
404
388
371
355
339
323
307
491
474
457
440
423
406
389
372
355
338
321
513
496
478
460
44Z
424
407
389
371
353
335
536
517
499
480
461
443
424
405
387
368
350
"'O
:;
[
:;
...
':T
Cll
"'

ISA +10
100-500 NMS
o
o
--.
..i::::..
Vl
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAA6
SERiES
'J200
\''

ISA + 10
SAR
NM
100
120
FLIGHT LEVEL
110
130
150
170
190
210
230
371
0:29
433
496
0:38
558
0:43
620
0:48
364
0:29
423
0:34
483
0:39
542
0:43
602
0:48
358
0:30
414
0:35
471
0:39
528
0:44
584
0:49
358
0:30
411
0:35
465
0:40
519
0:44
573
0:49
362
0:31
414
0:35
465
0:40
517
0:45
568
0:50
465
0:41
514
0:46
563
0:51
517
0:46
564
0:51
683
0:52
745
0:57
807
1: 2
870
1: 7
932
1:11
661
0:53
721
0:57
780
1 ")
840
1: 7
900
1:12
...
641
0:53
698
0:58
754
1: 3
81.1
1: 8
868
1:12
627
0:54
681
0:59
735
1: 4
789
1: 9
844
1:13
620
0:55
671
1: o
723
1: 5
774
1: 9
826
1:14
613
0:56
662
1: 1
711
1: 6
760
1:10
810
1:15
611
0:57
658
1: 2
705
1: 7
753
1:12
800
1:17
612
0:58
658
1: 3
704
1: 8
750
1:14
796
1:19
995
1:16
1057
1:21
1120
1:25
1182
1:30
1244
1:35
960
1:16
1019
1:21
1079
1:26
1139
1:31
1198
1:35
925
1:17
982
1"?
'-1039
1:27
1096
1:31
1153
1:36
898
1:18
952
1:23
1006
1:28
1061
1:33
1115
1:37
878
1:19
929
1:24
981
1:29
1033
1:34
1085
1:39
859
1:20
909
1:25
958
1:30
1008
1:36
1057
1:41
848
1:22
895
1:27
943
1:33
990
1:38
1038
1:43
841
1:24
888
1:30
934
1:35
980
1:41
1026
1:46
1306
1:40
1368
1:44
1430
1:49
1492
1:54
1553
1:513
1258
1:40
1317
1:45
1376
1:49
1435
1:54
1494
1:59
1209
1:41
1265
1:46
1321
1:50
1377
1:55
1433
1169
1:42
1223
1:47
1276
1:52
1330
1:56
1383
2: 1
1137
1:44
1188
1:49
1239
1:54
1290
1:58
1341
2: 3
1107
1:46
1156
1:51
1205
1:56
1253
2: o
1302
2: 5
1086
1:48
1134
1:53
1180
1:59
1227
2: 4
1273
2: 9
1072
1:52
1118
1:57
1163
2: 2
1207
2: 8
1252
2:13
0:3~
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
400
420
440
460
480
2:
250

ISA +10
14-2-13
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERiEs J200
~ ~ ~.:.

ISA +
TAILWIND (KTS)
10
HEADWIND (KTS)
30
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
558
539
519
500
481
461
442
422
403
383
364
581
560
540
520
500
480
459
439
419
399
378
603
582
561
540
519
498
477
456
435
414
393
626
604
582
560
538
516
494
473
451
429
407
648
625
603
580
557
535
512
489
467
444
421
670
647
623
600
577
553
530
506
483
459
436
693
669
644
620
596
571
547
523
499
474
450
715
690
665
640
615
590
565
540
515
490
464
738
712
686
660
634
608
582
557
531
505
479
760
733
707
680
653
627
600
573
547
520
493
782
755
727
700
673
645
618
590
563
535
508
805
777
748
720
692
663
635
607
579
550
522
827
798
769
740
711
682
653
624
595
566
537
850
820
790
760
730
700
670
641
611
581
551
872
841
811
780
749
719
688
657
627
596
565
895
863
832
800
768
737
705
674
642
611
579
917
885
852
820
788
755
723
691
658
626
594
940
906
873
840
807
774
740
707
674.
641
607
962
928
894
860
826
792
758
724
690
656
622
985
950
915
880
845
810
775
740
705
670
635
:;
....
!.
:;
....
':!'
<!>

ISA +10
500-1000 NMS
14-2-14
Aug 1/88
"'
-oo
N
........i
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

FUEL - !..J3 AND TL~ - HR :MIN
ISA + 10
FLIGHT LEVEL
SAR
NM
500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
o
o
t.n
o
o
N
740
760
780
800
820
840
860
880
130
150
170
190
210
230
250
1552
1615
2: 3
2: 3
1611
1677
2: 8
2: 8
1670
1739
2:12
2:13
1729
1800
2:17
2:17
1862 . 1788
2:22
2:22
1489
2: 4
1545
2: 9
1601
2:14
1657
2:18
1713
2:23
1436
2: 6
1490
2:11
1543
2:15
1596
2:20
1650
2:25
1391
2: 8
1442
2:13
1493
2:18
1544
2:22
1594
2:27
1350
2:10
1399
2:15
1447
2:20
1496
2:25
1544
2:30
1320
2:14
1366
2:19
1412
2:24
1458
2:29
1504
2:34
1297
2:18
1341
2:24
1386
2:29
1430
2:34
1474
2:39
.1924
2:26
1985
2:31
2047
2:36
2108
2:40
2170
2:45
1847
2:27
1905
2:31
1964
2:36
2023
2:41
. 2081
2:45
1768
2:28
1824
2:32
1880
2:37
1935
2:42
1991
2:46
1703
2:30
1756
2:34
1809
2:39
1862
2:44
1915
2:48
1645
2:32
1696
2:37
1746
2:42
1797
2:46
1847
2:51
1592
2:35
1640
2:40
1688
2:44
1737
2:49
1785
2:54
1550
2... -(l
1596
2:44
1642
2:49
1688
2:54
1734
2:59
1518
2:44
1562
2:50
1606
2:55
1650
3: o
1694
3: 5
2231
2:49
2293
2:54
2354
2:59
2416
3: 3
2477
3: 8
2140
2:50
2199
2:55
2257
2:59
2316
3: 4
2374
3: 8
2047
2:51
2102
2:55
2158
3: o
2213
3: 5
2269
3: 9
1969
2:53
2022
2:58
2075
3: ...
2127
3: 7
2180
3:12
1898
2:56
1948
3: 1
1999
3: 5
2049
3:10
2099
3:15
1833
2:59
1881
3: 4
1929
3: 9
1977
3:14
2024
3:18
1780
3: 4
1826
3: 9
1872
3:14
1917
3:19
1963
3:24
1738
3:10
1782
3:15
1825
3:21
1869
3:26
1912
3:31
2433
3:13
2491
3:18
2324
3:14
2380
3:19
2436.
3:23
2491
3:28
2233
3:16
2286
3:21
2339
3:26
2392
3:31
2445
3:35
2150
3:20
2206
3:24
2250
3:29
2301
3:34
2351
3:39
2072
3:23
2120
3:28
2168
3:33
2216
3:38
2263
3:43
2009
3:29
2054
3:34
2100
3:39
2145
3:43
2190
3:48
1956
3:36
1999
3:41
2042
3:46
2086
3:51
2129
3:56
110
')
.,;.,,,

ISA +10
14-2-15
Oct 15/88
BRITISH
AERO~E
JETSTREAWI
SERiEs 'J200

ISA +20
100-500 NMS
14-2-16
Jun 15/89
BRIT'5H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies }200
SECTOR TIME ANO FUEL TABULATION CMIN TIME>

FUEL - LB ANO TIME - HR:MIN
ISA + 20
SAR
NM
100
120
140
e:
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
'
360
N
N
380
o
o
400
420
440
460
480
FLIGHT LEVEL
110
130
150
170
190
210
364
0:30
423
0:35
483
0:40
543
0:45
603
0:50
358
0:30
415
0:35
473
0:40
530
0:45
587
0:50
356
0:31
411
0:36
465
0:41
520
0:46
575
0:51
359
0:31
411
0:36
463
0:41
515
0:46
567
0:51
417
0:36
467
0:41
517
0:47
566
0:52
520
0:47
567
0:52
662
0:55
72C
1: o
781
1: 4
840
1: 9
900
1: 14
644
0:55
700
1: o
757
1: 5
814
1:10
870
1:15
629
0:56
683
737
1: 5
791
1: 10
845
1: 15
619
0:56
671
1: 1
722
1: 6
774
1: 11
826
1:16
616
0:57
665
1: 2
714
1: 7
763
1: 12
813
1: 17
959
1: 19
1018
1: 24
1077
1: 29
1137
1: 34
1196
1: 39
927
1:19
983
1: 24
1040
1 :29
10%
1: 34
1153
1 :39
899
1: 20
953
1: 25
1007
1: 30
1061
1: 35
1115
1: 39
877
1 :21
929
1: 26
980
1: 31
1032
1: 36
1083
1: 41
1255
1: 44
1314
1: 49
1373
1: 54
1432
1: 58
1492
2: 3
1209
1: 44
1266
1: 49
1322
1: 54
1379
1: 58
1435
2: 3
1169
1: 44
1223
1: 49
1276
1: 54
1330
1: 59
1384
2: 4
1135
1: 46
1186
1: 50
1237
1: 55
1289
2: o
1340
2: 5
1:
230
250
614
0:57
661
1: 2
709
1: 8
756
1:13
803
1:18
624
0:58
669
1: 3
715
1: 9
761
1:14
806
1:19
729
1: 7
775
1: 7
818
1: 8
862
1: 22
911
1: 27
960
1: 32
1009
1 :37
1058
1: 42
850
1: 23
897
1: 28
943
1: 33
990
1: 39
1037
1: 44
851
1 :25
896
1:30
941
1 :35
987
1: 41
1032
1: 46
862
1: 26
906
1: 32
950
1: 38
994
1: 43
1038
1: 49
1107
1: 47
1156
1: 52
1204
1 :57
1253
2: 2
1302
2: 7
1084
1: 49
1130
1: 54
1177
1: 59
1224
2: 4
1270
2: 9
10.77
1: 51
1121
1: 57
1166
2: 2
1211
2: 7
1256
2:13
1081
1: 55
1125
2:
'
1169
2: 6
1212
2:11
1256
2: 17

ISA +20
14-2-17
Jun 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
<'""~~~
GROUND DISTANCE <NM)

ISA +
TAILWIND <KTS>
...
;',';
20
HEADWIND <KTS>
30
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
560
540
520
500
480
460
440
420
400
380
360
582
562
541
520
499
478
458
437
416
395
374
605
583
562
540
518
497
475
453
432
410
389
::;
627
605
582
560
538
515
493
470
448
425
403
'"a.
5
650
627
603
580
557
5-....
.::,..;,
510
487
463
440
417
;.
'e"
?'
672
648
624
600
576
552
528
503
479
455
431
695
670
645
620
595
570
545
520
495
470
445
717
692
666
640
614
588
563
537
511
485
459
740
713
687
660
633
607
580
553 -- 527
500
473
762
735
707
680
653
625
598
570
543
515
488
785
757
728
700
672
643
615
587
'559
530
502
808
778
749
720
691
662
632
603
574
545
516
830
800
770
740
710
680
650
620
590
560
530
852
822
791
760
729
698
668
637
606
575
544
875
843
812
780
748
717
685
653
622
590
558
605
573
N
N
"'-1
897
865
832
800
768
735
703
670
638
920
887
853
820
787
753
720
687
653
620
587
943
908
874
840
806
772
737
703
669
635
601
965
930
895
860
825
790
755
720
685
650
615
988
9fi2
916
880
844
808
772
736
700
664
628
GROUND DISTANCE NAU~ICAL MILES

ISA +20
500-1000 NMS
14-2-18
Jun 15/89
o
o
~
EYNT'5H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies l200
SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION <MIN TIME>

FUEL - LB AND TIME- HR:MIN
ISA + 20
SAR
NM
500
520
540
e:
560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
CD
"1""
N
N
o
o
N
740
760
130
150
1551
2: 8
1610
2:13
1669
2:18
1728
2:23
1787
2:28
1492
2: 8
1548
2:13
1604
2:18
1661
2:23
1717
2:28
1438
2: 9
1492
2:14
1545
2: 18
1599
2:23
1653
2:28
1391
2:10
1443
2: 15
1494
2:20
1545
2:25
1596
2:30
1773
1830
2:37
1886
2:42
1942
2:47
1998
2:52
1706
2:33
1760
2:38
1814
2:43
1867
2:47
1921
2:52
1594
1647
2:35
2:37
1698
1643
2:40
2:42
1750
1691
2:45
2:47
1740
1801
2:49
2:52
1852 -- 1788
2:57
2:54
2140
2:57
2199
3: 2
2257
2054
2:57
2111
3: 2
2167
1974
2:57
2028
3: 2
2082
3: 6
3: 6
3:
2316
2223
3:11
2279
3:16
2135
3:12
2188
3:16
1902
2:59
1953
3: 4
2004
3: 9
2055
3:14
2106
3:19
1836
3: 2
1885
3: 7
1933
3:12
1981
3: 17
2030
3:22
2335
3:21
2391
3:26
2447
3:31
2503
3:35
2242
3:21
2295
3:26
2349
3:31
2402
3:36
2455
3:41
2157
3:24
2208
3:28
2258
3:33
2309
3:38
2360
3:43
2078
3:27
2126
3:32
2174
3:36
2222
3:41
2271
3:46
1846
2:33
1904
2:37
1963
2:42
2022
2:47
2081
2:52
3: 11
780
800
820
840
860
880
FLIGHT LEVEL
170
190
110
2375
3: 16
2434
3:21
2492
3:26
2:32
1351
2:12
1400
2:17
1448
2:22
1497
2:27
1546
2:32
210
230
250
1317
1502
2:35
1301
2:18
1345
2:23
1390
2:29
1434
2:34
1479
2:39
1299
2??
1342
2:28
1385
2:34
1429
2:39
1472
2:45
1549
2:40
1595
2:45
1641
2:50
1687
2:55
1733
3: o
1523
2:44
1568
2:50
1612
2:55
1656
3: o
1700
3: 5
1515
2:50
1557
2:56
1600
3: 1
1643
3: 6
1685
1779
1871
3:15
1917
3:20
1963
3:25
1744
3:10
1788
3:16
1832
3:21
1876
3:26
1920
3:31
2009
3:30
2055
3:35
2101
3:40
2147
3:45
2192
3:50
1964
3:36
2008
3:41
2051
3:47
2095
3:52
2138.
3:57
2: 14
1363
2:20
1410
2:25
1456
2:30
3: 5
1825
3: 10
3: 12
1728
3: 17
1770
3:23
1813
3:28
1855
3:34
1897
-3: 39
1939
3:44
1981
3:50
2023
3:55
2065
4: o
2107
4: 6

ISA + 20
14-2-19/20
Jun 15/89
BIWTTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
INTRODUCTION
..
The section which follows contains detailed clirnb,cruise, and

descent data. The format was chosen to aid the manual
construction of detailed flight plans and to supply a database
for flight planning programmes.
The figures relate to a Jetstream
Baggage Pod.
series 3201 fitted with a
---o
o
14-3-1
Aug 1/88
EIRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

CLIHB
-FLT V TORQUE
START OF CLIMB WEIGHT AT SEA L8JEL (LB)
LVL ( KT,S) rn)
( IAS)
11000 11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
so
160
160
98.7
96.l
8
1.1
0.4
8
1.2
o.s
9
1.3
o.s
9
1.3
o.s
9
1.4
o.s
10
1.5
0.6
10
1.5
0.6
11
1.6
0.6
l. 7
0.6
12
1.8
0.7
12
1.9
0.7
26
4.0
1.5
27
4.2
1.6
29
4.4
1.7
30
4.7
1.8
32
4.9
1.8
33
5.2
1.9
35
5.4
2.0
37
s.7
2.1
38
6.0
2.2
40
6.3
2.3
42.
6.6
2.4
11
100
160
86.0
53
8.9
3.2
56
9.4
3.4
59
10.0
3.6
62
10.5
3.8
65
11.l
4.0
68
11.7
4.2
72
12.3
4.4
76
12.9
4.6
87
79
83
13.6 14.2 14.9
5,1
5.3
4.8
120
160
82.4
64
11.4
4.0
68
12.0
4.2
72
12.7
4.S
76
13.4
4.7
80
14.l
5.0
84
14.9
5.2
88
15.7
S.5
93
16.S
s.a
97 102
107
17.4 18.3 19.2
6.1
6.4
6.7
140
160
79.0
76
14.1
4.9
81
14.9
5.2
as
15.8
5.4
90
95
16.7 17.6
5.a
6.1
100
18.6
6.4
105
19.6
6.7
111
20 .6
7.1
116
21.8
7.4
122 129
22.9 24.1
7.8
8.2
150
160
77.2
87
97
82
92
15.6 16.5 17.5 18.5
5.3
5.7
6.0
6.3
103
19.S
6.7
108
20.6
7.0
114
21.8
7.4
120
22.9
7.8
126
24.2
8.2
133 140
25.5 26.a
8.6
9.1
160
157
74.8
8a
17.1
5.a
94
18.1
6.1
99
19.2
6.5
104
20.3
6.9
110
21.5
7.2
116
22.7
7.6
122
23.9
a.1
129
25.2
a.s
136
26.6
8.9
143
28.1
9.4
180
151
70.0
100
20.3
6.8
106
21.S
7.2
113
22.a
7.6
119
24.1
a.o
126
25.6
8.5
133
27.0
9.0
140
28.6
9.5
148
30.2
10.0
156
31.9
10.6
165
174
33.7 35.7
11.2 11.a
200
145
65.2
113
23.7
7.8
119
25.2
8.3
127
26.7
a.a
134
28.4
9.4
142
30.1
9.9
lSO
159
31.9 33.a
10.S '11.1
168
35.8
11. 7
177 188 198

37.9 40.2 42.6
12.4 13.2 14.0
220
139
60. 7
125
27.S
9.0
133
29.2
9.6
141
lSO
31.1 33.1
10.2 10.8
159
168
35.1 37.3
11.5 12.2
178
189
39.7 42.2
12.9 13.7
201
213
44.a 47.7
14.6 15.S
226
50.9
16.5
139
31.6
10.3
147
33.7
11.0
157
36.0
11.7
167
38.3
12.S
177
40.9
13.3
1aa
43.6
14.2
200
46.S
15.1
213
49.6
16.1
242
227
53.1 56.8
17.2 la.4
258
61.0
19.7
145
33.9
11.1
155
36.2
11.8
165
38.7
12.6
175
41.3
13.4
187
44.1
14.3
199
47.1
15.3
212
50.4
16.3
226
54.0
17.5
241
57.9
18.7
277
67.2
21.7
240
250
133
130
56.3
54.0
FUEL
DISTPNCE
TIME
(LB)
ISA-10 C
FL().I SELECTOR
POSITICN S
9~'. RP11
(!'-ti)
(HIN)
CLIMB 97% RPM

ISA -10
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-2
Aug 1/88
258
62.3
20.1
151
29.6
9.9
:;
;
Q.
:;
....
':3'
"'
..e
~-
.N
o
o
.,1::::.
.,1::::.
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
..
1200
CLIHB
..
START OF CLIHB WEIGHT AT SEA LEVEL (LB)
FLT V TORQUE
LVL (KTS) (~)
( IAS)
11000 11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
160
so 160
0.6
12
1.8
0.7
12
1.9
0.7
13
2.0
0.7
13
2.0
o.a
36
5.8
2.1
38
6.2
2.2
39
6.5
2.4
41
6.8
2.S
43
7.1
2.6
45
7.5
64
67
71
75
57
61
10.4 11.0 11.6 12.2 12.9 13.6
4.5
4.8
4.1
4.3
3.6 3.a
79
14.3
s.o
83
15.l
S.3
96
a7
92
15.9 16.7 17.6
6.1
S.5 s.0
96.l
90 .3
::::>
8
1.2
0.5
9
1.3
0.5
9
1.4
0.5
10
1.5
0.6
10
1.5
0.6
11
1.6
0.6
l. 7
28
4.5
1.6
29
4.7
l. 7
31
5.0
1.8
32
5.3
1.9
34
5.6
2.0
11
2~7
-=
.:
j
100
160
80 .5
e:
't:
~
120
160
77.3
70
74
78
13.3 14.l 14.9
4.6
4.8
5.1
a3
15.7
5.4
a7
16.6
5.7
92
17.5
6.0
97
18.5
6.3
102
19.5
6.7
1oa
20.5
7.0
113
21.6
7.4
119
22.S
7.B
140
160
74.1
a4
94
89
16.6 17.6 18.6
6.3
5.6 5.9
99
19.7
6.6
105
20.9
7.0
110
22.1
7.4
116
23.3
7.8
123
24.6
8.3
130
26.0
8.7
137
27.4
9.2
144
29.0
9.7
1~0
160
72.5
91
96
18.4 19.5
6.2
6.5
102
20 .7
6.9
107
22.0
7.3
114
23.2
7.7
120
24.6
8.2
127
26. 0
a.6
134
27.S
9.1
141
29.0
9.6
149
30.7
10.2
157
32.4
10.7
160
157
70.3
97
20.3
6.7
103
21.S
7.1
109
22.8
7.5
116
24.2
a.o
122
25.6
8.4
129
27.l
a.9
137
28.7
9.4
144
30.4
10.0
153
32.1
10.6
161
170
34.0 36.0
11.2 11.8
180
151
65.8
111
24.l
7.9
118
25.6
a.4
125
27.2
a.9
132
28.9
9.4
140
30 .7
10.0
149
32.S
10.6
157
34.S
11.2
167
36.6
11.9
176 187
198
38.8 41.2 43.8
12.6 13.3 14.l
200
145
61.4
--
125
28.3
9.1
133
30.2
9.7
141
32.1
10.4
150
34.l
11.0
159
36.3
11.7
169
179
38.6 '41.l
12.4 13.2
190
43.7
14.0
202
46.5
14.9
215
228
49.6 52.9
15.9 16.9
220
139
57.2
o
o
140
149
158
32.9 35.2 37.5
10.6 11.3 12.0
168
179
40.0 42.7
12.8 13.6
191
45.5
14.5
203
48.6
15.S
216
51.9
16.5
230
55.6
17.7
246
59.6
la.9
263
64.0
20 .3
240
133
52.9
155
165
38.1 40.8
12.2 13.0
176
43.7
13.9
188
201
46.7 so.o
14.9 15.9
214
53.6
17.0
229
245
57.6 61.9
18.3 19.6
263
66.7
21.1
283
72.2
22.8
306
78.4
24.8
250
130
so.a
163
41.0
13.l
186
47.1
15.0
199
50.5
16.0
244
62.8
19.9
282
73.6
23.2
25.3.l
305
332
87.7
27.6
IJ')
""2'"
FUEL
OISTANCE
TlHE
174
43.9
14.0
213
228
54.2 58.3
17.2 18.S
262
67.9
21.5
(LB)
ISA
nf
FL~
SELECTOR
POSITION 5
(HIN)
97'!. RPH
CLIMB 97% RPM

ISA
14-3-3
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200
.t,'>'f'::. "'
CLIHB
.\
FLT V TORQUE
START OF CLIMB ~EIGHT AT SEA LEVEL (LB)
LVL CKTS) (%)
( IAS)
11000 11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
160
a7.7
9
1.5
0.6
10
1.6
0.6
10
1.7
0.6
1.8
0.6
11
1.9
0.7
12
2.0
0.7
12
2.1
o.a
13
2.2
o.a
14
2.3
o.a
14
2.4
0.9
15
2.5
0.9
34
6.1
2.2
36
6.4
2.3
3a
6.a
2.4
40
7.2
2.6
42
7.5
2.7
45
7.9
2.8
47
a.4
3.0
49
a.a
3.1
52
9.2
3.3
11
50
160
83.1
31
5.4
2.0
33
5.a
2.1
100
160
75.7
64
12.5
4.3
68
13.3
4.6
76
72
14.0 14.9
4.a 5.1
a4
a9
94
15.7 16.6 17.5 1a.5
5.4
6.0
6.3
5.7
99
19.5
6.7
104
20.6
7.0
110
21. 7
7.4
78
16.0
5.4
83
17.0
5.7
a8
la.o
6.1
93
19.1
6.4
98
20.2
6.8
104
21.4
7.2
110
22.6
7.6
116
23.9
123
25.3
8.5
129
26.7
8.9
137
28.3
9.S
120
160
72.6
a.o
140
160
69.5
94
20.1
6.6
99
21.3
7.1
105
22.6
7.5
112
24.0
7.9
118
25.5
8.4
125
27.0
8.9
132
28.6
9.4
140
30.3
10.0
148 157 166

32.1 34.0 36.1
10.6 11.2 11.a
150
160
67.9
102
22.3
7.3
108
23.7
7.a
115
25.2
8.2
121
26.8
8.7
129
28.4
9.3
136 144
30.2 32.0
9.8 10.4
153
33.9
u .o
162
36.0
11.7
172
la2
3a,2 40.6
12.4 13.2
109
24.6
a.o
116
26.2
8.5
124
27.a
9.0
131
29.6
9.6
139
31.4
10.1
14a 156
33.4 35.5
10.a 11.4
166
37.7
12.1
176
40.0
12.9
187 199
42.6 45.3
13.7 14.6
160
157
65.9
1ao
151
61.7
125
29.4
9.4
133
31.4
10.0
142 151
33.4 35.6
10.7 11.3
160
37.9
12.1
170
40.3
12.8
181
43.0
13.7
193
45.a
14.5
205
219 233
4a.9 52.2 55.8
15.5 16.5 17.7
200
145
57.6
142
34.7
u.o
151
161
172
37.0 39.6 42.3
11.7 12.5 13.3
1a3
45.l
14.2
195 2oa
222
48.2 51 .6 55.2
15.2 16.2 17.3
272
237
254
59.2 63.5 68.4
18.6 19.9 21.4
220
139
53.6
159
40.5
12.7
170
194
181
43.4 46.5 49.a
13.6 14.6 15.6
207
222
53.4 57.4
16.7 17.9
237
61.7
19.2
255
66.4
20.7
274
71.7
22.3
295 319
77.7 84.5
24.2 26.3
240
133
49.6
177
47.l:
14.7
190
203
so. 7 54.S
15.8 17.0
218
58.7
18~3
234
63.3
19.7
252
68.4
21.3
272
74.1
23.0
294
80.6
25.0
319
88.1
27.3
34a
382
96.8 107.4
29.9 33.2
200
54.8
17.1
232
63.8
19.8
250
69.l
21.5
269
292
317
75.0 81. 7 89.5
23.3 25.3 27.7
...
:;
':!'
"'e
j;
-oo
N
250
130
47.6
187
so.a
15.9
FUEL
01 STANCE
TIME
215
59.l
18.4
(LB)
ISA+lO C
FLCl-1 SELECTOR
POSITICJ.I 5
(t-41)
(HIN)
CLIMB 97% RPM

ISA + 10
14-3-4
Aug 1/88
347
426
382
98.7 109.9 124.1
30.5 33.9 38.3
97"1. RPM
-A
'
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
~
CLIHB
V TORQUE
START OF CLIHB WEIGHT AT SEA LEVEL (LS)
FLT
LVL (KTS) (~)
( IAS)
11000 11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
160
79.7
10
1.8
0.7
11
2.0
0.7
11
2.1
o.a
12
2.2
o.a
13
2.3
o.a
13
2.4
0.9
14
2.6
0.9
lS
2.7
1.0
so 160
75.3
35
6.7
2.4
37
7.1
2.S
39
7.6
2.7
42
a.o
2.8
44
a.S
3.0
46
8.9
3.1
49
9.4
3.3
S2
10.0
3.5
SS
61
SS
10.5 11.1 11.a
4.1
3.7
3.9
100
160
69.4
73
7a
88
83
lS.6 16.6 17.6 18.7
5.9
6.3
5.3 S.6
93
19.8
6.7
98
21.0
7.1
104
22.3
7.S
110
23.6
7.9
117
25.0
8.4
124
26.5
8.9
131
28.2
9.4
120
160
67.0
90
20.0
6.6
96
21.3
7.0
102
22.7
7.5
108
24.1
7.9
115
25.6
8.4
122
27.2
9.0
129
28.9
9.S
137
145 155
30. 7 32.6 34.7
10.1 10.7 11.4
164
36.9
12.1
140
160
64.8
108
25.2
8.1
115
26.8
8.7
122
28.6
9.2
130
30 .4
9.8
138
32.4
10.s
147
34.5
11.1
157
36.7
11.0
167
39.1
12.6
177 189
41.7 44.S
13.4 14.3
201
47.5
15.3
150
160
63.7
117
28.0
9.0
12S 133
29.9 31.9
9.6 10.2
142
34.0
10.9
151
36.2
11.6
161
38.6
12.3
171
41.2
13.l
182
43.9
14.0
208
195
46.9 50.1
14.9 16.0
222
53.7
17 .1
160
157
61.8
127
30.9
9.8
164
135 144 153
33.0 3S.2 37.6 40.l
10.5 11.2 11.9 12.7
174
42.8
13.5
186
45.7
14.4
198
48.9
15.4
243
227
212
52.3 56.0 60.2
16.5 17.7 19.0
180
151
57.9
145
37.0
11.6
155 166
39.6 42.3
12.4 13.2
177
45.3
14.2
189
48.5
15.1
202
52.0
16.2
217
55.7
17.4
232
59.8
18.6
249
64.4
20.0
268
69.4
21.5
200
14S
53.9
165
43.7
13.6
177 189
46.9 50.4
14.5 15.6
203
54.1
16.7
217
58.2
18.0
233
251
62.6 '67.5
19.3 20.8
270
72.9
22.4
291
79.0
24.3
315 343
85.9 93.9
26.4 28.8
,.,....,,,,
220
139
50.1
--
186 199
51.3 55.3
15.8 17.0
214
59.6
18.3
231
64.3
19.7
248
69.5
21.3
268
75.3
23.0
314
89.2
27.2
415
343
376
97.8 108.0 120.3
29.8 32.8 36.5
240
133
46.3
208
224
242
60.0 65.0 70.4
1a.4 19.9 21.5
262
76.6
23.4
284
a3.4
25.4
463
309
338
371
412
91;3 100.5 111.4 124.8 142.l
27.8 30.5 33.8 37.8 43.0
250
130
44.4
220
65.0
19.9
280
a3.8
25.5
461
305
334
368
409
91.9 101.3 112.7 126.7 145.0
2a.o 30 .8 34.2 38.4 43.8
lS
..
:::>
.:
ie
:
CL
"'1'"
O
Q
FUEL
CLB)
DIST~CE
(t-11)
TIME
CHIN)
238
70 .6
21.5
258
76.8
23.4
290
81.8
25.0
17
3.0
1.1
16
2.8
1.0
1a
3.2
1.1
288
75.0
23.3
ISA+20 C
FLQ.I SELECTOR
POSITI~ 5
97"1. RPH
CLIMB 97% RPM

ISA + 20
14-3-5
Aug 1/88
BRIT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAllll
SeRies }200
("~:
..,,,
HIGH SPEED CRUISE

FLT
LVL
WEIGHT (LB)
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
247
251
480
88.2
247
251
481
88.5
247
251
483
88'.9
248
251
484
89.3
248
251
485
89.7
248
251
487
90.1
248
251
488
90.5
248
251
490
91.0
249
251
492
91.4
249
251
493
91.9
50
248
264
482
93.2
248
264
483
93.6
248
264
484
94.0
248
264
486
94.4
248
264
487
94.8
248
264
489
95 ..3
248
264
491
95.7
249
264
492
96.2
249
264
494
96.7
249
264
496
97.2
100
242
278
465
93.6
242
241
276
465
93.4
21
465
93.5
242
277
465
93.5
465
93.4
241
275
464
93.3
240
274
464
93.3
240
274
464
93.2
239
273
464
93.1
239
272
464
93.1
229
279
424
85.5
229
278
424
85.4
229
278
423
85.3
228
277
423
85.3
22S
276
423
85.2
<27
275
423
85.1
226
275
423
85.1
226
274
422
85.0
225
273
422
84.9
224
272
422
84.8
150
226
279
413
83.4
226
279
413
83.3
225
278
412
83.2
225
277
412
83.2
224
276
412
83.1
223
275
412
83.0
223
274
412
82.9
222
273
411
82.9
221
272
411
82.8
221
271
411
8?.7
160
222
222
279. 278
400
400
80.7 80.6
221
277
399
80.6
221
276
399
80.5
220
275
399
80.4
219
274
399
80 .3
219
273
399
80.3
217
218
272. 271
398
398
80.2 80.1
216
270
399
so.o
180
214
277
375
75.7
214
276
375
75.6
213
275
375
75.5
212
274
374
75.4
212
273
374
75.3
211
272
374
75.2
210
271
373
75.2
209
270
373
75.1
208268
373
75.0
207
267
373
74.9
200
207
275
351
70.6
206
274
350
70.5
205
273
350
70.4
204
272
350
70.3
203
271
349
70.2
202
269
349
70.1
201
268
349
70.0
200
267
348
69.9
199
265
348
69.8
.198
263
348
69.7
220
198
273
328
65.8
198
272
328
65.7
197
271
328
65.6
196
269
327
65.5
195
268
327
65.4
193
266
327
65.3
192
265
326
65.1
191
263
326
65.0
189
261
325
64.9
188
259
325
64.7
190
271
306
61.0
189
269
306
60.9
188
267
306
60.8
187
266
305
60.7
185
264
305
60 .6
184
262
304
60 .4
183
260
304
60.3
181
257
303
60.1
179
255
303
60.0
177
252
302
59.8
186
269
295
58.7
185
267
295
58.5
183
265
295
58.4
182
264
294
58.3
181
261
294
58.2
179
259
293
58.0
177
257
293
57.9
175
254
292
57.7
173
251
291
57.5
171
248
291
57.3
140
240
250
277
INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TOROUE
14-3-6
Aug 1/88
2i6
(KTS)
(KTS)
(L8/HR/ENGINE)
(~)
HIGH SPEED CRUISE

ISA -10
:?
:;
[
:;
...
':T
CI>
"'
"
o
o
..s::::..
(X)
ISA-10 C
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~~ RPM
BRIT/SN AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200

/
'
HIGH SPEED CRUISE

WEIGHT (LB)
FLT
LVL
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
247
256
486
90.3
247
256
487
90.7
247
256
489
91.1
248
256
490
91.5
248
256
491
91.9
248
256
493
92.3
248
256
495
92.8
248
256
496
93.2
249
256
498
93.7
249
256
500
94.2
50
248
269
489
95.8
248
269
490
96.2
248
269
492
96.7
248
269
493
97.1
248
269
493
97.0
247
268
493
97.0
247
268
493
96.9
246
267
493
96.9
246
266
492
96.8
246
266
492
96.8
100
234
273
440
87.1
233
272
440
87.0
233
272
440
87.0
232
271
439
86.9
232
270
439
86.9
231
269
439
86.8
231
269
439
86.7
230
268
439
86.7
229
267
438
86.6
229
266
438
86.5
140
221
274
399
79.4
220
273
399
79.3
220
272
399
79.3
219
271
399
79.2
219
271
399
79.1
218
270
399
79.1
217
269
398
79.0
216
267
398
78.9
216
266
398
78.8
215
265
398
78.8
150
218
274
389
77.4
217
273
389
77.4
216
272
389
77.3
216
271
389
77.2
215
271
388
77.2
214
269
388
77.1
214
268
388
77.0
213
267
388
76.9
212
266
387
76.8
211
265
387
76.8
160
214
274
378
75.1
213
273
377
75.0
213
272
377
75.0
212
271
377
74.9
211
270
377
74.8
211
269
376
74.8
210
267
376
74.7
209
266
376
74.6
208
265
376
74.5
207
264
375
74.4
180
206
272
354
70.4
206
271
354
70.3
205
270
354
70.2
204
269
353
70.2
203
268
353
70.1
202
267
353
70.0
201
265
353
69.9
200
264
352
69.8
199
262
352
69.7
198
260
352
69.6
200
199
271
332
65.8
198
269
331
65.8
197
268
331
65.7
196
267
331
65.6
195
265
331
65.5
194
264
330
65.4
193
262
330
65.3
191
260
330
65.2
190
258
329
65.0
188
.256
329
64.9
220
191
268
310
61.3
190
267
310
61.3
189
265
310
61.2
187
264
309
61.1
186
262
309
61.0
185
260
309
60.9
183
258
308
60.7
182
256
308
60.6
180
253
307
60.5
178
250
307
60.3
240
182
265
289
57.0
181
264
289
56.9
180
262
288
56.8
178
260
288
56.7
177
257
288
56.5
175
255
287
56.4
173
252
287
56.2
171
249
286
56.0
169
246
286
55.9
166
242
285
55.6
250
178
177
264
262
279
278
54.9 54.8
175
259
278
54.6
174
257
278
54.5
.172
255
277
54.3
170
252
277
54.2
168
249
276
54.0
165
245
275
53.8
162
241
275
53.5
160
237
274
53.3
::::>
<11
.;
.:
j
e:
.::
~
'
-
~
e
-..
N
INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLm~
TOROUE
(KTS)
( KTS)
(LB/HR/ENGINE)
(
~,,)
ISA
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~'. RPM
HIGH SPEED CRUISE 97% RPM

ISA
14-3-7
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA/111
SERiEs J200
FLT
L'.JL
\'
HIGH SPEED CRUISE

WEIGHT (LB)
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
247
260
494
92.6
247
260
495
93.0
247
260
496
93.2
247
259
496
93.1
247
259
496
93.1
247
259
. 495
93.1
246
258
495
93.0
246
258
495
93.0
246
257
495
93.0
245
256
495
92.9
50
238
263
461
87.9
237
262
461
87.8
237
262
461
87.8
237
261
460
87.8
236
261
460
87.8
236
260
460
87.7
235
260
460
87.7
235
259
460
87.6
234
258
460
87.6
234
258
460
87.6
100
224
267
414
80.5
224
266
414
80.4
223
265
414
80.4
223
264
414
80.3
222
264
414
80.3
222
263
414
80.2
221
262
413
80.1
220
261
413
80.1
219
260
413
80 .o
219
259
413
79.9
140
213
269
378
73.9
212
268
378
73.8
212
267
377
73.8
211
266
377
73.7
210
265
377
73.6
209
264
377
73.6
208
263
377
73.5
207
261
376
73.4
206
260
376
73.3
205
259
376
73.2
150
210
269
368
72.0
209
268
367
71.9
208
267
367
71.9
208
266
367
71.8
207
265
367
71. 7
206
264
367
71.6
204
205
262
261
366
366
71.5 . 71.4
203
259
366
71.3
201
258
365
71.2
160
206
268
356.
69.7
205
267
356
69.6
:t04
266
356
69.6
204
265
356
69.5
203
264
355
69.4
202
262
355
69.3
201
261
355
69.2
1"99
259
355
69.1
198
258
354
68.9
197
256
354
68.8
180
198
266
335
65.2
197
265
334
65.2
196
264
334
65.1
195
263
334
65.0
194
261
333
64.9
193
259
333
64.8
192
258
333
64.7
190
256
332
64.5
189
254
332
64.4
187
252
332
64.3
200
190
265
314
61.1
189
263
314
61.0
188
262
313
60.9
187
260
313
60.8
186
258
313
60.7
184
256
312
60.5
183
254
312
60 .4
181
252
311
60.3
180
249
311
60.1
178
247
311
60.0
220
182
262
293
56.8
181
260
293
56.8
180
258
293
56.7
178
256
293
56.6
177
254
292
56.5
175
251
292
56.3
173
249
292
56.2
171
246
291
56.1
170
244
291
56.0
167
241
290
55.8
174
258
273
52.6
172
256
273
52.5
171
254
272
52.4
169
251
272
52.2
167
248
271
52.1
165
245
271
51.9
163
242
270
51.8
160
239
270
51.6
158
235
269
51.4
155
231
268
51.2
169
256
263
50.5
167
253
262
50.3
166
250
262
50.2
164
247
261
161
244
261
49.8
159
241
260
49.7
157
238
259
49.5
154
234
259
49.3
151
229
258
49.1
147
223
257
48.8
240
250
INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE
so.o
(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENG I NE)
O',)

ISA +10
14-3-8
Aug 1/88
ISA+lO C
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~~ RPM
:;
;
c.
:;
...-='"e
;;o;
{,
o
o
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200

HIGH SPEED CRUISE
WEIGHT (LB)
FLT
LVL
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
237
254
465
84.4
237
253
465
84.3
237
253
465
84.3
236
252
465
84.3
236
252
465
84.2
236
251
.465
84.2
235
250
465
84.2
235
250
465
84.1
234
249
464
84.1
234
248
464
84.0
50
228
256
431
79.5
227
255
431
79.5
227
255
431
79.5
227
254
431
79.4
226
254
431
79.4
226
253
431
79.3
225
252
431
79.3
224
251
431
79.2
224
251
430
79.2
223
250
430
79.1
100
214
259
385
72.5
213
258
385
72.5
213
257
385
72.4
212
257
385
72.4
212
256
385
72.4
211
255
385
72.3
210
254
384
72.3
210
253
384
72.2
209
252
384
72.2
208
251
384
72.1
140
204
262
353
67.9
203
261
353
67.8
202
260
353
67.8
201
259
353
67.7
201
258
353
67.6
200
257
353
67.6
199
255
352
67.5
198
254
352
67.5
197
352
67.4
196
251
352
67.3
150
201
263
345
66.5
200
262
345
66.5
199
260
344
66.4
199
259
344
66.4
198
258
344
66.3
197
257
344
66.2
196
255
344
66.2
195
254
344
66 1
194
253
343
66.0
192
251
343
65.9
160
198
262
335
64.7
197
261
335
64.7
196
260
335
64.6
195
259
335
64.6
194
257
a35
64.5
193
256
335
64.4
192
254
334
64.3
191
253
334
64.2
189
251
334
64.l
188
250
334
64.0
180
190
261
315
60.7
189
259
315
60.6
188
258
315
60.5
187
256
314
60.4
186
255
314
60 .3
184
253
314
60 .2
183
251
314
60.2
182
249
313
60.0
180
247
313
59.9
179
245
313
59.8
200
182
258
295
56.5
181
256
294
56.5
180
255
294
56.3
178
253
294
56.3
177
251
293
56.2
176
249
293
56.1
174
247
293
56.0
172
244
293
55.8
170
242
292
55.7
168
239
292
55.6
220
174
255
276
52.8
173
253
276
52.7
171
251
275
52.6
170
249
275
52.4
168
247
275
52.3
166
244
274
52.2
164
241
274
52.0
162
238
273
51.9
159
234
273
51.7
156
230
272
51.4
240
165
250
255
48.4
163
247
255
48.3
161
245
255
48.2
160
242
255
48.1
157
239
254
48.0
155
236
254
47.8
152
231
253
47.6
149
227
253
47.4
145
221
252
47.l
140
214
251
46.8
250
160
247
246
46.4
158
244
246
46.3
156
242
245
46.2
154
238
245
46.l
152
235
244
45.9
149
230
244
45.7
145
225
243
45.5
141
219
242
45.2
135
210
241
44.8
::::>
-5
.!:
"O
;:
CL
....N
"'2'"
.......
o
o
.......
N
INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE
2~3
(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENGINE)
ISA+20 C
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
( ~~)
97~{_ ~PM

ISA +20
14-3-9
Aug 1/88
BIWT7SH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES 1200
.. -
LONG RANGE CRIJISE

WEIGHT (LB)
FLT
L'.JL
11'500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
206
209
365
54.2
208
210
369
55.3
209
211
373
56.6
210
212
376
57.7
212
214
382
59.4
213
215
386
60.6
215
217
391
62.1
216
218
395
63.4
216
218
398
64.3
217
219
401
65.2
50
199
212
339
51.9
201
214
344
53.5
203
215
349
55.0
203
216
352
55.8
204
216
355
56.7
204
217
357
57.4
204
217
359
58.0
205
217
362
58.8
206
218
367
60.1
207
220
372
61.6
100
186
212
298
46.6
186
213
301
47.3
187
214
305
48.7
188
215
310
49.9
189
216
314
51.1
190
218
318
52.4
191
218
322
53.4
192
219
326
54.5
193
220
330
55.7
194
222
336
57.4
140
178
216
275
44.3
178
216
278
45.3
179
217
282
46.. 3
179
218
285
47.3
180
219
290
48.7
182
221
296
50.3
183
222
299
51.4
183
222
303
52.5
184
223
307
53.6
184
224
312
54.9
150
176
217
270
43.9
176
217
273
44.8
177
218
276
45.8
177
218
279
46.7
178
220
284
48.1
180
222
290
49.8
181
223
294
51.0
181
223
298
52.1
182
224
303
53.3
182
225
307
54.5
160
173
217
264
43.2
174
218
267
44.2
174
218
270
45.0
174
219
274
46.0
176
22
279
47.6
177
222
285
49.1
178
223
289
50.5
1'"'
'
225
294
51.9
180
225
299
53.1
180
226
303
54.3
180
169
218
253
42.0
169
219
258
43.2
170
220
261
44.3
170
221
265
45.3
171
222
269
46.6
173
224
276
48.6
175
226
282
50.2
175
227
287
51.4
176
228
291
52.7
177
229
296
54.1
200
164
220
244
41.2
165
220
247
42.2
165
221
251
43.3
166
222
255
44.5
167
223
260
45.7
169
225
266
47.6
170
228
273
49.4
171
229
279
51.0
172
230
284
52.4
173
231
289
53.8
220
161
223
237
40.9
161
223
241
41.8
162
224
245
43.1
163
225
250
44.4
163
225
254
45.4
164
227
259
47.0
166
229
267
49.0
168
231
273
50 .7
168
232
279
52.2
170
234
286
54.1
157
225
230
40.2
158
225
234
41.4
158
226
239
42.6
158
226
242
43.6
159
247
45.0
161
230
254
46.9
163
233
262
49.1
164
234
268
50.6
165
236
275
52.6
167
238
282
54.4
155
225
226
39.9
156
227
231
41.3
156
227
235
42.5
157
228
240
43.6
157
229
24:i
45.0
159
231
252
46.8
161
234
260
49.2
163
237
268
51.3
167
242
278
54.0
169
245
287
56.4
:;
...
:;
....~
el>
240
250
INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE
227
(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENGINE)
( ~~)
LONG RANGE CRUISE 97% RPM

ISA -10
14-3-10
Aug 1/88
ISA-10 C
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~~ RPM
;;><:
o
o
...e::.
N
N
B~TISH
AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200

--+,]\
LONG RANGE CRUISE

WEIGHT (LB)
FLT
LVL
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
200
206
352
51.4
201
206
355
52.l
201
207
358
53.0
203
209
363
54.6
204
210
367
55.8
206
211
"372
57.2
207
213
376
58.6
209
215
383
60.5
210
216
387
61. 7
212
217
392
63.1
50
194
210
327
49.6
194
210
330
50.3
195
211
333
51.3
197
213
339
53.l
199
215
345
54.8
201
218
352
57.0
203
219
358
58.6
203
220
361
59.4
204
220
363
60.3
205
221
367
61.3
100
184
214
296
46.8
184
215
299
47.5
186
216
303
48.9
187
218
308
50.3
188
219
312
51.5
189
220
316
52.5
190
222
322
54.3
191
223
327
55.6
192
223
330
56.6
193
224
334
57.7
140
176
218
273
44.5
176
218
276
45.3
177
219
280
46.3
178
220
284
47.6
179
222
289
49.1
180
223
294
50.5
181
224
299
51. 7
181
225
303
52.8
182
225
307
53.9
183
226
312
55.3
150
173
218
267
43.8
174
219
270
44.7
174
220
274
45.7
175
220
278
46.9
177
222
284
48.5
178
224
289
so.o
179
225
294
51.3
179
226
298
52.5
180
226
302
53.6
181
227
307
55.0
160
171
218
261
43.0
171
2.19
265
44.0
172
220
269
45.l
173
221
273
46.2
175
224
280
48.3
1.76
225
285
49.8
177
227
290
51.2
178
227
294
52.3
178
228
299
53.7
179
229
304
54.9
180
166
220
251
41.9
167
220
255
43.0
167
221
258
43.9
168
222
263
45.2
170
224
269
47.0
171
226
275
48.6
173
228
281
50 .5
174
229
286
51.8
174
230
291
53.l
175
231
296
54.4
200
163
222
242
41.3
163
223
246
42.3
164
223
250
43.5
164
224
254
44.5
165
225
259
45.9
166
227
265
47.7
168
230
273
49.7
169
231
278
51.2
170
232
283
52.5
170
232
288
53.9
220
159
224
235
40.9
160
225
239
42.0
160
226
244
43.2
161
226
248
44.3
161
227
252
45.5
164
231
261
47.9
165
233
268
49.7
166
234
274
51.3
167
235
280
52.9
167
236
285
54.3
240
156
227
229
40.6
156
228
233
41.6
157
228
238
42.9
157
229
242
44.0
158
230
247
45.4
160
233
255
47.7
162
236
263
49.7
163
238
270
51. 7
164
239
277
53.5
250
154
228
225
40.3
154
229
230
41.6
155
229
234
42.7
155
230
239
44.0
156
231
244
45.3
158
235
253
47.8
160
238
261
162
240
269
52.l
:::>
.,
.:
~
.:
it
o
L.{)
...--
o
o
...-N
INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE
so.o
(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENGINE)
(
~;
.,
LIMITED TO
MAX CRUISE
SPEED IN
THIS AREA
ISA
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~ RPM

ISA
14-3-11
Oct 15/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAA#
SERiEs J200
-'Jr_,,
. \~
"
LOMG RANGE CRUISE

WEIGHT (LB)
FLT
LVL
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15
191
200
336
47.2
191
200
339
47.9
193
202
343
49.3
195
205
350
51.3
196
206
354
52.5
199
208
360
54.4
200
210
365
55.9
202
211
371
57.5
204
213
377
59.2
206
215
383
61.1
50
188
208
319
47.5
189
208
321
48.4
190
209
325
49.4
190
210
328
50.4
192
212
334
52.0
195
215
341
54.3
196
217
347
55.8
199
220
355
58.2
202
223
364
60.8
203
224
368
61.9
100
184
219
297
48.0
184
219
300
48.8
185
220
304
49.8
186
221
308
51.0
187
222
311
52.0
187
222
315
53.0
188
223
319
54.2
188
224
323
55.3
190
226
329
56.9
191
226
333
58.1
140
173
219
270
44.3
174
220
274
45.4
175
222
280
47.1
177
223
285
48.4
178
226
291
50 .1
179
226
295
51.3
179
227
299
52.5
180
228
304
53.6
180
228
308
54.7
181
229
312
55.8
150
170
219
264
43.5
171
221
269
44.8
172
222
273
46.0
174
224
279
47.7
175
226
284
49.2
177
227
290
50.7
177
228
294
51.9
178
229
298
53.1
178
229
302
54.2
178
230
307
55.4
160
169
220
260
43.2
169
221
264
44.3
170
222
267
45.3
171
224
273
46.9
173
226
279
48.5
174
228
285
50.2
175
229
289
51.5
176
229
294
52.7
176
230
299
53.9
176
231
303
55.2
180
164
222
250
42.2
165
223
254
43.3
165
223
258
44.3
167
225
263
45.9
168
227
269
47.4
170
229
276
49.3
171
230
281
50.8
171
231
286
52.2
172
232
291
53.5
172
233
296
54.7
200
161
225
242
41.7
161
225
246
42.8
162
226
250
43.9
162
226
254
45.0
163
228
260
46.5
165
231
267
48.5
167
233
274
50.4
167
234
279
51.8
168
234
283
52.9
169
235
290
54.6
220
157
227
236
41.3
158
228
240
42.5
158
228
244
43.6
159
229
249
44.8
160
231
254
46.4
162
234
262
48.4
163
235
269
50.3
164
236
275
51.7
164
237
280
53.1
166
239
287
55.1
153
229
229
40.8
154
230
233
42.0
154
231
238
43.3
155
231
242
44.4
156
233
248
46.0
157
235
256
48.0
159
238
263
240
250
152
231
226
40.7
152
231
230
41.8
152
231
234
42.8
INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE
153
233
240
44.4
155
235
247
46.2
156
237
254
48.2
Aug 1/88
[
:;
.....e
:l"
,..
-o
so.o
LIMITED TO MAX
CRUISE SPEED
IN THIS AREA
(KTS)
(KTS)
( L8/HR/ENGINE)
( ~~)

ISA +10
14-3-12
:p
:;
ISA+lO C
FLow SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~ RPM
N
~
BRIT7SH AEROSFIACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 1200
\'~~
LONG RANGE CRUISE
FLT
LVL
~~EI
GHT (LB)
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500. 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
.
-s
::i
15
189
201
333
46.9
189
202
335
47.5
190
202
339
48.5
190
203
341
49.4
191
203
344
50.2
192
204
348
51.4
192
204
351
52.2
195
208
359
54.5
198
210
366
56.6
200
213
374
58.8
50
180
202
306
44.2
183
205
312
46.1
183
205
314
46.6
185
208
321
48.8
188
211
327
50.6
190
213
335
52.7
192
215
340
54.2
194
218
348
198
223
359
59.6
200
224
365
61.3
178
216
288
45.7
180
218
295
47.7
183
222
303
50.0
185
224
309
51. 7
185
225
312
52.6
186
225
316
53.6
186
226
320
54.6
187
226
187
323
55.5
327
56.7
189
228
332
58.2
171
221
268
44.3
172
221
272
45.4
173
223
278
46.9
175
284
48.7
176
227
288
49.9
177
228
293
51.3
177
228
297
52.4
178
229
301
53.5
178
229
305
54.5
178
229
309
55.5
150
169
221
262
43.7
170
222
267
45.0
171
224
272
46.5
172
226
277
47.9
174
228
283
49.5
175
229
288
50.8
175
229
292
52.'0
175
230
296
53.1
176
230
300
54.1
176
231
305
55.3
160
167
223
259
43.7
168
224
263
44.7
169
225
268
45.9
170
226
273
47.4
171
228
278
49.0
173
230
284
50.4
173
231
289
51.8
174. 174
231
232
293
298
53.0 54.2
174
302
55.3
180
164
225
251
42.9
164
226
255
43.9
164
226
258
44.9
165
227
263
46.2
167
230
270
48.1
168
232
276
49.8
169
233
282
51.4
170
234
287
52.8
170
234
291
53.9
172
236
298
55.9
200
160
227
242
42.2
160
228
246
43.2
160
228
249
44.0
161
229
254
45.3
162
231
261
47.2
164
234
269
49.3
165
235
275
51.0
167
238
282
53.0
168
239
288
54.5
220
156
229
236
41.7
157
230
240
42.9
157
231
245
44.1
158
233
251
45.8
160
235
258
47.7
161
236
264
49.2
163
240
272
51.5
240
153
232
229
41.2
153
233
235
42.7
154
234
240
44.0
156
237
247
46.1
250
150
232
226
40.9
152
235
232
42.6
153
236
238
44.l
100
.:
-e
't:
140
lJ)
N
~
-e--"
o
1='""
226
IMDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLm~
TORQUE
56.5
227
~32
LIMITED TO MAX CRUISE

SPEEC. IN THIS AREA
(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENGINE)
( ~~)
ISA+20 C
SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~~ RPM
FLO~~

ISA +20
14-3-13
Aug 1/88
BRT77SH AERDSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

1
\'
NORMAL DESCENT AT VMO

Altitude Ft
1500
5000
10000
12000
14000
15000
16000
18000
20000
22000
24000
25000
Fuel
Lb
Distance
3
10
17
19
21
23
40
73
97
118
135
143
NM
Time Min
0.4
l. 3
2.6
2.9
3.4
3.7
4.7
7.1
9.3
11.3
13.2
14.2
2
5
11
13
16
17
22
33
43
54
63
68
Max Cabin Rate of Descent 500 f t/min
LONG RANGE DESCENT - 180 KT

Altitude Ft
1500
5000
10000
12000
14000
15000
16000
18000
20000
22000
24000
25000
Fuel
7
20
36
42
47
48
51
56
60
65
71
77
Lb
Distance
2
8
14
23
27
28
31
34
38
43
45
51
DESCENT PERFORMANCE
14-3-14
Aug 1/88
NM
Time Min
1.0
3.0
5.7
6.8
7.8
8.3
9.0
10.1
11. o
12.0
13.3
14.2
o
o
BIWTISN AEROSFMCE
JETSTREAllll
SERiES
J200
CHAPTER
LIST
15.
OF
PERFORMANCE
CONTENTS

15-1-1
CERTIFICATED PERFORMANCE
:l<:'.
TAKE-OFF
:J
-5"'
e:
Conf iguration
15-2-1
Requirement
15-2-1
Pre-computed take off data
15-2-3
Procedure f or the use of take-off data tabulations
15-2-5
Example of take-of f data sheet
15-2-6
Take-of f scheduled torque setting table
15-2-7
Take-off speeds to FAA requirements (HP 4.16)
15-2-9
All engine climb speed
15-2-10
Take-off WAT limitations, Dry
15-2-11
L()
Take-off WAT limitations, APR
15-2-12
C>
C>
Reduced power take-of f
!'../)
!")
co
...............
15-2-13
EN-ROUTE
Conf iguration .
15-3-1
Requirements
15-3-1
Flying for best altitude, single engine .
15-3-2
Flying for best range, single engine
15-3-2
Single engine climb speeds to FAA requirements
15-3-3
Tabulations, flying for best altitude .
15-3-4
Tabulations, flying for best range
15-3-6
CHAP.15
CONTENTS
Page 1
Aug_15/96
--A~-
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
CHAPTER
LIST
OF
15.
PERFOBMANCE
CONTENTS (cent)
LANDING
15-4-1
Conf igurations .
...........
Requirements
15-4-2
Pre-computed Landing Data

Flapless Landings
15-4-1
. . . . . .
.....
Airframe De-Icing Failure
15-4-3
. 15-4-3
Landing Speeds to FAA requirements (HP 4.16)
15-4-4
Distance Limits to FAA Requirements(HP 4.16)

(Sea level to 3500 ft) - 35 Flap
15-4-5

(4000 ft to 10,000 ft) - 35 Flap
Effects of Runway Slope and Wind - 35
F~p

(Sea Level to 3500 ft)
-20 Flap
......
15-4-6
15-4-7
. 15-4-8
Distance Limits to FAA Requirements(HP 4.16) . 15-4-9

(3500 ft to 10,000 ft)
-20 Flap
Effects of Runway Slope and Wind - 20 Flap
15-4-10
Landing WAT Table (Dry)
15-4-11
Example of Landing Performance Calculation
15-4-13
Example of Landing Performance Tabulation
15-4-14
o
U1
CHAP.15
Page 2
Dec 15/93
CONTENTS
CX>
BNITTSH AENOSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs 1200
CHAPTER
LIST
OF
15.
PERFORMANCE
CONTENTS (cont)
OPERATION FROM CONTAMINATED ANO SLIPPERY RUNWAYS
'
'
N
Contaminated Runways .
15-5-1
Slippery Runways
15-5-2
Contamination
15-5-2
Operating Restrictions .
15-5-3
Ground Manoeuvring and Taxying .
15-5-4
Take-Off From Contaminated or Slippery Runways .
15-5-4
Landing on Contaminated or Slippery Runways
15-5-5
Take-Off Performance on Contaminated Runways .
15-5-5
Calculation of Limiting Take-Off Weight
15-5-5
Take-Of f Performance on Slippery Runways .
15-5-6
Landing Performance on Contaminated Runways
15-5-6
Landing
Perf~rmance
on Slippery Runways
15-5-7
L)
o
o
Equivalent Water Depth for Contaminated Runways
15-5-8
Take-Off - Contaminated Runways

Take-Off Distance, Both Engines Operating
15-5-9
--
CHAP.15
CONTENTS
Page 3/4
Dec 15/93
..
l!!IRl77SH AEROSl'MCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
CHAPTER 15
PERFORMANCE
LIST OF CONTENTS
::<'.
::i
EFFECTIVE PAGES
15-1
15-2
-5"'
e
"O
2l
=
.t
Green
Green
15-3
'
ro
ro
o
L.)
15-4
15-5
1
2
3/4
1/2
1/2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
12
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7/8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
Aug 15/96 15-5

Dec 15/93
Dec 15/93
Jan 15/97
Apr 15/89
Dec 1/88
Feb 15/89
Feb 15/89
Dec 1/88
Feb 15/89
Oct 15/88
Nov 15/89
Dec 1/88
Sep 15/89
May 15/90
Feb 15/90
Aug 15/90
Aug 15/90
Feb 15/89
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Nov 15/89
Apr 15/89
Nov 15/89
Nov 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Feb 15/90
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Apr 15/89
Nov 1/91
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9/10
Nov 1/91
Mar 15/93
Nov 1/91
Nov 1/91
Dec 15/93
Dec 15/93
Nov 1/91
Nov 1/91

Page 1/2
Jan 15/97
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA~
SERES
}200
l.
CERTIFICATED PERFORMANCE
The performance information used to show compliance with
Federal Aviation Regulations Part 135 has been derived in
accordance with the Airworthiness Standards of FAR 23
(Comrnuter Category).
This chapter contains all the performance data required to
despatch the aircraf t taking into account certif icated
performance standards and operating rules. In addition it
contains data for performance monitoring and the effects of
f ailure after despatch.
All speeds ref erred to in this chapter are indicated
airspeeds. The following is a list of speeds referred to and
their formal definitions.
Vl -Take-off decision speed, the speed to be used as a
reference, in the event of an engine or other failure at
take-of f in deciding whether to continue or abandon the
take-off.
VR
-Rotation speed, the target speed at which the pilot

initiates a change in the attitude of the aircraft.with
the intention of leaving the ground.
V2 -Take-off safety speed, the initial clirnb out speed, one

engine inoperative. The best gradient of clirnb speed VX
is equal to V2.
VY
I")
o
o
N
o
-Single engine En Route clirnb speed.
Vref-Landing speed over the threshold with both engines

operating
Vref S.E.-Landing speed over the threshold with one engine
inoperative
15-1-1/2
Apr 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
2.
TAKE-OFF (PART 135 Commuter)

2.1 Configuration
Failure of the right hand engine has the most adverse
effect on handling and performance, the performance data
is therefore based on failure of that engine with
recognition of the failure at Vl.
**
o
o
N
2.1.1
Take-off Distance
Airbleeds off.**
RPM levers at FLIGHT (100%).
POWER levers advanced to give the scheduled
take-off torque. (15-2-7 or 8)
Flaps at 10.
Landing gear down until airborne.
Anti skid and Reverse available.
Oil Cooler f laps SHUT
APR armed if specif ied
2.1.2
Take-off Climb
As above but:Landing Gear retracting during the f irst and
retracted during second segment and final climb.
Speed V2 in the first and second segments, and
single engine en route climb speed in the final
segment.
One engine inoperative and its propeller at NTS
for f irst and second segments and feathered for
final segment.
The cabin and f light deck airbleeds are always off for
take-off. If engine anti-icing is used then due allowance
must be made in the take-off performance limitations.
2.2 Requirement
2.2.1 The take-off field lengths required vary with
airfield pressure altitude, ambient temperature,
gross weight,and runway slope, the use of engine
anti-icing, and take-off speeds. Gradients of climb
vary with airfield pressure altitude, ambient
temperature and gross weight.
In all cases compliance with the following must be
shown when establishing take off performance:-
15-2-1
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AERDSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
The take-off distance available must be equal to, or

greater than, the take-off distance required (TOD).
The take-off run available must be equal to, or
greater than, the,take-off run required (TOR). The
available runway length plus stopway must be equal
to, or greater than the accelerate-stop distance
required ( ASD) .
2.2.2 A minimum gross gradient of climb is required in each
segment of the take-off flight path. This gives the
limit referred to as the Weight, Altitude and
Temperature limit (WAT).
Obstacle clearance at take-of f must be demonstrated
using the net take-off f light path. The net flight
path, based on the gross flight path reduced by 0.8%
gradient, must clear vertically by at least 35 ft
all obstacles in the take-off area. The net flight
path is described by segments as follows:lst Segment - Starts at 35 ft above the take-off surface and ends
when the gear is retracted, it is flown at V2.
2nd Segment - Starts when the landing gear is retracted
at either 400 or 1500 ft AAL.
Alternate 1 is 400 ft, Alternate 2 is 1500 ft. This will
specif ied in pre-computed take off data.
3d Segment
and ends
be
- Is a horizontal acceleration f rom V2 to the en route

climb speed after which f laps are retracted. If APR
is being used it is then selected OFF.
MAXIMUM 1500 ft
MINIMUM 400 ft - - - -
ACCEL TO FLAP RETRACTION SPEED
..
LANDING
GEAR
RETRACTED
V2
. i--rno
T1.
REOUIREO _ _,..........r""'1-'1..- - - - - 2 n d SEGMENT
\
1st SEGMENT
15-2-2
Feb 15/89
.1
3rd SEGMENT
o
o
BRIT7SN AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies }200
2.3 Precomputed Take-off Data

The calculation of Regulated Take-off Weight (RTOW) for any
runway, wind and temperature condition necessitates,
particularly if obstacle clearance is included, the use of many
Flight Manual charts and in consequence is complex.
Normally the RTOW will be precomputed f or regularly used
runways and the results published in tabular form as an
appendix to 15-2-4.
In the event of a requirement to use an airf ield not covered
by the precomputed tables, RTOW can be calculated using the
data in the aircraft Flight Manual.
The tabulation of take-off weights shows for a range of
temperatures and winds, the maximum take-off weight from the
runway defined on the tabulation sheet. This sheet will be
annotated 'DRY' or 'AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE' to indicate
whether or not APR is specif ied.
The runway is defined by its name, elevation, slope, TOR
available, ASD available, TOD available and obstacles
considered.
The take-off data is computed, from the Flight Manual listed
at the top of the tabulation, using the scheduled runway
information. The tabulated RTOW is controlled by the most
limiting of:-
Maximum Structural Weight

Runway distances
Climb Gradient
Obstacle clearance
!'-..
w
Q
The following data is tabulated for a range of reported winds:
"
o
o
~99.8
Scheduled
Torque
RTOW & Identif ication

See Code above
15688 F
112, 115-
~Vl
V2
15-2-3
Feb 15/89
B~TISH
AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
J32AUB1 JETSTREAM SUPER 31 - JM3

PSE1C02 DATA SET
:~
B:J32AUB1.DAT
***********************
DATA FROM NONESUCH AIRLINES INC.
+++ OPSVILLE +++
FLAPS 10 DEGS
TEMP
TORQUE
-lOKT
RUNWAY 29
WIND COMPONENT
SA
5KT
-5KT
lOKT
15KT
20KT
Mnimum temperature far use of APR at this altitude is 18 Deg C.

18.0 DEG C
%
97.1
15387 F
111,114
16005 F
113,116
16204 S
114,117
16204 S
114,117
16204 S
114,117
16204 S
114,117
16204 S
114,117
20.0 DEG C
%
96.0
15302 F
111,114
15892 F
113,116
16204 S
114,117
16204 S
114,117
16204 S
114,117
16204 S
114,117
16204 S
114,117
22. O DEG C
15078 F
111,114
15761 F
112,115
16135 W 16135 W 16135 W 16135 W 16135 W

114,117 114,117 114,117 114,117 114,117
14837 F
111,114
15614 F
112,115
16003 W 16003 W 16003 W 16003 W 16003 W

113,116 113,116 113,116 113,llD 113,116
14603 F
111,114
15477 F
111,114
15853 W 15853 W 15853 W 15853 W 15853 W

113,116 113,116 113,116 113,116 113,116
14375 F
111,114
15345 F - 15684 W 15684 W 15684 W 15684 W 15684 W

111,114 112,115 112,115 112,115 112,115 112,115
14151 F
111,114
15165 F
111,114
15515 W 15515 W 15515 W 15515 W 15515 W

111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114
13905 F
111,114
14909 F
111,114
15322 W 15322 W 15322 W 15322 W 15322 W

111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114
13632 F
111,114
14621 F
111,114
15128 W 15128 W 15128 W 15128 W 15128 W

111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114
94.9
24.0 DEG C
%
93.6
26.0 DEG C
%
92.4
28.0 DEG C
%
91. 3
30.0 DEG C
%
90.1
32.0. DEG C
%
88.8
34.0 DEG C
%
87.3
TORA = 6000 FT
ELEVATION = 2000
ASDA
FT
6000 FT
TODA
SLOPE = O %
6000 FT
RTOW LB
NO OBSTACLES CONSIDERED
10 NOV 88
EXAMPLE
15-2-4
Dec 1/88
OF COMPUTER PRINTOUT
TAKE-OFF DATA
o
o
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
2.4 Procedure for the use of TAKE OFF DATA tabulations

2.4.1 Check the validity of the airfield data quoted on the
tabulations. Check 'DRY' or 'AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE'
take-off.
2.4.2 Determine the least favourable wind component employing
the range of forecast wind conditions expected at the
time of take-off. The wind components on the tabulations
include f actors hence the reported wind is used to
determine the component.
2.4.3 At the forecast wind component and temperature read the
RTOW and the associated speeds.
2.4.4 The take-off scheduled torque setting is presented as a
function of. ambient temperature.
The use of engine anti-icing reduces the permissible weight,
the reduced weight can be obtained by reading the table with
ambient temperatures increased by 5 degrees centigrade.
If the Actual Take-off Weight (ATOW) is below the RTOW the
speeds are obtained from the Take-off Safety Speed table.
A take-off data sheet similar to the one shown overleaf is
normally used.
Note: Vl and VR are generally the same speed but there are
exceptions. Always check the TAKE OFF DATA printout for the
airf ield concerned.
o
o
N
15-2-5
Feb 15/89
- T I S H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES 1200
.,_,,.,,,A
DESTINATION
051....:a"
JETSTREAJW
Callsign
FLAP 10
Station
ATOW
OAT ..
Press. Alt ..........
..
.AIRFIELD:
RUNWAY:
..............
lv1/VR .......... 1
lv2 ............... 1
Aunwav .
Accn/Turn
Wind Comp.,
Vy
OAT:
...................
PLAN NEO
ZFW
ATOW .
w...........
u
E
...........
Fuel Remaining
R
E FLAP...........
Landing Wt.
ACCEL HT:
ACTUAL
--------- --------.
FLAP -----------------------
Vref. ...........
lvref
lv2
1
H/13/233-1
o
o
en
'
EXAMPLE
15-2-6
Oct 15/88
OF
TAKE-OFF
DATA
SHEET
.-:! /CO :2(/C

Printed in the U K
--~
"
JM32/43/Iss2
[/)
::X:
t:l
e:
t-t
[Ij
t:l
1-<:
~~
1()
e:
[Ij
t-3
[/)
[Ij [Ij
.
u
p.
t-3
t-t
[Ij
......
o
o
[/)
::X:
l'd
3000
3500
4000
4500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
9500 10000
100.0
99.1
100.0 98.0
100.0 98.9 97.0
99.8 97.8 95.9
99.l
98.1
97.l
96.1
95.l
94.0
97.2
96.2
95.2
94.2
93.2
92.2
95.3
94.3
93.3
92.3
91.4
90.4
93.4
92.3
91.5
90.5
89.6
88.6
91. 5
90.6
89.7
88.7
87.8
86.8
89.7
88.7
87.8
86.9
86.0
85.l
87.9
86.9
86.1
85.2
84.3
83.4
86.l
85.2
84.3
83.4
82.6
81. 7
85.8
84.9
83.9
82.9
81.9
84.1
83. 2
82.2
81. 3
80.3
82.4
81. 5
80.5
79.6
78.7
80.7
79.8
78.9
78.0
77.1
5000
5500
100.0
99.5
100.0 98.3
ITPE331-12 ENGINE FLAT RATEO AT 1020 SHPI
100.0 99.1 97.2
99.9 97.6 96.0
98.6
97.5
96.4
95.3
94.2
96.7
95.6
94.5
93. 4
92.4
94.8
93.8
92.7
91.6
90.5
93.0
91.9
90.9
89.8
88.8
91.1
90.1
89.1
88.1
8?.0
89.3
88.3
86.3
85.3
87.6
86.6
85.6
84.6
83.6
2
4
6
8
10
87.~
100.0
99.4
100.0 98.2
100.0 98.9 97.0
99.5 97.6 95.7
98.7
97.5
96.3
95.1
93.9
96.8
95.6
94.4
93. 3
92.1
94.9
93.8
92.6
91. 5
90.3
93.1
92.0
90.8
89.7
88.6
91.3
90.2
89.1
88.0
86.8
89.5
88.4
87.3
86.2
85.1
87.7
86.7
85.6
84.5
83.5
86.0
85.0
83.9
82.9
81.8
84.3
83.3
82.3
81. 2
80.2
82.6
81. 6
80.7
79.6
78.6
81.0
80.0
79.0
78.0
77.1
79.3
78.4
77.4
76.5
75.5
77. 7
76.8
75.9
74.9
74.0
76.2
75.2
74.3
73.4
72.4
92.7
91.5
90.4
89.3
88.2
90.9
89.7
88.6
87.6
86.5
89.2
88.0
86.9
85.9
84.9
87.4
86.3
85.2
84.2
83.3
85.7
84.6
83.6
82.6
81.6
84.1
83. o
81.9
80.9
80.0
82.4
81. 3
80.3
79.4
78.4
80.8
79.7
78.7
77.8
76.9
79.2
78.2
77.2
76.2
75.2
77.6
76.6
75.6
74.7
73. 7
76.0
75.0
74.l
73.2
72.3
74.5
73.4
72.6
71. 7
70.8
72.9
72.0
71.l
70.3
69.4
71.5
70.5
69.6
68.9
68.0
92.4
91. l
90.0
88.9
87.6
90.6
89.5
88.2
87.1
86.0
88.8
87.6
86.6
85.4
84.3
87.2
86.0
84.9
83.8
82.7
85.4
84.5
83. 3
82.2
81. 2
83.8
82.7
81. 7
80.7
79.6
82.1
81.1
8Q.l
79.1
78.0
80.5
79.5
78.5
77.5
76.5
78.9
77.9
77.0
76.0
75.0
77.4
76.4
75.5
74.5
73.6
75.9
75.0
73.9
73.0
72.0
74.4
73.5
72.5
71.6
70.6
72.9
72.L
71.1
70.2
69.3
71.4
70.5
69.7
68.8
67.9
70.0
69.2
68.3
67.3
66.S
68.6
67.7
66.9
66.0
65.2
67.2
66.3
65.4
64.6
63.8
G')"'.
82.9
81.6
80.3
78.8
77.S
81. 5
80.1
78.7
77.4
75.9
79.8
78.5
77.1
75.9
74.4
78.3
77 .1
75.6
74.4
72.9
76.8
75.5
74.l
72.9
71.S
75.3
73.9
72.7
71.5
70.1
73.8
72.5
71. 4
70.1
68.7
72.3
71.1
69.9
68.7
70.9
69.7
68.S
67.2
68.2
67.0
65.8
66.8
65.6
65.4
64.3
64.l
62.8
l>o
es.o
84.6
83.2
81.8
80.3
79.0
69.S
68.4
67.2
83.6
82.l
86.2
84.8
83.5
81.9
80.5
80.6
78.9
77.5
76.2
79.0
77.S
76.0
74.8
77.4
76.0
74.5
76.0
74.5
73.1
74.5
73.l
73.l
71. 7
71. 7
70.2
1500
2000
2500
22 99.6
24 98.4
26 97.l
28 . 95.9
30 94.6
97.8
96.5
95.3
94.1
92.9
95.9
94.6
93.5
92.3
91.l
94.1
92.9
91. 7
90.5
89.5
93.0
91.6
90.0
88.4
87.0
91. 3
89.9
88.3
86.7
85.3
89.6
88.2
86.6
85.2
83.7
87.9
86.5
85.3
83.7
82.l
80.7
79.3
77.9
83.7
82.2
80.5
79.2
77.8
82.l
80.6
79.0
77. 7
76.4
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
500
1000
ex>
\O
-..J
U1
NOTES : l.
2.
2 ~"\,;.'
3:~~
zo
e
)>
"'tJ
:o
...
-i
3500
)> Cl'l!li~
-f
m
....
THIS AREA IS GREATER

THAN ISA +37 C
3000
~ ::JI
)>
4000
4500
5000
5500
PRESSURE ALTITUDE
.......
~ ~~I
94.5
93.3
92.l
91.0
89.9
z.'
......
"TI
)>
96.4
95.1
93.9
92.8
91. 7
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
- ft
U1
1
N
1
98.2
97.0
95.7
94.6
93. 5
<:
......
3:
)>
100.0
12
100.0 98.8
14
99.5 97.6
16
100.0 98.3 96.4
18
20 100.0 99.0 97.1 95.3
~
H'"ll ~
Z'"ll
Gl
ffi
2500
IN THIS AREA
t:l
2000
TORQUE IS 100\
-8
-6
-4
-2
[Ij
t-3
1500
-20
-18
-16
-14
-12
-10
(')
1000
500
THE POWER LEVERS MUST BE ADVANCED TO GIVE THE TABULATED VALUE OF TORQUE. IF THESE VALUES ARE NOT
ACHIEVED WITH THE POWER LEVERS FULLY ADVANCED THEN THE TAKE-OFF MUST BE REJECTED.
IF ENGINE ANTI-ICING IS USED, INCREASE THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BY +5C TO OBTAIN TOROUE VALUE .
9000
9500 10000
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
15-2-8
Dec 1/88
EIRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERiEs }200

!i.'
FIELD
PRE SS
ALT.
TEMPERATURE DEGREES C
o < o
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
8
-2
16
5
-5
WT
LB
U)
o
o
16204
16120
15840
15570
15300
15020
14760
14500
14230
13970
13720
13470
13220
12970
12720
11000
23
12
2
-7
30
19
9
-1
-9
37
26
16
6
-3
-12
44
33
23
13
4
-5
-14
51 52
40 47 50
30 37 44 48 48
20 27 33 40 46
10 17 23 30 37
1
7 14 20 27
-8 -1
5 11 18
-16 -10 -4
2
8
-18 -12 -6
o
-21 -16 -10
-24 -19
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
107
107
107
107
107
V2 - KNOTS
116
116
115
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
116 116
116 116
115'115
114 114
113 113
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
111
111
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
110
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
106
106
106
106
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
105
105
105
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
104
104
116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
103
USA, CAN
Explanation: Enter the table at the airfield pressure altitude

Read across to the ambient temperature
Drop a reference down until level with weight
Read off V2
VR = V2 minus 3 kt
V2 is also the speed f or Best Angle of Climb
rn-..rrp __ l"'lpp
JETSTREAM
SPEEDS
TO FA.A REQUIRE:MENTS (HP4.l6)
.:.. ...
........
-.i.. .....
15-2-9
Sep 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SrniEs }200
JETSTREAM 3200 TO FLIGHT MANUAL HP 4.16

ALL ENGINES BEST RATE OF CLIMB SPEED
WEIGHT
LB
16204
16000
15500
15000
14500
14000
13500
13000
12500
12000
CLIMB SPEED
KT
139
138
136
134
131
129
127
125
123
121
RECOMMENDED ALL ENGINES CLIMB SPEED

OPTIMISED FOR NORMAL OPERATIONS
160 KT TO 15,000 FT TREN REDUCING BY
V
3 KT PER THOUSAND FEET UP TO MAX

PERMITTED ALTITUDE
Note: For single engine climb speeds, see page 15-3-3.
ALL ENGINES CLIMB SPEEDS

15-2-10
May 15/90
---.......
B-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA/111
SERiES }200
f.
FLAPS 10 DEGS
DRY
CLIMB WEIGHT LIMIT - WAT - POUNDS
AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT
TEMP
C
SL
o
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
52
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
16204
16200
15860
15480
15060
14560
14030
13570
16204
16130
15870
15580
15200
14780
14280
13775
13305
16160
16100
15950
15640
15300
14920
14500
14000
13520
13040
16050
15950
15690
15350
15020
14635
14215
13740
13260
12770
Max Take Off Weight

16204 in this area
16180
15720
15170
14620
14120
13930
16204
15900
15435
14885
14360
13860
16204
16035
15625
15150
14600
14100
13600
16204
16155
15760
15340
14855
14315
13835
Above ISA+37C in this area

TEMP
C
-15
-10
- 5
500
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
16180
16080
16000
15930
15735
15430
15075
14740
14350
13930
13480
13000
15960
15850
15770
15525
15240
14890
14530
14160
13800
13380
12960
12475
15730
15570
15310
15020
14730
14350
13970
13620
13245
12845
12420
11940
15380
15110
14820
14500
14180
13800
13430
13080
12720
12330
11880
14890
14630
14310
13975
13625
13250
12890
12530
12200
11820
11350
14410
14125
13790
13440
13075
12700
12350
12000
11650
11250
13930
13600
13250
12890
12520
12160
11825
11460
11100
10675
Above ISA+37C in this are a
TAKE OFF WAT LIMITATIONS (DRY)

TO FAA REQUIREMENTS (HP 4.16)
15-2-11
Feb 15/90
BRITl5'# AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
FLAPS 10 DEGS
TEMP
C
SL
o
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
52
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
16050
15720
15322
14932
14460
13951
13492
16033
15790
15422
15029
14647
14188
13683
13256
Torque is already limited to 100%

in .this area
. 16204
16204 16100
16204 15935 15620
15675 15388 15100
15150 14855 14560
14410
16204
15808
15326
14812
14287
16204
15937
15515
15032
14523
14114
16204
16038
15628
15224
14742
14236
13748

TEMP
C
4000
-20
-15
-10
- 5
6000
7000
15669
15379
15015
14672
14351
13987
13634
13259
12849
12375
15290 14650
15518 14908 14320
15139 14572 14000
14770 14185 13625
14453 13871 13315
14127 13566 13010
13793 13252 12660
13428 12882 12350
13101 12565 12025
12731 12186 11650
12307 11740
Above ISA+37C
Torque is
100% in
this are a
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
5000
15840
15490
15131
14743
14364
13920
13422
15850
15596
15246
14906
14556
14183
13808
13382
12890
8000
9000
10000
14115
13820
13475
13140
12830
12500
12130
11850
11525
11140
in this a rea
TAKE OFF WAT LIMITATIONS (APR)

15-2.:.12
Feb 15/89
o
o
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200

::
.
FLAPS 10 DEGS
DRY
TEMP
C
SL
o
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
52
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
16204
16020
15670
15295
14860
14380
13900
13400
16204
16204
16060
15750
15385
15010
14580
14110
13640
13135
16169
16110
15820
15470
15100
14720
14300
13830
13380
12870
Max Take Off Weight

16204 in this area
16204
15840
15270
14720
14200
14050
16204
16010
15540
14985
14460
13950
16204
16170
15725
15240
14700
14200
13700
16204
15875
15430
14950
14430
13930
16204
15960
15580
15140
14660
14160
13660

TEMP
C
-15
-10
- 5
500
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
16204
16204
16120
16050
15860
15545
15195
14810
14440
14010
13550
13108
16060
15990
15890
15610
15340
15005
14635
14245
13885
13455
13030
12564
15860
15710
15440
15130
14830
14450
14070
13705
13340
12935
12510
12037
15485
15215
14925
14610
14275
13895
13530
13180
12800
12420
11990
15010
14725
14400
14090
13730
13340
13000
12640
12270
11910
11450
14530
14225
13895
13545
13165
12800
12450
12095
11735
11330
14050
13730
13390
13000
12600
12260
11900
11550
11200
10750
Above ISA+37C in this a rea
TAKE OFF WAT LIMITATIONS (DRY)

McCAULEY PROPELLERS
EFFECTIVITY:
902 ONLY
15-2-11
Aug 15/90
l!NWTISH AEROs-cE
JETSTREAWI
SERiES
}200
FLAPS 10 DEGS
TEMP
C
SL
o
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
52
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
16204
16175
16055
15720
15315
14860
14350
13860
16160
16080
16015
15765
15420
15025
14575
14070
13600
16104
16010
15930
15785
15490
15130
14745
14295
13805
13335
APR not available

in this area
16204
16204
16204
15810
15230
14710
14500
16204
16204
16204
16070
15515
14950
14435
16204
16204
16204
15750
15220
14670
14165
16204
16204
16204
15905
15450
14930
14395
16204
16204
16204
16015
15610
15155
14635
14125

TEMP
C
4000
-15
-10
- 5
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
1
5000
APR not
available
15735
15970 15637
15855 15490
15760 15230
15510 14945
15220 14635
14850 14285
14470 13905
14020 13480
13540 12990
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
15645
15530
15430
15225
14975
14705
14400
14075
13730
13355
12950
12460
15330
15200
14960
14740
14470
14170
13850
13535
13200
12835
12395
14960
14730
14490
14240
13940
13640
13330
12990
12680
12295
11860
14500
14290
14025
13730
13420
13110
12795
12460
12140
11750
14040
13850
13560
13225
12900
12580
12260
11925
11600
11200
Above ISA+37C in this a rea
TAKE OFF WAT LIMITATIONS (APR)

McCAULEY PROPELLERS
15-2-12
EFFECTIVITY:
Aug 15/90
902 ONLY
BRl77SH AEROSFMCE
-JETSTREA/111
SERiEs J200

',,
,.
3. EN-ROUTE
3.1 Configuration
Failure of the right hand engine has the most adverse effect
on handling and performance, the performance data is
therefore based on failure of that engine. The following
assumptions are made:Net Gradient: One engine inoperative.
RPM lever at FLIGHT (100%).
POWER lever advanced to give the
scheduled en-route torque (from Flight
Manual)
En-route climb speed (15-3-3)
FLOW selector at position 5
3.2 Requirements
The net ceiling attainable and drift down prof ile vary with
temperature, gross weight, and in the case of the profile,
wind component. The net gradient performance is based on
the gross gradient diminished by 1.1%.
Compliance with the following must be shown when
establishing en-route performance :The aircraft will, in the meteoro~ogical conditions expected
for the flight, in the event of any one power unit becoming
inoperative at any point on its route or any planned
diversion therefrom, be capable of clearing by a vertical
interval of at least 2,000 ft obstacles within 10 nautical
miles of the intended track, using the scheduled net
gradients.
On arrival at the destination or alternate airport the net

gradient shall be not less than zero at 1,500 ft above the
airport.
15-3-1
Jan_15/97
BRITISH AEROSl"JtaCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
3.3 Flying for Best Altitude
To achieve best gross performance the RPM should be set to

100%.
The power lever should be advanced to Redline
torque or Redline EGT whichever comes first.
The aircraft
should then be f lown at the Single Engine En-Route Climb
speed (15-3-3) whilst it drifts down. The setting of the
AIR CONDITIONING FLOW selectors is quite critical in
achieving the best performance. The flow selector on the
side of the dead engine should be turned OFF. The flow
selector on the side of the live engine should only be
increased suff iciently to maintain cabin pressurisation.
The tables are based on a setting of 5. The aircraft will
eventually level off at this speed and power setting.
A simplif ied set of tables covering the parameters for
Best Altitude on one engine is given at pages 15-3-4 and
15-3-5.
3.4 Flying for Best Range
If altitude is not critical the following procedure should

be followed; this will give improved aircraft handling and
a small improvement in range.
The RPM should be set to 97%. The power lever should be
set as in para 3.3 above and the aircraft flown at 140 Kt
down to the stabilising altitude given in the tables
covering the parameters for Best Rang~ on one engine at
pages 15-3-6 and 15-3-7. The AIR CONDITIONING FLOW
selector should be set as described in para 3.3 above.
On completion of the driftdown, especially at the lighter
weights, it may be necessary to reduce power to keep the
airspeed below 140 Kt.
Note: If the stabilising altitude achieved by this
procedure does not give adequate terrain clearance
then revert to Flying For Best Altitude at para 3.3.
C>
C>
U1
c:o
'
())
15-3-2
Jan 15/97
BRITISH AEROSIWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
ALTITUDE ft
WEIGHT
10000
lb
AND
SL 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 ABOVE
"'
'co
LO
16204
16120
15880
15630
15380
15140
14890
14640
14400
14150
13900
13650
13400
13150
12900
12650
12400
12150
11900
11650
11400
11150
11000
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
123 123
123 123
122 122
121 121
120 120
119 119
118 118
117 117
116 116
115 115
114 114
113 113
112 112
111 111
110 110
110 109
110 108
110 108
110 108
110 ;..108
110 108
110 108
110 108
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
107
107
107
107
107
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
106
106
106
106
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
105
105
105
123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
104
104
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
o
N
JETSTREAM 3200 SINGLE ENGINE EN-ROUTE CLIMB SPEEDS

15-3-3
Jan-15/97
BRITISI# AEROSFlllCE
JETSTREAllll
Srnies 1200

-:,.:
FLYING FOR BEST ALTITUDE, 1.1% NET GRADIENT

100% RPM
FLOW SELECTOR POSITION 5
SINGLE ENGINE DRIFTDOWN SPEED FOR BEST ALTITUD E

WEIGHT - lb
SPEED - Kt
11000
12000
13000
106*
107*
111*
* THESE SPEEDS ARE INCREASED BELOW
14000
15000
16000
115
119
123
8000 ft
(SEE 15-3-3)
l
DRIFTDOWN DISTANCES (n mile) AND FUEL BURN (lb)
Initial
Cruise F/L
250
240
220
200
180
160
140
WEIGHT AT ENGINE FAILURE
- lb
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
128
255
118
240
93
190
50
100
150
325
142
310
123
280
100
230
35
100
167
390
162
380
148
355
132
325
110
280
60
160
183
460
188
460
167
445
155
420
138
380
115
325
55
210
198
500
194
500
181
490
176
470
162
440
148
410
127
360
212
555
209
555
201
545
192
530
181
500
168
475
151
440
...
These Distance and Fuel figures are for ISA + lOC.

For each
degree C higher (or lower), add (or subtract) 80 lb to the actual
weight and use this value to read the table.
15-3-4
Jan 15/97
o
U1
ro
..........,
o
BRITISH
AERO~
JETSTREA/111
SERiEs J200
,,
FLYING FOR BEST ALTITUDE, 1.1% NET GRADIENT
100% RPM
If engine anti-icing is used the altitude should be read at the

ambient temperature increased by 5C.
NET STABILISING PRESSURE ALTITUDE FOR TERRAIN CLEARANCE WEIGHT AT END OF DRIFTDOWN
TEMPERATURE C
RELATIVE OAT AT
TO ISA 12000 ft
-29
-24
-19
-14
- 9
- 4
1
6
11
16
21
26
28
-20
-15
-10
- 5
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
37
ft
- lb
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
21800
21100
20400
19700
18900
18200
17500
16700
15900
15000
14100
13100
12600
19700
19000
18300
17500
16800
16000
15300
14500
13500
12600
11700
10500
10100
17600
16900
16100
15400
14600
13800
13000
12100
11200
10200
9100
8000
6400
15500
14800
14000
13200
12400
11600
10700
9800
8800
7800
6600
5400
4700
13500
12800
12000
11200
10300
9400
8400
7400
6400
5400
4100
11500
10700
9900
9100
8100
7200
6200
5100
4100
2700
;...
l
SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE SPEED FOR BEST ALTITUDE - Kt
r---00
L.()
WEIGHT lb
SPEED Kt
11000
106*
12000
107*
13000
111*
14000
115
15000
119
16000
123
* These Speeds are increased below 8,000 ft (see 15-3-3)
SINGLE ENGINE ANM PER 100 lb OF FUEL

F/L
200
150
100
50
11000
51
46
42
38
12000
47
44
40
36
WEIGHT - lb
13000
14000
44
42
39
35
41
37
34
15000
16000
39
36
33
35
32
15-3-5
Jan_l5/97
BRITISHA~
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
FLYING FOR BEST RANGE, GROSS GRADIENT

97% RPM
SINGLE ENGINE DRIFTDOWN SPEED FOR BEST RANGE

WEIGHT - lb
SPEED
- Kt
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
140
140
140
140
140
140
DRIFTDOWN DISTANCES (n mile) AND FUEL BURN (lb)

Initial
Cruise F/L
250
240
220
200
180
160
140
11000
WEIGHT AT ENGINE FAILURE POINT - lb

12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
212
380
207
373
193
354
175
329
151
288
97
190
No
Driftdown
229
429
223
422
211
406
196
383
176
350
144
293
35
74
243
477
238
471
227
457
213
436
196
407
171
364
128
280
257
529
252
523
241
509
228
490
214
466
194
430
164
374
;...
265
573
260
568
250
555
239
537
225
515
209
486
187
443
280 n mile
637 lb
275
632
265
619
255
605
243
584
228
559
210
524
These distance and fuel flow figures are for ISA + lOC, but
can be considered applicable to all temperatures.
15-3-6
Jan 15/97
o
o
lJ1
a:>
--.....J
N
BRITISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 1200
FLYING FOR BEST RANGE, GROSS GRADIENT

97% RPM
If engine anti-ice is used the altitude should be read at the

ambient temperature increased by 5C.
GROSS STABILISING PRESSURE ALTITUDE FOR BEST RANGE - f t
WEIGHT AT END OF DRIFTDOWN
TEMPERATURE C
RELATIVE OAT AT
TO ISA 12000 ft
-29
-24
-19
-14
- 9
- 4
1
6
11
-20
-15
-10
- 5
5
10
15
20
- lb
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
20400
19550
18700
17900
17000
16100
15200
14100
13000
19200
18400
17500
16700
15750
14800
13800
12700
11400
18000
17100
16300
15400
14400
13400
12400
11150
9700
16600
15800
14900
14000
12900
12000
10800
9500
8000
15300
14400
13500
12400
11300
10300
9200
7800
6100
14000
13000
12000
10900
9800
8600
7400
6000
SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE SPEED FOR BEST RANGE - Kt

WEIGHT lb
SPEED Kt
11000
140
12000
140
13000
140
14000
140
15000
140
16000
140
SINGLE ENGINE ANM PER 100 lb OF FUEL

F/L
200
150
100
50
11000
54
50
47
44
12000
51
49
46
43
WEIGHT - lb
13000
14000
49
47
44
41
46
44
42
40
15000
44
43
41
38
16000
42
40
38
36
15-3-7/8
Jan_15/97
-TTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAA6
SERiES }200

...
/-~o-~:-
.::.
4.
LANDING (PART 135)

4.1 Configurations
The data provided is based on the following assumptions:4.1.1 Go around on two engines (Landing Climb)
Both engines operating.
Airbleeds off. **
RPM levers at FLIGHT (100%)
Power levers advanced to give scheduled
go-around torque
Flaps at 35
Landing gear down
Airspeed Vref (Landing Approach)
**
The cabin and f light deck airbleeds are always off

for landing. If engine anti-icing is used then due
allowance must be made in the two engine go around
performance limitations.
4.1.2 Go around on one engine (Approach Climb)

One engine operating at max take off power.
Go around Scheduled torque.
RPM levers at FLIGHT (100%)
Propeller of inoperative engine feathered.
Flaps 10
Landing gear up
Airspeed V2
{.1.3
~anding
Distance
Both engines operating.

Airbleeds off
Power to maintain a gradient of descent of 5% being
reduced to flight idle at the start of the f lare
and ground idle selected as soon as the aircraf t is
on the runway.
Flaps at 35 or 20
Landing gear down
Airspeed Vref do~n to start of flare (15-4-4).
15-4-1
-Nov 15/89
- T I S H AEROSPACE
JETSTREAA#
SeRies J200
4.2 Requirements
The landing f ield lengths required vary with airfield
pressure altitude, gross weight, wind and runway slope.
In all cases compliance with the following must be shown
when establishing landing performance:At the appropriate destination and landing airport the
landing distance required must be equal to, or less than,
the landing distance available on:4.2.1
The most favourable runway and in the rnost

favourable direction, in still air.
4.2.2
The rnost suitable runway considering the probable

wind velocity and direction.
Note: If the airplane would be prohibited from taking off

because it could not rneet para 4.2 above, it may be taken off
providing an alternate airport is selected that rneets both
requirements using the scheduled alternate landing distances.
A mnimum gross gradient of clirnb is required in the Landing
Clirnb configuration, this is shown as a WAT lirnitation on pages
15-4-11 and 15-4-12.
4.3 Precornputed Landing Data
Norrnally landing weights are cornputed far regularly.used
runways and the results published in tabular forro as an
Appendix to 15-4-14.
In the event of a requirement to land at an airfield not
covered by the precomputed tables, landing distances
required and WAT lirnits are shown at pages 15-4-5 to
15-4-12.
The tabulation of landing performance shows far each runway
considered and far the certif ication standard shown above
the tabulation :4.3.1 The temperature when the WAT weight is equal to the
Maxirnum Landi-ng Weight, MLW.
15-4-2
Apr 15/89
!'\..
e:
e
!'\...
e::
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREARH
SeRies }200
4.3.2 The distance lirnited weights for given reported

winds.
If the runway is so short that the weight is below
the Flight Manual range the rnessage OFMR is printed.
If at any wind the distance lirnited weight is greater
than the Maxirnurn Landing Weight then that weight is
printed and no more winds are listed.
Note: For single engined landings or for 20 flap
landings Vref rnust be increased by 4 kt.
4.4 Flapless Landings
4.4.1
For Flapless Landings (training or actual) use the

Landing Approach Speed for 35 Flap obtained frorn
15-4-4 increased by 15 knots.
4.4.2
For an ACTUAL Flapless Landing, the landing distance

obtained frorn the Destination Airfields table at
15-4-5 should be increased by 7%. far each 5 knot
increment of speed. In an actual Flapless Landing
the use of full reverse pitch and maxirnurn braking
is recommended.
4.4.3
Fer a TRAINING Flapless Landing, the landing

distance obtained from the Destination Airf ields
table at 15-4-5 should be increased by 10% for each
5 knot increment of speed. This figure is based on
the use of full revers~ pitch and moderate braking.
15-4-3
Nov 15/89
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
JETSTREAM 3200 TO FM HP 4.16

LANDING APPROACH SPEED
WEIGHT
POUNDS
SPEED
KNOTS
:;
;
c.
:;
...:;,.
15609
15520
15240
14970
14690
14420
14160
13910
13660
13400
13150
12900
12660
12420
12180
11930
11690
11450
11210
115
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
CT>
;;><;
~-~
o
(5".
{'.>
Note: For 20 flap landings increase Vref by 4 kt.
JETSTREAM 3200 LANDING SPEEDS

35<> FLAP
Nov 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200

JETSTREAM 3200 RLW TO FLIGHT MANUAL HP. 4.16 WITH 1020 SHP ENGINES.
STILL AIR & ZERO SLOPE
35 degs FLAP
************
LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED - FEET - DESTINATION AIRFIELDS

PRESSURE ALTITUDE - FEET
WEIGHT
LB
15609
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610
SL
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4475
4420
4370
4320
4270
4220
4170
4120
4075
4025
3980
3935
3890
3845
3800
3755
3710
4520
4465
4410
4360
4310
4260
4210
4160
4110
4060
4015
3965
3920
3875
3830
3785
3745
4565
4510
4450
4400
4350
4295
4245
4195
4145
4100
4050
4000
3955
3910
3865
3820
3775
4610
4550
4495
4440
4385
4335
4285
4235
4185
4135
4085
4035
3990
3945
3895
3850
3810
4655
4595
4535
4480
4425
4375
4320
4270
4220
4170
4120
4070
4025
3975
3930
3885
3840
4695
4640
4580
4525
4470
4415
4360
4310
4260
4210
4160
4110
4060
4010
3965
3920
3875
4740
4680
4625
4565
4510
4455
4400
4350
4300
4245
4195
4145
4095
4050
4000
3950
3905
4785
4725
4670
4610
4555
4500
4445
4390
4335
4285
4235
4185
4135
4085
4035
3985
3940
LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED - FEET - ALTERNATE AIRFIELDS

WEIGHT
LB
co
o
15509
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

SL
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
3825
3785
3740
3695
3655
3610
3570
3530
3490
3445
3405
3370
3330
3290
3255
3215
3180
3865
3820
3775
3730
3685
3645
3600
3560
3520
3480
3435
3395
3360
3320
3280
3245
3205
3905
3855
3810
3765
3720
3675
3635
3590
3550
3510
3465
3425
3385
3350
3310
3270
3235
3945
3895
3845
3800
3755
3710
3665
3625
3580
3540
3495
3455
3415
3375
3335
3300
3265
3980
3930
3880
3830
3785
3740
3700
3655
3610
3570
3525
3485
3445
3405
3365
3325
3290
4020
3970
3920
3870
3825
3780
3730
3690
3645
3600
3560
3515
3475
3435
3395
3355
3320
4055
4005
3955
3910
3860
3815
3765
3720
3680
3635
3590
3550
3505
3465
3425
3385
3345
4095
4045
3995
3945
3895
3850
3800
3755
3710
3665
3625
3580
3540
3495
3455
3415
3375
DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAA REQUIREMENTS

SEA LEVEL TO 3500 FT,35 FLAP
15-4-5
Dec 1/88

4,000 FT TO 10,000 FT,35 FLAP
15-4-6
Dec 1/88
BRlnsH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200
EFFECTS OF RUNWAY SLOPE & WIND ON LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE

DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAR PART 135
'
WIND EQUIVALENT DISTANCE - FEET

TAILWIND -KT
HEADWIND -KT
15
10
SA
10
15
20
25
30
4500
4813
5125
5438
5750
6038
6325
6625
6925
7230
4167
4458
4750
5042
5333
5608
5883
6167
6450
6737
3833
4104
4375
4646
4917
5179
5442
5708
5975
6243
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
3408
3650
3893
4138
4383
4628
4873
5116
5358
5600
3315.
3550
3785
4026
4267
4507
4747
4982
5217
5450
3223
3450
3678
3914
4150
4385
4620
4848
5075
5300
3130
3350
3570
3802
4033
4263
4493
4713
4933
5150
3038
3250
3463
3690
3917
4142
4367
4579
4792
5000
2945
3150
J355
3578
3800
4020
4240
4445
4650
4850
RUNWAY SLOPE EQUIVALENT DISTANCE - FEET

DOWNHILL - PERCENT
o
N
f'...._
o
o
UPHILL - PERCENT
2.0
1.5
l. o
0.5
ZERO
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
3160
3430
3700
3975
4250
4515
4780
5060
5340
5600
5860
6130
6400
6675
6950
7210
3118
3384
3650
3918
4185
4450
4715
4981
5248
5509
5770
6035
6300
6569
6838
7095
3075
3338
3600
3860
4120
4385
4650
4903
5155
5418
5680
5940
6200
6463
6725
6980
3038
3294
3550
3805
4060
4318
4575
4826
5078
5334
5590
5845
6100
6356
6613
6865
3000
3250
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
6000
6250
6500
6750
2963
3206
3450
3694
3938
4183
4428
4674
4920
5166
5413
5659
5905
6150
6395
6640
2925
3163
3400
3638
3875
4115
4355
4598
4840
5083
5325
5568
5810
6050
6290
6530
2888
3123
3358
3591
3825
4058
4290
4529
4768
5005
5243
5480
5718
5951
6185
6428.
2850
3083
3315
3545
3775
4000
4225
4460
4695
4928
5160
5393
5625
5853
6080
6325
EFFECTS OF RUNWAY SLOPE AND WIND ON

LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE. 35FLAP
OPERATIONS DESTINATION AND ALTERNATE.
15-4-7
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs }200

20 degs FLAP
************
WEIGHT
LB
15609
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610
SL
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4775
4720
4665
4610
4555
4500
4445
4390
4335
4280
4225
4175
4125
4075
4025
3975
3925
4815
4765
4710
4655
4595
4540
4485
4430
4375
4320
4265
4215
4165
4115
4065
4010
3960
4860
4805
4750
4695
4640
4585
4525
4470
4415
4360
4305
4250
4200
4150
4100
4050
4000
4905
4850
4790
4735
4680
4625
4570
4515
4455
4400
4345
4290
4240
4190
4140
4085
4035
4950
4890
4835
4775
4720
4665
4610
4555
4500
4440
4385
4330
4280
4225
4175
4125
4075
5000
4940
4880
4825
4765
4710
4655
4595
4540
4480
4425
4370
4315
4265
4210
4160
4110
5055
4990
4930
4870
4810
4755
4695
4640
4580
4520
4465
4410
4355
4300
4250
4195
4145
5105
5040
4980
4915
4855
4800
4740
4680
4620
4560
4505
4450
4395
4340
4285
4235
4180
...-a
"'c..
....5
:;,-
"'e
7\

WEIGHT
LB
156'09
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

SL
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4070
4025
3980
3935
3885
3840
3790
3745
3700
3655
3610
3565
3525
3485
3440
3400
3355
4110
4060
4015
3970
3920
3875
3825
3780
3735
3690
3645
3600
3555
3515
3470
3430
3390
4150
4100
4050
4005
3955
3910
3865
3815
3770
3725
3675
3630
3590
3545
3505
3460
3420
4190
4140
4085
4040
3990
3945
3900
3850
3805
3755
3710
3665
3620
3580
3535
3495
3450
4230
4175
4125
4075
4025
3980
3935
3885
3840
3790
3740
3695
3655
3610
3565
3525
3480
4275
4220
4170
4115
4065
4015
3970
3920
3870
3825
3775
3730
3685
3640
3600
3555
3510
4325
4265
4210
4160
4105
4055
4005
3955
3905
3860
3810
3765
.3720
3675
3630
3585
3540
4370
4315
4255
4200
4145
4095
4040
3990
3940
3890
3845
3795
3750
3705
3660
3615
3570

SEA LEVEL TO 3500 FT,20 FLAP
15-4-8
Dec 1,/88
o
o
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200

20 degs FLAP
************
WEIGHT
LB
15609
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
5160
5095
5025
4965
4900
4840
4780
4720
4660
4605
4545
4485
4430
4375
4320
4270
4215
5265
5200
5130
5065
5000
4940
4875
4815
4755
4695
4635
4575
4520
4460
4405
4350
4295
5375
5305
5235
5165
5100
5035
4970
4910
4845
4785
4725
4665
4605
4545
4485
4425
4370
5495
5425
5355
5285
5220
5150
5080
5015
4950
4890
4825
4765
4700
4640
4575
4515
4460
5620
5550
5480
5405
5335
5260
5190
5120
5055
4990
4925
4860
4795
4730
4665
4605
4545
5825
5750
5680
5605
5530
5455
5380
5310
5240
5170
5100
5030
4960
4890
4825
4755
4695
6035
5955
5875
5800
5725
5650
5570
5495
5420
5345
5270
5195
5125
5050
4980
4910
4840

WEIGHT
LB
N
N
!'-
o
o
N
15609
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
4415
4360
4300
4240
4185
4130
4075
4025
3975
3925
3875
3830
3785
3735
3690
3645
3600
4515
4455
4390
4335
4275
4220
4165
4110
4055
4005
3955
3905
3855
3805
3760
3710
3665
4605
4545
4485
4425
4365
4310
4250
4195
4140
4080
4030
3980
3925
3875
3825
3780
3730
4710
4650
4590
4530
4470
4410
4345
4290
4230
4175
4i20
4060
4010
3955
3905
3855
3805
4815
4755
4695
4635
4570
4510
4445
4385
4325
4265
4210
4150
4090
4035
3980
3930
3880
4990
4925
4865
4800
4735
4675
4610
4550
4490
4425
4365
4300
4240
4180
4115
4055
4000
5165
5100
5035
4965
4905
4840
4775
4710
4645
4580
4520
4450
4385
4320
4255
4195
4130

4,000 FT TO 10,000 FT, 20 FLAP
15-4-9
Dec 1/88
BR,TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies J200

.
EFFECTS OF RUNWAY SLOPE & WIND ON LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE

DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAR PART 135
WIND EQUIVALENT DISTANCE - FEET

TAILWIND -KT
15
10
4815
5118
5420
5730
6040
6323
6605
6903
7200
7500
7800
4460
4745
5030
5320
5610
5882
6153
6435
6717
7000
7283
HEADWIND -KT
5
4105
4373
4640
4910
5180
5441 .
5702
5968
6233
6500
6767
SA
10
15
20
25
30
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
6000
6250
3647
3891
4136
4382
4628
4873
5117
5363
5608
5853
6098
3543
3783
4022
4264
4507
4745
4983
5225
5467
5707
5947
3440
3674
3908
4146
4385
4618
4850
5088
5325
5560
5795
3337
3565
3793
4028
4263
4490
4717
4950
5183
5413
5643
3233
3456
3679
3910
4142
4363
4583
4813
5042
5267
5492
3130
3348
3565
3793
4020
4235
4450
4675
4900
5120
5340
RUNWAY SLOPE EQUIVALENT DISTANCE - FEET

DOWNHILL - PERCENT
2.0
3155
3428
3700
3973
4245
4505
4765
5040
' 5315
5585.
5855
6115
6375
6648
6920
7190
7460
7740
-.
UPHILL - PERCENT
1.5
l. o
0.5
ZERO
0.5
l. o
1.5
2.0
3115
3383
3650
3915
4180
4439
4698
4965
5233
5498
5763
6023
6283
6546
6810
7075
7340
7618
3075
3338
3600
3858
4115
4373
4630
4890
5150
5410
5670
5930
6190
6445
6700
6960
7220
7495
3038
3294
3550
3804
4058
4311
4565
4820
5075
5330
5585
5840
6095
6348
6600
6855
7110
7373
3000
3250
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
6000
,,6250
6500
6750
7000
7250
2963
3208
3453
3700
3948
4190
4433
4679
4925
5171
5418
5663
5908
6154
6400
6644
6888
7138
2925
3165
3405
3650
3895
4130
4365
4608
4850
5093
5335
5575
5815
6058
6300
6538
6775
7025
2888
3126
3365
3606
3848
4078
4308
4544
4780
5021
5263
5498
5733
5969
6205
6440
6675
6913
2850
3088
3325
3563
3800
4025
4250
4480
4710
4950
5190
5420
5650
5880
6110
6343
6575
6800
EFFECTS OF RUNWAY SLOPE AND WIND ON

LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE. 20 FLAP
OPERATIONS DESTINATION AND ALTERNATE
15-4-10
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJff
SERES
J200

.:
FLAPS 10 DEGS
DRY
TEMP
C
SL
'
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
52
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
Max Landing Weight

15609 in this a rea
15520 15230
15370 15090 14800
15460 15175 14880 14600 14320
15500 15225 14940 14660 14380 14100 13820
15250 14975 14700 14420 14145 13870 13595 13320
14740 14460 14180
14530
TEMP
C
4000
-20
-15
-10
-5
'
5000
6000
Max Landing Weight

15609 in this a rea
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
15350
14950
14500
14050
13550
15540
15150
14750
14360
13940
13490
13000
15340
14950
14550
14200
13810
13400
12950
12460
7000
8000' 9000
15525 15050
15250 14750
15450 14900 14350
15150 14550 14000
14750 14200 13605
14360 13800 13250
14000 13455 12880
13650 13100 12550
13275 12730 12165
12870 12350 11800
12410 11875
Above ISA+37C
10000
14500
14170
13830
13440
13050
12690
12300
12000
11610
11180
in this a rea
LANDING WAT LIMITATIONS (DRY)

15-4-11
Feb 15/90
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJ'lll
SrniEs J200
...5
[
~
:;
..
;
e
7\
15-4-12
Dec 1/88
'
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA~
SERiES }200
4.4 Example of Landing Performance Calculation, 35 Flap

Landing Distance Available is known (4000 ft).
What is Landing Weight lirnited by Distance ?
Runway details: Slope downhill 0.5% , 5 kt headwind,
Elevation 1000 ft.
Frorn Page 15-4-7 obtain correct ELDA for wind.
Enter the upper table at 5 kt headwind and drop down to
interpolate for a figure of 4000 between 3893 and 4138.
Read across and interpolate for Still Air between 4000
and 4250. This gives an eqivalent value of 4109.
Enter the table at the
slope and drop down to
between 4060 and 4318.
slope between 4000 and
lower half of 15-4-7 at 0.5% downhill

interpolate for a figure of 4109
Read across and interpolate for zero
4250. This gives an ELDA of 4047.
Enter the Destination Airfields chart at 15-4-5 at 1000 ft

and ELDA (zero slope, still air) of 4047 ft.
Interpolate between 4000 and 4050. Read across to between
12860 and 13110 lb. This gives a rnax landing weight of
13095 lb.
Finally, if the ternperature is high, check the Landing
WAT Lirnit at 15-4-11.
-o
o
N
15-4-13
Dec 1/88
BRf'TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200
DATA FROM NONESUCH AIRLINES
WAT LIMITS WITH 1020 SHP ENGINE
DESTINATION AIRF~ELDS
DISTANCE LIMITS WITH 35 DEG FLAP
******
AIRFIELD
PRESS
ALT
FEET
OPSVILLE
DOGHOUSE
HIGHFIELD
SHORTFIELD
111
TEMP
WHEN
WAT=MLW.
DEG C
41.6
R/W
01
LANDING
DISTAN CE
AVAILABLE
R/W
SLOPE
FT
4500
-0.10
DISTANCE/KE
LIMITED
WEIGHT/TEMP
LB deg e
REPORTED
WIND
COMPONENT
KT
OFMR
11916
13702
15609
10 TAIL
5 TAIL
SA
222
40.9
22
5700
0.40
15609
15 TAIL
8000
-12.0
18
5800
0.20
12892
14453
15609
15 TAIL
10 TAIL
5 TAIL
42.2
11
4100
0.20
OFMR
OFMR
11942
13874
14439
15019
15607
15609
SA
5 HE.AD
r(
'i
5 TAIL
10 HEAD
15 HEAD
20 HE.AD
o
o
N
o
~
'
EXAMPLE OF LANDING PERFORMANCE TABULATION

15-4-14
Apr 15/89
EIR,TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
5.
OPERATION FROM CONTAMINATED AND SLIPPERY RUNWAYS

This section gives advisory information for operations from
runways contaminated by snow, slush or water and from slippery
runways.
Take-off from contaminated or slippery runways should be
avoided whenever possible; consideration should be given to
delaying the departure to await improved conditions. When a
delay is unacceptable, the data and recommendations in this
section should be used.
Where possible landing on a contaminated or slippery runway
should also be avoided, either by delaying the landing until
conditions have improved or by diversion to a suitable
alternate airfield.
Befare using this section, the crew should be familiar with
any general guidance on operations from contaminated or
slippery runways which may have been issued by the appropriate
Regulating Authority.
In conditions where snow, ice or frost may accumulate on the
airplane, it is important to ensure just befare take-off, that
there are no deposits adhering to the airplane surfaces.
Except where otherwise stated the limitations, procedures and
inf ormation contained in other sections of this manual are
unchanged.
5.1
Contaminated Runways
o
D
. /)
Flight trials have not been carried out to measure the

effects on airplane performance of runway contamination,
so the data in this section is calculated on the
following basis:
5.1.1 Allowance is made far the increased drag resistance
on the wheels caused by the contaminant and f or the
drag caused by spray striking the airframe and
landing gear.
5.1.2 No allowance is made far the effects of an engine
failure during take-off.
5.1.3 The runway surface is assumed to be hard; the
contaminant is assumed to be of unif orm depth and
density over the complete length of the ruway.
15-5-1
Nov
1/91
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs 'J200
All the related drag effects of runway contaminants

are fully factored in accordance with CAA guidelines.
S.2
Slippery Runways
Tests have not been carried out on runways with a low
braking friction (as caused by ice or other local
conditions) to assess either performance degradation or the
effect on controllability of the airplane.
The data in this section applies to take-off and landing
and has been calculated assuming a friction coeff icient of
o.os. The calculations assume the maximum use of all means
of retardation of the airplane. The data is applicable to
both two and one engine operating cases.
S.3
Contamination
A runway is considered contaminated when it is covered by
standing water, slush or snow to a depth exceeding 3mm.
The contaminants are def ined as follow:
5.3.1 Standing Water
standing water is caused by heavy rainfall and by
inadequate runway drainage.
The specific gravity of standing water is 1.00.
5.3.2 Slush
Slush is water saturated by snow, which splatters
when firmly stepped on.
The specific gravity of very wet slush is 0.80 to
1.00. It is principally water.
The specific gravity of slush is 0.50 to 0.80.
principally melting snow.
It is
S.3.3 Wet Snow
Wet snow is snow which will stick together and f orm a

snowball if compacted by hand.
The specific gravity of wet snow is 0.35 to
lS-S-2
Nov
1/91
o.so.
BRITISH AEROSPlllCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 'J200
5.3.4 Dry Snow
Dry Snow is snow which will not stay together if

compacted. It tends to blow in the wind.
The specific gravity of dry snow is 0.20 to 0.35.
The lower value corresponds to dry powder snow.
The depth of contaminant is unlikely to be constant along
the whole length of a runway. Provided that the
variation is not excessive, an estimate should be made of
of the mean depth of contaminant over the portian of
runway being used.
5.4
Operating Restrictions
5.4.1 The mean depth of a continuous layer of the
contaminant must not exceed the following values:

Water
Slush
Wet Snow
Dry Snow
8 millimetres
16 millimetres
23 millimetres
40 millimetres
The expected track of the airplane down the runway

should not comprise signif icant lengths where the
actual depth of contaminant is more than 40% deeper
than the mean depth.
Where a signif icant variation in contaminant depth
occurs, the calculation should be based on a depth
af contaminant greater than the mean depth.
5.4.2 Where a runway is contaminated to a depth in excess
of an "Equivalent Water Depth" of 9 mm, take-off
may not be carried out at a weight in excess of

15,500 lb (7030 kgs).
5.4.3 Take-off from, and landing on, a slippery runway
N
should not be carried out with a crosswind

component in excess of 15 knots.
5.4.4 Take-off from, and landing on, a contaminated
runway with any tailwind component should be

avoided.
5.4.5 Reduced power take-off is not permitted.
5.4.6 All normal power plant and braking systems must be
fully serviceable.
15-5-3
Mar 15/93
BINTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies }200
5.5
Ground Manoeuvring and Taxying

Contaminated surfaces are liable to be slippery so low
forward speeds, coupled with gentle manoeuvring, should be
adopted.
Appropriate combinations of nosewheel steering and
differential power should be used to execute turns.
Reverse thrust may be used to help bring the airplane to a
halt in particularly slippery conditions, although dry snow
blown f orward by reverse thrust may af f ect vision from the
flight deck.
....
::r
""e
5.6
;o;
Take-Off From Contaminated or Slippery Runways

It is recommended that the take-off is made from a rolling
start.
Power should be applied progressively and
symmetrically until scheduled torque is obtained.
Initially, the airplane should be steered using gentle
inputs to the nosewheel steering. Nosewheel steering
effectiveness may be increased by f orward pressure on the
control column.
{'
On contaminated runways, once rudder control becomes

effective, the nosewheel should be raised above the
contaminant to reduce drag and the rudder used to give
directional control.
All controls should be operated gently throughout the
take-off roll ~ large control inputs should be avoided.
Rotate the airplane at the normal VR and continue the
take-off and climb out using normal all-engine take-off
procedures.
o
o
l.N
ce
During take-off with a crosswind component, it is possible

that the engirtes may ingest small amounts of contaminant.
Engine performance will not be degraded by the ingestion of
contaminant but, as a precaution, CONTINUOUS ignition
should be selected for both engines before take-off.
"
CAUTION:
15-5-4
Nov
1/91
ABANDON THE TAKE-OFF IF, AT ANY TIME,

ACCELERATION APPEARS ABNORMALLY LOW, OR IF IT
PROVES DIFFICULT TO MAINTAIN THE AIRPLANE'S
HEADING.
_j::::.
BR'T'SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
If the take-off is abandoned, reverse thrust may be used

to slow the airplane down.
Care should be taken,
however, as the use of asymmetric reverse thrust on a
slippery runway could cause directional control problems.
5.7
Landing on Contaminated or Slippery Runways

The procedures f or landing on a contaminated or slippery
runway are exactly the same as fer a normal landing.
Once the airplane is firmly on the ground, full reverse
thrust should be selected on the operating engines.
Rudder, brakes and nosewheel steering should be used with
care.
5.8
Take-Off Performance on Contaminated Runways

The data presented in this section allows a limiting
Take-Of_f __ W_~Jght to be established for the runway length
available when the runway is contaminated.
The chart on page 15-5-8 converts the depth of
contaminant to an "Equivalent Water Depth". This
"Equivalent Water Depth" is then used in the chart on
page 15-5-9 to factor the Take-Off Distance Available
(TODA) to take account of the contaminant.
The factored TODA is then used to establish, from
section 7-4 of the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), the
limiting Take-Off Weight, assuming Vl = VR and a dry
runway.
5.9
Calculation of Limiting Take-Off Weight

5.9.1 Enter the chart on page 15-5-8 with the actual
mean depth of the contaminant. Read across the
chart at this depth until the actual runway
conditions are met.
5.9.2 Move vertically to determine the Equivalent Water
Depth.
5.9.3 Enter the chart on page 15-5-9 with the Take-Off
Distance Available (TODA).
If the TODA does not
equal the TORA, TODA should first be corrected fer
maximum clearway (figure 7-4-1 in the AFM) before
entering the chart on page 15-5-9.
15-5-5
Nov
1/91
B-77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiES }200
5.9.5 Move to the Equivalent Take-Off Distance Available

(ETODA) scale to read the ETODA.
5.9.6 Use the ETODA in section 7-4 of the AFM to
determine the limiting take-off weight.
Note: The chart on page 15-5-8 allows variation in the
specific gravity (SG) of the contaminant. If it is not
possible to establish the SG satisfactorily, the lower
boundary of the appropriate contaminant segment should be
used.
5.9.7 Example
TODA
TORA
Contaminant
Contaminant Depth
8000 f eet
8000 feet
Wet snow turning to Slush
13 mm (0.51 in)
From Page 15-5-8, the Equivalent water Depth is

10 mm (0.39 in).
From Page 15-5~9, an Equivalent Water Depth of
10 mm (0.39 in) reduces the TODA of 8000 ft to
6000 ft.
The lower figure of 6000 ft is used, together with
the appropriate airfield pressure altitude, ambient
temperature, runway slope and wind to establish the
limiti-ng Take-Off Weight from section 7-4 of the AFM.
5.10
Dec 15/93
()
V\
To establish the limiting Take-Off Weight on a slippery

runway, reduce the actual Accelerate-stop Distance
Available (ASDA) by 50%.
Landing Performance on Contaminated Runways

The Landing Distance Required (LDR) when landing on a
contaminated runway is the Destination Airf ield LDR,
obtained from section 7-9 of the AFM. No further factor
is required. Alternate Airfield and unfactored distances
must not be used.
15-5-6
---Q
Take-Off Performance on Slippery Runways
Use the revised ASDA in section 7-4 in the AFM to obtain

the limiting Take-Off Weight and a revised Vl/VR, using
dry runway data.
5.11
BRl77SH AEROS-CE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs :>200
5.12
Landing Performance on Slippery Runways

The Landing Distance Required (LDR) when landing on a
slippery runway is the Destination Airf ield LDR, obtained
from section 7-9 of the AFM, increased by 15%. Alternate
Airfield and unfactored distances must not be used.
15-5-7
Dec 15/93
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs
}200
EQUIVALENT WATER DEPTH

FOR
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
1.6
40
1.4
35
1.2
E 30
E1
.e
...z
1
1.0
0.8
e(
z
i
t!
z
o
o
u.
...a.
:e
w
"-.)
.4
10
o
o
0-J
(X)
"
00
0.2
10
11
12
EQUIVALENT DEPTH OF WATER -mm

EQUIVALENT WATER DEPTH FOR CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS
15-5-8
Nov
1/91
,.
21003869
. ,
Printed in the U K
TAKE-OFF - CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS

TAKE-OFF DISTANCE
BOTH ENGINES OPERATING
s:
o 1-3
t'lj )"
t'lj~
)>
trj
01
HO
(/) t'lj
1-3 t'lj
)"
ZI
()
trj ()
... o
z
tJ:1 1-3
~
>
~
trj )"
~
ce
1-3
trj
HO
ztrj
~
1-3
H
z(j)
1-'
U1
i<
(/)
_____,..._. .
5500
;_
'
\O
1-'
t.;:.
~ ~~
im
~~
(/) .,!:l
~ (l')rli~~d
:o
z ~-\.:.
l>o
s:~zo
tri:
G')ll!.
4500
)>
::i.:: 4000
'"O
!z
:o
)>
~ 3500
~
~ 3000
'
nu
llllMi..
)>
::.;:.r..:.; ..
2500 .J.;..+p!: ' '<!'!'1 '.(""

2500
3000
.;c.~ ~-rfr"fJ--.~+- . . I".

.......:..:;.4c:;..... . .
'"~-~H-4+~.:~r~lfl~,~f;.~-
U1
'1-'
: :
)>
-1""
1
\O
i~'_.fL_r_ l_lJL Li_ lL.u_.::
, ..._! L_'
l_ ___
] ; : ; : ; ; : 1;. : : ~ ... : 1
1 :
1
1-'
...L,......
i_,_,_,_,_
w 5000 tn:r
(/) e:
o~ ~
"d )"
trj
=J111:r:.m]E~~
+ -;-;1-._,. . .,_n ~J-:-t C.j- -~-
6000
z(j)
"TI
6500
a:
~~
:::X:H
z
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
TAKE-OFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE ON CONTAMINATED RUNWAY -ft
9000
9500
10000
-1
....
, __ ,'
BRITISH AEROSIWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER 16.
LIST
FLIGHT
OF
GUIDE
CONTENTS

NORMAL HANDLING
. . 16-1-1
Introduction
SRL Computer & TTL Controller
. 16-1-1
Torque indication .
16-1-2
Engine start up .
. 16-1-2
Taxying f orwards
16-1-3
Steering
. 16-1-3
Stopping
. 16-1-4
Taxying backwards
Take-of f
. .
. . . . .
. 16-1-4
. . . . . . . . .
. . 16-1-4
Engine Instrument Indications on Take-Off .
. 16-1-6
Take-off using Automatic Performance Reserve (APR) . . 16-1-7

Climb .
. 16-1-9
Steep Turns .
. 16-1-9
Approaches to the Stall and Recover1es
. 16-1-9
conditions for Practise Stalling
. 16-1-11
. .
. . 16-1-12
Descent
\.[)
lJJ
f")
o
o
16-1-12
Pattern
Final Approach
. . 16-1-13
Precision Approach
. . 16-1-13
. 16-1-13
Non-Precision Approach (two engines) . . . . . . . . . 16-1-14

Circling Approach (two engines)
. .
. .
Visual Training Circuit (two engines)
Landing .
. .
. . . . .
. . . .
. 16-1-14
. . . .
. . .
. 16-1-14
. .
Go Around . .
Taxying and Shutdown
. 16-1-15
. 16-1-16
. .
. . .
. .
Table l.Power Off Stalling Speeds .

Table 2.Power On Stalling Speeds
1
16-1-8
Flap & Gear trim changes
Cruise
. .
. . .
. . 16-1-16
. . . . . . 16-1-19
- 16-1-20
/'
CHAPTER 16. CONTENTS

Page 1
May _15/91
BRITISI# AEROS#WCE
JETSTREAJlll
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER 16.
LIST
OF
FLIGHT
GUIDE
CONTENTS (cent)
NORMAL HANDLING PROFILES

Normal Take-off
16-2-1
Visual Circuit (two engines)
16-2-2
ILS
16-2-3
Non-Precision Approach
16-2-4
ABNORMAL HANDLING
Operation with SRL Computer inoperative
16-3-1
Operation with TTL Controller inoperative
16-3-1
Erratic engine indications .
16-3-2
Abandoned Take-of f
. .
16-3-3
Engine Failure after V1
16-3-3
Engine Failure after V1 using Automatic

Performance Reserve .
16-3-4
Engine Failure en-route .
16-3-4
Double engine f ailure .
16-3-4
Emergency Descent . . . r
16-3-5
Field Approach Checks, single engine
16-3-6
Precision Approach & single engine landing
16-3-6
Engine failure on final approach
16-3-7
Single engine go-around . .
16-3-7
Non-precision Approach (single engine)
16-3-8
Circling Approach (single engine)
16-3-8
. .
Visual circuit (pattern) and landing

(single engine)
. . . . . . .
16-3-9
Landing with flaps retracted
16-3-9
Hydraulic system low pressure . .
16-3-9
Main Supply (Brakes) low pressure .
. 16-3-10
Wing de-icing system failure
. 16-3-10
Tailplane de-icing system failure . . . . . 16-3-10

Static pressure . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 2
Jun 15/96
. 16-3-10
o
U1
'
CD
U1
BRl77SH AE'ROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER 16. FLIGHT GUIDE

LIST OF CONTENTS (cont)
ABNORMAL HANDLING PROFILES
Engine Failure after Vl
16-4-1
Engine Failure in cruise
16-4-2
Visual circuit (single engine)
16-4-3
Emergency descent at high speed
16-4-4
Emergency descent at low speed

Flapless landing .
16-4-5
'.
16-4-6
CREW OPERATING PROCEDURES

Use of check list .
16-5-1
Pre-departure briefing
16-5-1
Both pilots duties during take-of f
16-5-2
Crew co-ordination during take-of f
16-5-3
Standard operating procedures f or
16-5-5
engine f ire or failure after Vl

Pilots duties in the cruise
16-5-6
Approach briefing
16-5-6
Pilots duties during approach
16-5-6
Crew co-ordination during landing
16-5-7
SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
Operation in Icing Conditions
16-6-1
Flight Director .
16-6-3
Cabin Pressurisation
16-6-6
Oil Cooler Flaps
16-6-9
OPERATIONS IN ADVERSE WEATHER

Operation in Wind Shear/Microburst Activity .
. 16-7-1

Page 3/4
21006992
Feb 15/06
BR'77SNAEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SEIES J200
CHAPTER 16
FLIGHT GUIDE
LIST OF CONTENTS 1
2
3/4
LIST OF
1/2
EFFECTIVE PAGES
1
16-1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
16-2
2
3
4
1
16-3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
May 15/91
Jun 15/96
Feb 15/06
Feb
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
Mar
May
May
May
May
Feb
Jul
Oct
Oct
Aug
Aug
Dec
Sep
Jan
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
15/06
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/95
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/89
15/89
15/88
15/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/92
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
16-4
16-5
16-6
Green
16-7
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9/10
1
2
3
4
Aug
May
Jul
Aug
Aug
Jul
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Oct
Apr
Aug
May
Aug
Aug
May
May
Aug
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
1/88
15/90
15/89
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/88
15/89
1/88
15/90
1/88
1/88
15/90
1/88
1/88
15/06
15/06
15/06
15/06

Page 1/2
21007008
Feb 15/06
BRITISH AER06'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
CHAPTER
FLIGHT
16
GUIDE
NORMAL HANDLING
l.
INTRODUCTION
The JETSTREAM is pleasant to fly under all conditions, with
light controls and good response. This guide is produced as
a training aid f or pilots converting to the JETSTREAM and as
an aide-memoire for experienced JETSTREAM Crews.
The JETSTREAM 3200 series has been developed from the earlier
models and in handling differs only in minor detail.
The
setting for Land Flaps is 35 instead of 50 but the Lift Durnp
70 setting is retained. Some of the aircraft limiting speeds
and weights have changed; the engines are slightly more
powerful.
2.
SRL COMPUTER AND TTL CONTROLLER

The pilots monitoring of the normal engine operation is aided
by two systems, namely the SRL (Single Red Line) Cornputer and
the TTL (Torque & Temp. Limit) Controller.
The SRL Computer's basic function in flight is to take an EGT
signal from the engine exhaust and convert it into a
CONDITIONED ternperature for display. The actual lirniting
temperature is always represented by 650C on the EGT gauge,
regardless of conditions of airspeed, altitude, arnbient
temperature or engine RPM/bleed.
The TTL Controller effectively acts on the signal output frorn
the SRL Computer.
If, at any time, the displayed EGT is
greater than, or rapidly approaching 650C, the TTL
Controller will open the fuel bypass valve to reduce flow and
prevent EGT from exceeding the temperature lirnit.
The TTL Controller similarly limits fuel flow to avoid
exceeding the Torque limit.
16-1-1
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSl'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
3.
TORQUE INDICATION
The power output of the engines is measured in terms of Torque
and RPM.
POWER
TORQUE x RPM
Torque and RPM are both displayed as percentages.

The maximum permitted RPM and the maximum Torque must be
obtained from Chapter 6 Limitations.
The scheduled torque is the value that should be achieved for
take-off under the relevant conditions of airfield elevation and
ambient temperature. It may well be less than the maximum
torque. This figure should be obtained from Chapter 15
Performance.
4.
ENGINE START-UP
WARNING: WHENEVER A NEW PILOT ENTERS A FLIGHT DECK SEAT, THE
HEIGHT AND POSITION OF THE SEAT MUST BE ADJUSTED SO
AS TO GIVE A CLEAR VIEW BOTH OUTSIDE AND INSIDE, AND
FULL AND FREE MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROLS. THE RUDDER
PEDALS MUST BE ADJUSTED SO AS TO ENSURE THAT FULL
RUDDER CAN READILY BE APPLIED.
CAUTION: IF AT ANY TIME THE START HAS TO BE ABORTED THE
FEATHERING LEVER MUST BE PULLED AND THE STOP
BUTTON PRESSED.
Bef ore start-up set the power levers to the GROUND START
position.
For an AUTO start set the SRL computers to ON.
During AUTO
starts the EGT will normally be controlled at around 690C by
the SRL computer.
The start cycle is complete at 60%
accelerate and stabilise itself at
practise it will be found that the
gently rearwards once 60% has been
state of 72% RPM thus avoiding the
16-1-2
May 15/91
RPM and the engine will

76-80% RPM. With a little
power levers can be moved
passed to achieve a steady
noisy overswing of RPM.
.",_,'
o
e
BRIT7SH
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs
}200
5.
TAXYING FORWARD
CAUTION: CONTROL LOCKS SHOULD BE ENGAGED DURING TAXI WHEN
WINDSPEEDS ABOVE 20 KNOTS OR GUSTY CONDITIONS ARE
EXPECTED.
Before taxying, the seat and pedal adjustments should be
checked to allow unrestricted operation of all the controls.
Hydraulic systems and individual brake pressures should be
checked.
To taxi, the propeller start locks must be removed by moving
the power levers slightly into the reverse range until an
increase in Torque is observed.
e:
With TAXI selected on the RPM levers and brakes off, moving the
power levers forward, within the ground range, should move the
aircraft forward at all operating weights on reasonably level
ground. More taxi power, if needed, can be obtained by moving
one of the power levers forward of the ground range guard.
If the oil temperature rises towards the limit whilst taxying,
it should be controlled by opening the oil cooler flaps.
The
oil cooler flaps should normally be closed before take-off.
However, see page 16-6-9.
For downhill and/or downwind taxi, and for stopping, the power
levers may be moved rearwards into the reverse range provided
that there is no loose material or debris on the ground surf ace
that may cause propeller damage.
6.
STEERING
'...[)
o
.JJ
:")
The nosewheel steering control is adequate f or all normal

taxying.
The system is rate limited and some anticipation of
turns is required. The hand control should not be forced
against the end stop - this will not increase the rate of turn
and it may damage the control.
For tight turns a careful application of dif f erential braking
may be used to assist the turn.
Differential power may also be
used.
Obstructionclearance during turns is assured by
observation of wing-tip clearance; the tail of the aircraft
will always be inside the wing-tip clearance are.
16-1-3
May 15/91
BRITISHAE~E
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
on icy/slippery surfaces, the nosewheel steering angle and the

taxi speed should be kept to a minimum to avoid the need f or
harsh braking and possible skidding.
7. STOPPING
Zero thrust can be achieved by setting the power levers just
forward of the position that illuminates the C.A.P.
captions. With anticipation, zero thrust combined with gentle

braking will bring the aircraft smoothly to .a stop.
Note: Continuous braking during taxying should be avoided.
If there is a failure of the toe-brake system, the EMERGENCY/
PARK brake should be used to bring the aircraft to a stop.
The anti-skid system will not be operating in this case.
8. TAXYING BACKWARDS
When taxying backwards the RPM should be set to 75% befare the
power levers are moved into the reverse range.
Backwards taxying
should be carried out slowly and with extreme caution.
Feet
should be well clear of the toe brakes. Fer slowing and stopping,
forward thrust should be used. When turning, the nosewheel
steering handle should be kept to no more than half def lection to
avoid the nosewheel castoring.
If the nosewheel is allowed to
castor fully, directional control will be lost.
If this happens,
taxi forward until the nosewheel returns to the normal range.
9. TAKE-OFF
Note: Complete details of crew co-ordination during the take-off
run are described later in this chapter.
Fer normal take-off the use of 10 flap is required, with Vl and
V2 speeds relative to the take off weight, ambient temperature
and airfield elevation calculated from Chap 15. Take-off and
initial climbs are carried out with the RPM levers fully forward,
engines at scheduled torque.
16-1-4
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROS#'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
As the RPM levers are moved fully forward in the runway checks,
the RPM's will rise to approximately 96%. As the power levers
are advanced for take-off, the RPM's will rise quickly to 100%.
Conf irm 100% RPM achieved. The power levers should then be
moved forward to achieve scheduled torque (see Chapter 15) ,but
must not be moved further f orward than the point at which the
EGT reaches the Redline limit.
Do not rely on the TTLs to
limit the EGT; they are there only as a safety precaution.
Rolling start take-offs are recommended where practical.

In
these circumstances scheduled torque must be reached within 10
secs of moving the power levers from Flight Idle. The take-off
distance, take-off run available and the accelerate/stop
distance, must exceed the normal take-off distance needed by at
least 200 ft (60 metres).
Directional control, initially, should be achieved using
nosewheel steering. The non-handling pilot should restrain the
control column. Change to directional control, by use of rudder
alone, should be reached at approximately 70 kt. At this point
the handling pilot should take full control.
Rotation should be started at VR to reach a pitch attitude of
8 to 10 nose up.
During take-off with an aft CG loading, the
aircraft is more responsive in pitch and sorne anticipation may
be needed to avoid over-rotation.
Conversely at forward C.G.s a firm pull will be needed to
rotate the aircraft to the take-off attitude.
Befare take-off
the elevator trim wheel should be adjusted within the green
indicator limits, to allow for the CG position. e.g. With the
CG at the aft limit the trim indicator should be at the forward
end of the green band.
Landing gear should be retracted when safely airborne.
16-1-5
May 15/91
-T7SH AEROSIWCE
JETSTREAIW
SeRies J200
10. ENGINE INSTRUMENT INDICATIONS ON TAKE OFF

As experience is gained on the Jetstream, pilots will quickly
become familiar with normal indications on take off.
For the
inexperienced pilots, the following text describes these
indications and the variations that can be expected in normal
operations.
With the aircraft lined up for take off and the RPM levers set
to FLIGHT, the RPM will indicate approximately 96%.
The power levers should be advanced smoothly to achieve at least
scheduled take off torque. While the power levers are being
advanced the engine RPM will overswing to approximately 102%.
Once the power levers are set the RPM should stabilize between
100 and 101%.
On a temperature limited take off with the power levers advanced
too far, Torque Roll Back will occur. Torque indication
increases faster than EGT and as the EGT approaches 650C the
TTL will cut back the fuel flow causing a slight and temporary
reduction in torque.
In these circumstances it is not unusual
for the EGT to exceed 650C briefly.
As the brakes are released and the aircraft accelerates down the
runway, raro air recovery in the engine intakes will cause a
progressive increase in torque as speed increases. The torque
increase could be as much as 4% and, once attained, the
increased level will be maintained. This is quite normal and
the power levers should not be adjusted.
Rolling take offs are quite commonly in use.
Sorne of the above
effects will combine depending upan whether it is a temperature
limited take off or not, and on the speed of moving the power
levers, and the acceleration rate along the ground.
Scheduled
torque must be achieved within 10 seconds of advancing the power
levers from the Flight Idle position.
If it is not achieved,
the take off should be abandoned.
If torque exceeds the
scheduled figure, the power levers should not be adjusted.
16-1-6
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
11. TAKE-OFF USING AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE (APR)
The APR system is used to increase the allowable take-of f

weight for particular ambient conditions.
Because APR
increases torque on the remaining engine only up to max torque
it is obviously no use if scheduled torque is already max
torque and the Flight Manual does not permit this.
However if
scheduled torque is less than max torque APR may be used.
Even
when the aircraft is not WAT limited there is sorne advantage in
using APR as it increases the safety margin in the event of
engine failure.
This is similar to using the whole of the
runway instead of taking off from an intersection which gives
minimum take-off run required.
Before take-off the POWER RES switch on the centre console
should be selected to ARM. The ARM white caption should come
on at the light cluster between the EGT gauges.
On a normal take-off the system is switched OFF at 500 feet and
the ARM caption should go out.
Power is then set to climb
power.
When the system is armed, an engine failure on take-off results
in the torque of the opposite engine automatically increasing
by at least 4% (but limited by max torque if reached) .
In this condition an L or R light will illuminate to show which
engine is receiving the extra fuel.
If the light does not
illuminate, this indicates a failure of the automatic sy~tem
and the light cluster should be pressed immediately. This acts
as an over-ride and will activate the APR on both engines.
Both L and R captions will illuminate and the power increase
will be applied to the live engine.
During APR operation, excess fuel is bypassed by the TTL
system. To ensure adequate bypass capability is available, it
is important that the power levers are not over-advanced when
setting the scheduled torque (Table 2).
APR is never used for landing or go-around.
16-1-7
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSIMCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
12. CLIMB
CAUTION: IF THE AIRCRAFT IS OPERATED AT 100% RPM ANO RED
LINE EGT, FOR MAX CLIMB OR FORWARD SPEED, THE ENGINES
WILL RUN HOTTER GIVING LESS ENGINE LIFE.
The recommended climb power is 97% RPM and 650C EGT (Red Line)
within the maximum continuous torque limit of 100%.
The recommended climb speed is 160 kt IAS up to 15,000 ft.,
then reducing by 3 kt per 1000 ft to reach 130 kt by 25,000 ft.
The recommended en-route climb procedure requires that the power
levers be moved rearwards to bring the EGT below 600C befare
moving the RPM levers rearwards to 97% RPM. As the RPM levers
are moved back to 97% RPM a sudden increase in EGT
(approximately 40C) will be seen as they pass 98.5% RPM.
This
procedure ensures that the EGT does not rise above the Red Line
limit.
If this precaution is not taken and the EGT rises above
the Red Line a rapid fall in torque will happen as the TTL
bypasses fuel to lower the EGT back to the Red Line.
It is bad
operating procedure to allow this to happen and the sudden
change in engine and propeller noise may alarm passengers.
Use of the procedure above will result in EGT below 650C after
97% RPM has been set. The power levers should now be moved
forward ONLY to the point at which 650C EGT is JUST obtained.
Over reliance on the TTL limiters is not advisable.
Note: A decrease in torque and increase in EGT toward the 650C
limit will be observed during the climb, and the setting of the
power levers rnay need changing to maintain the required climb
power.
The fuel boost pumps should be set to ON far flight above 20,000
ft.
When this is planned befare take-off the pumps may rernain
on in the climb.
o
o
16-1-8
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
13. FLAP AND GEAR TRIM CHANGES
The trim changes associated with raising and lowering the gear
are negligible.
Movement of the flaps down between O, 10 and 20 produces
quite small nose-up trim changes.
Movement of the flaps down between 20 and 35 produces a
slightly stronger nose-up trim change.
e
14. STEEP TURNS
Note: This is a training exercise only.

The aircraft is set up in level flight at 170 kt.
Approximately 50% torque on each engine will be required.
Make a co-ordinated entry into a 45 banked turn adding 5%
extra torque each side as the bank angle exceeds 30, to
prevent speed loss.
Initiate roll-out with 10 of heading to
go, reducing power as the bank angle passes 30.
15. APPROACHES TO THE STALL AND RECOVERIES
In level flight the stall warning is signalled at 8 to 12 knots

above the stall speed. The stick shakers and horns continue to
operate if speed is further reduced. With flaps up, light
airframe buffet accompanied by a gentle nose drop occurs at
about 2 knots above the stall speed; with flaps extended these
effects are absent.
The precise values of the stall warning and stall speeds vary
with the amount of engine power applied and the aircraft CG
position.
In general, lower speeds are achieved with higher
power and mid to aft CG position.
The stall is identified by a firm nose down pitching motion
following the operation of the stick pusher. Recovery
procedure is normal. Height loss following a stall is from
200-600 ft depending on configuration, power and rapidity of
taking recovery action.
16-1-9
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSIVCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
15.1
standard Recoveries with minimum height loss

Normal practice during training will be to effect
recovery at the first sign of an approaching stall (i.e.
the activation of the stick shakers and horn).
Recovery procedure is to apply full power and reduce the
angle of attack. The aim is to achieve a gradual speed
increase with zero height loss.
If flap is at 20 or 35, it should immediately be
selected to 10. Accelerate to 110 kt and transition
into a climb, using 8 nose-up pitch attitude.
Raise
the gear(if applicable). Accelerate to 120 kt and raise
the flaps.
No more than intermittent stick shaker operation should
occur during recovery.
The exercise will be flown in at least the following
configurations; power may be set as required but rnust not
exceed 30% torque.
Flaps
Flaps
Flaps
Flaps
15.2
up
10
20, gear down, 20 bank each way
35, gear down
Full Recovery
Practise recoveries from stick push operation will also
be included as candidates are required to dernonstrate
successful recovery from the stick push in the landing
conf iguration. Power levers rnust be at Flight Idle far
these practise stalls.
16-1-10
May 15/91
e::
e
BRfTISH
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
/
: -." ;
~-----------------------------------------'-----~
' Tbis rev1s1on complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A
Cbapter A7-3.
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSHIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND
Signed
Date
..2G r.vt:r qz
Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/58
Location: Insert in Chapter 16 with the page overleaf facing page

16-1-11.
Reason:
To introduce a warning and a new procedure to CONDITIONS

FOR PRACTISE STALLING.
Action:
Insert the inf ormation on page 2 of this TR into

CONDITIONS FOR PRACTISE STALLING immediately after the
heading.
.n
('
The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revisions or

page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions ar amendments or
temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certified by an
certification, must be recorded on separate record sheets.
EFFECTIVIY:
902 ONLY
Page 1 of 2
Aug 26/93
~AERO!UWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
....
WARNING:
AN ASSESSMENT OF FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE

CARRYING OUT ANY TRAINING INVOLVING
ENGINE FAILURE OR STALLING IF THERE
REPLACEMENT OR ADJUSTMENT WHICH MAY
FUEL FLOW.
MUST BE MADE BEFORE

SIMULATED SINGLE
HAS BEEN ANY
AFFECT THE FLIGHT IDLE
ASSESSMENT OF FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE

Flight idle torques rnust be checked during a dedicated flight test
or on a training f light before a stalling or simulated single engine
failure training exercise.
TEST PROCEDURE
ALTITUD E
FLAPS
LANDING GEAR
ENGINE RPM
AIRSPEED
FLOW SELECTORS
POWER LEVERS
3000-9000 ft
RETRACTE O
UP
100%
MAINTAIN 150 Kt
BOTH OFF
BOTH TO FLIGHT IDLE STOP
Recheck RPM 100% and adjust if necessary.

Record both engine torques when stabilised.
FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE RANGE
Befare a stalling or sirnulated single engine failure training
exercise, the flight idle torques must be within the following
ranges:
Altitude 3000-5000 ft,
Flight idle torque 102%

Difference between left and right f light idle torques rnust not
exceed 2%.
Note: A higher airspeed can be used but fer every 15 Kt increase in
airspeed increase flight idle torque by 1%.
EXAMPLE:
AIRSPEED
ALTITUD E
165 Kt
3000-5000 ft
112%
If the flight idle torque is not within the range, stalling or

simulated single engine failure training cannot be carried out.
Maintenance action and a reassessment are required.
If the flight idle torque is within the range, make the appropriate
entry in the Aircraft Technical Log.
Page 2 of 2
Aug 26/93
EFFECTIVITY:
902 ONLY
BRITTSH
AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200

(
16. CONDITIONS FOR PRACTISE STALLING

Deliberate approaches to the stall for crew training, tests or
demonstration may be carried out subject to the following
conditions:16.1
The pre take-off stall warning and protection system

checks must have been completed satisfactorily. The
systems must not be inhibited.
16.2
The appropriate stall warning and stall speeds must be

determined from the tables.
1.6-1-17 gives stalling
speeds at forward CG with Flight Idle power. At aft CG
the speeds will be reduced by 3%.
16-1-18 gives the
corrections for 20% and 30% torque.
16.3
Height should be at least 8,000 ft above the terrain

and below 15,000 ft pressure altitude. The aircraft
must be clear of cloud and free of ice.
16.4
Both engines must be operating.
16.5
Both RPM levers should be fully forward giving 100% rpm.

The power levers should be set to give not more than 30%
torque.Both boost pumps should be ON. Engine torque
values should be within 2% of each other; it may be
necessary to adjust the air flow selectors to achieve
this.
16.6
Speed should be reduced at the rate of 1 kt/sec.
16.7
The manoeuvre is to be abandoned

recovery action must be taken if
malfunction of the stall warning
and in particular, if any of the
circumstances arise:-
e:
and immediate
there is evidence of a
or protection systems;
following
16.7.1 The stick push has not operated at 5 kt below the

appropriate stall speed.
16.7.2 The stick push has not operated at 5 kt below the
speed at which the first STALL IDENT light carne on.
16.7.3 The stick shaker has not operated 5 kt below the stall
warning speed determined from 16-1-19 and 16-1-20.
16-1-11
May 15/91
B-TISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs
}200
17. CRUISE
The high speed cruise technique is recommended f or normal
operation, at a setting of 97% rpm and 650C EGT.
If a long range cruise is required, 97% rpm should be set and
the torque adjusted to give the IAS target, taken from the
performance tables in Chapter 15.
It is recomrnended that the cabin altitude controller is set to
1000 ft above the cruise altitude, to prevent fluctuation in
cabin pressure.
18. DESCENT
Note:
During descent, especially after flight in low ambient
temperatures, it is common far the normal and emergency brake
accumulator pressure indications to rise. This rise in
pressures may give readings in excess of the 2000 psi required
in the approach checks. The over-pressure indications may
persist after landing. This is acceptable provided neither
normal nor emergency accumulator pressure exceeds 2400 psi.
The high speed descent technique, used for smooth flight
conditions only, requires 97% rpm and torque as required to
maintain VMO and a rate of descent of approximately 1500
ft/min.
Note:
During descent using the high speed technique an increa~e
in torque and decrease in EGT will be noted and the power levers
should be adjusted to avoid exceeding VMO.
For a long range descent, or when turbulent conditions are
expected, a speed of 180 knots should be maintained at 97% rpm
and power set to give a rate of descent of approximately 1500
ft/min.
With this technique, the descent distance in nautical
miles (n.miles) is approximately twice the altitude (in
thousands of feet).
e.g. Descent of 20,000 ft = 40 n.miles.
Note:
Far passenger comfort, it is recomrnended that the cabin
pressure RATE selector is set to MIN and the new cabin
altitude selected. Then slowly increase the rate to give a
maximum of 500 ft/min cabin rate of descent.
16-1-12
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
19. PATTERN
For manoeuvring in the terminal area, it is recommended that
speed be reduced to 180 kt.
Holding should be carried out with flaps up, at 150 kt.
Holding in icing conditions is not advisable.
If it does
become necessary, however, it is recommended that the speed be
increased to a typical figure of 160 kt.
During the Approach Checks, Decision height, V2, Vref, and the
Acceleration Height should be calculated and displayed.
Note: Ensure pilots armrests are folded up and stowed before
starting an approach.
20. FINAL APPROACH

The safest and best landings result from being well established
on a stable approach.
If, in the judgement of either pilot,
this cannot be achieved and a successful landing is in doubt,
then a go-around should be initiated and another approach made.
21. PRECISION APPROACH
During instrument approaches, the initial procedure should be
flown at an IAS of 150 kt with 10 flap.
On intercepting the glideslope the gear should be selected down
and 20 flap selected. Typically, a torque setting of about 33%
will be enough to maintain a 3 glideslope. 35 flap should be
selected at the marker or 1000 ft AAL whichever comes first.
Speed should then be controlled at 130 kt; it should not be less
than 125 knots at 200 feet .
.n
,.....,
Below 200 ft, speed should be reduced to achieve the required

speed at threshold.
C)
16-1-13
May 15/91
BRl~AERO~E
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs 'J200
22. NON-PRECISION APPROACH (TWO ENGINES)

Outbound, reduce speed to 150 kt and select 10 flap.
Passing
the F.A.F. inbound, start the stopwatch,select gear down and 20
flap, and initiate descent to MDA, speed 140 kt.
When landing is assured, select 35 flap.
Below 200 ft reduce
speed to achieve the appropriate speed at the threshold.
23. CIRCLING APPROACH (TWO ENGINES)
The approach to the airport from final fix. should be flown with
20 flap, gear down, at 140 kt. After the field is in sight, the
aircraft must be flown so as to maintain visual reference with
the runway while manoeuvring to land.
Maintain circling altitude until approaching the final turn,
bringing the aircraft onto a normal glidepath for the final
stages of the approach. On base leg, 35 flap should be
selected, reducing IAS to 130 kt.
If the aircraft is high on
completion of the final turn, early selection of 35 flap may
help in achieving descent onto the glidepath.
care should be
taken that speed does not fall below 125 kt until the aircraft
is below 200 ft, when speed may be reduced.
Since circling approaches require the maximum of pilot attention
outside the aircraft during times of minimal visual cues, it is
of the utmost importance that the non-flying pilot should
closely monitor the flight instruments and frequently advise the
pilot of his airspeed and rate of descent.
Bank angles should
not exceed 30.
24. VISUAL TRAINING CIRCUIT (TWO ENGINES)
Complete the take-off as previously described and, after flap
retraction, reduce power to 70% torque.
Call for the After
Take-Off Check List. Level off at the appropriate altitude,
normally 1500 ft and reduce power to approximately 30%
torque to achieve a speed of 150 kt.
Select 10 flap abeam the upwind end of the runway.
Befare
turning onto base leg, select gear down, check three greens,
select 20 flap, and aim for 130 kt.
Call for the landing
check list.
16-1-14
May 15/91
i'._'
e
e
BRIT7SH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200

)".,
....
Adjust the base leg, as necessary, to turn finals at 600 ft on

the glidepath, rnaintaining 130 kt.
Select 35 flap at
approxirnately 500 ft.
Maintain the glidepath, airning for
125 kt rninirnurn at 200 ft, reducing speed thereafter to Vref.
Note: l. Landing is perrnitted using 20 flap. In this

conf iguration the pattern and procedure are as
described above except that the threshold speed rnust
be increased by 4 kt. Lift Durnp will not be available.
Do not select 35 Flap during the ground run.
25. LANDING
WARNING: l. DURING FLIGHT THE POWER LEVERS MUST NEVER BE MOVED

BELOW THE FLIGHT IDLE STOPS.
2. IF THE RPMs HAVE ACCIDENTALLY BEEN LEFT AT 97% ON
THE APPROACH THEY SHOULD NOT BE INCREASED BELOW
200 FT AGL. THE RPM LEVERS MUST BE MOVED FULLY
FORWARD TO 100% AFTER LANDING ANO BEFORE THE POWER
LEVERS ARE MOVED FROM FLIGHT IDLE TO GROUND IDLE.
Below 50 ft, the aircraft should be flared and the power levers
retarded to achieve flight idle at touchdown. After touchdown,
the nosewheel should be gently lowered to the runway, the
power lever latches lifted and ground idle selected.
If reverse thrust is required, check that both IBETAI captions
are illurninated on the C.A.P.
Consideration rnust be given to the danger of propeller and
engine darnage frorn runway debris, particularly at low forward
speeds and full reverse power.
Ensure C.A.P.
captions
are extinguished before
calling for RPM levers to TAXI.

The aircraft should be kept straight initially by use of
rudder. (Effective down to IAS of approxirnately 60 knots).
Nosewheel steering should then be used and the brakes used to
achieve correct speed at the runway turnoff.
16-1-15
May 15/91
BRIT1SH AEROSl'MCE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs J200
After landing the power levers should be moved to ground idle

befare RPM is reduced to TAXI.
The speed should be down to fast
taxi before rnoving the RPM levers to TAXI.
In crosswind, or strong, gusty wind conditions, the required
threshold speed should be increased by one third of the wind
speed, up to the all engine threshold speed plus a rnaxirnurn of
15 kt.
The nosewheel should be lowered onto the ground as soon
as possible after touchdown.
This enables directional control
to be rnaintained using nosewheel steering and differential
braking if necessary.
During landing with an aft CG loading the aircraft is more
responsive in pitch and sorne anticipation rnay be required to
prevent overcontrolling.
26. GO AROUND
In the event of a go-around, advance the Power Levers until
either Redline torque or Redline EGT is achieved whichever
comes first. Irnrnediately select 10 flap and rotate to achieve
10 nose up attitude. Retract the landing gear when a positive
rate of clirnb has been established. When clirnbing away at
required speed, the flaps should be retracted.
27. TAXYING AND SHUTDOWN
Allow three minutes of cooldown time prior to stopping the
engines.
Provided reverse thrust is not used during the landing
and rninirnurn power used in taxying to the stand, start of the
three minute period rnay be taken as the time of landing.
On stopping the engines, the STOP switches should be held far as
long as practicable (at least 5 secs) to ensure complete purging
of fuel from the nozzles.
Operation of the purging systern gives
the characteristic brief RPM increase as the STOP switches are
pressed. As the RPM falls to 50%, rnove the power levers back to
the Reverse position. When the propeller has stopped turning,
the power levers should be returned to the GROUND START
position.
16-1-16
May 15/91
BRITISN AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
If the engines are being started merely to taxi the aircraft on

the ground, or conduct engine runs, ensure that RPM is above
95% fer at least 10 secs, to charge the purging system prior to
shutdown.
Use of these procedures will help prevent nozzle coking.
During quick turnrounds, it is good practice to turn the

propellers by hand to avoid thermal bow in the engine shaft.
This occurs due to the accumulation of hot air in the upper
part of the casings, with cooler air below, resulting in
different rates of thermal expansion.. for the upper and lower
halves of the shaft. This condition is worse 20 to 30 minutes
after shutdown. If the engine is then started, the higher than
normal pressure on the internal seals can result in increased
wear on the seals and the shaft itself.
If a propeller will not rotate, DO NOT FORCE IT, but leave it
in the jammed position for a few minutes, then re-check.
To
avoid jamming, turn the props within 5 to 10 minutes after
shutdown, pulling through four or five revolutions for optimum
cooling.
Should it be necessary to restart an engine before the EGT has
fallen below 200C, use the MANUAL START procedure, turning
the rotary switch to IGNITE at 15% rpm.
n
,")
C)
16-1-17
May 15/91
BRl~AE~E
JETSTREANI
Srnies }200
PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
16-1-18
May 15/91
BRIT,SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
WEIGHT - kg(x1000)
WEIGHT - kg(x1000)
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
5.5
5.0
7.0
6.0
7.0
6.5
....... FLAP.S.. BiJD.!
>
'
............ -- ... '-+ .... L. ; .... : ..............; ...... '.:12
120
... :........:.-....
~ ... .i.-. ............... -- ........ ....
.
.&~a..ur....... L ... L. ....L. - . .:......... ; ___ :...-.....:............ ~
110
3:
...... t .....L--:: 1....~ .... i
~---:--
..... -..,.--------en
...... ---:
"'
;;
en
"ti
~ 100
->
~
en
90
80
t--_.__,___ _..____...._....,___.__....___.__....____.____...._. __....................___..._....__.,..,...,,..._.+-_...._

1110 , 120
. 130 . : 1c:o
: 1s70 , 1s;o ,
,
,
11;o
12'0
13;0
...
.: ..... c.WEIGHI.,,Jb(x:tOOOJ-..... l ....
_.__.._ _..___.._
1c;o
15o
_..___.._-1
1s:o
.... l.WJ:IGHr - lt>(x 100()). - -
: ..:... ...... :.. .... :. ... ;
t:
'
----+-----:-----r----- .
.... f.1.Ms. 3~"...-----~--. __
>
100
;;
en
m
"ti
~ 90
.;;:
en
80
J;
V)
70
C)
c.:::>
11.0
-~
12.0
13.0
14.0
11.0
12.0
WEIGHT - lb(x1000)
13.0
;;
14.0
15.0
16.0
WEIGHT - lb(x1000)
POWER OFF STALLING SPEEDS

Table l.
16-1-19
May 15/91
BRrnSH AEROSl'WCE
JETSTREAA#
SERiEs
l200
IAS correction to Stall Warning Speeds

Flap
Setting
20% Torque
30% Torque
20
-3
-4
35
-4
-6
Note: Power levers must be at Flight Idle for

practise stalls to the stick push.
POWER ON STALLING SPEEDS

Table 2.
16-1-20
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
NOTES
1. IF REMAINING IN VISUAL CIRCUIT
LEAVE 100% RPM, SET 70% TORQUE
TO MAINTAIN 140 KT IN CLIMB.
2. CLIMB AT 160 KTTO 15000FT

THEREAFTER REDUCE CLIMB SPEED
BY 3 KT / 1OOOFT.
BEFORE TAKE - OFF

COMPLETE CHECKS
DETERMINE
*T/OTORQUE
*V1 /VR, V2
*Vy
POSITIVE RA TE
BRAKES ON MOMENTARILY
GEAR UP
I
V1 /VR
ROTA TE SMOOTH LY
T08-10NOSE UP
CLIMB SPEED
NOTE2
SOOFT / 130KT MIN

FLAPS UP
WATER METH OR APR OFF
FLOWSON
SELECT 97% RPM.
AFTER T/O CHECKS
NOTE 1
"'
co
L.{)
o
o
N
NORMAL TAKE OFF

Fig l.
16-2-1
Feb 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JE'TSTREAJW
SERiEs }200
-~:?':'<~~,.._
'
l.-~.
eGEAR DOWN
e 20 FLAP
e LANDING CHECKS
150kt
APPROX 30% TORQUE
FLAP 10
MISSED APPROACH
SET RED-UNE TORQUE OR EGT
FLAPS 10
POSITIVE RA TE-GEAR UP
CONTINUE AS FOR NORMAL TAKE-OFF
VR
8-10 NOSE UP
POSITIVE RA TE
GEAR UP
SOOft
130kt
MINIMUM
FLAP UP
VISUAL CIRCUIT (TWO ENGINES)

Fig 2.
16-2-2
Jul 15/89
CIRCUIT HEIGHT
MAY BE VARIED
FORLOCAL
TRAINING
CONDITIONS
SET 70%
POWER FOR
140kts
CLIMB
B'"TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA~
SERES
'J200
PA TIERN POWER
2 ENGINES - APPROX 30% TORQUE
1 ENGINE - APPROX 60% TORQUE
DECISION HEIGHT
1
LAND
"
125kt Min.
REDUCE TO Vref
GEARDOWN
20 FLAP
LANDING CHECKS (140kt)
1
~
OR
GOAROUND
AS VISUAL
PATIERN
LOM ANO ABOVE 1000FT

35 FLAP (2 ENGINES ONLY)
-----
130kt
....-~~~~~~~~~~~~---.
NOTE- HIGH SPEED ILS (180kts AT LOM)

*SELECT FLT. IDLE POWER
*SELECT RPM TO FLIGHT (100% RPM)
* 170kt - FLAPS 1O
* 160kt - GEAR DOWN / FLAPS 20
* 150kt - FLAPS 35
*130kt-TORQUE TO MAINTAIN
LOM
-----
MM
o
o
ILS
APPROACH
Fig 3.
16-2-3
Oct 15/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAH
SERiEs 1200
NOTE.
IF CARRYING OUT SINGLE ENGINEO
CLOUO-BREAK PROCEOURE ,CIRCLE TOLANO
WITH 10 FLAP ,SELECT GEAR OOWN ANO 20
FLAP WHEN TURNING ONTO BASE LEG
HOLDING PATIERN
,,.
150 kt
FLAPUP
!;
PROCEDURE TURN
OUTBOUNO
150kt
FLAP 10
;.
"
MISSED APPROACH POINT-GO AROUND
WHENON
INBOUND TRACK
DESCEND TO BE
ATMINIMUM
ALTITUDE AT F.A.F.
STARTTIMING
COMMENCE DESCENT TO MOA
GEAR OOWN 2 ENGINES
FLAP 20 ONLY
LANDING CHECKS
MAINTAIN 125kt MIN
TWOENGINES
SINGLE ENGINE
FULLPOWER
POWER TO RED-LINE
TORQUE OR EGT
RAISE NOSE (10 NU)
FLAP 10
POSITIVE RA TE - GEAR UP
ABOVE 130kt/ SOOft
FLAP UP
AFTER T/O CHECKS
FULLPOWER
POWER TO RED-LINE
TORQUE OR EGT
RAISE NOSE (10 NU)
CONFIRM FLAP 10
CONFIRM GEAR UP
MINIMUM IAS :: V2
AT SOOft:
ACCELERA TE TO 5.E. EN
ROUTE CLIMB SPEED
FLAPUP
AFTER T/O CHECKS
----
TWOENGINES
FLAP 35
REDUCE IAS TO V ref
(VATO)
:
.
SINGLE ENGINE
GEAR DOWN 20FLAP
REDUCE IAS TO Vref S.E.
(VAT 1)
-oc.
NON PRECISION APPROACH
Fig 4.
16-2-4
Oct 15/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
FLIGHT
ABNORMAL
GUIDE
..
HANDLING
OPERATION WITH SRL COMPUTER INOPERATIVE

In flight, the principal advantage of a fully serviceable EGT
indication system is that it becomes immediately apparent to
the pilot when an engine is near, at, or exceeding 650C.
Furthermore, when commanded fuel flow (via a power lever
position) would result in an EGT higher than red line, the
SRL computer sends a signal to the TTL controller which opens
the fuel bypass valve to assist in maintaining limiting (red
line) EGT.
The EGT output from the SRL computer is monitored and if it
f ails, or is swi tched off, the amber
EJ
caption on the
c.A.P. illuminates. In this situation, the EGT gauge will

display COMPENSATED EGT. Tables are provided in the M.O.M.
(Abnormal Procedures) giving maximum permitted compensated
EGT fer various conditions of flight. It is important to
appreciate that this value of compensated EGT will be
considerably less than 650C, and with the SRL computer
inoperative the red line on the EGT gauge has no
significance.
The TTL controller will also receive COMPENSATED EGT and will
give no assistance in limiting the EGT.
With an SRL inoperative prior to flight, a manual start must
be carried out on the affected engine, and an EGT limit (SRL
OFF) must be computed prior to take-off. The TTL controller
should remain ON in the event of an SRL failure, so that the
Torque limiting function remains available.
2.
OPERATIONS WITH TTL CONTROLLER INOPERATIVE

If the TTL controller alone is unserviceable~ or switched
off, then the SRL computer should be left on so that the EGT
gauge continues to read CONDITIONED EGT. However, there will
be no Torque or EGT limiting and extra care will be required
to avoid exceeding red lines.
16-3-1
Aug 1/88
.-rlSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA~
SERiEs J200

""r-. ,V:,,
.,,
-;
3.
ERRATIC ENGINE INDICATIONS

3.1 Erratic Torque or EGT Indications
Fluctuating Torque and/or EGT indications can be the result
of a fault in the Torque/Temp Limiter (TTL system).
Fluctuations of 2% Torque are not abnormal in flight (4%
total amplitude).
In the event of erratic indications of Torque and/or EGT
the RPM levers should be moved fully forward. If this does
not cure the fault then the following procedures should be
followed:
3.1.1 Retard the POWER lever on the affected engine(s) until
there is a perceptible decrease in torque and EGT.
3.1.2 Switch OFF the PROPeller SYNCHROphase system.
3.1.3 Switch.OFF the TTL computer of the affected
engine(s).
3.1.4 Control the engine carefully to ensure that Torque
and Temperature limits. are not exceeded.
Note: The SRL system for EGT indication will not be affected
by this procedure.
If Torque fluctuations cease, continue the flight with the TTL
computer OFF, but exercise care to avoid exceeding the engine
limits.
-oo
If fluctuations of Torque indication continue, but are not

confirmed by aircraft response, or other engine indications,
continue with normal operation.
If real power fluctuations (confirmed by aircraft response and
other engine indications) continue, and certainly if these
Torque fluctuations exceed 7.5%, (15% total amplitude) apply
the procedure "In Flight Engine Shut Down".
3.2 Erratic RPM
Because f luctuations in RPM may be caused by a f aulty PROP
SYNCHRO system, it should be selected off. If the
fluctuations persist and exceed 7.5% RPM and are confirmed by
engine noise, the engine should be shut down.
16-3-2
Aug 1/88
-~AEROSilMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
This rev1s1on complies with British Civil
Chapter A7-3.
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSHIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND
Airworthin;;i;~i~::::on A
e:

16-3-3, and with page 3 of this TR facing GREEN page
6-3-3.
Reason:
To revise note and introduce warning.
Action:
Replace para 5. ENGINE FAILURE AFTER Vl with the para

on the page overleaf.

temporary revisions ar amendments embodied in this manual and certified by an
Page 1 of 3
Jan
8/93
BRr,,_AERO~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
5.
ENGINE FAILURE AFTER Vl

If an engine failure occurs after Vl, the take-off should be
continued, accelerating to V2 for the climb.
The landing gear must be retracted as soon as the aircraft is
safely airborne.
Directional Control should be maintained by full use of
rudder.
Aileron may be used, if required, to maintain up to
5 bank towards the live engine.
Best performance is gained by accurate speed control and
gentle control movements to keep the correct attitude.
When established in a steady climb, positively identify the
failed engine and carry out the appropriate feathering drill.
At a height of 500 f eet above the runway and when obstacle
clearance is certain, the aircraft should be accelerated to
the required en-route climb speed and the flaps retracted.
If engine failure occurs above V2 the higher speed can be
maintained provided obstacle clearance can be achieved.
Note: During training, the training captain may simulate
engine failure on take-off by retarding a POWER lever direct to
10% torque which simulates the zero thrust condition. The POWER
lever must not be moved to or through FLIGHT IDLE during this
process because high asymmetric drag may be generated.
WARNING:
HANDLING DIFFICULTIES MAY OCCUR IF THE TORQUE OF THE

SIMULATED FAILED ENGINE IS ALLOWED TO REDUCE BELOW 10%:
Page 2 of 3
Jan
8/93
...
BIW77SNA~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
5.

The landing gear must be retracted as soon as the aircraft is
safely airborne.
rudder. Aileron may be used, if required, to maintain up to
At a height of 500 feet above the runway and when obstacle
maintained provided obstacl e clearance can be achieved.
Note:
During training, the training captain may simulate
engine failure on take-off by retarding a POWER lever direct to
12% torque which simulates the zero thrust condition. The POWER
lever must not be moved to or through FLIGHT IDLE during this
process because high asymmetric drag may be generated.
WARNING:
HANDLING DIFFICULTIES MAY OCCUR IF THE TORQUE OF THE

SIMULATED FAILED ENGINE IS ALLOWED TO REDUCE BELOW 12% :
Page 3 of 3
Jan
8/93
EFFECTIVITY:
902 ONLY
BRrTISH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200

..
.i '
Tbis revision complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A

Cbapter A7-3.
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSHIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND
_ ffJ:.
J~
Signed
Date
:2h J4Ui;- c:.71
CAA Approval No: DAl/9386/92

16-3-3.
Reason:
To introduce a warning and an additional procedure

concerning SIMULATED SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE.
Action:
Insert the inf ormation on page 2 of this TR into

Chapter 16 immediately befare paragraph 5. ENGINE
FAILURE AFTER Vl.

temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certif ied by an
EFFECTIVITY:
902 ONLY
Page 1 of 2
Aug 26/93
BRln:sH AER'OS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
WARNING:
AN ASSESSMENT OF FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE

CARRYING OUT ANY TRAINING INVOLVING
ENGINE FAILURE OR STALLING IF THERE
REPLACEMENT OR ADJUSTMENT WHICH MAY
FUEL FLOW.
MUST BE MADE BEFORE

SIMULATED SINGLE
HAS BEEN ANY
AFFECT THE FLIGHT IDLE
ASSESSMENT OF FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE

Flight idle torques rnust be checked during a dedicated flight test
or on a training f light before a stalling or simulated single engine
failure training exercise.
TEST PROCEDURE
ALTITUD E
FLAPS
LANDING GEAR
ENGINE RPM
AIRSPEED
FLOW SELECTORS
POWER LEVERS
3000-9000 ft
RETRACTE O
UP
100%
MAINTAIN 150 Kt
BOTH OFF
BOTH TO FLIGHT IDLE STOP
Recheck RPM 100% and adjust if necessary.

Record both engine torques when stabilised.
Before a stalling or sirnulated single engine failure training
exercise, the flight idle torques rnust be within the following
ranges:

Difference between left and right f light idle torques must not
exceed 2%.
Note: A higher airspeed can be used but for every 15 Kt increase in
airspeed increase flight idle torque by 1%.
EXAMPLE:
AIRSPEED
ALTITUD E
165 Kt
3000-5000 ft
112%
If the flight idle torque is not within the range, stalling or

sirnulated single engine failure training cannot be carried out.
Maintenance action and a reassessment are required.
If the flight idle torque is within the range, rnake the appropriate
entry in the Aircraft Technical Lag.
Page 2 of 2
Aug 26/93
EFFECTIVITY
902 ONLY
BRITISH AEROSRllCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
4.
ABANDONED TAKE-OFF
Up to 70 knots the take-off will be abandoned for any malfunction which may jeopardise the safety of the flight.
Between 70 knots and Vl, take-off will only be abandoned for
serious malfunction such as an engine failure or engine fire.
The recommended method is to move both power levers to ground
idle and use brakes as necessary. Reverse thrust should be
used as required and the aircraf t kept straight by using rudder
and nosewheel steering.
No drills should be started until the aircraft has stopped.
After a high speed, heavy weight aborted take-off, taxying
should be kept to a minimum as the wheels and tyres may be
hot.
The Emergency/Parking brake should remain off.
5.

The landing gear must be retracted as soon as the aircraf t is
safely airborne.
rudder. Aileron may be used, if required, to maintain up to
At a height of 500 feet above the runway and when obstacle

maintained provided obstacle clearance can be achieved.
Note: During training, the training captain may simulate
engine f ailure on take-off by retarding a power lever to 10%
torque which simulates the zero thrust condition.
16-3-3
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs }200
6.
ENGINE FAILURE AFTER Vl USING APR

The take-of f procedure up to Acceleration Height requires no
change in engine handling technique from the previous paragraph.
Af ter Acceleration Height the aircraf t should be accelerated to
the en-route climb speed and the APR switch should be selected
OFF. The power lever on the live engine should then be adjusted
to give the en-route torque setting in Chapter 15. Flaps should
be fully retracted.
7.
ENGINE FAILURE EN-ROUTE

If maximum altitude is the main criterion, RPM lever should be
advanced to give 100% RPM, and the Power Lever of the live
engine advanced to achieve maximum available power. The Redline
EGT and Redline torque limits must not be exceeded. The
f eathering drills should then be completed and the airspeed
allowed to slowly reduce to the eh-route single engine climb
speed.
If range is the main criterion, the live engine should be set
to 97% RPM and flown in accordance with the single engine
cruise table in Chapter 15. For handling technique see page
16-4-2.
.
Note: The setting of the Air Conditioning Flow selector on the
live engine should be increased only suff icient to maintain
cabin altitude at a safe leve!. A good guide is to set it to
No.5 initially and then adjust as necessary.
8.
DOUBLE ENGINE FAILURE

A double engine failure is extremely unlikely to occur.
However, if it does happen it is particularly important that
the actions taken should be carefully considered.
Immediately switch OFF the LEFT WINDSHIELD heat to prevent the
aircraft batteries draining rapidly.
Befare attempting to relight, consider the possible causes.
Could an incorrect switch setting in the last few moments
have caused the engine f ailure? Is the aircraf t being f lown
in icing conditions without the engine de-icing on? Is the
aircraft short of fuel? These are sorne of the more likely
causes. Try to rectify the situation before attempting a
relight.
16-3-4
Sep 15/89
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 1200
There is no limit to the number of attempts to relight but

each attempt reduces the possibility of success on subsequent
attempts as power is drained from the batteries.
Set up a glide at 130 kt with the propellers NTS'ing but not
feathered.
Follow the drill card.
If height is available,
continue the attempts to relight. Transmit a distress call.
If the first attempts to relight are unsuccessful all efforts
should be concentrated on achieving a safe landing.
Try to identify a suitable emergency landing area and turn
towards it whilst following the drills. Aim to pass over the
touchdown point into wind at 4,000 ft.
In a light wind select
10 flap and gear down.
Turn downwind. Aim to be downwind at
2,000 ft with the wing tip just overlapping the touchdown
point.
If the headwind component is stronger than 15 kt the
height downwind to be aimed for should be increased to 2,500
ft.
Maintain the turn in towards the touchdown point and when
absolutely certain of landing, the flaps may be lowered in
stages down to 35. If landing off an airfield, aim to land
at as low a forward airspeed as possible with 35 flap and
gear down.
Follow the drill card.
With the propellers NTS'ing, hydraulic power will be available
to lower or raise flaps and gear without handpumping.
This description of a power-of f emerqency landing works well
in good weather.
In poor weather circumstances the
probability of success is reduced but the pattern can be
adapted.
For example, with a cloud base lower than 4,000 ft,
the selection of gear and flaps can be delayed.
o
'..0
:::>
'<:;j
o
o
N
In all circumstances plan to land into wind with 35 flap and

gear down at as low a forward speed as possible.
9.
EMERGENCY DESCENT
The recommended technique is to set both power levers to
flight idle and descend at VMO with gear and flaps up.
If a slow speed descent is required, the flap limiting speed
may be maintained with 35 flap, landing gear down and flight
idle power set.
Crew and passenger oxygen should be used as required.
16-3-5
Jan .1/92
BRl7'S##A~
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
10. FIELD APPROACH CHECKS - SINGLE ENGINED

During the Approach
accordance with the
actions required in
Decision height, V2
displayed.
Checks, which are carried out in

check list, the crew should brief on the
the event of a single engined go around.
and Vref S.E. should be calculated and
11. PRECISION APPROACH ANO SINGLE ENGINE LANDING

Manoeuvring in the terminal area may be carried out at an IAS
of 150 Kt. A 3 Glidepath is achieved with 20 flap, landing
gear down, using 50-60% torque on the live engine at a speed
of 130 Kt.
Below 200 ft, speed should be reduced to achieve the single
engine threshold speed at the threshold (Vref S.E.), and the
landing completed using 20 flap only.
Coarse retrimming of rudder and aileron may be applied in the
final stage of the approach to relieve control loads.
The aircraft should be landed with minimal hold off and the
nosewheels gently lowered as soon as the mainwheels have
contacted the runway. Both power levers should be moved into
the ground range and reverse thrust may be used from the live
engine as normal. Lift Dump will not be available .
...
Nosewheel steering is adequate to maintain directional control

during the groundroll.
Note:
'
Taxy on one engine is permissible.

With one engine failed it is NOT permitted to use
35 flap.
-oo
"'rA
6'
Vref (S.E.) is the same as Vref for 20 flap.

This is Vref 35 flap + 4 Kt.
For single engine approaches use the normal Vref f or
20 flap.
16-3-6
Jun 15/96
BRIT1SN AER'06FlllCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
12. ENGINE FAILURE ON FINAL APPROACH

If an engine fails above 200 ft on final approach with flaps at
20, a go-around may be made or the approach may be continued
to land with 20 flap, ensuring Vref is correct for 20 flap.
If an engine fails above 200 ft on final approach with 35 flap
selected a go-around should be made and a single engine
approach made with 20 flap.
If an engine fails below 200 ft on final approach with either
20 or 35 flap selected the approach should be continued to
land.
13. SINGLE ENGINE GO-AROUND
CAUTION: SINGLE ENGINE GO-AROUNDS SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BELOW
200 FT AGL.
If a single engined go around is required, the power lever of
the live engine should be advanced until either Redline EGT or
Redline torque is achieved whichever comes f irst. The flaps
should be selected to 10 and the landing gear up without
delay. The pilot not flying should monitor the instruments to
ensure that torque and EGT are within limits, airspeed is not
less than V2, and altitude is safe.
The climb should be continued at a speed not less than the
approach speed. At heavy weights and high temperatures it may
be necessary to reduce speed to V2 for initial climb. When
above 500 ft AGL and obstacle clearance is certain, accelerate
to the single engine en-route climb speed and retract the
flaps.
co
'
L.{")
o
o
16-3-7
Jun-15/96
BRITISH AEROS MCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
14. NON-PRECISION APPROACH (SINGLE ENGINE)

outbound, reduce speed to 150 Kt and select 10 flap.
Passing
the F.A.P. inbound, start the stopwatch and initiate descent to
MOA, aiming for 140 Kt.
If the descent is to continue directly from MOA, gear down and
20 flap should be selected.
If the final descent is delayed and the aircraft is to be flown
level, the selection of gear and 20 flap should be delayed
until landing is assured.
Below 200 ft, speed should be reduced to achieve the appropriate
speed at the threshold.
Use of 35 flap is not permitted.
15. CIRCLING APPROACH (SINGLE ENGINE)
The approach to the airport from the final approach f ix should
be flown with flaps at 10 and gear UP, at a speed of 140 Kt.
When landing is assured the gear should be selected DOWN,
followed by 20 flap.
Target speed 130 Kt IAS.
35 flap selection is NOT permitted during single engine
operation. Therefore if, after turning fial, the pilot
observes the aircraft to be above the glideslope, he should be
ready immediately to reduce power (perhaps substantially) in
arder to adjust descent. Minimum speed 125 Kt.
Clase monitoring of speed, altitude and descent prof ile by the
non-flying pilot is essential.
Below 200 ft, speed must be reduced to the appropriate speed
over the threshold, and the landing completed with 20 flap.
Lift Dump will not be available.
"'
o
U1
'
(X)
"'
16-3-8
Jun 15/96
~A~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
16. VISUAL CIRCUIT (PATTERN) AND LANDING (SINGLE ENGINE)

The aircraft should be flown into the visual circuit with
Approach Checks completed. At the beginning of the downwind
leg the aircraft should be at 1500 ft or as near as the
prevailing conditions will permit. With approximately 60%
torque and 10 flap, the airspeed should be at 150 Kt.
Just bef ore turning onto Base Leg the gear should be selected
DOWN followed by 20 flap, settling into the descending turn at
130 Kt. Landing checks should be completed at this stage.
A 3 glidepath is achieved with 20 flap, landing gear down,
using 50-60% torque on the live engine, aiming for 130 Kt.
Handling and performance considerations do not permit the use
of 35 flap with one engine inoperative.
The normal landing
be maintained down
airspeed should be
threshold, and the
technique calls for not less than 125 Kt to

to 200 ft above threshold. Below 200 ft,
reduced to the appropriate speed over the
landing completed using 20 flap only.
17. LANDING WITH FLAPS RETRACTED

The approach should be made at a normal glidepath angle, with a
threshold speed equal to the all engine threshold speed plus 15
Kt.
--
After a short hold off, allow the aircraft to touch down and
gently lower the nosewheel immediately afterwards. Reverse
thrust and maximum wheel braking may be required to stop in the
available distance.
18. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LOW PRESSURE
Check that the associated HYD LP cock captions on the roof
panel indicate open.
If abnormally low or lost pressure persists and normal
procedures are ineffective, use the emergency drill for gear or
flap emergency lowering.
N
16-3-9
Jun-15/96
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREA/111
SERiEs }200
Avoid flight at or below stall warning (stick shaker) speed as

the stick pusher may be ineffective.
If, when on the ground, nosewheel steering is ineffective,
control the aircraft with differential braking.
Note:
MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure indications may be

normal with Left and/or Right PUMP delivery pressure
low or lost.
19. MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) LOW PRESSURE
After touchdown, if brakes appear to be fading or ineffective

use full reverse thrust. Assist by using parking/emergency
handbrake as required.
If nosewheel steering is ineffective control the aircraft with
differential propeller thrust.
Note:
May be accompanied by abnormally low or lost Left and/

or Right PUMP delivery pressure.
20. WING DE-ICING SYSTEM FAILURE
In the event of wing de-icing failure further flight in icing

conditions should be avoided and, if necessary, an early landing
made.
The flap angle fer landing should be limited to 20.
21. TAILPLANE DE-ICING SYSTEM FAILURE
In the event of tailplane de-icing failure, or suspected ice on

the tailplane, care should be taken when lowering the flaps
(ensure adequate height and immediate retraction of the flaps in
the event of a sudden trim change).
The flap angle fer landing should be limited to 20.
22. STATIC PRESSURE
If the indications of the left Airspeed and Altitude instruments

become suspect, due to ice build-up on the static vents, the
static changeover cock should be operated.
The left flight instruments will then receive static pressure
from the alternative static source which is protected from
icing.
16-3-10
Jun 15/96
oN
(Jl
'
co
~
BR,TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
'J200
rEG1E 'FA1wRE' - - - - - ,
1KEEP STRAIGHT WITH RUDDER 1
1AND UP TO 5 OF BANK TOWARDS 1
BEFORE TAKE OFF
-1~ ~~N:_w~Et!. ~~~E- .J
5 MINUTE POINT
COMPLETE CHECKS
DETERMINE
*T/OTORQUE
*V1/VR,V2
*Vy
COMPLETE
ENGINE
FAILURE
CHECKS
e SAFEL Y AIRBORNE - GEAR UP

e MAINTAIN V2 MIN.
e IDENTIFY FAILED ENGINE
e CARRY OUT FAILURE I FIRE DRILL
SET APR OFF IF IN USE

SET MAX. CONTINOUS POWER
SOOFT A.G.L.
V,JVR
V2
ROTA TE SMOOTHL Y
TO 8 -1 O PITCH
INCREASE SPEED
TO EN ROUTE CLIMB
SPEED S.E.
FLAPS UP
COMPLETE
AFTER
TAKE-OFF
CHECKS
IF IN USE
WATER METH. OFF
PWRAUGON
()!J
o
o
o
ENGINE
FAILURE AFTER
Fig. 5
Vl
16-4-1
Aug 1/88
BR'T'~
AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs }200
. :
FOR BEST AL TITUOE
FOR BEST RANGE
FEATHERING ORILLS
SET 100% RPM ON UVE ENGINE
POWER LEVER TO GIVE REO-UNE TORQUE OR
REO-UNE EGT WHICHEVER COMES FIRST
SET MIN AIR BLEEO - RE SET POWER LEVERS
e USE GENTLE CONTROL MOVEMENTS
ALLOW SPEEO TO REDUCE TO THE EN-ROUTE
SINGLE-ENGINE CUMB SPEEO
THEN DRIFT DOWN TO THE STABIUSING
HEIGHT (CHECK
FEATHERING DRILL
SET 97% RPM ON UVE ENGINE
POWER LEVER TO REO-UNE TORQUE OR EGT
SET MIN AIR BLEED - No.S INITIALLY
DESCEND AT 140 KTS TO STABILISING HEIGHT
(REFER TO M.O.M. - PERFORMANCE, FOR
STABILISING HEIGHT ANO TARGET SPEED)
e WHEN LEVEL SET POWER TO GIVE T ARGET SPEED
usn
NOTE:
NOTE:
WHEN CLEAR OF TERRAIN

FL Y FOR RANGE
IF GROUND CLEARANCE PROVES

TO BE INAOEQUATE THEN FL Y
FOR BEST ALTITUDE
ENGINE
16-4-2
May 15/90
FAILURE
IN CRUISING
Fig. 6
FLIGHT
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
Srnies }200
GEARDOWN
20 FLAP
e LANDING CHECKS
CIRCUIT HEIGHT MAY BE VARIED

FOR LOCAL TRAINING CONDITIONS
DISCONTINUED APPROACH
SET RED-LINE TORQUE OR EGT
FLAPS 10
GEAR UP
~:----__
. 1500;----.:::::: APPROACH
APPROX.60% TORQUE
CHECKS
FLAP 10
COMPLETE
150kt
CONTINUE AS FOR ENGINE

FAILURE ABOVE V2
125kt Min
VrefS.E.
(VAT 1)
/
NOTE
MAXIMUM FLAPS 20
TOUCHDOWN
j
)
)
LOWER NOSE WHEEL

BEWARE SWING IF REVERSE SELECTED
NO LIFT DUMP AVAILABLE
VISUAL
CIRCUIT
SINGLE
ENGINE
Fig. 7
16-4-3
Jul 15/89
BIWTIS>I AEROSPACE
JETST.REAWI
SeRies }200
TURN THROUGH 90
INITIATE MAX RATE DESCENT
DON OXYGEN MASKS

REDUCE POWER TO FLT IDLE
MOVE RPM LEVERS FU LL Y FWD
EMERGENCY
DESCENT
DECISION
MAINTAIN VMO
(ABOUT 10 NOSE DOWN)
START DESCENT RECOVERY

1000ft ABOVE PLANNED
EMERGENCY
DESCENT
Fig. 8
16-4-4
Aug 1/88
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
EMERGENCY
DESCENT
DECISION
eDON OXYGEN IF REQUIRED

REDUCE POWER TO FL T IDLE
eMOVE RPM LEVERS FULL Y FWO
MAINTAIN ALTITUDE
TURN THROUGH 90"

INITIATE DESCENT
AT 170 FLAP 10
AT 160 GEAR DOWN
FLAP20
MAINTAIN 150kt
APPROX 22 PITCH DOWN
START DESCENT RECOVERY

1OOOFT ABOVE
PLANNED LEVEL
FLAP 10
GEAR UP
THEN FLAPUP
POWER AS REQUIRED
DETERMINE COURSE OF ACTION
........
:o
::::>
::::>
::::>
EMERGENCY
DESCENT
Fig. 9
LOW
SPEED
16-4-5
Aug 1/88
EIRIT7_, AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
e 150 kt GEAR DOWN

e SET APPROX 25% TORQUE
COMPLETE LANOING CHECKS
---~_,,_~/
MISSED APPROACH
SET RED-UNE TORQUE OR EGT
POSITIVE RATE-GEAR UP
CONTINUE AS FOR NORMAL
TAKE-OFF
200 ft
135 kt
Vref+IS
(VATO + 15)
FLAP LE SS
LANDING (2 OR 1 ENGINE)
Fig. 10
16-4-6
Jul 15/89
B-T'5H AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAH
SERiEs l200

\
".
CREW
l.
OPERATING
PROCEDURES
USE OF CHECK LIST

Jetstream 32 operations by British Aerospace, Prestwick are
based on the use of the normal checklist provided f or all
pilots. A technique of "challenge and response" is employed.
Prior to taxi, the co-pilot challenges and the captain
responds and actions the items. Exceptions to this are where
an item is physically out of reach from the left seat.
During taxi, all checks are challenged, actioned and
responded to aloud by the co-pilot whenever possible,
enabling the captain to concentrate his attention outside the
aircraft. However, the captain should make every effort to
cross check these actions.
In flight, all checks are called for by the flying pilot
(PF). The pilot not flying (PNF) then reads through the
appropriate checklist items, carries out the actions and
calls the responses. He calls " ... checks complete" when
f inished.
After landing, the PF cancels reverse (if used), and calls
f or the RPM levers to be brought back to taxi once the aircraft
has been slowed to a fast taxi. After landing checks are
conducted in a similar manner to the taxi checks, leaving the
captain once again able to concentrate his attention outside.
2.
PRE DEPARTURE BRIEFING

PF briefs PNF. The brief should include at least the following:
o
N
r-r
-o
o
2.1 Which pilot is handling during take-off.

2.2 The runway in use, runway state and wind.
2.3 The initial track and cleared altitude (full SID as
appropriate).
2.4 The scheduled take-off torque and speeds to be used (Vl,
VR, V2).
2.5 A surnrnary of crew duties and actions in the event of

emergency (full brief for first flight of the day,
abbreviated as desired for subsequent flights).
An example is provided overleaf of a typical take-off brief.
16-5-1
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
"This will be my take-off on Runway (). The runway is dry,

wind calm. Track after take-off will be (), climbing to()
feet. Scheduled torque is (). Speeds are Vl/VR (), V2 ().
If you notice any malfunction prior to 70 kt, call STOP.
Between 70 kt and Vl we will only stop for an engine failure,
an engine fire, or a serious malfunction. I will bring the
power levers bck to ground idle, brake as required and we will
take further action af ter the aircraf t has been brought to a
stop. In the event of a malfunction after Vl, bring it to my
attention, but we will CONTINUE the take-off.
I will call
fer gear up when we are safely airborne, we will together
conf irm which engine has failed and perform the standard
shut-down drill. Passing 500 ft I will accelerate to (
and call fer flaps up. We will then make a () hand circuit
(pattern) to land."
3.
BOTH PILOTS DUTIES DURING TAKE-OFF

Both pilots to monitor flight and engine instruments as much
as practical during the take-off roll.
PNF must:
3.1 Trim power, conf irm 100% rpm.
3.2 Call "power set".
3.3 Call "airspeed alive".
3.4 Call "70 kt" - PF MUST respond.
3.5 Call "Vl/Rotate/V2".
3.6 Call "positive rate".
3.7 Call "500 ft".
Either pilot to call STOP for:3.8 Any malfunction below 70 kt which may jeopardise the safety
of the flight.
3.9 Engine fire, engine failure or serious failure between 70
kt and Vl.
PF will stop aircraft; - subsequent actions after aircraft has
stopped.
If the emergency occurs after V2, continue take-off. When
airborne retract gear, maintain control, identify failure.
PNF to take action on instruction and confirmation from PF,
subject to the Captains overriding authority.
Land back (visual, radar, or divert to alternate as necessary).
Possibility exists of overweight landing.
16-5-2
Aug 1/88
o
o
BRIT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies l200
4.
CREW CO-ORDINATION DURING TAKE-OFF

4.1 Left Seat Take-off
Captain
Co-Pilot
Controls Toe Brakes

Sets Take-of f Power
within 10% of target
Restrains control colwnn

Conf irrns 100% rprn
Monitors gauges,
Trirns power
Releases Brakes
Controls NWS & Rudder
As aircraf t accelerates
Calls "AIRSPEED ALIVEn
Calls "70 KNOTS"
Calls "MY COLUMN"
Releases NWS & takes full
control
Releases control colwnn

Calls "YOUR COLUMN"
Rotates aircraft to
clirnb attitude
Calls "Vl, ROTATE, V2"

Calls "POSITIVE RATE"
When airborne applies

toe brakes brief ly
Calls "GEAR UP"
o
o
Retracts Gear/Checks
light indications
Calls "GEAR UP"
When IAS above 130 kt/500 ft

Calls "FLAPS UP AND
AFTER TAKE-OFF CHECKS"
Retracts f laps and

Calls "FLAPS UP"
Continues with After
Take-off Checklist.
16-5-3
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 'J200
4.2 Right Seat Take-off

Capta in
Co-Pilot
Controls NWS
Conf irms 100% rpm
Monitors gauges/Trims power
Restrains control column

Controls Toe Brakes &
Rudder
Sets Take-off Power
within 10% target
Releases Brakes
As aircraf t accelerates
Calls "POWER SET"
Calls "AIRSPEED LIVE"
Calls "70 KNOTS"
Releases NWS
Calls "YOUR STEERING"
Calls "MY STEERING"
Calls "Vl, ROTATE, V2"
Rotates aircraft to
climb attitude
Retracts gear/Checks light

indications
Calls "GEAR UP"
When airborne applies

toe brakes brief ly
Calls "GEAR UP"
When IAS above 130 kt/500 ft

Retracts f laps
Calls "FLAPS UP"
Continues with Checklist.
Calls "FLAPS UP AND AFTER

TAKE-OFF CHECKLIST"
-oo
N
16-5-4
Aug 1/88
'
,,
~. . .
B#NT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200
5.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE FOR ENGINE FIRE

OR FAILURE AFTER Vl
Right hand engine f ailure has been assurned in the example
given below. Pilot Flying (PF) duties and calls are in the
left colurnn, Pilot Not Flying (PNF in the right).
P.F.
P.N.F.
Maintains control
Rotates at VR
When safely airborne
Calls "GEAR UP"
Cancels Firebell
Monitors performance
Select gear up
Conf irms up and locked
Climbs at V2
Checks full power on

live engine
The priority now is for PF to fly an accurate V2 climb.

Both pilots should take time to be absolutely certain which
engine has failed.
Calls "RIGHT ENGINE FAILED"
"CONFIRMED"
Calls "SHUT DOWN RIGHT

ENGINE"
"CONFIRMED"
"CLOSING RIGHT POWER LEVER"

Places hand on lever but
does not operate until PF
confirms correct.
"CONFIRMED"
"CONFIRMED"
"FEATHERING RIGHT ENGINE"

Places hand on f eather
lever but does not operate
until PF confirms correct.
Looks up to check LP cocks
closed - if not, closes
using LP cocks switch.
(Checks from PF before
operating switch).
(IF FIRE exists)

"CONFIRMED"
"FIRING SHOT 1 RIGHT"

Places hand on shot but
does not operate until PF
confirms correct.
"CONFIRMED"
Starts Stopwatch.
If f ire not out in 30 secs
fire SHOT 2 as above.
"IMMEDIATE ACTION CHECKLIST

COMPLETE".
16-5-5
Aug 1/88
BRITrsH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
Continue the climb at V2. At 500 ft AGL, accelerate to the

single-engine en route climb speed and retract flaps.
Continue with the after take-off climb checklist and then
secure the f ailed engine by completing the shutdown
checklist.
6.
PILOT DUTIES IN THE CRUISE

The handling pilot will control the aircraft and the power
levers. Use of the checklist is detailed in Section l.
The non-handling pilot will complete the navigation log, make
all R/T transmissions, change frequencies and tune and
identify radio aids, calling " ... identified". Change altitude
in the altitude alert window (when fitted) and call "1000
ft to go" when approaching cleared altitude or flight level.
7.
APPROACH BRIEFING
Pref erably both pilots should possess a copy of the approach
chart and the ~rief should cover at least:
7.1 Comparison of the
ch~rt
dates.
7.2 MSA and airfield altitude.

7.3 Frequencies in use and setting of radio receivers.
7.4 Outbound tracks and altitudes.
7.5 Inbound tracks
check.
and
altitudes, including a glideslope
7.6 Missed approach point, decision height or MDA, and RVR

mnima.
7.7 Go-around procedure, including diversion if appropriate.
8.
PILOTS DUTIES DURING APPROACH

Pilots duties are as for the cruise with the following
additions. All approach aids will be identified by both
pilots. Whenever possible final approach aids (ILS,VOR ADF)
should be tuned on both receivers so that cross-monitoring of
signals is achieved.
The PF will brief the approach as detailed above. All
Jetstream operations by BAe Prestwick will be conducted using
QNH as the datum altimeter setting when below the transition
altitude/level.
16-5-6
Aug 1/88
o
o
BRl77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
The PNF will monitor the approach paying particular attention to

the course keeping and descent profile. Prior to the Decision
Height (DH) or Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) standard altimeter
call-outs are to be given as follows:
"One thousand ft AGL"
"Five hundred ft above DH (or MDA)"
"Two hundred f t above DH"
"One hundred f t above DH"
At DH or MDA, if the runway (or lights) become visible, the PNF
must call "Light/Runway in sight" and give a relative bearing.
The PF will then call for 35 of flap if appropriate to the
aircraft configuration.
If the runway is not in sight on a precision approach, the PNF
must call "Decision Height, nothing seen, go around." On a
non-precision approach he must call "MDA, nothing seen, level off,
.... seconds or miles to go".
9.
CREW CO-ORDINATION DURING LANDING

9.1 Left Seat Landing
Captain
-oo
N
Co-Pilot
Handles aircraft and

power levers. Lands
aircraft and lowers nosewheel. Applies Reverse/Dump
and brakes.
Selects f laps when called
Calls "YOUR COLUMN"

Releases column takes
control of NWS.
Responds "MY COLUMN"

Restrains control column
Slows to taxi cancels reverse.

Calls "RPM LEVERS TO TAXI"
Retards RPM levers
When clear of runway

Calls "AFTER LANDING
CHECKS"
Taxis aircraf t
Completes Checklist
16-5-7
Aug 1/88
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
9.2 Right Seat Landing

Captain
Co-Pilot
Selects f laps when

called.
Handles aircraft and

power levers
Lands aircraft and lowers
nosewheel
Applies Reverse/Dump and
brakes gently
Calls "YOUR STEERING"
Calls "MY STEERING"

Controls NWS (left hand)
Responds "I HAVE CONTROL".
Takes control of both power
levers & brakes. Slows to
taxi. Cancels Reverse.
Calls "RPM LEVERS 'rO TAXI"
Calls "YOU HAVE CONTROL"
Retards RPM
levers~
When clear of the runway

Calls "AFTER LANDING
CHECKS".
Taxis aircraft
Completes Checklist
o
o
o
U1
16-5-8
Aug 1/88
BRIT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA.1111
SERiEs 'J200
FLIGHT GUIDE
SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
l.
OPERATION IN ICING CONDITIONS

WARNING:
l. EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING TAXI TO

PREVENT SKIDDING ON ICY SURFACES.
2. DO NOT TAKE OFF WHEN THERE ARE DEPOSITS OF SNOW,
ICE OR SLUSH ON THE AIRFRAME.
:::>
..
a
..
~
.&;
.::
CAUTION:
e:
;::
THE AIRFRAME DE-ICING SYSTEM SHOULD ALWAYS BE 'OFF'

FOR TAKE-OFF AND LANDING.
Q.
Icing conditions begin 1.1 When true Outside Air Temperaturee (OAT) on the ground
and fer take-off is +SC or below, (or when IOAT in flight
is +SC or below) and visible moisture is present in any
form, cloud, fog (with visibility of ene mile or less),
rain, snow, sleet or ice crystals in the atmosphere.
1.2 If there is surface snow, ice, standing water or slush
on ramps, taxiways or runways.
Icing conditions end when the above conditions no longer
prevail and the IOAT is above +lOC.
o . .
o
o
N
The engine and propeller anti-icing systems should be

selected ON fer take-off, landing and ground operations
whenever icing conditions prevail. The IGNITION switch
should be set to NORMAL fer all normal operations including
take-off in icing conditions.
Note: Adjustments to aircraft performance with engine
anti-ice ON are shown in the relevant performance graphs.
Normal take-off procedures should be followed, take-off power
being applied without undue delay in view of the increased
take-off distance required. If a marked lack of acceleration
is apparent during take-off, the take-off should be
abandoned.
After take-off, if performance considerations permit,
retraction of the landing gear should be delayed to allow the
slipstream to .remove any slush deposi ts.
16-6-1
Aug 1/88
EIRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
Before entering any in flight icing conditions, the following

systems should be selected ON and operating:
Both Engine and Propeller anti-ice.
Elevator Horn anti-ice (if fitted)
Windscreen heat
Stall vane/pitot heat
If ice is seen to form on the propeller spinners to a level where
it could break off, the IGNITION switches should be selected to
CONTINUOUS.
If icing conditions are entered before the system selections above
have been made, both engines should be selected to CONTINUOUS
ignition but only one to ANTI-ICE initially. A two minute period
of satisf actory running should be observed bef ore the second
engine is selected. This is to avoid possible ice ingestion and
simultaneous engine flame-out. With both engines running satisfactorily the ignition should be selected to NORMAL.
When clear of icing_conditions, the engine and propeller systems
should be selected OFF.
In icing conditions, periodic gentle exercising of the flying
controls rnust be carried out in all three axes to ensure that no
hinge f reezing has occurred.
Only when a significant ice build-up has been observed (typically
half an inch on the leading edges) should the airframe de-icing
boots be used. Operations should be lirnited to selective 5 second
MANUAL selections of WINGS and TAIL. This will prevent ice
formation bridging the ridges of the boots making thern ineffective
and producing greater drag rise than original ice. For this
reason, it is recommended that the use of Airframe de-ice in AUTO
mode and random use of MANUAL mode should be avoided in all but
severe icing conditions. If these conditions are entered,
immediate action should be taken to f ly the aircraft to an area or
level where less severe icing exists.
During landing, careful use of nosewheel steering, wheelbrakes and
reverse thrust is recommended to prevent skidding.
Note: When carrying out checks and starting on external power the
WINDSHIELD heat can be selected to WARM UP bef ore starting the

engines. This helps to reduce the time spent waiting for the warrn
up cycle to complete. In temperatures below minus lOC the
selector must remain at WARM UP for 15 minutes before selecting ON.
If it is warmer than minus lOC the waiting period is reduced to 5
minutes.
16-6-2
Oct 15/88
-o
U1
~
OJ
E1Rl71SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAPW
SERiEs }200
Before entering any in flight icing conditions, the following

systems should be selected ON and operating:
Both Engine and Propeller anti-ice.
Elevator Horn anti-ice (if fitted)
Windscreen heat
Stall vane/pitot heat
If ice is seen to form on the propeller spinners to a level where
it could break off, the IGNITION switches should be selected to
CONTINUOUS.
If icing conditions are entered before the system selections above
have been made, both engines should be selected to CONTINUOUS
ignition but only one to ANTI-ICE initially. A two minute period
of satisf actory running should be observed bef ore the second
engine is selected. This is to avoid possible ice ingestion and
simultaneous engine flame-out. With both engines running satisfactorily the ignition should be selected to NORMAL.
When clear of ic1ng conditions, the engine and propeller systems
should be selected OFF.
In icing conditions, periodic gentle exercising of the flying
controls must be carried out in all three axes to ensure that no
hinge freezing has occurred.
Only when a significant ice build-up has been observed (typically
half an inch on the leading edges) should the airframe de-icing
boots be used. Operations should be limited to selective 5 second
MANUAL selections of WINGS and TAIL. This will prevent ice
formtion bridging the ridges of the boots making them ineffective
and producing greater drag rise than original ice. For this
reason, it is recommended that the use of Airframe de-ice in AUTO
mode and random use of MANUAL mode should be avoided in all but
severe icing conditions. If these conditions are entered,
immediate action should be taken to f ly the aircraf t to an area or
level where less severe icing exists.
During landing, careful use of nosewheel steering, wheelbrakes and
reverse thrust is recommended to prevent skidding.
16-6-2
Apr 15/89
EFFECTIVITY
841 - 1000
BRrTrsH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs }200
2.
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
The current standard fit comprises a Sperry Flight Director
System.
The flight director mode selector, mounted just below the
c.A.P. panel, provides mode control and indication for both
flight director and auto-pilot. All modes are selected by
push on/push off captions. When no mode {SBY) is selected,
the command bars on the attitude display indicator (ADI) are
retracted from view. Flight director commands may be
displayed by either a single cue (V bar) or separate vertical
and lateral cross pointers. A further mode annunciator is
located in direct field of view of the left pilot.
If the
FLIGHT SYSTEM TEST switch or the SBY button is pressed, all
the f ilaments of the selector and annunciator panels should
be lit. The flight director modes available are:
2.1 Heading Select (HDG)
This mode provides commands to the ADI lateral command cue
to acquire and maintain the heading displayed by the
heading cursor on the left side Horizontal Situation
Indicator (HSI). As a customer option, a transfer press
button switch may be provided. This transfers control to
the right hand side of the cockpit of the following
functions - HDG, NAV, APR, VOR APR, and BC.
2.2 VOR/Localizer (NAV)
Selecting NAV with the navigation receiver tuned to a VOR
or Localizer frequency results in illumination of the NAV
ARM caption. The desired radial or inbound course is
selected on the HSI course selector by the course knob.
When NAV is selected with the aircraft outside the edge of
the beam, the HDG mode is selected automatically. The
heading select cursor can be used to set the intercept
angle to the beam. When the capture point is reached, the
HDG mode drops out, the NAV mode goes from ARM to capture
(CAP), and the lateral flight director cue provides
commands to track the VOR or Localizer beam.
16-6-3
Aug 1/88
BRITISN AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
,
,. '...!":. _, ~
2.3 ILS Approach (APR)

Selecting APR with the navigation receiver tuned to a
Localizer frequency will result in both the APR ARM and NAV
ARM captions illuminating. This indicates that the Glidepath and Localizer modes respectively are armed. The HDG
mode caption will also illuminate and flight director
lateral commands will follow the heading cursor. The
heading select cursor should be used to set the intercept
angle to the Localizer. Glidepath capture, can occur ONLY
after Localizer capture. For Localizer-only approaches,
only the NAV function should be armed, as above.
....,,
5'
[
....
2.4 VOR Approach (VOR APR)
=r
Selecting VOR APR with the navigation receiver tuned to a

VOR frequency results in the VOR APR ARM and HDG captions
illuminating if the aircraft is outside the edge of the
beam. When the capture criteria are satisfied the VOR APR
CAP caption illuminates and the HDG and VOR APR ARM
captions extinguish. This mode operates in the same manner.
as the VOR/ Localizer (NAV) mode but with the gains
optimised for the VOR approach. The ADI lateral flight
director cue provides commands to track the selected VOR
radial through station passage to intercept the final
approach course.
;;><;
2.5 Back Course (BC)
Selecting BC with the navigation receiver tuned to a

Localizer frequency results in the BC ARM and HDG captions
illuminating if the aircraft is outside the edge of the
beam. The INBOUND FRONT course should be selected on the
HSI and beam capture operation is as described for the NAV
mode. Again, APR mode should NOT be selected as no Glidepath information will be available.
Note: The use of the BC facility for IFR approaches is not
permitted in the UK, as back courses are not flight
calibrated by the CAA.
2.6 Altitude Hold (ALT)
This rnode provides pitch comrnands on the ADI vertical

flight director cue to rnaintain the altitude at the time of
engagernent.
16-6-4
May 15/90
o
o
<_,,..
e
'
N
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
2.7 Airspeed Hold (IAS)

The IAS mode is used to maintain a constant indicated
airspeed by controlling pitch attitude. IAS mode is
selected when the aircraft is at the required airspeed.
The vertical f light director cue commands attitude changes
to maintain the airspeed at the time of engagement.
2.8 Vertical Speed Hold (VS)
The VS mode is used to maintain a constant rate of climb
or descent by controlling pitch attitude. VS mode 'is
selected when the aircraf t is at the required vertical
speed. The vertical flight director cue commands attitude
changes to maintain the vertical speed at time of
engagement.
.,
.e
....
.:
:l
j
.:
et
2.9 Go-Around (GA)

This mode is selected by a press button on the LEFT engine
POWER lever. Selection of this mode following an
abandoned approach provides a fixed pitch-up attitude
command. This has been optimised for the single-engine
go-around case for the Jetstream. The lateral director
cue provided wings level command. The selection of
go-around cancels all other modes. Subsequently any
lateral mode may be selected with go-around and will
cancel the wings-level roll command. The GA caption is
illuminated on the ADI when this mode is in use.
2.10 -Use of the Touch Control Steering (TCS) Button
A TCS button is provided for each pilot. The function of

this facility is to enable adjustment of a vertical mode
without having to deselect/reselect the mode on the flight
director selector. Either Altitude Hold, Indicated Air
Speed or Vertical Speed mode may be adjusted with the
button pressed and held. The relevant mode is then reset
to the condition prevailing at the time of release of the
TCS button. Pressing the TCS button from the Go-Around
mode will clear the flight director cues from view.
16-6-5
Aug 1/88
BRIT'5H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
Recomrnended Mode Selections

The following selections are recomrnended for particular phases
of flight:
3.
TAKE-OFF
CLIMB
No modes selected
HDG + IAS
CRUISE
HDG + ALT (NAV may be used with steady VOR

signals)
DES CENT
HDG + VS
ILS APPROACH
NAV ARM + APR ARM Initially, with HDG + ALT

hold.
GO-AROUND
GA
CABIN PRESSURISATION
3.1 Setting the Controller
Both the cabin altimeter and cabin altitude selector are
datumed to'the standard pressure setting (1013 mb or 29.92
in Hg); that is, they assume the QNH is the standard
pressure setting.
Thus, to set the controller to 1,000 ft. above airfield
level, a correction must be applied on any day when the QNH
-differs from the standard value. When the QNH is below the
standard value, the correction must be added to 1,000 ft,
but subtracted when above the standard. The correction is
_approximately 30 ft per mb or 0.03 in Hg. However it is
much easier to use a table which lists QNH against altitude
to set on the controller. An example is shown in Figure l.
When the cabin altitude has settled to the value set on the
controller, this value should be shown on the cabin
altimeter. The correction can be large, therefore it is
important to apply it if passenger discomfort is to be
avoided.
Before changing the set cabin altitude, the rate selector
should be set to mnimum. The cabin altitude selector
should then be moved slowly to the required setting; the
rate selector is then moved slowly to achieve the required
rate. This technique ensures only small changes in cabi-n
altitude rate. The correct rate of control movement can be
gauged by monitoring the cabin rate indicator.
16-6-6
Aug 1/88
o
o
o
BRITISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs 'J200
After take-off, the cabin controller should not be

adjusted until the flow selectors have been set and either
the set rate has been acquired or 1,000 ft AAL has been
achieved.
3.2 Setting the Flow Selectors
The discharge valve generally moves slowly. Thus it is

important to monitor the cabin rate indicator when
changing the setting of the flow selectors. This is
especially important when introducing the air after
take-off as the discharge valve may be fully closed.
Best fuel economy results when the flow selectors are set
to just hold the set cabin altitude. However, higher
settings may be required to give adequate airflow for
heating or cooling.
On the descent, the cabin altitude should stabilise at
1,000 ft above airfield level before the aircraft achieves
this altitude. Once the aircraft reaches this altitude,
the cabin rate of descent will be the same as the aircraft
rate of descent. At this point the flow selectors should
be slowly turned to off. The selectors should be off for
landing or go-around.
3.3 Cabin Altitude for Take-Off and Landing
Using these tables, the cabin differential pressure will

be zero at 1,000 ft above airfield level.
Note: It is most important that the FLOW selectors should be
turned fully off whenever full power may be required ie. on
take off or landing.
In the worst case a Flow setting of 10
may cause a loss of torque of 8%.
16-6-7
May 15/90
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAll
SrniEs '200
ADDTO
ADDTO
QNH
AIRFIELD
QNH
AIRFIELD
INS.HG.
ELEVATION
MBS.
ELEVATION
28.0
28.4
28.8
29.2
29.4
29.5
29.6
29.7
29.8
29.9
30.0
30.1
30.2
30.4
30.6
30.8
31.0
2800
2400
2100
1700
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
400
200
950
960
970
980
985
990
995
1000
1005
1010
1015
1020
1025
1030
1040
1050
2800
2500
2200
1900
1800
1600
1500
1300
1200
1100
1000
800
700
600
300
Using these tables, the cabin differential pressure will be zero at 1,000
feet above airfield leve l.
CABIN
16-6-8
May 1/88
ALTITUDE
FOR LANDING
Fig. 1
& TAKE-OFF
~
~
"'c.
:;
....
:T
e"'
;>;:
BR'IT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
'
'.,lt+
',.,
"\
.,... '\
4.MANAGEMENT OF THE OIL COOLER FLAPS

4.1 On the ground the oil cooler flaps can be set to OPEN or SHUT
so as to control the oil temperature. The switch is on the
roof panel and the indicator lights are on the engine
instrument panel.
4.2 For take off the oil cooler f laps should normally be selected
i.::
.
.:
..
.:
:::>
-s
"ti
et
to SHUT and indicate closed (lights out). However if oil

temperature is near the redline they can be selected to
OPEN/AUTO SHUT. In this case the flaps will remain open
until rotation on take off when they will automatically close
as the aircraft becomes airborne. The oil cooler flaps
should normally remain closed in flight and the switch should
be returned to SHUT .
4.3 If an engine should f ail shortly after take off in a hot
climate it is possible that the oil temperature of the

live engine may rise towards the limit. In this circumstance
it is permissible to select the appropriate (LEFT or RIGHT)
oil cooler flap to OPEN after the aircraf t has reached
acceleration height, aircraft flaps have been retracted, .
and the aircraft is climbing at the en route single engine
climb speed. The maximum permitted IAS with oil cooler flap
open is 150 kt.
o
o
N
16-6-9/10
Aug 1/88
BRl77SHAEROSRllCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
FLIGHT GUIDE
OPERATIONS IN ADVERSE WEATHER
OPERATION IN WIND SHEAR/MICROBURST ACTIVITY
l.
INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL
Wind shear and rnicroburst activity are particularly
dangerous during the take-of f or approach phases of
flight.
It is therefore essential that flight crew are
aware of what is rneant by these terrns.
1.2 Wind Shear
Wind shear exists when rapid and signif icant changes to
the horizontal wind speed occur over srnall changes in
altitude.
1.3 Microburst
Microburst activity exists only as a result of
thunderstorrn activity.
It is a short period event which
creates very strong wind gusts, with large variations in
direction and speed, both horizontal and vertical.
It is
very hazardous.
2.
CONDITIONS
The geographical and rnetrological conditions that can cause
wind shear and rnicroburst activity include:
Thunderstorrn activity in the airfield vicinity is rnost
likely to produce wind shear and rnicroburst hazards to
aircraft.
However, these hazards can be caused in the
airfield vicinity by significant thunderstorrns up to 10 nrn
away.
16-7-1
21006994
Feb 15/06
BRl77SH AEROSFJllCE
JETSTREANI
SEIES
J200
Frontal activity in the vicinity of an airfield can

produce dangerous wind shear conditions. This is
particularly true of warm fronts. When a temperature
difference of lOC or more exists across the front, and
its speed is 30 kt or more, there is high potential for
wind shear at low level.
Temperature inversions may produce wind shear conditions.
Airfield location may be conducive to the development of
wind shear conditions.
For example, runways that are
near a coastline; are in mountain valleys; have severe
drop-off at one or both ends; or which are protected by
trees or buildings, have an increased potential for wind
shear.
3. ALERTS
The ~light crew may be alerted to the possibility of wind shear
by one or more of the following:
Pilots reports, whether received directly or through ATC,
will alert flight crews to anticipate wind shear.
Reports which give airspeed gain/loss are of the greatest
value.
Comparison of reportea surface wind velocity with the
wind being encountered on approach.
Visual evidence such as columns of rain falling from
cumulus clouds; blowing dust; rings of dust; dust devils;
trees blowing in several directions; any other blown
debris.
Low Level Wind Shear Alert Systems (LLWSAS) are installed
at sorne airfields.
LLWSAS gather information on wind
velocity and direction at several outlying points around
the airf ield.
This information is automatically compared
with a reference value, measured at a centre point on the
airfield. When a significant difference is sensed, an
alert will be transmitted to ATC, who will in turn, relay
the inf ormation to f light crews f or as long as the
conditions exists.
16-7-2
21006995
Feb 15/06
BRl77SH AEHOSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
4.
TAKE-OFF CHECKS
If the flight crew is alerted to possible microburst activity in
any way, the take-off should be delayed.
If wind shear is suspected, consideration should be given to
delaying the take-off, or the use of an alternate runway. Any
take-off in these conditions, should be made using full scheduled
power.
If wind shear is recognized on take-of f before Vl is reached, the
take-off should be abandoned.
If it is recognized at, or after
Vl, the take-off is continued, but the flap setting and the
associated airspeed of V2 + 10 kt must be maintained until clear
of all obstacles. When the flight path is clear of all obstacles,
normal procedures should be followed.
If the aircraft is not climbing after take-off and ground
contact is possible, use the procedure: GROUND CONTACT IMMINENT
ACTIONS (para 6).
5.
APPROACH CHECKS
If the flight crew is alerted to possible microburst activity in
the vicinity, the landing should be delayed.
Enter a hold until
the condition has passed, or carry out a diversion to an
alternate airfield.
If strong wind shear is known, or suspected, to exist on the
final approach, consideration should be given to delaying the
approach.
The use of an alternate runway should also be
considered.
If the approach must be made in known, or suspected, wind shear
conditions, the approach speed should be increased by the
expected possible speed loss in wind shear, up to a maximum of
20 kt.
If the runway length is adequate, the control of large
speed changes can be improved by using 20 flap for the approach
and landing, instead of 35 flap.
Prompt power adjustments will
be required to counter all changes in sink rates and speeds as
the aircraft is affected by variable wind shear conditions. The
ILS display can assist in early detection of sink rate.
For
aircraft fitted with a GPWS, a "glideslope" or "sink rate" call
may be timely in gaining the pilots attention.
16-7-3
21006996
Feb 15/06
BRl77SN AEROSPJllCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
Under such conditions of approach instability, the aircraft may

cross the runway threshold at an airspeed higher than the
landing approach speed.
If the airspeed is higher than the
landing approach speed threshold speed then the scheduled
landing distance required, will be increased by 7% for every
Skt increment.
If a go-around is initiated, full power (MTOP) must be applied
and the aircraft rotated to achieve and maintain V2+10kt.
V2+10kt and 10 flap should be maintained until well clear of
all possible obstacles, when normal go-around procedures should
be followed.
If the airspeed is above VREF + 15kt, a go-around
should be carried out unless the runway length available is
determined to be adequate for stopping.
6. GROUND CONTACT I:MMINENT
If at any point ground contact appears imminent:
POWER LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT MAX POWER
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
PITCH ATTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE
AIRSPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCE TO THE ONSET OF STALL WARNING
ROLL ATTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLL TO AND MAINTAIN WINGS LEVEL
16-7-4
21006999
Feb 15/06
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies J200
CHAPTER 17.
LIST
NORMAL
OF
PROCEDURES
CONTENTS

FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY CHECK .
. . . . . . 17-1-1
CABIN PRELIMINARY CHECK .
. 17-2-1
EXTERNAL CHECKS .
. 17-3-1
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION
17-4-1
ENGINE START
. 17-5-1
AFTER START
17-6-1
TAXI
17-7-1
RUNWAY
17-8-1
AFTER TAKE-OFF
17-9-1
CRUISE
17-10-1
DESCENT . .
17-11-1
APPROACH
17-12-1
LANDING .
17-13-1
BAULKED LANDING
17-14-1
AFTER LANDING .
17-15-1
SHUT DOWN . .
17-16-1
SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND SHUT DOWN
17-17-1
SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND PRE START
17-18-1
CHAPTER 17.
CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88
BRITTSH AER05'WCE
JETSTREA/111
Srnies J200
CHAPTER 17
NORMAL PROCEDURES
::>
.,
-5
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
17-1
e:
-o
l!l
c.
17-2
17-3
17-4
1/2
Aug
1/2
1
2
3
4
1/2
1
2
3
4
5/6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Dec
Jul
Dec
Apr
Apr
Feb
May
Feb
Dec
May
Aug
May
Aug
May
Dec
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/90
15/90
15/91
1/88
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
Apr
Apr
Aug
Aug
May
May
May
May
Jun
Dec
Dec
May
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/90
15/90
1/89
1/88
1/88
15/91
r--....
f'r")
o
o
17-5
17-6
1/88 17-6
17-7
17-8
17-9
17-10
17-11
17-12
17-13
17-14
17-15
17-16
17-17
5
6
1
2
May
Dec
Oct
May
15/91
15/89
15/88
15/91
3/4
1
2
3/4
1
2
1/2
1/2
1
2
1
2
1/2
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
Dec
Aug
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Aug
May
Feb
Aug
May
Jun
Dec
Aug
May
Oct
May
Aug
May
May
May
May
May
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/90
15/89
1/88
15/91
15/89
1/88
15/90
1/88
15/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
15/90
1/88
1/88
1/88
17-18
1
2

Page 1/2
May 15/91
/. -::-.,
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200

/, t
FLIGHT
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
DECK
PRELIMINARY
CHECK
FOR A TRANSIT TURN ROUND ONLY THOSE ITEMS ANNOTATED THUS * NEED BE
ACTIONED.
. . DOWN
*LANDING GEAR LEVER . .

Verify LANDING GEAR lever DOWN
engaged in gate.
and knob vertical and
*ICE & RAIN PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . .
ALL OFF
Verify AIRFRAME AUTO switch and MANUAL switch at OFF.

Verify LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER switches at OFF to prevent
possible damage to propeller heating mats.
Verify LEFT and RIGHT ENGINE switches at OFF .
. Verify LEFT nd RIGHT WIPER switches at OFF to prevent dry
screen operation.
Verify LEFT and RIGHT WINDSHIELD switches at OFF to reduce
electrical loads.
Verify LEFT and RIGHT STALL VANE/PITOT switches at OFF to
prevent possible damage to pitot covers or personnel.
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CENTRE
o
o
Verify left and right FIRE BOTTLE selectors in centre

position to prevent the inadvertent discharge of the fire
bottles.
FLAP SELECTOR
Note:
down.
RETD
Due to decay in hydraulic pressure the flaps may creep
17-1-1
Aug 1/88
B-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERies J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY
CHECK (cont)
OFF
*AVIONICS MASTER
Set AVIONICS MASTER MAIN and ESSENTIAL switches to OFF.
Note: The AVIONICS MASTER switches are set to OFF to reduce effect
of voltage drop on equiprnent when starting engines and to avoid
nuisance transrnissions frorn transponder and possible injury to
personnel by high energy transrnissions frorn the weather radar.
STROBE LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
. . . . . SET
*CIRCUIT .BREAKERS
Set all CIRCU.IT BREAKERS unless placarded.
Note: It is assurned that after the initial circuit breaker check

only one reset rnay be perforrned on any circuit breaker.
*BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . .
CHECK
Set the busbar VOLTS switch to BATT BUS. Observe the

battery voltage is greater than 23.5 volts. Return switch
to MAIN BUS.
*BATT MASTER . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF
Verify the BATT MASTER switch is at OFF to ensure that the

ground supply is not supplied to the aircraft electrical
systern until the supply voltage is checked.
ELT
. . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM ARM
Confirrn ELT switch is at ARM.
17-1-2
Aug 1/88
Bl'WTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAWI
SERiES
}200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
* ELECTRI CAL
DECK
PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY
CHECK (cont)
POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Set PANEL MASTER ESSENTIAL and NON ESSENTIAL switches to ON.

Set the ELECTRICS MASTER switch to NORMAL.
IF ... using ground supply:Verify the ground supply is connected and on.
Set VOLTS switch to GROUND POWER.
Observe the ground power is 27 to 29 volts.
Set BATT MASTER switch to GND.
Observe
C.A.P.~
caption (amber) (2) on, C.A.P.
IBUS FAILlcaption off and general lighting up of panels.

Set VOLTS switch to MAIN BUS.
IF ... using interna! battery supply:Set BATT MASTER switch to INT.
~caption off
(red),~caption (red) and
Observe C.A.P.
BUS FAIL
AC MAIN
caption
caption
(amber) on.
Observe general lighting up on panels.
LANDING GEAR . . . . . .
3 GREENS
Observe LANDING GEAR indication displays 3 lights (green).

PARKING BRAKE/PRESSURE .
ON/700 psi MIN
Verify emergency/parking brake ON.

Observe EMERGENCY pressure on left hydraulic gauge greater
than 700 psi or chocks in position.
17-1-3
Aug 1/88
-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
..
PRELIMINARY
CHECK (cont)
Note: If pressure is below 700 psi and there are no chocks

available, brake pressure can be applied by using the handpump with
the emergency selector at NORMAL.
Note: There is no indication of pressure being applied to the
wheel brake when using the emergency braking system. The EMERGENCY
pressure indicated on the gauge is emergency accumulator pressure
only.
*FLIGHT DECK AND CABIN LIGHTS . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
*EXTERNAL LIGHTS
. . . . . . AS REQUIRED
Set landing lights, taxi lights and navigation lights as

required consistent with available power supply.
DV WINDOWS/WINDSCREENS
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
CLEAN/UNDAMAGED
CHECKED
Verify flight deck fire extinguisher, portable oxygen and

smoke goggles are stowed.
FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY CHECKS
COMPLETED
--------------------------------------------------------~----------
END//
o
o
lN
~
17-1-4
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AER05'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
NORMAL
CABIN
LIGHTING .
PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY
CHECK
CHECK
Observe in the cabin that the lights and signs are on.
CABIN WINDOWS . . . . . . . .
. .
. .
. NO CRACKS
ESCAPE HATCHES . .
CLEAR/SECURE/HANDLES STOWED
Observe escape hatches are unobstructed and secure, with

handles in the locked position.
. .
*FUEL FILLER CAPS
. .
. FLUSH
If refuelling complete, observe fuel filler caps are flush

with wing skin.
CHECKED/STOWED
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT .
Observe emergency equipment conf orms to company standard

and is correctly stowed.
*BAGGAGE AREA . . . . . .
SE CURE
. .
Verify baggage correctly stowed, and loaded in safe

condition fer flight.
MAIN DOOR . .
l'-fJ
-::o
.n
,")
o
o
. . . . . . .
. . . LOCKS/STRAP/STAYS
Observe no damage to door locks, strap and stays and door

locking inspection windows are clean .
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH (VESTIBULE)
NORMAL
Verify emergency lights switch is in the NORMAL position.

CABIN PRELIMINARY CHECKS . . .
. .
COMPLETED
------------------------------------------------------------------END//
17-2-1/2
May 15/91
Bl1"77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiES
}200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
EXTERNAL
CHECKS
Starting at the entrance door and moving clockwise around the

aircraft an inspection for damage and security of panels should
be made.
If operating in cold conditions ensure that all snow, ice and hoar
frost has been removed from fuselage, wings, ailerons, flaps and
tail area including elevators and rudder.
If de-icing spray has been used to remove ice and snow deposits
from aircraft, it is important to remember that re-icing can occur
and that the protection afforded by spray action is dependent on
elapsed time, temperature and de-icing agent used.
The following items should be included in the inspection:l.
Entrance door
Seals and steps undamaged.

Door stay locked in open position.
If door stay not locked in open position, assembly of

passengers in rear of cabin may cause the aircraft to tilt and the
fuselage tail to strike ground.
Note:
,..,,
,.......__
2.
Fuselage skin (LH)
Undamaged.
Windows (LH)
Clean and undamaged. Emergency

exit secure and flush.
4.
Hydraulic service panel
Secure.
5.
Wing top surf ace (LH)
Undamaged, all panels secure.
6.
Jet pipe (LH)
Cover removed. Check for

security/damage.
7.
Flaps (LH)
Undamaged, note position.
8.
Aileron (LH)
Undamaged, static wicks(4) secure.

Tab undamaged with no excessive
play.
Balance weight. secure.
9.
Navigation light (LH)
Undamaged/illuminated~
I'./")
o
o
N
17-3-1
Aug 1/88
B-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
:!'.;..
I~
'
<'
'
'
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
EXTERNAL
CHECKS (cont)
10. Fuel vent
Unobstructed.
11. Wing undersurface (LH)
Undarnaged, magnetic fuel

indicators (if fitted) and all
accss panels secure, with no
fuel leaks.
12. Water drain valves
Checked and secure.
13. Wing leading edge

(including de-icing boots)
Undarnaged, landing lamp clean

and undarnaged.
Stall protection system vane
undarnaged.
14. Power plant (LH)
Propeller undarnaged, blades on

start locks. Intake cover
removed.
Intake clear.
Check engine free to rotate.
All cowling panels secure.
Check engine oil level.
All vents and drain holes clear.
15. Main
Door undarnaged.
Ground lock removed.
Fire extinguisher bottle
pressures satisfactory (about
600 psi).
Fire bottle discharge discs
green.
Leg extension normal for weight.
Brake pipes undarnaged.
Check tyre for cuts, inflation
and condition.
Chocks in position.
landing gear (LH)
16. Cold air units
Inlet and
17. Underbelly panels
Secure.
17A.
Secure.
Baggage pod
17-3-2
Aug 1/88
outlet bungs removed.
o
o
'
BINT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAll
SERiES }200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
EXTERNAL
o
o
CHECKS (cont)
18. Left front fuselage
Skin undamaged.
All access panels secure.
Antennae undamaged.
Battery vent clear.
Pitot head cover removed.
Outside air temperature sensor
undamaged.
Lef t and f ront windshields clean
and undamaged.
19. Nose wheel
Doors undamaged and flush.

No leaks from steering jack.
Check tyres for cuts, inflation
and condition.
Taxi lamp clean and undamaged.
Squat switch clean and undamaged.
20. Nose cone
Secure, undamaged.
21. Right front fuselage
Right windshield clean and

undamaged.
Windshield wiper undamaged.
Pitot head cover removed.
Battery vent clear.
All access panels secure.
Antennae undamaged.
Skin undamaged.
22. Main landing gear (RH)
Door undamaged.
Fire extinguisher bottle pressures
satisfactory(about 600psi)
Fire bottle discharge discs green.
Brake pipes undamaged.
Check tyre for cuts, inflation and
condition.
Chocks in position.
17-3-3
Aug 1/88
BIWT/SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
NORMAL
EXTERNAL
PROCEDURES
CHECKS (cont)
23. Power plant (RH)
Propeller undamaged, blades on

start locks.
Intake cover removed.
Intake clear.
Check engine free to rotate.
All cowling panels secure.
Check engine oil level.
All vents and drain boles clear.
24. Wing leading edge (RH)

(including de-icing boot)
Undamaged, landing lamp clean and

undamaged.
Stall protection system vane
undamaged.
25. Wing undersurfaqe (RH)
Undamaged, magnetic fuel

indicators (if fitted) and all
access panels secure, ~ith no
fuel leaks.
26. Fuel vent
Unobstructed.
27. Water drain valves
Checked and secure.
28. Navigation light (RH)
Undamaged/illuminated.
29. Aileron (RH)
Undamaged. Static wicks (4)

secure.
Tab undamaged with no excessive
play.
Balance weight secure.
30. Flaps (RH)

31. Jet pipe
Undamaged, note position.

(RH)
Cover removed. Check for

security/damage.
32. Wing top surface (RH)
Undamaged, all panels secure.
33. Windows (RH)
Clean and undamaged. Emergency

exit secure and flush.
17-3-4
Aug 1/88
"'->
--
BRl77SH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
NORMAL
EXTERNAL
PROCEDURES
CHECKS (cent)
34. Fuselage skin (RH)
Undarnaged. Check water drain

hole bungs installed.
35. Static vent
Bungs removed, vents (5) clear.
36. Deleted
37. Antennae on top and
Undarnaged.
lower fuselage surf aces

38. Lower anti-collision
beacon
Undarnaged.
39. Right horizontal
General inspection for darnage to

include de-icing boot, elevator
tab, static wicks (2) and access
panels are secure.
stabiliser
o
o
40. Vertical stabiliser
General inspection f or
include de-icing boot,
horn mat, rudder, tab,
wicks (2), antenna and
panels are secure.
41. Upper anti-collision

strobe and navigation
lights.
Undarnaged.
42. Left horizontal
General inspection f or darnage to

iriclude de-icing boot, elevator
horn mat, elevator, tab, static
wicks (2), and access panels
secure.
stabiliser
darnage to
elevator
static
access
43. Rear fuselage, left side
Skin undamaged.
Access panels secure.
ELT Antenna undarnaged.
44. Static vent
Bungs removed, vents (5) clear.
END//
17-3-5/6
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
PROCEDURES
DECK
PREPARATION
ITEMS ANNOTATED THUS ## REQUIRE THE TEST AT FIRST FLIGHT OF THE

DAY ONLY.
CHECK
DOCUMENTATION . . . . . .
Check the contents of the document stowage agrees with
Company policy.
TEST/ON
OXYGEN (LEFT) . . .
Verify the left oxygen mask hose is connected to the

portable oxygen bottle and observe the oxygen bottle
pressure is approximately 1800 psi.
Rotate the bottle control valve to ON.
Verify the MASK MIC/TEL leads are connected to their
respective sockets and set the MIC/CO switch to MASK.
Verify the mask is correctly stowed, the N/100% switch is
at N and the PRESS TO TEST button is rotated away from
EMERGENCY.
Press the PRESS TO TEST button and observe, by sound on the
intercomm, that oxygen discharges from the mask.
Set MIC/CO switch to BOOM.
Observe f ixed system oxygen pressure indicates 1800 psi
(providing main de busbar is powered) unless using Conditional
Procedure for Dispatch with Partial Oxygen contents.
Verify PASSENGER OXYGEN mode selector at NORMAL .
Note: To prevent passenger oxygen mask deployment do not rotate

the mode selector through the OVERRIDE position.
Observe ARMED and SUPPLY indications show black.
IF ...... not showing black
Press the RESET
button.
17-4-1
Jul 15/89
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)
STATIC CHANGEOVER COCK
FREE/NORMAL
Verify static changeover cock is free

at NORMAL.
to rotate then set
DEVIATION CAROS
3/IN DATE
Observe three compass deviation cards are stowed and

legible.
*LEFT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS .
CHECK
Observe the instruments on the left main panel are secure

and undamaged.
Note: The functional check of navigation and radio associated
instruments cannot be done until instruments are powered during the
engine after start checks.
CLOCK . .
SET
Verify clock set to correct time.

CHECK
*ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
Verify that the engine instruments are secure and undamaged.

Observe:
FUEL QTY LOW
17-4-2
Dec 15/89
RPM gauges read zero

EGT gauges read normal
FUEL PRESSURE reads zero
OIL PRESSURE reads zero
OIL TEMPERATURE reads normal
FUEL FLOW gauges reads normal
FUEL CONTENTS gauges agree with tank quantity
APR lights off
OIL COOLER FLAPS lights off
CROSSFEED caption normal
~EVEL
LIGHTS . . .
. . . .
. PRESS TO TEST
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)
. TEST/RESET
FUEL USED INDICATORS

Select TEST on each Fuel Used Indicator in turn.
If satisfactory the numbers will indicate 8888.
Reset the indicators to zero.
.
RIGHT UPPER CENTRE PANEL
. .
. . . . . CHECK
Verify thatthe instruments at the top of the right upper

centre panel are secure and undamaged.
Observe OAT gauge reads arnbient temperature (if ground
supply is on)
IF NICAD BATTERIES FITTED
. ON
*BATT. O/TEMP ISOL SWITCHES .

Verify No.1 and No.2 BATT O/TEMP ISOL switches are at ON.
Note: If the switch is at OFF the associated battery is
disconnected from the busbar.
'
o
o
N
o
o
*BATT O/TEMP SYSTEM .
. .
. . . . . . . .
. . TEST
Press and hold TEST push button.

Observe No.1 and No.2 battery temperatures increase.
Observe No.1 and No.2 150 BATT lamps (red) on at 150F.
Release TEST push button bef ore the temperature reaches
170F.
Observe temperatures decrease and lamps off.
*NAV & RADIO PANEL . . . .
. . . . . .
. .
. .
. . . CHECK/VHFl ON
Verify navigation and radio equipment secure and undamaged.

Switch No.1 VHF on and set to required frequency.
At this
stage only No.1 VHF is powered therefore the insertion of
radio and navigation data and any pref light checking of
equipment must wait till after engine start.
17-4-3
Apr 15/89
BRl77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)
CHECK
*RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS .
Observe the instru.ments on the right main panel are secure

and undamaged.
*CLOCK . .
SET
Verify clock set to correct time.

*LEFT SKIRT PANEL . .
WARNINGS CHECK
Set and hold FIRE DETECTOR FAULT selector to LEFT.

Observe C.A.P.,DETECTI caption (amber) ON.
Release selector, observelDETECTI c.A.P. OFF.
Repeat with selector held at RIGHT.
Set and hold FIRE DETECTOR SYSTEM selector to LEFT.
Observe C.A.P.,FIREI caption (red) on, attention getter
light (red) flashing, centre console FIRE light (red) on
and f ire bell audio.
Press Attention Getter; observe bell stops ringing.
Release selector, observe lights and captions off.
Repeat with selector held at RIGHT.
Hold pitch control column neutral and release gust lock lever.
Advance both POWER levers to MAX.
Set and hold WARNING selector to GEAR.
Retard left POWER lever toward FLIGHT IDLE.
Observe warning horn sounds when lever just forward of
FLIGHT IDLE.
Advance lever to MAX and observe horn stops.
Release selector.
Repet far right POWER lever.
Hold pitch control column neutral, engage gust lock.
Set and hold WARNING selector to SMOKE.
Observe C.A.P.,SMOKEI and IPOD SMOKEI captions (red) on
and attention getter light (red) flashing. Release selector.
17-4-4
Apr 15/89
o
o
N
o
o
.,,,,...,, AID'l'Ol!ll"tll
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
PROCEDURES
DECK
PREPARATION (cent)
Set and hold WARNING selector to BETA.

Pull each Power lever rearwards in turn to START position.
Observe audio as each lever comes into BETA range.
Release selector.
Set and hold warning selector to O/SPEED.
Observe audio.
Release selector.
Hold pitch control column neutral, engage gust lock
*OIL CONT.AM . .
. . . . ..,. . . . .
CHECK
Filament - Press to Test.

Set and hold the OIL CONT.AM selector to LEFT.
Observe OIL CONT.AM light remains off.
Release selector.
Repeat check with OIL CONT.AM selector to RIGHT.
SET
FILAMENT DIM
Set FILAMENT DIM switch to DAY or NIGHT in anticipation
of flight conditions.
*LANDING GEAR
-o
o
DAY/NIGHT SET
Observe landing gear indicator displays 3 lights (green),

DAY NIGHT light intensity control set as appropriate and
LANDING GEAR lever at DOWN with knob vertical and engaged
in gate.
WING FLAPS INDICATOR
. . CHECK
Observe WING FLAPS indicator shows flap position agreeing

with selected position.
17-4-5
Feb 15/89
~A-
JETSTREAAI
S1ni1-. J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
HYDRAULIC PRESSURES . .
PROCEDURES
DECK
PREPARATION (cent)
MAIN/EMERG 700 psi BRAKE/PUMP ZERO/CHOCKS
Observe on left gauge:EMERGENCY SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure greater than 700 psi,
L and R BRAKES pressure zero.
Observe on right gauge:MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure greater than 700 psi, L and
R PUMP pressure zero.
Note: If aircraft powered by internal batteries the L and R PUMP
pressure, MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure and L and R BRAKES pressure
indications will nQt be active until first generator is on line.
Note:
If pressure not available wheels must be chocked.
CABIN ROC
. ZERO
CABIN ALT/DIFF PRESSURE GAUGE
CHECK
Observe DIFF PRESS pointer at zero and CABIN ALT pointer

agrees with airfield pressure altitude.
*CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL .
1000 FT AAL
Rotate RATE knob to align pointer with dot.

Rotate CABIN ALT knob to 1000 feet above airfield level.
*PRESSURE SWITCH . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ..
NORMAL
Verify PRESSURE switch at NORMAL to ensure that the safety

valve is shut.
*MANUAL CONTROL . .
Rotate pressurisation MANUAL CONTROL in both directions
.and leave fully clockwise. Do not force the selector to
the fully clockwise position.
17-4-6
May 1/88
PRESS
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA./tll
SERiEs J200
\'
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)
DEMIST/FOOT SELECTOR
FAN SWITCH . .
. .
. . . AS REQUIRED
. AS REQUIRED
Note: If aircraft powered by internal batteries the recirculation

fan will not run until first generator is on line.
TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL SELECTORS .
TEMPERATURE ROTARY SELECTOR . . .
. AUTO
MID POSITION
FLOW SELECTORS .
. OFF
POWER LEVERS . .
FULL AND FREE/GROUND START
Advance both POWER levers.

Observe movement halted before FLIGHT IDLE by gust lock
engagement.
Retard POWER levers.
Advance left POWER lever to MAX.
Retard lever towards REVERSE.
Observe movement halted at FLIGHT IDLE by latch.
Lift latch and retard throttle to REVERSE.
Advance lever to GROUND START position.
Observe no undue force required to move POWER lever.
Repeat for right power lever.
Set friction to required level.
o
o
N
RPM LEVERS .
. .
. .
FULL AND FREE/TAXI
Advance both RPM levers to FLIGHT and return to TAXI.

Observe no undue force required.
Set friction to required level.
*GUST LOCKS .
ENGAGED
Verify GUST LOCKS lever fully upward in the locked

position.
17-4-7
Feb 15/89
-77SN AEROS MCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS .
DECK
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cent)
......
. OFF
Verify FIRE BOTTLE selectors in centre off position.

Observe FIRE lights off.
POWER RES SWITCH .
OFF
Confirm switch OFF and all captions extinguished

UNFEATHER SELECTOR
FEATHER LEVERS . .
OFF
. . . . .. . . .. . .
TEST/DOWN
Verify FEATHER LEVERS are fully down.

##IF
.~
.... first flight of the day:Observe LEFT and RIGHT HYD and FUEL LP COCKS
indicators show OPEN.
Turn and pull FEATHER levers to engage detent
and observe LEFT and RIGHT HYD and FUEL LP COCKS
indicators show SHUT.
Push stop and feather levers fully down and
observe LEFT and RIGHT HYD and FUEL LP COCKS
indicators show OPEN.
17-4-8
Dec 1/88
BRIT/SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA.1111
SERiES
}200

'
,-
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT 'DECK
TRIMS .
PREPARATION (cent)
FULL AND FREE/NEUTRAL
All trim movement should be free with no high spots or

friction.
Rotate elevator 'trim handwheel fully NOSE DOWN.
Observe ELEVATOR TRIM indicator pointer follows movement
in correct sense to full scale deflection.
Repeat fer fully NOSE UP and return elevator trim handwheel to neutral.
Rotate rudder trim handwheel fully RIGHT.
Observe RUDDER TRIM indicator pointer follows movement in
correct sense to full scale deflection.
Repeat fer fully LEFT and return rudder trim handwheel to
neutraI.
Rotate aileron trim handwheel right wing down.
Observe AILERON TRIM indicator pointer follows movement in
correct sense to full scale deflection.
Repeat fer left wing down and return aileron trim handwheel to neutral.
FLAPS SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMERG HYD SELECTOR . . . . . . . .
RETD
NORMAL
Open the EMERGENCY HYDRAULICS SELECTOR cover and observe

emergency hydraulic selector at NORMAL.
Clase and secure the cover.
HAND PUMP HANDLE
Verify.hand pump handle is stowed correctly on
left hand seat base.
STOWED
sid~
of
17-4-9
May 1/88
B-T'6H AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cent)
AVIONICS MASTERS
OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
TEST/ARM
Set EMERGENCY lights selector to ON.

Observe flight deck and cabin emergency lights on.
Set EMERGENCY light selector to ARM.
Observe C.A.P.f EMER LTS. 1 caption off, flight deck and
cabin emergency lights off. This confirms that the
emergency ligh~s switch at the rear of the cabin is at
NORMAL.
CABIN SIGNS .
ON
Set CABIN SIGNS to ON.

CABIN LIGHTS . . . . . . .
AS REQUIRED
Set FLOOD, DOOR and PASSENGER READING LIGHTS switches and

selectors to required position.
GENERATORS . . .
EXTERNAL LIGHTS .
OFF
. .. . . . . . . . .
OFF EXCEPT NAV AS REQUIRED
Verify BEACON and STROBE switches at OFF. If aircraft on

external power, test ICE OBSERVE and LAND/TAXI light then
set to OFF.
Set NAV lights as required.
BUS TIE RESET .
. .. . . . .
Observe BUS TIE RESET push button is in the extended

position.
17-4-10
Aug 1/88
. OUT
-T1SH AEROSI
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
PROCEDURES
DECK
PREPARATION (cent)
NORMAL
A.C. CONTROL .
. OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMPS .
SHUT
FUEL CROSSFEED
. TEST/ON
##STALL PROTECTION .
Set GUST LOCKS to OUT

Set and hold LEFT STALL PROTECTION switch to TEST.
Observe in front of each pilot the LH STALL lights (red)
are en, the stick shaker operates, the C.A.P.1 STALL 1
caption (amber) on and audio warning horn is working ..
Release the switch.
Repeat the test with RIGHT STALL PROTECTION switch.
Set both switches to ON.
Set GUST LOCKS to IN
Note: If the checks are being done en interna! batteries, the
stall Protection System cannot be properly tested. It should be
tested after both engines have been started and both generators
are en line.
*SRL COMPUTERS . . . . .
. . . .
ON
Set SRL COMPUTERS switches to ON. This is fer the AUTO

engine start procedure, should a MANUAL engine start be
required the SRL computers will be switched off then.
*TTL COMPUTERS .
AIR/GND SWITCHES .
.........
ON
. GND
Note:
If the AIR/GND switch is not at GND, starting the engine is
not possible en the ground.
SELECT & START SWITCHES .
OFF
Observe the SELECT and START switches are not depressed (lights
off).
17-4-11
May 15/90
-17SH AEl'l'OSJqfCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
STOP & FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)
........
. . . . . OFF
Observe the STOP and FUEL ENRICH switches are not depressed
(lights off).
MANUAL START RTY SELECTOR$ NORMAL
TTL TEST SELECTORS
OFF
IGNITION SELECTORS
. NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCHES
.............
SHUT
Verify LEFT and RIGHT OIL COOLER FLAPS switches at SHUT.

Observe OIL COOLER FLAPS light off.
Note: The oil cooler flap circuit is inoperative if aircraft
powered on internal batteries.
HYD SWITCHES .
##LP COCKS .
. . OPEN
............
TEST/OPEN
Observe HYD and FUEL indicators show OPEN, and LEFT and
RIGHT LP COCKS switches are at OPEN and guardad.
IF .... first flight of the day Observe HYD and FUEL indicators show OPEN
Set LEFT LP COCKS switches SHUT.
Observe HYD and FUEL indicators show SHUT.
Return switches to OPEN and check indicators show
OPEN.
Set Left hydraulic switch to HYD SHUT.
Observe HYD indicator shows SHUT.
Return switch to OPEN and check indicator shows OPEN.
Repeat for RIGHT LP COCKS and HYD switch.
STANDBY COMPASS . . . . . .
17-4-12
Aug 15/90
CHECK
, , , , , , _ A.mlNMlll IClF
JETSTREANI
5ERinJ200
STOP SWITCHES
............
TEST/OFF
Press both engine STOP switches. Observe both switches

light up white.
Release switches . Observe switches spring out and
lights go off.
FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES
.....
OFF
Observe the FUEL ENRICH switches are not depressed

(lights off).
Page 1 of 2
Oct 30/91
SRIT/SN AEROSPACE
CDMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES OIVISIDN
PRESTW'ICK
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
TRANSMITTAL
rhe material introduced in this Transmittal complies with BCAR's Chapter A7-3 / : "
rhe Technical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certif ied ~
Correct.
Signed:GM~
BRITISH AEROSPACE (COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,
~IRLINES
~YRSHIRE,
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL

No. DAI/1011/55
DIVISION, PRESTWICK AIRPORT,

KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.
l#WTISH ~'IC:S'
JETSTREANI
SEAiEs J200
pyblication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51.52.53.54.55.57.58.59.60.

61.62.63.64
TBKPORARY REVISION 17 - 3
Location:
Insert in Chapter 17 with the text overleaf facing

page 17-4-12
Reason:
To comply with Alert Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045
Effective: Post Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

Action:
Page 2 of 2
Oct 30/91
The procedure overleaf replaces the procedure

"STOP & FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES OFF"
on page 17-4-12
BRrTISH AER05'WCE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cent)
CHECK/TEST
*C.A.P. PANEL
...
~
:::i
"'
CAUTION:
DO NOT OPERATE ANY OTHER CONTROL ON THE FLIGHT DECK

WHLST OPERATING THE C.A.P. PRESS TO TEST BUTTON.
IF ...... aircraft powered by internal batteries:-
-o
Observe the following C.A.P. captions -
.::
.t
RED
IDooRI
AMBER -
GEN 1
lrNVI
1
~ ~
!Bus FAILI
GEN 1 1BUS TIE OPEN 1
EJ EJ
IAc MAINI
1AIR OFF 11 EMER LTS 11FUEL11FUEL11 AIR OFF 1right1STALL1

The BUS TIE RESET button in the roof panel will also
be lit.
IF ...... aircraft powered by external power:Observe the following C.A.P. captions RED
1DOORI
AMBER -
IBATI
lsRLI
1OILI
IGENI
1OILI
IGENI
IBATI
lsRLI
IAIR OFFI
IEMER LTSI
FUELI
FUELI
IAIR OFFI
Press and hold TEST button.

Observe all red and amber lights on including spare positions,
attention getter lights (red) flashing and audio.
Press attention getter light.
Observe it cancels.
17-4-13
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROS#MCE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs J200
NORMAL
FLIGHT
PROCEDURES
DECK
PREPARATION (cent)
Observe the following lights are on:ROOF PANEL

LP cocks HYD OPEN
CLOSED
LP cocks FUEL OPEN
CLOSED
FUEL ENRICH
ENGINE STOP
ENGINE START
ENGINE SELECT
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)
White
Red
White
Red
White
White
Red
Amber
:;
;
c.
"
;.
"'e
7\
SKIRT PANELS
POD DOOR
STALL VANE/PITOT
ICE PROTECTION ENGINE
ICE PROTECTION AIRFRAME
(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)
amber
amber
green
green
LEFT UPPER CENTRE PANEL

OIL COOLER FLAPS (yellow)
NORMAL (white)
X-FEED (green)
IGN (amber)
APR (white & green)
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL
. CHECK
Observe STALL VANE/PITOT lights (2) (amber) on.

Set FILAMENT DIM switch to DAY or NIGHT in anticipation of
flight conditions.
Verify EGT COMP TEST selector at OFF and DP/P TEST selector
at OFF.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION .
..... ......
. . .
Provided drills and start up are being carried out on

External Power, WINSHIELD ICE PROTECTION can be selected
to WARM UP. Start timing. Observe associated indicators
show White.
Note: The switch should be at WARM UP for a minmum of :5 minutes if OAT is minus lOC or warmer,
15 minutes if OAT is colder than minus lOC.
17-4-14
Dec 1/88
. CHECK
()
WJW~'&:CS
JETSTREANI
SERiES 1200
ROOF PANEL
LP cocks HYD OPEN
CLOSED
LP cocks FUEL OPEN
CLOSED
FUEL ENRICH
ENGINE START
ENGINE SELECT
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(2)
White
Red
White
Red
White
Red
Amber
Page 1 of 2
Oct 30/91
BRIT/SH AEROSPACE
COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES OIVISIDN
PRESTWICK
TRANSMITTAL
rhe material introduc~d in this Transmittal complies with BCAR's Chapter A7-J . .
rhe Technical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certified
:orrect.
~IRLINES DIVISION,
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
~YRSHIRE,
KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.
WIW#A~
Signed:<SM..~
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
No. OAI/1011/55
e:."
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
pyblicatiOn Ref No.SA.4-3100/MQM/51.52.53.54.55,57.58.59.60,

61.62.63.64
TEMPORARY REVXSXON 17 - 4
Location:

page 17-4-14
Reason:
Effective: Post service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

Action:
Page 2 of 2
Oct 30/91
The list of lights under the heading ROOF PANEL on page

17-4-14 is replaced by the list overleaf.
'\
-T1SHAE~E
JETSTREAWI\
SERiES
J200

1
NORMAL
FLIGHT ' DECK
:., ~
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)
Observe the following lights are on:ROOF PANEL
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
LP cocks HYD OPEN

CLOSED
LP cocks FUEL OPEN
CLOSED
FUEL ENRICH
ENGINE STOP
ENGINE START
ENGINE SELECT
(2)
White
Red
White
Red
White
White
Red
Amber
(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)
amber
amber
green
green
( 1)
(2)
(2)
..:;
"'O
[
5
ie
SKIRT PANELS
POD OOOR
STALL VANE/PITOT
ICE PROTECTION ENGINE
ICE PROTECTION AIRFRAME
LEFT UPPER CENTRE PANEL
OIL COOLER FLAPS (yellow)
NORMAL (white)
X-FEED (green)
IGN (amber)
APR (white & green)
............
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL
-o
CHECK
Observe STALL VANE/PITOT lights (2) (amber) on.

Set FILAMENT DIM switch to DAY or NIGHT in anticipation of
flight conditions.
Verify EGT COMP TEST selector at OFF and DP/P TEST selector
at OFF.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION
N
'-O
C>
co
OFF
..
'
17-4-14
EFFECTIVITY:
Pee 15/89
841 - 1000
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies l200
...
NORMAL
FLIGHT
DECK
PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cent)
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOWED

Check spare key for baggage compartrnent door is stowed,
operation with the baggage compartrnent door locked is
prohibited unless the spare key is in its stowage.
OXYGEN ( RI GHT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST/ON
Verify the right oxygen mask hose is connected to the

portable oxygen bottle and observe the oxygen bottle
pressure is approximately 1800 psi.
Rotate the bottle control valve to ON.
Verify the MASK MIC/TEL leads are connected to their
respective sockets. Set MIC/CO switch to MASK.
Verify the mask is correctly stowed, the N/100% switch
at N and the PRESS TO TEST button is rotated away from
EMERGENCY.
Press the PRESS TO TEST button and observe, by sound en the
intercomm, that oxygen discharges from the mask.
Set MIC/CO switch to BOOM.
SEATS AND RUDDER PEDALS
ADJUST
WARNING: WHENEVER A NEW PILOT ENTERS A FLIGHT DECK SEAT, THE

HEIGHT AND POSITION OF THE SEAT MUST BE ADJUSTED SO AS
TO GIVE A CLEAR VIEW BOTH OUTSIDE AND INSIDE, At{D FULL
AND FREE MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROLS. THE RUDDER PEDALS
MUST BE ADJUSTED SO AS TO ENSURE THAT FULL RUDDER CAN
READILY BE APPLIED.
17-4-15
Apr 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
DEPARTURE BRIEFING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GIVEN
Brief crew on departure runway, procedure, weather, and

emergency actions. Calculate and display scheduled
torque.
END//
17-4-16
Apr 15/89
. .. . . . .. . . . . . .. .
COMPLETED
BIWnBN~E
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

Thi reviaion complie with Britiah Civil Airworthinesa Requireaents, Section A
Chapter A7-3.
JETSTREAM AIRCRAPT LIMITED

PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND
Signad~
Date
{ ~ ~'3
CAA Approval No: DAl/9386/92
Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,53,54,55,57,58,59,60,

62,63.
Location: Insert in Chapter 17 with the page overleaf facing

Page 17-5-1.
Reason:
To introduce a requirement for flight crew to close

and lock the main cabin door immediately before
starting engines.
Action:
Replace information on Page 17-5-1 with the

information overleaf.
Remove TR 17-5 and record cancellation in the Record
of Temporary Revisions.

page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amend.ments or
Page 1 of 2
Jun
7/93
~A~-
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

,-;,'"
NORMAL
..
PROCEDURES
ENGINE
START
CAUTION: DO NOT PRESS THE CAP PRESS-TO-TEST BUTTON AFTER STARTING

THE ENGINES, EXCEPT WHEN INSTRUCTED IN THE SHUT DOWN
PROCEDURES.
IN SOME FAILURE MODES, OPERATING THE PRESS-TO-TEST BUTTON
MAY CAUSE AN ENGINE TO SHUT DOWN.
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION .
. . . . COMPLETED
Conf irm FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION completed.

DOOR
CLOSE ANO LOCK FROM INSIDE
DOOR HANDLE
FULLY OUTBOARD
CONFIRM ALIGNED
DOOR HANDLE-LOCKED INDICATOR
. CONFIRM ALIGNED
C.A . P. DOOR CAPTION . . . . .
OFF
. ON 700 psi MIN/CHOCKS
Confirm emergency/parking brake is ON.

Observe that EMERGENCY pressure on left hydraulic gauge
is greater than 700 psi. If pressure not available wheels
must be chocked.
PROP START LOCKS
. . ENGAGED
Conf irm propeller blades held by start locks.

IF ...... not on start locks:Retard the POWER levers to REVERSE.
Set the UNFEATHER selector to L or R.
When the propeller blades stop moving, set
the UNFEATHER selector to OFF.
Advance the POWER levers to GROUND START.
'"')
CAUTION: PROLONGED USE OF THE UNFEATHER PUMP CAN RESULT IN THE

TRANSFER OF ALL OIL FROM THE TANK TO THE ENGINE SUMP.
RPM LEVERS
. . . FRICTION SET/TAXI
POWER LEVERS
START CLEARANCE . .
GROUND START
OBTAIN
Obtain start clearance from A.T.C.

BEACONS .
Set UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches to ON.
Page 2 of 2
Jun
7/93
ON
BRIT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
ENGINE
START
COMPLETED

Confirm FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION completed.
ON 700 psi MIN/CHOCKS
Confirm emergency/parking brake is ON.

Observe that EMERGENCY pressure on left hydraulic gauge
is greater than 700 psi. If pressure not available wheels
must be chocked.
. . . . ENGAGED
PROP START LOCKS . .

Confirm propeller blades held by start locks.
IF ...... not on start locks:-
Retara the POWER levers to REVERSE.

Set the UNFEATHER selector to L or R.
When the propeller blades stop moving, set
the UNFEATHER selector to OFF.
Advance the POWER levers to GROUND START.
CAUTION:
PROLONGED USE OF THE UNFEATHER PUMP CAN RESULT IN THE

TRANSFER OF ALL OIL PROM THE TANK TO THE ENGINE SUMP.
RPM LEVERS .
. . FRICTION SET/TAXI
POWER LEVERS
. . . . . GROUND START
START CLEARANCE . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN
Obtain start clearance from A.T.C.

BEACONS
. ON
Set UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches to ON.
17-5-1
Aug 1/88
BRrTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAll
SERiEs J200
e.
! -'
\ ..
NORMAL
ENGINE
PROCEDURES
START (cont)
ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. LESS THAN 200C
EGT
Observe EGT gauge of engine being started.
IF ...... EGT greater than 200C:-
Allow engine to cool naturally or refer to MANUAL

ENGINE START procedure.
CAUTION:
A NORMAL ENGINE START MUST NOT BE ATTEMPTED IF THE ENGINE

RESIDUAL EGT IS GREATER THAN 200C.
CLEAR TO START . . .
CONFIRMED
Confirm with ground crew "clear to start".

Obtain from ground crew confirmation of chocks in position,
fire equipment immediately available, propeller and engine
area clear, gear locks removed, beacons on and door shut.
CAUTION:
ABANDON THE START IF:l.
RPM OR TORQUE RISE RAPIDLY ABOVE THE POWER LEVER OR

RPM LEVER SETTINGS.
2.
NO EGT INDICATION WITHIN 30 SECONDS OF INITIATING THE

START.
e::>
e::>
3.
THE ENGINE DOES NOT CONTINUE TO ACCELERATE THROUGH

18% TO 28% RPM.
4.
THE EGT APPROACHES 770C.
Note: Although the engine may be started with an indicated oil

temperature of minus 30C if using external power, it is
recommended that the oil in the engine be preheated to
approximately OC if the aircraft has been exposed to prolonged
conditions of severe cold.
17-5-2
Aug 1/88
--
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA/111
SERES
'J200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
ENGINE
START (cont)
START ENGINES
If the ground electrical supply is lost during the start or
if at any time during the start termination of the start
cycle is required:Turn and pull the feather lever. This ensures removal of
both fuel supply to the engine and electrical power to the
starter motor. Pressing the STOP switch will then unlatch
the start circuit.
If the start has been abandoned on the first engine, then the
other engine should be started. If external power cannot be
restored, the generator of the running engine should be
brought on line. Before attempting to restart the engine
which has been shut down, either a 3 minute cooling period
should be allowed, or a ventilation run carried out leading
into a MANUAL START from 15% RPM.
CAUTION:
BEFORE STARTING LEFT ENGINE ENSURE C.A.P., DOOR
AND
1 POD DOOR 1 CAPTIONS ARE NOT ILLUMINATED.

SELECT SWITCH
PRE SS
Observe switch lights up amber and stays latched in.

START SWITCH
. . PRESS
Observe switch lights up red and stays latched in.

RPM
10%
When RPM reaches 10% check EGT starts to rise.
Notes~
l. The engine will normally reach 10% in 5-10 seconds and

the EGT will start to rise 1-2 seconds later. The
initial acceleration depends upon electrical supplies,
ambient and engine oil temperature. The time to reach
10% RPM could well increase signif icantly under cold
conditions.
2. If the start is abandoned because of no light up, a
MANUAL START (SRL OFF) should be used.
17-5-3
May 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200

/.
\
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
ENGINE
RPM
START (cont)
. . . . . . . . . . ...
10% TO 30%
Check EGT. If RPM stops increasing or EGT approaches

770C abandon the start.
RPM
.................
. 60%
When RPM reaches 60% check START and SELECT switches

release and lights go out.
Check C.A.P.
BETA
caption on.
Check C.A.P.1 .STARTER
CAUTION:
IF C.A.P., STARTER
caption goes out.
REMAINS ON THEN -
FEATHER LEVER . . . .
. TURN & PULL
. . EMERGENCY OFF
DO NOT ATTEMPT RESTART.

POWER LEVER . .
. GROUND IDLE
Move power iever gently rearwards to control RPM at 72%.
o
o
o
v.
CJ)
17-5-4
May 1/88
BR,TISH AEROSPMCE
JETSTREAJ'W
SrniEs }200
NORMAL
ENGINE
PROCEDURES
START (cont)
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (INTERNAL POWER)

LIVE GENERATOR . .
ON
BUS TIE RESET BUTTON
. PRESS
Note: If starting engines on interna! power, the generator of the

f irst engine should be selected ON and BUS TIE closed before
starting the second engine. The load should be less than 300A
within two minutes of switching ON. Before starting the second
engine allow the load to fall below 200A. During the subsequent
start the generator load can be expected to exceed 300 A.
OIL PRESSURE/TEMP; FUEL PRESSURE/FLOW .
C.A.P.
EJ
CHECK
Note: Under cold weather conditions the oil pressure may not
start to rise until RPM has stabilised at ground idle, and may
HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE
. . . . .
. .
. 2000 psi
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . NORMAL

BETA CAPTION .
ON
Note: At high oil temperatures the Beta lights may not illuminate
until RPM levers are fully advanced.
DOOR CAPTION .
SECOND ENGINE .
. . .
. . .
. . . . . .
OFF
START
END//
17-5-5
May 15/90
B.lfNTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs }200

\._. -
NORMAL
ENGINE
PROCEDURES
START (cont)
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (EXTERNAL POWER)

OIL PRESSURE/TEMP; FUEL PRESSURE/FLOW
C.A.P.
. CHECK
Note: Under cold weather conditions the oil pressure may not
start to rise until RPM has stabilised at ground idle, and may
HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS .
2000 psi
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORMAL
BETA CAPTION .
ON
Note: At high oil temperatures the Beta lights may not illuminate
until RPM levers are fully advanced.
.....................
DOOR CAPTION . .
SECOND ENGINE . . .
OFF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . START
-o
o
~
,;>
END//
17-5-6
May 15/90
:S
BRITrSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
AFTER
START
AIRFLOW SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED

GENERATORS . .
. . . .
. .
Each Generator load 2 minutes after switching

less than 300A.
BATT MASTER .
. .
EXTERNAL POWER .
. .
. . . .
. . .
. .
. . . .
. .
. BOTH ON
ON should be
. .
INT/GUARDED
. . REMOVED
. . . .
Note: If the external power is removed before the two previous

listed items, the Auto Relight system may be disarmed.
DC VOLTS .
. . ... .
. . . .
. .
. .
. . . .
. . CHECK
Set busbar voltage switch BATT BUS.

Observe voltage not less than 28v.
Set busbar voltage switch MAIN BUS.
Observe voltage not less than 28v.
UI
N
BOTH AVIONICS MASTERS .
. .
AC CONTROL SWITCH .
. NORMAL
. ON
##Pull ESSENTIAL INVERTER POWER C/B on DC ESSENTIAL BUS panel.
o
o
Confirm C.A.P.
C.A. P . 1 AC MAIN
and
1 AC ESS
are both on.
remains off.
Reset C/B and conf irm all three captions are off
17-6-1
Jun 1/89
~A~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
AFTER
START (cont)
FUEL BOOST PUMPS/CROSSFEED . .
TEST
Set LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST pump switches OFF.

Observe left and right FUEL pressures decrease.
Set LEFT FUEL BOOST pump switch ON.
Observe left FUEL pressure increases.
Set CROSSFEED switch OPEN.
Observe X FEED caption (green) on and right FUEL pressure
increases.
Set LEFT FUEL BOOST pump switch OFF.
Observe left and right FUEL pressures decrease.
Set RIGHT FUEL BOOST pump switch ON.
Observe left and right FUEL pressures increase.
Set CROSSFEED switch SHUT.
Observe NORMAL (white) caption on and left FUEL pressure
decreases.
Set LEFT FUEL BOOST pump switch ON.
Observe left FUEL pressure increases.
N
__.
BOTH AIR/GND SWITCHES .
. . .
. .
. . .
AIR
Note: The AIR/GND switches are set AIR in anticipation of an

engine start in the air being performed.
IGNITION
TEST/NORMAL
Set LEFT and RIGHT IGNITION switches to TEST.

Observe left and right IGN lights (amber) on.
Set LEFT and RIGHT IGNITION switches to NORMAL.
OIL COOLER FLAPS .
. .. . . . . . . .
..
. . . .
AS REQUIRED
Set oil cooler f laps as required to maintain normal engine

oil temperatures.
17-6-2
Dec 1/88
o
o
~
'V.J
..::..
BRITISH AEROSPWCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
AFTER
START (cent)
MAIN OXYGEN SYSTEM
. . . . . . . . . ON/PRESSURE
Verify CREW OXYGEN switch at ON.

Observe SYSTEM pressure 1800 psi.
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . .
TEST/OFF
(Only if icing conditions are anticipated).

Set AIRFRAME MANUAL ICE PROTECTION switch to WINGS.
Observe WINGS (green) caption on and boots inflated.
Set switch to TAIL.
Observe TAIL (green) caption ON.
Release switch which should spring to OFF.
Observe TAIL and WING captions off and boots deflated.
Note: AIRFRAME MANUAL WINGS/TAIL switch should not be pressed
for longer than 6 seconds.
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . . . .
TEST

Set the LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switches
to SHORT CYCLE.
Observe the load on the associated ammeter is within the
green band.
Repeat with LONG CYCLE selected.
Set the LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switches
to OFF.
17-6-3
Dec 1/88
BRITISHA~E
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
AFTER
START (cont)
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . .
. . .
. . . . . TEST

Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION selectors to
ANTI-ICE.
Observe left and right ENG captions (green) on and EGT rises
slightly.
OFF.
Observe left and right ICE PROTECTION lights off and EGT
falls.
ELEV caption remains off throughout this test.
CAUTION:
ENGINE/ELEVATOR ANTI-ICING MUST NOT BE SELECTED ON FOR

LONGER THAN 10 SECONDS WHEN OAT EXCEEDS +lOC
Note: The systems should be on at true outside air temperatures

+5C and below in icing conditions.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION .
CONFIRM WARM UP
If L & R WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION switches are not already

at WARM UP, then select them and start timing.
Observe associated magnetic indications show white.
Note: The switch must be at WARM UP for a minimum of:5 minutes if OAT is minus lOC or warmer
15 minutes if OAT is colder than minus lOC.
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . .
HYDRAULICS . .
Observe MAIN, EMERG and PUMP pressures
AS REQUIRED
MAIN/EMERG 2000 150 psi
o
o
2000 150 psi.
V.!
FLAPS . . .
Confirm area around flaps clear of personnel and equipment.
Set FLAPS lever to 10.
Observe FLAPS indicator shows 10.
17-6-4
May 15/91
SET
LT:
O:
V1
. 1...
-TISNA~E
JETSTREAIW
SERiES
}200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
AFTER
START (cont)
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST

ANTI-ICE.
Observe left and right ENG captions (green) on and EGT
rises slightly .
OFF .
Observe left and right ICE PROTECTION lights off and EGT
falls. ELEV caption remains off throughout this test.
CAUTION :
ENGINE/ELEVATOR ANTI-ICING MUST NOT BE SELECTED ON FOR

LONGER THAN 10 SECONDS WHEN OAT EXCEEDS +lO C
Note: The systems should be on at true outside air temperatures

+5C and below in icing conditions .
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . . .
ON
Set L & R WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION switches to ON.

Observe associated magnetic indicators show white.
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . . . . .
HYDRAULICS . . .
AS REQUIREI:MAIN/EMERG 2000 150 psi
Observe MAIN, EMERG and PUMP pressures 2000 150 psi.

FLAPS .
SET
Confirm area around flaps clear of personnel and equipment.

Set FLAPS lever to 10.
Observe FLAPS indicator shows 10 .
17-6-4
May 15/91
EFFECTIVITY:
841-1000
.~.
BRIT7SH AER05'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES 'J200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
AFTER
START (cont)
. ON
NAV AIDS & RADIO .

Set navigation and radio equipment to required frequencies
and identify.
:..::
::>
TRANSPONDER .
-E"'
. .
WX RADAR .
"O
it:
...
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
.
##COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER .
STBY
STBY
. . TEST
On first flight of day, press test button and hold in.

Check that test meter pointer def lects 4 times into
green sector. Release test button.
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . .
. . . CHECK/NO FLAGS
Observe no failure flags visible on flight instruments.

Observe and compare indication of attitude indicators.
COMPARE
COMPASSES .
Compare No.1 and No.2 HSI/RMI compass information.
ALTIMETERS .
SET/COMPARE
DV WINDOWS .
CLOSED/SECURE
EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
. .
. AS REQUIRED
17-6-5
May 15/91
BRl77SH
AERO~E
JETSTREA/111
SERiEs }200
NORMAL PROCEDURES
AFTER START (CONT)
PROP START LOCKS .
. . . . .
. . RELEASE
Retard both POWER levers slowly until noticeable torque

increase indicates withdrawal of start locks, then
advance both POWER levers to GROUND IDLE.
BRAKES .
. . .
. . . .
CHECK/1750 psi
Apply maximum pressure to both toe pedals.

Observe L and R BRAKES pressure not less than 1750 psi.
Release pressure on toe pedals.
Observe L and R BRAKES pressure at zero.
GROUND EQUIPMENT .
. .. . . . . ... .. .. . . . .
. . CLEAR
Request ground engineer to verify chocks removed,

electrical power supply removed and area around aircraft
clear.
C.A.P. & ELECTRICS . .
. . . CHECK
Before taxi verify that only the following C.A.P. captions

are illuminated 1 BETA 1
1 BETA 1
Generator output must be below 300 amps and load sharing

should normally be within 40 amps.
AFTER START CHECKS . . . . . . .
END//
17-6-6
Dec 15/89
. . COMPLETED
BR'T'SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs J200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
. . .
BRAKES
. . CHECK
Note: To prevent brake drag ensure feet are clear of the brake
pedals during taxying.
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHECK
In turns in both directions check for sensible movement

of TURN & SLIPS, COMPASSES, RMis. Check Horizons erect
and RMI needles tracking.
FLAPS .
SET FOR T/O
Verify FLAPS at take-off setting correct.

TRIMS . . . .
. . .
SET
Verify aileron and rudder trim neutral.

Verify elevator trim in take-off range (green are) and
set for take-off.
SEATS/HARNESSES . . . . . .
. . .
. . SECURE
Verify SEATS are locked in position for take-off and SEAT

HARNESSES secure.
SRL COMPUTERS
TTL COMPUTERS
. . . ON
. . ON
o
o
PROP SYNCHRO .
. .
. .
. . . OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMPS .
. . . . . . ON/PRESSURE
('\
FUEL CROSSFEED .
. . SHUT/NORMAL
Verify FUEL CROSSFEED switch at SHUT.

Observe fuel crossfeed NORMAL caption (white) on.
17-7-1
Oct 15/88
BRITISH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
NORMAL
PROCEOURES
TAXI (cont)
FUEL CONTENTS . .
. .
. .
. .
. CHECK
Observe fuel contents meet flight requirements.

SPEEOS . .
CONFIRM
. . .
Confirm the take-off speeds established and displayed.

BRIEFING .
. . .
. .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . CONFIRM/UNOERSTOOO
Conf irm the take-off briefing given and understood. This

briefing should update the briefing before start-up.
PAX BRIEFING .
GIVEN
GUST LOCKS . . .
. RELEASE/FULLY DOWN
Provided that windspeed is less than 20 kt.

STALL VANE/PITOT HEATERS .
ON
STALL PROTECTION
FLYING CONTROLS .
VERIFY TESTEO ANO ON

.
. .
. .
. . . .
. . .
FULL ANO FREE
Operate elevators, aileron and rudder through full range of

movement.
Observe full range obtained with no undue force or friction.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . .
If OAT MINUS lOC or warmer:NOT LESS THAN 5 MIN FROM WARM UP . . . . . .
If OAT colder than MINUS lOC:NOT LESS THAN 15 MIN FROM WARM UP . . . . .
.
. .
. .
. . ON/BLACK
At or after the required time, set the LEFT and RIGHT

WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION switches to ON.
Observe the associated magnetic indicators show black.
17-7-2
May 15/91
. . BLACK
ON/BLACK
o
o
-TISNAE~E
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
.... .
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
TAXI (cont)
FUEL CONTENTS .
., .
. CHECK
Observe fuel contents rneet fl i ght requirernents .

SPEEDS .
CONFIRM
Confirrn the take-off speeds established and displayed.

BRIEFING .
. .
. CONFIRM/UNDERSTOOD
Confirrn the take-off briefing given and understood. This

briefing should update the briefing before start-up.
GIVEN
PAX BRIEFING
. RELEASE/FULLY DOWN
GUST LOCKS . .
Provided that windspeed is less than 20 kt.
. . . . ... . . . . . . .
STALL VANE/PITOT HEATERS
VERIFY TESTEO AND ON
STALL PROTECTION
FLYING CONTROLS .
ON
FULL ANO FREZ
. .
Operate elevators, aileron and rudder through full range

of movernent.
Observe full range obtained with no undue force or friction.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . .
. BLACK/WHITE
The magnetic indicators will norrnally be Black bef ore

take-off but in cold conditions may remain White.
17-7-2
May 15/91
EFFECTIVITY:
841-1000
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
##APR O/RIDE & EGT COMPENSATION . . . .

I f
. TEST
first flight of day with APR :-
Advance both power levers to obtain 2% to 3% above

GROUND IDLE rpm.
Observe APR ARM L and R lights are off.
Set POWER RES switch to ARMand observe APR ARM light
(white) is on.
Note both EGT temperatures.
Set and hold APR COMPEN TEST selector to L and R in turn
and observe at each selection that the associated EGT
drops by approximately 20%. Release the selector and
observe EGT returns to original value.
'
Note both torque values.
Press and release the APR O/RIDE light cluster.

Observe APR L and R lights (green) are on and the left and
right torque values increase.
Set POWER RES switch to OFF and observe APR ARM L and R
lights are off and both torques reduce to original value.
TAXI CHECKS . . . . .
CAUTION:
COMPLETED
ENSURE THAT NO SNOW OR ICE DEPOSITS HAVE ACCUMULATED ON

WING AND TAIL AREAS DURING PROLONGED TAXI OR HOLD IN
ICING CONDITIONS.
END//
N
17-7-3/4
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
RUNWAY
WARNED
CABIN CREW/PAX .
Inforrn cabin crew and passengers take-off irnrninent.
:.::
::::>
.,
...
STROBE LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
"N
LANDING LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
.&:
.:
.:
et
OIL TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WITHIN LIMITS
OIL COOLER FLAPS . . . . . . . . . .
AS REQUIRED
Verify LEFT and RIGHT OIL COOLER FLAPS switches at SHUT or

OPEN/AUTO SHUT.
Confirrn oil cooler flaps position by reference to
indicator lights.
Note: The oil cooler flaps rnust norrnally be closed in flight.
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . . . . . .
OFF
Verify AUTO and MANUAL AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION switches

at OFF.
Observe wing and tail ICE PROTECTION lights off.
TRANSPONDER
ON
Set the ATC TRANSPONDER to ON.
FLOW SELECTORS . . . .
. . . OFF
Rotate FLIGHT DECK and CABIN FLOW selectors to OFF.

Take-off is not perrnitted with Air Flows on to Flight Deck
or Cabin.
Note:
17-8-1
Aug 1/88
B#WTISHAE~E
JETSTREANI
Senies }200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
RUNWAY ( cont)
RPM LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULLY ADVANCED
Advance both RPM levers to the fully forward position.
Observe the RPM increase to between 96% and 97%; 100%
RPM will not be achieved until POWER levers are advanced.
##TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . .
..........
TEST
IF .... first flight of the day :Advance both POWER levers to obtain 40% torque.
Hold LEFT and RIGHT TTL TEST selectors to TORQUE.
Observe left and right fuel flow indications reduce slightly.
Release selectors and observe fuel flows return to normal.
Hold LEFT and RIGHT TTL TEST selectors to TEMP.
APR
CHECK
IF ..... APR is to be armed :-
Verify RPM at 100%

Set POWER RES switch to ARM.
Observe APR ARM light (white) on.
Advance both POWER Levers to obtain 65% torque and observe
APR L and R lights are off.
Retard right POWER lever to obtain 45% torque.
Observe APR L light (green) is on and left torque value
increases.
Advance right POWER lever to obtain 65% torque.
Observe APR L light (green) off and left torque value reduces.
Retard left POWER lever to obtain 45% torque.
Observe APR R light (green) is on and right torque value
increases.
Advance left POWER lever to obtain 65% torque.
Observe APR R light (green) is off and right torque value
reduces.
17-8-2
Dec 1/88
-ee
~
'
-~ AEROS< MCE
JETSTREAllll
SrniEs J200
##TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . .
CHECK
If ...... First flight of the dayAdvance both POWER levers to obtain 50% torque.
Hold LEFT and RIGHT TTL TEST selectors to TORQUE.
Hold LEFT and RIGHT TTL TEST selectors to TEMP.
Page 1 of 2
Mar 15/92
BRIT/SH AEROSPACE
CDMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINE'S OIVISIDN
PRESTW'ICK
TRANSMITTAL
The material introduced in this Transmi ttal complies wi th BCAR s Chapter A7-3 ',
The Technical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certif ied as
Correct.

AIRLINES DIVISION, PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSHIRE, KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.
Signed:GM.~
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
No. DAI/1011/55
~Al!ROSMCIF'
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
Publication Ref No .SA .4 - 3100/MOM/52 ,5 3,55,57,58 ,61,
Location: Insert in Chapter 17 with the text overleaf facing page

17-8-2.
Reason:
To comply with Airplane Flight Manual HP4-16 Advance

Amendment Bulletin No.4.
Under conditions of low ambient temperature, the TTL test
may not be triggered with the POWER levers set to give 40%
torque. To ensure a positive indication of satisfactory
operation of the TTL computers, the POWER levers should be
set to give 50% torque.
Action:
The revised procedure overleaf replaces the existing

procedure:
"TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . . . . . .
CHECK"
Page 2 of 2
Mar 15/92
BIW77S## AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
NORMAL PROCEDURES
RUNWAY (cent)
POWER/RPM .
. VERIFY
Advance the POWER levers to give the take-off torque

setting scheduled for the ambient conditions.
Yerify that the RPM indication is at least 100% but not
more than 100.5%.
Verify EGT does not exceed Redline limit.
C.A.P. CAPTIONS
OFF
Confirm all C.A.P. captions are off

RUNWAY CHECKS .
COMPLETED
END//
o
o
N
17-8-3/4
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200

.
{i/
NORMAL
AFTER
PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF
GEAR . .
UP
When positive rate of climb is established apply pressure

to the pedals to stop wheelspin, then release.
Set LANDING GEAR lever to UP.
Observe landing gear position indicator lights go off at
end of retraction sequence.
Note: If the solenoid lock in the landing gear selector prevents
movement of the selector to the up position the override facility
should not be used unless it is vital to the safety of the flight
e.g. for an obstacle clearance.
AT 500 FT ABOVE AIRFIELD LEVEL
FLAPS . .
RETD
When en-route climb speed and safe altitude attained, set

FLAPS selector to RETD and observe WING FLAPS indicator
shows RETD at end of sequence.
POWER RES SWITCH.
. . . . . OFF
Set switch OFF and confirm captions extinguished

<:;;j""
N
~
o
o
FLOW SELECTORS
SET
Rotate FLIGHT DECK and CABIN FLOW selectors to provide

required heating, ventilation and pressurisation.
RPM LEVERS .
97%
Move power levers rearwards if necessary to give an EGT

not above 600C. Then move RPM levers rearwards to give
97% RPM. Reset power levers to 650C or 100% Torque,
whichever is reached first.
17-9-1
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
AFTER, TAKE-OFF (cont)

. . . ON
PROP SYNCHRO
.
CABIN SIGNS . . . .
. . AS REQUIRED
..."O
[
:
Set FASTEN SEAT BELTS and NO SMOKING switches as required.
:;
....
FUEL BOOST PUMPS .
OFF
,.;:e
7'
Set FUEL BOOST switch to OFF, unless climbing to 20,000

ft or above.
OIL COOLER FLAPS
SHUT
Confirm OIL COOLER SWITCHES selected SHUT & indicate SHUT.

ALTIMETERS . . . .
COMPARE
Confirm oil cooler flap position by reference to indicator

lights.
CABIN ALTITUDE .
. .
. .
. . . . .
. . .
. .
. SET FOR CRUISE
Rotate the CABIN ALT knob to the desired cabin altitude

for the expected cruise level.
(AIRPLANE ALT AT MAX DIFF
to 1000 ft above cruise altitude).
Verify rate of change as required.
LANDING LIGHTS
AFTER TAKE-OFF CHECKS .
END//
17-9-2
Dec 1/88
o
o
OFF
. . . .
. .
. . . . .
. .
. COMPLETED
BRIT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
CLIMB/CRUISE
AT 18,000 FT ALTITUDE:ALTIMETERS .
. . RESET/COMPARE
At the MSA or transition altitude set both altimeters to

standard setting and compare.
AT 20,000 FT
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. . .. ... . ..
ON
Verify LEFT and RIGHT BOOST pump switches on to meet the

requirement f or fuel boost pumps on at all times above
20,000 ft.
END//
-oo
17-10-1/2
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAN;
SERiEs J200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
DES CENT
CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL . . .
. .
1000 FT AAL
Rotate RATE knob to achieve desired cabin rate of change.

Rotate CABIN ALT knob to 1000 ft above airfield altitude.
ALTIMETERS .
DESTINATION/ALTERNATE WX . . .
DESCENT CHECKS
RES ET/COMPARE
. . . .
. . . .
. .
. .
. .
. CHECKED
COMPLETED
END//
j'I)
o
o
17-11-1/2
May 15/90
BRITISH AEROSl'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
APPROACH
. . . . . . . CONFIRM
APPROACH BRIEFING .
Carry out approach and landing briefing.
display Decision height,Vref ,and V2.
Conf irrn briefing understood.
Calculate and
CHECKED
FUEL CONTENTS . . . . . .
Conf irrn fuel contents rneet the requirernents f or holding
and diversion to alternate.
. CONFIRM
SPEEDS . . . . . . .
Conf irrn approach and landing speeds established and
displayed.
CABIN SIGNS . .
. ON
Verify CABIN SIGNS signs selected ON.

CABIN CREW/P'AX .
o
o
C"-1
WARNED
Inforrn cabin crew and passengers that landing is irnrninent.

LANDING LIGHTS .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHUT/NORMAL
17-12-1
Feb 15/89
BRITISH AEROSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs
l200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
APPROACH (cont)
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE . . .
. . . .
2000 150 psi
Observe MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure 2000 150 psi.

Observe EMERG SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure 2000 150 psi.
Observe L and R PUMP pressure 2000 psi.
PRESSURISATION .
. CHECK
Observe CABIN ALT control set for landing, cabin rate of

change satisfactory and differential pressure reducing.
NAV AIDS ANO RADIO
. CHECK
Set navigation and radio equipment to required frequencies

and identify.
Crosscheck with requirements of landing
briefing.
SEATS ANO HARNESS
SECURE
Verify both crew seats are locked in position for landing

with seat harnesses secure. Ensure armrests are folded up
and stowed. If the left pilots left armrest is not correctly
stowed up, difficulty will be experienced in handling the
nosewheel steering.
APPROACH CHECKS .
. . .
COMPLETE O
1'0
END//
17-12-2
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTRJEAN:t
SrniEs }200

''
\
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
LANDING
FLAPS . .
CAUTION:
~
:::l
.,
BEFORE LOWERING THE FLAPS IN ICING CONDITIONS ESTABLISH

THAT NO ICE HAS BUILT UP ON TAIL. THIS COULD CAUSE AN
UNEXPECTED TRIM CHANGE.
-5
e
GEAR (BELOW 160 KT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN/3 GREENS

. . 20 o
FLAPS . . .
BRAKES . . . . .
. .
. CHECK
. . . . .
Apply pressure to toe pedals and release.

Observe L and R BRAKES pressures indicate and exhaust.
Note: To prevent inadvertent application of brakes, keep toes
clear of brake pedals during landing.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE .
l"f')
. .
. .
. .
OFF
Verify the EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE lever is in the fully

down position.
'-O
N
N
CJ
CJ
PROP SYNCHRO .
. OFF
Set the PROP SYNCHRO switch to OFF.
RPM LEVERS . .
CAUTION:
IF THE RPM LEVERS ARE NOT AT THE

WITH AIRCRAFT ALTITUDE LESS THAN
RPM LEVERS. AFTER TOUCHDOWN THE
.FULLY ADVANCED BEFORE MOVING THE
GROUND IDLE.
WX RADAR
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION
. . . . . FLIGHT (100%)
FLIGHT POSITION (100%)
200 FEET DO NOT ADVANCE
RPM LEVERS SHOULD BE
POWER LEVERS BACK TO
STBY
. OFF
17-13-1
Jun 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 1200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
LANDING (cont)
OFF
FLOW SELECTORS
FLAPS .
. .
LANDING CHECKS . . .
.
.
. .
. .
. . .
. .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. .
. . .
.
.
. SET FOR LANDING

. .
COMPLETED
END//
-oo
N
N
"
17-13-2
Jun 15/89
B"'f77Sl1 AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
1200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
BAULKED
LANDING
. SET
POWER .
Advance the POWER levers to give the scheduled torques.
10
FLAPS . . .
UP
LANDING GEAR . . . . .
When positive rate of climb established, set LANDING GEAR
lever to UP.
Observe landing gear position indicator lights go off at
end of retraction sequence.
FLAPS .
RETD
When en route climb speed and safe altitude attained, set

FLAPS selector to RETD and observe WING FLAPS indicator
shows RETD at end of sequence.
RETURN TO AFTER TAKE-OFF DRILLS
END//
o
o
N
17-14-1/2
Dec 1/88
- T I S H AEROSFMCE
JETSTREA~
SERiES }200
NORMAL
AFTER
PROCEOURES
LANOING
.
POWER LEVERS
GROUNO IOLE
TAXI
RPM LEVERS
ENGAGE
GUST LOCKS
Set the flying controls to the neutral positions and
engage the GUST LOCKS.
BRAKE PRESSURE . .
A
2000 PSI
. .
Observe EMERG SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure approx 2000 psi.

Observe MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure approx 2000 psi.
RETO
FLAPS .
Set FLAPS selector to RETO.

Observe WING FLAPS indicator shows RETO at end of sequence.
STROBE LIGHTS .
. . . . . . .. .
OFF
LANO/TAXI LIGHTS
. AS REQUIREO
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. OFF
STALL PROTECTION .
. . OFF
OIL COOLER FLAPS .
AS REQUIREO
Set OIL COOLER FLAPS to control oil temperature.

N
AVIONICS MASTER SWITCHES
. AS REQUIREO
17-15-1
Aug 15/90
- T l S N AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
NORMAL
AFTER
TRIMS .
PROCEDURES
LANDING (cent)
NEUTRAL
Rotate Elevator, Rudder and Aileron trim handwheels to

neutral position.
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION
. OFF
Set LEFT and RIGHT STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION

switches to OFF.
Observe left and right STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION
lights (amber) on.
DV WINDOWS
. . . . . RELEASE/AS REQUIRED
Release catches of DV windows to relieve any residual cabin

pressure and set windows as required.
AFTER LANDING CHECKS
END//
..................
COMPLETE O
-o
f'1
-~
17-15-2
May 1/88
BR,TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
NORMAL
SHUT
PROCEDURES
DOWN
.
. .
. . ON
TEST/OFF
Set PARKING BRAKE lever to ON.

Observe EMERG brake pressure above 700 psi.
OIL CONTAM
Press to test the f ilament.

Set and hold OIL CONTAM selector to LEFT, observe OIL
CONTAM caption remains off.
IF ...... the OIL CONTAM caption on - refer to Maintenance.
Release switch
Repeat test with OIL CONTAM selector at RIGHT.
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION .
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . .
rt1.f)
lj)
o
o
(\\
OFF
. . . . . .
. .
. .
. .
. . OFF
ENGINE ICE PROTECTION . . . . .
OFF
AUTO/MAN TEMPERATURE SELECTORS
OFF
WIPERS . .
PARK/OFF
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . . .
. . .
OFF
RECIRC FAN
BOTH AVIONICS MASTERS .
OFF
. . . . . . . . . .
. .
. .
. .
. .
OFF
17-16-1
Oct 15/88
BINTISH AEROS-CE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs 'J200
, ,
NORMAL
SHUT
LAND/LAND TAXI LIGHTS .
PROCEDURES
DOWN (cont)
OFF
. .
Verify LEFT LAND switch and RIGHT LAND/TAXI selector to

OFF.
OFF
GENERATORS
Set LEFT GEN and RIGHT GEN selectors to OFF.
Observe
e. A. P. ~ amber captions on.
IF ...... ground supply available Set BATT MASTER switch to OFF.

When ground supply is connected and on,
set VOLTS switch to GROUND POWER.
Observe the ground power is 27-29 volts.
Set BATT MASTER switch to GND.
AIR/GND SWITCHES
. .
. .
ENGINES
. .
.
. . GND
.
. STOP
A cooling time of 3 minutes including taxying should

elapse before engine shut down.
Press and hold the engine STOP switches for a full 5 seconds
to allow fer complete discharge of the engine purge system
accumulators.
Observe engines run down with a slight rise in RPM due to
the purge action.
PROPELLER START LOCKS
ENGAGE
Retard power levers to REVERSE when engine RPM approximately

50%. Advance power levers to GROUND START when prop stopped.
17-16-2
May 15/91
_ , . . , , . , AEl'Oallll ICllF
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
c::J\I> 'l'E:S'l' J3tJ'l"I'():tf
I>RESS
I>ress c::J\I> TE:S'l' button and hold fer 5 seconds.

C>bserve engine shut down is not initiated.
I>age 1 of 2
Oct 30/91
BRIT/SN AEROSPACE
COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES DIVISION
P/!IESTW/CK
TRANSMITTAL
rhe material introduce.d in this Transmittal complies with BCAR's Chapter A?-3 .-'" ,,
rhe Technical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certified ,
:orrect.
Signed:<SN\.~
BRITISB AEROSPACE {COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,.
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
~IRLINES DIVISION,
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
No. DAI/1011/55
~YRSHIRE,
KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND
...,,_.._..c:E'
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
Publication Ref
No.SA.4-3100/M0~/51.52.53.54.55.57.58.59.60.61.62.63
Location:
Insert in Chapter 17 with the text overleaf facinq

paqe 17-16-2
Reason:
Effective: Pre Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

Action:
Insert the procedure overleaf immediately bef ore the

procedure "GENERATORS
OFF"
on paqe 17-16-2
Paqe 2 of 2
Oct 30/91
BRl77$H AEROl!IPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200

f/,'
NORMAL
SHUT
PROCEDURES
DOWN (cent)
OFF
BEACONS . . . .
Set UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches to OFF when
propellers are stationary.
. . OFF
NAV LIGHTS .
. . . . . IN POSITION
CHOCKS .
Request ground crew to conf irm aircraft wheel CHOCKS in

position.
AS REQUIRED
OXYGEN (LEFT & RIGHT) .
OFF
Rotate the oxygen control valves of both bottles to OFF.

Set the CREW OXYGEN master valve to OFF.
Rotate the Passenger Oxygen Controller clockwise through
FIRST AID to CLOSED.
CABIN SIGNS .
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
BATT MASTER . .
OFF
.......................
....................
CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF
OFF
PULL AS REQUIRED
17-16-3
Aug 1/88
llmnsHA~
JETSTREAWI
SERiES }200
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
SHUT
DOWN (cent)
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH (VESTIBULE)
NORMAL
On leaving the aircraft ensure that the EMERGENCY LIGHTS

SWITCH is set at NORMAL.
SHUT DOWN CHECKS .
COMPLETED
END//
o
o
o
.i:::.
o
..........
17-16-4
May 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAAll
SrniEs j200

-:~-' :\ i~~ ,
)
NORMAL
SINGLE
ENGINE
PROCEDURES
TURN
ROUND
SHUT
DOWN
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . . .
. ON
Set PARKING BRAKE lever to ON.

Observe EMERG brake pressure approximately 2000 psi.
LAND/LAND TAXI LIGHTS . .
. . .
BOTH AVIONICS MASTERS . . .
OFF
LEFT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION
. .
LEFT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION .
. .
. . .
. .
. .
. . OFF
. OFF
FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTOR
OFF
OFF
LEFT AIR/GND SWITCH

LEFT GENERATOR .
LEFT ENGINE .
N
OFF
. . . . .
. .
. .
. .
.
.
. GROUND
. . OFF
. STOP
Press and hold the engine STOP switch for a full 5 seconds
to allow for complete discharge of the engine purge system
accumulator.
Observe engine runs down with a slight rise in RPM due to
the purge action.
17-17-1
May 15/90
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs 'J200
NORMAL
SINGLE
ENGINE
TURN
PROCEDURES
ROUND
SHUT
DOWN (cont)
LEFT PROPELLER START LOCKS . . . . . . . .
. . . . ENGAGE
Retard power lever to REVERSE when engine RPM approximately

50%. Advance POWER lever to GROUND START when prop
stopped.
RIGHT GENERATOR . .
. . . . . . . . .
LESS THAN 300 AMPS
Observe on the right generator ammeter that a load of 300

AMPS is not exceeded.
DOOR . . .
. . . . .
CABIN S IGNS . . . .
SHUT DOWN CHECKS . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
OPEN WHEN LEFT PROP STOPPED
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
.
. .
. . AS REQUIRED
.
. .
COMPLETED
END//
-o
+.
o
\o
17-17-2
May 1/88
-~ /JEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200

Tbia reviaion complies with British Civil Airwortbineaa Requireaenta, Section A
Chapter A7-3.
JETSTREAM AIRCRAP'T LINITED

PR!!STWICJt AIRPORT,
AYRSBIR!!, ll9 2RW,
SCOTLANI>
Sigued
Date
7~471
Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,53,54,55,57,58,59,60,

61,62,63,64,266,267,269,270.
Location: Insert in Chapter 17 with the page overleaf facing

Page 17-18-1.
Reason:
To introduce a requirement for f light crew to close

and lock the main cabin door immediately before
starting left engine.
Action:
Replace information on Page 17-18-1 with the

information overleaf.

Page 1 of 2
Jun
7/93
-TISHA-.iw:l&'
JETSTREAllll
SERies J200
NORMAL
SINGLE
ENGINE
PROCEDURES
TURN
LOADING/UNLOADING . .
ROUND
PRE-START
.
. . .
. .
. . COMPLETED
Conf irm loading/unloading of passengers and baggage has been

completed.
DOOR
CLOSE AND LOCK FROM INSIDE
DOOR HANDLE
FULLY OUTBOARD
. CONFIRM ALIGNED
DOOR HANDLE-LOCKED INDICATOR
. CONFIRM ALIGNED
C.A.P. DOOR CAPTION .
. .
. OFF
LEFT PROP START LOCK
. ENGAGED
Confirm left propeller blades held by start locks.

LEFT POWER LEVER
GROUND START
LEFT RPM LEVER
TAXI
BEACONS .
ON
Verify UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches at ON.

LEFT FUEL BOOST PUMP
LEFT SRL COMPUTER . .
Page 2 of 2
Jun
7/93
ON
.
ON
B-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
NORMAL
SINGLE
ENGINE
PROCEDURES
TURN
ROUND
PRE-START
COMPLETED
LOADING/UNLOADING .
Conf irm loading/unloading of passengers and baggage has

been completed.
.........
DOOR LIGHT .
Observe C.A.P.
DOOR
OFF
caption off to ensure cabin door
is closed and secure before starting the left engine.

LEFT PROP START LOCK .
. ENGAGED
Confirm left propeller blades held by start locks.
o
'o::::t
LEFT POWER LEVER
GROUND START
LEFT RPM LEVER .
TAXI
BEACONS .
ON
Verify UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches at ON.
. .. .. . .. .. . . . ..
......
LEFT FUEL BOOST PUMP
LEFT SRL COMPUTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
o
o
ON
17-18-1
May 1/88
~AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
NORMAL
SINGLE
EGT
ENGINE
PROCEDURES
TURN
ROUND
PRE-START (cent)
...........
. LESS THAN 200C
Observe EGT gauge of engine being started.

IF .. EGT greater than 200C Allow engine to cool naturally or refer to
MANUAL ENGINE START procedure.
CAUTION:
A NORMAL ENGINE START MUST NOT BE ATTEMPTED IF THE

ENGINE RESIDUAL EGT IS GREATER THAN 200C.
CLEAR TO START .
LEFT ENGINE
POWER LEVER
CONFIRMED
....................
.............
..........
. START
GROUND IDLE
NORMAL/BETA C.A.P. ON
GO TO AFTER START CHECKS
END//
o
o
o
17-18-2
May 1/88
BRITISNAl!TROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES 1200
CHAPTER 18. DRILLS

LIST
OF
CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION
NORMAL CHECKLIST.
18-1-1
. .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 18-2-1

Page 1
21006887
Sep 15/02
BRITISHAERDSPAClr
JETSTREAllll
SERiES J200
-.
CHAPTER 18 - DRILLS
DATE
PAGE
PAGE
CONTENTS
Sep 15/02
LEP
Sep 15/02
18-1
Sep 15/02
18-2
1/2
Aug
May
Apr
Oct
May
841-1000
Apr 15/89
800-840
7
8
May 15/91
May 15/91
841-1000
May
May
May
May
Dec
May
4
5
DATE
1/88
15/91
15/89
15/88
15/90
18-2
18-2
18-2
18-2
8
9
10
11
12
15/91
15/91
15/90
15/91
1/88
1/88
CHAPTER
18. LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page 1
21006890
Sep 15/02
rl:')"-,,
~"'..,,_- ~.:;.,;"~,
.,
SRl'l7SH AEROS'PAC.lr
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
CHAPTER 18
DRILLS
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 18 is a list of the Normal Drills necessary for saf e
flight and may be used as the basis for a checklist.
The use of Normal Drills is expanded and described, where
necessary, in Chapter 17, Normal Procedures. Abnormal and
Emergency Procedures, which give a detailed description of how to
apply the appropriate drills, are listed in Chapters 1 to 12 under
the relevant systems.
Conditional Procedures are described in Chapters 1 to 12, but are
not listed in Chapter 18.
Items marked ## are intended to be actioned on the f irst flight of
the day.
Items marked * are to be actioned on a transit turn round.
ALL drills should be actioned carefully and methodically by
challenge and response.
Memory items are boxed as below. They should be actioned from
mernory but conf irmed by normal use of the checklist when the
irnmediate urgency has been dealt with.
18-1-1
21006889
Sep 15/02
-TISHAE~E
JETSTREANI
SERiES l200
DRILLS
..
NORMAL CHECKLIST
LIST OF CONTENTS
PAGE
FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY .
CABIN PRELIMINARY . . .
EXTERNAL . . . . . . .
ENGINE START . . . . . .
AFTER START . .
TAXI
RUNWAY
. . . .
AFTER TAKE OFF
DESCENT . .
APPROACH
LANDING . .
BAULKED LANDING
AFTER LANDING .
SHUTDOWN
SINGLE ENGINE SHUT DOWN .
SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND
. . . . .
. .
4
5
. . . . . .. .
6
6
7"
7
8
8
8
9
10
10
o
o
o
o
VI
18-2-1/2
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY CHECK

FOR A TRANSIT TURN ROUND ONLY THOSE ITEMS
ANNOTATED THUS * NEED TO BE ACTIONED
. . . . . . . . DOWN
*LANDING GEAR LEVER
*ICE & RAIN PROTECTION . . . . . . ALL OFF
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS . . . . . . . CENTRE
FLAP SELECTOR
. . . . . . . . . . RETD
*AVIONICS MASTERS . . .
. . . . . OFF
STROBE LIGHTS
. . . . . . . . . OFF
*CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . . . . . SET
*BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
*BATT MASTER
. . .
. . . . . . OFF
ELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM AT ARM
*ELECTRICAL POWER . . . . . ON
LANDING GEAR INDICATOR
. . . . 3 GREENS
PARKING BRAKE/PRESSURE
.ON/700 PSI MIN
OR CHOCKS
*FLIGHT DECK & CABIN LIGHTS . . AS REQUIRED
*EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
DV WINDOWS/WINDSCREENS . CLEAN/UNDAMAGED
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT . . . . . CHECKED
FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY CHECKS COMPLETED
CABIN PRELIMINARY CHECK
LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
CABIN WINDOWS . . . . . . . . NO CRACKS
ESCAPE HATCHES.CLEAR/SECURE/HANDLES STOWED
*FUEL FILLER CAPS . . . . . . . FLUSH
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT . . . CHECKED/STOWED
*BAGGAGE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . SECURE
MAIN DOOR . . . . . . LOCKS/STRAPS/STAYS
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH(VESTIBULE) . NORMAL
CABIN PRELIMINARY CHECKS . . . . COMPLETED
EXTERNAL CHECK TO BE COMPLETED.
18-2-3
May 15/91
EIRIT7SH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200

ITEMS ANNOTATED THUS ## REQUIRE THE TEST
AT FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY ONLY
DOCUMENTATION . . . . . . .
. . . CHECK
OXYGEN (LEFT) . . . . . .
. . TEST/ON
STATIC CHANGEOVER COCK . . . FREE/NORMAL
DEVIATION CARDS . . . . . . . . 3/IN DATE
* LEFT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . CHECK
* CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
* ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
. . .
. . . CHECK
FUEL LOW LEVEL LIGHTS .
PRESS TO TEST
. . . . TEST/RESET
FUEL USED INDICATORS
RIGHT UPPER CENTRE PANEL
. . . . CHECK
* BATT O/TEMP ISOL SWITCHES . . . . . . . ON
* BATT O/TEMP SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . TEST
* NAV & RADIO PANEL . . . . . CHECK/VHF 1 ON
* RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
. . . . . CHECK
* CLOCK . . . . . .
. . . . . . SET
* LEFT SKIRT PANEL . . . . . WARNINGS CHECK
* OIL CONTAM . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FILAMENT DIM
. . . . . . SET
* LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . DAY/NIGHT SET
WING FLAPS INDICATOR . . . . . . . CHECK
HYDRAULIC PRESSURES . .MAIN/EMERG 700 PSI
OR CHOCKS
BRAKE/PUMP ZERO
CABIN ROC . . . . . . . . . . . . ZERO
CABIN ALT/DIFF PRESSURE GAUGE . . . CHECK
* CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL . . . 1000 FT AAL
* PRESSURE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . .NORMAL
* MANUAL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . PRESS
. . AS REQUIRED
FAN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR . . . . . AUTO
TEMP ROTARY SELECTOR
. .MID POSITION
FLOW SELECTORS
. . . . . . . . . OFF
POWER LEVERS . FULL AND FREE/GROUND START
RPM LEVERS . . . . . . FULL AND FREE/TAXI
*GUST LOCKS
. . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGED
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS
. . . . . . OFF
POWER RES SWITCH. . .
. . . . OFF
18-2-4
Apr 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
':DMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES OIVISIDN
PRESTWICK
TRANSMITTAL
'
~hf'
~hi
ter ial introduce.d in this Transmi ttal complies wi th BCAR' s Chapter A7-3.
, chnical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certif ied as
:orrect .
3RITISH AEROSPACE (COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,
Signed:GM..~
\IRLINES DIVISION, PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
\YRSHIRE, KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.
No . DAI/1011/ 55
,,_,,_., A.,.,,_ IJl.Clr
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
pyblication Ref No.SA . 4-3100/ MQM/ 53.54.58
TEMPORARY REVZSION 18 - 5
Location:

page 18-2-5
Reason:
!"")
Effective: Post Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045
1")
Action:
00
Replace the FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION drills on page

18-2-5 with the drills overleaf
Page 1 of 3
Oct 30/91
- W ASftMI ICW'
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200

UNFEATHER SELECTOR . OFF
##FEATHER LEVERS
TEST/DOWN
TRIMS . . FULL ANO FREE/NEUTRAL
FLAPS SELECTOR
RETO
EMERG HYD SELECTOR NORMAL
HANO PUMP HANDLE . STOWED
AVIONICS MASTERS
OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS TEST/ARM
CABIN SIGNS
ON
CABIN LIGHTS
AS REQUIREO
GENERATORS
OFF
EXTERNAL LIGHTS OFF EXCEPT NAV AS REQ
BUS TIE RESET OUT
AC CONTROL
NORMAL
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. OFF
FUEL CROSSFEEO

SHUT
##STALL PROTECTION .
TEST/ON
* SRL COMPUTERS
ON
* TTL COMPUTERS
ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES GNO
SELECT & START SWITCHES OFF
STOP SWITCHES TEST/OFF
OFF
MANUAL START RTY SELECTORS NORMAL
TTL TEST SELECTORS OFF
IGNITION
NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCHES SHUT
HYD SWITCHES OPEN
##LP COCKS TEST/OPEN
STANOBY COMPASS
CHECK
* C.A.P. PANEL
CHECK/TEST
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL CHECK
WINOSHIELD ICE PROT WARM UP
(IF USING GROUNO POWER)
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY STOWEO
OXYGEN (RIGHT) TEST/ON
SEATS & RUDOER PEOALS
ADJUST
OEPARTURE BRIEFING

GIVEN
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION COMPLETED
Page 2 of 3
Oct 30/91
EFFECTIVITY:
800-840
-~
JETSTREAlflll
SERES
J200

, '
FLIGHT OECK PREPARATION
. ..
...
. . .
. ..
..
...
...
.
...
..
..
...
......
...
. . . ..
. . . .
. . .
......
.
. . .. . .
..
......
......
....
. . . . .. . .
. . . . . . .
. ..
.
. . .
...
...
...
. . .
.......
......
. .. . . .. .
. . .
....
...
.... ..
.
........
...
. . ..
...
........
.
......
.
.
......
......
UNFEATHER SELECTOR
OFF
TEST/ DOWN
## FEATHER LEVERS
FULL ANO FREE/NEUTRAL
TRIMS
RETO
FLAPS SELECTOR
EMERG HYO SELECTOR
NORMAL
.
STOWEO
HANO PUMP HANDLE
OFF
AVIONICS MASTERS
TEST/ARM
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
ON
CABIN SIGNS
AS REQUIREO
CABIN LIGHTS
OFF
GENERATORS
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
OFF EXCEPT NAV AS REQ
OUT
BUS TIE RESET
NORMAL
AC CONTROL
OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
.
SHUT
FUEL CROSSFEED
TEST/ ON
##STALL PROTECTION
ON
SRL
COMPUTERS
* TTL COMPUTERS
ON
* AIR/GNO SWITCHES
GNO
SELECT & START SWITCHES
OFF
STOP SWITCHES
TEST/ OFF
OFF
MANUAL START RTY SELECTORS
NORMAL
Tl'L TEST SELECTORS .
OFF
IGNITION
.
NORMAL
SHUT
HYD SWITCHES
OPEN
##LP COCKS
TEST/OPEN
STANDBY COMPASS
CHECK
PANEL
CHECK/TEST
* C.A.P .
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL
CHECK
WINOSHIELO ICE PROT
OFF
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY
STOWEO
OXYGEN (RIGHT)
TEST/ON
SEATS & RUODER PEOALS
ADJUST
OEPARTURE BRIEFING
GIVEN
FLIGHT OECK PREPARATION
COMPLETE O
.......
. .
.
.
. ...
. ..
...
. .
. .
. .
. .
..
. ..
...
. . . . .
. ..
. ...
..
...
Page 3 of 3
Oct 30/91
5'
&
5'
..e
:;.
,..
oo
LN
OJ
~
'
EFFECTIVITY:
841-1000
smTrSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJlll
SrniEs }200
~
c'l
o
o
(\)
UNFEATHER SELECTOR . . . . . . . OFF

##FEATHER LEVERS . . . . TEST/DOWN
TRIMS . . . . FULL AND FREE/NEUTRAL
FLAPS SELECTOR . . . . RETD
EMERG HYD SELECTOR . . . . NORMAL
HAND PUMP HANDLE
. STOWED
AVIONICS MASTERS
. . . OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
. . TEST/ARM
CABIN SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN LIGHTS
. . AS REQUIRED
GENERATORS

. OFF
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
BUS TIE RESET . .
. . . . OUT
AC CONTROL . . . .
.NORMAL
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . .
. OFF
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . . . . . . SHUT
##STALL PROTECTION . . . . . . . . TEST/ON
* SRL COMPUTERS . .
. . . . ON
* TTL COMPUTERS . .
. . . . ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES . . .
GND
SELECT & START SWITCHES .
. . . . OFF
STOP & FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES . . . OFF
MANUAL START RTY SELECTORS . . NORMAL
TTL TEST SELECTORS . . .
OFF
IGNITION . . . .
.NORMAL
. . SHUT
HYD SWITCHES
. .
. . . OPEN
##LP COCKS . . . .
. TEST/OPEN
STANDBY COMPASS . . .
. . . CHECK
* C.A.P. PANEL . . . . . .
.CHECK/TEST
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL . .
CHECK
WINDSHIELD ICE PROT
. . WARM UP
(IF USING GROUND POWER)
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY .
.STOWED
OXYGEN (RIGHT)
. . . TEST/ON
DEPARTURE BRIEFING
. . . . GIVEN
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION . . . . COMPLETED
18-2-5
Oct 15/88
B-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SrniES }200

r~~0...._
,
: ,'
ENGINE START
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . . ON 700 PSI MIN/
CHOCKS
PROP START LOCKS
. . . . ENGAGED
RPM LEVERS . . . FRICTION SET/TAXI
POWER LEVERS
. GROUND START
START CLEARANCE . .
. OBTAIN
BEACONS . . . .
. ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS.
. . . . ON
EGT . . . . LESS THAN 200 DEG C
CLEAR TO START . . . . CONFIRMED
START ENGINES
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (INTERNAL START)
POWER LEVER . . . . . . . . . GROUND IDLE
LIVE GENERATOR . . . . . . . . ON
BUS TIE RESET BUTTON . . . . PRESS
OIL PRESS/TEMP
. . . . . . . . CHECK
FUEL PRESS/FLOW . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
HYD PUMP PRESSURE . . . . . . .
2000 PSI
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS NORMAL/BETA CAPTION ON
DOOR CAPTION
. . .
OFF
SECOND ENGINE . . . . . . START
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (EXTERNAL START)
POWER LEVER . . . .
GROUND IDLE
OIL PRESS/TEMP . . . . . . . . CHECK
FUEL PRESS/FLOW . .
. . . . . . CHECK
HYD PUMP PRESSURE .
. . . . .
2000 PSI
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS . . NORMAL/BETA CAPTION ON
DOOR CAPTION
. .
. . . . . . OFF
SECOND ENGINE . . . . . . . . START
18-2-6
May 15/90
~~
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
ENGINE START
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION . . COMPLETED
DOOR
. . CLOSE AND LOCK
DOOR
CONFIRM LOCKED
FROM INSIDE
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . ON 700 PSI MIN/
CHOCKS
PROP START LOCKS . . . ENGAGED
RPM LEVERS . . . FRICTION SET/TAXI
. . . GROUND START
POWER LEVERS
START CLEARANCE . . OBTAIN
BEACONS . . . . . . ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . . . . . ON
EGT . . . . . .
LESS THAN 200 DEG C
CONFIRMED
CLEAR TO START . .
START ENGINES
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (INTERNAL START)
POWER LEVER . . .
LIVE GENERATOR . . .
BUS TIE RESET BUTTON
OIL PRESS/TEMP
FUEL PRESS/FLOW .
HYD PUMP PRESSURE
BETA CAPTION . .
DOOR CAPTION . .
SECOND ENGINE . . .
GROUND IDLE
.
.
. .
. . . .
.
. .
. .
. . .
. .
.
. . .
ON
PRESS
. . CHECK
. CHECK
2000 PSI
. NORMAL
. ON
. . OFF
START
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (EXTERNAL START)

POWER LEVER . . .
OIL PRESS/TEMP . .
FUEL PRESS / FLOW . .
HYD PUMP PRESSURE .
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
BETA CAPTION
.
DOOR CAPTION
.
SECOND ENGINE . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
GROUND IDLE
.
CHECK
. . . . . CHECK
. 2000 PSI
.
. . NORMAL
. . . . ON
.
. . OFF
START
Page 2 of 2
Jun
7/93
~A-ICE'
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

This revision coplies with Britisb Civil Airwortbiness Requirements, Section A
Cbapter A7-3.

PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND
~L
~~
Signed
../
/l
Date
"'TS
CAA Approval Ho: DAI/9386/92
Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,53,54,55,57,58,59,60,61,

62,63,64,266,267,269.270.
Location:
Insert in Chapter 18 with the page overleaf facing Page

18-2-6.
Reason:
To introduce a requirement f or f light crew to close and

lock the main cabin door immediately bef ore starting
engines.
Action:
Replace ENGINE START drill on Page 18-2-6 with the drill

overleaf.
o
o
..!:::
'-["
v .
Page 1 of 2
Jun
7/93
, ,
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAPA
SERiEs }200
o
N
o
o
UNFEATHER SELECTOR . . . . . . . OFF

##FEATHER LEVERS . . . . . . . . TEST/DOWN
TRIMS . . . . . . . FULL AND FREE/NEUTRAL
FLAPS SELECTOR
. . . .
RETD
EMERG HYD SELECTOR . . . .
. .NORMAL
HAND PUMP HANDLE . . .
. .STOWED
AVIONICS MASTERS
. . .
. . . OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
. . . . . . TEST/ARM
CABIN SIGNS . .
. . . . . . . . ON
CABIN LIGHTS
. . .
. . . AS REQUIRED
GENERATORS
. . . . . . . . . . OFF
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
BUS TIE RESET .
. . . . . . OUT
AC CONTROL . .
. . . . . . .NORMAL
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. . . . . . . . . . OFF
FUEL CROSSFEED
. . . . . . SHUT
##STALL PROTECTION . . .
. . . . TEST/ON
* SRL COMPUTERS . . . . . . . . . . . .ON
* TTL COMPUTERS . . . . . . . . .
. .ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES
. . .
. . . GND
SELECT & START SWITCHES . . . . . . . OFF
STOP & FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES
. . . OFF
MANUAL START RTY SELECTORS . . . .NORMAL
TTL TEST SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . OFF
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . .NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCHES .
. . . SHUT
HYD SWITCHES
. . . . . . . . . .OPEN
##LP COCKS
. . . . .
. . TEST/OPEN
STANDBY COMPASS . . . .
. CHECK
* C.A.P. PANEL . . .
. . . . CHECK/TEST
. . CHECK
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL . . .
WINDSHIELD ICE PROT
. . OFF
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY . .
. .STOWED
OXYGEN (RIGHT)
. . . TEST/ON
SEATS & RUDDER PEDALS . . . . . . .ADJUST
DEPARTURE BRIEFING
. . GIVEN
EFFECTIVITY
18-2-5
841 - 1000
Apr 15/89
BRIT7SH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
AFTER START
AIRFLOW SELECTORS .
. . AS REQUIRED
GENERATORS
. . .
BOTH ON LINE
BATT MASTER . . . .
. . . . INT/GUARDED
EXTERNAL POWER . . . . . . . . . . REMOVED
DC VOLTS . . . . .
. . . . . CHECK
AVIONICS MASTERS
. . . . . . BOTH ON
AC CONTROL SWITCH .
. . . .
NORMAL
##ESS INVERTER WARNING
. . .
TEST
. . .
. TEST/SHUT
FUEL CROSSFEED
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . . . . . . . TEST/ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES . . . . . .
. . . AIR
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . TEST/NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS . . .
AS REQUIRED
MAIN OXYGEN SYSTEM
. . ON/PRESSURE
AIRFRAME ICE PROT (IF REQD) . . . TEST/OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROT (IF REQD)
TEST/SET
ENG/ELEV ICE PROT (IF REQD) .
TEST/SET
WINDSHIELD ICE PROT . . CONFIRM AT WARM UP
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . . AS REQD
HYDRAULICS . . .
. MAIN/EMERG 2000 PSI
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET FOR T/O
NAV AIDS & RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . ON
TRANSPONDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
WX RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
# #CVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . . . . CHECK/NO FLAGS
COMPASSES . . .
. . . . . . . . COMPARE
ALTIMETERS . . . . . . . . . . SET/COMPARE
DV WINDOWS
. . . . . . . CLOSED/SECURE
EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . .
. . . AS REQUIRED
PROP START LOCKS
. . . . . . RELEASE
BRAKES . . . . . .
CHECK/1750 PSI
GROUND EQUIPMENT . . . .
. . CLEAR
C.A.P. & ELECTRICS . . . . . . . . . CHECK
AFTER START CHECKS
. . . COMPLETED
EFFECTIVITY:
800 - 840
18-2-7
May 15/91
B-T1SH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREA/tll
SERiES }200
TAXI
BRAKES . . . . .
. . . . . . . CHECK
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CHECK/NO FLAGS
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM SET FOR T/O
TRIMS . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . SET
SEATS/HARNESSES . . . . . . . . . . SECURE
SRL COMPUTERS . .
. . . . . . . ON
TTL COMPUTERS . .
. . . ON
PROP SYNCHRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
. . . CONFIRM ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . .
SHUT/NORMAL
FUEL CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
SPEEDS . . .
. . .
. . CONFIRM
BRIEFING . . . . . . . CONFIRM/UNDERSTOOD
PAX BRIEFING . . .
. . . . . . . . GIVEN
GUST LOCKS . . . .
RELEASE/FULLY DOWN
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROT . . . . . . . ON
STALL PROTECTION . . . . CONFIRM TESTED/ON
FLYING CONTROLS . . . . . . . FULL AND FREE
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . . ON/BLACK
OAT ABOVE MINUS lOC
NOT LESS THAN 5 MINS FROM WARM UP
OAT BELOW MINUS lOC
NOT LESS THAN 15 MINS FROM WARM UP
##APR O/RIDE & EGT COMP
. . . . . TEST/OFF
TAXI CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETED
CAUTION:
ENSURE THAT NO SNOW OR ICE

DEPOSITS HAVE ACCUMULATED ON WING
AND TAIL AREAS DURING PROLONGED
TAXI OR HOLD IN ICING CONDITIONS.
RUNWAY
CABIN CREW/PAX . . .
. . . . . WARNED
STOBE LIGHTS
. . . . . . .
ON
LANDING LIGHTS
. . .
. AS REQUIRED
OIL TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . WITHIN LIMITS
OIL COOLER FLAPS
. . . OPEN/AUTO SHUT
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . OFF
TRANSPONDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
FLOW SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RPM LEVERS . . . . . . . . FULLY ADVANCED
##TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . . . . . . . TEST
APR IF BEING USED . . . . . . . . ON/CHECK
RPMS
. . . . . .
. CHECK 100% ACHIEVED
SCHEDULED TORQUES . . . . . CHECK ACHIEVED
C.A.P. CAPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RUNWAY CHECKS . .
. . . . . . COMPLETED
18-2-8
May 15/91
EFFECTIVITY:
800 - 840
BIWTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SrniEs }200
AFTER START
CX)
co
'
")
o
o
AIRFLOW SELECTORS . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED

GENERATORS
. . . . .
BOTH ON LINE
BATT MASTER . . .
. . .
. INT/GUARDED
EXTERNAL POWER . . . . . . . . . . REMOVED
DC VOLTS . . . . . . . .
. . . . CHECK
AVIONICS MASTERS . . .
. . . . BOTH ON
AC CONTROL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . NORMAL
##ESS INVERTER WARNING
. . . . TEST
FUEL CROSSFEED
. . . . . .
TEST/SHUT
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. . .
. TEST/ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES . . .
. . . . . . AIR
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . TEST/NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS
AS REQUIRED
MAIN OXYGEN SYSTEM
ON/PRESSURE
AIRFRAME ICE PROT (IF REQD) . . . TEST/OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROT (IF REQD)
TEST/SET
ENG/ELEV ICE PROT (IF REQD) .
TEST/SET
WINDSHIELD ICE PROT . . . . .
. . . ON
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . . AS REQD
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . MAIN/EMERG 2000 PSI
FLAPS . . . . . . .
. . SET FOR T/O
NAV AIDS & RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . ON
TRANSPONDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
WX RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
# #CVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CHECK/NO FLAGS
COMPASSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPARE
ALTIMETERS . . . .
. . SET/COMPARE
DV WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . CLOSED/SECURE
EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
PROP START LOCKS . . .
. . . . RELEASE
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . CHECK/1750 PSI
GROUND EQUIPMENT . . . .
. . . . CLEAR
C.A.P. & ELECTRICS
. . . . . . . CHECK
AFTER START CHECKS . . . . . . . COMPLETED
EFFECTIVITY:
841 - 1000
18-2-7
May 15/91
BRITISH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs
J200
TAXI
BRAKES . . . . .
. . . . . . . . CHECK
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
. . . CHECK/NO FLAGS
FLAPS . . . . . .
CONFIRM SET FOR T/O
TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
. . . . . . SECURE
SEATS/HARNESSES . .
. . . . . . . . ON
SRL COMPUTERS . . .
TTL COMPUTERS .
. . .
. . . ON
PROP SYNCHRO
. . .
. . . OFF
. . . . . . CONFIRM ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
FUEL CROSSFEED
. . . SHUT/NORMAL
FUEL CONTENTS . . .
. . . . . . . CHECK
SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM
BRIEFING
. . .
CONFIRM/UNDERSTOOD
PAX BRIEFING . . .
. . . . . . . . GIVEN
GUST LOCKS . . . . . . RELEASE/FULLY DOWN
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROT . . . . . . . ON
STALL PROTECTION . . . . CONFIRM TESTED/ON
FLYING CONTROLS . . . . . . . FULL AND FREE
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . BLACK/WHITE
##APR O/RIDE & EGT COMP
. . . TEST/OFF
TAXI CHECKS . . . . .
. . . . COMPLETED
CAUTION:
ENSURE THAT NO SNOW OR ICE

DEPOSITS HAVE ACCUMULATED ON WING
AND TAIL AREAS DURING PROLONGED
TAXI OR HOLD IN ICING CONDITIONS.
RUNWAY
CABIN CREW/PAX
. . . . . WARNED
STO BE LIGHTS . . . . . . . .
.
ON
LANDING LIGHTS
. . . . AS REQUIRED
OIL TEMPERATURE
. . . . WITHIN LIMITS
OIL COOLER FLAPS
OPEN/AUTO SHUT
. . OFF
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . . . .
TRANSPONDER . .
.
. ON
. . . .
. OFF
FLOW SELECTORS .
. . . .
. .
FULLY ADVANCED
RPM LEVERS
TEST
##TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . . . . . .
. . . . ON/CHECK
APR IF BEING USED
RPMS . . . . . . . . . CHECK 100% ACHIEVED
SCHEDULED TORQUES
. . . CHECK ACHIEVED
. . . OFF
C.A.P. CAPTIONS . . . .
.
. . . . . . COMPLETED
RUNWAY CHECKS .
. . .
. .
.
. . .
18-2-8
May 15/91
. .
. .
. . . .
.
. .
EFFECTIVITY:
841 - 1000
f',J
o
e
V-
'
(X,
"
BR,TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SERiEs 1200
AFTER TAKE OFF

GEAR.
. UP
AT 500 FT ABOVE AIRFIELD LEVEL:FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETD

POWER RES SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLOW SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
RPM LEVERS . .
. . . .
. . . . . 97%
PROP SYNCHRO. . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN SIGNS . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
. . . . . OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMPS. . . .
OIL COOLER FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . SHUT
ALTIMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . COMPARED
CABIN ALTITUDE. . .
. . . SET FOR CRUISE
LANDING LIGHTS. . . . . . .
. . . OFF
AFTER TAKE OFF CHECKS .
. . COMPLETED
AT 18,000 FEET:ALTIMETERS . . .
.SET/COMPARED
AT 20,000 FEET
FUEL BOOST PUMPS.
ON
DES CENT
CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL. . . .
ALTIMETERS . . . . . .
DESTINATION/ALTERNATE WX.
DESCENT CHECKS . . . . . . .
. 1000 FT AAL
. . . COMPARED
. . . CHECKED
. COMPLETED
.J)
...!)
('/)
o
o
18-2-9
May 15/90
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200

;- ) '.,'
\' ', ,
1
''
'
APPROACH
APPROACH BRIEFING
. . . . . . . . GIVEN
FUEL CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . CHECKED
SPEEDS. . . . . .
. . . . . . . CONFIRM
CABIN SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN CREW/PAX. . .
. . . .
.WARNED
LANDING LIGHTS. .
. . . . . . . . . . ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS. .
. . . . . . . . . ON
FUEL CROSSFEED. . . . . . . . . SHUT/NORMAL
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE.
. .2000 PSI
PRESSURISATION. . .
. . . CHECK
NAV AIDS & RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
SEATS & HARNESS . . . .
. . . . . SECURE
APPROACH CHECKS .
. . . COMPLETED
LANDING
FLAPS . .
. . . . . . . . . . 10 DEG
GEAR. .
. . . . . . . DOWN/3 GREENS
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . .
.20 DEG
BRAKES . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . CHECK
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . OFF
PROP SYNCHRO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RPM LEVERS. . . . . . .
. .FLIGHT(l00%)
WX RADAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . OFF
FLOW SELECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . SET FOR LANDING
LANDING CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETED
BAULKED LANDING
POWER .
FLAPS .
LANDING
FLAPS .
. . . .
. . . . . . . . SET
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 DEG
GEAR. .
. .
UP
. . . . . .
. . . .RETD
RETURN TO AFTER TAKE-OFF DRILL
N
l.N
..::,,.
18-2-10
Jul 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
':DMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES OIVISION
PRESTWICK
TRANSMITTAL
?h~" " terial introduc~d in this Transmittal complies with BCAR's Chapter A7-3.
?he
chnical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certif ied as
:orrect.
Signed:G>"A~
3RITISH AEROSPACE (COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,
iIRLINES DIVISION, PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
No. DAI/1011/55
\YRSHIRE, KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.
. , , , , _ A.fllPOS,.IC:E
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
pyblication Ref
No.S~.4-3100/MOM/51.52.53.55.57.58,59,61
TEMPORARY REVZSZON 18 - 6
Location:
Insert in Chapter 18 with the text overleaf f acing

page 18-2-11
Reason:
Effective: Pre Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

. n
=e)
1"')
Action:
Replace the SHUT DOWN drills on page 18-2-11 with the

drills overleaf
o
o
N
Page 1 of 2
Oct 30/91
Bl'NTISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
AFTER LANDING
POWER LEVERS. . . . . . .
. GROUND IDLE
RPM LEVERS. .
. . . . . . . . . . . TAXI
GUST LOCKS. .
. .ENGAGE
BRAKE PRESSURE. .
. . . . CHECK
FLAPS . . . . .
. . .
. . . . .RETD
STROBE LIGHTS .
. . . . . . . . . . OFF
LAND/TAXI LIGHTS.
. AS REQUIRED
. . . . . OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMPS. . . . .
STALL PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OIL COOLER FLAPS.
. AS REQUIRED
AVIONICS MASTER SW . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
TRIMS . . . . . . . . . .
. . . NEUTRAL
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . . . . OFF
DV WINDOWS . . . . . . . RELEASE/AS REQUIRED
AFTER LANDING CHECKS . . . . . . . COMPLETED
SHUT DOWN
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . . . ON/700 PSI MIN
OIL CONTAM. . . . . . . .
. . . TEST/OFF
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION .
. . .
. OFF
. . . OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION.
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION .
. . . OFF
AUTO/MANUAL TEMP SELECTORS . . . . . . . OFF
.PARK/OFF
WIPERS. . . . . . . . . . . .
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . .
. . . OFF
RECIRC FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
. OFF
AVIONICS MASTERS. . . . . . .
LAND/LAND TAXI LIGHTS .
. . . . . . OFF
. . . . . OFF
GENERATORS. . . . . .
AIR/GND SWITCHES. . . . . . .
. GND
ENGINES . . . . . . .
. . . . . STOP
PROPELL~R START LOCKS
. . . . ENGAGE
BEACONS . . . . .
. . . OFF
NAV LIGHTS. . . . . . . . . .
. . . OFF
. IN POSITION
CHOCKS. . . . . . . . .
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE .
. AS REQUIRED
OXYGEN (LEFT & RIGHT) . . . .
. OFF
CABIN SIGNS . . .
. . . . . . . OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS. . . .
. . . . . OFF
BATT MASTER . . . . . . .
. . . . . OFF
CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . PULL AS REQUIRED
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH(VESTIBULE) . . NORMAL
SHUT DOWN CHECKS . . . . . . . . . COMPLETED
'
'
18-2-11
Dec 1/88
BRIT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 1200

SHUT DOWN
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . .ON/700 PSI MIN
LAND TAXI LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . OFF
AVIONICS MASTERS . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEFT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . . . . OFF
LEFT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTOR . . . . .
OFF
. . . . OFF
LEFT AIR/GND SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . GND
LEFT GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEFT ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
LEFT PROPELLER START LOCKS . . . ENGAGE
RIGHT GENERATOR . . . . .LESS THAN 300 AMPS
DOOR. . . . . . .OPEN WHEN PROP STOPPED
CABIN SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
SHUT DOWN CHECKS . . . . . . . COMPLETED
PRE-START
. . COMPLETED
LOADING/UNLOADING . . .
DOOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEFT PROP START LOCK.
. . . ENGAGED
LEFT POWER LEVER . . . . GROUND START
LEFT RPM LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . TAXI
BEACONS . . . . . . . . . .
. . ON
LEFT FUEL BOOST PUMP.
. .ON
LEFT SRL COMPUTER . . . .
. .ON
EGT . . . . . .
. . LESS THAN 2 OO DEG C
CLEAR TO START
. . . CONFIRMED
LEFT ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . START
POWER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . GND IDLE
ENGIN? INSTRUMENTS
NORMAL/BETA ON
GO TO AFTER START CHECKS.
18-2-12
May 1/88
-nflHA~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
f'# .

PRE-START
LOADING/UNLOADING . . . . .
COMPLETED
DOOR
. . . . CLOSE ANO LOCK
DOOR
. . . . . . . . CONFIRM LOCKED
FROM INSIDE
LEFT PROP START LOCK . . .
ENGAGED
LEFT POWER LEVER
. GROUND START
LEFT RPM LEVER . . TAXI
BEACONS . . . . .
. ON
LEFT FUEL BOOST PUMP . . . . ON
LEFT SRL COMPUTER . . . ON
EGT . . . . . .
LESS THAN 200 DEG C
CLEAR TO START . . . . . . CONFIRMED
LEFT ENGINE . .
. . . . . . . . START
POWER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . GND !OLE
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS . . . . NORMAL/BETA ON
,' \ j
GO TO AFTER START CHECKS.
Page 2 of 2
Jun
7/93
BIWTl$N
...._,...,ClF
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
.--------------------------------------------...i~
Thi rev1s1on coaplie with Britih Civil Airworthine Requireaents, Section A
Chapter A7-3.
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAHD
Signed
~
l ..
q<J
7 ~
Date
Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,53,54,55,57,58,59,60,61,

62,63,64,266,267,269,270.
Location:
Insert in Chapter 18 with the page overleaf facing Page

18-2-12.
Reason:
To introduce a requirement for flight crew to close and

lock the main cabin door immediately before starting
left engine.
Action:
Replace SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND PRE-START drill with the

drill overleaf.

amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthineee
Requiremente, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certif ied by an
Page 1 of 2
Jun
7/93
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTRIEAi!JJ1Vi!
SERiEs
}200
CHAPTER
19.
MINIMUM
EQUIPMENT
LIST
Before the aircraft may be f lown with equipment inoperative an

approved Minirnum Equipment List should be established with the
Federal Aviation Administration.
Copies of the appropriate Master Minimum Equipment List are
available on application to any FAA Flight Standards District
Off ice
r-.J
-,..,
C.J
::__;i
(.)
~--
CHAP 19. MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST

Page 1/2
Jul 15/89
,/''.~f~
c-c''
..
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
(; . ...
CHAPTER
20.
LIST
GROUND
OF
HANDLING
CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION .
20-1-1
TOWING . . .
20-2-1
PARKING & MOORING
. . 20-3-1
ELECTRICS
. 20-4-1
FUEL . . . .
. 20-5-1
HYDRAULICS .
. 20-6-1
LANDING GEAR . .
. 20-7-1
. . 20-8-1
ENGINE OIL .
. 20-9-1
HOAR FROST
'
N
'
o
o
CHAPTER 20.
CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Dec 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
Srnies J200

. -'f;
''
LIST
OF
CHAPTER
LIST OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE
GROUND
20.
PAGES
HANDLING
Dec 1/88
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Dec 15/89

~
.,
::i
-s
.S
e:
.:
a.
I")
CJ'.
N
o
o
20-1-1
20-1-2
20-2-1
20-2-2
20-2-3
20-2-4
20-2-5/6
20-3-1
20-3-2
20-3-3
20-3-3 GREEN
20-3-4
20-3-5
20-3-6
20-3-7
20-3-8
20-4-1
20-4-2
20-4-3/4
20-5-1
20-5-2
20-5-3
20-5-4
20-5-5
20-5-6
May
May
May
May
May
May
Aug
Nov
May
May
Jul
May
May
May
May
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
May
Apr
May
May
Aug
May
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88.
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
20-5-7/8
20-6-1
20-6-2
20-6-3/4
20-7-1/2
20-8-1/2
20-9-1
20-9-2
20-9-3
20-9-4
20-9-5/6
May 1/88
May 1/88
May 1/88
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
May
May
May
Aug
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
CHAPTER 20.

Page 1/2
Dec 15/89
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs }200
CHAPTER
GROUND
1.
20
HANDLING
INTRODUCTION
This Chapter includes serv1c1ng inf ormation that may be

required by the Flight Crew when operating away f rom home
base. For more detailed information refer to the Jetstream
3200 Maintenance Manual.
20-1-1
May 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
28V OC GROUND
SUPPLY PLUG
VENTTANKWATER
DRAINVALVE
BRAKE ACCUMULATOR
SERVICING POINT
WING TANK WATER

DRAIN V AL VES
VENTTANK WATER
DRAINVALVE
..;._
FUEL TANK FILLER CAP
WATER METHANOL
ACCESS PANEL
FUEL TANK FILLER CAP
A/0/018
SERVICING
Fig. 1
20-1-2
May 1/88
POINTS
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
TOWING
l.
GENERAL
The aircraf t is towed or reversed using a towing arm
connected as shown in Fig. l. A steering arm can be used
during manual manoeuvring of the aircraft (Fig. 2).
The nosewheel can be rotated through 360 and, when at 90 to
the aircraft centre line, the aircraft can be turned within
the 52 feet (15.85m) wing span. Fer towing radii refer to
Fig. 3.
The recomrnended towing speed under normal conditions is 5
mile/hr . . (8 Km/Hr) and the maximum gradient must not exceed 1
in 6 ( 17%).
A competent person must be positioned on the flight deck to
operate the aircraft brakes. Comrnunication between tractor
driver and brake man must be established befare comrnencing
towing operations.
Navigation/strob lights must be switched on when moving the
aircraft at night.
2.
AIRCRAFT TOWING
2.1
Towing Limitations
'
Maximum towing loads applied to the nosewheel leg must

not exceed the following:-
Towing
o
o
CO
or pushing straight
4400 lbf (19.6
KN)
Towing with nosewheel at 45
2200 lbf
9.8
KN)
Towing or pushing straight,

ene tyre f lat
2640 lbf (11.7
KN)
Towing or pushing wi th nosewheel at 45, ene tyre f lat
1320 lbf
5.9
KN)
20-2-1
May 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
TROLLEY ASSEMBLY
EYE END
TOWING VEHICLE BAR
DETAILB
TURNBUTTON ASSEMBL Y
SHEAR PIN
DETAl~A
A/0/011
TOWING
Fig. 1
20-2-2
May 1/88
ARM
BRITISH AEROs-cE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200
..
LANYARD PIN ASSEMBLY

FOR SECURING TO NOSE
WHEEL TOWING LUG
LANYARD PIN ASSEMBL Y FOR

SECURING ARM IN EXTENDED
ANO RETRACTED POSITION
HOLE FOR SECURING ARM

IN RETRACTED POSITION
Al01020
STEERING ARM
Fig. 2
20-2-3
May 1/88
l!IRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
RADll WITH NOSE WHEELS

AT 45',WHEN TOWING OR
STEERING
NOSE WHEEL RADll TOWING
RAOll WITH NOSE WHEELS

AT 90',WHEN MANUALL Y
MANOEUVERED
STEERING
o
o
..s::a
'N
WING TIP PATH,AIRCRAFT
BEING TOWED OR STEERED.
NOSE WHEELS AT 45'
TURNING CIRCLES
WING TIP PATH,AIRCRAFT

BEING MANUALL Y MANOEUVEREO,
NOSE WHEELS A T 90'
A/0/021
TURNING
CIRCLES
Fig. 3
20-2-4
May 1/88
BRn7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

_:/,'. ~('(~
. '
2.2 Towing Aircraft

WARNING:
..
ENSURE THAT MAIN AND NOSE LANDING GEAR GROUND

LOCKS ARE FITTED PRIOR TO AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT.
Special Tools and Equipment
Towing Arm
Part No. 03748P401
Shear Pins
Part No. 03748P27
Qty 5
2.2.1
Attach the towing arm to the nose leg integral

fitting located above the upper torque link.
2.2.2
Connect the towing arm to the tractor.
2.2.3
Check that brake accumulator pressure is a

minimum 700 psi. If necessary, raise system
pressure with the handpump.
2.2.4
Station a competent brake operator on the

f light deck.
2.2.5
Position an observer at each wing tip and at

the rear of the aircraft.
2.2.6
Establish suitable communication between the

brake operator and the tractor driver.
2.2.7
If towing aircraft at night select BATT MASTER

switch to INT and navigation/strobe lights to ON.
2.2.8
Release brakes and tow aircraft steadily at a

speed not exceeding 5 mile/hr (8 Km/Hr).
2.2.9
On arrival at parking position, centralise the

nose landing gear and set the EMERGENCY/PARKING
brake to ON. If necessary, raise system pressure
using the handpump.
2.2.10 Position chocks front and rear of the main and

nose wheels.
2.2.11 Disconnect the towing arm.
2.2.12 Switch off the navigation/strobe lights (if used)
and BATT MASTER.
20-2-5/6
Aug 1/88
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
PARKING
l.
AND
MOORING
GENERAL
When parking or mooring the aircraft, position nose into wind
wherever possible and centralise the nosewheel.
Select the
parking brake to ON.
Fit ground locks as soon as possible after landing.
Remove
only for maintenance tasks and pre take-off engine start.
Covers and blanks are provided f or protection of external
components, intakes and openings.
Gust locks are provided to lock the control surf aces in the
neutral position.
Danger areas due to propeller wash, engine exhaust and
propeller noise are shown in Fig. l.
2.
AIRCRAFT PARKING (Fig. 2)

2.1
Check that indicated brake accumulator pressure of 700

psi shows on gauge (NLG Compartment, RH side). If
necessary, raise system pressure by handpump.
2.2
Fit ground locks (Fig. 3).
2.3
Move aileron, elevator and rudder controls to

approximately neutral. Set GUST LOCK operating lever
(pilots control console, RH side) to IN. Move pilots
control handwheel and rudder pedals until locks engaged.
2.4
Position aircraft nose into wind and centralise the

nosewheel.
2.5
Select PARKING/EMERGENCY brake to ON.
2.6
Position chocks front and rear of main and nose wheels.
2.7
Fit protective covers and blanks as required (Fig. 4).
())
20-3-1
-Nov 15/89
-77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAJW
SeRiES J200
45~45
ENGINE NOISE
2SOFT
(76.2M)
-o
N
o
o
'
U'1
A/0/022
DANGER
20-3-2
May 1/88
AREAS
Fig. 1
-Tr.IH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200

PILOTS CONTROL
PEDESTAL
''-:{
,I;
HANOBRAKE HANOLE INCORPORATING

SQUEEZE RELEASE TRIGGER
GUSTLOCK
OPERATING LEVER
C/1102'
BRAKE ACCUMULATOR GAUGES
WHEEL BRAKE ACCUMULATORS

AIR/NITROGEN CHARGING VALVES
ANO AIR/NITROGEN PRESSURE GAUGE
A/01025
AIRCRAFT PARKING
Fig. 2
20-3-3
May 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies 'J200
{~:;~~~~:;
..
WARNING PENNANT
LEFT ANO RIGHT

MAIN LANOING GEAR GROUNO LOCK
..!....
~
:;
:;
...
':['
Cll
~\
LOCKING PIN -
WARNING PENNANT
NOSE lANOONG GEAR GROUNO WC<
1
A/0/021
(
~
LANDING
GEAR
GROUND
Fig. 3
20-3-4
May 1/88
LOCKS
'
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
WINDSHIELD COVER
STATIC VENT BUNG

(2 SETS)
PITOT HEAD COVER
(20FF)
MAIN WHEEL COVER

(20FF)
PROP.COVER
CAU INTAKE ANO

EXHAUST BUNG (2 OFF)
JET PIPE BLANK
ENGINE COVER
A/01023
PROTECTIVE
COVERS
AND
BLANKS
Fig. 4
20-3-5
May 1/88
BRITISH AEROSIWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs l200
3.
COVERS AND BLANKS (Fig. 4)

It is recorcunended that pitot head covers, static vent bungs,
engine air intake blanks and jet pipe blanks are fitted when
the aircraft is parked. They should be removed only for
maintenance and when engines are to be run.
Other covers, if available, should be fitted in adverse
weather conditions or if the aircraft is to stand outside for
a prolonged period.
Protective covers and blanks are available as follows:3.1
Supplied with each aircraft.

Static Vent Bungs
Pitot Head Covers
Jet Pipe Blanks
Cold Air Unit (CAU) Intake and Exhaust Bungs
3.2
Supplied.as required by the aircraft manufacturer.

Engine Covers
Windshield Cover
Nose and Main Wheel Covers
Propeller covers
20-3-6
May 1/88
BR/TNYI AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
1200
4.
AIRCRAFT MORING
CAUTION:
l.
WHEN WIND SPEEDS IN EXCESS OF 65 KNOTS ARE

EXPECTED, THE AIRCRAFT MUST BE PLACED IN A
HANGAR.
2.
THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE MOORED IN ICY OR

SLIPPERY SURFACES.
Mooring is not necessary in windspeeds up to 40 Knots {46

mile/hr, 74 Km/Hr) provided that:4.1
The aircraft is parked nose into wind.
4.2
Fuel tanks are full.
4.3
Gust locks
4.4
Nose and main wheels are chocked front and rear (see
Fig. 5).
4.5
Parking brake is set to ON.
4.6
All windows and doors are closed.
4.7
Ground locks are fitted.
4.8
Protective covers and blanks are fitted.
are engaged.
When wind speeds of between 40 knots and 65 knots (75 mile/hr,

120 Km/hr) are expected, in addition to the above conditions,
the aircraft must also be moored to a sound anchorage.
o
l:O
o
o
o
Secure f rom wing STN 145 and the main and nose landing gear
using 2 ia (50.8mm) circumference nylon rope (Fig. 5).
20-3-7
May 1/88
llRfTISH .11.11R05PACE
JETSTREA/111_
1200
SERlE5
MANUfACTURERSOPERATING MANUAi, PART 1
OETAILB
TYPICAL KNOT
(lWO HALF HITCHES)
O~OCKS
OETAILB
MAIN 1..EG MOORING
2 IN (52mm} LASHING
ROPE A T A\..L POINTS
DETAil A
NOSE LEG MOORING
A!RCRAFT MOOR!NG
Fig. 5
20-3-8
MaY 1/88
A/0/027
BRT77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
GROUND
HANDLING
ELECTRICS
l.
GENERAL
CAUTION:
AIRCRAFT BATTERIES SHOULD BE MOVED TO A WARMER

ENVIRONMENT IF IT IS INTENDED TO PARK THE AIRCRAFT,
FOR A PERIOD OF 12 HOURS OR MORE, AT TEMPERATURES
BELOW -25C.
A 28v de ground socket is located on the LH side of the nose

fuselage (Fig. 1).
Note: The ground power supply used for engine starting must
produce 28v de, at 1,000 amps minimum load, with negligible
voltage drop and overvoltage protection.
The following de voltage limitations apply:
2.
27-29v de.
BATTERIES
The aircraft batteries are located in the nose equipment bay.
Doors on either side of the upper section give access to the
bay.
3.
'
L l
ENERGISE AIRCRAFT DC BUSBARS

Batteries are not normally to be used for Maintenance Checks.
WARNING:
<....~
BEFORE ENERGISING AIRCRAFT DC BUSBARS ENSURE THAT THE

LANDING GEAR SELECTOR LEVER IS IN THE DOWN POSITION.
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1
Ensure that flap selector position agrees with

actual flap position, making due allowance for
the flaps sagging.
3.1.2
Check that all consurner loads are switched OFF.
20-4-1
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSF'ACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
..
DETAIL'A'
GENERATORCONTROLUNIT
ANO INVERTER RELA YS
..
CONTROLBOX
28vGROUNDSUPPLY PLUG
No1 INVERTER
MAIN EAP.TH PO!NT
N
ACCESS PANEL
...
DETAil 'A'
No2 INVERTER
B/11028X
ELECTRICAL
20-4-2
Aug 1/88
COMPONENTS
Fig. 1
LOCATION
o
o
LANDING GEAR DOOR
BRITTSH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
,,,.,;
r:
:~
"'. '-.).
,-,
J200
3. l. 3
Check that the BATT MASTER switch is set to OFF.
3.1.4
Ensure that the battery busbar circuit breaker is

closed.
3.1.5
Ensure that the MASTER ELECTRICS switch is set to

NORMAL.
..
3.2 Using Interna! Batteries

3.2.1
Complete the operations detailed in 3.1
3.2.2
Set the BATT MASTER switch to INT to energise the

essential busbar only.
3.2.3
Set the VOLTS switch to BATT BUS and check that

voltage is not less than 24v de.
3.3 Using External Power Supply

3.3.1
Complete the operations detailed in
3.3.2
Ensure Ground Power does not exceed 29V de. Then

connect the external power supplyto the aircraft
ground supply socket (Fig. 1).
3.3.3
Select VOLTS switch to GROUND POWER.
3.3.4
Check that supply voltage does not ex:ceed 29v de.
3.3.5
Select BATT MASTER switch to GND.
3.3.6
Select VOLTS switch to BATT BUS, check that voltmeter reading is greater than 24v de.
3.3.7
Select VOLTS switch to ~.AIN BUS, check that voltmeter reading agrees with supply voltage output
(normally 0.5 greater than the reading in para
3.3.4).
UI
I""')
I""')
--oo
--
3.1.
20-4-3/4
Aug 1/88
BRIT/SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
Seaies }200
FUEL
1.
REFUELLING
1.1
Earth refuelling vehicle/hydrant or fuel container.
1.2
Remove rnoisture frorn vicinity of filler cap(s)

(Fig. 1).
1.3
Support fuelling nozzle to avoid damage to filling

orifice.
1.4
Move fuelling hose clear of leading edges to prevent

damage to de-icing boots.
1.5
Use recomrnended fuels only.
1.6
Energise aircraft de busbars (see Section 20-4-1).
1.7
Check contents in each tank to ascertain required fuel

load.
1.8
Drain sarnple frorn water drains and check for water

content and contamination (see paragraph 2).
1.9
Comply with company/airline fuelling precautions.
1.10 Remove filler cap(s) from tanks to be refuelled.

Connect refuelling hose bonding lead to bonding socket,
outboard of filler cap.
L.(')
o
L()
o
o
--
1.11 Refuel as required.

1.12 Check contents of each tank using flight deck gauges;
check fuel supplied to aircraft agrees with supply from
fuelling vehicle/hydrant or container(s).
20-5-1
May 1/88
-TISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs 'J200
{re. .1:>,~'. e
'
1.13
Fit and lock filler cap(s).
1.14
After fuel has settled (at least 20 min), drain a sample

from tank cell No.l water drain valve and check for water
content (see paragraph 2).
1.15
De-energise aircraft de busbars.
1.16
Disconnect earthing (if required).
'
UNLOCKED POSITION
LOCKED POSITION
LATCHES
.....
OUTBOARD~
-.......____
RIB STN 295
o
o
N
o
N
o
F/1/0341
FUEL
20-5-2
Apr 15/89
TANK FILLER
Fig. 1
CAP
BRl77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
FUEL (cent)
2.
WATER DRAIN CHECK

Water drain valves (Fig. 2) are located in each wing fuel tank
cell No.1, cell No.2, vent tank and adjacent t the crossfeed
cock.
Special tools and equipment
Fuel drain tool
(Fuel/vent tanks)
2.1
o
"""'
l.()
o
o
o
Part No.
0379088P401
Drain a sample from each fuel/vent tank drain valve as

follows:
2.1.1
Using the special drain tool, Part No.0379088P401,

insert the Phillips bit into the drain valve.
Push upwards (towards wing) and turn drain valve
through 90 either way.
2.1.2
Keeping pressure on drain tool allow fluid to flow

down drin tool and collect fluid-in a suitable
glass beaker.
2.1.3
Check fluid in beaker for water content and

continue to operate drain valve till such time as
water free fuel is obtained.
2.1.4
Turn drain valve through 90 in either direction

until drain valve drops and is flush with drain
valve casing.
Pre flight water drain check must be performed

af ter refuelling and where an aircraft has been static
for 24 hours after refuelling.
Note:
( \J
20-5-3
May 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
Senies J200
2.2
Drain a sample from crossfeed pipe drain valve as

follows:
2.2.1
Remove valve dust cap.
2.2.2
Using screwdriver, depress valve stem and hold

until drain container is full, then release valve
stem.
2.2.3
Fit valve cap.
Pre-flight water check of crossfeed pipe must be

performed if aircraft has been static for seven days.
Note:
'O'RING
LOCATION OF DRAIN VALVES

IN RIGHT WING-LEFT SIMILAR
o
o
o
U1
DRAIN VALVE EXTENDED FOR

'O' RING SEAL REPLACEMENT
WATER
20-5-4
May 1/88
DRAIN VALVES
Fig. 2
o
e.o
Fll/032
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
2.3
Check Main Accumulator Pressure and Inflate

Open access panel and operate the pressure release
valve to exhaust main hydraulic system pressure.
2.3.2
Note ambient temperature and check that the

pressure gauge reading is I.A.W. temperature/
inflation readings in Table l.
2.3.3
To nflate, remove the dust cap, connect air/

nitrogen supply and replenish as required to
correct pressure.
2.3.4
Disconnect air/nitrogen supply and refit the dust

cap.
TEMPERATURE
INFLATION PRESSURE
psi
C
-26
-15
+15
+20
+30
+45
+60
o
L.(')
..
2.3.1
377
395
418
442
450
466
490
513
bar
21
22
23
25
25
26
27
28
25.99
27.24
28.82
30.48
32.03
32.13
33.70
35.37
1.45
1.52
1.59
1.65
1.72
1.79
1.86
1.93
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE/ACCUMULATOR
INFLATION PRESSURE
TABLE 1
o
'
o
o
20-6-3/4
Aug 1/88
BRl77SH AERDSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
HOAR
..
1.
FROST,
SNOW
AND
ICE
REMOVAL
GENERAL
WARNING: l. WEAR GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
2. STAND UPWIND WHEN APPLYING DE-ICING FLUID.
3. USE A SERVICING STAND WHENEVER POSSIBLE OR USE
SERVICING MATS AND WEAR SAFETY BELTS.
:.:
:;)
=
=
4. TAKE ALL OTHER SUITABLE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT
PERSONAL INJURY ON SLIPPERY SURFACES.
e:
't:
s.
CAUTION:
THE REMOVAL OF HOAR FROST, SNOW OR ICE BEFORE

AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE DOES NOT PREVENT FURTHER
ACCRETION PRIOR TO TAKE-OFF.
IF SURFACES ARE TO BE BRUSHED, EARTH THE AIRCRAFT.
After clearance of snow from surfaces, check that the

following are clear of snow/&lush:1.1 All air intakes
1.2 Control surface hinges
1.3 Gaps between wing trailing edge shroud and flaps and
ailerons
1.4 Gaps between horizontal stabiliser and elevators
1.5 Gaps between rudder and vertical stabiliser
1.6 Wheel brakes
-o
1.7 Static vents
1.8 Nosewheel doors
1.9 Pitot heads
1.10 Stall vanes
20-9-1
Aug 1/88
BRITISN AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
2.
SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2.1
Power Operated De-icing Trolley

Of adeguate fluid capacity and capable of delivering
heated fluid through spray lances.
2.2
Ground Servicing Stands

To enable an operator to direct spray onto aerof oil
surfaces.
.:,
~
~
;[
3.
.."'
'" :
DE-ICING FLUIDS
;:/'
': e:
CAUTION:
l.
KILFROST G17 HOAR FROST REMOVER MUST NOT BE

HEATED.
2.
TO PREVENT OVERHEATING TRANSPARENT PANELS DO

NOT SPRAY EXCESSIVELY.
3.
TEMPERATURE OF FLUID APPLIED TO WNG SURFACES

MUST NOT EXCEED 80c (176F).
4.
3.1
i. "'
REDUCE TEMPERATURE OF FLUID TO 60C (140F) IF

SPRAY RATE PER LANCE EXCEEDS 10 UK GAL/MIN (12
US GAL/MIN, 45.5 LITRES/MIN).
For Temperatures Down to -30C (-22F)

Kilfrost DC-2A (DTD 900/4907)
Kilfrost G17 hoar frost remover (DTD 900/4031)
3.2
Fer Temperatures Below -30C

Kilfrost DC-2A (DTD 900/4907)
Kilfrost Arctic (DTD 900/4351)
3.3
For Windshield De-Icing
o
o
Ul
Kilfrost 63A (DTD 900/4050)

TKS aircraft de-icing fluid
20-9-2
May 1/89
'
B#NT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
4.
REMOVE HOAR FROST

Before proceeding refer to the CAUTION in para 3.
4.1
Spray affected surfaces with a hot diluted solution of

approximately 50% de-icing fluid and 50% water. Below
-30C concentration of de-icing fluid should be increased
to 60%/40% or 70%/30%/.
If heated fluid is unavailable, use cold undiluted fluid.
4.2
5.
Under severe frost-forming conditions, after de-icing,

give a further light application of concentrated fluid to
ensure the maximum hold-over period.
REMOVE SLEET AND FREEZING RAIN

CAUTION:
AFTER SPRAYING, THOROUGHLY EXAMINE ALL SURFACES.

ICE FORMED BY FREEZING RAIN CAN BE DIFFICULT TO SEE
UNDER DE-ICING FLUID.
Before proceeding refer to the CAUTION in para 3.

Spray with undiluted de-icing fluid, hot if possible.
6.
REMOVE DRY SNOW

CAUTION:
HOT AIR BLASTS MUST NOT BE USED NEAR WINDOWS.

EXTREME CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO OVERHEATING OF PAINTED
SURFACES, RUBBER, GLASS, ACRYLIC OR GLASS FIBRE,
HYDRAULIC PIPE LINES, GREASED OR OILED SURFACES.
Refer to the CAUTION in para 1 before proceeding.

lf)
o
o
o
6.1
Remove the snow by either brushing or applying a cold air

blast. Take care not to trap snow in control surface
gaps and hinges.
6.2
If ambient temperature is above freezing, remove snow by

applying a hot air blast. Spray cleared surfaces with
diluted de-icing fluid.
20-9-3
May 1/88
BRl77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
MANUFACTURE.AS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
7.
8.
REMOVE WET SNOW

7.1
Remove snow with rubber squeegees taking care that snow/

slush is not trapped in control surface gaps and hinges.
7.2
Clear any ice that has formed under the snow by spraying
with hot diluted de-icing fluid.
REMOVE FROZEN SNOW AND ICE FILMS

8.1
Clear loose snow thenapply a heavy spray of hot diluted

de-icing fluid (50% fluid, 50% water).
8.2
Brush the snow as the fluid is being applied to assist in

breaking up the deposit and retain the fluid on the
deposit.
When frozen deposits have been removed, give a final
light spray to keep surfaces clear for a further period.
If heated fluid is not available, use cold undiluted
fluid.
8.3
Refer to the CAUTION in paragraph 6 before proceeding.

If ambient temperature is above zero, use ducted hot air
blasts to disperse any ice. Brush off or mop up water
resulting from melted ice as soon as possible.
9.
WINDSHIELD DE-ICING
Lightly spray the windshield with de-icing fluid H63A.
smearing occurs wipe clear with a warm damp cloth.
10.
If
ANTI-ICING
If meteorological reports predict freezing rain or heavy hoar
frost deposits, an anti-icing spray of hot or cold concentrated Kilfrost DC-2A will give long term protection. If
precipitation is extremely heavy any deposits will have little
adhesion to the surfaces. They can be removed with a light
spray of hot diluted fluid.
20-9-4
May 1/88
,.....,..,
n..l_,
. ,..
o
o
~~::
'
u;'l
00
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREAIW
SERES
1200
11.
REMOVE SALT OR CHEMICAL AGENTS

CAUTION:
DO NOT USE HIGH PRESSURE WATER, DAMAGE TO ELECTRICAL

EQUIPMENT AND LUBRICATED COMPONENTS MAY RESULT.
Special Tools and Equipment

Wetting Agent
Emulsion Cleaner
Teepol Comprex A
11.1 Dispersal Agent Removal

Where contamination has occurred on the aircraft
structure due to airfield snow or ice dispersal with salt
or chemical melting agents, proceed as follows:
11.1.1
Wash affected areas with clean water as soon as

possible. Add a wetting agent, if available, in
small quantities.
11.1.2
When time or conditions prevent removal of

contamination at out-stations, make a record in
the A!RCRAFT TECH LOG. Appropriate action can
then be taken en return to base. Routine
cleaning with an emulsion cleaner will generally
be found suff icient.
1.tl'
O"
'
C.l
20-9-5/6
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
Note: l. Particular attention must be given to cleanliness

under all conditions, especially when refuelling in
rain or snow and when refuelling f rom barrels or
containers.
2. If fuel fails to drain, the reason must be found.
3. Initially a sample may be cloudy due to aeration and
will clear in a short time.

A perfectly clear sample
must be checked and must be free from large quantities
of water, dirt, rust, sediment or particles in
suspension. However, a few drops of water may
normally be expected to appear at the bottom of each
sample.
3
DEFUELLING
For fuel load adjustment defuel as required from tank filler
caps using either a fuelling vehicle or hydrant suction.
Complete defuelling is achieved by using the tank drain valves
(located inside the underwing access panels) and water drain
valves in tank cells No.1 and 2.
Fuel should be drained directly into containers or by
connecting a fuelling vehicle or hydrant to the tank drain
valve and applying suction.
To defuel proceed as follows:
3 .1 As_certain fuel load required.
3.2 Comply with company/airline fuelling precautions.

3.3 Earth the aircraft, fuelling vehicle/hydrant or
containers.
3.4 Drain a sample from the water drain valves and check
for
water content.
20-5-5
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
3.5
Remove tank filler cap(s).
3.6
Remove underwing inboard access panels for access to the

tank drain valves and remove prot~ctive covers.
3.7
Connect outlets to fuelling vehicle/hydrant or containers

and set valve to OPEN.
3.8
Off-load fuel from each tank as required.
3.9
Drain residual fuel through the water drain valves,

paragraph 2.
Note: If the tanks are to be drained to unusable fuel level,

carry out operations 3.1 to 3.8, then add 1 ga+ (1.2 u.s. gal,
4.55 litres) of fuel to each tank.
3.10 Set fuel drain valve to SHUT and fit protective covers.
3.11 Refit underwing inboard access panels.
3.12 Fit and lock filler cap(s) .
. 3.13 Disconnect
e~rthing.
o
o
o
-o
U1
20-5-6
May 1/88
BRrT7SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREA~
SERiES
..
'J200
'f;.:
'..;- :.--
RETAINER
RING MAGNET
FUEL CONTENTS
U/WING INOICATORS
lb
kg
,.. o
J35
152
370
168
420
191
475
215
A
T
535
243
610
277
700
311
INDICATDR
1
N
o
1
e
... END
765
347
,.. o
155
Jll
o
1
e
A
T
o
R
,..
1
N
915
415
910
445
1045
474
STOWAGE
1115
506
LATCH
1170
531
1195
542
565
...
1245
1295
587
1345
610
1365
619
1435
651
1485
674
... END
1525
692
FULL
1624
717
SEALED TUBE
... END
... END
FLOA T MAGNET
---~~~
SECTION THROUGH WING
VISUAL CHECK VIA FILLER CAP

ALL FIGURES ARE PER WIHG
ANO FOR AVTUR ONLY
[oo!c:H~o!oo:Q]
DIAGRAM
VIEW FROM UNDERWING
MAGNETIC
FUEL
LEVEL
Fili030X
INDICATORS
Fig. 4
20-5-7/8
Aug 1/88
BRITISH AEROSF'ACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
HYDRAULICS
l.
GENERAL
1.1
Data
Tank Capacity:
1.2
Specification
Hydraulic Fluid:
2.
u.s.
OM-15
MIL-H-5606
Check Reservoir Contents (Fig. 1)

2.1.1
Ensure landing gear is DOWN, flaps are UP and nose

wheel is CENTRAL.
2.1.2
Open access panel and operate pressure release

valve, on hydraulic service panel, to release main
hydraulic system pressure.
2.1.3
Operate wheel brakes to depressurise brakes NORMAL

accumulator. Check MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure
gauge (on pilots lower centre panel) reads zero.
2.1.4
Operate handbrake to depressurise brakes EMERGENCY

accumulator. Check EMERG SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure
gauge reads zero.
2.1.5
Check fluid level on reservoir sight glass in the

FULL sector. If below FULL replenish as in 2.2
l )
U.K.
DTD585,
SYSTEM SERVICING
2.1
o
o
o
2.6 UK gal (3.12 US gal, 11.82 litres)
2.2
Replenish Reservoir (Fig. 1)
2.2.1
Check reservoir contents as in 2.1.
20-6-1
May 1/88
BR#TISHAE~E
JETSTREANI
SERES
l200
2.2.2
Unscrew reservoir filler cap two turns, to dissipate

residual air pressure, then remove. DO NOT remove
fluid strainer from filler neck.
2.2.3
Replenish with oil MIL-H-5606 to FULL level.
2.2.4
Check that filler cap seal is undamaged.
2.2.5
Refit and tighten filler cap.
TO CHECK HYDRAULIC TANK CONTENTS

& ACCUMULATOR PRESSURES OPERATE
PRESSURE RELEASE BUTION IN ACCOROANCE
~f~C::i:S::::t:;t::~~C::::::~~~~~WITH MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MAIN ACCUMULATOR
PRESSURE GAUGE
PRESSU RE RE LE ASE VAL VE......__
BUTTON-
HYDRAULIC FLUID LEVEL

SIGHTGLASS
-o
o
o
U1
A/01031
HYDRAULIC
20-6-2
May 1/88
SERVICE
Fig. 1
PANEL
BIWTISH AEROSPACE
dETSTREANI
SERiES J200
LANDING
l.
GEAR
TYRES
Use nitrogen only for inflation. Pressure loss rnust not

exceed 5% of inf lation pressure during a 24 hour period.
Dry air rnay be used if suitable inert gases are not
available. When dry air is used it rnust be recorded in the
aircraft Tech Log. At the earliest opportunity or within 25
flying hours, whichever is sooner, the tyre rnust be purged in
accordance with the Maintenance Manual.
Note:
After landing, tyre pressures will rise due to brake

heat transfer. If duration of stop does not allow time for air
in the tyre to cool, allowance must be rnade when checking the
tyre pressures.
Note:
Tyre pressures are given in the following table:-
Tyre
psi
Nosewheel
44 2
Mainwheels
86 2
-o
o
20-7-1/2
Aug 1/88
-77SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200
ENGINE
l.
OIL
GENERAL
1.1
Oil Tank Capacity

Refer to Page 6-1-6, Engine Essential Data
1.2
Approved engine oils
:::>
.e
...,
=j
e
a.
;::
Refer to Page 6-1-3, Engine Limitations

2.
SERVICE ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

2.1
Ensure propeller is on start locks.
2.2
Open filler cap access panel on engine panel ES. Remove

filler cap and check oil level on dipstick. Oil level
must be above ADD mark on the dipstick. If the oil level
is below the ADD mark proceed as follows:2.2.1
Handcrank the engine or, with ignition and fuel

off, motor the engine a minimum of TEN revolutions
of the propeller (to clear the casing of residual
oil).
2.2.2
Re-check the oil level and add recommended oil as

necessary.
2.3
Check filler cap seal is serviceable;
2.4
Close and secure filler cap access panel on engine.
Note:
refit filler cap.
This procedure applies to Left and Right engines.
20-8-1/2
Aug 1/88
t'
JETSTREAIW
SaiEs J200

This revision cornplies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirernents, Secton A,
Chapter A7-3.
BRITISH AEROSPACE (OPERATIONS) LIMITED, TRADING AS:
~
/1
BRITISH AEROSPACE REGIONAL AIRCRAFT
Signed ~"'O\~~.
Date
~fe l/V'v:L.JC V'- 'c::\.04
PRESTWICK INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT,
CAA
Approval
No: DAI/1011/55
AYRSHIRE,
KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND.
Publication Ref No. SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,253,54,SS,257,257A,

SB,59,60,261,263,64,266,
267,268,269,270.
TEMPORARY REVXSXON 20-1

Location:
Insert this Temporary Revision in British Aerospace

Jetstream Series 3200, Manufacturers Operating Manual,
Part l, Chapter 20 immediately before page 20-9-1.
Reason:
To introduce additional advice for the use of de-icing/

anti-icing fluids.
Action:
Read this TR in place of paragraphs 3.1 to 3.3

inclusive, and paragraph 10, of chapter 20, section 9.
Effectivity: All aircraft
The introduction of data by revisions or amendrnents or temporary rev1s1ons or

amendrnents not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirernents, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the
title page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendrnents
or ternporary revisions or amendrnents ernbodied in this manual and certified by an
certification, rnust be recorded on separate record sheets.
Page 1 of 4
21006377
Mar 26/99
JETSTRE'AIW
SaiEs J200
APPROVED FLUID TYPES

There are three types of ground de-icing/anti-icing fluids
available, manufactured to the specifications drawn up by The
Society of Airmotive Engineers (SAE), The Association of
European Airlines (AEA) and The International Standards
Organisation (ISO).
Type I fluid, in accordance with ISO 11075, AMS 1424 (an
aerospace material specification produced by SAE) or AEA
Type I specifications. This fluid has good de-icing
properties, but provides only limited protection against re freezing.
Type II fluid, in accordance with ISO 11078, AMS 1428 or AEA
Type II specifications.
It has good de-icing properties and
is thickened to aid retention on airframe surfaces, thereby
providing anti-icing protection against re-freezing and
further contamination.
It is applied in concentrated or
diluted form.
Type IV fluid, in accordance with ISO 11078, AMS 1428 issue e
or AEA Type II specifications.
In general, Type IV fluids are
a development of Type II fluids.
They are more viscous than
previous de-icing fluids and were developed specifically to
provide longer holdover protection.
It is also applied
concentrated or in diluted form.
Note: De - icing fluid is normally heated to improve efficiency.
Applications of any fluids complying with these specifications

should be in accordance with the SAE, AEA or the respective
fluid manufacturer's instructions.
Such data will include
dilution rates and consequent protection periods.
CAUTION: DUE TO THE PROPERTIES OF TYPES II AND IV
ANTI - ICING FLUIDS, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT,
APPLICATION OF DE-ICING / ANTI-ICING FLUID
ALL DEPOSITS OF PREVIOUSLY APPLIED FLUID
DE-ICING/
IF A SECOND
IS REQUIRED,
ARE REMOVED.
DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING RESIDUE MAY COLLECT IN CONTROL

SURFACE GAPS.
THIS RESIDUE MUST BE REMOVED BEFORE
ANY FURTHER APPLICATION OF DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID
IS MADE.
Page 2 of 4
21006378
Mar 26/99
JETSTREAllll
SaiEs J200

. .... . ..
~
FLUID USE RESTRICTIONS

De-icing/anti-icing fluids in current use are not intended
for, and do not provide, ice protection during flight.
Type I
The freezing point of Type I fluid mixture used fer either ene
step de-icing or, as the second step in a two step operation,
shall be at least lOC below the arnbient temperature.
The freezing point of Type I fluid mixture used fer the f irst
step in a two step operation shall not be more than 3C above
the arnbient temperature.
Types I I & IV
Approved concentrations of Types II & IV fluid, used either
for one step de-icing/anti-icing, or as the second step in a
two step operation are provided by SAE, AEA, or in the fluid
manufacturers' instructions. Details of the lowest
temperatures at which the various concentrations may be
applied to aircraft surfaces are also provided.
Upper wing skin temperatures may, under certain circumstances,
be lower than the OAT. When this is suspected, e.g. when
large quantities of fuel remain from a previous sector,
consideration should be given to selecting a stronger mixture
than would be required by the existing OAT. This will ensure
that an adequate buffer is maintained between the freezing
point of the fluid used and the temperature of the upper wing
surface.
Page 3 of 4
21006379
Mar 26/99
..JETSTREAIW
,-~-
SaiBJ200
HOLDOVER TIMES
The holdover time during which fluids give adequate protection
is dependent on ambient weather conditions, individual fluid
properties and the concentration used. The recommended
holdover times for different fluids (Type I, Type II and Type
IV) should be obtained from SAE, AEA, or the appropriate fluid
manufacturer's data.
Note: The holdover time will be shortened in heavy weather

conditions, or if the fuel in the aircraft tanks is at a
significantly lower temperature than ambient, i.e. more
than lOC lower.
High wind speed or jet blast may degrade the protective

de - icing/anti-icing fluid film.
Frequent visual examination of the aircraf t is necessary
in conditions of ice, frost, snow and freezing rain.
FLYING QUALITIES AFTER DE-ICING / ANTI-ICING APPLICATION
Type I flu i d has no discernible ef fect on handling or
performance.
Af ter application of Types II or IV f luid, control movement
remains normal, but control forces on rotation or take-off may
be higher than normal.
ICING CHECKS PRIOR TO TAKE-OFF
After de-icing/anti-icing the flight crew must ensure that the
correct procedures have been followed by the servicing crews,
and that the maximum duration of anti - icing protection
(holdover time) is known and rigidly observed. The flight
crew must also ensure that the aerodynamic surfaces are free
from contamination prior to commencing the take-off run.
.;
. '
.,
Page 4 of 4
21006380
Mar 26/99
BRl77SH AEROSFMCE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL 258 PART 2.

This manual is applicable to the following aircraft:
Constructor No.
819,
1 824,
900,
902,
903,
904
Page 1/2
Apr 15/06
COPY No ....... .
SA.4-3100/MOM/258
JETSTREAM
AIRCRAFT
LIMITED
A BRITISH AEROSPACE COMPANY
Manufacturers
Operating Manual
Part 2
Model No. 3201
This manual complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A, Chapter A7-3.
CAA Approval No. DAI/9386/92

NOTE:
The above certification does not apply to revisions made after the date of initial
certification by other Approved Organisations. Revisions made by other Approved
Organisations must each be separately certified, and recorded on separate record sheets.
1993 BRITISH AEROSPACE PUBLIC LIMITED COMP ANY
All rights reserved

Produced by Jetstream Aircraft Limited,
Prestwick lnternational Airport, Ayrshire, KA9 2RW Scotland
~ll:#lllFI
. elll: 1.-, I
SERiES
J200
MANUfACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2
RECORD OF REVISIONS
{!:<:/':":._
:<.,_i:.1 '
The incorporation of each Revision must be recorded below

IMPORTANT: The inclusion of an uncertified Revision will invalidate
the initial certification of this manual.
Rev Issue
No Date
l
2
3
4
21
~\\f~ \c\:r \<'\ r -1'\w ~'1 D. C' \ ('}\().h

\
!&'
1 Jlt}f) (). r11t j(((lJ1
1~p 4-IC\O
23
PI
:::rAN
i 111\}0..."}
~J!.P
,"6\q~
C:C..T
co
11
N
C>
C>
C>
N
N
12
..
/\'-..; l.:.\
\;::: i '-1 l
10
13
14
Rev Issue
No
Date
Date
Inserted
i::'c=\'l ~C\ E.. V--.o.~COJ.\ ~\ ?t \~9

.,.-~ vl~ ~1 \ \C\o
~o,O. f:
5 OC..'
\~\c\c
6
Inserted by
~ 4' (\,Q...
.~1.
-'I
\J , \
\ .\ \
1
.\> :,. V . f\PR\L 1\~ \

t
\ :''
~ -t.,..\q \1 f"Wt'\1 Hr
/..
(f\A--/
~tia-
,,,5 ,...,~.
(""'r"'"I
''~
24
25
26
29
~ --~~s./o.'\,e-
ao/sfci6
V 4ui~
11,11~6.
'30
31
32
<':;EP
oblo\ /o3
33
11 l e~ tofc:
34
A~"-
~{e(:,
s. ~R.C>ll..)\\Pr'l.
~ -~~'\51'\112-
28
~~lct1,. ~~\\A.~e ?,/4/tJtb

15/0?_
Date
Inserted
22
27
UA'2. 11/q.J
,
Atik~. ~@ 1q;\Cf.3
t61C\::Z.. ~ . Uc.it <v ..~~
5fq5
'-\7 :; h.F-11
Inserted by
15
35
16
36
17
37
18
38
19
39
20
40
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Page 1
AEROS"MCI
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
Rev Issue
No Date
Inserted by
Date
Inserted
Rev Issue
Date
No
41
65
42
66
43
67
44
68
45
69
46
70
47
71
48
72
49
73
so
51
Inserted by
Date
Inserted
74
75
52
76
53
77
54
78
55
79
56
80
57
81
o
o
o
58
82
59
83
60
84
61
85
62
86
63
87
64
88
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Page 2
~A-MCI
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

.
:. ;.
The incorporation and subsequent cancellation of each Temporary

Revision must be recorded below.
IMPORTANT: The inclusion of an uncertified Temporary Revision will
invalidate the initial certification of this manual.
T Rev
No
Inserted by
Date
Inserted
Cancelled by
(Rev No)
'
Date
Cancelled
signature
o
N
N
o
o
o
N
N

Page 1
_,,,,.._,.,A~
JETSTREANI
SEaiEs }200
T Rev
No
Inserted by
Date
Inserted
Cancelled by
- (Rev No)
Date
Cancelled
. ..
Signature

Page 2
BIW77SNAERO-..GE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
1/2
Apr 15/06
TITLE/CERTIFICATION PAGE
RECORD OF REVISIONS
1
2
1
2
SB/Mods
Aug 15/95
INTRODUCTION
1
2
3
4
5
Sep
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aug 15/95
GLOSSARY
1
2
3
May 15/95
May 15/95
May 15/95
Dec 1/88
Apr 15/06
15/02
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95

Page 1
Printed in the U.K.
Apr 15/06
~-
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
RECORD OF INCORPORATED SERVICE BULLETINS/MODIFICATIONS
Service Bulletins (SB) and Modif ications (Mods) embodied on the
aircraft at delivery are incorporated at initial issue of this
manual.
SB and Mods listed below have been incorporated by revisions as
indicated:
Service
Bulletin/
Modif ication
Issue No/Date
24-JA 890140
73-JA 891146
34-JK 2526A
24-A-JM 7708
Incorporated by: Revision

Date
May 4/89
Jan 10/90
Dec 15/89
May 22/90
Oct 15/90
Mod 8191
Apr
Sep 15/92
34-JK 2963
May 14/93
10
May 15/95
24-JM 7740
900941
1
1
Nov 28/90
Feb 18/92
11
11
Aug 15/95
Aug 15/95
124-JA
3/92
SB/Mods
Page 1
H01092
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
l!llW77BHAIRDSFJ//ICl!F
JETSTRE.AIW
SEaiES J200
,J
r'
'/
INTRODUCTION
l.
AUTHORITY
This manual is prepared in accordance with British Civil
Airworthiness Requirements (BCAR) , CHAPTER A7-3 and includes the
specified data for Federal Airworthiness Requirement (FAR) 135.
In addition, this manual conforms to the Civil Aviation
Authority (CAA) specification for Operations Manuals, CAP 450.
In the event of a conflict of information between the contents
of this manual and the approved Flight Manual, the Flight Manual
must be accepted as the overriding authority.
2.
CONTENTS
This manual provides information on the technical, handling and
performance characteristics of the Jetstream 3200 for use by the
Flight Crew.
The manual is divided into three parts:
3.
Part 1 -
Flying, contains limitations, conditional

procedures, abnormal procedures, emergency
procedures, loading, flight planning, performance,
flight guide, normal procedures and drills, minimum
equipment list and ground handling.
Part 2 -
Technical, contains a description of the function

and operation of the aircraft systems, airframe and
power plant.
Part 3 -
Emergency and Abnormal Drills.
MANUAL LAYOUT
For details of Part 1 manual layout, refer to the introduction
contained in Part 1 of the MOM.
INTRODUCTION
Page 1
1 J178
Printed in the U.K.
Sep 15/02
JllRJl7llSN~
JETSTREAIW
SEIES J200
Part 2 of the MOM is divided into chapters describing the

aircraft systems and equipment. Each chapter contains a
description and operation, schematic diagrams and control and
indication illustrations for the system.
4.
CONVENTIONS USED IN THE MOM

4.1
Warning and Indicator Lights

Warning and indicator lights take various forms on the
Jetstream aircraft. For clarity the lights are described in
the text as follows:
4.1.1
Central Annunciator Panel (CAP) captions are

identified by boxed letters with the colour of the
captions in parentheses. For example, the following
amber caption on the CAP.
HYD
4.2
4.1.2
A caption signifies a series of letters illuminated

from behind.
4.1.3
A light is a lamp without lettering on it.
Priority of Warnings
There are two colours used to indicate warnings and faults
on the aircraft:
RED warnings indicate serious faults or emergency conditions
and require decisions immediately.
AMBER warnings indicate less serious faults or less
important conditions and decisions are not usually required
immediately.
INTRODUCTION
Page 2
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01228
_,,_~
JETSTRE.Allll
SaiE5 J200
5.

Inserted at the front of each chapter,preceding the contents
page, is a "List of Effective Pages" (LEP) listing all pages
contained within the chapter.
This enables the operator to establish that the manual is
complete and that all pages are to the correct revision
standard. The LEP's are revised and re-issued whenever the pages
of the relevant chapter are affected by a revision.
All pages of the manual are recorded on the LEP's, each page
identified by Chapter, Section and Page nurnber, followed by the
date of issue.
The page date on the LEP must be the same as the date on the
corresponding page of the manual:
CHAPTER-SECTION-PAGE
2-3-7
Aug 15/95
PAGE DATE
H002748A
6.
NORMAL REVISIONS
Revisions to the contents of this manual are issued when
necessary to keep the manual up-to-date. Each revision comprises
a number of revised pages accompanied by a Transmittal Letter.
The Transmittal Letter carries the authority for the revision
and contains the instructions for incorporation of the revision.
Each revision is numbered in sequence and shows the issue date
of the revision.
The incorporation of each revision must be recorded on the
Record of Revisions page. It is recornrnended that the Transmittal
Letters are retained in the manual to provide a brief revision
history.
INTRODUCTION
Page 3
H01229
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
BRnSH~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
Revised information incorporated in the manual is identif ied by

a black vertical line in the left hand margin of the page,
except where an existing page from another manual suite has been
used.
This is shown in the Highlight column of the Letter of
Transmittal.
NOTE:
7.
When this manual is used for training purposes each page

will be marked "FOR TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY" and revisions
will not be issued.
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
When it is necessary to incorporate information which is urgent
or of a temporary nature, a Temporary Revision (TR) is issued on
yellow paper. Transmittal information is contained within the
TR.
When a TR is incorporated or cancelled, the details must be
recorded on the Record of Temporary Revisions page.
8.
AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION
The inf ormation contained in this manual is applicable to the
Aircraft Constructors Numbers specif ied on the Aircraft
Effectivity page.
9.
Where technical differences, which affect the content of the
MOM, exist between aircraft in an operator's fleet, two methods
of presenting the differing information are employed.
If the difference is of a minar nature, effectivity statements
are used to indicate that certain paragraphs are specif ic only
to sorne of the aircraft in the fleet.
If the difference is of a
majar nature, full pages will'be made specific to certain
aircraft by the addition of an effectivity statement at the
bottom of the page. An effectivity statement comprises a
number, or range, of aircraft constructor's numbers.
Befare using any information on any page, consideration must be
given to any effectivity statements, to make sure the
information is relevant to the aircraft for which information is
being sought.
Pages which do not bear an effectivity statement are applicable
to all aircraft in the fleet.
INTRODUCTION
Page 4
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01230
BRn7BNAlfROl/1/FfM:!6
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

10.
RELATED PUBLICATIONS
The related publication to this manual is the:
Flight Manual
In addition to the Flight Manual there are the following support
publications for the Jetstream Series 3200 aircraft:
Weight and Balance Manual (WBM)
Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM)
Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM)
Component Maintenance Manual (CMM)
Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC)
Maintenance Schedule (MS)
Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual (ITEM)
Quick Engine Change Manual (QEC)
Non-Destructive Inspection Manual (NDI).
INTRODUCTION
Page 5
H01231
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
lllRl7WI~
JETSTREAllll
SmiES J200
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
CHAPTER 1
Aircraf t General
CHAPTER 2
Airf rarne and Flying Controls
CHAPTER 3
Air Conditioning and Pressurization
CHAPTER 4
Ernergency Equiprnent and Oxygen
CHAPTER 5
. Electrical Systern
CHAPTER 6
Engines and Propellers
CHAPTER 7
. Fuel Systern
CHAPTER 8
Fire Protection
CHAPTER 9
Hydraulic Systern and Landing Gear
CHAPTER 10
Ice and Rain Protection
CHAPTER 11
Instrurnents and Flight Control Systern
CHAPTER 12
Cornrnunication and Recording
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1
H01466
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-~
JETSTREAIW
SmiEs J200

ABBREYIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
Abbreviations used in the text, have the following meanings:A, amp
AAL
ac
ACC
ADF
ADI
AGL
AMSL
APR
APR
ASI
ATC
AUW
BC
CAP
CAS
C/B
ces
CG
CLG
CVR
de
F
DME
DV
EAS
ECS
EDA/EMD
C\I
O>
,..
o
EDP
EGT
ELT
FAA
FAR
FDR
FL
FM
FSOV
ft
f t/min
f wd
Ampere
Above Aerodrome Level
Alternating current
Accumulator
Automatic Direction Finding (equipment)
Attitude Director Indicator
Above Ground Level
Above Mean Sea Level
Automatic Performance Reserve (Engine)
Approach (Flight director)
Airspeed Indicator
Air Traf f ic Control
All Up Weight
Back Course
Central Annunciator Panel
Calibrated Airspeed
Circuit Breaker
Communication Control System
Centre of Gravity
Ceiling
Cockpit Voice Recorder
Direct current
Degrees Celsius (Centigrade)
Degrees Fahrenheit
Distance Measuring Equipment
Direct Vision
Equivalent Airspeed
Environmental Control System
Emergency Distance Available (accelerate/stop at
take-off)
Engine-driven Pump
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Emergency Locator Transmitter
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Aviation Regulation(s)
Flight Data Recorder
Flight Level
Flight Manual
FUel Shut-off Valve (HP fuel cock)
Fe et
Feet Per Minute
Forward
:e
GLOSSARY
Page 1
May 15/95
~~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
g
gal.
GPWC
GPWS
HAT
HDG
HF
HP
hr
HSI
H/W
!AS
I/F
IFR
IMC
ILS
IMP gal
in.
IOAT
JPl
JP4
kg
kt
L
1
lb
LDA
L/H
LP
m
MAC
Max
MDA
MDH
MEL
min.
min.
mm
MSA
MSF
M/SW
MTOW
MZFW
NDB
n mile
No.
GLOSSARY
Page 2
May 15/95
Gravity (Sg 6g etc.)

Gallon(s)
Ground Proximity Warning Computer
Ground Proximity Warning System
Height Above (runway) Threshold
Heading
High Frequency
High Pressure
Hour
Horizontal Situation Indicator
Head Wind
Indicated Airspeed
Instrument Flying
Instrument Flight Rules
Instrument Meteorological Conditions
Instrument Landing System
Imperial gallan
In ches
Indicated Outside Air Temperature
Kerosene
Wide cut gasoline
Kilogram(s)
Knot(s)
Lef t
Litre
Pound(s)
Landing Distance Available
Lef t Hand
Low Pressure
Metre(s)
Mean Aerodynamic Chord
Maximum
Minimum Decision Altitude (altimeter set to QNH)
Minimum Decision Height (altimeter set to QFE)
Minimum Equipment List (minimum technical serviceability
requirements befare flight)
Minimum
Minutes
Millimetre(s)
Minimum Safe Altitude
Minimum Sector Fuel
Micro Switch
Maximum Take-off Weight
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight
Non-directional beacon
Nautical mile
Number
:e
co
w
BRnflllN~
JETSTREANI
SOES J200
NRV
NTS
NU
NWS
OAT
OCL
OM
Ops
OSG
PF
PG
PNF
ppm
psi
PTT
PWR AUG
QDM
QFE
QTY, qty
RAD ALT
R
R/H
RMI
RPM
R/T
RTOW
R/W
SE
sec.
SOP
sq
SRL
STN
TAS
TAT
temp
TIT
TMA
'l'/O
,..
TOO
TOR
TOW
TSI
TTL
Non-Return Valve (check valve)

Negative Torque Sensing (system)
Nose Up
Nosewheel Steering
Outside Air Temperature
Obstacle Clearance Limit
Outer Marker
Operations
Overspeed Governor
Pilot Flying
Propeller Governor
Pilot Not Flying
Parts Per Million
Pounds Per Square Inch
Press To Test
Power Augmentation
Q code: Magnetic bearing
Q code: Barometric pressure at aerodrome surface level
Quantity
Radio Altimeter
Right
Right Hand
Radio Magnetic Indicator
Revolutions Per Minute
Radio Telephony
Regulated Take-Of f Weight
Runway
Single Engine
Second(s)
Standard Operating Procedure
Square
Single Red Line (cornputer)
Station
True Airspeed
Total Air Temperature
Temperature
Turbine Inlet Ternperature
Terminal Manoeuvring Area (controlled air space)
Take-Off
Take-Off Distance
Take-Of f Run
Take-Off Weight
Turn and Slip Indicator
Torque/Ternperature Limiter
o
o
:e
GLOSSARY
Page 3
May 15/95
IHllllBHAIROll"fllt:fl
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

ABBREYIATIONS (cont)
UHF
Ultra High Frequency
UK
United Kingdom
ULB
underwater locator beacon

United States of Arnerica
underspeed governor (fuel governor)
under voltage sensor
volts
design rnanoeuvring speed
visual flight rules
very high f requency radio cornrnunication
landing gear extended lirnit speed
landing gear operating lirnit speed
rninirnurn control speed in the air
rninirnurn control speed on the ground
rninirnurn control speed in the approach and
landing conf iguration
rnaxirnurn operating lirnit speed
rninirnurn speed in the stall
very high f requency ornni directional range
vertical speed indicator
decision to stop speed on icy or slippery runway
one engine inoperative best angle of clirnb speed
(equal to V2)
one engine inoperative best rate of clirnb speed
weight, altitude, ternperature
wind cornponent
weight
wind velocity
yaw darnper
us
USG
uvs
VA
VFR
VHF
VLE
VLO
VMCA
VMCG
VMCL
VMO
VMS
VOR
VSI
VSTOP
vx
VY
WAT
W/C
Wt
W/V
YD
GLOSSARY
Page 4
Dec 1/88
Printed in the U.K.
22000387
. . . ffllN AlllllOllRdCllF
JETSTREAIW
SaiEs 1200
CHAPTER 1-AIRCRAFT GENERAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
~
=>CI>
P.&i&
1
2
Feb 15/96
Feb 15/96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
Aug 15/95
Aug 15/95
1-1
1
2
3
4
Jan
Jan
Aug
Feb
15/90
15/90
15/94
15/96
1-2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Aug
Aug
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Aug
Aug
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/95
15/95
1-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
May
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
'6
.5
't:I
.l!!
e:
d:
o
o
c:o
,..
o
"
1-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
. , . . , . . , Al!!llOlllMC//E'
JETSTREAIW
SoiuY200

....
. ~~
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
UG.&
1-3
Aug 15/95
1-4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Aug
Aug
"
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/95
15/95
4'
Q.
5
J
e
?;
......
ClO
-'
1-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 2
Feb 15/96
BRlnBH~
JETSTREANI
SoiEs J200
CHAPTER 1
AIRCRAFT GENERAL
LIST OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1: AIRCRAFT GENERAL
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuselage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tail Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aircraft Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aircraft Dimensions ................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-1-1
1-1-1
1-1-2
1-1-2
1-1-3
1-1-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-2-1
1-2-1
1-2-3
1-2-4
1-2-6
1-2-8
1-2-10
1-2-12
1-2-14
1-2-16
1-2-18
1-2-20
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-3-1
1-3-2
1-3-3
1-3-5
1-3-5
1-3-5
1-3-6
1-3-7
SECTION 2: FLIGHT DECK

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument and Control Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flight Deck Panel Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left Main Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right Main Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left Upper Centre Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right Upper Centre Instrument Panel .......... _....
Lower Centre Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Centre Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left and Right Skirt Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left and Right Consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 3: VISUAL, AUDIO AND TACTILE WARNINGS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Red Visual Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amber Visual Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Green Visual Advisory Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
White Visual Advisory Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tactile Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Central Annunciator Panel (CAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER l"CONTENTS
Page 1
1H01552
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
lllRn'ISH~
JETSTREAIW
SaiES J200
SECTION 4: LIGHTING
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flight Deck Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ernergency Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabin Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Control - External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Control - Flight Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Control - Ernergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Control - Cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Control - Panel Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ernergency Lighting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utili ty Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vestibule Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-4-1
1-4-1
1-4-2
1-4-3
1-4-4
1-4-4
1-4-5
1-4-6
1-4-7
1-4-8
1-4-9
1-4-10
1-4-11
1-4-11
CHAPTER 1 CONTENTS
Page 2
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01556
BRrT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
CHAPTER 1
AIRCRAFT GENERAL (ATA 5)
l.
GENERAL
The Jetstream Series 3200 is a light transport aircraft,
certified for a capacity of 19 passengers and 2 crew.
It is
approved for world-wide day or night operatioh.
The aircraft has an all metal stressed-skin structure with
low, cantilever wings and tail assembly.
It has a pressurised
cabin and a tricycle landing gear with hydraulic brakes and
nosewheel steering.
Power is supplied by two Garrett TP 331-12 turbo-prop engines
through four-bladed, variable pitch propellers.
The engines
are installed one on each wing.
The aircraft is controlled in pitch, roll and yaw by
mechanically operated flying controls.
Double slotted,
trailing edge wing flaps give more lift fer take-of f and
landing.
2.
FUSELAGE
The fuselage ~s assembled as a single unit of circular
cross-section.
It has skin panels held by stringers,
longerons and circular frames.
The skin panels are made
stronger in the area near the propellers to give protection
against any ice discarded by the propeller blades.
The nose cene and nose equipment bay are unpressurised and
contain avionic and electrical equipmept. The nose landing
gear retracts into a bay below the nose equipment bay.
'l'he flight deck is made fer a crew of two. Entry is from the
rear through the bulkhead which divides the flight deck and
cabin.
The view to front and side is through seven windscreen
panels two of which are Direct Vision (DV) windows.
N
N
The cabin, with a front and rear pressure bulkhead, can be

configured for different roles.
It has a row of windows and
an overwing emergency exit in each side.
Installed at the
rear of the cabin is a baggage bay and, in the rear left side,
the entry/exit door.
1-1-1
Jan 15/90
~AEROBPllCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
3.
WINGS
The left and right wings are fully cantilevered from the
fuselage.
The wings have a main centre spar, front and rear
spars and chordwise ribs.
Installed on the spars and ribs are
skin panels, made rigid by continuous spar-wise stringers.
The area between the front and rear spars, between wing
stations 36 and 295, in each wing are sealed to give internal
fuel tanks.
The main landing gear retracts into a bay in the bottom

surface of the wings. Frise type ailerons are attached to the
rear of the wings between the flaps and the wing-tip. Double
slotted f laps are attached tq the rear of the wings between
the fuselage and ailerons.
4.
TAIL UNIT
The tail unit assembly has a vertical stabiliser, integral
with the upper rear fuselage, with a horizontal stabiliser
attached to it. An all metal underfin is attached to the
lower rear fuselage.
The vertical stabiliser has multi spars, chordwise ribs and
skin panels.
The horizontal stabiliser is a continuous box
which is installed through the fin.
It is assembled with two
spars, and skin panels made rigid by continuous stringers.
Attached to the rear of the horizontal stabiliser are two
identical elevators, one on each side of the vertical
stabiliser.
N
N
o
o
o
'
..........
1-1-2
Jan 15/90
M&>W~
JETSTREAllll
SoiEs J200
en
a:
>e(
e(
CD
l-
en
ir
oa:
c..
e(
1-
o
o
::::>
_J
ow
a:
e(
a:
<w
_J
a:
(.)~
-..J
1-0:: CD
w<
>1CJ)
A002446A
AIRCRAFT LAYOUT
1-1-3
22201628
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/94
SIRl7JBH..-mR'OT
JETSTREANI
SaisJ200

52'0" (15850mm) SPAN
21'8" (6604mm) SPAN
WING DATUM
PLAN E
19'6" (5944mm)
30% OF WING CHORO
10'6"
(3200mm)
17'5.5"
(5321mm)
4'0"
(1219mm)
15'1"
(4597mm)
2'10"
(864mm)
47'1.5"
(14364mm)
6'6.25"
(1988mm)
GROUND LINE
A002242A.01
AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS
1-1-4
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02219
BRl7W#~
JETSTREAIW
SERiES J200
FLIGHT DECK (ATA 39)

l.
GENERAL
The flight deck is made to hold two crew, one on each side of
the centre console. Each crew position contains a crew seat
which is adjustable horizontally and vertically. In front of
each position are instrument panels, skirt panels and a control
wheel. Other instruments, indicators and controls are installed
on the centre console, left and right side consoles and a roof
panel.
2.
INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL PANELS

The left and right main instrument panels show flight data. The
left upper centre instrument panel shows engine, fuel and oil
data. The right upper centre panel includes communication,
navigation and flight control system data and controls.
The lower centre panel is installed below the right upper centre
panel and contains the:
landing gear selector and indicator
hydraulic pressure gauges
brake pressure gauge
flap gauge
air conditioning/pressurization controls and indication.
The centre console contains the:
majar engine controls
propeller controls
flap selector switch
f lying controls ground lock lever
aileron trim wheels and gauge
elevator trim wheel and gauge
rudder trim wheel and gauge
parking/emergency brake handle
engine fire extinguisher bottle switches.
Installed on the left skirt panel are the test switches for the:
f ire detection system
landing gear and smoke detector warnings
beta and overspeed warnings
oil contamination system.
1-2-1
H01685
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
_.,..,,~
JETSTREAllll
SoiES J200
Also located on the left skirt panel are the ice protection
controls and indications for:
- airframe de-ice, auto and manual

- propeller de-ice, long and short cycle
- engine and elevator anti-icing.
Installed on the right skirt panel are controls and indication
for:
-
windshield wipers
windshield heaters
stall vane heaters
pitot heaters
freon system.
and also contains ~P/P and EGT compensator test switches for
maintenance crew use.
The left side console contains the:
-
left Communication Control System (CCS) control box

nosewheel steering control
left MIC/CO boom switch
oxygen contents/pressure gauge
crew oxygen ON/OFF valve
left crew oxygen outlet
cabin oxygen altimetric controller
cabin attendant call switch.
The right side console contains the:

-
right ces control box

right MIC/CO boom switch
document stowage
right crew oxygen outlet
baggage bay door key stowage.
The roof panel is installed in the centre, above and between the
two crew members and contains controls for:
-
de and ac electrical power system

engine management system
external lighting
internal lighting
f uel system
hydraulic system
stall protection system.
1-2-2
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01139
JETSTREAllll
SaiES J200
AVIONICS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
is:
:j
CD
ROOF PANEL
.5
CENTRAL
ANN~;~~~T.O_.R.
"O
.l!!
.5
~--~~-==========-~-
a:
MAIN
SHIELD
LEFT
MAIN
PANEL
LEFT CONSOLE
CENTRE
SHIELD
RIGHT
UPPER
CENTRE
PANEL
z:__--
MAIN
SHIELD
RIGHT
MAIN
PANEL
LOWER
CENTRE
PANEL
RIGHT CONSOLE
CENTRE
CON SO LE
co
<O
.....
o
o
:e
C012241A
FLIGHT DECK PANEL LOCATION

1-2-3
May 15/95
JETSTREAIW
SaiEs J200
.,:
1.
:e
10
o
o
...&.
co
U1
C012249A
LEFT MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL

1-2-4
May 15/95
.,,,.,.,,~
JETSTREAllll
SetiEs 1200
Left main instrument panel
Itero
Description
Chapter
Mode indicator
11
GPWS indicator
11
Altirneter
11
Vertical speed indicator
11
Turn and slip indicator
11
Horizontal situation indicator
11
HSI annunciator
11
Compass selector switch
11
DME indicator
11
10
Cornpass controller
11
11
Radio rnagnetic indicator
11
12
Clock
11
13
Marker annunciator
11
14
Airspeed indicator
11
15
Gyro horizon
11
<O
en
.,..
o
o
:e
1-2-5
May 15/95
JETSTREAllll
Sai&J200
"'D
:::s
:l.
ii
a.
:r
~
CD
13
12
5
11
:e
10
o
.....
co
~
C012251A
RIGHT MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL

1-2-6
May 15/95
~AIRO-
JETSTREANI
StRiEs J200
Right main instrument panel
Itero
Description
Chapter
Gyro horizon
11
Altimeter
11
Marker annunciator
11
Clock
11
Vertical speed indicator
11
DME indicator
11
Compass controller
11
HSI annunciator
11
Horizontal situation indicator
11
10
Turn and slip indicator
11
11
Radio magnetic indicator
11
12
Airspeed indicator
11
13
GPWS indicator
11
co
O)
,..
o
o
:e
1-2-7
May 15/95
llillllJ-~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs 1200
1
4'
a
ID
D.
:;-
:r
ID
7'
:e
Q
Q
.....
co
co
9
LEFT UPPER CENTRE INSTRUMENT PANEL
1-2-8
May 15/95
C012136A
..............
JETSTREAllll
SasJ200
Left upper centre instrument panel

Itero
::i
Description
Chapter
Torque gauge (2)
RPM gauge (2)
Auto ignition indicator
EGT gauge (2)
Fuel/Oil pressure,
oil temp triple gauge (2)
Fuel flow gauge (2)
Fuel flow gauge reset/test switch
Fuel quantity gauge (2)
Fuel crossf eed indicator
10
Low f uel indicator
11
Fuel flow gauge reset/test switch
12
Oil cooler f laps indicator
13
Auto ignition indicator
14
APR indicator
GI
;;
.5
"O
.!?
e
it
,..
e
e
:e
1-2-9
May 15/95
.,.,,.,,~
JETSTREAllll
SElliEs J200
12
13
14 15
1
10
o o
8
3
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
@
:e
o
o
4
C012594A
RIGHT UPPER CENTRE INSTRUMENT PANEL
1-2-10
May 15/95
-AIROSFltl&I
JETSTREANI
SmiES J200
Right upper centre instrument panel
Itero
Description
Chapter
ELT switch
12
VHF communications controller (2)
12
Navigation controller (2)
11
ADF controller
11
Weather radar indicator
11
OAT gauge
11
HSI select switch
11
RAD ALT indicator
11
Battery temperature monitor
10
Battery control switch panel
11
Standby artificial horizon
11
12
ATC transponder
11
13
Altimeter encoding C/O switch
11
14
FO control
11
15
Marker control
11
T""
o
C\I
o
o
:e
1-2-11
May 15/95
.,,,.,,.,,~
JETSTREANI
SERio J200
r-TEMPERATURE--,
"~
"~
DEC
OEC
~ INC
~ 111._
FLIGHT
DECK
~---'o-
4
C011671A
LOWER CENTRE PANEL
1-2-12
Jan 15/90
Printed in the U.K.
22001111
Bl'NTISH AEROSIWCE
JETSTREANI
-
SERiES
}200
Lower Centre Instrurnent Panel
Itero
.Description
Chapter
Demist/Foot Control
3
1
1
Recirculating Fan Switch
Airflow Temperature Controls
Airf low Control
Manual Pressure Dump Valve
Cabin Pressure Controller
Cabin Pressure Dump Switch
Flap Position Gauge
'
Landing Ge ar Le ver
10
tanding Ge ar Indicator
11
Landing Ge ar Warning Horn Cancel

Switch
12
Cabin Rate of Climb Gauge
13
Hydraulic Gauge
14
Differential Pressure/Cabin Altitude

Gauge
1-2-13
Jan 15/90.
.,,,,,sH AJEROSl'MCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES 1200

\,'
17
15
.~
3
14
13
12
11
CENTRE CONSOLE
Jan 15/90
o
o
--
1-2-14
N
N
l.N
BRl77SN AEROS leCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
1200
Centre Console
Description
Itero
, Chapter
Engine RPM Levers
Flying Control Locking Le ver
Fire Bottle Switch
. ~PR Swj,._tcp.
Propeller Unfeathering Pump Switch
Flap Selector Switch
Aileron Trim Indicator
Aileron Trim Handwheel
Rudder Trim Handwheel
10
Rudder Trim Indicator
11
Elevator Trim Indicator
12
Elevator Trim Handwheel
13
Engine Stop and Feather Le ver
14
Fire Bottle Switch
15
Parking/Emergency Brake
N
N
16
Friction Control
17
Engine Power Levers
:::::>
4l
.s
"O
4l
...
et
7
1
1-2-15
Jan 15/90
~AERO-
JETSTREANI
SeRies J200
r.:':'il
FILlMENT
OIM
U:f'T
L!F'T
NIGHT
11 10
PADPELLEA
AUTO
MANUAL
SH0"1
fAIL
SHORT CTCLE
Ef}
WINGS
12
f.EO,
r-AIAFAAME--, -..:.,. ':.-
Fl~~L~E~;:, r..:lANl~~T;-i OIL CDNTlM

LEFT
~~
L[rT
llllBHT
LONG CTCl.E
ANTHCI!
LEFTSKIRT PANEL
--TEST--,
FILAMENT
OIM
rAIA CDNDITIDNING,
NIGHT
HI
11
10
o""
o
7
RIGHT
lllGHT
Ul
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL
C/111027X
LEFT AND RIGHT SKIRT PANELS

1-2-16
Jan 15/90
aRITISH AERO.SCMCE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
Lef t Skirt Panel

Description
Itern
Chapter
Oil Contarn
Airfrarne De:-ice Captions
10
Propeller De-ice Arnrneters
10
Engine Anti-ice Captions
10
Engine/Elevator Anti-ice Switches
10
Propeller De-ice Switches
Airfrarne De-ice Switches
8
9
Dirnrner Switch
i
!
Oil Contarn Switch
10
Beta/Overspeed Horn Test Switch
11
Gear/Srnoke Warning Test Switch
12
Fire Detector Test Switches
10
10
10
6
1
1
6,11
9,8
8
Right Skirt Panel

Itern
Description
Chapter
Pod Door Caption (if fitted)
Windscreen Heat Indicators
10
Pitot Heater Captions
10
Air Conditioning (Freon) Light
EGT Cornpensation Test Switch
N/A
~P/P
N/A
Test Switch
o
o
Air Conditioning (Freon) Switch
Dirnrner Switch
10
N
N
Stall Vane/Pitot Heater Switches
10
10
Windscreen Heater Switches
10
11
Windscreen Wiper Switches
10
1-2-17
Jan 15/90
~AERO~
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
10
~
2
C/1/99
LEFT AND RIGHT CONSOLES
1-2-18
Jan 15/90
--
JETSTREAllll
SaiES J200
,
'-:~;'
t\
Left and right consoles

Itern
Description
Chapter
CCS Controller
Oxygen Outlet
Oxygen Valve
Oxygen Outlet
Cabin Oxygen Controller
Oxygen Gauge
Nosewheel Steering Control
CCS Controller
12
Cabin Attendant Call Switch
N/A
Microphone Changeover Switches
N/A
10
12
1-2-19
22001118
Printed in the U.K.
Jan 15/90
_,_~
JETSTREAllll
SaiES J200
r ... -
AYIONICS
MASTER
===n===
LIGHTING
LJ
HGlll/fUIL
CUTJllE
......
.....
'"""
D
~ ~
- l ~
crEJ1EJ
~
l
-=""'
l-i
--
D-\
""'
"""
'
--
1
C021963A.01
ROOF PANEL
EFFECTIVITY
1-2-20
Aug 15/95
900, 904
Printed in !he U.K.
H01094
_,_~-
JETSTREAllll
SaiEs 1200
r
~
AYIONICS
MASTER
...
LIGHTING
.........=i
""
'
~ o
''
......
llClllllfVU
........
.......
.......-l
EllERGENCY
..
USTlll
IUUELTI
Ufl.ITl'
llGHflllG
'
l
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
r;::::=======:::i
~
~
START
========
~
~
......
"""'
'"'
.....,
..
'"'""e"
-~.
'
IGMITE
--
MANUAL START
FUflf:VlllCH
lllUUOtl
MOJHIAL
-~.
l~ITE
...'''"
...
IMVl
--
--
C022744A
ROOF PANEL
EFFECTIVITY
819
H01095
896, 902
903
1-2-21
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
('.~~~,.
n/
_,
__
JETSTREAWI
SERiES J200

YISUAL. AUDIO & TACTILE WARNINGS (ATA 31)
1.
GENERAL
Visual, audio and tactile warning systems are installed on the
flight deck.
There are three groups of visual indication that
come on:
-
:,
:::)
Class 1, RED warnings show serious faults or emergency

conditions and require decisions immediately.
G>
-E
.5
"O
.!
.5
a:
Class 2, AMBER warnings show less serious faults or less

important conditions, and decisions are not usually required
immediately .
Class 3, GREEN, WHITE, or BLUE give other indications.
The primary warnings are located on the Central Annunciator Panel
(CAP) which is -installed in the centre of the coaming.
Other
warnings are located on various panels on the flight deck.
Audio warnings that are easy to identify are used to target sorne
RED and AMBER warnings.
Sorne audio warnings can be cancelled,
for others it is necessary to take steps to correct the source of
the warning first.
Tactile warnings are given by a stickshaker and a stickpusher.
lt)
00
,..
J:
1-3-1
May 15/95
--~
JETSTREAIW
SmiEs J200

2.
RED VISUAL WARNINGS
1..-
.'
'
FIRE
CAP
BELL + centre console lights

temperature in the related engine bay
more than 300C.
DOOR
main door is not locked.
INV
one or both inverters are not supplying

115V ac power.
SMOKE
shows smoke detected in the baggage bay.
S~g~E
OIL
1 BUS FAIL 1
CABIN
shows smoke in baggage pod.
engine oil pressure less than 50 psi.

de Main and/or Essential busbar voltage
less than 25V.
cabin altitude more than 10,000 feet.
Glareshield:
STALL
warning caption - related wing at stall

identification angle.
Roof panel:
START lights
starter/generator in the START rnode.
SHUT lights
fuel/hydraulic LP cock shut.
Right upper centre panel:

Battery lights
battery temperature more than 150C.
:e
AIRCRAFT 819,824.863,886,896,902,903 ONLY
o
o
Left and right main instrument panels:
GPWS
PITEST
1-3-2
May 15/95
captions - GPWS alert f or modes 1 to 4

and when the P/TEST has been pushed.
.....
O>
-.AllrR06Alll:ll
JETSTREAllll
SaiEs J200
AIRCRAFT ALL
3.
AMBER VISUAL WARNINGS

CAP
FUEL
FILTER
fuel filter blocked.
DETECT
defective engine fire detection

systern.
OfEMP
f light deck or cabin air supply

ternperature more than 90C.
AIRCRAFT 900, 904
one inverter is OFF (all ac power
supplied by other inverter).
INV
AIRCRAFT 819 - 896, 902 - 903

inoperative except for test.
AIRCRAFT ALL
BAT
battery contactor open.
GEN
generator disconnected frorn busbars.

de Main and Essential busbars not
connected.
BUS TIE
OPEN
AC ESS
1.
ac Essential busbar not energized.
DUCT
leakage of hot air f rorn air supply duct

into landing gear bay or fuselage belly.
W/S
overheat sensors controlling

windshield ternperature.
STARTER
starter/generator in starter rnode.
SRL
SRL OFF, unserviceable or engine below

80% RPM.
BETA
propeller pitch controlled by engine

power lever.
AC MAIN
ac Main busbar not energized.
1-3-3
H01096
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
ll/R/f71BN~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
stall warning system OFF, unserviceable or

stickpusher inhibited.
STALL
related air supply isolated by emergency shut

off valve.
AIR OFF
landing gear warning horn is isolated.
HORN
EMER LTS
emergency lighting not armed or Emergency

Lights switch set to ON.
FUEL
engine fuel pump pressure less than 20 psi.
REV
power lever set behind GROUND IDLE.
SERIES
HYD
batteries connected in series for engine

starting.
hydraulic system pressure more than 2300 psi.
Roof panel:
SELECT lights - engine start system armed.
BUS TIE RESET - de Main and Essential busbars not connected.
Left upper centre panel:
IGN
OPEN lights
LOW
caption - auto or continuous ignition.

oil cooler flaps open.
caption - less than 200 lb (90.72 kg) of
usable fuel available in related tank.
Left skirt panel:

CONTAM light -
metal detected in engine oil system.
1-3-4
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01097
.,,,,-~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
,,
<
Right skirt panel:

PITOT
caption - pitot head heater failure.
POD
DOOR
caption - baggage pod door not locked.
Left and right rnain instrurnent panel:

AIRCRAFT 819,824,863,886,896,902,903 ONLY
captions - power supply f ailure to GPWS or a
GPWS fault.
GPWS
INOP
captions - below G/S feature (rnode 5)

cancelled.
GIS
CANCLD
captions - inadvertent descent below

glideslope during an ILS approach (when
caption is pushed, BELOW G/S feature is
cancelled) .
BELOW
GIS
P/CANCEL
AIRCRAFT ALL
4.
GREEN VISUAL ADVISORY INDICATIONS

~0
1
X FEED
caption - APR in operation on related engine.

caption - fuel crossfeed cock open.
Left skirt panel:

WINGS
caption - wing de-icing boots inflating.
TAIL
caption - tail de-icing boots inflating.
ELEV
caption - elevator horn anti-icing ON.
ENG
captions - engine anti-icing set to ON.
1-3-5
1H01098
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
~~
JETSTREAllll
SetiES J200
5.
WHITE VISUAL ADVISORY INDICATIONS

Roof panel:
STOP
captions - engine HP fuel cock (FSOV) shut.
FUEL ENRICH light - related engine fuel supply is enriched.

OPEN
captions - fuel or hydraulic LP cocks open.
ARM
NORMAL
6.
caption - APR system armed

caption - fuel crossfeed cock shut.
BLUE VISUAL ADVISORY INDICATIONS

Right and left rnain instrurnent panels:
AIRCRAFT 819,824,863,886,896,902,903 ONLY
GPWS
FLAP
OVRD
captions - when pushed to show that GPWS

alert and warning envelope is desensitized
to minirnum performance.
AIRCRAFT ALL
7.
AUDIO WARNINGS
Landing gear horn
Beta warning horn
Airspeed horn
Stall warning horn
Fire bell
landing gear not locked down when power

lever set to Flight Idle, or flaps are
selected to 20 or more.
Power lever pulled behind FLIGHT IDLE
while airborne.
aircraft speed is more than Vmo,
wing(s) near to stall condition.
engine bay temperature more than 300C.
1-3-6
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01099
, BRl7W#Al/lROW06
JETSTREANI
SeEs J200

,.:~.~ "r';.~" ,
'
AIRCRAFT 819,824,863,886,896,902,903 ONLY
r,;
GPWS -
Aural warnings alert the f light crew of potential f light

into terrain.
The aural warning given relates to the
GPWS mode of operation.
Examples of GPWS aural warnings
are as follows:
-
SINK RATE
TERRAIN-TERRAIN
PULL UP
DONT SINK
TOO LOW GEAR
LOW TERRAIN
GLIDESLOPE.
The GPWS gives the following altitude call-outs:

-
FIVE HUNDRED
TWO HUNDRED
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS
BANK ANGLE.
AIRCRAFT ALL
8.
TACTILE WARNINGS
Stickshaker
Stickpusher
aircraft attitude is near to wing stall

condition.
elevators have been moved to put
aircraft nose down.
1-3-7
1HOllOO
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
_,_~
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
DAY/NIGHT SWITCH
DA Y - the CAP captions are at day
viewing intensity
NIGHT- dims the intensity of all CAP
amber captions
Note - red warning captions and
attention getter lights are not
dimmable
SPARE CAPTION POSITION
ATTENTION GETTER LIGHTS. (Red) (2)

FLASHING
- indicates one or more of the CAP
red warnings has been activated
PRESSED
- cancels the light and fire bell
audio warning and resets the
system fer next warning
Note - the light is only triggered by CAP
red warnings
- cancelling the light does not
remove the initiated CAP red
warnings
TEST PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED
- tests all CAP captions (including
spares) and the following:RED CAPTIONS
- engine ST ART (2)
- LP cocks SHUT (4)
AMBER CAPTIONS
- engine SELECT (2)
- auto IGN (2)
- PITOT (3)
- FUEL (2)
- marker MIDDLE (2)
GREEN CAPTIONS
- fuel X FEED
- L and R (APR system)
- all ice protection
WHITE CAPTIONS
- all white advisory indications
- marker AIRWAYS (2)
BLUE CAPTIONS
- marker OUTER (2)
C012042A
CENTRAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL

EFFECTIVIT'.
1-3-8
Aug 15/95
819 - 863
Printed in the U.K.
H01102
_,
___
JETSTREANI
SeES J200
DAY/NIGHT SWITCH
DA Y - the CAP captions are at day
viewing intensity
NIGHT- dims the intensity of all CAP
amber captions
Note - red warning captions and
attention getter lights are not
dimmable
PUSH
TO
CANCEL
ATTENTION GETTER LIGHTS (Red) (2)

FLASHING
- indicates one or more of the CAP
red warnings has been activated
PRESSED
- cancels the light and tire bell
audio warning and resets the
system for next warning
Note - the light is only triggered by CAP
red warnings
- cancelling the light does not
remove the initiated CAP red
warnings
TEST PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED
- tests ali CAP captions (including
spares) and the following:RED CAPTIONS
- engine ST ART (2)
- LP cocks SHUT (4)
AMBER CAPTIONS
- engine SELECT (2)
- auto IGN (2)
- PITOT (3)
- LOW (2)
- marker MIDDLE (2)
GREEN CAPTIONS
- fuel X FEED
- L and R (APR system)
- all ice protection
WHITE CAPTIONS
- all white advisory indications
- marker AIRWAYS (2)
BLUE CAPTIONS
- marker OUTER (2)
C012094A

EFFECTIVITY
886 - 999
H01101
1-3-9
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
BRl77S#I AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
}200

c.
LIGHTING (ATA 33)
l.
GENERAL
There are five primary groups of lights, external, flight
deck, emergency, cabin and other. All groups are controlled
by the crew from the f light deck.
The ernergency light system
also has a secondary control located on the light control
panel near the main entrance/exit <loor.
2.
EXTERNAL LIGHTING
The external lights are controlled by switches located on the
roof panel, and are supP.lied by the de Essential and de Main
busbars.
The external lights are:
o
o
N
N
Navigation lights located on each wing-tip and the tail

cone.
White high intensity, anti-collision strobe lights. These
lights flash, are located one on each wing-tip and are
part of the navigation light assembly.
Red high intensity, anti-collision beacons.
These
beacons flash and are iocated one on top of the vertical
stabiliser and one below the centre fuselage (or below the
baggage pod, if fitted).
A Landing light is installed in the leading edge of each
wing outboard of the engine nacelles.
The landing lights
are set to focus at approximately 360ft (llOm).
A Taxi light is attached to the leg of the nose-gear.
To
prevent operation of the taxi light when the nose gear is
retracted the supply is connected through the nose-gear
downlock switch
An Ice observation light is installed in the outboard side

of the left engine cowling.
It permits inspection of the
ice build-up on the outer leading edge of the left wing.
A second (optional) light can be installed on the right
engine cowling for inspection of the right wing.
Tail f loodlights are installed on the top and bottom
surfaces of the horizontal stabiliser.
The lights supplied by the de Essential busbar are the:
Navigation Lights
Top and Bottom Red anti-collision beacons
1-4-1
Jan 15/90
AEROSl"MCE
JETSTREANI
SeRiES J200
The lights supplied by the de Main busbar are the:

Left and Right landing lights
Taxi light
Left and Right White anti-collision lights
Ice observation light(s)
Tail f loodlights
3.
FLIGHT DECK LIGHTING

3.1
Panel Lights
;-
Most of the flight deck instruments are internally lit as

are the lower centre, skirt and roof panels. All of
these lights are controlled by switches and dimmer
controls loeated on the roof panel.
Power is supplied by
the de Essential and de Main Busbars.
c.
....
:;
'::T
"'
The lights supplied by the de Essential busbar are the:

Left rnain panel
Left upper centre panel
Lower centre panel
Centre console
Lef t skirt panel
Stand-by cornpass
The lights supplied by the de Main busbar are the:
Right rnain panel
Lower centre panel
Centre console
Right skirt panel
Roof panel
Four dimmable f loodlights are installed on the
glareshield to give general light for the instrument
panels.
The lights are supplied by the de Essential
busbar.
3.2
STANDBY LIGHTING
A white floodlight is loeated on the bulkhead above and
behind the left crew seat. The floodlight is operated by
the FLOOD ON/OFF switch on the roof panel and is supplied
from the battery busbar.
Utility lights that can be removed from their attachments
and used as hand-held lights are installed on the f light
deck.
One utility light is located on the sidewall
outboard of each crew position. Each light is operated
by a self-contained dimmer switch and is supplied by the
battery busbar.
1-4-2
Jan 15/90
N
N
::::>
N
(X)
AE'ROSPltllCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200

- -,~ : J.-
4.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
An emergency lighting system is installed to give light if the
aircraft electrical system becomes unserviceable.
The lights
installed are
Three cabin roof lights
A rear vestibule light
An emergency exit sign
A rear exit sign
The lights are controlled by the Emergency/Arm switch on the
roof panel or the emergency light switch on the vestibule
light switch panel.
The system is supplied by two 6V battery
packs which are rechargeable from the de Essential busbar.
The emergency lights come on when the Emergency/Arm switch is
set to ON, if the Emergency light switch on the vestibule
panel is set. to NORMAL.
If the Emergency/Arm switch is set to ARM the lights come on
automatically if the power supply to the de Essential busbar
is stopped.
When the Emergency/Arm switch is set to OFF the battery packs
are connected to the aircraft battery to be charged.
The
C.A.P. [EMER LTs)
(amber) caption will come on.
The Emergency lights switch in the vestibule can be set to two

positions, NORMAL and ON.
CAUTION:
NORMAL:
C:
N
N
ON:
ONLY SET THE SWITCH TO ON IN AN EMERGENCY OR TO TEST

THE SYSTEMy AS THE LIFE OF THE BATTERY PACK IS VERY
SHORT.
The emergency light system is controlled by the
Emergency/Arm switch.
Cancels the Emergency/Arm switch.

and the CAP JEMER LTS]
The emergency lights
(amber) caption will come on.
Note: When the emergency lights are off and the aircraft
electrical system operates normally, the battery packs are
connected to the de Essential busbar to be charged.
1-4-3
Jan 15/90
BRITISH AER'OSF'MCE
JETSTREANI
Senies 1200
S.
CABIN LIGHTING
Cabin lighting is given by overhead, window and sign lights
controlled by switches on the roof panel. Each Passenger
Service Unit (PSU} contains a passenger reading light for each
seat location. The cabin lighting is supplied with power by.
de Battery busbar - Vestibule light
de Essential busbar - Cabin sign lights, overhead lights
(part)
de Main busbar - overhead lights (part), window lights,
PSU lights.
6.
OTHER LIGHTING
Lights are located in the baggage bay and baggage pod (if
installed). They are controlled by the Baggage bay light
switch in the vestibule and supplied by the de Battery busbar.
Note: An optional servicing light may be installed in the
nose equiprnent bay. It is operated by a switch on the roof
panel and is supplied frorn the de Main busbar.
1-4-4
Jan 15/90
BRITISHA~E
JETSTREAWI
SERiEs 'J200
ROOFPANEL
rn
000
OOOITJ[]]J CD
ODD~---
ooom rn
rn oHHo rn
rn IIII rn
o o e o rn
~cO
e:
o 8 l!iJ GHg Bo
e:
;:
o..
BEACON SWITCHES
UPPERON
- upper anti-collision beacon on
LOWER ON
- lower anti-collision beacon on
STROBE SWITCH
ON - strobe anti-collision lights on
LEFT LAND SWITCH

ON - left landing light on
-e
e:
NAV/TAIL FLOOD SWITCH

NAVON
- navigation lights on
NAVfTAIL FLOODON
- navigation and tail flood
lights on
ICE OBSERVE/SERVICE SWITCH

ICE OBSERVE ON
- ice observation light(s) on
SERVICE ON
- nose
equipment
bay
servicing lights on (if fitted)
LIGHTING CONTROL - EXTERNAL
RIGHT LAND/TAXI SWITCH

LAND
- right landing light on
TAXI
- taxi light on
C/2/1026X
1-4-5
Jan 15/90
AIEROt#MCE
JETSTREAAll
SeRies J200

..
ROOFPANU
OJ 1
OOOCDITIJOJ
OOOOJITIJOJ
!i:JcO 000 OJ OJ
EMERGENCY/ARM SWITCH
with emergency light switch at
NORMAL (entrance door lighting
panel}
ON - self powered emergency
lightson
- emergency lighting power
packs disconnected from
essential busbar
ARM -emergency lighting power
packs connected to essential
busbar for charging
-emergency
lighting
automatically illuminates if
power to essential busbar is
interupted
OFF - emergency lighting power
packs connected to essential
and battery busbars for
cha rgi n,g.___.......,
- CAP.IEMER LTSkamber) on
rn oHHo m
rn :a::a: m
o
oco OJ
D81!i:JQ!Ql80
ENGINE/FUEL DIMMER CONTROL

Left upper centre panel lighting
intens1ty control
ROOF OIMMER CONTROL

Roof panel and lower centre panel
lighting intensity control
EMERGENCY
ON
RIGHT
LEFT
~ , : ~: :.:~:
.. :
::::::::::=:=:::=:::=:::::;:::::
OFF
LEFT DIMMER CONTROL

Left main instrument panel and
standby compass lighting intensity
control
CENTRE DIMMER CONTROL

Center upper and centre console
RIGHT DIMMER CONTROL

Right main_ instrument panel
CJ2/116X1
LIGHTING CONTROL - FLIGHT DECK

1-4-6
Jan 15/90
N
N
::::>
::::>
BRITISH AER'DSFWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES '1200
ROOFPANEL
!
[!]
0000
EMER LTS
OOOJITD 0J
f
~
:d ;:
~~~~ ~;:
ooomrrorn
ICJcO 000 rn OJ
moEfEfo rn
OJ IIII rn
o rn
ON
- emergency I arm switch set

to OFF, or
- emergency light switch set
toON
(amber)
EMERGENCY I ARM SWITCH

if vestibule EMERG. LIGHTS switch at
NORMAL
ON
- emegency lights on.
ARM - automatically illuminates
emergency lights if powerto de
Essential busbar interrupted.
- connects emergency light battery
packs to de Essential busbar for
charging.
OFF - connects battery packs to Battery
busbar for charg,,:.;.in...g"-.- - - .
- illuminates CAP j EMER LT~
(amber) capt101'
082i]QIQIBO
A :.1..:.::1:::.1:::::; A
R
M
OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH

CAUTION:
uON" MUST ONLY BE SELECTED IN
AN EMERGENCY OR FOR TEST

PURPOSES.
e
e
ON
N
N
EMERGENCY
USE ONLY
BAGGAGE
BAY
LIGHT
VESTIBULE
LIGHT
- overrides flight deck

EMERGENCY/ARM switch and lights
emergency light.;.:.i;,.:;ng~.-- illuminates CAR EMER LT~ {amber)
caption.
NORMAL
- emergency lighting is controlled by
flight deck EMERGENCYIARM
switch.
H/0/956X
LIGHTING CONTROL - EMERGENCY

1-4-7
Jan 15/90
AEROSFtt!ICE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
ROOFPANEL
o
ooo
ooo [l] DJJ [[]
OJ o o o.o
li!JoO 000 rn CD
rnoHHo m
rn
IIII
o m
DB~QIQIBO
FLOOD SWITCH
ON - flight deck floodlight on
PASSENGER READING SWITCH

ON - PSU lights armed
NO SMOKING/UTILITY LIGHT SWITCH

ON - cabin -no smoking" andHexit"
signson
- vestibule light on
NOTE- this light is supplied from
the battery busbar
CABIN WINDOW LIGHT SWITCH

HIGH - high intensity lighting
LOW - low intensity lighting
CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHT SWITCH

HIGH - high intensity lighting
DOOR SWITCH
ON - entrance door light en
LOW - low intensity lighting
FASTEN SEATBELTS SWITCH

ON - cabin #fasten seatbelts" signs
en
- toilet return to seat" sign on
{if fitted}
H
Cl211025X
LIGHTING CONTROL - CABIN
1-4-8
Jan 15/90
~AE~E
JETSTREAA#
SeRies J200
ROOF PANEL
0000
ooomrrom
ooomrrom
!i!JcD 000 Cil ~.........._
moHHom
CD IIII rn
O o e o CD
O 8 ~Hi!I !ti 80
NON ESSENTIAL SWITCH

ON - roof panel lights on
- ammeter lighti.ng on
- voltmeter lighting on
- lower centre pedestal lights
on
- right upper centre panel
lights on
- pedestal flood lights on
- right skirt panel lights on
o
o
ESSENTIAL
ESSENTIAL SWITCH
ON - left main panel lights on - - .,
- left skirt panel lights on
----...
- left upper centre panel
F
lightson
- stand by compass light on
- standby AH lighting on
N
N
ES
ON
~~~IAL 1
o
C/2/939X
LIGHTING CONTROL - PANEL MASTER

1-4-9
Jan 15/90
~AEROSFMCE
JETSTREANI
SeRies 1200
,.
~.
'
EMERGENCY LIGHT
CAUTION
f'\)
f'\)
NO SMOKING
SIGN
--
FASTEN SEAT BELTS

SIGN ,
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
EMERGENCY
LIGHT
0/3/070
EMERGENCY LIGHTING LOCATION
1-4-10
Jan 15/90
_,
__
JETSTREANI
SeE5 J200
ON/OFF/DIMMER
SWITCH
DETACHABLE MOUNTING
Note - pull down light to remove
it from its stowage
FLASHER SWITCH
RED INTERLOCK
BUTTON
LENS HOUSING
(ROTATE TO SELECT COLOUR)
WANDER LEAD
C001927A
FLIGHT DECK UTILITY LIGHT
1-4-11
H01568
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-~
JETSTREAIW
SERiB J200
VESTIBULE LIGHT SWITCH

ON
- vestibule light ON
Note - vestibule light powered by
Battery Busbar
BAGGAGE BAY LIGHT SWITCH

ON
- baggage bay lights on if
vestibule light switch ON
Note - baggage bay lights
powered by Battery
Bus bar
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH

- "ON " MUST ONL Y BE
SELECTED IN AN
EMERGENCY OR FOR TEST
PURPOSES
ON
- overrides flight deck
EMERGENCY/ARM selector
positions and lights
emergency lighting powered
by self-contained batteries
NORMAL
- enables emergency lighting
system to be controlled by
flight deck EMERGENCY
/ARM selector positions
D031928A
VESTIBULE CONTROL PANEL
1-4-12
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01569
. . . nSH Al!7PDlll"IM:tllF
JETSTREAIW
Seu J200
CHAPTER 2-AIRFRAME & FLYING CONTROLS

:::::i
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
Feb 15/96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aug 15/95
2-1
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Oct
Oct
2-2
1
2
Nov 15/94
Aug 15/95
2-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Feb
Feb
G>
.;;
.E
"ti
.!!
e:
et
8
9
10
11
12
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/95
15/90
15/90
15/93
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/96
15/96
o,....
,_
e
CJ
2-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
-~
JETSTREAIW
SERiES J200
CHAPTER 2
AIRFRAME AND FLYING CONTROLS (ATA 53 AND 27)
LIST OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-1-1
2-1-1
2-1-1
2-1-1
2-1-2
2-1-2
2-1-3
2-1-3
2-1-3
2-1-3
2-1-4
2-1-4
2-1-7
Flight Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stall Protection and Recovery System ............. .
2-2-1
2-2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuselage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tail Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baggage Pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entran~e/Exit Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabin Escape Hatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabin Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flight Deck Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flight Deck Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flight Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
CONTROL AND INDICATION

Trim Control and Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flight Control (Gust) Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~
Stall Protection Control and Indication .......... .
Right Hand Crew Seat ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency Escape Hatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direct Vision Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crew Emergency Escape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baggage Compartment Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baggage Pod Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-1
2-3-2
2-3-3
2-3 "." 5
2-3-6
2-3-7
2-3-8
2-3-9
2-3-10
2-3-11
CHAPTER 2 CONTENTS
Page 1
H01277
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
BIWTISH AER05'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER 2
AIRFRAME AND FLIGHT CONTROLS CATA 53 AND 27)
l.
GENERAL
1.1
2.
The Jetstream is a low wing monoplane of conventional all

metal stressed skin construction. The aircraft is made
for a long fatigue life, with extensive corrosion
protection.
FUSELAGE
.E
2.1
3.
TAIL UNIT
3.1
The tail unit is made up from a horizontal stabilizer and

a vertical stabilizer. The vertical stabilizer extends
from the rear fuselage and has the horizontal stabilizer
attached to it.
3.2
The stabilizers have a leading edge de-icing system. The

rudder and elevator control surf aces are installed on the
trailing edges.
--
o
o
("\J
("\J
4.
The fuselage has seven main zones:

- The nose cone, which covers the radar and glideslope
antennae
The nose landing gear bay, which contains the nose gear
and related hydraulic equipment
An unpressurised nose equipment bay, which.contains
electrical and avionic equipment
A pressurised cabin, divided by bulkheads into three
areas; flight deck, passenger cabin and baggage
compartment
An unpressurised rear equipment bay, which contains
f lying control components and optional equipment
A tail cone, (which can be removed) which covers part
of the rudder control system
The lower fuselage centre bay, which contains
hydraulic, air and fuel system components.
WINGS
4.1
The wings are box structures which have front, main, rear
and auxiliary spars covered by skin panels. They are
attached to three forged, hooped frames in the fuselage
centre section. There is an internal fuel tank and main
landing gear bay in each wing. These are found in the
area between the front and rear spars. Ailerons-and
f laps are installed to the trailing edge of the rear
spar.
2-1-1
Aug 15/90
BIWT1SH AEROS#WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
4.2
5.
BAGGAGE POD
5.1
6.
The leading edges (which can be removed) have a de-icing

system installed. The wing tips (which can also be
removed) contain the navigation/strobe light units.
An optional external baggage pod can be installed below

the fuselage to increase the baggage capacity of the
aircraft.
ENTRANCE/EXIT DOOR
6.1
The entrance/exit door is installed on the left side of

the rear fuselage.
It is hinged at the bottom, and opens
out and down. The door's inner face is shaped into steps
which give access to the passenger cabin. A hand cable
and a hand rail are attached to the inner f ace of the
door.
6.2
When the door is open, it is locked down by the handrail.

This limits tail down movement of the aircraft. A buffer
is installed to the door outer skin which prevents damage
to the door. When the door is opened and closed, the
door weight is supported by gas struts. In the closed
position, the door is sealed by a pressure seal which is
inflated by cabin pressurization.
6.3
The door is locked in the closed postion by six steel

drawbolts. The drawbolts are operated by an internal or
external handle in the door. The handles must be pulled
out to release a saf ety lock, then turned clockwise
through 90 degrees to unlock the door.
6.4
Five drawbolts (the bottom bolt and four side bolts) have
visual indicators in the door to show when the drawbolts
are in the locked position. The sixth (upper) drawbolt
does not have an indicator. The drawbolts are locked
when the pin on the drawbolt is aligned with a red line
painted on the indicator window.
6.5
All six drawbolts and the door handle mechanism each

contact a microswitch when in the closed and locked
position.
A CAP
loooRI
(red) caption comes on if:
- The door is open

- A microswitch fails in the open position
- A microswitch has moved to the unlock position from the
locked closed position
- The door takes longer than 10 seconds to lock closed.
2-1-2
Aug 15/90
SR17W#A6R04llPJlll06
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
NOTE:
7.
CABIN ESCAPE HATCHES

7.1
8.
9.
10.
The 10 second time delay (which prevents incorrect

warnings) starts when the first microswitch has
closed.
An escape hatch is installed on each side of the passenger

cabin, above the wing. Each hatch has a window which is
demisted by it's own dessicator system. The two hatches
open into the cabin, and are unlocked by an internal or
external handle.
CABIN WINDOWS
8.1
The fourteen cabin windows are double glazed, with the air
gap between the panes demisted by a dessicator system. The
windows are linked through the demist systern to a master
dessicator cylinder installed on the rear pressure
bulkhead. An internal plastic panel is installed to protect
the window panes frorn darnage.
8.2
In flight, the full pressure of the cabin pressurisation

systern is taken by the window pane. If the window pane
becomes crazed or cracked, refer to the Ernergency Check
List.
FLIGHT DECK WINDOWS

9.1
There are seven windscreen panels installed on the flight

deck. The left, centre and right rnain panels are made of
five layers of acrylic and vinyl sheets bonded together.
The electrically heated left and right main panels use a
layer of indiurn trioxide as a heater elernent.
9.2
The left and right Direct Vision (DV) windows each have a
dessicator installed to dernist the inner and outer acrylic
panels. These windows can be opened and slid to the rear on
tracks. They are used for the crew ernergency exits.
9.3
The left and right rear panels are installed behind the DV
windows. They have an inner and outer acrylic panel and are
dernisted by the cabin window dessicator systern.
FLIGHT DECK SEATS

10.1 The pilot's seats have a lockable inertia reel safety
harness installed. They are adjustable in height and can be
moved forward or backward. Seat travel is lirnited by stops
on the seat rails. The seats are left or right handed
because of the position of the adjustrnent lever on-each
seat.
2-1-3
22001457
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/90
--~
JETSTREAAll
SmiES J200
10.2
1
11.
PASSENGER SEATS
11.l
12.
The seats are installed on plinths and attached to the

floor with quick release pins. A fire warning bell is
installed on the forward face of each plinth. A portable
oxygen bottle is installed on each plinth, outboard of
each seat.
A maximum of nineteen passenger seats can be installed.

Double seat units are installed on the right of the
cabin, single seat units on the left. Each seat is
equipped with a lap strap. A life jacket stowage is under
the seat.
FLIGHT CONTROLS
12.1
The flight control systems are cohtrolled by a control

wheel and control column (aileron and elevator control)
anda set of rudder pedals (rudder control). Each rudder
pedal has a brake master cylinder installed, which
operates the toe brakes. The rudder pedals are adjusted
by the rotation of a handle below the skirt panel. During
adjustment, the outboard pedal will move a little further
than the inboard pedal. A second control wheel, a control
column and set of rudder pedals are supplied for the
First Officer. The two sets of controls are linked
together, so movement of one set will move _the other in
the same manner.
12.2
Trim function for each control system (ailerons, elevator

and rudder) is _controlled by individual trim wheels
installed on the centre console. A trim gauge for each
system is installed on the centre console to show how
much trim is selected. A trim jack in each system changes
the datum for balance tab (aileron and elevator) or
spring tab (rudder) operation. The trim cables are
installed between the centre console and the trim jacks.
They f ollow similar paths to the control cables in each
system.
12.3
The ailerons are controlled by cables which pass under

the floor on each side of the aircraft. The cables pass
through fuselage pressure seals to a control quadrant on
the rear face of the wing rear spar. Then rods and levers
are used to connect with an offset angle assmebly. The
angle assembly transmits rod movement to the aileron,
which moves in the necessary direction.
2-1-4
Aug 15/95
Printed in the UK
H01215
~A~E
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
12.4
The Frise type differential ailerons are hinged to the

wing rear spar. They have two balance weights, one
interna! (in the horn} and one external (beneath the
aileron) . A trim/balance tab is attached to each
aileron at the inboard end. The tabs are connected to a
trim jack installed on the wing rear spar. Two rods
connected to the wing rear spar supply the balance
function. The trim function is supplied by a cable and
chain mechanism to the trim jack.
12 .5
The rudder cables pass from the rudder pedals, under the
floor on the right side of the aircraft. They pass
through pressure seals in the rear pressure bulkhead to
a quadrant in the rear fuselage.
Cables from the
quadrant operate a rudder mechanism made up of a torque
tube and an interna! torsion bar.
12.6
With no load on the rudder, the torque tube and torsion

bar assembly operate together. With a load on the
rudder (e.g. in flight) the rudder and spring/trim tab
move in opposite directions. This gives aerodynamic
help to move the rudder. If there is a load on the
rudder, the torsion bar can twist inside the torque
tube. Thus, if the pilot moves the rudder pedals when
the control lock is in, he could think the rudder has
moved. But he has only moved the spring/trim tab. It
is necessary to make sure that the rudder is unlocked
before a full and free control check.
12.7
With the rudder trim gauge at neutral, the trim tab is

offset to 7.75 degrees to the right. This is to help
rudder control if the right (critica!) engine fails on
take-off. Two spring struts are installed between the
rudder quadrant and the airframe. They supply
artificial feel for rudder control up to 5 degrees each
side of neutral.
12.8
The aileron and rudder systems are linked by a spring

strut. This is installed under the floor, on the right
side of the aircraft, forward of the wing rear spar.
This link supplies co-ordinated aileron and rudder
movement to help the aircraft return from certain
attitudes. The load applied by the spring strut can be
over-ridden by the pilot's operation of the ailerons and
rudder.
..
::::>
.=.
-e
$
e:
;:
a..
'
LJ")
-.:::t"
o
o
(\J
(\J
2-1-5
Aug 15/90
~AEROSIWCE
JETSTREAIW
SeRiEs J200
12.9
The elevators are interchangeable between the left and

right sides. They are hinged to the trailing edge of
the horizontal stabiliser. The elevator cables pass
from the control column under the f loor on the right
side of the aircraft. They pass through pressure seals
in the rear pressure bulkhead to a quadrant in the rear
equipment bay. Rods pass from the quadrant up through
the vertical stabiliser to a torque shaft which joins
both elevators together.
12.10 Each elevator has a balance/trim tab installed at the

inboard end. The tabs are connected by two rods to the
horizontal stabilizer front spar to supply the balance
function.
The trim function is supplied by a cable and
chain mechanism to the trim jack. The trim jack is
installed on the horizontal stabilizer front spar. A
spring is installed between the elevator quadrant and
the rear equipment bay bulkhead. This supplies an
elevator down position on the ground, but it is
neutral/stable in flight.
Note: For added safety protection, aileron and elevator
trim connections between trim jacks and tabs are by dual
rods.
12.11 CAUTION:
DO NOT TRY TO ENGAGE CONTROL LOCK WHEN POWER

LEVERS ARE IN THE FLIGHT RANGE. THIS WILL
RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE MECHANISM.
The control surf aces can be locked in the neutral

position when the aircraft is on the ground. A handle
on the right side of the centre console is used to
engage the locks. When the handle is moved to the up
(locked) position, a system of cables and levers will
insert spring loaded lock pins in:
- The aileron drive quadrant on the right side, behind
the instrument panel
- The elevator quadrant in the rear equipment bay
- The base of the rudder
Note: The rudder gust lock is covered with a rubber boot
for cold weather protection. This is to prevent a
frozen pin remaining in the locked position.
12.12 When the handle is moved to the down (unlocked)
position, interna! springs remove the pins from the
quadrants and rudder base. When the gust locks are
engaged, only one power lever can be moved to FLIGHT
IDLE. If the two power levers are above FLIGHT IDLE,
the gust locks CAN NOT be engaged.
2-1-6
Aug 15/90
'
-~
. '
JETSTREAIW
Sai&J200
13.
STALL PROTECTION
13.1
Stall protection is supplied by two stall warning systems

and one automatic stall recovery(stick pusher) system.
The stall warning systems give separate warnings for the
left and right wings. This occurs when a wing approaches
a stall angle and at stall identification angle. The two
warning systems must have a stall identification to
operate the automatic stall recovery system.
13.2
Stall warning vanes,installed on the left and right wing

leading edges,identify the wing angle of attack. If a
wing gets to the stall warning angle,the vane sends an
electrical signal to a Signal Swnming Unit(SSU). The SSU
operates the stick shaker and the stall warning horn. If
a wing angle of attack increases to the stall
identification angle,the
or
1 8 1;,1'L
1 (red)
captions on the glareshield come on. The stick shaker

and the stall warning horn also operate.
13.3
The stall recovery system is hydraulically operated. When

each wing gets to the stall identification angle,each SSU
energises a solenoid valve in the stall recovery system.
When the two solenoids are energised (both wings at stall
identif ication angle) hydraulic pressure operates a stall
recovery arm on the elevator quadrant. This moves the
elevator to 8 degrees nose down. The stick psh is
stopped i:mmediately when a wing returns into the stall
warning range. This removes electrical power from the
solenoid which stops the f low of hydraulic pressure to
the system.
13.4 When the
or
~
~
(red) captions are
on, the stick push will be cancelled,if the caption is

pressed.
This makes the CAP
1 STALL 1 (amber) caption
come on. The stall warning systems are still armed but
the stick push can only be armed again on the ground.
The stick push will be cancelled when the aircraft
pitches down to less than ~ g absolute. A pull force of
80 lbs on the control column will override the nose-down
pressure of the stick push.
2-1-7
Oct 15/93
22201263
Printed in the U.K.
JETSTREAIW
Sai&J200
'
13.5 The stall protection system is controlled by two STALL

PROTECTION switches on the roof panel. The switches
have three positions:
ON
- arms the stall warning system,
the CAP
1 STALL 1
(amber) caption goes out.

TEST - simulates a stall identification angle, operates
the stick shaker, operates stall warning horn,
glareshield
and
OFF
and
S~L
(red) captions
1 STALL 1 lamber) caption come on.
- switches off the stall protection system,

CAP
13.6
1STALL
lamber) caption comes on.
If the two STALL PROTECTION switches are set to TEST at

the same time:
The two CAP
1 STALL 1 lamber) captions and
~
~
1 STR1\i'L 1 (red) glareshield captions will come on
- Stick shaker, stall warning horn and stick psher will

operate.
The TEST function is cancelled in f light by the nose
landing gear weight-on-wheels (squat) switch.
13.7
The CAP 1 STALL 1 lamber) caption will also come on when:

A signal surnming unit fails
Electrical power to a signal surnming unit fails
- A stall protection system is switched off
- A stall identification light is pressed when lit.
2-1-8
Oct 15/90
Printed in the U.K.
22201276
and
"\.
..~~'
~--
JETSTREAIW
SetiES J200
z
o
a:
w
al
...<
z
o
::E
a:
...ce
az
al
J:
...<
::E
...cew
a:
...
o
<
>
w
...J
w
ce
Q.
<ll
o>
a:
<
(.)
z
<
...J
<
w
<ll
Q.
al
<
...J
...u.u.
w
z
<
>
...J
z
O<ll
a: ...J
wo
a:
...Ja:
-<z
...
o
o
::>
>-o
>-u.
...J
...J
tt (.)
a:
a:
>--
<
>
w
...J
o<ll
a: ...J
wo
=a:
<11-Z
J:
<ll
(!JU
a: ...J
wo
o a:
ce
o>-
::iz
a:
(.)
<ll
Z...J
a: a:
w >...J Z
a:
w
<
-o
"u
...J
...J
<
>-w
<llz
>-<
J: >
(!)
ce
H272194A
FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
2-2-1
22201652
Printed in the U.K.
Nov 15/94
.-,_AIERO-
JETSTREANI
SmiES J200
STALL
~~~
1-
ROOF PANEL
STALL PROTECTION----
LEFT
RIGHT
O'N""""'""""'~
IDENT ,
WARN'
1
STALL
WARNING
L_
STALL
IDENT
SIGNAL SUMMING
UNIT
STALL
WARNING
STALL
IDENT
HORN
TEST
STALL
IDENT
SQUAT
SWITCH
STALL
WARNING
SIGNAL SUMMING
UNIT
SSUOR
POWER
FAILURE
SSUOR
POWER
FAILURE
STALL
WARNING
STALL
IDENT
HORN
C.A.P.
STICK
SHAKER
STICK
SHAKER
AUTOPILOT
DISENGAGE
(IFFITIED)
AUTOPILOT
DISENGAGE
(IFFITIED)
STICKPUSHER
SOLENOID&
IDENTLIGHTS
ISOLATED
GPWS
AUDIO
SUPPRESS
(IFFITIED)
RESET SWITCH
(GROUND ONLY)
ISOLATE RELAY
STICKPUSHER
SOLENOID&
IDENT LIGHTS
ISOLATED
ISOLATE RELAY
--- - ---.
1/2 'g' SWITCH
(LEFT SIDE ONLY)
--
LH
STALL
IDENT
LIGHTS
--
RH
LH
(RED)
RH
STALL
IDENT
LIGHTS
(RED)
G272358A.O 1
STALL PROTECTION AND RECOVERY SYSTEM
2-2-2
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01279
BIW77SH AIEROBiFIMCE
JETSTREANI
SeRies 'J200
CENTRE PEDESTAL
ELEVATOR TRIM GAUGE
. shows the amount of

trim applied to the
elevator tab.
RUDDER TRIM GAUGE
o ti o
~-J8"'" i -; ; :;:; :;: r-""""'

! F\IH
----l..
of
FIRl
ru ..
l'Ull
_ _'
ELEVATOR TRIM WHEEL
-shows amount of trim

applied to rudder tab.
PUll
::.J
- manual control
elevator trim.
AILERON TRIM GAUGE
- shows amount of trim

applied to aileron tab.-
o
o
C'\J
C'\J
RUDDER TRIM WHEEL
AILERON TRIM WHEEL
- manual control of aileron

trim.
- manual control of rudder

trim.
C/1IOS71
TRIM CONTROL AND INDICATION

2-3-1
Aug 15/90
~A~E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
CENTRE PEDESTAL
CAUTION: DO NOT TRY TO ENGAGE CONTROL

LOCK WHEN POWER LEVERS ARE IN
THE FLIGHT RANGE. THIS WILL RESULT
IN DAMAGE TO THE MECHANISM
FLYING CONTROL LOCK

HANDLE
UP
- will engage the

locks when the flying
controls are moved to the
neutral position
DOWN
- will disengage the locks
NOTE: 1. when locks are
disengaged the elevator
control will go forward
dueto the action of the
elevator down spring
2. the locks cannot be
engaged when both
power levers are forward
of Flight ldle
C/1/0582
FLIGHT CONTROL (GUST) LOCK HANDLE

2-3-2
Aug 15/90
_,__
JETSTREAllll
SoiEs J200
STALL VANE (2)

Detects approaching stall
ST ALL PROTECTION SELECTOR (2)

ON
- arms related stall protection
system
OFF - related stall protection system is
switched off
- CAP ST ALL caption (Amber) on
TEST - tests related stall protection
system
Note 1. - test is prevented in flight
2.- hydraulic pressure is required
for full system test
STALL PROTECTION
o
F
TEST
STALL IDENT CAPTIONS (Red) (4)

ON
- shows that a stall condition
has been identified for
related wing
lf the stall ident caption (Red) is
pressed when on
- stickpusher is cancelled and
inhibited
- the caption is cancelled and
inhibited
- CAP STALL caption (Amber)
ON
Note1 .- alter the stickpusher has
been inhibited any stall
warnings will be given by
stickshaker and audio
warning horn, but no red
caption indication
2. - the stickpusher can only be
reset on the ground
l
l
STALL CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- shows related stall protection
system has failed or is off
- or related stickpusher is
inhibited by the glareshield
ST ALL ident caption (Red)
being pressed while
illuminated
C012121A.04
STALL PROTECTION CONTROL AND INDICATION

EFFECTIVITY
886 - 999
H01285
2-3-3
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
//ii11WnBN~
JETSTREAIW
SetiEs J200
STALL VANES (2)

Detects approaching stall
ST ALL PROTECTION SELECTOR (2)

ON
- arms related stall protection
system
OFF - related stall protection system is
switched off
- CAP ST ALL caption (Amber) on
TEST - tests related stall protection
system
Note1 .- test is prevented in flight
2. - hydraulic pressure is required
for full system test
STALL PROTECTION
o
F
F
TEST
STALL IDENT CAPTIONS (Red) (4)

ON
- shows that a stall condition
has been identified for
related wing
lf the stall ident caption (Red) is
pressed when on
- stickpusher is cancelled and
inhibited
- the caption is cancelled
- CAP STALL caption (Amber)
ON
Note 1. - after the stickpusher has
been inhibited any stall
warnings will be given by
stickshaker and audio
warning horn, but no red
caption indication
2. - the stickpus her can only be
reset on the ground
1
l
STALL CAPTIONS (Amber) (2)

ON
- shows related stall protection
system has failed or is off
- or related stickpusher is
inhibited by the glareshield
STALL ident caption (Red)
being pressed while
illuminated
C011749A.06
STALL PROTECTION CONTROL AND INDICATION

EFFECITIVTY
2-3-4
Aug 15/95
819 - 863
Printed in the U.K.
H01289
l1Rl7lllN~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
INERTIA CONTROLLED SHOULDER STRAPS
ADJUSTABLE
LAP STRAP
ARM REST
ADJUSTMENT BUTTON
ASHTRAY
SEAT REAR STOP
SEAT POSITION
CONTROL LEVER
SHOULDER STRAP
INERTIA REEL CONTROL
QUICK RELEASE PIN

C051561A
RIGHT HAND CREW SEAT
2-3-5
H01290
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-~
JETSTREAIW
SmiES J200
DOOR HANDLE
PULL~N
FULLY &
TURN
9of.: ~~AROS
DOOR INTERNAL HANDLE OPERATION
HAND CABLE
DOOR EXTERNAL HANDLE OPERATION
FOOT PEDAL
Pressed down to unlock door handrail
RELEASE HINGE
PRESSED
- unlocks door handrail
DOOR HANDLE INDICATOR
LOCKED
- shows fluorescent red line
on white centre disc aligned
with outer red lines
\'
LOCKED INDICATION
When pin and red line coincide
locking bolt is engaged
UNLOCKED INDICATION
When pin and red line do not coincide
locking bolt is not engaged
PIN ON DOOR MECHANISM
PIN ON DOOR MECHANISM
LOCKING BOL T MECHANISM

LOCKING BOL T MECHANISM
RED LINE ON WINDOW
RED LINE ON WINDOW
D031981A
ENTRANCE DOOR
2-3-6
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01291
l/lRlnBH~
JETSTREAllll
SERies J200

r1~::~ ,~~\.
1'"',
WARNING:
SUPPORT HATCH AT ALL TIMES
DURING RELEASE. WHEN PULLED
INWARDS THE HATCH
DISENGAGES FROM HINGES AT
THE EXTENT OF ITS MOVEMENT
RELEASE HANDLE
PU LLE O
- inwards and upwards raleases
escape hatch
HINGES
D032449A
EMERGENCY ESCAPE HATCH
2-3-7
H01292
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
_,
__
JETSTREAIW
Sees J200

SECTION A-A
SLIDER
HANDLE CLOSED
POSITION
A
/
I
I
/
L'
/
!.
SLIDER
DESSICATOR
SLIDER
FWD
HANDLE GRIP
C032501A
DIRECT VISION WINDOW
2-3-8
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01293
liilRITnSH-
JETSTREAllll
SERiES J200
TO OPEN DV. WINDOW

1. PULL STRIPED HANDLE DOWN ANO REARWARDS
2. PULL WINDOW INWARD WITH BOTH HANDLES
3. MOVE WINDOW REARWARDS IN TRACK UNTIL
CATCH ENGAGES
GRASP ROOF HANDLE

WITH RIGHT HAND
CAUTION; DO NOT PULL

ON DESICCATOR
FOR LEFT PILOT
BOTH FEET ON RAIL

JUMP CLEAR
CREW EMERGENCY ESCAPE
2-3-9
H01294
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
ll!Rn7SH--
JETSTREANI
SBEs J200
BAGGAGE DOOR LOCK

Spare key stowed in cockpit
for emergency use only
SPARE KEV STOWAGE

TO UNLOCK
- press knob down and turn
anti-ctockwise
TO LOCK
- press knob down and turn
clockwise
0021936A
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR
2-3-10
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01295
...www .AaJl'IO"'e:r
JETSTREAllll
SaiEsJ200
POD SMOKE CAPTION (Red)
ON
- shows smoke has been
detectad in baggage pod
POD DOOR CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- shows that the baggage pod
door is not locked
BAGGAGE POD
BAGGAGE LOADING
MAX. CAPACITY
435 lb (198 kg)
MAX. FLOOR LOADING
35 lb/ft2 (16 kg/ft2)

BAGGAGE TO BE DISTRIBUTED
AS EVENLY AS POSSIBLE
C011996A.01
BAGGAGE POD INDICATION

EFFECTIVITY
886 - 999
H02150
2-3-11
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
...JETSTREAIW
,..,,_,..,.,,..,.
SaiEsJ200

ON
- indicates smoke has been
detected in baggage pod
ie-1- -
CE p:<(.)T
rc~:]l [:Jl
POD DOOR CAPTION (Amber)
ON
- indicates that the baggage
pod door is not locked
BAGGAGE POD
BAGGAGE LOADING
MAX. CAPACITY
435 lb (198 kg)
DOOR HANDLE
MAX. FLOOR LOADING
35 lb/ft2 (16 kg/ft2)

BAGGAGE TO BE DISTRIBUTED
AS EVENLY AS POSSIBLE
C011398A
BAGGAGE POD INDICATION

EFFECTIVITY
2-3-12
Feb 15/96
819 - 863
Printed in the U.K.
H02151
. . . TW# Al!WIDllRllOI!'
JETSTREAAI'
Saiu J200
CHAPTER 3-AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURISATION

:::)
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
Feb 15/96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aug 15/95
3-1
1
2
3
4
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
3-2
1
2
3
Jan 15/90
Jan 15/90
May 15/95
3-3
1
2
3
4
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
GI
-E
.s:
"O
.!!
.S:
a:
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/96
15/96
o
......
,.....
o
CJ
3-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
SNllWWWAl/ROSAllOllT
JETSTREANI
SaiEs J200
CHAPTER 3
AIR CONDITIONING AND PRESSURIZATION (ATA 21)
LIST OF CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
.
3-1-1
3-1-1
3-1-3
3-1-3
3-1-4
Air Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air Conditioning System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabin Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2-1
3-2-2
3-2-3
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Condi tioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressurization System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freon System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

Air Conditioning Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioning Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressurization Control and Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3-1
3-3-2
3-3-3
CHAPTER 3 CONTENTS
Page 1
H01577
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
. BRITISN AEROSF'MCE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
CHAPTER 3
AIR CONDITIONING AND PRESSURISATION (ATA 21)
1.
GENERAL
1.1
The air for air-conditioning, pressurisation and other

uses is supplied frorn the cornpre.ssor outlet of each
engine and is known as P3 air. Flow, ternperature and
pressure of P3 air are all controlled.
The systern is
operated by controls installed on the f light deck Lower
Centre Panel.
l. 2
P3 air is supplied at approxirnately 160 psi, 300C and

f irst goes through a pre-cooler in the engine bay which
decreases the ternperature by approxirnately lOOC. The
air is then divided to supply the air-conditioning systern
and to give servo air for cabin pressurisation, aircraft
structure de-icing and hydraulic tank pressurisation.
:.:
::>
.,
-5
=j
=~
2.
AIR CONDITIONING
2.1
The air-conditioning supply goes through a norrnally open

Ernergency Shut-Off Valve (ESOV) to a flow control valve
(FCV) . The FCV controls the flow of air to a rnaximurn of
90 psi and is set pneurnatically by the Flow Selector
switch. Attached to the FCV is a flow limitin~ venturi.
Note: The airflow should be off during engine start,
take off and landing.
2.2
A pressure switch, installed in the duct downstream of

the venturi, operates if the pressure is more than 108
psi and automatically closes the ESOV. When closed the
ESOV supplies the
comes on.
-o
N
N
\AIR OFF! (amber) caption which
Note: To reset the system open and close the related

circuit breakers.
""""
o
CAP
2.3
Temperature sensors, set to 135C, are installed in the

main landing gear bay (2) and fuselage belly bay (1).
The sensors will sense any leak of hot air from the duct
in these areas. A CAP !nucT}
on when a sensor operates.
(amber) caption will come
Note: The temperature sensors will always operate when

the temperature rises to more than 135C and could
indicate, for example, overheated brakes.
3-1-1
Jan 15/90
6'IWTISH AEROSl=WICE
JETSTREANI
SERiES }200
2.4
To give cooler, temperature controlled air the air flow

is divided to supply a Heat Exchanger and a Cold Air
Unit (CAU), with a bypass supply through a Temperature
control valve (TCV).
2.4.1 The air supply to the cold air unit goes through a
heat exchanger. The heat exchanger is cooled by a
ram air supply from an intake below the wing root,
or a suck-in door if the ram air intake becomes
blocked. A spray of water is injected into the
intake duct from a water separator to help
cooling. Further cooling is given by expansion of
the air through a turbine and fan system, which
pulls more air through the heat exchanger. A
self-controlling ice screen is installed on the
heat exchanger outlet.
2.4.2
2.5
2.6
The TCV is controlled by automatic or manual

selection of the temperature controls. The bypass
air through the TCV is mixed with cooled air at
the CAU turbine outlet, to give airflow at the set
temperature.
Unwanted moisture is removed by a
water separator through a water d~ain. The
conditioned air is then supplied to the Flight
Deck and Cabin distribution ducts.
There are two procedures for temperature con~rol

AUTOmatic or MANual. Set by the AUTO/MANUAL switch.
2.5.1
AUTOmatic control is by switches which are turned

to adjust, through flight deck, cabin and duct
temperature sensors, the setting of the TCV.
2.5.2
MANual adjustment of the TCV is through the

INcrease/DEcrease/OFF switch position. The switch
is spring loaded to the OFF position.
If the temperature of conditioned air is more than 90C

an overtemperature switch installed downstream of the
water separator operates a CAP
and the TCV clases.
Note:
3-1-2
Jan 15/90
0/TEMP (
(amber) caption
If an overtemperature condition continues in auto

mode use only manual control of the TCV.
f\..)
f\..)
o
o
--
~A~
JETSTREANI
SeRies 1200
3.
AIR DISTRIBUTION
3.1
4.
3.2
The left air system supplies the flight deck air

conditioning through floor, eye level or windscreen
demist outlets. If the ieft air system is off the
ducting allows air to be supplied by the right air
system.
3.3
The unpressurised nose equipment bay is ventilated by a

continuous bleed through the front pressure bulkhead.
PRESSURISATION SYSTEM
4.1
Pressurisation is controlled by a pressure controller,

which controls the flow of air through a discharge valve.
Selectors installed in the pressure controller permit
cabin altitude and rate of change of cabin altitude to be
set. Cabin altitude can be set from -1,000ft to 10,000ft
and rate of change of cabin altitude from 3ooft/min to
2,000ft/min. A window in the controller shows the
aircraft altitude at which normal differential pressure
will be correct for the cabin altitude that has been ~et.
4.2
Operation of the pressure controller csn be cancelled by

a manual control PRESSurisation/DUMP valve. For normal
operation the valve must be set to PRESS.
If manual
control is necessary the valve must be turned VERY SLOWLY
from the PRESS to DUMP setting. Stop moving the valve
when the rate of change of cabin altitude is set and, at
the correct cabin altitude adjust to zero rate of change.
4.3
The discharge valve is located on the forward face of the

rear pressure bulkhead. A pressure relief valve, which
limits the maximum differential pressure to 5.5 psi, is
attached to the discharge valve. The discharge valve
will release an inward differential pressure of 0.3 psi.
4.4
The maximum permitted cabin altitude of 13,000ft is set

by an .absolute air pressure regulator, which is install~d
adjacent to and closes the discharge valve.
4.5
If a fault in the pressurisation system lets the cabin

altitude decrease to 10,000ft or less a low pressure
(\J
'<::::J
o
o
The left and right air systems supply the cabin air
conditioning through high level and low level outlets.
fan is installed to let cabin air mix with conditioned
air for re-circulation.
(\J
(\J
switch closes and supplies a CAP
lcABIN) (red) caption.
3-1-3
Jan 15/90
~A~E
JETSTREAIW
SERES
}200
4.6
5.
A safety valve installed on the front pressure bulkhead

releases at a differential pressure of more than 5.8 psi
and an inward differential pressure of 0.3 psi. The
safety valve is opened on landing by the nose oleo
microswitch or can be manually set by using the PRESSURE
NORMAL/DUMP switch. The PRESSURE NORMAL/DUMP switch"is
guarded and must be set to NORMAL in flight.
The DUMP
setting must only be used in flight if permitted by
Abnormal or Emergency Drills.
FREON SYSTEM
41
5.1
An optional Freon cooling system can be installed for use

on the ground or at low altitude. The freon system blows
cold air into the cabin through vents installed in the
rear pressure bulkhead and is controlled by switches on
the right skirt panel. Electrical power is supplied from
the main de busbar.
[
5
....e:
:r
"'
N
N
o
o
3-1-4
Jan 15/90
- '-
22001144
CONDITIONED
AIR
LEFT ENGINE
P3 AIR (350c"160 psi)
PRE-COOLER-100c
22 psi PRESSURE
REGULATOR
11J1i
r---1
WING
DE-ICE
1
1
1
1
AIROH
1
1
1
t-t
1
1
1
(/)
"ti
"ti
i<
(/)
i<
(/)
i-,3
)
90 psi FLOW
CONTROL VALVE
.. TOFLOW
SELECTOR
r-
l:%j
:
:
11
1
FROMRIGHT
EN GIN E
CHECK
VALVE
3:
)>
AUTO TEMP CONTROL

DUCT TEMP SENSOR
-----
------------------------;~~;;
TEMP SWITCH
"T1
-----1
1
1
1
1
1
1
-----1- -----,
VENTURI
L_____________ ...1
COLDAIR
~~~~~~-i~~~-:-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
WATER
SEPARATOR
1
1
PJ
.....
l11
........
1
tv
\O
.....
1
1
EXHAUST
l----------------------------------------------~~~~~~
"->
zO
3: " ' e
)>
r-
"'D
)>
:o
-1
tJ
1
1
1
::s
~~
)>
WATER PIPE
TEMP
CONTROL
VAL VE
r--
(.
i~ ~I~I~
~;-~
135c TEMP SENSORS

LANDING GEAR BAY
108psi OVER
PRESSURE SWITCH
)>
~"'~
1
1
..
e)
1
1
PRESSURISATION
JET PUMP
~
~-
11
CAP
L-----------------~I
::ti
HYDRUALICTANK
PRESSURISATION
1
1
!l:'
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE
1
1
1
1
1
TAIL
OE-ICE
CHECK
EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF
_ .Y~LVE (ESOV)
~~ ~~{
Printed in the UK
BRITIBH AERO.Sl"J'M:E
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

CABIN
FLIGHTDECK
EYE LEVEL
VENTS
FROM
CABIN
WINOSCREENS FOOlWARMERS
'~
SELECTOR
VALVE
1RECIRCULATION
FAN
1
ti-----------------------------------~----.
__
E.
TEMP
SENSOR
1
1
C.A.P.
OTEMP
1
1
1
1
1
1
AIR OFF
L--
1-____..
--OTEMP
SWJTCH
1
1
1
---1
...
,
1THERMOSTATIC
...)
...
"''"
SENSOR
--------,
1
C.A.P.
1
1
OTEMP
____..-1
.:. n:..:. n~~
f,
ICE SCREEN
FUGHT
DICK , ._ _ _ __
1
COLO
--~-TEMP .......
AIR
UNIT
CONTROL
VAL VE
OUCT
AIR-OFF
1
1
-- ----
GEAR BAY
TEMP
SENSOR
TEMP
CONTROL
VALVE
--- ----- ------- - - -.J
COLO
AIR
UNIT
---
rl
~----
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AIR-OFF
PRESSURE
SENSOR
FLOW
CONTROL
VALVE
1
1
EMERGENCY
SHUT OFF ,__
VALVE
1
PRE
-COOLE~
PRE COOLE'i
TO
ICE PROTECTJON
FROM RIGHT ENGINE
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Jan 15/90
EMERGENCY
SHUT-OFF
VALVE
FROM LEFT ENGINE
3-2-2
e;o:
'
'-
ICE SCREEN
AIR-OFF
PRESSURE
SENSOR
TO
ICE PROTECTJON
...-=-
I ___
1
:r
-i-
FLOW
CONTROL
VALVE
.a
c.
WATER
SEPARATOR
i
~-~. :--'
'
1
1
1
1
1
OTEMP
SWITCH
---
TEMP
CONT
1
1
1
1
---...,
TEMP
SENSOR
...----"
1
VALVE
~)
... ...
1
1
~ ~-- ~-
PRESSURE
SENSOR
'~
i
i
1
1
TEMP. - - - - - \
CONT
WATER
SEPARATOR
GEAR BAY
TEMP
SENSOR
F001'
-i-
OUCT
'~
r-------,
.....
......
i
! :4j_
=~-
1
1
.
i
i
--- ---
FLOOR
OUTLETS
------,-------- 1
1
ll@--~:=-~~
1
ROOF
OUTLETS
G/03/051X1
N
N
o
o
'v
H00064
Printed in the U.K.
S4
CABIN ALTITUDE
SELECTOR KNOB
CABIN ALTITUDE
POINTER
DIFF PRESS
CABIN ALTITUDE
RATE CONTROL
KNOB
RATE METERING
VAL VE
ISOBARIC
BELLOWS
s::
)>
e:
j!
~
(")
g;
SAFETY
VAL VE
5.8 PSI
~ ~I
"ti
::u
l:':l
(/)
(/)
e:
::u
RESTRICTO A
l:':l
ELECTRICALL Y
OPENED BY
SQUAT SWITCH
OR NORMAL/
DUMP SWITCH
(")
z
1-3
::u
o
f f f fI
'":'
.-
SOLENOID
DUMP VALVE
L:
t:-t
(/)
(/)
1-3
l:':l
N.R.V.
PILOTS MANUAL
CONTROL VALVE
(NORMALL Y CLOSED)
1-'
U1
.........
tv
l..D
U1
"'...>
e:
)>
r-
ABSOLUTE PRESS
REGULATOR
OPENS AT 13.000 fl
CABIN AL TITUDE
~
~
N
OUTFLOW VALVE
REAR PRESSURE
BULKHEAO
FRONT PRESSURE
BULKHEAD
~---""'11 P3 AIR BOTH ENGINES
s:: .llli
-.. .
)>~
~~~
:s::
lll
)l
Ze
ISOLATE
COCK
(NORM OPEN)
CLOSED
:s::
JET PUMP
.I?~
OPEN
CABIN AIR
FIL TER
t-<
i~ ~I
~AEROS#WCE
JETSTREAWI
SeRiEs }200
FANSWITCH
DEMIST
- directs air to windscreen
panels.
FOOT- directs air to pilots feet
a rea.
ON
- recirculates cabin a1r

through cabin air system.
AIR CONOITIONING
OFF
111
FOOT
TEMPERATURE AUTO I MANUAL

SWITCH ES (2)
. . - - - - - lEMPERATURE - - - - - .
AUTO-selected temperature is
maintained
by
the
temperature control valve.
MANUAL DEC/INC
- manually controls the
temperature control valve
to decrease or increase
temperature of air to flight
deck or cabin.
NOTE- the switch is sprung from
DEC/INC to centre OFF.
When
changing
temperature hold the
switch for S secs. and check
result before further
changes
OFF
DEC
TEMPERA TURE SELECTORS (2)

- allows the flight deck and
cabin temperatures to be
set and maintained if the
associated AUTO/MANUAL
switch is set at AUTO.
NOTE - to decrease or increase
{DEC/INC) the temperature
move selector in small
stages and allow for
temperature
change
before further adjustment
.-------now - - - - - - .
.: n. .':..:' .
..
'
.. ?
ti
..
..,
~Off
e
e
111
.1
..
FLIGHT
DECK
....____...
FLOW SELECTORS (2)

OFF
- shuts off air to associated

system.
O- 10 - sets flow control valve. to
required leve!
NOTE - open selector slowly to
prevent surge in the system
C/1/052X-2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL

3-3-1
Jan 15/90
~AEROS#MCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
'"-<.;
,:,.
ON
- shows that temperature

in associated air supply duct
is more than 90
(amber) (2)
ON
- showsthattemperature in
associated landing gear bay
or centre section is more
than,135C
NOTE -this indicates that the
associated air supply ducting
isleaking
(amber) (2)
N
ON
"'
o
o
- shows emergency shut-off

valve has closed
(amber) (2)
C/1/1024)(
AIR CONDITIONING INDICATION

3-3-2
Jan 15/90
M&>ww~=-
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200

CABIN CAPTION (Red)
ON
- shows cabin pressure
greater than a cabin altitude
of 1O,OOOft
c::::::~E:::::1t::::::::i:::::::JF::JF:::::c::J 01 ::::::JE::::JE::::::JE:::::::l=: ::::::::::::::::::

::::::::::.~:::::: :::::::::it:~::::::::::::::::1i:::::::::~ !:::::::: :(;) :::::::::i :::::::::ll~::::::: ::::::::; ~::::::::; :::::::::; ::::::::::
CABIN AL T/DIFF PRESS

INDICATOR
OUTER SCALE
- shows actual cabin altitude
INNER SCALE
- shows differential pressure
Note - the red line shows maximum
permitted diff of 5.5 psi
CABIN VERTICAL SPEED

INDICATOR
Shows cabin rate of climb or
descent
POINTER
Shows cabin altitude selected
CABIN ALT. ROTARY SELECTOR
Selects cabin altitude providing
the PRESSURE NORMAL/DUMP
SWITCH is at NORMAL and the
MANUAL DUMP/PRESS rotary
selector is at PRESS
CABIN RATE OF CHANGE

ROT ARY SELECTOR
Sets rate of change of cabin
altitude MIN is 300 ft/min and MAX
is 2,000 ft/min
MANUALCONTROLROTARY
SELECTOR
PRE SS
- (normal position) rotary
selector closed
Note 1 - rotating the MANUAL
CONTROL selector from
PRESS to DUMP
progressively opens the
discharge valve thereby
controlling pressurization
2 - to prevent excessive rate
of change rotate the
selector slowly to achieve
desired cabin altitude
3- the MANUAL CONTROL
SELECTOR rotates
approximately 7 turns
from PRESS to DUMP
Window shows the altitude at

which maximum differential
pressure will be reached with the
selected cabin altitude
PRESSURENORMAUDUMP
SWITCH
NORMAL
- safety valve closed
DUMP - safety valve open to dump
cabin pressure
C012006A.02
PRESSURIZATION CONTROL AND INDICATION

EFFECTIVITY
886 - 999
H02152
3-3-3
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
.,,,w~
JETSTREAIW
SaiEs J200

CABIN CAPTION (Red)
ON
- shows cabin pressure
greater than a cabin altitude
of 1O,OOOft
gtj~jtjtjtjtj &jtjtj~tj ~
f
CABIN AL T/DIFF PRESS

INDICATOR
OUTER SCALE
- shows actual cabin altitude
INNER SCALE
- shows differential pressure
Note - the red line shows maximum
permitted diff of 5.5 psi
CABIN VERTICAL SPEED

INDICATOR
Shows cabin rate of climb or
deseen!
POINTER
Shows cabin altitude selected
CABIN RATE OF CHANGE
ROTARY SELECTOR
Sets rate of change of cabin
altitude MIN is 300 ft/min and MAX
is 2,000 ft/min
PRESSURISATION
Window shows the altitude at

which maximum differential
pressure will be reached with the
selected cabin altitude
DOMP
PRESSURE NORMAL/DUMP
SWITCH
NORMAL
- safety valve closed
DUMP- safety valve open to dump
cabin pressure
CABIN ALT. ROTARY SELECTOR

Selects cabin altitude providing
the PRESSURE NORMAL/DUMP
SWITCH is at NORMAL and the
MANUAL DUMP/PRESS rotary
selector is at PRESS
MANUALCONTROLROTARY
SELECTOR
PRE SS
- (normal position) rotary
selector closed
Note1 .- rotating the MANUAL
CONTROL selector from
PRESS to DUMP
progressively opens the
discharge valve thereby
controlling pressurization
2.- to prevent excessive rate
of change rotate the
selector slowly to achieve
desired cabin altitude
3.- the MANUAL CONTROL
SELECTOR rotates
approximately 7 turns
from PRESS to DUMP
PRESSURIZATION CONTROL AND INDICATION
C012057A.02
EFFECTIVITY
3-3-4
Feb 15/96
819 - 863
Printed in the U.K.
H02153
. . . ~ All!lllOllAM:tlF
JETSTREAAI
SeuJ200
CHAPTER 4-EMERGENCY EOUIPMENT & OXYGEN

::i
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
Feb 15/96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aug 15/95
4-1
1
2
3
4
Aug
Aug
Aug
Jan
4-2
Aug 15/95
4-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
May
Aug
Jan
Jan
Jan
GI
;;
.!:
-o
-~
d:
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/90
15/95
15/95
15/90
15/90
1/93
Feb 15/96
a.n
.....
T'""
o
CJ
4-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
-AJ!Ji'OJIPllC:S
JETSTRE'Allll
SetiEs J200
CHAPTER 4
EMERGENCY EOUIPMENT AND OXYGEN (ATA 25 and 35)
LIST OF CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
4-1-1
4-1-2
4-1-2
4-1-3
Main Oxygen System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-1
Emergency Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency Exi ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Emergency Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Oxygen System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

Emergency Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Emergency Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crew Oxygen Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oxygen Control - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oxygen Control - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabin Automatic Drop-Out Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-3-1
4-3-2
4-3-3
4-3-4
4-3-5
4-3-6
CHAPTER 4 CONTENTS
Page 1
H01590
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
llllW7W#-
JETSTREAllll
Sees J200
CHAPTER 4
EMERGENCY EOUIPMENT AND OXYGEN (ATA 25 AND 35)
l.
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
1.1
The emergency equipment installed in the aircraft is:

A f ixed oxygen system to supply crew and passengers as
required.
Crew portable oxygen bottles, installed on crew seat
plinths.
Crew oxygen masks, located ahead and outboard of crew
members.
Crew smoke goggles, located ahead and outboard of crew
members.
Flight deck fire extinguisher, located outboard of crew
members.
Cabin fire extinguisher
First aid kit
Therapeutic oxygen masks
located in the saf ety

equipment stowage installed
at the R/H_ rear of cabin.
Hydraulic handpump handle, installed on the inboard side

panel of the left pilot's seat plinth.
4-1-1
H01146
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
_,,_~
JETSTREANI
Sas J200

2.
EMERGENCY EXITS
Emergency exits are installed in the cabin and the flight deck.
The cabin has two overwing exits, one on each side of the cabin.
The main entrance/exit door can also be used in an emergency. On
the flight deck the Direct Vision Windows, one on each side, can
be opened manually and used as emergency exits.
3.
PORTABLE EMERGENCY OXYGEN

Two flight crew portable gaseous oxygen bottles are installed,
one on the outboard side of each crew seat plinth. Each bottle
contains 310 litres of oxygen with a fully charged pressure of
1800 psi (124.l bar) at 2lC.
Installed on the head of each bottle are:
-
an ON/OFF valve
a low pressure.relief valve
a charging valve
a pressure gauge
a pressure regulator
2 self sealing plug-in outlets.
Attached to each bottle is a sling-type carrying strap.

When the bottles are installed in the stowage, the ON/OFF
control valve can be operated from each pilot's usual position.
4-1-2
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01216
_.,_~
JETSTREAIW
SaiEs 1200

,""'
4.
OXYGEN
Gaseous oxygen f or passengers and crew is supplied through a
fixed 'ring-main' system. Two portable emergency oxygen bottles
are installed, one on each pilot's seat plinth.
4.1
An oxygen storage bottle assembly installed in the rear

equipment bay supplies oxygen to the f ixed ring-main
system. The bottle contains 1400 litres of oxygen with a
fully charged pressure of 1800 psi (124.1 bar) at 21C.
Installed on the bottle are a pressure/contents gauge and
a manual shut off valve. Connected to the bottle
inlet/outlet is a pressure regulator assembly with a
pressure reducing valve and a check valve. Near the
bottle assembly is an oxygen charging panel (access is
gained through the lower panel of the rear equipment
bay). The charging panel incorporates an oxygen charging
valve, a temperature/pressure graph, a temperature gauge
and an oxygen pressure/contents gauge. An identical
pressure/contents gauge f or crew use is installed in the
left side console on the flight deck. The oxygen
pressure/contents gauges will only operate when supplied
with electrical power from the de main busbar through a
transmitter on the pressure regulator assembly.
4.2
The oxygen supply for the crew is routed to outlets on

the left and right side consoles. An ON/OFF valve located
in the left side console controls the crew supply. Quick
donning oxygen masks at each crew station connect to the
outlets. Each mask contains an automatic
diluter/regulator, manual 100% oxygen selection switch, a
mask test button and an integral microphone.
NOTE:
4.3
When smoke goggles are used they can be ventilated

with oxygen from a separate control on the mask.
The passenger oxygen is supplied through the altimetric

controller in the left side console, to the ring-main in
the cabin roof. The ring-main supplies oxygen to the
Automatic Drop-out Boxes (ADB) installed above the seat
positions, and to four therapeutic 'plug-in' outlets at
convenient locations in the cabin. Each ADB contains one
or two drop-out oxygen masks as required by the seating
positions.
4-1-3
H01221
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
~~
JETSTREAllll
SoiES J200
4.4 The altimetric controller can be set to four positions: NORMAL,
FIRST AID, OVERRIDE and CLOSED. The controller also contains a
reset push button and armed and supply indicators.
CAUTION:
DO NOT TURN THE CONTROLLER SWITCH THROUGH THE

OVERRIDE POSITION. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL OPERATION
OF THE PASSENGER OXYGEN MASKS.
4.4.l NORMAL:
When set to the normal position there is no
pressure in the passenger system. The controller is armed
for automatic ejection of the passenger oxygen masks if
the cabin altitude exceeds 11,500 ft. Oxygen is supplied
at 72.5 psi (5.0 bar). If cabin pressurisation fails and
cabin altitude rises to more than 16,000 ft oxygen system
pressure remains at 72.5 psi (5.0 bar).
4.4.2 FIRST AID:

When set to the first aid position oxygen is
supplied to the four therapeutic 'plug-in' outlets in the
cabin. Oxygen is supplied ata pressure of 27.5 psi (2.0
bar) and permits the therapeutic masks to be used.
The ADB's are not operated but the controller stays armed
for automatic ejection of the passenger oxygen masks should
the cabin altitude exceed 11,500 ft.
4.4.3 OVERRIDE:
When set to the override position the passenger
oxygen masks eject and oxygen is supplied to the masks at a
pressure of 72.5 psi (5.0 bar).
4.4.4 CLOSED:
When set to the closed position no oxygen is
supplied to the _passenger system.
4.4.5 RESET:
If the reset button is pushed after automatic or
manual mask ejection, oxygen is drained from the economiser
circuit in the controller.
4.4.6 ARMED Indicator:
The armed indicator shows a luminescent
star when the economiser circuit contains sufficient
pressure to allow mask ejection.
4.4.7 SUPPLY Indicator:
The supply indicator shows a luminescent
star when the passenger ring-main is supplied with oxygen.
A half star shows only suff icient pressure is available for
therapeutic use. A full star shows that oxygen pressure is
at full mask ejection pressure.
4-1-4
Jan 15/90
Printed in the U.K.
22001155
-~
JETSTREAIW
SeES J200
------------------------,
1
CREW PLUG-IN
OUTLET
CREW PLUG-IN
OUTLET
CREW OXYGEN
ON/OFF VALVE
AllMEO
oo
NOR ......L
. ,. ,
SUPPLY
PASSENGEAA.. OXYGEN
,,~u~
ClOSE!l
ALTIMETRIC
CONTROLLER
---------------~-___J
'
PILOTS SIDE CONSOLE
'
'
THERAPEUTIC PLUG-IN
OUTLETS (4 OFF TYPICAL)
AUTOMATIC DROP-OUT BOXES

(ADB) SINGLE OR DOUBLE
CHARGING
POINT
PRESSURE
BOTTLE ONIOFF
VAL VE
FIXED OXYGEN
BOTTLE
1800 psi
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
CHARGING PANEL IN
REAR EOUIPMENT BAY
72.5 psi
AIR TEMP
GAUGE
OVERPRESSURE
OUTLET
BOTTLE
GAUGE
0042101 A
OXYGEN SYSTEM
4-2-1
H01591
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-~~
JETSTREAIW
SERiES J200
PORTABLE FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
THERAPEUTIC
OXYGEN MASKS
OXYGEN
MASK
~.\-----
HYDRAULIC
HANDPUMP
HANDLE
- - .. - - - -.L'-..
- --- --- - ...
::
PORTABLE FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
PORTABLE
OXYGEN
PORTABLE
OXYGEN
0022593A
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
4-3-1
H00114
Printed in the U.K.
May 15/95
llRWTISH~
JETSTREAllll
SmiES J200
SEAT PLINTH
FIXED SECURING
STRAP
OXYGEN BOTTLE
SUPPORT
PLUG IN OUTLET WITH
BLANKING CAP (2)
PORTABLE EMERGENCY
OXYGEN BOTTLE
ON/OFF VALVE
CHARGING
VALVE
C052176A.01
PORTABLE EMERGENCY OXYGEN
4-3-2
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01223
~AEROs-cE
JETSTREAWI
SERiEs J200
LEFT SIDEWALL
OXYGEN OUTLET TO
SMOKE GOGGLES
OXYGEN VENTING CONTROL
FOR SMOKE GOGGLES
INFLATION LEVERS (RED)
to remove from stowage

press inflation levers
together. This will release
retaining catch and inflate
mask harness. After donning
mask release levers to vent
harness, which is then held in
place by its elasticity.
(
MASK INFLATED
N-100% SWITCH
.-
\\~\IEM~\~~k
\~ss :J
iEST
lftheEMERGENCYCONTROL
is off
N
- regulator supplies
diluted oxygen on
demand
100%
- undiluted oxygen is
supplit:-i on demand
EMERGENCY CONTROL
ROTATED
- bypasses regulator
and supplies
undiluted oxygen ata
small positive
pressure.
PRESSED
- allows a flow of
oxygen to the mask as
a test function
C/3/345
CREW OXYGEN MASK

4-3-3
Jan 15/90
AE'RC16'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
RESET PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED
- if pushed after mask
ejection, drains the
econom iser ci rcu it.
Note - normally used to reset
system after passenger
supply has been
pressurised.
LEFT SIDE CONSOLE
ARMED INDICA TOR

BLACK
-
shows no pressure in
economiser circuit.
FULLSTAR
- shows pressure in
economiser circuit at mask
ejection pressure.
SUPPL Y INDICATOR
BLACK
-
shows no pressure in
passengers oxygen supply.
PARTIALSTAR
- shows pressure at
therapeutic level of 27.S
p.s.i.(2.0 bar).
FULL STAR
- shoes pressure at mask
deployment level of 72.5
p.s.i.(5.0 bar).
CAUTION
- TO PREVENT PASSENGER
OXYGEN MASKS BEING
DEPLOYED DO NOT
ROTATE SELECTOR
THROUGH OVERRIDE.
NORMAL
-
ovERRIDE
-
ejects passenger oxygen

masks.
arms controller to
automatically eject
passenger oxygen masks if
cabin altitude is greater
than 11,500 ft.
FIRSTAID
NOTE -
MODESWITCH
-
selects mode of passenger

oxygen system.
supplies oxygen to
therapeutic points.
automatic e1ect1on of
oxygen masks will take
place if cabin alt1tude
exceeds 11,500 ft.
7',
CLOSED
-
no supply to passenger system.
C/0/074_)(-2
OXYGEN CONTROL - SHEET 1

4-3-4
Jan 15/90
llRJl7W#~lalr
JETSTRE'Allll
SetiEs 1200
~
.r ,. .
,.
\\~
..;1
OXYGEN CONTENTS PRESSURE

INDICATOR
lndicates the pressure in the
oxygen storage cylinder
RED BAND
- O to 85 psi
GREEN BAND
- 85 to 2000 psi
Note - indication only available if
main o.e. busbar
powered
CREWOXYGEN
OUTLET
CREW OUTLET (2)

LEFT OR RIGHT PANEL
- lift flap to uncover mask
connection point
CREWOXYGEN
ON /OFF
CREW OXYGEN ON/OFF VALVE
ON
- makes oxygen available
at left and right crew
outlets
C001964A
OXYGEN CONTROL - SHEET 2
4-3-5
22200772
Printed in the U.K.
Jan 1/93
llRU"IBH~
JETSTREAllll
SoisJ200
ACTUATOR
BOX
RING MAIN
- - - - CONNECTOR
RETAINING
CLIP
!'
LID
PACKING INSTRUCTIONS
FLOW INDICATOR
MASKS
0042821A
CABIN AUTOMATIC DROP-OUT BOX
4-3-6
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02205
~~
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER 5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
Aug 15/95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aug 15/95
5-1
1
2
3
5
6
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
5-2
1
2
3
Aug 15/95
Aug 15/95
Aug 15/95
5-3
1
2
3
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
5
6
7
8
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
5-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
H01819
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
---
JETSTREAllll
SmisJ200
CHAPTER 5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ATA 24)
LIST OF CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1-1
5-1-1
5-1-1
5-1-4
5-1-4
5-1-4
5-1-5
DC Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-1
5-2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avionics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

Electrical Control - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Control - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Electrical Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Electrical Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Temperature Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~.
5-3-1
5-3-2
5-3-3
5-3-4
5-3-5
CHAPTER 5 CONTENTS
Page 1
H01604
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-TTSH AEROIPWCE
JETSTREANI
SERiES
}200
CHAPTER 5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (ATA 24)
l.
GENERAL
1.1
2.
Two engine powered starter/generators supply the 28V de

electrical supply. 115V and 26V ac single phase are
supplied by two static inverters installed in the nose
equipment bay. A standby current of 24V de is supplied
by two batteries installed in the nose equipment bay.
The batteries can be used f or engine ground starts and
are charged by the generators. When one engine has been
started, it's generator can be used to help the batteries
start the other engine. A standard three pin ground
power socket is installed on the left side of the
aircraft nose.
DC POWER DISTRIBUTION
2.1
There are five busbars supplied with de power:

Battery
- permanently connected to No.l
battery, supplies emergency
services
Essential
- supplied by the right generator
Main
- supplied by the left generator
start.
- supplied by the batteries or ground
power unit, for engine ground
starts
Engine Ancillaries - supplied by the Essential busbar.
2.2
During an internal battery start, the Engine Ancillaries

busbar voltage is increased. Also, the batteries are
connected in series for part of the start. This is done
by the series/parallel contactor, which is controlled by
the auto start computer. While the contactor is in the
!"")
...::r
~
e
e
N
N
series position, a CAP lsERIEsl

3.
(amber) caption comes on.
DC CONTROL
3.1
Each starter/generator operates as a starter motor up to

60% RPM. During this function, it is powered by a ground
power unit or the aircraft batteries. Above 60% RPM, the
starter/generator operates as a genera~or.
5-1-1
Aug 15/90
BRIT76HA~E
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
3.2
In the generator mode, the maximum output is 30V, but

this is controlled to between 27.5 and 28V. The maximum
load on a single generator is 300A. When the two
generators are in operation, the load is shared
automatically between them. The load difference between
the generators is limited to a maximum of 40A.
3.3
During normal operation with the generator selected ON,

the generator control unit closes the generator line
contactor. This brings the generator on line to its
related busbar. If the generator line contactor is open,
a CAP IGENI
Two generator
control switches are installed on the roof panel. Each

switch has three positions:
~
ON
closes the generator line contactor, CAP GEN
(amber) caption goes out
OFF
- operis the generator line contactor, .CAP 1GEN1

(amber) caption comes on
RESET - after power loss, reconnects generator output to
related busbar, if output and busbar load are
normal.
3~4
Any unusual input to the generator control unit makes the

generator line contactor open and CAP IGENI
',
(amber)
caption come on. This should be the only indication of a

single generator failure, and the pilot must refer to the
Abnormal Drills (Mom Part 1).
3.5
5-1-2
Aug 15/90
The Essential de and Main de busbars are usually

connected by the bus tie contactor, to share the load
between the generators. Two under voltage sensors (one.
for each busbar) control the bus tie contctor.
If a
single generator fails, a voltage input through the bus
tie switch should make sure that the busbars stay
connected. The under voltage sensor is closed when the
busbar voltage is more than 26V. The sensor opens when
the busbar voltage is less than 25V.
N
N
BRITISH AERDSFMCE
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
3.5.1
When the under voltage sensor is open, a CAP

'BUS FAILI
(red) caption comes on.
bus tie contactor open.
This makes the
If the bus tie contactar
opens, a CAP 'BUS TIE OPENI
(amber) caption comes
on. Also, the BUS TIE RESET switch in the roof

panel comes on (amber). If there are no faults on
the busbars, they can be connected when the BUS
TIE RESET switch is pressed. When this switch is
pressed, the left CAP IBATI
(amber) caption comes
on.
3.5.2
A double generator failure will open the two under

. voltage sensors. The bus tie contactor will open
and the Main de busbar will be isolated. Then the
batteries will supply the Essential de busbar f or
essential services.
3.6
Two 24V batteries are installed. They can be 25

amphere/hour lead acid or 40 amphere/hour nickel-cadmium
(ni-cad). If ni-cad batteries are used, a battery
temperature monitor is installed on the right upper
centre instrument panel. -The monitor has a temperature
gauge, a red warning light and an isolation switch fer
each battery. The warning light comes on at 150F
(66C). Two circuit breakers, ene for the warning lights
(LAMP) and one for the temperature gauges (IND) are also
installed.
3.7
Each battery is connected to the Essential de busbar by

it's own battery contactar. If the contactar is open, a
L.{)
~
~
C
C
N
CAP IBATI
During an internal
power start, the batteries are connected to the Start

busbar in series. This is controlled by the auto start
computer and takes place between 10% RPM + 2.5 seconds
and 60% RPM. This gives sufficient voltage to operate
the auto start system, the EGT measurement system and the
ignition circuits. The minimum battery voltage permitted
for an internal power start is 23.5V fer lead acid, and
24V for ni-cad.
5-1-3
Aug 15/90
l!lllWTISH AER08'WCE
JETSTREANI
SeRiEs J200
3.8
With a ground power unit connected and the ground power

contactor closed, power is supplied to the Essential de
and Main de busbars. But the ground power unit must
produce more than 26V. If a ground battery pack is used
and less than 25V is produced, only the Essential de
busbar will be powered.
Note: Aircraft 841 and subsequent.
There is a 7.5 amp circuit breaker in the ground power
supply circuit. The circuit breaker is installed in the
nose equipment bay.
3.9
An ELECTRICS MASTER switch is installed on the roof panel

and has two positions:
EMERGENCY OFF - removes all electrical power from the
aircraft, except No.l battery power to
the Battery busbar
NORMAL
permits use of the BATT MASTER switch.
3.10 The BATT MASTER switch is installed on the roof panel and
has three positions:
INT - connects the batteries and supplies battery power
to the aircraf t
OFF
disconnects the batteries and removes power from
the aircraft, but No.l battery is not disconnected
from the battery busbar by this switch
GND - permits a ground power unit to supply power to
the aircraft, battery contactors are open and two
CAP IBATI
(amber) captions come on.
Note: Ground power cannot be used to supply power

at the same time as the batteries or the
generators.
r"V
r"V
e>
C)
4.
oc INDICATION
4.1
5.
Two ammeters installed on the roof panel show the eurrent

supplied by eaeh generator. Voltage on the Battery
busbar, Main de busbar or ground power unit is shown on a
voltmeter installed on the roof panel.
AC POWER
5.1
5-1-4
Aug 15/90
The two inverters are eontinuously powered, one from the

Essential de busbar, the other from the Main de busbar.
The inverters supply power to four ae busbars:
- 26V Main
- 26V Essential
- 115V Main
- 115V Essential
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
AC CONTROL
6.1
A two-position AC CONTROL switch is installed on the roof

panel. The switch positions are identified as follows:
AIRCRAFT 900, 904
- NORMAL
- TRANSFER
AIRCRAFT 819 - 896, 902 - 903
- NORMAL
- DESYNC.
AIRCRAFT ALL
6.2
When NORMAL is selected, the Essential ac busbars are

supplied by the Essential inverter, the Main ac busbars
by the Main inverter and the inverter synchronization
line is connected.
6.3
If an inverter fails, the following captions will

illuminate on the CAP .
.____IN_v_
__,I
(red)
AC ESS
or
AC MAIN
(amber)
AIRCRAFT 900, 904

6.4
When TRANSFER is selected, the inverter synchronization
line is disconnected and all ac busbars are connected to
the serviceable inverter. The following captions on the
CAP will extinguish
INV
1 (red)
~1-A-C-ES-S-~
or
AC MAIN
1 ( amber)
The following amber caption will illuminate on the CAP.

INV
AIRCRAFT 819 - 896, 902 - 903

6.4
When DESYNC is selected, the inverter synchronization
line is disconnected, but all ac busbars remain connected
as before.
AIRCRAFT ALL
6.5
If the two inverters fail, all ac power will be lost. The

following captions will illuminate on the CPA.
INV
(red)
AC ESS
or
ACMAIN
(amber)
5-1-5
H01103
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
llilRl7'1BH~
JETSTREANI
SERiES 1200
7.
AVIONICS
28V de power for the avionics system is supplied through two
AVIONICS MASTER switches installed on the roof panel. The ac
power is supplied by the 26V and 115V Essential ac, and 26V and
115V Main ac busbars.
5-1-6
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01104
_,,_~
JETSTREAllll
SeESJ200
RIGHT STARTER
/GENERATOR
LEFT STARTER
/GENERATOR
(Amber)
GENERATOR
CONTROL
UNIT
GENERATOR
CONTROL
UNIT
CAPTION
l--------
CAPTION
(Amber)
--------1
....x
~::.
GEN
CONTROL
SWITCH
SHUNT
MAIN BUSBAR
BUS TIE
SWITCH
-=-
CAPTION
(Amber)
BUS TIE
OPEN
VOLTMETER
SWITCH
CAPTION
(Red)
BATTERY BUSBAR
BUS
FAIL
CAPTION
N0.1 BATTERY
Hl-1
070--------0
N0.1 BA TTERY
CONTACTOR
~
'
o-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--~--o
'
Jl-h
k'.J
01
CAPTION
(Amber)
SERIES
CAPTION
(Amber)
n---~l~~~~oa...~~~~~. . . .~~~f~fi''
SERIES/PARALLELr_,__.. ,
CONT ACTOR
k'.J .
1o~,o--1~_.
N0.2 BATTERY
CONT ACTOR
EXTERNAL
POWER
CONTACTOR
r1ir--l1
k'.J .
EXTERNAL
POWER
START BUSBAR
CAPTION
CAPTION
(Amber)
(Amber)
1STARTER1-
--1
---1
1STARTER1
J J
LEFT
STARTER/
GENERATOR
RIGHT
STARTER/
GENERATOR
G242738A
DC ELECTRICAL POWER
5-2-1
1H01026
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
:i::i
U1
\Q
tv
i:::
28V OC MAIN BUS
28V OC ESSENTIALBUS
1---'
tv
U1
.........
ESSINVERTER
POWER CB
MAIN INVERTER
POWER CB
l.O
U1
INVERTER
SYNCHRO
RELAY
MAIN
INVERTER
3::
ESS
INVERTER
CAPTION
(Red)
CAPTION
INV
INV
)>
e:
115V AC
"TI
26V AC
)>
~ ~I
:i::i
t'j
"U
i~cnl~I
t-i
::i.
:J
t'j
i!5
:;t::!
([)
:i::i
?-
t-i
AC MAIN
TRANSFER
RELAY
AC ESS
TRANSFER
RE LAY
I~
'tl
a5
3:: ~
t'j
l>c
Zc
:;t::!
e:
,...
)>
AC MAIN
INV FAIL
RELAY
AC ESS
INV FAIL
RELAY
;g
:IJ
-t
N
l.O
o
o
115V AC MAIN
BUS FAIL
RELAY
CAPTION
1 - - - - - - - 1 AC MAIN
AC
CONTROL
SWITCH
CAPTION
(Amber)
115VACESS
BUS FAIL
RELAY
1 11----AC ESS
1---'
1---'
l.O
U1
t'j
l"Ij
l"Ij
t'j
<!
G241606A
'-'
-,.
-?, ..
::r:
CXl
f-l
f-l
'
o
o
t:rj
'Tj
'Tj
t:rj
(')
CXl
i-,3
H
f-l
O'\
'
O'\
28V DC MAIN BUS
<:
MAIN INVERTER
POWER CB
H
i-,3
'
o
tv
ESSINVERTER
POWER CB
INVERTER
SYNCHRO
RE LAY
i-<:
1
28V DC ESSENTIAL BUS
1
MAIN
INVERTER
ESS
INVERTER
'
o
CAPTION
(Red)
115V AC
3::
)>
CAPTION
(Amber)
115V AC
INV
26V AC
e:
'TI
)>
o-t
~ ~I
;::>
(')
t:rj
~
b
i ~I
t'"i
:J
a.
t:rj
(')
::it
::o
H
(')
i-,3
::r
C1>
;:::;
t'"i
?-:
'q 'q 'q

-- -------
-------
---~
1TR:~L~YER
AC MAIN
irl~
AC ESS
TRANSFER
RELAY
'"d
s::~
)>~
t:rj
::o
Ze
e:
AC MAIN
INV FAIL
RE LAY
26V AC ESS BUS
AC ESS
INV FAIL
RELAY
)>
.,,
r-
)>
:o
-t
ti)
115VACMAIN
BUS FAIL
RE LAY
;::>
CAPTION
r---------1 AC MAIN
AC
CONTROL
SWITCH
CAPTION
115V AC ESS
BUS FAIL
RELAY
AC ESS
\.Q
f-l
U1
U1
''
tv
U1
G242747A
,,
_,,__,a.'
JETSTREAllll
SERies J200
VOLTMETER
Shows the selected busbar voltage
VOLTS SWITCH
BATT BUS
- battery busbar voltage
indicated on VOL TMETER
MAIN BUS
- main busbar voltage
GROUND POWER
- ground power supply plug
voltage indicated on
VOLTMETER
SWITCH GUARO
Move sideways to permit switch
operation
AMMETER (2)
Shows relatad generator loading
in amps
RES ET
GROUND
POWER
RES!T
=======-
BATT MASTER SWITCH

1NT
- closes battery contactors if
ELECTRICS MASTER at
NORMAL
OFF
- opens battery and ground
power contactors (does not
disconnect battery busbar)
GND
- closes ground power
contactor if both generators
are OFF and ground power
is connected
GENERATOR SWITCH (2)

ON
- connects the relatad
generator output to
bus bar
OFF - disconnects generator
from relatad busbar
- C.A.P. GEN caption
(Amber) ON
RES ET
resets the generator
control unit trip circuits
A.C. CONTROL SWITCH

NORMAL
- the essential inverter
supplies a.c. essential
busbars and the main
inverter supplies a.c. main
busbars
TRANSFER
- if one inverter has failed, the
remaining invertor supplies
all a.c. busbars
BUS-TIE RESET PUSH BUTTON

LIGHT (Amber)
ON
- shows that the main and
essential d.c. busbars are
separated
PRESSED
- connects the main and
essential d.c. busbars if one
busbar is powered and the
unpowered busbar has no
faults
Note - while bus tie reset button
pressed left hand C.A.P.
BAT caption (Amber) comes
ON
ELECTRICS
MASTER

NORMAL
- enables the electrical
system to.be powered
EMERGENCY OFF
- removes interna! and
ground power from ali
busbars except the
battery busbar
SWITCH GUARO
operation
C021 B06A.01
ELECTRICAL CONTROL
EFFECTIVITY
900,
904
H01107
5-3-1
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
lliilRl77SH~
JETSTREAllll
SERiES J200
VOLTMETER
Shows the selected busbar voltage
VOLTS SWITCH
BATT BUS
- battery busbar voltage
MAIN BUS
- main busbar voltage
GROUND POWER
- ground power supply plug
voltage indicated on
VOLTMETER
AMMETER (2)
Shows related generator loading
in amps
SWITCH GUARO
operation
RES ET
GENERATOR SWITCH (2)

ON
- connects the related
generator output to
bus bar
OFF - disconnects generator
from related busbar
- C.A.P. GEN caption
(Amber) ON
RESIT
RE SET
=====;;==:!.!:.
- resets the generator
control unit trip circuits
OAOUND
POWER
BA TT MASTER SWITCH
INT
- closes battery contactors if
ELECTRICS MASTER at
NORMAL
OFF
- opens battery and ground
power contactors (does not
disconnect battery busbar)
GND
- closes ground power
contactor if both generators
are OFF and ground power
is connected
A.C. CONTROL SWITCH

NORMAL
- the essential inverter supplies
a.c. essential busbars and
the main inverter supplies
a.c. main busbars
- syncronise line connected
DESYNC
- syncronise line disconnected
- inverters connected as
NORMAL
BUS-TIE RESET PUSH BUTTON

LIGHT (Amber)
ON
essential d.c. busbars are
separated
PRESSED
- connects the main and
essential d.c. busbars if one
busbar is powered and the
unpowered busbar has no
faults
Note - while bus tie reset button
pressed left hand C.A. P.
BAT caption (Amber) comes
ON
ELECTRICS
MASTER

NORMAL
- enables the electrical
system to be powered
EMERGENCY OFF
- removes interna! and
ground power from ali
busbars except the
battery busbar
SWITCH GUARO
operation
C022735A
ELECTRICAL CONTROL
EFFECTIVITY
5-3-2
Aug 15/95
819 - 896, 902 - 903

Printed in the U.K.
HO 11O8
BRlnBN~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
/'
BUS FAIL CAPTION (Red)

ON
- shows that the main OC
busbar is not powered if
accompanied by the left GEN
and BUS TIE OPEN captions
(Amber)
and/or
- shows that the essential OC
busbar is not powered by the
right generator if accompanied
by the right GEN and BUS TIE
OPEN captions (Amber)
Note - the essential OC busbar may
be powered by the batteries
GEN CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- shows that the left generator
is disconnected from the OC
main busbar
BAT CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- shows that the associated
battery is disconnected from
the OC essential busbar
BUS TIE OPEN CAPTION (Amber)

ON
essential OC busbars are
separated
SERIES CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- shows that the aircraft
batteries are in series to
provide a 48V potential for
engine starting
GEN CAPTION (Amber)
ON
- shows that the right generator
is disconnected from the OC
essential busbar
C011924A.01
DC ELECTRICAL INDICATION
EFFECTIVITY
886 - 999
H01203
5-3-3
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
~~
JETSTREANI
SeEsJ200
BUS FAIL CAPTION (Red)

ON
- shows that the main DC
busbar is not powered if
accompanied by the left GEN
and BUS TIE OPEN captions
(Amber)
and/or
- shows that the essential DC
busbar is no! powered by the
right generator if
accompanied by the right
GEN and BUS TIE OPEN
captions (Amber)
Note - the essential DC busbar may
be powered by the batteries
GEN CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- shows that the left generator
is disconnected from the DC
main busbar
BAT CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- shows that !he related battery
is disconnected from the DC
essential busbar
BUS TIE OPEN CAPTION (Amber)

ON
essential DC busbars are
separated

ON
batteries are in series to
provide a 48V potential for.
engine starting
GEN CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- shows that the right
generator is disconnected
from the DC essential busbar
C012047 A.01
DC ELECTRICAL INDICATION
EFFECTIVITY
5-3-4
Aug 15/95
819 - 863
Printed in the U.K.
H01204
M&IWWW~-=-
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
INV CAPTION (Red)

ON
- indicates one or both
inverters not supplying 11 SV
AC with AC control switch at
NORMAL
AC MAIN CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- indicates that the 115 V AC
MAIN busbar is not powered
~:
AC ESS CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- indicates that the 11 SV
AC essential busbar is not
powered
INV CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- indicates that one or both
inverters not supplying 11 SV
AC after selecting AC control
switch to TRANSFER
C011923A
AC ELECTRICAL INDICATION
EFFECTIVITY
900, 904
H01109
5-3-5
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
llR!lnBH~
JETSTREAllll
SoiES J200
INV CAPTION (Red)

ON
- shows one or both inverters
not supplying 11 SV AC

ON
- shows that the 11 SV AC
ESSENTIAL busbar is not
powered

ON
INV CAPTION (Amber)

lnoperative pending inverter transfer
function re-instatement
C012736A
Effectivity
5-3-6
Aug 15/95
886 - 896 I
Printed in the U.K.
902 - 903
HOlllO
.,,,,_~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
INV CAPTION (Red)

ON
- shows one or both inverters
not supplying 11 SV AC

ON
essential busbar is not
powered

ON
INV CAPTION (Amber)

lnoperative pending inverter transfer
function re-instatement
C012737A
EFFECTIVITY
819 - 863
H01205
5-3-7
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
...JETSTREANI
._~
SaiEsJ200
NO 2 BATT O/TEMP ISOLATE

SWITCH
ON
- normal position
OFF - battery isolated from
essential busbar
- CAPIBAT!(Amber) caption
on
NO 1 BATT O/TEMP ISOLATE

SWITCH
ON
- normal position
OFF - battery & battery busbar
isolated from aircraft
electrical systems
- CAPIBATl(Amber) caption
on
ON
N01
BATT
OfrEMP
ISOL
N02
BATTTEMP
No2BATTERY
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
150 BA TT 1 LIGHT (RED)

ON
- battery temperature greater
than 150 F (65.6C)
NOTE:- light is brought on during
system test
No 1 BATTERY
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
TEST PUSH BUTTON PRESSED
- simulates a battery overtemp
condition
IND
150 BATT 2 LIGHT (RED)
ON
- battery temperature greater
than 150 F (65.6C)
NOTE:- light is brought on during
system test
- circuit breaker for both

temperature gauges
LAMP - circuit breaker for 150

BA TT 1 and BATT 2 lights
C001313A.01
BATTERY TEMPERATURE MONITOR
5-3-8
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01206
--TW#~
JETSTREAIW
SaiuY200
CHAPTER 6-ENGINES & PROPELLERS
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
::.:
::i
CD
,s
.E
'tJ
.!!
PAGE
.IMn
1
2
Feb 15/96
Feb 15/96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
Feb 15/96
Feb 15/96
6-1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Feb
Aug
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/96
15/95
6-2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
e:
if
<O
.....
,...
o
CJ
6-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
AERO.fllllllCE
JETSTREA~
Saiunoo
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
, :-:_ !(1:.
,_,
.D.A'.U
6-2
14
15
16
Aug 15/95
Aug 15/95
Aug 15/95
6-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15/91
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/95
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
"'D
a.
:r
::f
111
e
?;
\_
C)
.....
.....
Q
.....
6-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 2
Feb 15/96
. .,#IN~
JETSTREAllll
SaiEs J200
CHAPTER 6.
\.
ENGINES AND PROPELLERS (ATA 71 AND 61)

LIST OF CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Propeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Propeller Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Propeller Blade Angle Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchrophaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feather Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Negative Torque Sensing (NTS) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Measurement and Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Indication ...........
Engine Start Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Shut Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In-Flight or Emergency Shut Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Performance Reserve System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-1-1
6-1-1
6-1-2
6-1-3
6-1-4
6-1-4
6-1-5
6-1-6
6-1-8
6-1-11
6-1-12
6-1-13
6-1-14
6-1-15
6-1-18
6-1-19
6-1-19
6-1-20
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-2-1
6-2-2
6-2-2
6-2-4
6-2-5
6-2-6
6-2-7
6-2-8
6-2-9
6-2-10
6-2-11
6-2-12
6-2-13
6-2-14
6-2-15
6-2-16
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Engine General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Propeller Piston on Start Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Propeller Piston on Feather Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchrophaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airflow Stations and Air Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Indication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Ring Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Transducer - Torque Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Arms - Positive and Negative Torque .........
SLR/Autostart/TTL Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Start Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APR System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 6 CONTENTS
Page 1
H02218
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
M&IWA8'iPIO"CO-
JETSTREAllll
SaEsJ200
Engine Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil System - Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil System - Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TTL and Beta Warning Horn Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRL/TTL Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Start - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Start - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Start - Sheet 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto Ignition Control and Indication . . . . . . . . . . . .
APR System Control and Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-3-1
6-3-2
6-3-3
6-3-4
6-3-5
6-3-6
6-3-8
6-3-9
6-3-12
6-3-13
6-3-14
CHAPTER 6 CONTENTS
Page 2
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02154
-nBH~
JETSTREANI
SniEs J200

CHAPTER 6
ENGINES AND PROPELLERS (ATA 71 AND 61)
1.
GENERAL
1.1
The Garrett TPE-331-12 UAR has a therrnodynarnic rating of

1100 Shaft Horse Power (SHP) and 1140 Equivalent Shaft
Horse Power (ESHP). For installation in the Jetstrearn, it
is flat rated to 1020 SHP. It can be used with a
Water/Methanol Power Augrnention (WMPA) systern, or an
Autornatic Performance Reserve (APR) systern.
The engine is a single shaft turboprop with:
- an air inlet duct
an integral gear case
- a two stage centrif ugal cornpressor
- a three stage axial turbine
- two high energy igniter plugs
- a reverse f low annular cornbustion charnber
ten duplex fuel nozzles (cornbined prirnary and secondary)
- an exhaust duct.
1.2
2.
Two engines are installed on the aircraft, one on each

wing. The right engine is the critical engine. Output for
the propeller is supplied through a red~ction gear box.
PROPELLER
2.1
AIRCRAFT 819 - 900, 903, 904

When seen frorn the rear, the four bladed propeller turns
anti-clockwise. The blades have a pitch range as follows:
-
2.1
Full reverse
Ground idle
Start latch
Flight idle
Fully feathered
(-13)
( oo)
(+ l)
(+ 9)
(+82)
AIRCRAFT 902
When seen frorn the rear, the four bladed propeller turns
anti-clockwise. The blades have a pitch range as follows:
-
Full reverse
Ground idle
Start latch
Flight idle
Fully f eathered
( - 4 o)
( oo)
(+ 9)
(+15.45)
(+88)
6-1-1
H01233
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
.,.,,,_~
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
AIRCRAFT ALL
The f ull reverse angle is controlled by a stop in the

propeller mechanism. The feathered angle can be adjusted
in the propeller system.
2.2
The blades are moved to full reverse (fine pitch)

position by oil pressure. When oil pressure bleeds off,
counterweights and spring pressure move the blades to the
fully feathered (coarse pitch) position. In flight, a
balance of oil pressure and spring/counterweight pressure

adjusts the blade angle. This keeps the selected RPM
constant, with variable propeller loads and power
selections.
2.3
At engine start, the blades are held in the minimum drag

position by mechanical start latches. This decreases the
load on the starter motor. The engine must not be started
on the ground unless the blades are on the start latches.
After start, movement of the power levers to the reverse
range will allow the latches to disengage by centrifugal
force. At shut down, movement of the power levers to the
reverse range will permit the latches to engage by spring
pressure.
2.4
If the start latches do not engage at engine shut down,

wait until the engine has stopped. Then use the unfeather
pump to engage the start latches.
3.
PROPELLER OIL SYSTEM

3.1
Oil pressure for propeller pitch control is supplied by a

pump in a Propeller Governor (PG) on each engine.
Lubrication oil is pumped from the engine gear case,
through the PG, to the Propeller Pitch Control (PPC)
sleeve. Then the oil flows through an oil transfer (Beta)
tube to the propeller cylinder. When oil is removed from
the cylinder, it flows back along the Beta tube and
drains into the engine gear case. The maximum output of
the PG pump is 450 psi.
3.2
Each engine has a feather valve. This lets the oil drain
from the propeller pitch system into the engine gear case
when a propeller is feathered. The valve can be operated
manually by the FEATHER lever, or automatically by the
Negative Torque Sensing (NTS) system.
6-1-2
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01234
.,,,,,,.,,~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
3.3
4.
For airborne engine start, electrical power is removed

from the starter motor and sent to the unfeather pump.
The pump forces oil into the propeller pitch system to
fine off the blade angle. This moves the propeller blades
into the airflow.
PROPELLER BLADE ANGLE CONTROL

4.1
Blade angle is controlled by oil pressure (fine pitch),

and springs and counterweights (coarse pitch) within the
propeller housing (Ref. Para. 2.2). The Beta tube is
threaded into the propeller piston, and extends rearward
into the PPC sleeve. Roles in the Beta tube permit oil
flow between the PPC sleeve, the propeller cylinder and
the engine gear case. Oil will not flow in any direction
when the holes in the Beta tube are covered by the
forward part of the PPC sleeve.
4.2
In PG mode, oil flows ata restricted pressure from the

PG to the PPC sleeve. The PPC sleeve remains stationary
regardless of power lever movement, but the propeller
blade angle changes to maintain selected RPM. This is a
result of load changes caused by increased fuel flow,
(power lever movement) or changes in external conditions
(climbs, descents, ambient air changes). This balance
process is continuous and not observed by the pilot.
4.3
In beta mode, the PPC sleeve is moved by the cam attached

to the power lever. As the power lever is moved to
REVERSE, the PPC sleeve moves forward. This opens the
Beta tube holes inside the PPC sleeve. The high pressure
oil in the PPC sleeve moves the blades to maximum
negative blade angle (fine pitch). The blade angle is
restricted by the stop in the propeller housing.
4.4
When the power levers are moved to FLIGHT IDLE again, the
PPC sleeve moves rearward. Then the holes in the Beta
tube are outside the PPC sleeve. The oil drains from the
propeller cylinder into the engine gear case. This
permits the springs and counterweights to coarsen the
blade angle until the oil f low is again controlled by the
interface between the Beta tube holes and PPC sleeve.
6-1-3
1H01235
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
5.
SYNCHROPHASER
5.1
6.
A synchrophaser system is installed to align the speeds

and phases of the two propellers. The speed information
comes from a monopole system on the propeller blackplate.
The system is energized by a PROP SYNCHRO switch on the
roof panel. Engine speed must be aligned to less than 1%
befare the synchrophaser is used. If there is an engine
failure when the synchrophaser is engaged, the slow
engine will not affect the serviceable engine.
ENGINE
6.1
The power supplied by the gas generator section is

transmitted to the propeller through a gearbox with a
26:1 reduction ratio. The gear assemblies also power the
following components through the accessory gear case:
-
oil pump .
oil scavenge pumps
tacho generator
starter/generator
hydraulic pump
fuel control unit
propeller governor.
The rotational speed at 100% RPM is:

- engine gas generator 41,730
- propeller
1,591.
6.2
The engine and propeller operate ata selected constant

RPM. The propeller speed is indicated on a percentage
gauge on the left upper centre instrument panel. This
selected speed will not be changed by dif f erences in
power and thrust. These differences in power and thrust
balance out the changes in propeller load by movement of
the propeller blade angle.
6.3
The air which goes through the engine is identified at

key points with regard to pressure and temperature:
-
1
2
3
4
5
ambient
compressor inlet
compressor outlet
turbine inlet
exhaust (turbine outlet).
NOTE:
These station numbers will usually be accompanied

by the letters P or T. P = pressure, and T =
temperature.
6-1-4
1 Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01236
_,,__
JETSTREAIW
SoiES J200
P3 is the point of highest air pressure in the engine. P3
air is bled off for de-icing, air conditioning and
pressurization systems. T4 is the point of highest air
temperature in the engine. This is very important in
engine temperature management and limitations.
7.
LUBRICATION
7.1
Each engine is lubricated by an internal oil system

supplied from an oil tank. The oil tank is installed on
the left side of the engine. A hinged panel gives access
to a filler cap/dipstick.
7.2
The unfeather pump takes oil directly from the oil tank.
If the unfeather pump has been used to engage the start
latches, the oil level will be low. This is because oil
is transferred to the propeller pitch system. It may not
be necessary to add oil to the tank if this has occurred.
The oil should be scavenged back into the tank bef ore a
check is made.
7.3
Oil from the tank is sent round the engine by a pressure

pump in the engine gear case. The oil temperature and
pressure are shown on gauges on the left upper centre
instrument panel. A low oil pressure warning (SO psi) is
given by the following red caption on the CAP.
OIL
A red light (attention-getter) on each side of the CAP

will flash when the oil warning caption illuminates. Oil
is returned to the tank by two scavenge pumps in the
engine gear case. A third scavenge pump in the turbine
section also returns oil to the oil tank.
7.4
The oil goes through an oil/fuel heat exchanger an9 an

oil cooler system befare it reaches the oil tank. A flap
is installed in the oil cooler. The flap is operated by
an OIL COOLER FLAPS switch on the roof panel. When the
flap is open, an amber light at the bottom of the left
upper centre instrument panel comes on. When the oil
enters the tank it is in an aerated condition. An air/oil
separator in the tank bleeds off the air to atmosphere.
6-1-5
1H01237
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
.,..,__
JETSTREAAll
SERiEs J200
8.
7.5
An oil vent valve is installed in the engine gear case.

It opens automatically when the START switch is pressed
to allow air into the system at engine start. This
removes the load f rom the oil pumps during the start
cycle. The valve closes at the end of the start cycle
( 60% RPM) .
7.6
A magnetic plug (chip detector) is installed in the

engine gear case at the bottom of the forward face. This
will detect metal particle contamination in the oil. It
can be checked by an OIL CONTAM switch and an amber light
on the left skirt panel.
ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM

8.1
Fuel is supplied from the aircraft fuel system

(Ref. Chapter 7 - FUEL SYSTEM). The fuel is metered and
supplied to spray nozzles in the combustion chamber.
8.2
The fuel system booster pump supplies fuel at

approximately 15 psi to the two stage engine driven pump.
The f irst pump increases the pressure by approximately
30 psi during engine operation. This pressure is shown on
a gauge on the left upper centre instrument panel.
Low fuel pressure (less than 20 psi) will cause the
following amber caption on the CAP to illuminate.
FUEL
The fuel is sent through a filter to the second

(high pressure) pump. The high pressure pump is limited
to 1000 psi maximum.
8.3
If the fuel filter is blocked, a bypass valve opens to

permit fuel to flow directly to the high pressure pump.
Bypass valve operation is indicated by the following
amber caption on the CAP .
..-----~
FUEL
FILTER
No in-flight actions by the pilot are necessary if this

caption illuminates.
8.4
Fuel flow is divided between the primary and secondary

fuel nozzles by a flow divider. During engine start, a
solenoid valve in the flow divider supplies fuel to the
primary nozzles only. After engine start, fuel is
supplied to both primary and secondary fuel nozzles. The
rate of fuel f low to each engine is shown on a gauge on
the left upper centre instrument panel.
6-1-6
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01238
//flRl7W#~
JETSTREANI
SoiEs J200

8.5
An anti-ice valve is installed in the fuel system. It

opens automatically to send fuel to the oil/fuel heat
exchanger when the fuel temperature is below +5C. The
anti-ice valve is closed during the engine start cycle
( O to 6 O% RPM) .
8.6
The Fuel Control Unit (FCU) meters the fuel supplied to

the engine. It has inputs from:
-
power lever
RPM lever
intake air temperature (T2 probe)
intake air pressure (P2 probe).
For a full description of the governor system and the

inputs controlled by the pilot, refer to para. 9 (POWER
CONTROL).
8.7
A fuel enrichment valve bypasses the FCU to supply more

fuel during engine start. It also operates automatically
during automatic power reserve. An indicator/selector
switch is installed on the roof panel. The indicator
(white) only comes on when the engine start system is
energized. During an automatic engine start, the valve
opens to keep the EGT at or near 695C, and closes at
60% RPM. During a manual start, the valve only supplies
more fuel while the switch is pushed in by the pilot.
8.8
The Torque and Temperature Limiter (TTL) system protects

the engine from over torque and over temperature
conditions. If the torque or temperature is more than the
red line limit, (100% torque 650C temperature) the TTL
bypass valve is energized. This bypasses fuel from the
outlet side of the FCU and sends it to the inlet side of
the fuel filter. A TTL ON/OFF switch and a TTL TEST
switch for each engine are installed on the roof panel.
Torque protectian is armed at 60% RPM by the autastart
camputer. Temperature pratectian is armed at 80% RPM by
the Single Red Line (SRL) camputer. A micraswitch in the
pawer quadrant prevents TTL tests at law pawer
selectians. TTL tests are prevented in flight by the nase
wheel weight-an-wheels (squat) switch.
8.9
The Fuel Shut Off Valve (FSOV) is a high pressure valve

which can be apened and clased electrically. It can be
clased (but nat apened) mechanically. During engine start
it apens electrically at 10% RPM. The valve clases
electrically when the engine STOP switch is pressed. If
an electrical failure accurs, the valve stays in the
pasitian selected. The FSOV clases mechanically qnly when
the feather lever is turned and pulled.
6-1-7
H01239
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
---
JETSTREAIW
8.10
SERiEs J200
It is necessary to blow compressed air through the fuel
nozzles at engine shut down to prevent blockage by
carbonized fuel. When the engine is operated at 95% RPM
an air storage bottle is pressurized with P3 air at
160 psi. When the engine STOP switch is pressed, (for a
minimum of 5 seconds) the stored air is released into the
fuel harness. This forces the rernaining fuel into the
combustion chamber where it burns off. The EGT and RPM
will rise rnornentarily during this operation. If the fuel
lines are not cleared, the fuel will fall into the
cornbustion charnber and rnake a blue smoke. If too rnuch
fuel collects in the jet pipe, a ventilation run will be
necessary before the next start.
POWER CONTROL
9.
9.1
Power control is the result of fuel flow control and RPM

control by the use of governors. If a turboprop engine is
operated at a constant speed, its rnost satisfactory rnode
of operation, it rnust have controllable thrust. Forward
thrust for flight, reverse thrust to brake. Two basic
types of control are available:
- Propeller Governor (PG) rnode
- Beta (Ground) mode.
9.1.l
In PG rnode, power is changed by the power lever,

which controls fuel supply. The RPM is changed by
the RPM lever through a PG. This gives quick
action when an increase in thrust is necessary.
It is not easy to get reverse thrust with this
systern.
9.1.2
In Beta rnode, power is changed through control of

the propeller blade angle by use of the power
lever. The RPM is controlled at a set value by a
fuel governor. This gives easy control of forward
and reverse thrust. This systern is slow to rnake
the necessary changes to thrust operation.
Thus a mixture of the two rnodes with easy change frorn one
to the other is necessary. Power lever rnovernent is
divided between the two rnodes to get the necessary
results.
9.2
FLIGHT IDLE is the position where power lever rnovernent is

divided between PG and Beta rnodes. PG mode is forward of
FLIGHT IDLE, and is the flight range. Beta is behind
FLIGHT IDLE, and is the ground range. A PG and an
Underspeed Governor (USG) are installed on each engine.
The power levers rnust not be selected behind FLIGHT IDLE
(Beta range) in flight.
6-1-8
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01240
~~
JETSTR~
SaiES J200
9.2.l
In the PG mode the USG is overridden. The fuel

supply is then controlled directly by the power
lever, which operates a manual fuel valve.
Selected RPM is by PG movement between 96% (PG
low) and 100% (PG high).
9.2.2
In Beta mode the PG is overridden. The power

lever then directly controls the propeller pitch
angle by movement of the propeller pitch control
sleeve. The PG oil pump supplies oil at high
pressure to the propeller pitch control sleeve.
The RPM is maintained by the USG between TAXI 72%
(USG low) and FLIGHT 97% (USG high) .
NOTE:
It is permitted for the following amber

caption to illuminate during f lare when
the power levers are moved to the f light
idle gate.
BETA
9.2.3
The f ollowing two amber captions must be

illuminated (one for each engine) before reverse
thrust is selected after a normal landing.
BETA
Asymmetric reverse thrust is permitted after a

single engine landing with the unserviceable
engine shut down.
9.2.4
With the power levers at GROUND IDLE, the

propeller blades are at zero degrees. This will
help to decrease the aircraft forward speed.
Behind this position the propeller blades are
moved to a negative angle for reverse thrust.
Microswitches on the power lever quadrant make
the f ollowing two amber captions illuminate on
the CAP.
REV
This indicates that the power levers are in the
reverse pitch range. Each power lever has a catch
installed, which must be raised to permit
movement behind FLIGHT IDLE into the beta mode.
6-1-9
1H01241
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
--
JETSTREANI
SeEs J200

')
9.3
9.2.5
A GROUND START position is identified on the

centre console.
9.2.6
The rnode, and thus which governor controls RPM is

deterrnined by the position of the power lever.
Engine RPM is shown on the left upper centre instrurnent

panel as a percentage of rnaxirnum. The RPM lever changes
the position of the PG and the USG at the same time.
9.3.l
There are two positions for the RPM levers

identified on the centre console; TAXI and
FLIGHT. At the TAXI position, the PG is set to
96% and the USG is set to 72%. At the FLIGHT
position, the PG is set to 100% and the USG is
set to 97%.
9.4
Befare cruise RPM can be set frorn 100%, the power lever
must be set to bring EGT below 600C. The RPM gauge is
then monitored and the RPM lever set for cruise at 97%.
After the RPM has been set, the power lever is set to
give the necessary EGT or torque.
9.5
At take-off, the power lever is set above FLIGHT IDLE and

the RPM lever set to FLIGHT. The PG overrides the USG and
RPM is kept at 100%. After landing, the power lever is
set below FLIGHT IDLE and the RPM lever stays at FLIGHT.
The USG keeps the RPM at 97%.
9.6
The RPM lever must stay in the FLIGHT position for the
use of reverse.pitch. If it is set to TAXI, the engine
speed will be too low and the load on the engine may
cause damage. For engine protection an USG reset is
installed. This works through a linkage with the power
lever. If the power lever is set to reverse, the RPM will
be increased to approximately 90 to 91%.
,.'
6-1-10
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01242
_,_~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
9.7
The PG reset opens the PG valve when the power lever is

set below FLIGHT IDLE. The PG spring tension is increased
to give an RPM which would not be possible with normal
operation. This makes sure that sufficient oil is quickly
supplied, to move the blades to a negative pitch angle
for reverse thrust. Indication is given when the
following amber caption illuminates on the CAP.
BETA
It is operated by a pressure switch when the oil pressure

from the PG is more than 300 psi.
10.
9.8
Automatic control of engine RPM is given for engine start

and acceleration. This gives a fast start without
overfuel or surge. P3 air is supplied to a spring bellows
system which reacts on the Manual Fuel Val ve (MFV). The
MFV allows the increased f uel to reach the combustion
chamber. This control, only used at engine start, is
cancelled by the USG when the start cycle is completed.
9.9
A USG is installed to prevent engine overspeed if the PG

fails. Driven by the engine fuel pump, it is set to
automatically limit the fuel supply if RPM reaches
between 103 and 105%.
FEATHER LEVERS
10.1
The FEATHER levers are located on the centre console.

There is one lever for each engine. The lever must be
turned to the right and pulled upwards to stop the engine
and feather the propeller. The use of the lever results
in the following:
- closes the Fuel Shut Off Valve (FSOV) (first
mechanical operation)
- opens the feather valve (second mechanical operation)
- closes the LP fuel valve
)
- closes the LP hydraulic valve ) electrical operation
) by microswitches and
- cancels the start system
) Essential de power
- clases the water methanol control valve (if installed).
6-1-11
1H01243
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
_,__
JETSTREAIW
Ses 1200
11.
10.2
The first mechanical operation shuts off the fuel and

stops the engine. The second mechanical operation stops
the flow of oil from the PG to the propeller pitch
control sleeve. This permits oil in the propeller
cylinder to drain into the engine gear case. The
propeller will f eather under the action of the spring and
counterweights. The FEATHER lever must be set to the
normal position before an engine start is tried. This
will not open the FSOV, which can only be opened
electrically during the start cycle (10% RPM).
10.3
If an engine is shut down in flight oran engine start is

terminated, the FEATHER lever must be pulled and the STOP
switch pressed.
NEGATIVE TORQUE SENSING (NTS) SYSTEM

11.1
Negative torque is felt when the propeller turns the gas

generator after an engine failure (Ref. Para. 12 TORQUE
MEASUREMENT AND INDICATION). When this occurs, the NTS
valve on the engine will operate the feather valve. This
stops the f low of oil from the PG to the propeller
cylinder. Also, the oil in the propeller cylinder drains
into the engine gear case. The blades will be moved
towards the feather position, which will reduce drag on
the failed engine.
11.2
As a result of this operation, a stage is reached when

the engine will again turn the propeller. Thus a positive
torque occurs. The feather valve will shut until the
propeller again turns the engine (negative torque). The
propeller will move between positive and negative torque.
This movement will be heard and felt by the pilot. The
propeller must not be permitted to do this in the
critical 18 to 28% RPM range. If this occurs, the engine
must be shut down and the propeller f eathered to prevent
damage to the engine.
11.3
NTS is cancelled by a valve on the propeller pitch

control, when the power lever is moved behind GROUND
START.
6-1-12
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01244
_,_~
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
12.
TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATION

12.1
Torque is a force which turns, and it occurs between the

gas generator and the propeller. When the gas generator
turns the propeller, this is known as positive torque.
When the propeller turns the gas generator after engine
failure, this is known as negative torque. The torque is
measured and shown on a gauge on the left upper centre
instrument panel as a percentage of maximum.
Torque X RPM = horsepower. Thus 100% torque at
100% RPM = 1020 SHP in this engine.
12.2
A strain gauge torque measurement is used, which includes

a fixed torque ring and outer moveable ring gear. The
strain gauge is a fine insulated conductor wire bonded to
the fixed torque ring. The strain is measured
electrically by resistance changes in the wire as it
contracts or stretches. There are two sets of strain
gauges installed, one used in normal operations, the
other is kept as a spare. The system is supplied with
power from the Essential de busbar.
12.3
The resistance is changed into percentage torque by a

system in which zero volts de equals 100% torque. This
allows overtorque (zero voltage) to determine when the
TTL limits the fuel flow. This limits the torque to a red
line maximum of 100%.
12.4
An NTS valve is operated by three spring loaded

(to positive torque) torque arms. The torque arms work in
close relation with the outer ring gear, to feel the
backlash in the gear. Gear backlash produces positive
torque.
12.4.1
With positive torque, the NTS valve is open to

allow the feather valve to operate normally. This
permits the oil to flow from the PG to the
propeller pitch control sleeve. If sufficient
negative torque is felt, the torque arm causes
the NTS valve to clase. This in turn causes a
build up of oil pressure on the feather valve.
6-1-13
1H01245
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
_,_~
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
12.4.2
12.5
The torque arrns are spring loaded (100 lbf in.) to

positive torque to perrnit engine start in flight without
a negative torque condition. This condition would occur
when the unf eather purnp rnoves the blades f rorn the
feathered position into the airflow during relight
drills.
12.6
Engines which supply 100% torque rnust show 100% on the

aircraft gauge. To rnake sure the gauge display is
accurate, the raw signal frorn the strain gauge passes
through a signal conditioner. The conditioner arnplifies
the signal, and compensates for differences between
sensors on different engines. This means the pilot knows
that 100% torque at 100% RPM equals 1020 SHP for all
engines.
NOTE:
13.
The feather valve opens and prevents oil flow

frorn the PG to the propeller pitch control
sleeve. Sirnultaneously, the valve allows oil in
the propeller cylinder to go to the engine gear
case. When positive torque is felt again, the
feather valve returns to normal operation and the
propeller rnoves around the low drag angle.
Adjustment data is contained in the engine log

book.
EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) INDICATION

13.l
Excessive EGT will darnage the turbine. Thus, engine power

is lirnited at lower air densities and high temperatures
by turbine inlet temperature. The engine configuration
makes it irnpractical to install temperature probes at the
turbine inlet. An alternative is to install temperature
probes in the exhaust pipe to measure EGT. This is shown
on the left upper centre instrument panel by two gauges
(one for each engine) calibrated in degrees C. The EGT
probe output from an engine is adjusted to give the same
indication at maximum power on all engines. This is known
as compensated EGT.
6-1-14
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01246
--
JETSTREANI
13.2
SmiEs J200
EGT is lower than turbine inlet temperature, and the
relationship between them is changed by:
- ambient air temperature

- ambient air pressure
intake ram air pressure
- air bleed
- engine rpm
Data f rom these sources is f ed into a Single Red Line
(SRL) computer. The computer adjusts the EGT gauge so
that the indication is in proportion to turbine inlet
temperature. This is known as 'conditioned' EGT. There is
a single red line on the EGT gauge at 650C. This shows
the maximum permissible temperature in all flight
conditions.
13.3
The SRL computer is used above 80% rpm. Below this

speed, or if the computer is switched off, the EGT gauge
shows 'compensated' EGT. When the computer fails to
operate, the following amber caption illuminates on the
CAP.
SRL
The red line on the EGT gauge cannot now be used. The EGT
limit must be found by reference to Abnormal Drills.
13.4
14.
The computer adjusts the EGT gauge to a higher indication

if the rpm is reduced below 98.5% with the pointer set to
the red line. The turbine will run cooler at the cruise
speed of 97% rpm, which improves engine life.
ENGINE START SEQUENCES

14.1
Ground Start
14.l.l
The engine controls must be set as follows:

-
14.1.2
the
the
the
the
the
propeller blades on the start latches

rpm lever at TAXI
FEATHER lever in the down position
power lever at GRND START
air/ground switch at GROUND.
When the SELECT and START switches are pressed,

the starter motor turns the engine and the
following amber caption illuminates on the CAP.
STARTER
6-1-15
H01247
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
.,,,.,.,.,,~
JETSTREANI
SetiEs J200
~.;:
At 10% RPM, the igniters operate and fuel is sent

to the cornbustion chamber. The starter and
turbine together increase the engine speed, and
the EGT increases. Engine speed must increase
continuously through the critical vibration range
of 18% to 28% RPM. If the engine 'hangs up' in
this range it must be shut down.
14.1.3
At 60% RPM electrical power is removed from the

igniters and starter motor, and the following
caption extinguishes.
1
STARTER
The engine speed continues to increase until it

becomes stable. Then the USG controls RPM, and
the power lever can be set to GROUND IDLE.
NOTE:
14. 2
The power lever must be moved into the

reverse range to release the start
latches. An increase in torque indicates
that the start latches are released.
Air Start
14.2.1
The engine controls must be set as follows:

- the propeller blades are feathered
- the FEATHER lever is in the normal
(down) position
- the power lever is set with the middle of the
power lever against the FLIGHT IDLE mark
- the RPM lever is set to match the serviceable
engine
- the air/ground switch is set to AIR.
14.2.2
When the SELECT and START switches are pressed,

the propeller unfeathers and turns the engine. At
10% RPM, the igniters operate and fuel is sent to
the combustion chamber. The propeller and turbine
together increase the engine speed and EGT
increases.
14.2.3
At 60% RPM, electrical power is removed from the

igniters and unfeather pump. The engine speed
continues to increase until it aligns with the
speed set by the RPM lever.
6-1-16
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01248
t
-:
, <
.,,,..,,..,,,,._.._.
JETSTREANI
SaiEs J200

14.3
14.4
14.5
Automatic or Manual Start

14.3.l
During an automatic start, the auto-start

computer is controlled by the SRL computer switch
in the roof panel.
14.3.2
During a manual start, the SRL switch is set to

OFF. The start sequence is controlled by the
manual start selector and the fuel enrich switch
on the roof panel.
Fuel Enrichment Valve

14.4.1
In autostart, the light (white) in the fuel

enrichment switch flashes intermittently to
indicate fuel enrichment valve operation.
14.4.2
In manual start, the valve opens and the light

(white) comes on only when the switch is pressed.
The fuel enrichment valve is to be used
intermittently to maintain EGT. Do not press the
fuel enrichment switch whilst an increase in EGT
is observed.
Electrical Power
14.5.l
Electrical power for a ground start can be

received from a ground power unit or the aircraft
batteries. The batteries are selected by a three
position BATT MASTER switch in the roof panel.
During a battery start, the batteries are
initially connected in parallel, then in series
while the engine speed increases. This is shown
when the f ollowing amber caption on the CAP
illuminates.
SERIES
The batteries automatically change back to

parallel at 60% rpm, and the caption
extinguishes.
14.6
Critical Speed
14.6.1
The engine has a critical vibration speed between

18% and 28% RPM. If the engine speed <loes not
increase through this range, the start must be
aborted.
6-1-17
1H01253
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
.-nsHAl/fROSFMD6
JETSTREANI
Satis J200

~_(.:~~'>\.
14.7
Abort Start
14.7.1
The start must be aborted if:

- the engine speed does not increase in the usual
manner
- the EGT increases to the red line limit.
To abort the start, turn and pull the FEATHER
lever. Press the STOP switch on the roof panel to
release the SELECT and START switches.
14.8
Ventilation Run
14.8.l
To clear the engine of unburned fuel or hot

gases, the engine can be turned by the starter
motor. On the roof panel, set the manual start
selector switch to ENERGIZE. There are two
limits which will indicate when the run is to be
stopped:
- 15% RPM
- 15 seconds.
The run must be stopped when one of the two
limits occurs. If necessary, the run can be
continued into a manual start.
NOTE:
15.
The maximum residual EGT befare an engine

start at 200C. If this is exceeded a
ventilation run should be carried out. If
the EGT drops below 200C, continue the
start. If it does not drop below 200C, a
start can be continued af ter a 15 second
ventilation.
ENGINE SHUT DOWN

15.l
To reduce thermal shock, the engine must be operated for

three minutes at minimum power. When the stop-switch on
the roof panel is pressed, the fuel shut-off valve is
closed electrically. The purge system sends the remaining
fuel to the combustion charnber to be burned. (Ref. Para.
8 .10).
15.2
As the engine speed decreases to 50% RPM, the POWER lever

must be moved to FULL REVERSE. The POWER lever must stay
in this position until the engine stops. This will permit
the propellor blades to move onto the start latches in
preparation for the next start.
6-1-18
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01249
M&IWA811CSR
CF
JETSTREAllll
SElliEs J200

16.
IN-FLIGHT OR EMERGENCY SHUT DOWN

16.1
The FEATHER lever is used to stop the engine in flight or

in an emergency (Ref. Para. 10. FEATHER LEVERS).
~:
17.
For data on engine start, shut down and in-flight

emergency procedures refer to the MOM Part l.
AUTOMATIC IGNITION
17.1
An automatic ignition system is powered from the

Essential de busbar. It is armed during the engine start
cycle, and operated by a negative torque pressure switch.
This provides an automatic light-up function if flame out
occurs in flight. Indication of operation is shown by the
f ollowing two amber captions on the left upper centre
instrument panel.
IGN
A three position switch on the roof panel controls system

operation. The positions are identified as follows:
17.2
- CONTINUOUS
continuous ignition applied to igniters
- NORMAL
normal ignition function during engine

start, and automatic ignition available
- TEST
tests ignition circuits and indicator

lights.
If power to the essential busbar is removed, the auto

ignition system will become disarmed. The system cannot
be armed again unless the engine is shut down and
started. To prevent this during a ground power start, do
not set BATTERY MASTER switches to BATT until both
generators are selected ON. When operated in flight, the
ignition stays on for ten seconds after the engine has
started, to make sure of engine operation.
NOTE:
The indicator lights on the upper left centre

instrument panel do not come on during normal
engine start.
6-1-19
H01250
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
WJW~lar
JETSTREAllll
SmiEsJ200
18.
AUTOMATIC PERFORMANCE RESERVE (APR) SYSTEM

18.1
The APR system gives more power if an engine fails on

take-off (where power is temperature limited). This
permits a higher MTOW compared to aircraft without APR.
The APR system decreases the EGT signal by 21C on the
serviceable engine, after engine failure. The fuel
enrichment system increases the fuel f low on the
serviceable engine to raise the EGT to the red line
limit. The related rise in torque on a temperature
limited engine is approximately 4 to 5%.
18.2
The system is controlled by the POWER RES switch on the

centre console. When the switch is moved to the ARM
position, the following white caption on the left upper
centre instrument panel illuminates.
ARM
The system is armed when the two engines show 60% torque
or more.
18.3
If the torque on one engine decreases below 50%, the APR

system supplies fuel through the fuel enrichment valve.
The (serviceable) engine supplied with more fuel is
indicated by the following green caption on the left
upper centre instrument panel.
~or0
The APR system is limited to five minutes operation.
18.4
If the APR system does not operate automatically after

engine power loss, increased power can be selected
manually. To do so, press the caption block on the left
upper centre instrument panel. The following two green
captions will illuminate.
18.5
The APR system is disarmed when the POWER RES switch is

set to OFF.
18.6
The APR compensator operation can be testea by use of the

COMP TEST switch on the left upper centre instrument
panel. When the switch is selected to L or R the
applicable EGT gauge will show a decrease of 21C.
6-1-20
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02139
BRn'ISH~
JETSTREAllll
SaiEs J200

18.7
The use of APR increases turbine inlet ternperature above

normal lirnits. It's use rnust be recorded in the engine
cycle record as four cycles for each operation. APR
systern operation at an EGT higher than 629C rnust also be
recorded in the engine cycle record.
6-1-21
H01252
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
--
JETSTREAIW
SatiEs J200
'
,._
1'
TURBINE
SECTION
COMPRESSOR
SECTION
REDUCTION GEAR
SECTION
~--
AIR INLET
DUCT
EXHAUST
DUCT
THREE STAGE
AXIAL TURBINE
TWO STAGE
CERTIFUGAL
COMPRESSOR
INTEGRAL
GEAR CASE
REDUCTION
GEARS
G722515A
ENGINE - GENERAL
6-2-1
H01254
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
--
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
START LATCH
FEATHER
SPRINGS
FINE PITCH/REVERSE PITCH

OIL SUPPLY THROUGH OIL
TRANSFER(BETA)TUBE
::!!!::!:!!!:::::!!:::=./
REVERSE
SPRING
CROSS HEAD
(ATTACHED TO PITCH
CONTROL PISTON)
FULL REVERSE STOP

FEATHER STOP
PROPELLER PISTON ON START LATCHES
START LATCH
FEATHER
SPRINGS
FINE PITCH/REVERSE PITCH

OIL SUPPL Y THROUGH OIL
!::::!:!:!!::::.7R
REVERSE
SPRING
(BETA) TUBE
CROSS HEAD
(ATTACHED TO PITCH
CONTROL PISTON)
FULL REVERSE STOP

FEATHER STOP
PROPELLER PISTON ON FEATHER STOPS
F022528A.01
EFFECTIVITY
6-2-2
1Aug
15/95
819 - 900 / 903 / 904

Printed in the U.K.
H01255
.,,,,_._
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200

BLADE
BLADE
RETENTION
BEARING
COUNTERWEIGHT
REVERSE
STOP
SPRING
HOUSING
OIL TRANSFER
BETA TUBE
START
LATCH
ACTUATING
LINK
PROPELLER PISTON ON START LATCHES
BLADE
RETENTION
BEARING
RETAINER
(SPLIT)
START
LATCH
LATCH
WEIGHT
FEATHER
STOP
OIL TRANSFER
BETA TUBE
ACTUATING
LINK
COUNTERWEIGHT
PROPELLER PISTON ON FEATHER STOPS
F021819A.01
EFFECTIVITY
902
H01256
6-2-3
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
BR17711i1#1-
JETSTREANI
Saes J200

''e
LEFT PROPELLER
RIGHT PROPELLER
28V DC MAIN BUS
PROPSYNCRO
PR DUMP
PROP. SYNCRO
CONTROLLER
(AT STN.130
L.H. SIDE)
~'
PROP SYNCRO SWITCH
FPROPSYNCRO
o
F
F
MAGNETIC RING
LEFT PROPELLER
GOVERNOR
ON
o
F
F
PROP SYNCRO SWITCH

ON
- the system will syncrophase
and synchronise the
propellers
Note 1 - ON should only be selected
at either 100% or.97% RPM
2 - engine RPM should be
synchronised manually
using the RPM levers before
selecting PROP SYNCRO
ON
RIGHT PROPELLER
GOVERNOR
G612527A
SYNCHROPHASER
6-2-4
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01257
_._
JETSTREAllll
SetiESJ200
AIRFLOW STATIONS
P1
P2
\
P1
P2
P3
T4
T5
Ambient air pressure

First stage compressor inlet pressure
Compressor discharge pressure
Turbine inlet temperature
EGT
SHP/AIR DENSITY
THERMODYNAMIC
LIMIT
1100 -
-- --
TORQUE
1 020 ..................~.:.~~,............................
TORQUE LIMIT
---.
SHP
COLO
OR
LOW ALT
AIR DENSITY
HOT
OR
HIGH ALT
G752532A
AIRFLOW STATIONS AND AIR DENSITY
6-2-5
1H01258
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
SRn711!1'N~
JETSTREAllll
SoiES J200
._ ,,
TURBINE REAR
BEARING
GEAR CASE
~-<-.
1-----------=--=---1_ _ _ _ _-=-I~117-
~~~'============================:=!._.._~<?
SCAVENGE
PUMP
1
1
1
PROP.
GOV.
PRESSURE
SWITCH
L,
____ i ____ ~---c:::::i
! COMPRESSOR BEARING
BULL GEAR
___ J ___ ~-----~~~~~-----
1 REDUCTION
GEAR
PROP. SHAFT BEARINGS
ACCESSORY ORIVES
'1
(RED)
TRANSMITTER
RELIEF
VAL VE
.---
''
BY-PASS
VAL VE
1 SCAVENGE
PUMPS
PRESSURE 1
VENT
VAL VE
PU
PRESSURE
GAUGE
'1
'1
''
i~ ---f-;;,~ ;~~;;~;;:;~;;~-----j
OIL
SEPARATOR
FILLER CAP/
DIPSTICK
L_
FUEL
HEATER
ce:?
MAGNETIC
PLUG
TO
UNFEATHER----+--~
PUMP
OIL
COOLER
1~-----------1
1
'
TEST SWITCH
(LEFT & RIGHT)
1_j_:__.,,.._L , D ,!
'
,__
(AMBER)
THERMOSTATIC/RELIEF
BY-PASS VALVES
------------~
LEFT SKIRT PANEL

G791403A
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
6-2-6
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01259
-~
JETSTREANI
SaES J200
AIRCRAFT
BOOST
PUMP
TTL BY-PASS VALVE

OPEN WHEN
- torque limit reached
- ar temperature limit reached
- ar TTL test selected
FIRST
STAGE
PUMP
CAP CAPTION (AMBER)
FUEL
TTL BY-PASS
VALVE
FILTER
FUEL PRESSURE
GAUGE
POWER LEVER
Controls Manual
fuel valve (MFV)
RPMLEVER
Controls fuel ~
governer (USG)
SECOND
STAGE
PUMP
----~~~~~~~~~~- FU~~~~R~~~OL
FUEL
ENRICH
VALVE
FEATHERING LEVER
- Pulled, clases FSOV
FUEL SHUT-OFF
"""---------1 VALVE (FSOV)
FUEL
FLOW
GAUGE
FUELFLOW
TRANSMITTER
AIR
STORAGEi-----lPURGE VALVES
FUEL ENRICH VALVE

OPEN BY
- auto start control
- ar fuel enrich switch pressed
- ar APR ar Power augmentation
F.S.O.V.
- open during start cycle
- shut when stop switch pressed
PURGE VALVE
Open when stop switch pressed
NOZZLES
G732530A
ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM
6-2-7
1 H01260
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-~
JETSTREAllll
SeES J200
r ---J
PROPELLER
GOVERNOR
___ -
LJ
..{)_
POWER LEVER
'
.......
RPMLEVER
~l~~ow
FUEL
ENGINE
PROPELLER GOVERNOR MODE

OWER LEVER
MAXIMUM
r------ OIL
FUEL
ENGINE
RPM LEVER
BETA MODE
HIGH
'!]__
LOW
L ............................~.v
POWER LEVER
REVERSE
MAXIMUM
r ---- ----- L
L J PROPELLER
--
OVERNOR
OIL
FUEL GOVERNOR
(MFV/USG)
O VERSPEED
GOVERNOR
J (OSG)
ENGINE
.
TPE 331
RPM LEVER
HIGH
'!]__
. . . . . ~. . . . . . . . . . ~. v
LOW
G762531A
BASIC POWER CONTROL
6-2-8
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01261
BNIJJSN~
JETSTREAIW
SatiES 1200
o
-...J
>-o
<a:
a: ....
Wz
Li1o
t.)
(.)
<
...J
:;
u.
"'
Q.
::e
(.)
....
:_,
a: o
w a:
_,>-
_,z
wO
Q. (.)
oa:
Q.
<D
:;
....
<
....
w
<D
G762525A
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
6-2-9
1H01262
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
~-
JETSTREAllll
SeEs J200
FUEL
BYPASS
SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
TORQUE
LIMITER
HIGH SPEED
PINION
REACTION
TORQUE RING
41,730 RPM
RING
GEAR
BULL
GEAR
PROP
.......___
__,~ SHAFT
1591 RPM
SUN
GEAR
PLANET --~===!
GEARS
STRAIN GAUGE ~---------------__.

SIGNAL
H722536A
TORQUE INDICATION SYSTEM
6-2-10
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01263
__
,_~
JETSTREANI
SEREs J200
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
SPLINES FOR
TORQUE RING
TO RING GEAR
ASSEMBLY
TENSION:-
'f]--
--\)
STRAIN
GAGE
~:MPRESSION
STRAIN
GAGE
~
ANCHOR
DOWELS
H722535A
TORQUE RING TRANSDUCER
6-2-11
1H01264
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-~
JETSTREAIW
5eE5 J200
TORQUE
ARM
RINGGEAR
NEG
~--------~-----------~
FIXED TORQUE RING
TORQUE
LOAD ASSEMBLY
(3)
SPLINED SLEEVE
SPLINED
RING
TORQUE ROO
TORQUE ARM
H722534A
TORQUE TRANSDUCER - TORQUE ARMS
6-2-12
1Aug
15/95
Printecl in the U.K.
H01265
.,,,.,-~
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
PROPELLER PITCH CONTROL
POSITIVE TORQU E
UNFEATHERING
PUMP SWITCH
CAPTION
~------
~====~C)l==========Pt-c
11 BETA 1
AMBER
BETA
PRESSURE
SWITCH
FEATHERING
LE VER
NRV
CHECK VALVE
~-----
AUTO-IGNITION
PRESSURE
SWITCH
30psi
FEATHERING
VAL VE
35psi
PROPELLER
GOVERNOR VALVE
POSITIVE
PROPELLER
GOVERNOR PUMP
PROPELLER PITCH CONTROL
NEGATIVE TORQUE
UNFEATHERING
PUMP SWITCH
CAPTION
11 BETA
AMBER
l~------
:=:::=======! C) !===========:~---- --_,
BETA
PRESSURE
SWITCH
NRV
CHECK VALVE
AMBER
~----FEATHERING
LE VER
AUTO-IGNITION
PRESSURE
SWITCH
30psi
FEATHERING
VAL VE
35psi
PROPELLER
GOVERNOR VALVE
NEGATIVE
PROPELLER
GOVERNOR PUMP
G612059A
TORQUE ARMS - POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE TORQUE
6-2-13
1H01266
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
;:t>'
:::;
\.O
'r:v
1
1
......
Ul
......
.::..
lf
START
IGN
SAL
_COMP
..........
l.O
Ul
EGT
START SWITCH
(OPEN 0-60% RPM)
TIL
SAL
ON/OFF
SWITCH
ON/OFF
SWITCH
en
:;u
t""I
.---'
..........
;:t>'
-u
::i.
~
a.
::r
:T
CD
?:
e:
i-,3
o
t
10%
60%
i-,3
SPEED SWITCHES
en
;:t>'
:;u
80%
''
'
'
AUTOSTART
COMPUTE A
1>
31:
)>
"TI
P/P
RPM
..:..__J~ TEMP
TEsn
6 P/P
TEST SWITCH
(OPEN TO TEST)
e:
SAL
COMPUTE A
POWER SUPPL Y
I>
EGTCOMP
TEST SWITCH
(OPEN TO
6PtP
)>
TRANSDUCER
MONOPOLE
~ ~I
) INLET TEMP (T2)

OUTLET AIR PRESSURE P5
''
EGT
COMPEGT
i~ .~lii11
RAWEGT
EGT
COMP
INLETAIR
PRESSURE P2
i-,3
..........
i-,3
i-,3
t""I
IGNITIONON
FUEL SHUT OFF
VALVE OPEN
FUEL ENRICH
SYSTEM ARMED
n
o
:;:::
POWER LEVER
MICRO SWITCH
(CLOSED ABOVE
30"/o TOROUE)
CONTROL
OFENRICH
SOLENOID
VAL VE
FUELBY..PASS
VAL VE
3: ._,,.
)>~
C.A.P.
'"O
e:
i-,3
ZQ
e:
)>
START CUT-OUT
IGNITION OFF
ENRICH CUT-OFF
START BUTION OUT
t7:l
:;u
-::o'
-t
TEMP
BRIDGE No's 1 & 2

OUTPUT
-------,
TIL
~
1-'
tv
O'\
-....]
TEST
SWITCH
: SOUAT SWITcH (OPEN IN FLIGHT)
TORO U E
EGT
TOROUE & TEMP

LIMITER
OPENS FUEL BY-PASS VALVE

WHEN TOROUE OR TEMP
REACHES RED UNE
TACHO
GEN
RPM
AIR TEMP PROBE

(OIL COOLER AREA)
TOROUE
G761817A.01
.:r'
OIL PRESSURE INCREASE

OIL VENT VALVE OPEN
START CAP. OUT
!-----------------..,.-
START & SELECT BUTTONS RELEASE, LIGHTS OUT
STARTER & STARTER CAPTION
2.5SEC
SERIES CAP. OUT
SERIES CAPTION (INTERNAL POWER)
ENR LIGHT OUT

ENRICHMENT LIGHT FLASHES
F.S.O.V. OPEN
FUEL FLOW INDICATES
IGNITORS
EGTRISE
GENERATORS ON
GENCAPSOUT
SWITCH TO INT
BATCAPSOUT
REMOVE GND PWR
SAL COMPUTER ENERGISED

SRLCAP. OUT
EGT READING INCREASES
OILCAPOUT
ENERGISE
(MANUAL)
PROP
GOV
HIGH
IGNITE
(MANUAL)
SELECT
ANO
START
1
10
20
30
40
50
60
USG
LOW
72%
1
70
80
USG
HIGH OSG
97% 103%
1
90
100
No/o (ENGINE RPM%)
30 TO 40 SECOND GROUND START

10 TO 15 SECOND AIR START
G802533A
ENGINE START SEQUENCE
6-2-15
1H01268
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
~~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
TORQUE
TORQUE
<50%
<50%
APR
RELAYS
100%
BY PASS
VAL VE
ARM
TTL
CONTRO
TTL
CONTRO
EGT
BY PASS
VAL VE
EGT
COMPEN
TEST
SWITCH
SRL
COMPUTER
SRL
COMPUTER
21
.-+----1
FUEL
ENRICH
VAL VE
APR
COMPENSATOR
FUEL
ENRICH
VAL VE
EGT
COMPENSATOR
EGT
COMPENSATOR
EGT
THERMOCOUPLE
EGT
THERMOCOUPLE
G731865A
APR SYSTEM
6-2-16
1Aug
15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01269
_ , , _ Al/!Rl3:5 biC'E
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
MANUFACTUl:\ERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2
CENTRAL ANNUNCIA TOR PANEL
(amber) (2)
ON
shows that the related

propeller rs rn Beta Mode
(X)
(X)
t'
~
o
o
N
N
POWER LEVER (2)

FLIGHT IOLE MA.X
controts fuet supplyto
engrne
a rms NTS system
TTI onhrbrted at !Ow
power se".'to.,gs
GROUNO IOLE FLIGH7 tOLE
cor.trots propeller blade
angle from zero to
posrtrve settrng
REV GROi.JNO IOLE
controls propeller blade
angle from negat1ve to
zero settrng
NOTE:
wrth flyrng control
locks engaged an
interlock stops both
power levers berng
moved to fhght 1dle
pos1t1on
2. a catch on the power
lever must be litted
before rt can be
moved below flrght
1dte
CENTRE PEDESTAL
FRICTION CONTROL
turn to set frrctron of
RPM LEVER (2)

FLIGHT
seu 100% RPM rn flrght
TA.XI - sets 72% RPM on the
the RPM lever is set to

91ve the reQurred crurse
RPM
PROPELLER UNFEATHER
SW1TCH
L or R feeds the assocrated
unfeather pump
spring loaded to centre
off
FEATHER LEVER (2)

TURN ANO PULL
shuts FSOV
feathers the propeller
shuts the LP fuel cock
shuts the LP hydraulrc
cock
1nh1bits engrne start
crrcurt
drsarms auto 19nrt1on
systems
NOTE:
lever must be turned to
engage detent to
prevent accidental
return to normal
ENGINE CONTROLS
May 15/91
'9Rl1- All'R06i MCiE"
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
ROOFPANEL
(Doooooo
OOODJIIDOJ
OODOJIIDOJ
~ ooorn rn
rn oHEfo m
m IIII m
O o e o
D B l!il li!l~BD
-. . .~--------.
OIL COOLER FLAPS

_!;FT
OPEP;
RIG"'l
_: .
OPE r.,
. OPE r~
.i.,-c
~uro
)1""11.J~
SHt_T
0
OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCH ES

OPEN - opens 011 coole flap to
1ncrease cold a r f 1ov..
across oil cooler
OPEN 1 AUTO SHUT
oil cooler flaps shut
automatically when no
we1ght on wheels .
SHUT - shuts oil coolerflaps.
LEFT SKIRT PANEL
: 10(----L
IOILCONTAM
OIL CONTAM LIGHT (amber)

ON
- shows metal detected in

system be1ng tested
LEFT
f\.)
o
o
OIL CONTAM SWITCH

LEFT or RIGHT
- tests related engine oli
system for metal part1cles.
C/1/294X1
ENGINE OIL SYSTEM - CONTROL

6-3-2
Aug 15/90
~AERO.-CE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
(red) (2)
ON
shows pressure in related

system is below 50 psi
Attent1on getter red light
flashes
LEFT UPPER CENTRE

INSTRUMENT PANEL
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE (2)
shows pressure of related engine oil syste."1

red line at 120 psi max. permitted pressure
gree., are 70 120 psi normal range
yellow are 40 70 psi caut1ony range
red line at 40 psi min. perm1tted pressure
OIL TEMPERA TURE GAUGE (2)
o
o
C'\..!
N
OIL COOLER FLAP LIGHT (amber) (2)
ON
shows temp of related engine ol system

red line at i 27C max. permitted temperature
- yellow are 11 O 127( caution range
green are 55 - 11 OC normal range
yellow are -40 - + SOC caution range
red line at -30C min. perm1tted temperature
NOTE:power loss to pointer off sea le at
lower end
shows related oil eooler

flaps are open.
C/11948X
ENGINE OIL SYSTEM - INDICATION
Aug 15/90
~A~
JETSTREANI
SeRies l200

,(.~~.-,
ROOFPANEL
rn 0
ooornDIJm
ooomDIJrn
ltJcO 000 mm
rn oEfHo
rn :cIII rn
o rn
TTL COMPUTER TEST SWITCH (2)

TEMP- s1mulates EGT above red
line limit far related engine.
TORQUE
- simulates torque above red
line limit far related engine.
NOTE 1-selection ofTEMP or
TORQUE will cause a
reduction in fuel flow ,
torque and EGT,if the related
engine operates at more than
30% torque w1th SRL_and TTL
computers active
NOTE 2 -switch is spring loaded to
OFF.
NOTE 3 -TTL TEST 1s inhibited in
fhght
DB~QJQJBD
TORQUE
{
LEFT SKIRT PANEL
i- - - - - T E S T - - - -....1,..F---p...
, Dr
FIREDETECTOR , , WARNING --,olLCONTAM

fAULT
SYSTEM
GEAR
BETA
LEFT
RIGHT
RIGHT
BETA WARNING TEST SWITCH

BETA- operates beta warning horns
Cl2/016X-2
TTL AND BETA WARNING HORN TEST

6-3-4
Aug 15/90
_,W#~er
JETSTREAIW
SaiEsJ200
TORQUE INDICATOR (2)

Shows the engine torque in
percentage of design limits
Note - loss of power to indicator,
pointer goes to 100%
- Red line 100% indicates
maximum permitted torque
- Green are 0-100% indica tes
normal operating range
ENGINE RPM INDICATOR (2)
Shows the rotational speed of the
engine in percentage of design limits
- inner dial shows percentage
in units
- outer scale shows percentage
in tens
Note - loss of power to indicator,
pointer goes off scale at
lower end
- White triangle at 103% shows
lower setting of overspeed
governor
- Red line at 1 00% shows
maximum permissible
continuous RPM
- Yellow are 72-96% shows
cautionary operating range
- Green are 96-100% shows
normal operating range in
flight
EGT INDICATOR (2)
Shows the gas temperatura in the
exhaust pipe
Note - at engine speeds greater
than 80% with the SAL
computar operating, the EGT
displayed is that conditioned
for single red line operation
- loss of power to indicator,
pointer goes off scale at
lower end
- White triangle at 770C
shows maximum permitted
temperatura during engine
starting
- Red line at 650C shows
maximum permitted
temperatura with SAL
computar operativa
- Green are 0-650C shows
normal operating range with
SAL computar operativa
C011877A.01
ENGINE INDICATION
6-3-5
1 H01270
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
JETSTREA.1111
SatiES J200
SRL CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- shows that the related SAL
computer is detective, or is in
the off condition or APM is
below 80%
Note - a compensated EGT display
is shown on the EGT gauge
LEFT
l
l
SRL COMPUTER SWITCH (2)

ON
- provides sequenced
switching of engine starter,
fuel and ignition during auto
control of engine starting
cycle
- displays on EGT gauge,
conditioned to meet the need
of a single red line EGT limit
for airspeed, ambient
temperature and engine APM
conditions, providing related
engine APM is greater than
80%
AIGHT
o
F
F
PROPSYHCRO
ON
TTL COMPUTER SWITCH (2)

ON
- limits fuel flow to related
engine to prevent over-torque
or over-temp
Note - providing the engine APM is
above 80% and the SAL
computer is working then
a) - EGT will limit at red line
b) - torque will limit at red line
o
F
F
~
PROP SYNCHRO SWITCH
ON
- synchronises speeds of both
propellers only within 1o/o
APM
C022816A
SRL/TTL COMPUTERS
EFFECTIVITY
6-3-6
Feb 15/96
886 - 999
Printed in the U.K.
H02155
JETSTREAllll
SniEsJ200
... :
...... _,,'"'"'f.;;;;:T'.""""
r_=.:::=.:.:.:
.....
~-
SRL CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- shows that the related SRL
computer is detective, or is in
the off condition or RPM is
below 80%
Note - a compensated EGT display
is shown on the EGT gauge
SRL COMPUTER SWITCH (2)

ON
- provides sequenced
switching of engine starter,
fuel and ignition during auto
control of engine starting
cycle
- displays on EGT gauge,
conditioned to meet the need
of a single red line EGT limit
for airspeed, ambient
temperature and engine RPM
conditions, providing related
engine R PM is greater than
80%
LEFT
F
F
F
F
TTL COMPUTER SWITCH (2)

ON
- limits fuel flow to related
engine to prevent over-torque
or over-temp
Note - providing the engine RPM is
above 80% and the SRL
computer is working then
a) - EGT will limit at red line
b) - torque will limit at red line
o
F
F
PROP SYNCHRO SWITCH

ON
- synchronises speeds of both
propellers only within 1o/o
RPM
C021272A.03
SRL/TTL COMPUTERS
EFFECTIVITY
819 - 863
H02156
6-3-7
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
MHl7W#~
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
[]r,r1r-1aRr1 Q
Rr:Rr. . :gr:r.:.]
EJ8EEJBB8 o aa.:.~888
ON
batteries are connected in
series
LEFT
G
N
D
RIGHT
;n.::c:-
~mm
mi
GND/AIR SWITCH (2)

GND - arms the starter mode of
related starter/generator
AIR
- arms the related propeller
unfeathering pump
- inhibits starter mode of
related starter/generator
Note - GND must be selected for ali
engine starting on the ground
- AIR must be selected for ali
engine starting in flight
C022814A
ENGINE START - SHEET 1

EFFECTIVITY
6-3-8
Feb 15/96
886 - 999
Printed in the U.K.
H02157
MNllJlllH~
JETSTREAllll
SoiEsJ200
STARTER CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- shows that the related starter
motor is energised
SELECT PUSH SWITCH (2)

PAESSED
- changes switch colour to amber
- arms the related ST AAT switch
- inhibits the other engines
starting circuits
Note - providing the related SAL
computer is active the SELECT
switch is magnetically held
depressed until 60% engine
APM
LEFT
SELECT
: ~~
'
l~
i"
--
START
START
. . _ _... STOP
~=====
..__;;..r----itil---- START PUSH SWITCH (2)
STOP
Providing the related SAL computar is

active and the related SELECT switch
is magnetically held depressed
PAESSED
- magnetically latches switch in
depressed position
- changes colour of switch to red
on ground start only
- inhibits the TTL computar
- off loads engine oil pump
- inhibits fuel filter anti-icing
With GND/AIA switch at GND
- powers the starter to crank
engine
With GND/AIA switch at AIA
- powers the unfeathering pump
to unfeather the propeller to
crank engine
Note - the switch will be magnetically
held depressed until 60 %
engine APM, but will not
illuminate during an AIA start
STOP
STOP PUSH SWITCH (2)

PAESSED
- shuts HP fuel cock (FSOV)
- terminates auto-engine
starting cycle by breaking
magnetic hold of SELECT
and ST AAT switches
Note - the STOP switch is used for
normal shut-down and is
spring returned to off
C022815A

EFFECTIVITY
886 - 999
H02158
6-3-9
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
. . , , , . ,..-.orn'O-
JETSTREAllll
SaiEs J200
:::)
:::::::::~~::;:::::::

ON
- indicates that the aircraft
batteries are connected in
series
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
LEFT
GND/AIR SWITCH (2)

GND - arms the starter mode of
associated starter/generator
AIR
- arms the associated propeller
unfeathering pump
- inhibits starter mode of
associated starter/generator
Note - GND must be selected for all
engine starting on the ground
- AIR must be selected for all
engine starting in flight
C021820A.O 1

EFFECTIVITY
6-3-10
Feb 15/96
819 - 863
Printed in the U.K.
H02159
.,,,,_,~
JETSTREAllll
SmiEs J200
STARTER CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- indicates that the associated
starter motor is energised
SELECT PUSH SWITCH (2)

PRESSED
- changes switch colour to
amber
- arms the associated ST ART
switch
- inhibits the other engines
starting circuits
Note - providing the associated SRL
computer is active the
SELECT switch is
magnetically held depressed
until 60% engine RPM
START PUSH SWITCH (2)
Providing the associated SRL
computar is active and the associated
SELECT switch is magnetically held
depressed.
PRESSED
- magnetically latches switch in
depressed position
- changas colour of switch to
red on ground test only
- inhibits the TTL computer
- off loads engine oil pump
- inhibits fuel filter anti-icing
With GND/AIR switch at GND
- powers the starter to crank
engine
With GND/AIR switch at AIR
- powers the unfeathering
pump to unfeather the
propeller to crank engine
Note - the switch will be
magnetically held depressed
until 60 % engine RPM, but
will not illuminate during an
AIR start
STOP PUSH SWITCH (2)

PRESSED
- shuts HP fue! cock (F.S.0.V.)
- terminates auto-engine
starting cycle by breaking
magnetic hold of SELECT
and START switches
Note - the STOP switch is used for
normal shut-down and is
spring returned to off
C021884A.01

EFFECTIVITY
819 - 863
H02160
6-3-11
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
W I W .AalllO"CT
JETSTREANI
SatiEs J200
FUEL ENRICH PUSH SWITCH

Providing the MANUAL ST ART
selector is at IGNITE
PRE SS
- lights switch (White)
- supplies additional fuel to the
fuel supply of engine being
started
Note - the switch is spring returned
to off and is only normally
used when starting engine by
manual control
===========iMANUAL START
NORMAL
FUEL ENRICH
PRESSON
N
E
A
G
1
IGNITE
--------
IGNITE
.........
..........................
..................................
~u~crr<~cs
:-.A:~,STE~~
MANUAL ENGINE - STARTING

SELECTOR (2)
ENERGISE
- arms magnetic hold circuits
of SELECT and START
switch es
IGNITE
- opens HP fuel valve
- energises engine igniters
- arms the fuel enrich system
- directs fuel to primary
nozzles only
60% - de-energises starter motor
- de-energises engine igniters
- on loads oil pump
- disarms fuel enrich system
- arms fuel filter anti-icing
- allows normal primary and
secondary fuel supplies
NORMAL
- connects start circuit for
other engine enables the
engine to be started by autostart computar
C021276A.01
6-3-12
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02161
llR67W#~1ar
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
TEST
IGNITION SELECTOR (2)

NORMAL
- igniters operate in start cycle
of relatad engine
- if NTS senses engine power
loss igniters operate
automatically and IGN (Amber)
caption comes on
CONTINUOUS
- igniters of relatad engine
operate continuously
- IGN (Amber) caption comes
on
TEST - igniters operate
- IGN (Amber) caption comes
on
IGN CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- relatad engine igniters
operating in continuous auto
or test mode
Note - captions do not come on in
normal engine start cycle
C022671A
AUTO IGNITION CONTROL AND INDICATION
6-3-13
H02162
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
M&IW#~--o-
JETSTREAllll
SElliEs J200
ARM CAPTION (White)

ON
- POWER RES switch at
ARM
//
(~l~:2~~~<.;,
L and R CAPTION (Green )

ON
- related engine receives
APR signa!
PUSH FUNCTION
lf POWER RES switch is at ARM
PUSHED
- manually selects APR
signals to both engines
COMPEN TEST SWITCH

L or R - tests auxiliary EGT
compensator in related
engine
- EGT indication reduces
by approximately 15C
- spring returned to centre
OFF
POWER RES SWITCH

ARM - arms the APR system
OFF - switches off the APR system
OFF
POWERRES
---------.
.. ..
n1
~:
-~
'::.
1
L
..\
C012106A
APR SYSTEM CONTROL AND INDICATION
6-3-14
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02163
. . . . FW# A.-ollRllCllF
JETSTREAIW
SaiuJ200
CHAPTER 7-FUEL SYSTEM

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
.DAIE.
Feb 15/96
'5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aug 15/95
!!
e
7-1
1
2
3
4
5
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Aug
7-2
1
2
Dec 15/90
Dec 15/90
7-3
1
2
3
Dec 15/90
Dec 15/90
Aug 15/95
:::)
G>
,,.5
;f
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/95
(X)
......
,...
o
CJ
7-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
BRllW#-
JETSTREAAll
SeES J200
CHAPTER 7
FUEL SYSTEM (ATA 28)
LIST OF CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-1-1
7-1-1
7-1-1
7-1-2
7-1-2
7-1-4
Fuel Tank Configuration...........................

Fuel Systern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2-1
7- 2- 2
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ref uel and Def uel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Flow and Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aircraft Fuel Systern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Fuel Systern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

Fuel System Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel System Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnetic Fuel Level Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3-1
7-3-2
7-3-3
CHAPTER 7 CONTENTS
Page 1
H01629
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
~.-..--
JETSTREAIW
SERiES
J200
CHAPTER 7
FUEL SYSTEM CATA 28)
1.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1
2.
FUEL TANKS
2.1
The fuel tank walls are made from the front and rear wing
spars. The top and bottom wing skins finish the
assembly. Each tank is divided by ribs into five cells
to prevent fuel surge. The fuel tanks are not
pressurized. Fuel flows by gravity from the outboard to
the inboard cells. This is possible because the wing has
a 7 dihedral angle.
2.2
A small vent tank is installed outboard of the fuel

cells. Air in the fuel tank is vented through the vent
tank to an air vent in the lower wing skin.
If any fuel
flows into the vent tank, it is syphoned back to the main
fuel tank.
2.3
Three water drain valves are installed in the wing lower

skin at:
- The vent tank
- Fuel c.ell No. 1
- Fuel cell No.2
IV')
o
L()
o
o
N
N
Fuel is contained in two integral fuel tanks, one in each

wing. Usually fuel is supplied from the left tank to the
left engine, and from the right tank to the right engine.
But there is a cross-feed valve which permits a tank to
supply the opposite engine. There is no cross-feed
between tanks.
One more water drain valve is installed in the cross-feed

line in the lower centre fuselage.
3.
REFUEL ANO DEFUEL

3.1
A fuel filler cap is installed on each upper wing skin at

cell No.5. A bonding (ground/earth) socket is installed
outboard of each filler cap. The aircraft and the
refuel/defuel vehicle must be bonded before refuel or
defuel operations take place.
3.2
A basket is installed inside the wing.

It is attached to
the top wing skin below the filler cap. This basket
prevents damage to the bottom wing skin from the nozzle
on the refuel hose.
7-1-1,
Dec 15/90
- - Al!llDll< MCiE"
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
3.3
4.
The aircraft is defuelled through a manually operated

drain/defuel valve. The valve is installed inboard of
fuel cell No.l, with access from under the aircraft
fuselage.
FUEL FLOW AND INDICATION

4.1
six capaci.tance type fuel contents units measure the

amount of fuel in each tank. They are electrically
powered from the 28V de Essential busbar. The output
from the units is converted by a bridge amplif ier mounted
in the bulkhead behind the Captain's seat. The amplifier
then sends the signal to the two fuel contents gauges
(ene fer each tank). The fuel contents gauges are
installed on the left upper centre instrument panel.
4.2
Each tank also has four magnetic fuel level indicators,

set apart along the bottom wing skin. They are used in
conjunction with a data plate on the main landing gear
door. The function of these indicators and data plate is
to verify the fuel contents after refuel.
4.3
A fibre optic type low level fuel measurement system is

installed to fuel cell No.l of each tank.
It is designed
to prevent unwanted indications due to fuel movement.
A
ILowl (amber) caption will come on if the fuel in the tank
is less than 200 lbs. There is a caption for each tank.
The captions are on the left upper centre instrument
panel, above the fuel gauges. If the caption comes on,
the pilot should refer to the Abnormal Drills. The
captions have a press-to-test action, and they are
powered by the 28V de Essential busbar.
4.4
5.
Fuel flow for each engine is shown on a gauge on the left

upper centre instrument panel. In the centre of the
gauge is a digital display which shows total fuel used
since the gauge was last reset. A RESET/TEST switch is
installed outboard and below the fuel flow gauges. When
set to RESET, the total fuel used digital display will
return to zero. When set to TEST, the total fuel used
digital display will show a row of eights.
AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEM

5.1
7-1-2
Dec 15/90
An electrically powered fuel booster pump is installed in

the bottom of each tank in fuel cell No.l. It is powered
from the 28V de Essential busbar, and controlled by a
switch on the roof panel. The pump supplies fuel to the
engine at 15 psi. The fuel goes through a check valve
and an electrically operated Low Pressure (LP) valve
installed in the wing leading edge.
",
,.
~.._,.-
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
5.2
The fuel booster pumps should be selected ON for:

-
5.3
Take-of f
Landing
Flight above 20,000 ft
During cross feed operation (feed tank only).
The LP valve is normally open, but can be controlled in

two ways.
5.3.1 A FEATHER lever microswitch. This opens the valve
when the lever is in the normal (down) position.
The valve is closed when the lever is pulled to
stop the engine and feather the propeller. Power
to operate the valve is supplied by the 28V de
Essential busbar.
5.3.2
5.4
Two guarded LP COCKS switches on the roof panel.

When selected to OPEN, power is supplied by the
28V de Essential busbar. When selected to CLOSE,
power is supplied by the 28v de Battery busbar.
The position of the LP valve is shown by a FUEL light

(one for each valve) on the overhead panel. The light
showslOPENI (white) orlSHUTI (red) and can be dimmed when
pushed.
NOTE:
The LP COCKS switch also operates an LP valve in

the hydraulic supply line to the engine driven
pump. A separate hydraulic valve position light
is installed above the FUEL light.
5.5
A cross feed valve is installed on the rear of the main

spar beneath the centre fuselage. This connects the fuel
supply line to the engines between the LP valves.
It is
controlled by a CROSSFEED switch on the roof panel.
Power is supplied by the 28V de Essential busbar.
5.6
A caption which shows the position of the cross feed
L.{)
L.{)
valve is installed between the fuel gauges on the left
upper centre instrument panel.
N
N
The caption showslNORMALI
(white) when the valve is closed, andlX-FEEDI (green) when

the valve is open.
5.7
To cross feed fuel, it is necessary to:

- Switch on the booster pump of the feed tank.
- Switch off the booster pump of the non-feed tank.
7-1-3
Dec 15/90
aNllJIN AEllO.-
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
5.8
6.
The cross feed valve should be in the closed position for

take-off and landing unless otherwise stated in the
Abnormal Drills.
ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM

6.1
Each engine has its own separate (but similar) fuel

supply system. Fuel is supplied through the LP fuel
valve to the engine Fuel Control Unit (FCU).
Inside the
FCU is a two stage engine driven pump. The first stage
increases the fuel pressure by approximately 30 psi.
Immediately after this f irst stage is a fuel pressure
transmitter and pressure switch. The pressure
transmitter is powered from the 28V de Main busbar, and
the pressure switch from the 28V de Essential busbar.
6.2
The fuel pressure is transmitted to two triple gauges

(one for each engine) where it is shown on the top
section of each gauge. The gauges are installed on the
left upper centre instrument panel, and marked as
follows:
-
6.3
Red line at 15 psi f or minimum pressure

Yellow cautionary are f or low pressure
Green are f or normal pressure
Yellow cautionary are f or high pressure
Red line at 90 psi fer maximum permitted pressure.
When the booster pump is selected ON, with the engine

running the normal fuel pressure will be 40 to 45 psi.
When the booster pump is selected OFF, there will be a
pressure drop of 15 psi. The pressure switch makes a
IFUELI (amber) caption on the CAP come on.
This will
occur when the output from the first stage engine driven
pump falls to 20 1.5 psi.
6.4
A fuel filter is installed between the pressure

transmitter and the second stage of the engine driven
pump. When the filter becomes restricted, a differential
pressure switch makes a FUEL
(amber) caption on the CAP
FILTER
come on. This shows that very soon, fuel ~ill bypass the
filter.
No in-flight action by the pilot is necessary,
but the condition must be reported after landing.
6.5
7-1-4
Dec 15/90
The second stage of the engine

pressure gear type pump. This
pressure required for delivery
through the fuel nozzles (Ref.
PROPELLERS) .
driven pump is a high

increases the fuel
to the combustion chamber
CHAPTER 6 ENGINES AND
~JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200

6.6
A high pressure Fuel Shut Off Valve (FSOV) is installed

on the left hand side of each engine, downstream from the
FCU. During normal operation, it is electrically
controlled by the 28V de Essential busbar. The FSOV
operates automatically during the engine start/stop
sequences. During engine start, it is opened by a
momentarily powered solenoid at 10% rpm. When the STOP
button is pressed, it is closed by another momentarily
powered solenoid. The FSOV is held in the open or closed
positions by the internal design of a spring belville
washer.
6.7
The FSOV is also closed mechanically by operation of the

FEATHER lever. This will shut off the fuel supply to the
engine in an emergency. The FSOV CANNOT be opened
mechanically, only electrically by the engine start
sequence.
6.8
The fuel flow meter is installed on the engine downstream

from the FSOV. It sends a signal to the fuel flow gauge
described in para. 4.4. Information on fuel delivery to
the engine combustion chamber after the flow meter, is
described in CHAPTER 6 ENGINES AND PROPELLERS.
7-1-5
H01689
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
~~'f&S
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
ENGlNE FUEL
CONTROL UNIT
FUELBOOST
PUMP
L P VALVE
FUEL FILLER
CAP
VENT PIPE FROM

FLUSH INTAKE
WATERDRAIN
VAL VE
ex:>
-ee
VENTTANK
\.["";
CELL
CELL3
CELLA
CELLS
,.110001x.2
VAL VE
N
N
FUEL TANK CONFIGURATION

7-2-l
oec 15/90
~~
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

RIGHT ENGINE
FUEL SYSTEM
LEFT ENGINE
FUEL SYSTEM
------,
r-------,
FUEL FLOWMETER
FUEL FLOWMETE
LEFT FUEL FLOW GAUGE
RIGHT FUEL FLOW GAUGE
;sECONO STAG
PUMP
---------
_____ J. ___ _
PRESSURE
SWITCH 1
ra_ ---~-
LOW PRESSURE
LOW PRESSURE
WARNING
~-----B
flRST S>AG
PUMP
L..
r;i~
FEA
PULL
~~E.RING
LE VER
''
'
LP FUEL
VAL VE
L.-----
LEFT FUEL
PRESSUFIE GAUGE
,,
SWITC..'"'_ _ _. . .
~---1----j
~
--~~-~=~i---0
.......
PRESSURE
RIGHT FUEL
PRESSURE GAUGE
,--------,
"
._,
RIGHT
FEATHERING
LE VER
"
""
.,Jl
LP FUEL
'JALVE
FUEL CROSSFEEO CAPTION

NORMAL
S><UT
X. FEED
OP.EN
CROSSFEED VAL VE
1
CHECK VALVE
LEFT BOOST
ON
LEFT FUEL TANK
BOOST~
PUMP\_F
CROSSFEEO RIGHT BOOST

OPEN
ON
--------~'~r~r~~0s1:-------...----
VENT
CHECK './AL\IE
FUEL
.:-:---
LOWQUANTITY
WA~ "'~""
...
FUEL SYSTEM
Dec 15/90
v--------J
RIGHT FUEL
CONTENTS GAUGE
LEFT FUEL
CONTENTS GAUGE
7-2-2
BOOST
PUMP
- ...
------------il,1,~J~-----------~
~
L-~------v
RIGHT FUEL TANk
1
VENT
G/28/003X 1
_,,,_
___
JETSTREAIW
SERiES J200
MANUFACTUR~RS
.. '
OPERATING MANUAL PART 2
ROOFPANEL
[[)
0000
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH

OPEN- selects fuel crossfeed 11alve
open
SHUT - selects fuel crossfeed 11alve
shut
OOOOJ ail [[)

000 [Drn:J[IJ
ICJcO 11 lI1 [[)
rnoHH
~
::::>
..
11
.t:.
.5
rno
D:II
o o o
[[)
011.1.10
e:
;t
LEFT & RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP

SWITCH ES
ON - selects related fuel boost
pumpon
OFF - selects related fue! boost
pumpOFF
LEFT & RIGHT L.P. VALVE SWITCHES
SHUT - selects L.P. valves shut
OPEN-selects L.P. valves d the
related engone stop and
feather lever is fully down
SWITCH GUARO
to operate switch guard must be
moved sideways
Note: hydraulics and fuel L.P. valves

are shut when related stop
and feather lever is pulled
LPCOCKS
HYO
-e
~ r::ll
"~
Lli
T
O
C
N
N
r.===nt
OPEN
o
FUEL
FUEl
LEFT & RIGHT L.P. FUEL VALVE

LIGHTS
OPEN- (wh1te) shows valve open
SHUT - (red) shows val11e shut
C/2/005XI
FUEL SYSTEM CONTROL

7-3-.1
Dec 15/90
WIW# A.FP"'CWi"1ICI!"'
JETSTREAIW
SeRies J200
MANUFACTURERS
O~ERATING
MANUAL PART 2
...,,
!'
FUEL
CD
c.
'
::
:;
(amber) (2)
ON
;
e:
(amber) (2)
.ni
"'
- fuel pressure less than 20

p.S.I.
ON
- shows fuel filter blocked
LEFT UPPER INSTRUMENT PANEL
FUEL FLOW GAUGES (2)

- shows fuel flow
en gines
FUEL PRESSURE GAUGES (2)

- shows output pressure of
first stage pump
RED LINE at 1Sp.s.i.
- m1mmum pressure
YELLOW ARC 1S - 20 p.SL
- caut1onary low range
GREEN ARC 20 - 80 p.s.1.
- normal range
YELLOW ARC 80 - 90 p.s.1.
- caut1onary h1gh range
RED LINE at 90 p.s.1
- ma1umum permrtted
pressure
to
FUEL CONSUMED COUNTER (2)

- shows fuel consumed by
engme
LOWFUEL QTY CAPTION (amber)

ON - less than 2001bl91kg of fue!
mtank
NOTE: 'press to test' for system
serv1ceab1hty check.
RESET/TEST SWITCHES (2)

- zeros fuel consumed
counter
NOTE : if test selected counter will
display 'B's' to show
serv1ceab11ity
CROSSFEED INDICATION
NORMAL
- X feed valve shut
X-FEED
- X feed valve open
PUSHED
-dms lights for X feed
1nd1cator and low fuel
capt1on
FUEL CONTENTS GAUGES

- shows fuel remain1ng in
tank
NOTE : loss of power to gauges
pomter goes off scale at
lowerend.
C/11941XI
FUEL SYSTEM INDICATIONS

7-3-2
Dec 15/90
-Ul
JETSTREAIW
Satis J200
FUEL CONTENTS
U/WING INDICATORS
INDICATOR
POUNDS
o
a:
1<(
o
z
1
2
3
4
5
6
END
a:
o
1<(
o
z
o
1
2
3
4
END
o
e;;
o
z
1
2
3
END
co
ci
z
FULL
RETAINER
o
1
END
335
370
420
475
535
610
700
765
855
915
980
1045
1115
1170
11 5
1245
1295
1345
1365
1435
1485
1525
RING MAGNET
FLOAT
FLOAT MAGNET
o
1
SEALED TUBE
GRADUATED
FLEXl-STICK
1624
VISUAL CHECK VIA FILLER CAP

ALL FIGURES ARE PER WING
ANO FOR AVTUR ONLY
[eooooooo]
STOWAGE
LATCH
SECTION THROUGH WING
DIAGRAM
F011997A
MAGNETIC FUEL LEVEL INDICATORS
7-3-3
H01690
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
:;
\~
.... , , . , , ~llRllCIE
JETSTREAAI
Saiu J'200
CHAPTER 8-FIRE PROTECTION
::i
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
Feb 15/96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Feb 15/96
8-1
1
2
Dec 15/90
Dec 15/90
8-2
Aug 15/95
8-3
1
2
3
Feb 15/96
Feb 15/96
Feb 15/96
ID
:5
.E
"tJ
ID
'E
et
en
o
......
8-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
.,,,,,.,,~
JETSTREAllll
SaiBJ200
CHAPTER 8
FIRE PROTECTION (ATA 261)
LIST OF CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Fire Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Fire Extinguishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Smoke Detector System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
8-1-1
8-1-1
8-1-1
8-1-2
Fire Protection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-2-1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

Fire Protection Controls and Indication .......... .
Fire Protection System Tests and Bottle Indication
8-3-1
8-3-3
CHAPTER 8 CONTENTS
Page 1
H02164
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
.,,,_A_,....:'JE"
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
CHAPTER 8
FIRE PROTECTION (ATA 26)
l.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The fire protection system will detect and extinguish fires in
the engine nacelles. A smoke detection system is also
installed in the rear baggage area and baggage pod (if
installed). Audio and visual warnings alert the pilots.
Hand-held f ire extinguishers are available in the f light
compartment and the passenger cabin.
2.
ENGINE FIRE DETECTION

2.1
Firewire loops are mounted in Zones 1 and 2 of each

engine nacelle and operate the warnings through detector
units. All the circuits can be checked by test switches
on the skirt panel.
2.2
If a fault occurs in the fire protection circuit - a

system which monitors the circuit will cause a C.A.P.
joETECTI
(amber) caption to come on.
This shows that the
fire detection system is unserviceable - thus it is

necessary to monitor other engine conditions.
3.
-o
ENGINE FIRE EXTINGUISHING

3.1
Two fire extinguisher bottles are provided for each

engine. The bottles contain CBrF3 extinguishant and are
located in each main landing gear bay.
Switches on the centre console select the bottles
separately as Shot 1 and Shot 2, each bottle discharging
into both Zones 1 and 2 of the engine nacelle.
N
N
3.2
Bottle pressure can be checked by a gauge on each bottle.

Protection against increased pressure due to high
temperature is provided by a thermal discharge fitting
and an indicator in the landing gear bay.
3.3
The left and right extinguisher systems are not

interconnected.
8-1-.1
Dec 15/90
__ ..__..ICE
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
MANUFACTURERS QPERATING MANUAL PART 2
4.
SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEM

A smoke detector is installed in the rear baggage area.
the detector is activated the C.A.P. lsMOKEI
illuminates.
If
(red) caption
The optional externa! baggage pod also has a smoke detector

installed which illuminates the C.A.P. IPOD SMOKEI (red)
caption when activated.
"'
"'
o
o
U1
8-1-2
Dec 15/90
---
JETSTREAllll
SERiES J200
ZONE 1
SPRAY
ZONE 2
SPRAY
FIRE CAPTION
(Red)
FIREWALL
----------,
C.A.P.
FIRE BOTTLES
IN MLG BAY
1
1
FIREBELL
28V d.c.
ESSENTIAL
BUS
DETECT CAPTION
(Amber)
ATTENTION GETTER
LIGHT (Red)
CONTROL
UNIT
MONITOR
FIRE EXT
LEFT
BATTERY
BUS
FIRE EXT
RIGHT
------ - - - - - -
1
'TEST 1
1
1
RIGHT HAND SYSTEM SHOWN

(LEFT HAND SIMILAR}
fllGWT
llGHT
:w:1l<f:
L.H. SKIRT PANEL
1, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ !1
G26167BA.01
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
8-2-1
H01635
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200
FIRE CAPTION (Red) (2)
ON
- shows that a tire has been
detected in the related engine
accompanied by the attention
getter light (Red) flashing
centre console FIRE light (Red)
and audio warning (Firebell)
- the caption comes on during
fire detection system testing

ON
detectad in the baggage pod
getter lights (Red) flashing
Note - the caption comes on during
testing
- . .,. . . . ,,. . . . .,-"""':::.::JE:::J ;; F::::: !::::::::::......... F:::J[::::J~r-:.::J

..-..............,........................................-_T~::::i :(::);
DETECT CAPTION (Amber) (2)

ON
- shows that a fault has been
detectad on the related wire
loop
tire detector fault testing
!. : : : ,:
_ _ _ _ . _ _ - - - -
SMOKE CAPTION (Red)

ON
detected in the rear baggage
area accompanied by the
attention getter light (Red)
flashing
testing
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTOR (Left

Engine)
SHOT 1 - discharges the first tire
extinguisher bottle
SHOT 2 - discharges the second fire
extinguisher bottle
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTOR (Right
Engine)
FIRE LIGHT (Red)(Right Engine)

ON
- shows that an engine fire
has been detectad
accompanied by the
flashing and FIRE caption
(Red) on CAP and an audio
warning (Firebell)
Note
- the light comes on during
tire detection system testing
FIRE LIGHT (Red)(Left Engine)
C011977A.01
FIRE PROTECTION CONTROLS AND INDICATION

EFFECTIVITY
886 - 999
H02165
8-3-1
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
.,.,www~
JETSTREAIW
SaiEsJ200

FIRE CAPTION (Red) (2)
ON
- shows that a tire has been
detectad in the related engine
getter light (Red) centre consola
FIRE light (Red) and audio
warning (Firebell)
- the caption is brought on during
tire detection system testing
ON
- shows smoke has been detectad
in the baggage pod accompanied
by the attention getter light (Red)
11.,h;ng
__ ~-L_ L._ :EJEI ~J :?::f:j==-Ei-:-~-~-r;::;;,::---.1

SMOKE CAPTION (Red)
ON
- shows smoke has been detectad
in the rear baggage area
getter light (Red) tlashing
Note - the caption is brought on during
testing
DETECT CAPTIC)N (Amber) (2)
ON
- shows that a tault has been
detectad on the related wire loop
Note - the caption is brought on during
tire detector tault testing
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTOR (Lett
Engine)
SHOT 1 - discharges the tirst tire
extinguisher bottle
SHOT 2 - discharges the second tire
extinguisher bottle
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTOR (Right
Engine)
FIRE LIGHT (Red)(Right Engine)

ON
- shows that an engine tire
has been detectad
accompanied by the
and FIRE caption (Red) on
C.A.P. andan audio
warning (Firebell)
Note
- the light is brought on
during tire detection system
testing
FIRE LIGHT (Red)(Lett Engine)
C011459A.01
FIRE PROTECTION CONTROLS AND INDICATION

EFFECTIVITY
8-3-2
Feb 15/96
819 - 863
Printed in the U.K.
H02166
_,_~
JETSTREAllll
SElliEs J200
FIRE DETECTOR SYSTEM TEST
SELECTOR
LEFT OR RIGHT
- tests the tire detection circuit
of the selected engine fire
detection system
getter light (Red) the
associated C.A.P. FIRE
caption (Red) the centre
console FIRE light (Red) and
the audio warning (Firebell)
Note - the selector is spring
returned to centre OFF
position
WARNING TEST SELECTOR

SMOKE
- tests the baggage area
smoke detection system
accompanied by C.A.P.
SMOKE caption (Red) and
flashing
- also tests the baggage pod (if
fitted) smoke detection
system accompanied by
C.A.P. POD SMOKE caption
(Red) and attention getter
light (Red) flashing
FIRE DETECTOR FAUL T TEST

SELECTOR
LEFT OR RIGHT
- tests the fault detection
circuit of the selected engine
fire detection system
accompanied by the C.A.P.
DETECT caption (Amber)
Note - the selector is spring
returned to OFF position
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BOTTLES (4)

TWO PEA ENGINE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE

PRESSURE GAUGE (INTEGRAL)
lndicates pressure condition of bottle
NORMAL
- 600 p.s.i. at 20C
THERMAL DISCHARGE
INDICATORS
NORMAL
- Green disk
DISCHARGED
- Red disk
C011440A
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TESTS AND BOTTLE INDICATION-
8-3-3
H02167
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
.... ,,....., A6WOl!lflf4CE
JETSTREA.,
SaiuJ200
CHAPTER 9-HYDRAULIC SYSTEM & LANDING GEAR

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
Feb 15/96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Feb 15/96
9-1
1
2
3
4
5
6
May
May
May
Aug
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Feb
Aug
15/94
15/94
15/94
15/94
15/94
15/96
15/95
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb
1/93
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
:.::
::i
GI
-~
'C
if
8
9
10
11
12
13
9-2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9-3
o
,..
"",..
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CJ
9-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
_,,.,.,~,--
JETSTREAllll
SaisJ200
CHAPTER 9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND LANDING GEAR (ATA 29 AND 32)
LIST OF CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nosewheel Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stall Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-1-1
9-1-1
9-1-5
9-1-7
9-1-10
9-1-11
9-1-13
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-2-1
9-2-2
9-2-3
9-2-4
9-2-5
9-2-6
9-2-7
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-3-1
9-3-2
9-3-4
9-3-5
9-3-7
9-3-8
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Hydraulic System - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic System - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flap System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flap Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landing Gear System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nosewheel Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flap Control and Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landing Gear Control and Indication ............
Emergency Hydraulic System Control ...............
Brake Control and Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 9 CONTENTS
Page 1
H02168
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
.,.,W#...........
JETSTREAIW
SmiES 1200
CHAPTER 9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND LANDING GEAR (ATA 29 and 32)
l.
GENERAL
The hydraulic system supplies pressure to operate:
f laps
- landing gear
- nosewheel steering
- mainwheel braking
- stall recovery ( stickpusher) .
:j
Q)
.5
'tJ
Q)
e:
e:
Q.
2.
HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY

2 .1
Normal
2 .1.1
Hydraulic fluid is contained in a reservoir which

is located in the left wing root. The reservoir
has two cells, normal and emergency. The left
cell (normal) has a filler cap and supplies the
normal systems. The right cell (emergency) has a
sight glass for checking the leve! in the
reservoir and supplies the oil to the emergency
systems. The normal cell fills first and when
full level is obtained fluid starts to f ill the
emergency cell through a connecting pipe. This
meaos that when the emergency cell is full the
system has sufficient oil.
2. l. 2
The reservoir is pressurised to prevent

cavitation in the fluid supply to the Engine
Priven Pumps (EDP). P3 air from the engine system
is used for this purpose. The air from the engine
system passes through a pressure regulator in
each engine and is reduced to 22 psi. The output
f rom each regulator passes through a common pipe
to the hydraulic reservoir. Reservoir
pressurisation is protected by an inward/outward
vent valve, which relieves the outward pressure
at 26 psi and the inward pressure at 1 psi. This
prevents damage to the reservoir and keeps the
pressure stable.
2. l. 3
Hydraulic fluid is supplied to each EDP by

identical systems. Fluid flows from the reservoir
through a hydraulic Low Pressure (LP) cock which
is usually open, but can be controlled by
switches on the. roof panel, or by operation of
the FEATHER lever.
O>
.....
o
o
o
:e
9-1-1
May 15/95
-~
JETSTREAIW
SniBJ200
2.1. 4
The HYD SHUT/OPEN switches on the roof panel

control the hydraulic LP cocks only. They are
supplied with electrical power from the 28V de
essential busbar. This switch is used to stop the
supply of hydraulic fluid to the engine driven
pumps in the event of hydraulic overpressure or a
hydraulic pump failure.
.'~~.'
\.
';.")
CAUTION: THE ENGINE WILL CONTINUE TO OPERATE

AFTER THIS SWITCH IS USED TO SHUT THE
ASSOCIATED LP COCK BUT NO HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE WILL BE SUPPLIED TO THE SYSTEM
FROM THE ENGINE DRIVEN PUMP.
2. l. 5
The LP COCKS switches on the roof panel control

both the hydraulic and fuel LP cocks. This switch
should he used only if the LP cocks f ail to shut
after the feather lever has been pulled. The
electrical power to open the LP cocks is supplied
f rom the 28V de essential busbar and the power to
shut the LP cocks is supplied from the 28V de
battery busbar.
~:
This switch also operates the fuel LP cocks.

If used, the related engine will stop.
2.1.6
The position of the LP cocks is indicated by

captions on the roof panel adjacent to the
switches. The hydraulic indications are similar to
those described in Chapter 7 (FUEL), Page 7-1-3,
Para 5.4.
2. l. 7
The LP cock allows hydraulic fluid from the

reservoir to the engine driven pump (EDP) in each
engine. The EDP increases fluid pressure to 2000
psi. The pressure in each supply line after the
EDP's is sent via pressure transmitters to gauges
on the lower centre instrument panel. If the
pressure in the supply line reaches 2300 psi a
pressure switch activates, causing the following
amber caption to illuminate on the CAP.
HYD
If this caption illuminates the pilot should
consult the Abnormal Drills.
2. l. 8
9-1-2
May 15/95
Should the system pressure increase to 2400 psi,

a pressure relief valve will automatically
relieve the pressure by dumping fluid to the
reservoir.
:e
o
o
o
m
o
BRl77BN~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
;---.,'
. "
2.2
2.1.9
The system contains three accumulators. These are

the main, normal brake and emergency brake
accumulators. The main accumulator stores
pressurised hydraulic fluid and is used to
stabilise the normal system when a service is
selected, thus preventing an excessive pressure
drop.
The normal and emergency brake accumulators are
located in the nose landing gear bay and store
hydraulic pressure for use in the brake system.
The normal accumulator supplies the normal brake
system and the emergency accumulator supplies the
emergency brake system. All three accumulators
are precharged with nitrogen to a nominal
pressure of 450 psi at 20C. The pressure of the
fluid in the accumulators is shown on gauges
adjacent to each accumulator. The gauge should
never read lower than the residual pressure of
nitrogen charge. If the gauge reads 450 psi there
is no hydraulic pressure in the accumulator.
2.1.10
If total hydraulic failure occurs, the brake

accumulators will store suff icient pressure to
allow both normal and emergency brake operation
for a limited period (approximately 30 brake
operations for each system) .
Emergency
WARNING: TO PREVENT LOSS OF HYDRAULIC FLUID THROUGH AN
UNDIAGNOSED LEAK IN THE NORMAL SYSTEM, THE
HANDPUMP SHOULD NOT BE OPERATED IN THE AIR WITH
THE EMERGENCY SELECTOR VALVE SET TO NORMAL.
2.2.l
If a failure occurs in the normal hydraulic

system, an emergency selector and handpump can be
used to supply the mnimum necessary hydraulic
services. The handpump and emergency selector
valve are located separately under quick release
panels in the flight deck floor, within reach of
the left pilot (while seated). The handle
required to operate the handpump is located on
the inboard side of the left pilot's seat plinth.
9-1-3
HOOOBl
Printed in the U.K.
May 15/95
~All'RO-
JETSTREANI
Seties J200

2.2.2
The emergency selector valve can be set to three

positions:
NORMAL:
Permits pressurization of the normal

hydraulic system but the pressure
available is much less than full
pressure. The primary use of this
function is to supply hydraulic
pressure to the brake system. A minimum
pressure of 700 psi is required before
attempting an engine start.
FLAPS DOWN: Permits use of the handpump to lower

the flaps.
NOTE: The maximum recommended flap position which
should be set using the handpump is 20. This
is achieved after approximately 8 full cycles
of the handpump. The flaps cannot be raised
using the handpump.
GEAR DOWN:
Permits the landing gear to be

lowered using the handpump.
NOTE: If it is necessary to lower both the flaps

and the landing gear in an emergency, the
landing gear MUST be lowered first.
Since approximately 160 cycles of the
handpump are required to lower and lock the
landing gear, GEAR DOWN must be selected
early during the approach.
When the gear is to be lowered in the
emergency mode, the landing gear selector
switch on the lower centre panel should be
set to DOWN. The emergency selector valve
cannot be reset to NORMAL during flight,
after anemergency selection has been made in
flight.
2. 3
Indications
2.3.l
Two hydraulic gauges are located on the lower

centre panel. The gauge on the right labelled MAIN
SUPPLY BRAKES, shows the pressure in the NORMAL
brake accumulator on the top scale, with the
output from each EDP on the left and right scales.
The gauge on the left labelled EMERG SUPPLY
BRAKES, shows the pressure in the EMERGENCY brake
accumulator on the top scale, while the left and
right scales show applied normal brake pressure.
9-1-4
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01002
awrw#Al/WOW-
JETSTREANI
Soie J200
3.
FLAPS
3.1
The wing flaps which are attached to the rear wing spar
can be lowered to four set positions:
O - fully retracted (RETO)

10 - take off
20 - approach
35 - landing.
3.2
In order f or the f laps to deploy to the lif t durnp

position (70), the following conditions rnust be rnet:
the nosewheel on the ground
- f laps selected to 35
- a power lever retarded behind ground idle.
If any of the conditions are cancelled the flaps will
return to their 35 setting.
3.3
The flap position is selected by the FLAPS selector

switch located on the centre console. The switch operates
within a gate and must be lifted to advance beyond RETO,
or to return to RETO.
3.4
The selector switch is supplied with electrical power

from the 28V de essential busbar. When the switch is set,
it causes an 'up' or 'down' solenoid valve (in the flap
selector valve) to become energised. This permits
hydraulic pressure to flow via a shuttle valve, through
the 'up' and 'down' pipes to the forward section of the
two cylinder flap hydraulic jack. Movement of a piston in
the flap jack rotates the flap torque shaft, which is in
turn connected to the flaps, thus raising or lowering the
flaps accordingly.
3.5
The flaps are held in the RETO and 35 positions by

hydraulic pressure (2000 psi) on the piston inside the
flap jack.
3.6
The flap torque shaft assembly incorporates a series of

microswitches operated by cams on the torque shaft. These
microswitches de-energise the flap selector valve
solenoids, when the desired flap setting has been
achieved (10 or 20). The flaps are then held in
position by hydraulic pressure retained through a
hydraulic lock valve.
3.7
If an electrical or hydraulic failure occurs within the

flap system, the flaps will lock at the position achieved
when the failure occurred.
M
CIO
o
o
o
:e
9-1-5
May 15/95
_,_~c=-
JETSTREAllll
SERiEs J200

3.8
Flap position indication is given on a gauge on the lower

centre instrument panel. The gauge is supplied with
electrical power from the 28V de main busbar.
3.9
If a failure of the flap position indication systern

occurs, the flap position can be seen from a passenger
cabin window. Each flap has position reference marks on
its upper surface.
3.10
When pumping the flaps down by hand in an emergency,

hydraulic fluid is pumped from the emergency cell of the
reservoir to the shuttle valve, the release valve and the
'down' side of the piston in the flap jack. The shuttle
valve closes off the normal supply frorn the flap selector
valve. The release valve permits fluid on the 'up' side
of the piston to return to the reservoir. Fluid pumped
into the 'down' side of the piston can now extend the
jack causing the flaps to lower.
3.11
The release valve can only be reset when the aircraft is

on the ground.
3.12
For emergency flap operation the FLAPS selector switch

should be set to RETD.
3.13
Lift durnp is achieved by the rear piston in the flap

jack, via the lift dump selector valve. The rear piston
is attached to the airframe and in normal flight
conditions the lift dump 'up' line is pressurised to 2000
psi.
3.14
When the conditions for lift dump operation are

fulf illed, microswitches cause the lift dump selector
relay to become energised. This in turn causes the lift
dump 'down' solenoid valve to allow hydraulic fluid at
2000 psi to flow to the lift dump side of the flap jack
pistan. Fluid in the 'up' line can then return to the
reservoir.
3.15
Because the flap jack is attached to the airframe, the

body of the jack moves forward causing the torque shaft
to rotate further, giving 70 of flap extension.
3.16
Lift dump cannot be obtained by use of the emergency

selector valve and handpump.
3.17
9-1-6
May 15/95
Indication of the lift dump position is given on the same

wing f laps position indicator as the normal f light
settings, located on the lower centre panel.
:e
o
o
o
CD
~
JETSTREAIW
SoiES 1200

4.
LANDING GEAR
4.1
General
The landing gear has two main legs with single wheels and
a steerable nose leg with castoring twin wheels. Each leg
has a hydraulic shock absorber. With the exception of the
main wheels and tyres, mechanically operated doors cover
the landing gear when it is retracted.
:oc:
::i
4 .1.1
.s
1
Cl.
The nose leg shock absorber has a weight on wheel

microswitch assembly {'squat switch') which
controls the following functions:
- landing gear retraction inhibited on the ground
nosewheel steering isolated in f light
- cabin pressure dump
- beta horn cancel
- cockpit voice recorder erase arming (if fitted)
- elevator horn anti-icing
- stall protection test inhibit
- TTL test inhibit
- f light timer
- oil cooler flaps auto shut.
4.2
Normal operation
4.2.1
The landing gear is controlled by a two position

LANDING GEAR selector switch, located on the
lower centre instrument panel. The two positions
are marked 'UP' and 'DOWN'. The switch consists
of a lever with a circular knob and spring loaded
collar. Befare the lever can be operated, the
collar must pulled up to release the lever f rom a
locking detent in the spring housing.
4.2.2
A solenoid saf ety lock controlled by the squat
switch prevents an UP selection when the

nosewheel is on the ground. The solenoid can be
overridden by turning the knob 60 clockwise.
U)
CIO
4.2.3
Electrical power is supplied to the landing gear

selector switch from the 28V de essential busbar.
C)
C)
C)
:e
9-1-7
May 15/95
_.___
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
4.3
4.2.4
Selection of landing gear UP or DOWN energises a

solenoid valve in the landing gear selector
valve. This permits hydraulic fluid at 2000 psi
to f low to the landing gear and displaced fluid
return to the reservoir.
4.2.5
Each leg of the landing gear is held in the up or

down position by hydraulic pressure in the radius
arm. Secondary mechanical locks are installed to
ensure a positive lock in both up and down
positions. All the mechanical uplocks are of the
hook type. The nose leg downlock is also a hook
type, but the downlock on the main leg is
incorporated in the radius arm.
4.2.6
The mechanical uplocks and the nose gear downlock

are spring loaded to the lock position. All the
mechanical secondary locks are released
hydraulically just as retraction or extension
commences.
4.2.7
The main gear retracts towards the centre of the

aircraft. In the down position, the radius arm is
a brace for the gear leg. A microswitch attached
to the radius arm is used to give an indication
of the leg position. The nose gear retracts
forward and the microswitches for indications are
mounted on the mechanical locks.
Emergency operation
4.3.l
If a failure of the normal system occurs, the

landing gear can be lowered by use of the
handpump with the emergency selector valve set to
GEAR DOWN. Handpump pressure will release the
uplocks, reposition the shuttle valves, operate
the release valve and move the gear legs. The
displaced fluid will return to the reservoir
through the release valve.
4.3.2
The landing gear cannot be raised using the

handpump and the release valve can only be reset
when the aircraft is on the ground.
4.3.3
9-1-8
May 15/95
In order to lower the gear in an emergency

situation, the normal landing gear selector
switch should be set to the DOWN position.
:e
o
o
CD
O>
_,..,,~
JETSTREAIW
SoiEs J200
4.4
4.3.4
If a failure of the electrical or normal

hydraulic systems occurs while the landing gear
is in transit, the landing gear selector is
designed to allow the gear to lower under
gravity. It will then be necessary to use the
emergency selector valve and handpump to lock the
gear down.
4.3.5
If, after take-off, a failure of the landing gear

systems occurs and the gear does not retract, the
gear selector override should only be used f or
flight safety reasons.
Indications
Conventional indicator lights on the lower centre
instrument panel show the landing gear positions.
4.5
Warnings
The landing gear warning will sound if:
Any leg is not locked down
OR
The gear is selected up
AND
Either power lever is near flight idle
selected to 20 or more.
OR
Flaps are
As each power lever is pulled back to FLIGHT IDLE, the

horn operation can be cancelled by pressing the landing
gear HORN CANCEL push switch on the lower centre
instrument panel. The following amber caption will
illuminate on the CAP.
HORN
The horn circuit will re-arm when both power levers are
advanced forward of FLIGHT IDLE.
The horn is inhibited by a speed switch at speeds above
135 kt .
......
co
If the horn sounds due to flap selection, it cannot be

cancelled or inhibited.
The gear warning horn can be tested by setting the

WARNING switch on the left skirt panel to GEAR and
retarding the power levers in turn to the FLIGHT IDLE
position.
:e
9-1-9
May 15/95
-~
JETSTREAIW
See J200
5.
NOSEWHEEL STEERING
5.1
Nosewheel steering is available when the nosewheel is on

the ground. The nosewheels are hydraulically centred
befare retraction, when the landing gear selector switch
is set to UP.
5.2
Control of the nosewheel steering is given by a handle

located on the left side console. This is connected via
cables to a hydraulic selector. Through this systern,
rotary rnotion of the handle is changed to linear rnotion
of the control valve.
5.3
When the landing gear down line is pressurised to 2000

psi and the nosewheel is on the ground, hydraulic fluid
is directed by the control valve to the respective ends
of the steering jack.
5.4
A follow up rnechanisrn attached to the steering torque
tube gives rnechanical feed-back, as the leg turns and

nullifies the effect of the control valve.
5.5
Steering is lirnited to 45 left or right of centre by

hydraulic operation. For ground handling the nosewheel is
fully castoring and can be turned through 360. The
steering handle rnust not be touched during castoring
operations. A follow up rnechanisrn ensures the
relationship between the handwheel and the steering
systern is correct after castoring. It is not necessary to
disconnect the steering rnechanisrn for this procedure.
5.6
When the landing gear selector lever is set to UP,

hydraulic pressure is directed across the steering
selector to give equal pressure on both ends of the
steering jack. This centres the pistons in the jack,
which in turn centre the wheels bef ore the nose gear is
retracted.
5.7
A steering isolation valve in the gear down line is deenergised when the nose gear is on the ground. This
perrnits the hydraulic fluid to pressurise the steering
jack. The valve is energised when the weight is off the
nose gear. This prevents steering rnovernent before
landing.
5.8
9-1-10
May 15/95
If the landing gear has been lowered using the emergency

systern, nosewheel steering is not available.
:e
o
o
o
O)
O)
.,.,_~
JETSTREANI
SniEs 1200

6.
BRAKES
6.1
6.2
en
co
o
o
o
J:
General
6 .1.1
The main wheels are braked by hydraulically

operated disc brakes. Anti-skid units are
installed in each main wheel stub axle to permit
maximum braking without wheel lock.
6.1.2
Two independent brake systems give normal,

parking or emergency operation.
Normal
6.2.l
A brake master cylinder is attached to each

rudder (toe) pedal for both pilots. These control
a single pressure to the brake control valve.
6.2.2
Normal hydraulic pressure (2000 psi) is supplied

to pressurise the normal and emergency brake
systems when the EDP's are in operation.
6.2.3
The hydraulic pressure in the accumulators is

shown on the top scales of the two hydraulic
gauges. The right gauge shows normal system
pressure, the left shows emergency system
pressure.
6.2.4
A pressure reducing valve reduces the 2000 psi to

1750 psi before it is supplied to the brake control
unit. This prevents damage to the brake units.
6.2.5
When the toe pedals are operated, the signa!

pressure to the brake control valve causes a
controlled pressure from the brake control valve
to pass through a modulator unit. The pressure at
the brakes is therefore proportional to the
pressure applied at the toe pedals.
6.2.6
Individual wheel brake pressures are shown on two

scales labelled BRAKES L/R, on the left hydraulic
gauge on the lower centre instrument panel. The
maximum pressure which can be supplied to the
brake units from the brake control valve is
1750 psi.
6.2.7
Maxaret anti-skid units are installed for each

wheel brake unit. When the wheel is rotating,
maximum pressure can be applied without locking
or skidding. This will not prevent tyre burst if
the brakes are on when landing. Care should be
taken not to apply the brakes until the aircraft
is firmly on the ground.
-
9-1-11
May 15/95
JETSTREANI
SERiES 1200
6.3
6.2.8
The brake units are of the rotor/stator pressure

type and are operated by f ive self-adjusting
pistons installed in a cylinder block, which push
against the pressure plate.
6.2.9
A PARKING/EMERGENCY brake lever is installed on

the left side of the centre console. When the
lever is pulled, a notched shaft locates at
various pull-on settings and is released by a
trigger on the lever handle. The inner shaft of
the brake lever has a red band for visual
ref erence when checking if the parking brake is
on or off.
6.2.10
The parking brake lever is connected to a brake

control valve/pressure reducing valve which
reduces the normal hydraulic pressure to 1750 psi
maximum from the handbrake. Pressure at the
brakes is proportional to the length of pull on
the handle. Fluid is directed to the wheels via a
shuttle valve and the applied pressure is not
shown on the gauges. In normal operations the
aircraft should be brought to a halt using the
toe pedals of the normal brake system bef ore
applying the parking brake. Anti-skid protection
is not available when the handbrake is used.
Emergency
6.3.l
If a failure of the hydraulic supply to the brake

system occurs, the pressure stored in the
accumulators is used to stop the aircraft.
6.3.2
When the MAIN SUPPLY BRAKES accumulator is

charged, the normal toe brakes must be used. As
the accumulator pressure decreases, the brakes
must be applied carefully.
6.3.3
The EMERGENCY SUPPLY BRAKES accumulator supplies

pressure for further brake capacity when the
parking/emergency brake is used. Anti-skid
protection is not available and the brake must be
applied slowly and carefully.
:e
o
o
co
9-1-12
May 15/95
.,.,_~
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200

7.
STALL RECOVERY
7.1
The stall protection system and stall recovery system are

described fully in Chapter 2 - AIRFRAME ANO FLYING
CONTROLS.
7.2
Hydraulic pressure is supplied to two solenoid valves

which are activated by the left and right stall
identif ication systems (one valve operates for each
system). If both wings get to the stall identification
angle, both solenoid valves are energised allowing
pressurised hydraulic fluid (200 psi) to operate the
stickpusher unit. This acts directly onto the elevator
control system giving a nose down of 8.
7.3
An 80 lb pul! on the control column by the pilot will

override this system.
7.4
During the preflight test of the stall recovery system

the stickpusher will not operate correctly if there is
insuff icient hydraulic pressure in the main accumulator
and the engines are not in use.
7.5
The stall recvery system will not operate (stickpusher

cancelled) if the red stall captions on the glareshield
are pressed while illuminated. The stickpusher can only
be reset on the ground using a switch located in the nose
equipmen_t bay.
T"
en
o
o
o
:e
9-1-13
May 15/95
tv
tv
tv
1-'
-.-.]
NRVllNWARD/OUTWARD VENT VAL VE

EMERGENCY
SELECTOR
MAIN
LANDING
SHUTILEft
VALVE
GEAA
JACKS
1 .. -- ~
IQI
3:
TWO-WAY
RESTRICTOR
)>
'TI
THERMAL
RELIEF
VALVE
RELEASE
VAL VE
N.R.V.
t-<1
LIFT
DUMP
SELECTOR
FLAP
SELECTOR
DOWN
t-~-;::;;;:;;::-~~~~-l-~-+-~~~~~_J~~~
t"i
DOWN
:;:.
a.
(f.l
ro
(f.l
t;tj
t-<1
g.
.....;--~~~._~~~~~~t---~~~~~~~'--1r--~~~~--'~1--~~~~~-r~-;~LANDING
GEAA
SELECTOR
UP
:::<:!
"U
)>
ONE-WA
RESTRICt>R
al.
3: ~:li
)>~~
(f.l
~g
t;tj
t;tj
MANUAL PAESSURE
RELEASE VALVE
AELAY
HYDAAULIC PRESSURE GAUGES
VALVE
1-'
NOSE
LEG
_a
.
STICK
PUS HER
JACK
z
Gl
1-'
\.O
U1
.........
tv
\.O
,::.
1-'
i~ Cltl~I
zCi) i.~I
o
<:
~ ~I
a;
....
)>
)>
"U
)>
:u
-f
M
P
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
MAXARET ANTl-SKIO UNIT

GROUND RIG PRESSURE
GROUND RIG SUCTION
PUMP CASE DRAIN FilTER
HAND PUMP FILTER
MAIN FILTER
SAMPLING VALVE
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TRANSMITIER
GAUGE ANO CHARGING POINT
STEERING ISOLATION VALVE
PILOTS MASTER CYLINDERS
-~~
JETSTREAIW
Seties J200

:."'
INWARD
ANO OUTWARD
VENT VALVE
No. 1 ENGINE
REGULATOR
:i:-!.AeRGi:-cv-------------------------------------------:
SYSTEM
22 PSI TANK
PRESSURISATION
No. 2 ENGINE
FILLER
REGULATOR
-Q
SIGHT
GLASS
NORMAL
CELL
GEAR DOWN
EMERGENCY
SELECTOR
EMERGENCY
CELL
,_ --- - -- ---- -- ---- -- -- -- -- -- -- -~<?!l.~~~ -- - -- -- - - - -- - - -- -
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
ROOF PANEL
LP COCK CAPTIONS
FLAPS DOWN
ROOF PANEL
LP COCK CAPTIONS
------------ ~
------------,
'
HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE
INDICATOR
LEFT
ENGINE
DRIVEN
__________
""
:_~~~----
PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER
PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER
RIGHT
ENGINE
DRIVEN
PUMP
CHECK
VAL VE
RIGHT PUMP
PRESSURE
LEFT PUMP
PRESSURE
CHECK
VAL VE
CHECK
VAL VE
CAP
CAPTION
PRESSURE
GAUGE
HP WARNING
SWITCH
RETURN
TO TANK
~------------MAIN
ACCUMULATOR
(AMBER)
' - - - - - 4 - - - - 1 SYSTEM PRESSURE

RELIEF VALVE
1-------NOSEWHEEL STEERING
MANUAL PRESSURE
RELEASE VALVE
LANDING GEAR
FLAP$ ANO LIFT DUMP
NORMAL
BRAKE
ACCUMULATOR
EMERGENCY
BRAKE
ACCUMULATOR
KEY:
STICK PUSHER
HYDRAULIC PIPE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
G292005A
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - SHEET 2
9-2-2
Nov 15/94
Printed in the U.K.
22201697
INW7JBH~
JETSTREAIW
SaiES J200
EMERGENC~Y-----------------------~
SUPPLY
RETURNTO
RESERVOIR
----1----------------4.,________,
---------+-----------~
NORMAL
SUPPLY
)(
)(
THERMAL
RELIEF
VALVE
SHUTTLE
VALVE
THERMAL
RELIEF VALVE
---=;-i
i-.....---------41
L_______ J
LOCKVALVE
o
FLAP TORQUE SHAFT
OPERATING LEVER
-Q--
CHECK VALVE
COMPLETE UNIT
)(
TWO-WAY RESTRICTOR
TRANSMITTER
ONE-WAY RESTRICTOR
G291293A
FLAP SYSTEM
9-2-3
22201704
Printed in the U.K.
Nov 15/94
z
o
\.O
1
<:
f-'
lJl
,--~
oc
ESS
' T 'f
~-
'i---- ...,
FLAP
DUMP -] SHAFT
FLAP
SELECTOR
,------,
11
/"
)>
i'
'"T1
)>
r-rr.'"
t'Ij
i[
o"'
1-3
Z
~
o
e?"
'
.--f--~
GRND
l___
1 NOSE
FL T 'i. WEIGHT
___ SWITCH
25s:::: ..,.I~
ZQ
e)>
LIFT DUMP RELAY
TO LANDING
GEAR
WARNING
i~~I~I
)>~
1
V
LH
POWER
LEVER
SWITCH ES
11~
~
a...i.._
~,_____,~~r--~~-+~~:~v
1 CLOSED
1
! v
1
1
-....)
y<l
.------,
f-'
~ ~I
DOWN
I___
w
o
[ _ _ _ _ _ _
'
w
w
1 ,.
t""i
11
t""i
UP
"U
s::::
l-~---~-__J
,-~-,]
1
o...._
DOWN
11
11
""CJ
)>
:o
-1
1\)
LIFT
DUMP
1SELECTOR
NORMAL
l ______
Gl
r-
__J
11
"'....
"'"'"'....
l>
O'\
f-'
1' --,,,._
'~:,
.,.,...,,,AllROllAllf!fl6
JETSTREAllll
SaiESJ200

/ ,.,
~~
",'-'
_,..
;. '
RETURN TO RESERVOIR
NORMAL SUPPL Y
LANDING GEAR
SELECTOR VALVE
J
EMERGENCY SUPPLY
EMERGENCY
DOWN
SHUTTLE
VAL VE
NORMAL
DOWN
/ /
FORWARD
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD
//,
DOWNLOCK
JACK /
RELEAS E
VALVE
TO NOSE {
WHEEL
STEERING . . - - - - -
NORMAL UP
NOSE
LANDING GEAR
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
NORMAL UNLOCK
EMERGENCY DOWN
NORMAL UP
<
LEFT MAIN
LANDING GEAR
RIGHT MAIN
LANDING GEAR
"'"'
"'
N
N
N
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM
9-2-5
22201699
Printed in the U.K.
Nov 15/94
SlllJ'WW~ll:W'
JETSTREAIW
SatiEs J200
(!,'
FROM GEAR
UP LINE
STEERING
ISOLATION
VAL VE
STEERING
SELECTOR
UNIT
FROM GEAR
DOWN LINE
-------.
TWO WAY
RESTRICTOR
1
1
PILOTS
CONTROL
CABLE
1
1
1
1
L_________ _
------,
1
STEERING
SELECTOR
VALVE
..___............_........_.
1
1
-----------
__ J
NON-RETURN VALVE
STEERING
FEEDBACK
MECHANISM
1
1
NON-RETURN VALVE
L ________ _
_J
RELAY VALVE
STEERING ACTUATOR
G322833A
NOSEWHEEL STEERING SYSTEM
9-2-6
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02211
BIW77SHAIDP08Fllll:tlf
JETSTREAIW
SERiES J200
,~.
'
'
PILOTS BRAKE
PEDALS
RIGHT
LEFT
LEFT
CAPACITY
ABSORBERS
CO - PILOTS BRAKE
PEDALS
RIGHT
CAPACITY
ABSORBERS
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
TX
DUAL CONTROL
VAL VE
-------------------------
EMERGENCY
ACCUMULATOR
WITH CHARGING
POINT
-,
,.......L--.L..
1
1
1
1
L_
1
-~
PRESSURE
REDUCING
VALVE
,---------,
1
l____ J
PRESSURE
MODULATOR
r
1
NORMAL
ACCUMULATOR
WITH CHARGING
POINT
EMERGENCYI
CONTROL
VALVE
1
'----
PRESSURE
MODULATOR
-1--:r
1
_I
ANTl-SKID
DEVICE
ANTl-SKID
DEVICE
SHUTILE
VALVE
SHUTILE
VAL VE
1
1
L;
MAIN
SUPPLY
MAIN
RETURN
PUMP SUCTION
UNE
G322314A
BRAKE SCHEMATIC
9-2-7
H01064
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
--;www~=-
JETSTREAIW
SaiEsJ200

{t''
\.~
HYD SWITCH (2)
SHUT - shuts hydraulic LP cock only

OPEN - opens hydraulic LP cock only
if stop and feather lever fully
down
- LP COCKS switch OPEN
HYD LP COCK CAPTION (2)
OPEN (white letters)

- LP cock open
SHUT (red letters)
- LP cock shut
ELECTRICS
MASTER
LEFT LP COCKS
HYD
op
E
N
OPEN
SHUT
gi
op oA
E
N
M
A
l.
1
l'I
o o
n p
op
E
N
"
'
-~~
Fl'.i.
FUf.L
- - - - 1
LP COCKS SWITCH (2)
SWITCH GUARO (2)
SHUT - shuts fuel and hydraulic LP

cocks
OPEN - opens fuel and hydraulic LP
cocks if stop and feather
lever fully down and HYD
switch OPEN
Note - hydraulic and fuel LP cocks
shut when engine stop and
feather lever pulled
To operate, switch guard must be

moved sideways
C021753A
HYDRAULIC CONTROL
9-3-1
22200838
Printed in the U.K.
Jan 1/93
W>WW~cr
JETSTREANI
SElliEs J200
HYD CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- hydraulic system pressure
exceeds 2300 psi
MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES)

- shows pressure in normal
hydraulic brake system
RED UNE
- maximum permissible
pressure 2400 psi
LEFT HYDRAULIC PUMP

PRESSURE
- normally 2000 psi
RIGHT HYDRAULIC PUMP

PRESSURE
- normally 2000 psi
RED UNE
RED UNE
Note
pressure 2400 psi
- in event of a power failure,
pointers will drop below 'O'
on scale
pressure 2400 psi
C002103A.02
HYDRAULIC INDICATION
EFFECTIVITY
9-3-2
Feb 15/96
886 - 999
Printed in the U.K.
H02169
JETSTREAllll
SElliEs J200
~ (1~
:. ~.::.::::~ ;::;;
.. ::~ .:::;:;::: ::::::.:.:..::;.. ;;:: .. ;:;;;;;;,;
t:7! . .
;:::~~:
tr.
.......
;
~::.:;;;:::
;;;;;;;
. . . "; . . .
,~~
..
...
. ....
\\
::
... :::::~~-::::=
...., .. :
HYD CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- hydraulic system pressure
exceeds 2300 psi
MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES)

- shows pressure in normal
hydraulic brake system
RED LINE
pressure 2400 psi
LEFT HYDRAULIC PUMP

PRESSURE
- normally 2000 psi
RIGHT HYDRAULIC PUMP

PRESSURE
- normally 2000 psi
RED LINE
RED LINE
Note
pressure 2400 psi
- in event of a power failure,
pointers will drop below 'O' on
sea le
pressure 2400 psi
C001752A.02
HYDRAULIC INDICATION
EFFECTIVITY
819 - 863
H02170
9-3-3
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
.,,,,.,.,,....,.,._ er
JETSTREAllll
SElliEs J200
FLAPS
FLAP SELECTOR
To select RETO to 1O or 1 O to RETO
the selector head must be lifted
before being moved sideways to clear
the gate
FLAPS
DOWN
EMERGENCY SELECTOR
FLAPS OOWN
- operation of the hand pump
lowers the flaps, position of
the flaps is shown on the
WING-FLAPS indicator.
Note 1 - once lowered in this manner
the flaps cannot be raised in
flight
2 - the selector cannot be
returned to NORMAL in flight.
WING FLAPS INDICATOR

lndicates flap positions RETO, 1O,
20, 35 and DUMP
Note - the DUMP position is
automatically selected
providing the flap selector is
at 35, a power lever is
retarded below flight idle,
nose gear is compressed and
hydraulic pressure is
available
coi i2eBA.02
FLAP CONTROL AND INDICATION
9-3-4
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02171
JETSTREAIW
SaiEsJ200
''"'~~~~~~ 8~~~~~~~~;;
HORN CAPTION (Amber)
ON
- shows that gear warning horn
has been inhibited
INDICATOR LIGHTS
NIGHT/DAY
SELECTOR
LANDING GEAR POSITION

LIGHTS
UNLOCKED LIGHTS (Red)
ON
- shows the gear is in
transit
LOCKED LIGHTS (Green)
ON
- shows the gear is locked
down
~:
: t.
LANDING GEAR LEVER

UP
- landing gear retracts
DOWN- landing gear extends
- to move lever pull collar
from gate
Note - U P cannot be selected
with weight on wheels

GEAR - tests the gear warning horn
KNOB
ROTATED
- allows emergency UP
selection
- overrides weight on
wheels safety lock
EMERGENCY SELECTOR LANDING

GEAR
GEAR DOWN
- selected and hand pump
operated lowers gear
Note 1 - once lowered in this manner
the gear cannot be raised
2- the selector cannot be
returned to NORMAL
in flight
C011642A.01
LANDING GEAR CONTROL AND INDICATION

EFFECTIVITY
886 - 999
H02172
9-3-5
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
_,_AADllOPF?'CW'
JETSTREAIW
SElliEs J200
......:._.................. :.........;
!,;;:
. rr:...,
'0'
:.-
:: ~:::::::::.:
~:: ................:.'
i. . .......:.... . . . ~
........... .i. ...........
..1.............: ...........:
j ........ ..... i
e,, ...........
! '0;.
. HORN CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- shows that gear warning horn
has been inhibited
Note - advancing power levers
forward of flight idle re-arms
the warning horn
LANDING GEAR HORN CANCEL

SWITCH
- operated inhibits warning
horn provided wing flaps
are not selected beyond
INDICATOR LIGHTS
NIGHT/DAY
SELECTOR
LANDING GEAR POSITION

LIGHTS
UNLOCKED LIGHTS (Red)
ON
- shows the gear is in
transit
LOCKED LIGHTS (Green)
ON
- shows the gear is locked
down
F::
IW'~ [@-

GEAR - tests the gear warning horn
ROTATABLE KNOB
EMERGENCY SELECTOR -LANDING

GEAR
GEAR DOWN
- selected and hand pump
operated lowers gear
Note (1) - once lowered in this
manner the gear cannot be
raised
Note (2) - the selector cannot be
returned to NORMAL
in flight
LANDING GEAR LEVER

UP
- to move the LANDING
GEAR lever from DOWN
to UP pull the knob clear
of gate and set to UP
Note - the lever is prevented
from moving from DOWN
to UP when aircraft is on
wheels, this can be overridden in an emergency
and UP can be selected
by rotating knob at end of
lever
DOWN- to move LANDING GEAR
lever from UP to DOWN
pull the knob clear of gata
and set to DOWN
C011466A.01
LANDING GEAR CONTROL AND INDICATION

EFFECTIVITY
9-3-6
Feb 15/96
819 - 863
Printed in the U.K.
H02173
-~or
JETSTREANI
SoiEsJ200
EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC
SELECTOR PANEL
WARNING: HANDPUMP NOT TO BE

OPERATED IN THE AIR WITH THE
SELECTOR SET TO NORMAL
EMERGENCY SELECTOR
NORMAL
- operation of handpump
pressurises normal system
FLAPS DOWN
causes flaps to fully extend
GEAR DOWN
causes gear to be extended
Note - when selector is moved from
NORMAL, interna! latching
prevents NORMAL being
reselected
ACCESS PANEL
To open panel remove handpump
handle from stowage, insert in access
panel hole then twist and pull
HANDPUMP
HANDLE
EMERGENCY
HYDRAULIC
HANDPUMP
HANDLE STOWED
~
HAND PUMP OPERATION

- remove handle from access
panel, insert handle in handpump and operate
Note - the handpump is only used
for pressurising the main
hydraulic system when the
engine pumps are not running
and for the emergency
extension of flaps and gear
in the air
C001271A.02
EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CONTROL
9-3-7
H02174
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
WIWWW.....,...lf:/6
JETSTREAllll
SaiEs J200
TOE PEDALS (4)

PRESSED
- applies pressure to wheel
brakes through normal
system
EMERGENCYSUPPLY(BRAKE~
Shows the pressure in the emergency

braking system
MAIN SUPPL Y (BRAKES)

Shows the pressure in the normal
braking system
PARKING/EMERGENCY BRAKE
LEVER
PULLED
- applies pressure equally to
both wheel brakes from
emergency system
Note - when using in an emergency
modulate pressure by careful
application as no anti-skid is
available and no indication of
pressure being applied to
wheels
TRIANGLE
Shows position of nose wheel
steering handwheel
BRAKE PRESSURE INDICATOR
BRAKES
Shows the pressure being applied to
left and right wheel brakes when
using the toe-pedals
Note - when using parking /
emergency lever to apply
pressure to brakes this
pressure is not displayed
C012049A.01
BRAKE CONTROL AND INDICATION
9-3-8
Feb 15/96
Printed in the U.K.
H02175
_,
__
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
.,..
>
\ .,." ~': ~~'.
CHAPTER 10 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
Aug 15/95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aug 15/95
10-1
1
2
3
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
5
6
10-2
1
2
3
4
10-3
1
2
3
4
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
Aug 15/95
Nov 1/92
Dec 1/88
Dec 15/90
Dec 1/88
Dec 15/90
Dec 1/89
Dec 1/88
10-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
H01824
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
--
JETSTREANI
SesJ200

CHAPTER 10
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION (ATA 30)
LIST OF CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wing and Tail De-icing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Intake Anti-icing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Continuous Ignition and Auto Relight ......
Propeller De- icing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elevator Horn Anti-icing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pitot Head and Stall Vane Anti-icing . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Def ini tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
10-1-1
10-1-1
10-1-2
10-1-3
10-1-3
10-1-4
10-1-4
10-1-5
10-1-5
10-1-6
10-1-6
.
.
.
.
10-2-1
10-2-2
10-2-3
10-2-4
.
.
.
.
10-3-1
10-3-2
10-3-3
10-3-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Ice and Rain Protection (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wing and Tail Ice Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine, Propeller and Elevator Ice Protection ....
Windshield Heating, Wiping and Demisting .........
Ice Protection - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ice Protection - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ice protection Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Continuous Ignition - Control and Indication .....
CHAPTER 10 CONTENTS
Page 1
H01643
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
ASft:MD CF
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
C'HAPTER 10
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION (ATA 30)
1.
GENERAL
The ice and rain protection system comprises:
wing and tail leading edge de-icing
engine intake anti-icing
engine continuous ignition or auto relight
propeller blade de-icing
elevator horn anti-icing
pitot head and stall warning vane anti-icing
windscreen anti-icing
windscreen wipers.
2.
WING AND TAIL DE-ICING

2.1
The leading edges of the wings, inboard and outboard of

the engines, together with the vertical and horizontal
stabilizers have inflatable rubber boots installed.
Inflation of these boots is with autcimatic or manual
control of a regulated supply of P3 bleed air f rom the
engine system.
2.2
Bleed air f rom each engine system goes through a

regulator which reduces the pressure to 22 psi. The air
then goes through check valves and into a common line
which makes sure that de-icing is available to the full
wing, vertical and horizontal stabilisers subsequent to
a single engine shut down.
2.3
The air then goes through two ejector/flow control valves

(one for the tail and ene for the wings). These valves
are controlled with two ICE PROTECTION switches which
are located on the lef t skirt panel and are labelled
AIRFRAME, AUTO SHORT/OFF/LONG and MANUAL TAIL/OFF/WINGS
and with a timer during automatic operation.
"-
~
Lr)
o
o
N
N
10-1-1
Dec 15/90
--~L&LCE'
JETSTREANI
SERiES J200
3.
?..4
When the ejectorflow control valves are operated with

the MANUAL switch or with the timer in the AUTO mode,
air pressure is supplied to the inflatable boots. When
the supply line air pressure is 15 psi, a pressure
switch operates and causes an indicator light located on
the left skirt panel to come on: this light shows TAIL
(green) or WINGS (green) for the cycle in operation.
2.5
In AUTO the SHORT cycle operates fer 1 minute: during

this time the wing boots nflate for 6 seconds, then the
tail section boots inf late fer 4 seconds f ollowed by a
deflation time of 50 seconds. This cycle must only be
used in moderate to severe icing conditions. The LONG
cycle operates for 3 minutes: the wing boots inflate for
6 seconds, then the tail section boots nflate for 4
seconds f ollowed by a deflation time of 2 minutes ~O
seconds. The ejector/flow control valves cause the air
in the boots to be ejected by suction when the system is
not in use: this keeps the boots flat against the
aircraft surfaces.
2.6
When the MANUAL switch (which is spring loaded to OFF) is

in operation it energises the ejector/flow control valves
which supply air to the TAIL or WING as applicable.
This switch must be operated when ~ inch of ice has
formed on the leading edge of the wing. The switch must
be set to WING for 5 seconds, followed by TAIL for 5
seconds: this sequence must be continued as often as
necessary to remove the ice.
ENGINE ANTI-ICING
3.1
3.2
10-1-2
Dec 15/90
P3 bleed air from the engine system is supplied through a

control valve to the engine intake shroud, the
compressor intake shroud and the intake pressure (P2)
probe (fuel control pressure sensor) to prevent ice
formation in these areas.
The control valve is operated with an ICE PROTECTION

switch (one for each engine) located on the left skirt
panel: this switch is labelled ENG/ELEV, LEFT-RIGHT,
ANTI-ICE/OFF. When ANTI-ICE is selected the control
valve is open and an ENG (green) light (one for each
engine, located above the switch) comes on to show
operation of the system and there is a slight increase in
EGT. When set to OFF the control valve is closed and the
ENG (green) light is off.
N
N
o
o
--A~--
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
4.
ENGINE CONTINUOUS IGNITION AND AUTO RELIGHT

4.1
Each engine has a continuous ignition system and an

automatic relight system installed. The continuous
system is designed to prevent flame out, and the
aQtomatic relight will give relight if a flame out
occurs.
4.2
The systems are controlled with two switches (one for

each engine) located on the roof panel: these swi te.hes
are labelled IGNITION, LEFT-RIGHT,
CONTINUOUS/NORMAL/TEST.
NORMAL Permits normal operation of the ignition system
during engine start and also arms the auto re-light
system.
If the Negative Torque Sensing System (Refer to CHAPTER 6
- ENGINES AND PROPELLERS) senses a negative torque, the
ignitors will be energised and will stay on until 10 second~
after positive torque is sensed.
CONTINUOUS energises the igniters for continuous
operation. Continuous ignition must not be set for more
than 60 minutes during 2 hours of operation.
TEST energises the igniters to permit a test of system.
4.3
5.
o
N
N
Two IGN (amber) captions (ene for each engine) are

located on the left upper centre panel. These come on
when the igniters are energised from the auto re-light
circuit or if CONTINUOUS or TEST is selected. The
captions do not come on during a normal engine start on
the ground or in the air.
PROPELLER DE-ICING
Propeller de-icing is supplied by electrically heatedmats
which are bended to each blade leading edge. The mats are
heated in alternate pairs to prevent prepeller imbalance, and
are centrelled by two ICE PROTECTION, PROPELLERS switches,
lecated on the left skirt panel and which also energise cyclic
timers. These switches are labelled LEFT, RIGHT, SHORT
CYCLE/OFF/LONG CYCLE.
SHORT CYCLE heats each pair of blades fer 35 seconds.
LONG CYCLE heats each pair of blades fer 70 seconds.
OFF switches off prepeller de-icing.
10-1-3
Dec 15/90
--~-
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
5.2
6.
Two ammeters located on the left skirt panel show the

current load for each pair of heater mats. Each ammeter
has a green are to show the normal current being drawn
(37-47 amps) when the system is in operation. The heater
mats on each propeller blade draw approximately 22 amps:
thus it is possible, with reference to the ammeters, to
make sure that all the heater mats are in operation. Any
deviation of the meter out of this green are will show a
failure of a heater mat: this could cause vibration and
subsequent damage to the propeller and engine.
ELEVATOR HORN ANTI-ICING

The elevator horns have electrically heated mats bonded to
them which are energised when one of the two ENG/ELEV ICE
PROTECTION switches, located on the left skirt panel is set
to ANTI-ICE. The ELEV (green) light comes on when the mats
are in operation. Elevator anti-icing is not available when
the nosewheel is on the ground.
7.
PITOT HEAD ANO STALL VANE ANTI-ICING

7.1
The pitot heads and stall warning vanes have electric

heaters to prevent icing. The heaters are controlled by
two ICE PROTECTION STALL VANE/PITOT switches - located on
the right skirt panel which operate ON/OFF.
7.2
PITOT 1/2/3 OFF (amber) lights located on the right skirt

panel come on if a pitot heater failure occurs.
7.3
There is no indication given if a failure of the stall

vane heater occurs. The static vents are not heated.
.
1
Ul
Ul
10-1-4
Dec 15/90
--~lllC2"
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
8.
WINDSCREEN - Mod 8028; Introduction of windscreen heater

automatic warm up mode.
Windscreen anti-icing is supplied by electric heater elements
which have a film of Indium Trioxide in the left and right
main windscreen panels. The heaters are automatically
temperature controlled: this control includes an automatic
slow warm-up time when set to ON. Windscreen heaters also
give improved resistance to bird strikes.
8.1
The heaters are energised with two ICE PROTECTION

switches labelled WINDSHIELD, LEFT, RIGHT, ON/OFF which
are located on the right skirt panel
8.2
When the switch is set to OFF, the windshield heating

indicator (located above the windshield switches on the
right skirt panel) shows "cross hatched" to indicate that
the heating is off.
8.3
When the switch is set to ON, the indicator shows white

to indicate the heating is in the warm-up mode. When a
pre-set temperature is reached or the warm-up time limit
has expired, the indicator changes from white to black
to indicate that the normal heating mode is in operation.
8.4
Windshield heating is controlled by temperature sensors

through a normal temperature range. If a failure of the
normal sensors occurs, the temperature is cycled in an
overheat temperature range by overheat sensors. If the
..
..
.E
::>
=
.5
"O
et
overheat sensors are in operation a C.A.P.jw1sj (amber)

caption will come on during the cooling part of the
cycle. If the caption light is on continuously, the
windshield heating of the the applicable window is
unserviceable. The average current drawn by each
windscreen is 41 mps.
Ln
Ln
Ln
.-.
8.5
o
o
N
N
9.
Demisting of the inside of the windshield is with hot air

supplied through ducts: this air is taken from the air
conditioning system.
WINDSCREEN WIPERS
Windscreen wipers are installed for the left and right main
windscreen panels. The wipers are electrically driven, two
speed with parking facility and are controlled by three
WIPER switches located on the right skirt panel.
10-1-5
Dec 15/90
~~le'2"
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
'"'
10. POWER SUPPLIES
~-,
The power supplies far the ice and rain pratectian system are:
WING and TAIL
28 V de
Essential Bus bar
ENGINE INTAKE
28 V de
Essential Busbar
IGNITION
28 V de
Essential Busbar
PROPELLER
28 V de
Main Busbar
'
ELEVATOR HORN
28 V de
:r
;
Essential Busbar
Q.
:;
PITOT HEATER
WINDSCREEN HEATER
28 V de
Essential Bus bar
LEFT 28 V de
and 93 V Ac
Essential Busbar
f rom inverter
RIGHT 28 V de
and 93 V Ac
WINDSCREEN WIPERS
LEFT 28 V de
RIGHT 28 V de
STALL VANE HEATER
LEFT 28 V de
RIGHT 28 V de
..
;.
e
"'
Main Busbar
f ram inverter
Essential Busbar
Main Busbar
Essential Busbar
;,,.,
<~
Main Busbar
11. DEFINITIONS
Far the def initions of:

ICING CONDITIONS
LIMITATIONS FOR USE OF ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION SYSTEMS
REGULATIONS FOR FLIGHTS IN ICING CONDITIONS
Refer to MOM Part 1, Chapters 10 and 16 - BEFORE FLIGHT.
f'\J
f'\J
o
o
<.Jl
U1
I'\..)
10-1-6
Dec lS/90
BRlnBH Al!R04l#'MOIT
JETSTREANI
SetiES J200
i .,,-
~;
TAIL ICE PROTECTION

(INFLATABLE BOOT) (3)
ELECTRICALL Y HEATED
ELEVATOA HORN MAT (2)
PROPELLER ELECTAIC
HEATING ELEMENTS (8)
WING ICE PROTECTION

(INFLATABLE BOOT) (6)
ELECTRICALLY HEATED
PITOT HEAD (3)
ELECTRICALLY HEATED
ENGINE INTAKE
WINDSHIELD (2)
ANTl-ICING (2)
ICE OBSERVATION
LIGHT
ELECTRICALLY HEATED
STALL WARNING VANE (2)
A002119A
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
10-2-1
H01138
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
BRIUBH~
JETSTREAllll
Sois J200
~--
RIGHT ENGINE
COMPRESSOR AIR
LEFT ENGINE
COMPRESSOR AIR
REGULATOR
HYDRAULIC
RESERVOIR < 1 - - - - -....
PRESSURISATION
---~---1 TIMER ~ __ J ______ ! ___
: 1
TAIL EJECTOR/
FLOW CONTROL
VAL VE
'
'
'
~--------~-----
WING EJECTOR/
FLOW CONTROL
VAL VE
-1
'
-''
'
LONG
----------'
WING BOOT
WING BOOT
PRESSURE
SWITCH
:----------_j __ --,
'
PRESSURE
SWITCH
HORIZONTAL
STABILISER BOOT
TAIL CAPTION (Green)

ON
- shows that the tail boots
are inflating
WINGS CAPTION (Green)
ON
- shows that the wing boots
are inflating
HORIZONTAL
STABILISER BOOT
VERTICAL
STABILISER
BOOT
G302019A
WING AND TAIL ICE PROTECTION
10-2-2
Nov 1/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200760
~A~l&CE
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
.'
f'
""
r---------1-0
1
PROPELLERS
~---------,
LEFT RIGHT
SHORT CYCLE
:-----~~;-- -: r~:~,~ ::~1:-- --::Q.c:-----:

I I
L .L. -
LONG CYCLE
ENG (green) LIGHT
ON
- shows control valve open
COMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR
L ___ _
ELEV (green) LIGHT

ON
I I
..l -1
- horn mats using current
1J
____
.J
------- GEARWEIGHT
SWITCH
~------------ I
OPENONGROUND
r::-::-:-L
-----~----- ...1
1
1
1
1
1
Gll0/098X1
ENGINE, PROPELLER ANO ELEVATOR ICE PROTECTION
10-2-3
Dec 1/88
--A~llCIE"
JETSTREANI
Senies J200
SLOW RIGHT PARK SLOW
NORMAL SENSING
NORMAL SENSING
O/HEAT
_ _ __,__ _ _ SENSING
0/HEAT - - - - - - - SENSING
LEFT MAIN SCREEN
RIGHT MAIN SCREEN
_ ___.5-----[
DEMISTDUCT
HEATING
ELEMENT
..
c.FLIGHT DECK
--~ AIR SUPPLY
FOOT
O/HEAT
TEMP
1-----~ W/S . (amber)
CONTROL
C.A.P.
r------1 ~
C.A.P.
W/S
"4------1
HEATING
ELEMENT
N
N
O/HEAT
TEMP
CONTROL
o
o
HEATING MODE INDICATORS

NORMAL
TEMP
CONTROL
"4--------1
NORMAL
TEMP
CONTROL
'---------~~
G/10I01i!l2
WINDSCREEN HEATING, WIPING AND DEMISTING

(Mod 8028)
10-2-4
Dec 15i90
_ , , _ A"7IC'ia1UlllC'E
JETSTREANI
SERiES
J200
...---""T""--...,
.... .
LEFT SKIRT PANEL
--.~:
....-,
EE3 838 1
WINGS (green) LIGHT

ON
- shows pressure to
wing de-ice boots.
ELEV (green) LIGHT
ON
- shows elevator horn
ant1-ice system on
ENG (green) LIGHT

ON
- shows a1r supply
valve open.
TAIL (green) LIGHT

ON
- shows pressure
to ta1I de-ice boots.
DIMMER SWITCH
NIGHT
dims ice protection lights
on left skirt panel
brightens ice protect1on
DA Y
hghts on left skirt panel.
AMMETER
- shows load supphed to
propellor blade heater mats.
FILAMENT
DIM
LEFT
SHORT
RIGHT
CYCLE
---. l
ENG /ELEV - - ,
LEFT
RIGHT
ANTlICE
'
N
f'I"')
o
o
('\J
AIRFRAME AUTO SWITCH

SHORT - 1 minute cycle inflates tail
and wing boots alternately.
LONG - 3 minute cycle inflates tail
and wing boots alternately.
AIRFRAME MANUAL SWITCH

TAIL
- inflates tail de-icing boots.
WING - inflates wing de-icing boots
Note: switch spring loaded to OFF.
ENG I ELEV SWITCH

ANTI ICE - hot air flows through air
inlet duct, compressor air
inlet and fuel control
pressure sensor of engine
- e1ther switch at ANTHCE
powers Elevator Horn ant1PROPELLOR SWITCH
icing system.
SHORTCYCLE
- 35 second heating cycle to each
pa1r of blades.
LONGCYCLE
- 70 second heating cycle to each
pair of blades.
C/1/175X
ICE PROTECTION - SHEET 1
10-3-1
Dec 1/88
_.,,.,,A~
JETSTREA/111
SERiES 1200
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL
EE
111,.1
~-
PITOT3
OFF
FF
cross hatch shows heating off
O -white shows WARM UP heating

-
PITOT2
PITOT 1
WINDSHIELD HEATING INDICATOR
PITOT LIGHTS (amber)

ON
- shows pitot head not heated
- black shows NORMAL heating
FILAMENT
DIM
NIGHT
SLOW
RIGHT P ARK
SLOW
WINDSHIELD SWITCH
ON
- normal windscreen heating on
- dims pitot hghts

- brightens pitot hghts
STAU VANE / PITOT SWITCH

ON
- heaters in stall va ne I pitot
headson
Note: right switch controls both right
p1tot head heaters
ICE PROTECTION - SHEET 2

(Mod 8028)
10-3-2
nc 15/90
C/1I095X2
BRIT1SH AEROSPACE
JETSTREANI
SERiES 'J200
W/S
(amber) (2)
ON
- shows overheat controller is

controlling windscreen heating
NOTE : caption cycles as windscreen
cools and heats
C/11944X
co
"o
o
o
'
N
N
ICE PROTECTION WARNING

10-3-3
Dec 1/89
BRITISN AEROSl"'MCE
JETSTREANI
Seaies J200

ROOF PANEL
ooomITIJm
ooomITIJm
ltJcO ooomm
moHHom
m II II
m-"1~----
m
o 8 l!il G!Hll 8 o
o e o
LEFT UPPER CENTRE

INSTRUMENT PANEL
~~::'.:;~i~:1
M
A
M
A
L :,:., __ ,,,,,,. ,,.,,.,,,,,, :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: L

TEST
IGNITION SWITCH (2)

NORMAL
igniters operate in start
cycle of associated engine
- if NTS senses engine power
loss igniters operate
automatically and IGN
(amber) caption illuminates
CONTINUOUS
- igniters of associated
engine operate
con ti nuously
IGN (amber} caption
illuminates
TEST - igniters operate
- IGN (amber} caption
illuminates
N
N
DO
00
qp
o
o
o
..i:::..
IGNITION LIGHTS (amber) (2)
ON
- associated engine igniters
operating in continuous,
auto or test mode
NOTE lights do not illuminate in
normal engine start cycle
'
CD
C/1/047X-1
CONTINUOUS IGNITION CONTROL AND INDICATION
10-3-4
Dec 1/88
. , . , , . , , AlllllO~
JETSTREAIW
Setiu Y200
CHAPTER 11-INSTRUMENTS & FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
::,
:::)
1
2
Feb 15/96
Feb 15/96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
May 15/95
May 15/95
11-1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Jan
Jan
May
May
May
May
May
11-2
Feb 15/96
11-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
GI
:5
.5
"C
.!
e
,..
~
"
T-
CJ
15/89
15/89
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
15/92
11-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
Feb 15/96
.-.OTlllH~
JETSTREAIW
SaiuJ200

J~,.
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
11-3
'
.DAl'.E.
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Sep
Aug
Aug
Sep
Sep
May
May
May
15/92
15/95
15/95
15/92
15/92
15/95
15/95
15/95
,,
:J
&
5
:T
11
e:
?-
.....
.....
.....
11-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 2
Feb 15/96
_,.,..,,AllRO..,.t:S
JETSTREANI
SmiEs J200

CHAPTER 11
INSTRUMENTS AND FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
LIST OF CONTENTS
~
::i

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pitot Static System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flight Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compass System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizontal Situation Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather Radar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATC Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Beacon System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside Air Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Altimeter (RAD ALT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) ..... .
11-1-1
11-1-1
11-1-1
11-1-2
11-1-2
11-1-2
11-1-2
11-1-2
11-1-2
11-1-2
11-1-3
11-1-3
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Pitot Static System.........................
11-2-1/2

Airspeed Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left Altimeter and Left VSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right Altimeter and Right VSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intentionally not used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mode Selector - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mode Selector - Sheet 2 .................... .
Mode Selector - Sheet 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mode Indicator - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mode Indicator - Sheet 2 ................... .
Flight Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nav Controller - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nav Controller - Sheet 2 ................... .
ADF Controller - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADF Controller - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compass Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizontal Situation Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizontal Situation Indicator Control ..... .
Gyro Horizon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-3-1
11-3-2
11-3-3
11-3-4
11-3-5
11-3-6
11-3-7
11-3-8
11-3-9
11-3-10
11-3-11
11-3-12
11-3-13
11-3-14
11-3-15
11-3-16
11-3-17
11-3-18
CHAPTER 11 CONTENTS
Page 1
May 15/95
llNIJlllH AllllOl#Wt:1'
JETSTREAIW
SEIEs J200

Standby Artificial Horizon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Magnetic Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DME Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather Radar - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather Radar - Sheet 2 .................... .
Weather Radar - Sheet 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather Radar Test Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATC Controller - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATC Controller - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Beacon system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside Air Temperature and Turn and Slip
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standby Compass/Static Changeover/Overspeed
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Altimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Proximity Warning System ..... : ...... .
11-3-19
11-3-20
11-3-21
11-3-22
11-3-23
11-3-24
11-3-25
11-3-26
11-3-27
11-3-28
11-3-29
11-3-30
11-3-31
11-3-32
11-3-33
:e
o
.....
....
U1
CHAPTER 11 CONTENTS
Page 2
May 15/95
~A~
JETSTREAJW
.
SERiES J200
CHAPTER 11
'\:-
'.\ ,:..:-,;
;).
INSTRUMENTS ANO FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

1.
GENERAL
This chapter covers air data, attitude and navigation
instruments, and weather radar system.
.
:
2.
PITOT STATIC SYSTEM
::>
.5
2.1
Pitot pressure is sensed by three electrically heated

pitot heads fitted on both sides of the fuselage nose.
The left pitot head feeds the left ASI, the upper right
pitot head feeds the right ASI and the lower right pitot
head feeds the flight director speed sensor.
2.2
A static plate is fitted on each side of the rear

fuselage. The five vents in each plate are identified Sl
- SS and each pair is cross-coupled to give a dual static
source to the supplied items:-
'1.
Sl vents - supply the left ASI, VSI and altimeter.

52 vents - supply the right ASI, VSI and altimeter.
S3 vents .- supply the maximum differential capsule for
the pressurisation discharge valve.
S4 vents - supply the cabin pressure safety valve.
SS vents - supply the cabin dif ferential pressure gauge
and the flight director speed and altitude
system.
U")
c:o
o
'-O
o
o
N
N
2.3
3.
If the static source to the left ASI,VSI and altimeter is

~uspect, a changeover cock allows an alternative static
source S6 to be obtained from the unpressurised rear
equipment bay.
The static changeover cock is rnounted on the flight deck
left sidewall.
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
3.1
The flight director systern provides information to

control the aircraft through the clirnb, cruise, descent
and approach phases of flight.
3.2
A flight director cornputer is fed with altitude, airspeed

and radio navigation information to give selectedvertical and horizontal flight guidance modes.
11-1-1.
Jan 15/89
~,._-
JETSTREAWI
SeRiEs J200
..
3.3
. 4.
''."'
The selected mode is accomplished by the pilot manually

flying the aircraft to satisfy the pitch and roll
commands displayed on the gyro horizon
RADIO NAVIGATION
Duplicated radio navigation systems provide bearings of a VOR
or ADF beacon, distance to a DME beacon, and localiser and
glideslope information.
5.
6.
COMPASS SYSTEM
5.1
A dual compass system is fitted and in normal operation

No 1 system feeds the left HSI and right RMI, No 2 system
feeds the right HSI and left RMI.
5.2
If either compass is suspect,. the compass switch on the

left main instrument panel is used to f eed both HSis and
RMis from either of the two systems.
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR

The horizontal situation indicators display command signals
from either VOR or ILS sources.
7.
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM

The weather radar .system provides continuous information for
weather observation or ground mapping within a 120 degree
sector, central on the aircraft to a maximum of 250 nautical
miles.
8.
ATC TRANSPONDER
Two ATC transponders are fitted, enabling a ground controller
to identify and determine the height of the aircraft.
9.
MARKER BEACON SYSTEM

The pre-tuned marker beacon system gives visual and audio
signals to the crew.
10.
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

Outside air temperature (OAT) is displayed on the OAT gauge on
the right upper centre instrument panel.
The gauge is fed by a single sensor f itted on the left side of
the fuselage nose.
11-1-2
Jan 15/89
""
e:
e:
e:
~AIHOWM'
JETSTREAIW
SeES J200
AIRCRAFT 819.824.863,886.888.896.902.903 ONLY
11.
Radio Altimeter (RAD ALT)

A single RAD ALT system provides low altitude information in the
height range O to 2500 ft.
This altitude information is
displayed on the RAD ALT indicator and is supplied to the Ground
Proximity Warning Computer (GPWC).
12.
Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)
11
'5
.5
12.1
The GPWS uses a Sundstrand Mk 6 GPWC to give alerts and

aural warnings for inadvertent flight into terrain.
Alerts are presented as captions on the GPWS indicators,
installed on the left and right main instrument panels.
Aural warnings are broadcast to the crew headphones and
the flight deck roof speakers.
12.2
For flight situations where the pilot must land flapless,

or with partial flap, the GPWS can be desensitised by
lifting the switch-guard flap and selecting GPWS FLAP
OVRD to eliminate unwanted alerts and warnings.
This
f eature can also be used during operations at airports
where steep approaches or incompatible terrain clearances
are a feature.
12.3
The GPWS uses the following inputs from aircraft systems:
"tJ
.!!
.5
d:
12.4
Baro altitude rate (vertical speed)

Radio altitude
Airspeed
Glideslope deviation
Roll attitude
Landing gear conf iguration
Flap position configuration
Modes of Operation
There are 6 modes of Operation:
o
co
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
1 - Excessive descent rate

2 - Excessive closure rate to terrain
3 - Descent after take-of f
4 - Insuff icient terrain clearance
5 - Descent below glideslope
6 - Altitude callouts
11-1-3
May 15/95
~..ullll\OOWCllll'
JETSTREANI
SetiES J200
12.4.1
Mode 1 - Excessive descent rate
Gives alerts and warnings for high descent rates

into terrain. This mode has an outer alert
boundary andan inner warning boundary. When a
boundary is penetrated alerts and warnings are
produced as follows:
Outer alert boundary
GPWS alert captions

illuminate
SINK RATE aural warning
every three seconds.
Inner warning boundary -
GPWS alert captions

stay illuminated
continuous PULL UP
aural warning with
increased emphasis.
Penetration of the inner warning boundary will

give an urgent continuous warning at 10 seconds
befare ground impact.
12.4.2
Mode 2 - Excessive closure rate to terrain

Mode 2 gives two types of alerts and warnings.
Mode 2A is active when:
flaps are not in the landing position
GPWS FLAP OVRD is not selected
the aircraft is not on ILS approach, or the
glideslope mode has been manually cancelled, or
the aircraft is more than 1.3 dots below the
glideslope.
There are two stages of closure, initial closure
and persistent closure:
Initial closure
Persistent closure
11-1-4
May 15/95
GPWS alert captions

illuminate
Single TERRAIN-TERRAIN
aural warning.
GPWS alert captions
stay on
Repetitive PULL UP aural
warning with normal
emphasis.
:e
o
o
.....
m
.....
_,Wri......,"1'W
JETSTREAIW
SniEs J200
Mode 2B is active when:
-
flaps are in the landing position

GPWS FLAP OVRD is selected
the aircraft is on an ILS approach, with the
glideslope not cancelled, with a valid G/S
deviation of less than 1.3 dots below the
centreline.
There are two stages of closure, initial closure

and persistent closure:
Initial closure
Persistent closure -
12.4.3
GPWS alert captions

illuminate
single TERRAIN-TERRAIN aural
warning.
GPWS alert captions stay
illuminated
repetitive TERRAIN aural
warning.
Mode 3 - Descent after take-off

Mode 3 gives alerts for excessive altitude loss
after take-off or go-around from below 245 ft.
When a mode 3 alert occurs the GPWS alert
captions illuminate and a DONT SINK aural warning
is given every 3 seconds.
12.4.4
Mode 4 - Insufficient terrain clearance

Mode 4 gives three types of alerts with respect
to radio altitude, airspeed and flight mode .
. Mode 4A is active during cruise and approach with
the landing gear up. An alert occurs when the
mode 4A envelope is penetrated. An aural warning
is repeated every three seconds and the GPWS
alert captions illuminate.
If the aircraft speed is less than 178 kt the
aural warning is TOO LOW GEAR.
co
T-
o
o
:e
If the aircraft speed is above 178 kt the aural

warning is TOO LOW TERRAIN.
Mode 4B is active when the landing gear is down
below 700 ft Above Ground Level (AGL) or GPWS
FLAP OVRD previously selected. The GPWS alert
captions illuminate and one of three aural
messages are given every three seconds:
11-1-5
May 15/95
_,_,,~-
JETSTREAllll
SERiES J200
f laps retracted,
- TOO LOW FLAPS
airspeed less than 130 kts,
GPWS FLAP OVRD not selected
landing gear now up,

airspeed less than 130 kts,
- TOO LOW GEAR
airspeed greater than 130 kts - TOO LOW TERRAIN.

Mode 4C is active during take-off, with the
landing gear or f laps not in a landing
configuration.
It is controlled by a minimum
clearance calculation based on radio altitude and
airspeed.
The GPWS alert captions illuminate with
an aural warning TOO LOW TERRAIN every 3 seconds.
12.4.5
Mode 5 - Descent below glideslope

Mode 5 gives alerts for inadvertent descent below
the glideslope beam during an ILS approach.
Depending on the severity of the deviation, two
volume levels of GLIDESLOPE aura! warnings are
given. The normal volume alert is called a
'hard' alert, and the low volume a 'soft' alert.
The time delay between aural warnings varies with
the severity of the alert.
With the landing gear down and GPWS in the
approach rnode, mode 5 alerts and warnings are
given as follows:
Outer boundary (SOFT) -
BELOW G/S alert caption

on 'soft' GLIDESLOPE
aural warning.
Inner boundary (HARD) -
BELOW G/S alert caption

on 'hard' GLIDESLOPE
aura! warning.
Sirnultaneous mode 1 and mode 5 alerts will cause

staggered aural warnings, for example GLIDESLOPE
pause SINK RATE.
The GPWS alert captions and the
BELOW G/S alert caption will illuminate.
12.4.6
Mode 6 - Altitude callouts
J:
o
The GPWS gives the following altitude callouts:
-'
11-1-6
May 15/95
FIVE HUNDRED
TWO HUNDRED
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS
BANK ANGLE.
co
w
-AEROSPltU:S
JETSTREAIW
SmiEs J200
FIVE HUNDRED is called once per approach as the
aircraft descends through 500 ft AGL.
The callout
does not occur if ILS is selected or the aircraf t
is more than 2 dots below the glideslope.
TWO HUNDRED is called once per approach as the
aircraft descends through 200 ft AGL, unless
overridden by the minimum callout.
::.::
::i
G>
.5
o:
MINIMUMS-MINIMUMS is called once per approach as

the aircraft descends through the Decision Height
(DH) .
BANK ANGLE callout warns against excessively high
bank angles.
ll:'J'
00
,..
o
o
J:
11-1-7
May 15/95
lllR1f7mN ARROt#fSO/T
JETSTREAIW
SoiEsJ200
.: .'"
P2
RIGHT _...
PITOT
HEAD
(UPPER)
P1
}.'1
r---
LEFT
PITOT
HEAD
....
-....
1
LEFT
AIRSPEED
INDICATOR
LEFT
V.S.I.
LEFT
ALTIMETER
RIGHT
ALTIMETER
P3
,....,
RIGHT
PITOT
HEAD
( LOWER)
........
1
RIGHT
AIRSPEED
INDICATOR
RIGHT
V.S.I.
OVERSPEED
WARNING
SWITCH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GEAR WARNING
LOWSPEED
SWITCH
.--~~~~~~~-1
STATIC
CHANGEOVER
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
COMPUTER
CABIN
- DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
GAUGE
co~
PRESSURIZATION
DISCHARGE
VAL VE
CABIN
PRESSURE
SAFETY VALVE
()i1--~-1-~~~-+-~--+-~+----i~~-'-s1~~~~--1()
()
()
()
S3
()
()
()
()
()
LEFT VENT
PLATE
S6 ( )
ALTERNATIVE STATIC SOURCE

IN REAR EQUIPMENT BAY
RIGHT VENT
PLATE
G342823A
PITOT STATIC SYSTEM
11-2-1
H02178
Printed in the U.K.
Feb 15/96
"POWER OFF" FLAG (Orange)
RED LINE 100kta

- shows flaps VMcA
MAX SPEED POINTER (Vuo) 232kta

(Black, White, Yellow & Green)
l.A.S. POINTER (White)
BLUE LINE 120kta

- shows best rate of climb
speed wth one engine
inoperative at maximum all
up weight
WHITE ARC 88 150kta

- shows flaps extended range
C/0/1829A
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
11-3-1
22200460
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
JETSTRE'Allll
SaiESJ200

--
CODE OFF FLAG

- shows ATC automatic
altitude reporting not
signalled by altimeter
ALTITUDE DISPLAY
- shows altitude
information
ALTITUDE POINTER
- shows altitude in
hundreds of feet
ALTIMETER
DATUM CONTROL
ROTATED
- sets datum pressure in
MB display
MB DISPLAY
- datum setting in
millibars
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR
VERTICAL SPEED POINTER

- shows rate of change of
altitude in feet per minute
C/0/2003A
LEFT ALTIMETER AND LEFT VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR

11-3-2
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U. K.
22200566
JETSTREAIW
SaiEs J200
- shows ATC automatic

altitude reporting not
signalled by altimeter
- shows altitude in
hundreds of feet
ALTIMETER
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR
DATUM CONTROL
ROTATED
- sets datum pressure in
MB display
MB DISPLAY
- datum setting in
millibars
CLIMB
VERTICAL SPEED POINTER

- indicates rate of change of
altitude in feet per minute
C/Ot1633A
RIGHT ALTIMETER AND RIGHT VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR

11-3-3
Sep 15/92
22200435
Printed in the U.K.
iiMiiW~ICll"'
JETSTREAIW
SaiEsJ200
INTENTIONALLY NOT USED
11-3-4
Sep 15/92
Printecl in the U.K.
22200545
~~---
JETSTREAllll
SeES J200
FLIGHT DIRECTOR/AUTOPILOT
MODE SELECTOR
Provides !light director and auto-pilot
mode select1on and indication
Note 1 - selection of a mode without
auto-pilot engagement,
provides command cues to
the ADI to enable manual
control by pilot to achieve
mode selected
Note 2 - selection of a mode with
auto-pilot engaged
commands auto-pilot to
control path of aircraft to
achieve mode selected and
provides ADI cuas to enable
pilot to monitor auto-pilot
performance
HDG PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED
- provides inputs to ADI and
auto-pilot to command a turn
to achieve heading set by HSI
heading bug
NAV PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED
- selects HDG mode when NAV
receiver selected to a VOR or
ILS frequency and aircraft
outside beam capture
accompanied by HDG ON
caption (Green) on and NAV
ARM caption (Amber) on
ALT
AL"!:3El
\'S
HDG ON CAPTION (Green)

ON
- 1ndicates engagement ol
heading mode
Note - selected HDG mode
ovemdes NAV,BC,APR and
VOR APR modes
NAV CAP CAPTION (Green)

ON
indicates beam capture of
selected VOR or ILS beacon
accompanied by HDG ON and
NAV ARM captions going off
Note - at beam capture inputs to ADI
and auto-pilot command a
turn to aquire and maintain
radial and inbound course set
by course pointer on HSI
NAV ARM CAPTION (Amber)
ON
- indicates system armed to
capture beam of selected
VOR or 1LS beacon
Ci1/1584A
MODE SELECTOR - SHEET 1

11-3-5
22200338
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U. K.
&aJWASi'OSAIC'!6
JETSTREAllll
SEIES J200
,'.'11_.
CAUTION: WHEN USING

B.C. MODE THE HSI
COURSE POINTER MUST BE
SET TO THE LOCALIZER
1=_::dJ:;EJl+;l~=m~rrz~~=:~FRONTCOURSE
BC CAP CAPTION (Green)

ON
- indicates capture ot
locahzer back beam
accompanied by NAV CAP
caption (Green) on and
H DG ON capuon otf
Note - when BC mode is selected
the glide slope capture 1s
locked out
VOR APR ARM CAPTION (Amber)
ON
capture beam ot selected
VOR beacon
BC ARM CAPTION (Amber)

ON
capture localizar back
beam
APR PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED
- selects HDG mode when
NAV receiver selected to
an ILS frequency and
aircraft outside beam
capture accompanied by
HDG ON caption (Green)
on, NAV ARM capuon
(Amber) on and APR ARM
caption (Amber) on
VOR APR CAP CAPTION (Green)

ON
- indicates capture of
selected VOR beacon
accompanied by HDG ON
caption going off and NAV
CAP caption (Green) on
Note1. - at beam capture inputs to
ADI and auto-pilot
command a turn to
acquire and maintain
course pointer on HSI
2. - capture of the VOR beam
will cause the HDG ON
and NAV ARM captions to
go off and the NAV CAP
caption to come on
>i!)(;.
{]) ,
Ci)
:~::::;;;:,:::!:::~~;~;~>)~~CAP
-;;
AR
~.L.2:::==~;::::__,==~=====s~===============~__J
VOR APR PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED
selects HDG mode with NAV
receiver selected to a VOR
trequency and aircraft outside.
beam capture accompanied
by HDG ON capuon (Green)
on, NAV ARM caption
(Amber) on and VOR APR
caption (Amber) on
APR ARM CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- 1ndicates system armed to
capture glide slope beam
APR CAP CAPTION (Green)

ON
- 1ndicates capture of glide
slope beam
Note 1. - at localizer beam capture
inputs to ADI and auto-pilot
command a turn to acquire
and maintain course pointer
on HSI
2. - capture of localiser beam will
cause the HDG ON and NAV
ARM captions to go off and the
NAV CAP caption to come on
3.- at glide slope capture the APR
ARM capt1on goes otf and the
APR CAP capt1on comes on
4. - at glide si o pe capture any
previo u sly selected ver!lcal
mode wlil automatically
release
BC PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED
- selects HDG mode with
the NA V receiver selected
to a localizar frequency
and aircratt outside beam
capture accompanied by
HOG ON caption (Green)
on NAV ARM capt1on
(Amber) on and BC ARM
caption (Amber) spare on
Ci111577A

11-3-6
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200339
WIWWWAll'RO<m FCW'
JETSTREAAll
''
SaliEs J200
IAS PUSH BUTTON

PUSHEO
- provides inputs to AOI
and auto-pilot to hold the
aircraft speed at the time
of engagement
VS PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED
aircraft vertical speed at
the time ot engagement
ALTSEL PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED
- selects altitude acquired mode
ALT PUSH BUTTON
PRESSEO
aircraft altitude at the
time of engagement
ALT ON CAPTION (Green)

ON
- indicates engagement of
ALT mode
Note - pressing and holding the
TCS button enables the
pilot to acquire a new
aircraft altitude without
disengaging AL T mode
AL TSEL ARM CAPTION (Amber)
ON
capture preselected
altitude
SBY PUSH BUTTON/CAPTION

PRESS and HOLO
- resets all other flight
director modes
- biases AOI command bars
out of view
- biases FO flag in view on
AOI
- lights all flight director
mode captions
RELEASEO
- FO flag out of view on ADI
- SBY caption (Green) on
IAS ON CAPTION (Green)

ON
airspeed hold mode
ALTSEL CAP CAPTION (Green)

ON
- indicates capture of
preselected altitude
VS ON CAPTION (Green)
ON
VS mode
Note - pressing and holding the
TCS button enables the
pilot to acquire a new
aircraft vertical speed
without disengaging VS
mode
C/111570A

11-3-7
Sep 15/92
22200340
Printed in the U.K.
JETSTREAJW
Sai& J200
HDG CAPTION (Green)

ON
heading mode
MODE INDICATOR
AL T CAP CAPTION NOT USED
AL T HOLD CAPTION (Green)

ON
- 1ndicates engagement of
altitude hold mode
GO AROUND CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- indicates a go-around has
been selected
VOR APR ARM CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- indicates !light director
armed to capture selected
beacon for a VOR approach
VOR APR CAP CAPTION (Green)

ON
- indicates beam capture of
selected VOR beacon
C/0/1473A
MODE INDICATOR - SHEET 1

11-3-8
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200524
JETSTREAAI
SaiEs J200
,t( :~~.~
BC ARM CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- indicates !light di rector
system armed to capture
localiser back beam
r:::::::::::::::::::::.e:::::.:::::::.::::::::r:===~
L~.JL
::-----------:
,j
BC CAP CAPTION (Green)

ON
- indicates cap tu re of localiser
back beam
APR ARM CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- indicates !light di rector
armed to capture glide slope
beam
~APR
ON
CAP CAPTION (Green)

- indicates capture ol glide
slope beam
IAS CAPTION (Green)

ON
airspeed hold mode
NAV ARM CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- indicates !light director
armed to capture beam of
selected VOR or ILS beacon
NAV CAP CAPTION (Green)
ON
- indicates capture of selected
VOR or ILS beacon
VS CAPTION (Green)
ON
- indica tes engagement of
vertical speed hold mode
C/0/14 7 4A
MODE INDICATOR - SHEET 2
11-3-9
22200525
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
ISiRIJISN Amrilel&
....
JETSTREAllll
SaeJ200
TEST SWITCH
- tests flight director
annunciator filaments
'.
TEST
F/S
o
N
DIM
BRIGHT
DIM
HI
ro
A
R
E
R
LOW
DIM CONTROL
- controls intensity of
!light director/autopilot
annunciators
C[011764A
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
11-3-10
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200398
BHIW..._,...llCW'
JETSTREAIW
SmiaJ200
=
........
""
ESSENTIAL AVIONICS MASTER

SWITCH
ON
- powers the 28V de
avionics essential busbar
Note - VHF1. left CCS and
cockpit voice recordar {if
fitted) are hot wired to
essential busbar and not
controlled by essential
avionics master switch
AVIONCS
MASTER
~i@tft: :if:ili ~
'
l
MAIN AVIONICS MASTER
SWITCH
ON
- powers 28V de main
avionics busbar
ACT DISPLAY
ON
- shows trequencies being
changad
FLASHING
- shows radio frequency
not identical to upper
display frequency
tollina
UPPER DISPLAY
- displays receiver
frequency
- displays messages during
trequency storage and
sel! test
,-, ,-, ,-, ,-,

'-' C. C C
,-, ,-, ,-, -'
MEM/RMTIHLD DISPLAY
~
MEM - sho.ws a preset frequency
e 1
displayed in lower display
T 1
RMT - will illuminate when
.
1
receiving externa! remete
1
tuning
- will not illuminate when
MEM .
MT
receiving externa! remete~
tuning from a !light
management system
O~ HLD STO
HLD - shows DME held to active
trequency
OFF
Note - in HOLD mode, DME
frequency displayed in
TEST
lower display
C C. C '-'
-r.HLO
NAV
MODE SELECTOR
ON
- switches on receiver
HLD - allows NAV trequency to
be changad
- holds DME to current
active lrequency
LIGHT SENSOR
Automat1cally controls display
intens1ty
LOWER DISPLAY
Displays
- inactiva preset frequency
- diagnostic codes during
sel! test
- DME frequency when
DME HOLD selected
Note - it active trequency is
changed using frequency
selectors. dashes will be
displayed
STO PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED ONCE
- displays available memory
channel in upper display
- displays preset trequency
in lower display
PRESSED SECOND TIME
- enters lower display
preset frequency into
upper display
Note - 5 secs alter pressing the
STO twice. control returns
to normal two frequency
display
Ci0/1639A
NAV CONTROLLER - SHEET 1

11-3-11
Sep 15/92
22200399
Printed in the U.K.
s;raJ.,.,,~UW'
JETSTREAIW
Sai&J200
r Cr Cr ,-, ,-,
T '
,_, ' - ' C C
C ,-, C
' ,_,C '-'
,_, ,_,
1
MEM
RMT
HLD
NAV
XFR/MEM SWITCH
Spring loaded to centre position
XFR - transfers lower display
preset frequency to upper
display
- tunes transceiver to new
frequency
- previous active frequency
is now preset frequency
shown in lower display
MEM - shows a preset frequency
from the memory in lower
display inhibited in the air.
- the selector is spring
returned to OFF
FREQUENCYCONTROLS
Control frequency displays
LARGE KNOB ROTATED
- changes left three digits
SMALLER KNOB ROTATED
- changes right two digits
Note - to change preset
frequency rotate controls
- to changa active
frequency press ACT
button for two seconds
then rotate controls
VOLUME CONTROL
Controls rece1ver volume
TEST PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED ANO HELD
- starts sel! test
ACT PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED FOR 2 SECONDS
- enables frequency controls
to retune transceiver
- lower display shows
das hes
- upper display shows active
frequency
PRESSED AGAIN FOR 2
SECONDS
- returns display to normal
two frequency display
C/0/1640A
NAV CONTROLLER - SHEET 2

11-3-12
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200400
BMJAIN~f'WT
JETSTREAllll
Sees J200
UPPER WINDOW DISPLA V

Displays the trequency to which
the transceiver is tuned and
displays diagnosuc messages
during trequency memory storage
and self test
ACT DISPLAY
ACT (on)
- indicates that frequenc1es are
being changed
ACT (flashing)
- indicates that the actual radio
frequency is not identical to
the frequency displayed in
the upper window
-,--, 1-,
-, -,
XFR
A
e I I
1 I
Ct.
1
1I
1 C1
~f;;q;;;;c:y-~-_!_..!:_:!_
T
MEM / RMT D ISPLA V

MEM - indicates a preset frequency
is displayed in lower window
RMT - w1ll illuminate when receiving
externa! remete tuning
- will not illuminate when
receiving externa! remete
tuning trom a tlight
management system
MEM
'-'
RMT
MODE SELECTOR
ANT - the rece1ver functions asan
audio rece1ver
ADF - the rece1ver present's relative
bearmg to station
informatlon, on the AMI
TONE - selects the receiver to enable
morse cede identification o!
station to be heard
MM
ADF
TEST
VOLUME CONTROL
ROTATED
- sets audio volume
,-, ~
LOWER WINDOW DISPLAY

Displays the preset (inactive)
trequency and displays diagnostic
messages during self test
Note - when the active lrequency
is being changad using
the trequency selectors
dashes will be displayed
in lower window
QACT
LIGHT SENSOR
Automatically controls the
intens1ty of the display
STO PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED ONCE
- displays available
memory channel in place
of active trequency in
upper window but _
continues to display the
preset trequency in the
lower window
PRESSED SECOND TIME
- enters the displayed
preset frequency (lower
window) mto the memory
o! the channel displayed
Note
in the upper window
- 5 secs after pushing the
STO button for the second
time control returns to
normal two trequency
displays
Ci0/1689A
ADF CONTROLLER- SHEET 1

11-3-13
Sep 15/92
22200401
Printed in the U.K.
lllillnMNA6R06llJ
...
JETSTREAllll
SaiESJ200
C
~ C '-'
' C ,-,
1 '-' C.
A
,-,
MEM
,-,
C
,-,
C
XFR/MEM SELECTOR
Spring loaded to the centre inactiva
position
XFR - transfers the preset
frequency from lower window
to upper window and the
receiver is tunad to this new
frequency
Note - the prev1ously active
frequency becomes the new
preset frequency and is
displayed in the lower window
MEM - selects a preset frequency
from the memory bank and
displays it in the lower
window
Note - successive selections of
MEM cycle the tour
frequencies stored in memory
and display them in the lower
window
,-,
C
,-,
C
RMT
ADF
ADFTONE STO
AN~~
OFF
'~
--~~..,.....~ACT
TEST PUSH BUTTON
PRESSEO ANO HELO
- initiates a sel! test
diagnostic rouune
ACT PUSH BUTTON

PRESSEO ANO HELO FOR 2
SECONOS
- enables the frequency
selectors to directly
retune the transceiver
- the lower window will
display dashes and the
upper window will
conunue to display the
active frequency
Note - alter the des1red
lrequency 1s obtained
press the ACT button
momentarily to return
control to normal two
lrequency display
FREQUENCY SELECTORS
Two concentric knobs control the
preset or active trequency displays
- the larger knob changas the
1OOO's and 1OO's kHz digits
- the smaller knob changas the
10's units, and tenths kHz
digits
-c1011690A
ADF CONTROLLER - SHEET 2

11-3-14
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200402
WIWAllRC . . . lalt"
JETSTREAAll
Sai&J200
DEC/INC SWITCH
OEC - decreases compass card
heading on HSI and AMI
INC
increases compass card
heading on HSI and AMI
Note switch spring loaded to
centre
r:
COMP
FAST
ERECT
DEC
COMPASS
BOTH
NORM
BOTH
2
DG/MAG SWITCH
DG
- gives directional gyro
heading information
MAG - gives magnetic heading
information
SELECTOR GUARO
- pull down to operate selector
VG/FAST ERECT SWITCH

FAST EAECT
fast erects vertical gyro
VG
- vertical gyro in normal
operation
Note - switch is spring loaded to VG
COMPASS SELECTOR
NOAM - No 1 compass supplies heading
to left HSI and right AMI
- No 2 compass supplies heading
to right HSI and left AMI
BOTH 1
to both HSl's and AMl's
BOTH 2
to both HSl's and AMl's
C/0/185SA
COMPASS CONTROLLER
11-3-15
22200403
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
JETSTREAIW
Sai&J200
LUBBER LINE
COURSE POINTER
Shows the course set by the
course selector
HDG FLAG (Red)

HDG - indicates that the selected
heading reference is not
val id
COURSE DEVIATION BAR

HDG BUG
Shows the heading set by the
heading selector
GLIDE SLOPE POINTER

Shows the vertical position
relativa to the glide slope
NAV FLAG (Red)

NAV - indicates that the
navigation reference is
not va lid
VERT FLAG (Red)

VERT - indicates that the vertical
reference is not val id
AIRCRAFT SYMBOL
HDG SELECTOR
U sed to set desired magnetic
heading
COMPASS SYNCHRONISATION
ANNUNCIATOR
COMPASS CARO
Shows magnetic heading
TO-FROM INDICATION
COURSE SELECTOR
U sed to set VOR or LOC course
C/0/1891A
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR

11-3-16
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200526
JETSTREAAr
Sai& J200
HSI SELECTOR SWITCH

NAV 1 LEFT
NAV 2 RIGHT
- connects left HSI to NAV 1
system and right HSI to NAV
2 system
NAV 1 RIGHT
NAV 2 LEFT
- connects right HSI to NAV 1
system and left HSI to NAV 2
system
HSI
~n
NAV 1 I
NAV 1
ON
NAV 2
ON
Note -
NAV 2 CAPTIONS
HSI linked to NAV 1 system
HSI linked to NAV 2 system
PUSH TO DIM dims
annunciator captions
DIM
C/0/1856A
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR CONTROL

11-3-17
22200405
Printed in the U.K.
Sep 15/92
JETSTREAIW
Sai&J200
ROLL INDEX
Displays actual roll attitude by
position against fixed scale
ATTITUDE SPHERE
Moves with respect to symbolic
aircraft reference to display actual
pitch and roll attitude pitch
attitude marks are in 5
increments
FIXED BANK SCALE
AIRCRAFT SVMBOL
Shows the position of the aircraft
in relation to the horizon index
RADIO AL TI TU DE BAR
GFLAG
FD FLAG
FD
lndicates a failure of the attitude

reference
- indicates the !light

director reference is not
val id
PITCH ATTITUDE TRIM KNOB
PITCH COMMAND BAR

Provides pitch guidance
commands from the !light director
EXPANDED LOCALIZER POINTER

SLIP INDICATOR
CI0/1892A
GYRO HORIZON
11-3-18
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200527
B#!MIW Aalilazq -W
JETSTREAAI
SEllB J200
FLAG (Red)
- indicates loss of power to
instrument
PITCH UP/PITCH DOWN SCALE
SYMBOLIC AIRCRAFT
FAST ERECT KNOB

- pull to fast erect horizon
C/0/1780A
STANDBY ARTIFICIAL HORIZON

11-3-19
22200407
Printed in the U.K.
Sep 15/92
JETSTREAIW
SaiESJ200
FAILURE FLAG (Red)

- shows power failure
'.I
No 2 POINTER
INDICATOR ARROW
- shows position of No 1
ADF/VOR switch
No 1 ADFIVOR SWITCH
ADF - No 1 pointer follows ADF
information
VOR - No 1 pointer follows No 1
NAV system information
No 2 ADFIVOR SWITCH
ADF - No 2 pointer follows ADF
information
VOR - No 2 pointer follows No 2
NAV system information
INDICATOR ARROW
- shows position of No 2
ADF/VOR switch
C/0/1669A
RADIO MAGNETIC INDICATOR

11-3-20
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200408
JETSTREAIW
SaiBJ200
RIGHT DISPLAY
HLO - DME HOLD selected on NAV
controller
KT
- ground speed displayed in knots
MIN
- computad time to selected
station displayed in minutes
ID
- DME station code displayed
Note - DME station identification is
transmitted every 30 secs, but 2
minutes could elapse belore
station ident code is displayed
LEFT DISPLAY
1
- information from NAV 1 system
displayed
2
- information trom NAV 2 system
displayed
3
- information from NAV 1 preset
frequency displayed
WPT - waypoint
NM
- slant range distance in nautical
miles to selected DME station
-, ::.
'.
WPT NM
J. ,_
HLD
KT
MIN
CH PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED repeatedly
- selects channel 1, 2, or 3
display
ID
LIGHT SENSOR
- controls display
intensity automatically
SEL PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED repeatedly
- selects KT. MIN, or ID
display
PWR PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED
- energises DME system.
- displays 1, NM and ID when
power applied
PRESSED AGAIN
- switches off DME system
C/0/1781A
DME INDICATOR
11-3-21
Sep 15/92
22200409
Printed in the U.K.
SIRIJW# A,..,.....IQll"
JETSTREAIW
SaiESJ200
INTCONTROL
Controls display intensity
HOLD PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED
- treezes display until a
different moda or range
selected or HOLD
pressed again
- display cycles between
HOLD and selected mode
- target updating will not
occur
B
0
0
0
'
v
OFF PUSH BUTTON
PRESSED
- switches off radar system
SBY PUSH BUTTON
WX PUSH BUTTON
lf system has warmed up
PRESSED
Note
- energises radar system

- starts 60 second warm up period
- after 20 seconds SBY, five range
lines and three azimuth marks are
displayed in blue
- range annunciators are displayed
if a range push button is selected
PRESSED
Note
- antenna scans in weather detect

mode with auto cyclic contouring
of storm cells
- contouring storm cell display
cycles between red and black
- detectable weather appears in
black, green, yellow or red
- azimuth marks, range lines,
range annunciators and WX are
displayed in blue
C/0/1782A
WEATHER RADAR - SHEET 1

11-3-22
Sep 15/92
Printed in the UK
22200410
JETSTREAIW
Saies J200
TARGET ALERT ANNUNCIATOR

T (in red square)
ON
- shows target alert system armad
- no contouring weather in target
are a
TGT (in red rectangle)
Flashing
- shows contouring weather
detectad in target area
WXR-m
QHOLD
INT
GAINITGT CONTROL SWITCH

6-position switch controls the gain of the
receiver and enables target alert system
MIN
- lowest sensitivity of receiver
MAX - highest sensitivity of receiver
Note - if gain not set to MAX, mode
annunciator cycles between
selected mode and GAIN
TGT - arms the target alert system
unless MAP selected
Note - target alert system is operable
only in WX mode and MAX gain
position
TILT CONTROL
- adjusts antenna pitch axis
between + 15 and -15
PULL/STAB/OFF PUSH BUTTON

PUSHEDIN
- stabilises antenna in pitch and
roll
MODE ANNUNCIATOR
PULLED OUT
SBY - standby mode
- disables antenna stabilisation
MAP - mapping mode
WX
- weather detection mode
TST - test mode
HOLD - hold mode
FAUL T- fault detectad in system
Note - if fault is transient selecting SBY
resets logic
- if fault remains switch OFF
C/0/1783A

11-3-23
Sep 15/92
22200411
Printed in the U.K.
WJW#.A.m;IOSF
cr
JETSTREAIW
SaiEs J200
CAUTION:
A RANGE MUST BE SELECTEO
WITH WX OR MAP MOOES.
IF NO RANGE IS SELECTEO NO
TARGETS WILL BE OISPLAYEO
AL THOUGH THE SYSTEM IS
TRANSMITTING ANO SELECTEO
MOOE, RANGE LINES ANO
AZIMUTH MARKS ARE OISPLAYEO
QHOLD
WXR-270
INT
l 2so 1
0
0
RANGE PUSH BUTTONS

PRESSEO
- selected ranga is displayed
by five range lines
- 50 mile range line spacing
250
100
50
- 1O mile ranga line spacing
25
1O
- 2 mile ranga line spacing
MAP PUSH BUTTON

lf system is warmed up
PRESSEO
- antenna scans in mapping mode
- auto contouring inhibited
- ground targets displayed in black,
blue. yellow or magenta
- range lines, azimuth marks and
MAP displayed in green
C/0/1778A

11-3-24
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200412
Silil)Wr'~ll:W'
JETSTRE'Allll
SaiBJ200
CONTOURING TEST PATTERN

GREEN BAND
YELLOW BAND
CYCLIC CONTOUR BAND
AL TERNATING RED-BLACK-RED
YELLOW BAND
GREEN BAND
TST PUSH BUTTON

lf a range is selected
PRESSED
- starts self test
- displays test pattern alter 60
seconds
Note - 25 mile range gives normal test
pattern size
C/0/1774A
WEATHER RADAR TEST DISPLAY

11-3-25
Sep 15/92
22200413
Printed in the U.K.
JETSTREAllll
Sai&J200

.
, :,
ATC CODE DISPLAY

Displays the reply code to which
the transponder is tuned and
displays diagnostic messages
during sel! test
Note - if the displayed code is
one of the emergency
cedes the display will
flash befare transmission
begins
TX/RMT WINDOW DISPLAY

Collin
~
TX
- indicates transponder is
,-,
1
1/2 SWITCH
1- 1 1-,
replying lo interrogat1on
,-,
1
- the first of the two
1 1 1 1
~ transpon,i::ters is selected
RMT - will illuminate when
receiving externa! remate
far operation
tuning
2
- the second of. the two
2
will not illuminate when
RMT
rx
transponders is selected
receiving externa! re mote
f:::::==========::::;:::==::=t
far operation
tuning from a flight
ATC
management system
~i~~ID~To
~TEST
Q Q
QP
RE
ATC CONTROLLER - SHEET 1
C/0/1648A
11-3-26
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200528
.,.,,-~
JETSTREAIW
SERiES J200
Colllns
MODE SELECTOR
STBY - powers the transponder
but prevents it from
transmitting replies
ON
- transponder operates
without transmitting
altitude information
AL T - transponder operation
includes altitude
i nformation
,-, ,-, C1 ,-,

C C '-' C1
RMT
TX
ATC
IDENT PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED
- gives additional pulse
reply for positive
identification
LIGHT SENSOR
Automatically controls the intensity
of the display
TEST PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED
- initiates sel! test
Note - the 1/2 switch position
determines which
transponder is active
during test
CODE SELECTORS
- two concentric knobs
control the active code
display
- the larger knob changes the
two left-hand digits and the
smaller knob changes the
two right-hand digits
- the right -hand digit is
incremented or
decremented for each
detent of tte smaller knob if
the knob is slowly turned
- rapid rotation of either knob
will cause changes
proportional to the rate of
rotation
- roll-over of the right-hand
digits will occur at O and 7
and will cause the left-hand
digits to be incremented or
decremented
- the left two digits and the
right two digits are
independent of each other
Note - to change pres et frequency
for storage, push and hold
PRE push button then
rotate selectors
PRE PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED ANO HELD
- whilst rotating code
selectors presets code for
storage
RELEASED AFTER CODE SET
- enters preset code into
memory storage
PRESSED MOMENTARIL Y
- recalls preset code to
active mode
C001661A
ATC CONTROLLER - SHEET 2
11-3-27
1 H01006
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
llilRll'nSNAIROlilFlllDE
JETSTREAIW
SetiES J200
\
DIM/BRIGHT SELECTOR
Controls intensity of OUTER,
MIDDLE and AIRWAYS captions
BRIGHT
HI
Hl/LOW SWITCH
Controls intensity of beacon
audio signals
OUTER CAPTION (Blue)

ON
- shows aircraft positioned over a
terminal outer marker beacon
accompanied by audio warning
400Hz
MIDDLE CAPTION (Amber)
ON
- shows aircraft positioned over a
terminal middle marker beacon
1300Hz
AIRWAYS CAPTION (White)
ON
- shows aircraft positioned over an
airways marker beacon
3000Hz
C001784A.01
MARKER BEACON SYSTEM

11-3-28
Aug 15/95
Printed in the U.K.
H01004
JETSTREAJW
SElli& J200
Note: loss of power to instrument causes

pointer to go off scale at lower end.
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
TURN POINTER
INCLINO METER
TURN ANO SLIP INDICATOR

C/0/1631A
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE AND TURN AND SLIP INDICATORS

11-3-29
Sep 15/92
22200531
Printed in the U.K.
l!llRl'l'Wfl~lOT
JETSTRE'AIW
Sai&J200
UP/SET/D SELECTOR
UP
increases seconds
display by one second
SET normal position
D
decreases seconds
display by one second
Note control spring returned to
SET
HOUR DISPLAY
1
1
B/DIM/1 HR UP SELECTOR
B
bright display setting
DI M dim display setting
1 HA UP
increase hour display by
one hour
-,,-
Li..DAVTRONb.aL
ZROS
MINUTE
'-, g7'-I
-
TIME/FT/ET SELECTOR
TIME displays real time
F.T.
displays !light time
E.T. displays elapsed time
Note !light timer controlled by
aircraft !light switches
RUN
t
P
DISPLAY
ZERO/STOP/RUN SELECTOR
ZERO zeros elapsed t1mer
STOP - stops elapsed t1mer
AUN starts elapsed t1mer
Note selecting ZERO w1th clock
not powered resets !light
timer
SECOND DISPLAY
C/O/f786A
CLOCK
11-3-30
Sep 15/92
Printed in the U.K.
22200468
.,..,.,.,,AllROllflltla.
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
';..:,
CALIBRA TION IS ONL Y

VALID WHEN BOTH
GENERATORS ANO
WINDSCREEN HEATERS
ARE SWITCHED OFF
STANDBY COMPASS
- shows magnetic heading
- must be used with its colocated deviation card to
obtain corrected magnetic
heading
- - - - TEST
----ir ,'..:'.'.'.:'.i.'.1
:: j,
...
CD
.....
,..
o
STATIC CHANGEOVER SELECTOR

NORMAL
- in the vertical position the
static source is for the normal
vent plate
AL T - in the horizontal position the
static source is the
alternative vent in the rear
equipment bay

O/SPEED
- tests the overspeed warning
horns
:e
C/1/1857A
STANDBY COMPASS/STATIC CHANGEOVER/OVERSPEED HORN

11-3-31
May 15/95
l!IRlnBH~
JETSTREAIW
SetiEs J200

r'')}:t
1.
1,
,..._,
WARNING FLAG (Red)
RAD ALT DISPLAY

Shows radio altitude between O and
2500 feet
Note - display increment is 1Oft
below 1OOOft and 50ft above
1OOOft
OH CAPTION (Amber)
ON
- aircraft at or below set
decision height
Note - OH caption is off with aircraft
on ground
l
1,- ,-, ,-,
1 :-. ,_, ,_,
RADALT
OH DISPLAY
Normally shows set decision height
IF RED WARNING FLAG IN VIEW
- system not powered
OR
- indicator processor faulty
OH
PUSH TEST KNOB

PRESSED
- shows set decision height on
RAD AL T display for 2 secs
- shows system test altitude on
RAD AL T display for 2 secs
- shows 8888 on RAD AL T
display until TEST switch
released
ROTA TE O
- sets decision height required
C001893A
RADIO ALTIMETER
AIRCRAFT 819,824,863,886,888,896,902,903 ONLY
11-3-32
May 15/95
:e
o
o
....
.,,,,...,, AllR06l"ltl06
JETSTREAIW
SaiEsJ200
SWITCH GUARO
GPWS FLAP OVRD CAPTION (Blue)

Lift SWITCH GUARO
PUSH - desensitises the GPWS alerts
and warning envelopes to
minimum performance
Note - the use of this switch is
controlled by the Airline
Operational Procedures
fC] BELOW
l[;J GIS
co
.....
,...
o
o
:e
GPWS CAPTION (Red)

ON
- GPWS alert for modes 1 to 4
accompanied by an aural
message
PUSH - self tests the GPWS when the
aircraft is on the ground
- cannot be operated whilst in
flight
- the test will include GPWS alert
captions illumination and aural
warnings
Note - there are two stages of self test
NORMAL
- no detected system faults are
indicated by the CAP GPWS
INOP caption (Amber)
- any repeat of the self test should
be delayed for at least 30 secs to
enable computer initialisation
FAUL T- a GPWS system fault has been
detected and the CAP GPWS
INOP caption (Amber) is lit
- the GPWC will analyse registered
faults and produce an aural, one
time message of the fault source
- for example 'RADIO AL TIMETER'
- a repeat of the self test is
available immediately
GPWS INOP CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- shows a power supply failure to
the GPWS ora GPWS fault
GIS CANCLD CAPTION (Amber)
ON
- BELOW GIS feature (mode 5)
cancelled
BELOW G/S CAPTION (Amber)

ON
- inadvertent descent below
glideslope during an ILS
approach
- accompanied by an aural message
PUSH - cancels the BELOW G/S feature
(mode 5) and the G/S CANCLD
caption (Amber) comes on
LEFT HAND SHOWN

RIGHT HAND OPPOSITE
C002132A
GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM

AIRCRAFT 819,824,863,886,888,896,902,903 ONLY
11-3-33
May 15/95
lilRIJW~
JETSTREAIW
SERiEs J200
CHAPTER 12 COMMUNICATIONS & RECORDING
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
PAGE
DATE
Aug 15/95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aug 15/95
12-1
Aug 15/95
12-2
1
2
3
Dec
Sep
Jan
Dec
Aug
15/89
1/89
15/89
15/89
15/95
12-EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
H01826
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
_,,_,,,_
JETSTREAIW
SmiEs J200
, r
-~
CHAPTER 12
COMMUNICATIONS AND RECORDING
LIST OF CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flight Interphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ernergency Locator Transrnitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
12-1-1
12-1-1
12-1-1
12-1-1
12-1-1
.
.
.
.
.
12-2-1
12-2-2
12-2-3
12-2-4
12-2-5
CONTROL AN INDICATION
Antenna Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VHF Controller - Sheet l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VHF Controller - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CCS Control Uni t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ernergency Locator Transrnitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 12 CONTENTS
Page 1
H01698
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
-~
JETSTREANI
SERiEs J200
i.
,.J
CHAPTER 12
COMMUNICATIONS AND RECORDING
l.
GENERAL
The basic system comprises VHF communication equipment, and an
interphone system.
2.
VHF
Two separate identical VHF radio installations are fitted to
provide communications in the 118 to 135.975 MHz band.
3.
AUDIO INTEGRATION
Each pilot's audio select panel provides integration of radio
communications and radio navigation audio signals.
4.
FLIGHT INTERPHONE
The flight interphone system permits communication between the
pilots and broadcasts over the passenger address system.
5.
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER

An emergency locator transmitter powered by a self contained
battery is fitted in the rear equipment bay. The transmitter
automatically transmits distress signals if impact occurs.
12-1-1
1HOl 705
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
BRIT1SH AEROS-CE
JETSTREANI
SeRiES }200

"..;'
:.::
:::>
=
"O
.!
e:
;:
Q.
7
A/0/402X-1
l.{)
co
o
o
o
N
N
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DESCRIPTION
VHF 1
ADF
Emergency Locator Transmitter
VOR/ILS Localiser
Marker
VHF 2
ATC Transponder
DME
ANTENNAE LOCATION
12-2-1
Dec 15/89
BRtTISH AEROS#VCE
JETSTREANI
SeRies }200

ROOFPANEL
AVIONICS
MASTER
ESSENTIAL AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH
MAll'<
ESSENTIAL
l ;ii
l:::J
n
ON
- powers 28V de Essent1al av1on1cs

busbar.
Note - VHF1, left CCS and CVR (if fitted)
are hot wired to the busbar and
not controlled by th1s switch.
;;;;;;;;;;;;>;;;;;;; ;;;;;;
MAIN AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH

ON
MEM/J"X DISPLAY
powers 28V de Main avionics

busbar.
Collins
MEM - shows preset frequency displayed

1n lower display.
TX
shows transmitter istransm1tting.
AcT
,,
-, ,_,
',,
' ,-''=' ' ,
'' = '' ,,
:1 '
I
MEM
XFR
()
sro6M
TEST
o o
OFF/ON/SQ OFF SWITCH

ON
switches on transceiver
SQOFF
inhibits squelch circuits.
MEM
r'\.
r'\.
ACT
e
e
e
a
e:
e
STO PUSH BUTTON

Pressed once
- Shows available memory channel
in upper display
- Shows preset frequency in lower
display.
Pressed twice
- enters lower display preset
frequency 1nto memory channel
shown in upper display
Note - 5 secs after STO pressed twice
normal two frequenc;y display
returns
C/0/761X
VHF TRANSCEIVER SHEET 1

12-2-2
~Sep
1/ 89
EIR#TISH AER05'WCE
JETSTREANI
SERES
J200
UPPER DISPLA V
displays
- frequency of transceiver
- diagnostic message during
frequency storage and self
test.
ACT DISPLAV _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _l.._''llins

ACTON
ACT
-frequencies being changed.
ACT FLASHING
I
1 11 -1 11
- radio frequency not identical
1
1
1 ,_,
to upper display frequency.
1 ,1 ,-, -,
=
= ' =
MEM
LOWER DISPLAY
displays
- presetfrequency
- diagnostic code during self
test
- dashes
during
active
frequency changes.
FREQUENCY ~ONTROLS
Control frequency displays.
Large knob ROTATED
- changes left three digits
Smaller knob ROTA TED
- changes right two digits
Note - to change lower frequency
rotate controls
- to change uper frequency
press ACT button for 2 secs,
observe dashes in lower
window, rotate frequency
controls.
VOLUME CONTROL
'r-
Ul
o
o
o
N
N
XFR/MEM SWITCH
Spring loaded to centre position
XFR - transfers preset frequency
from lowerto upperdisplay.
- tunes transceiver to new
frequency.
- previous active frequency is
displayed in lower display.
MEM - displays a preset frequency
from memory in lower
display.
LIGHT SENSOR
- controls display
automatically.
TEST PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED ANO HELD
- sta rts self test.
ACT PUSH BUTTON

PRESSED for 2 secs.
- enables frequency controls to
retune transceiver.
- lower display shows dashes.
PRESSED AGAIN for 2 secs
- returns display to normal two
frequency display.
C/1/250X-1
VHF TRANSCEIVER SHEET 2
12-2-3
Jan 15/89
~A~
JETSTREANI
SeRies l200
s~
AUDIO SELECT SWITCH ES

UP
associated radio function is
rece1ved va headset or speakers.
:;
....e
':/'
"'
VHF1
FPA
VHF2
NAV1
NAV2
@ @ @ @ @ @ @
ADF1
ADF2
DME1
DME2
MKR1
MKR2
@ @ @ @ @ @
ve
RX
~crDIl
K
R
E(@)N
M
O
!
R
R
M
....
PUl.l
EMER/NORM SWITCH
SPKR/TELS SWITCH
SPKR selected recever funct1on
relayed va flight deck
speakers.
TELS selected reciever funct1on
relayed va headphones.
RX VOL CONTROL
controls receiver volume.
VCCONTROL
interphone ON/OFF switch
and volume control.
NORM
normal operation.
EMER position selected if CCS fails.
U1
C/0/837X1
12-2-4
Dec 15/89
CONTROL UNIT
o
o
o
MICSWITCH
VHF1 m1crophone connected to
VHF1 transceiver.
VHF2 m 1crophone con nected to
VHF2 transceiver.
PA
microphone connected to PA
system
ces
N
N
-~
JETSTREAIW
SmiEs J200
RESET REMOTE SWITCH

PUSH - resets EL T alter automatic
operation
RESE"'
ELT ---,
ON
TEST
0
REMOTE SWITCH
ON TEST
- EL T transmits distress signal
immediately
ARM - automatic mode selected,
impact 'G' switch will
automatically actuate
transmitter on emergency
fanding of sufficient 'G' force
~REMOTE~
ARM
ON
OFF
ON/OFF/ARM SELECTOR
ON
- EL T transmits distress signa!
immediately
OFF - EL T off
ARM - automatic mode selected,
impact 'G' switch will
automatically actuate
transmitter on emergency
landing of sufficient 'G' force
Note 1 - both selector and remete
switch must be set to ARM for
automatic operation
2- if the EL T is actuated
accidently, set the
ON/OFF/ARM selector to
OFF, push the RESET
REMOTE switch, then set the
ON/OFF/ARM switch to ARM
E002027A
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
12-2-5
1 Hl 711
Printed in the U.K.
Aug 15/95
COPY I CON NO ............... .
BAE SYSTEMS

EMERGENCY & ABNORMAL
CHECKLIST
Manufacturers Operating Manual Part 3
Manual Ref: MOM-3-HP4.16
This part of the Manufacturers Operating Manual is covered by
the certification and qualifying NOTE at the front of MOM Part 1.
BAE SYSTEMS ple
The copyright in this document, which contains information of a

proprietary nature, is vested in BAE SYSTEMS ple. The
contents of this document may not be used for purposes other
than that for which it has been supplied, and may not be
reproduced, either wholly or in part, in any way whatsoever,
nor may it be usad by, or its contents divulgad to, any person
whatsoever without the prior permission of BAE SYSTEMS ple.
BAE SYSTEMS ple and its subsidiary, affiliate and associated
companies disclaim all liability whether in contract or in tort
(including but not limited to negligence) or for breach of
statutory obligation and shall not in any circumstances be liable
for any losses, actions, claims, proceedings, judgements,
damages, compensation, obligations, injuries, expenses, or
other liabllities, whether direct or consequential, arising wholly
or in part from the unauthorised reproduction or use of this
document.
BAE SYSTEMS ple 2002.
Ali rights reservad
J32 00/01/00
INTRODUCTION
JETSTREAM 3200 SERIES EMERGENCY ANO ABNORMAL

CHECKLIST OPERATIONAL CONCEPT
The aircraft Emergency & Abnormal Checklist is for use in !light and for situations on the ground,
that might constitute a hazard to the aircraft or passengers. The concept of aircraft operation
assumed throughout this checklist is as follows:The aircraft will not commence a flight, with a known unserviceability, unless the Minimum
Equipment List (MEL) specif ically allows for it.
2.
The procedure to be adopted, following an unserviceability becoming apparent on the

ground is as follows:2. 1
AIRCRAFT STATIONARY:Carry out any memory actions required, consult checklist (if applicable), and MOM
Part 1. Consult the MEL, if !light is considered. The aircraft must not be flown,
unless any unserviceabilities carried are specifically allowed, for that flight, within
the terms of the MEL.
The aircraft may be taxied unless prohibited by the checklist.

2.2
AIRCRAFT TAXYING:Bring the aircraft to a halt. Then as for Para 2.1
2.3
AIRCRAFT T AKING OFF (ground roll):Speed below 70 kt - Stop far any CAP. warning, malfunction or other condition
affecting safety. Then as far Para 2. 1
Speed between 70 kt and V1 - Stop only for:(1)
A red warning on the left or right portions of the CAP, or
(2)
When indications show that an engine failure has occurred, or is about to
occur, or
(3)
A condition existing, which in the opinion of the Captain justifies

abandoning the take-off.
Then as far Para 2.1

For other warnings, continue the take-off, when safely airborne carry out any
memory actions required, consult the checklist (if applicable).and MOM Part 1.
Speed between V1 and VA - Continua the take-off, when safely airborne, carry out
any memory actions required, consult the checklist (if applicablc).and MOM Part 1 .
ldentification of Emergency and Abnormal Checklist cards:
Each card will be uniquely identified by the card number at the top of the card, combined with a
three element number in the bottom right comer of the card. The three element number will be
constructed as follows:
J32 00/01/00
OO=Variant/ 01 =lssue number/ OO=Modification status
Variant 00 - Basic card which applies to all JETSTREAM 3200 series checklists. 01, 02 variants
which apply to particular checklists only.
lssue number 01 - lncrements each time card is revised.
Modification status 00 -- Basic or pre mod card. Status 01, 02 or above indicate post mod cards,
used in conjunction with List of Effective Cards.
When modifications affect emergency or abnormal procedures, checklist cards which cover both
pre and post mod conditions will be providcd. This enables customization of Emergency and
Abnormal Checklists.
The List of Effective Cards (LOEC) lists all curren! cards both pre and post mod.
lt is the responsibility of the operator to ensure the Emergency and Abnormal Checklist reflects the
modification state of the aircraft.
J32 00/01/00
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CONTENTS 1
EMERGENCY ANO ABNORMAL DRILLS

Ditching
- 1
CAP [CABIN] Red Caption
- 2
EMERGENCY DESCENT
- 2
::>
CAP [DOOR] Red Caption Warnings
w
o...
CAP [POD DOOR] Amber Caption llluminated (if fitted)
- 3 1
- 4 1
Window Failures
- 4
Cabin Pressure Greater than 6 PSID
- 5
CAP [AIR OFF] Amber Caption llluminated

CAP [DUCT] Amber Caption llluminated
a:
(f)
(f)
<{
oo
a:
DOOR
POD DOOR
- 6 1
- 6
AIR OFF
CAP [O!TEMP] Amber Caption llluminated
- 7
O/TEMP
CAP [AIR CONTAM] Amber Caption llluminated (if fitted)
AIR CONTAM
Freon System Failures (lf fitted)
- 7
- 7
Fire, Smoke or Fumes, Flt. Deck or Cabin
- 8
CAP [SMOKE] Red Caption llluminated
- 9
SMOKE
CAP [POD SMOKE] Red Caption llluminated (if fitted)
- 9
PODSMOKE
CAP [FIRE] Red Caption or Severe Engine Damage
-1
CAP [DETECT] Amber Caption llluminated
-1 1
DETECT
CAP [OIL] Red Caption llluminated
-11
OIL
Double Engine Failure
-1 2
Engine Relight (Auto)
-13
Engine Relight (Manual)
-14
Engine Failure or Emergency ln-Flight Shut Down

Erratic Engine Torque/EGT/RPM lndications
-15
-1 6
Lack Of Engine Response To Power Lever Movement
-1 6
Engine Failure on Take-Off
-1 7
Landing With One Engine lnoperative
-18
Go-around With One Engine lnoperative
-18
CAP [BETA] Amber Caption llluminated

Beta Warning Horn On Ground
-19 1
-19
Abnormal Oil Pressure I Temperature lndications
-20
Uncommanded APR Operation (if fitted)
-20
CAP [SRL] Amber Caption llluminated

Oil Cooler Flap Amber Caption llluminated
-21 1
-22
Engine lgnition
-22
CAP [FUEL] Amber Caption llluminated
-23
CAP [FUEL FILTER] Amber Caption
-23
Fuel [LOW] Amber Caption llluminated (left centre panel)
-24
Crossfeed (left centre panel)
-24
a:
co
CABIN
DUCT
<{
a:
u:
z
C)
z
_J
::>
lL
J 32 00102100
FIRE
1
1
BETA
SRL
FUEL
FUEL Fil TER
1
1
CONTENTS 2

CAP [W/S] Amber Caption llluminated
-25
Airframe Ice Protection Failure
-25
Cyclic Timer Failure
-25
[ELEV] Green Caption Extinguished
-26
Propeller Anti lcing Failure
-26
CAP [GEN] Amber Caption llluminated
-27
GEN
CAP [BUS FAIL] Red Caption llluminated
-28
BUS FAIL
CAP [BUS TIE OPEN] Amber Caption llluminated
-29
BUSTIE OPEN
CAP [EMERG LTS] Amber Caption llluminated
-29
EMERG LTS
Battery 150 F Red Light
-29
CAP [SERIES] Amber Caption llluminated
-30
SERIES
CAP [ST ARTER] Amber Caption llluminated
-30
STARTER
CAP [BAT] Amber Caption llluminated
-30
BAT
CAP [INV] Red Caption llluminated
-31
INV
CAP [AC ESS] Amber Caption llluminated
-32
ACESS
CAP [AC MAIN] Amber Caption llluminated
-33
ACMAIN
CAP [ST ALL] Amber Caption llluminated
-34
STALL
Flight In Turbulent Air
-34
Loss Of Normal Braking
-35
Emergency Lowering Of Landing Gear
-35
Landing gear (All) Locked Up
-36
Nose Gear Not Locked Down
-37
Main Gear Not Locked Down
-38
<{
Emergency Lowering Of Flaps
-39
o
>-
CAP [HYD] Amber Caption llluminated
-40
Landing With Flaps Up
-40
Landing Gear Lever Locked Down
-40
Hydraulic Pump Pressure Abnormally Low Or Lost
-41
Main Supply (Brakes) Pressure Abnormally Low Or Lost
-41
z
<{
a:
--w
(f)
a:
~
o
w
__J
w
--- z
>-o
Lio
(f)
:::
::>
a:
:r:
W/S
HYD
J32 00/01/00
CONTENTS 3
(f)
-z---.
o
<{
a:
lnterphone Failure
-42
FDR [FAIL] Caption (centre instrument panel)
42
Primary lnstrument Discrepancy
-43
Primary Attitude lndicator Failure
-43
Altitude Alert System Failure
-43
LH Altimeter Failure
-43
FPA [FAIL] Amber Caption
-44
FPA I Radio Altimeter I Altitude Alerter System Failures
-44
Radio Altimeter I Altitude Alerter System Failures
-44
[L-NAV BATT] Red Caption llluminated
-45
Altitude Alerter Failure
-46
CAP [GPWS] Red Caption llluminated
-47
CAP [GPWS INOP] Amber Caption llluminated
-47
[UP] or [DN] Amber Pitch Trim Captions llluminated
-48
Roll Trim Caption llluminated
48
Autopilot/Yaw Damper/Elevator Trim Malfunction
-49
Yaw Damper Malfunction
-50
Water Methanol failure On Take-Off
-51
Engine Failure En-Route
-51
Flight in Volcanic Ash or Dust
-52
Emergency Evacuation (located on back cover)
-56
J 32 00102100
1
1
GPWS
GPWSINOP
1
1
CONTENTS 4
CAP CAPTIONS WITH ASSOCIATED

EMERGENCY & ABNORMAL CARO NUMBERS
LEFT
FIRE
DOOR
INV
SMOKE
OIL
FUEL
FILTER
10
31
11
23
DETECT
Off EMP
INV
BAT
11
31
30
AC ESS
DUCT
W/S
STARTER
SAL
BETA
32
25
30
21
19
STALL
AIR OFF
HORN
EMERG LTS
FUEL
REV
34
29
23
FUEL
FILTER
OIL
23
11
RIGHT
GEN
27
- BUS
FAIL
CABIN
FIRE
28
10
BAT
BUS TIE
OPEN
OffEMP
DETECT
30
29
11
BETA
SAL
STARTER
W/S
DUCT
AC MAIN
19
21
30
25
33
REV
FUEL
SERIES
HYD
AIROFF
STALL
23
30
40
34
GEN
27
J32 00/01 /00
INTENTIO NALL Y BLANK
CONTENTS 4

LEFT
FIR E
DOOR
INV
SMOKE
OIL
FUEL
FILTER
10
31
11
23
DETECT
OfTEMP
INV
BAT
11
31
30
AC ESS
DUCT
W/S
STARTER
SRL
BETA
32
25
30
21
19
STALL
AIA OFF
HORN
EMERG LTS
FUEL
REV
34
29
23
RIGHT
GEN
27
- -
FUEL
FILTER
OIL
POD
SMOKE
BUS
FAIL
CABIN
FIRE
23
11
28
10
BAT
BUS TIE
OPEN
OfTEMP
DETECT
30
29
11
GEN
27
BETA
SRL
STARTER
W/S
DUCT
AC MAIN
19
21
30
25
33
REV
FUEL
SERIES
HYD
AIR OFF
STALL
23
30
40
34
J32 00/01 /01
CONTENTS 4

FIRE
DOOR
INV
SMOKE
OIL
FUEL
FILTEA
10
31
11
23
DETECT
OfTEMP
INV
BAT
AIR
CONTAM
GEN
11
31
30
27
ACESS
DUCT
W/S
STAATER
SAL
BETA
32
25
30
21
19
STALL
AIROFF
HOAN
EMERG LTS
FUEL
REV
34
29
23
FUEL
FILTER
OIL
23
11
GEN
RIGH T - BUS
FAIL
CABIN
FIRE
28
10
AIR
CONTAM
BAT
BUS TIE
OPEN
OfTEMP
DETECT
27
30
29
11
BETA
SAL
STARTER
W/S
DUCT
AC MAIN
19
21
30
25
33
REV
FUEL
SERIES
HYD
AIR OFF
STALL
23
30
40
34
J32 00/01 /02
CONTENTS 4

LEFT
FIRE
DOOR
INV
SMOKE
OIL
FUEL
FILTER
10
31
11
23
DETECT
OffEMP
INV
BAT
AIR
CONTAM
GEN
11
31
30
27
AC ESS
DUCT
W/S
STARTER
SRL
BETA
32
25
30
21
19
STALL
AIR OFF
HORN
EMERG LTS
FUEL
REV
34
29
23
RIGH T - - -
FUEL
FILTER
OIL
POD
SMOKE
BUS
FAIL
CABIN
FIRE
23
11
28
10
GEN
AIR
CONTAM
BAT
BUS TIE
OPEN
OffEMP
DETECT
27
30
29
11
BETA
SRL
STARTER
W/S
DUCT
AC MAIN
19
21
30
25
33
REV
FUEL
SERIES
HYD
AIR OFF
STALL
23
30
40
34
J32 00/01/03
CONTENTS 4

LEFT--DOOR
INV
SMOKE
10
31
DETECT
OffEMP
INV
BAT
GEN
11
31
30
27
FU EL
FILTER
ACESS
DUCT
W/S
STARTER
SAL
BETA
23
32
25
30
21
19
STALL
AIROFF
HOAN
EMERG LTS
FUEL
AEV
34
29
23
FIRE
--
OIL
47
11
RIGHT
POD
SMOKE
BUS FAIL
CABIN
FIRE
28
10
GEN
BAT
BUS TIE
OPEN
OffEMP
DETECT
27
30
29
11
BETA
SAL
STAATEA
W/S
DUCT
AC MAIN
FUEL
FILTEA
19
21
30
25
33
23
AEV
FUEL
SERIES
HYD
AIR OFF
STALL
23
30
40
34
OIL
11
J32 00/01/04
CONTENTS 4

LEFT
FIRE
DOOR
INV
SMOKE
GPWS
OIL
10
31
47
11
DETECT
O/TEMP
INV
BAT
GEN
11
31
30
27
FUEL
FILTER
ACESS
DUCT
W/S
STARTER
SAL
BETA
23
32
25
30
21
19
GPWS
INOP
STALL
AIROFF
HORN
EMERG LTS
FUEL
REV
47
34
29
23
-OIL
RIGHT
POD
SMOKE
BUS FAIL
CABIN
FIRE
28
10
GEN
BAT
BUS TIE
OPEN
O/TEMP
DETECT
27
30
29
11
BETA
SAL
STARTER
W/S
DUCT
ACMAIN
FUEL
FILTER
19
21
30
25
33
23
REV
FUEL
SERIES
HYD
AIR OFF
STALL
23
30
40
34
11
J32 00/01/05
CARO 1
CARD1
DITCHING
ATC TRANSPONDER. .............................................................................................................. A7700

DI STRESS MESSAGE ...................................................................................................... TRANSMIT
CABIN CREW/PASSENGERS ................................................................................................. BRIEF
PRESSURE SWITCH WHEN DIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psi ............................................ DUMP
LANDING GEAR .......................................................................................................... CONFIRM UP
GEAR WRN C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ............................................................................ TRIP
RIGHT STALL PROTECTION SWITCH ...................................................................................... OFF
FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
APPROACH CHECKLIST
CABIN SIGNS ................................................................................................................................ ON
EMERGENCY LIGHTS ............................................................................................................... ARM
AL TIMETERS ............................................................................................................ SET/COMPARE
CHECKS BEFORE DITCHING

LANDING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
AT 1,000 ft CALL ON PA .............................................................."TAKE UP DITCHING POSITION"
AT 200 ft CALL ON PA. ........................................................................................... "BRACE BRACE"
ON TOUCHDOWN
FEATHER LEVERS ........................................................................................................ TURN/PULL
CAUTION:
THE MAIN DOOR SHOULD NOT BE USED, AS THE SILL WILL BE BELOW THE
WATER LINE.
PASSENGER EVACUATION ...................................................................... INITIATE OVER WINGS
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD2
CARD2
CAP~ RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED

M
OXYGEN MASKS ...................................................................................................................... DON
CREW COMMUNICATIONS ........................................................................................... ESTABLISH .

M
CABIN AL TITUDE ............................................................................................................... CONFIRM
CABIN SIGN SWITCH ES .............................................................................................................. ON
PASSENGERS OXYGEN MASKS ................................................................ CONFIRM DEPLOYED
IF PASSENGERS MASKS NOT DEPLOYED :

PASSENGERS OXYGEN CONTROL ..............................................................................OVERRIDE
FLOW SELECTORS .......................................................................................................... MAXIMUM
PRESSURE SWITCH .......................................................................................................... NORMAL
MANUAL PRESSURE CONTROL ..................................................... ROTA TE FULLY CLOCKWISE
IF CABIN PRESSURE CANNOT BE CONTROLLED :
GO TO THIS CARO : EMERGENCY DESCENT.
END.
EMERGENCY DESCENT
POWER LEVERS ..........................................
.................................................. FLIGHT IDLE
RPM LEVERS ..................................................................................................... FULLY ADVANCED

ATC TRANSPONDER .............................................................................................................. A7700
SAFETY ALTITUDE ................................................................................................................ CHECK
DESCENT SPEED ...................................................................................................................... VMO
M
OXYGEN MASKS (IF REOUIRED) ............................................................................................ DON
CREW COMMUNICATIONS ........................................................................................... ESTABLISH
IF OXYGEN HAS BEEN USED. WHEN CABIN ATA SAFE ALTITUDE :
CREW OXYGEN .........................................................................................................AS REQUIRED
PASSENGER OXYGEN CONTROL. .......................................................................... AS REOUIRED
IF OVERRIDE SELECTED :
PASSENGER OXYGEN CONTROL .................................................................................. FIRST AID
END.
J 32 00102100
CARO 1
CARD1
DITCHING
ATC TRANSPONDER. .............................................................................................................. A7700

DI STRESS MESSAGE ...................................................................................................... TRANSMIT
PRESSURE SWITCH WHEN DIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psi ............................................ DUMP
LANDING GEAR .......................................................................................................... CONFIRM UP
FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
APPROACH CHECKLIST
CABIN SIGNS ................................................................................................................................ ON
CHECKS BEFORE DITCHING

LANDING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
AT 1,000 ft CALL ON PA .............................................................."TAKE UP DITCHING POSITION"
ON TOUCHDOWN
CAUTION:
THE MAIN DOOR SHOULD NOT BE USED, AS THE SILL WILL BE BELOW THE
WATER LINE.
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD2
CARD2

M
OXYGEN MASKS ...................................................................................................................... DON
M
IF CABIN PRESSURE CANNOT BE CONTROLLED
GO TO (THIS CARO) EMERGENCY DESCENT.
END .
EMERGENCY DESCENT
M
POWER LEVERS ..........................................................................................................FLIGHT IDLE
DESCENT SPEED ..................................................................................................................... VMO
M
IF OXYGEN HAS BEEN USED. WHEN CABIN ATA SAFE ALTITUDE
CREW OXYGEN ......................................................................................................... AS REOUIRED
END.
J32 00/02/01
CARO 1
CARD1
DITCHING
ATC TRANSPONOER. .............................................................................................................. A7700

OISTRESS MESSAGE ...................................................................................................... TRANSMIT
PRESSURE SWITCH WHEN OIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psi ............................................ OUMP
LANOING GEAR .......................................................................................................... CONFIRM UP
GPWS C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ..................................................................................... TRIP
FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
APPROACH CHECKLIST
CABIN SIGNS ................................................................................................................................ ON
CHECKS BEFORE OITCHING

LANOING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
AT 1,000 ft CALL ON PA ........................................................... "TAKE UP OITCHING POSITIONS"
ON TOUCHOOWN
CAUTION:
THE MAIN OOOR SHOULO NOT BE USEO, AS THE SILL WILL BE BELOW THE
WATER LINE.
END.
J32 00/01 /01
CARD2
CARD2

M
OXYGEN MASKS ...................................................................................................................... DON
CREW COMMUNICATIONS ........................................................................................... ESTABLISH .

M
PASSENGERS OXYGEN MASKS ................................................................ CONFIRM DEPLOYED
IF PASSENGERS MASKS NOT DEPLOYED :

PASSENGERS OXYGEN CONTROL ..............................................................................OVERRIDE
IF CABIN PRESSURE CANNOT BE CONTROLLED :
GO TO THIS CARO : EMERGENCY DESCENT.
END.
EMERGENCY DESCENT
POWER LEVERS ..........................................
.................................................. FLIGHT IDLE

DESCENT SPEED ...................................................................................................................... VMO
M
IF OXYGEN HAS BEEN USED. WHEN CABIN ATA SAFE ALTITUDE :
CREW OXYGEN .........................................................................................................AS REQUIRED
PASSENGER OXYGEN CONTROL. .......................................................................... AS REOUIRED
IF OVERRIDE SELECTED :
PASSENGER OXYGEN CONTROL .................................................................................. FIRST AID
END.
J 32 00102100
CARO 1
CARD1
DITCHING
ATC TRANSPONOER. .............................................................................................................. A7700

OISTRESS MESSAGE ...................................................................................................... TRANSMIT
PRESSURE SWITCH WHEN OIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psi ............................................ OUMP
LANOING GEAR .......................................................................................................... CONFIRM UP
GPWS C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ..................................................................................... TRIP
FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
APPROACH CHECKLIST
CABIN SIGNS ................................................................................................................................ ON
CHECKS BEFORE OITCHING

LANOING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
AT 1,000 ft CALL ON PA ........................................................... "TAKE UP OITCHING POSITIONS"
ON TOUCHOOWN
CAUTION:
THE MAIN OOOR SHOULO NOT BE USEO, AS THE SILL WILL BE BELOW THE
WATER LINE.
END.
J32 00/01 /01
CARD2
CARD2

M
OXYGEN MASKS ...................................................................................................................... DON
M
IF CABIN PRESSURE CANNOT BE CONTROLLED
GO TO (THIS CARO) EMERGENCY DESCENT.
END .
EMERGENCY DESCENT
M
POWER LEVERS ..........................................................................................................FLIGHT IDLE
DESCENT SPEED ..................................................................................................................... VMO
M
IF OXYGEN HAS BEEN USED. WHEN CABIN ATA SAFE ALTITUDE
CREW OXYGEN ......................................................................................................... AS REOUIRED
END.
J32 00/02/01
CARD3
CARD3
CAP[QQQBJ RED CAPTION WARNINGS
ONGROUND
IF CAP [DOOR] RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED WITH DOOR CLOSED
DOOR ...... .........................................................................................................OPEN FROM INSIDE
ENT DR WRN C/B (DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ............................................................ TRIP/RESET
WARNING:
DOOR MUST BE KEPT OPEN FOR A MINIMUM OF 15 SECONDS AFTER

RESETTING C/B
WAIT 15 SECONDS
DOOR ......................... ... ..................... ... ............................... ..... CLOSE AND LOCK FROM INSIDE
DOOR HANDLE .................................................................................................. FULLY OUTBOARD
DOOR DRAWBOLT-LOCKED INDICATORS (5) ...... ... ............ ......................... CONFIRM ALIGNED
DOOR HANDLE-LOCKED INDICATOR .................................................... ..... .. . CONFIRM ALIGNED
IF THE CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED WITH DOOR CLOSED, OR IF CAPTlON DIO NOT
ILLUMINATE WHEN DOOR WAS OPENED:
DIFF PRESS .......................................................................................................... MlN FOR FLIGHT
FASTEN SEAT BELTS SIGN SWITCH ......................................... ON FOR DURATION OF FLIGHT
1. THE FLIGHT ORA SERIES OF FLIGHTS IS PERMITTED IF ALL DRAWBOLTLOCKED ANO HANDLE-LOCKED INOICATORS SHOW DOOR LOCKED ANO
SECURE.
NOTES:
2.
FLIGHT IS NOT PERMITTED AFTER 72 HOURS HAVE ELAPSED FOLLOWING

THE INITIAL ILLUMINATION OF THE WARNING CAPTION. REPAIRS OR
REPLACEMENTS MUST BE CARRIED OUT BEFORE FURTHER FLIGHT IS
PERMITTED.
3.
AIRCRAFT MUST NOT DEPARTAN AIRFIELD WHERE REPAIRS CAN BE

MADE .
END.
IN FLIGHT
IF [DOOR] RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED
WARNING:
DO NOT TOUCH THE DOOR OR HANDLE
FASTEN SEAT BELTS SIGN SWITCH .................................................................................. .... ON

FOR DURATlON OF FLIGHT
DIFF PRESSURE .................................................................................................. MIN FOR FLIGHT
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRFIELD.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD4
CARD4
WINDOW FAILURE
FLIGHT DECK WINDOW
INNER OR OUTER PANEL CRACKED OR FAI LED:
DIFF PRESSURE ................... ... ............................................ ...... REDUCE TO 2.5 psi, THEN ZERO
SEAT HARNESS ................ .. .. ........ ................................. ................ ...... ... .......... ... ............... SECURE
CABIN SIGNS ............................................................... ... ...................... ....... ... .............................. ON
OXYG EN ....... ....... ................... ...... ............. ......... ....... ........ .................. ....................... AS REQUIRED
DESCEND ......................................................................TO SAFETY ALTITUOE IF PRACTICABLE
lF PRACTICABLE, VACATE SEATS IN LINE WITH PROPELLER
INNER OR OUTER PANEL DELAMINATED:
CAUTION:
SUBSTANTIAL DELAMINATION SHOULD BE TREATED AS A POTENTIAL

FAILURE. FRACTURE OF A DEKLAMINATED INNER PANEL COULD CAUSE
GLASS SPLINTERS TO BE RELEASED INTO THE FLIGHTDECK.

RESTRICTION FOR THAT FLIGHT PROVIDING VISION IS NOT IMPAIR ED.
CABIN WINDOW
INNER O UR OUTER PANEL CRACKED OR FAILEO:
DIFF PRESSURE .. .... .......... ........................................... .. .. ......... REDUC E TO 2.5 psi, THEN ZERO
CABIN SIGNS ............ ........................................ ................... ...... .... .. .. .. ... ..... .. .. ...... ................ ON
OXYGEN .... .... ... ......... ... ....... ...................... ... ..... ..... ...... ........... .................. ................ AS REQUIRED
OESCEND .............. ........................................................ TO SAFETY ALTITUDE IF PRACT ICABLE
IF PRACTICABLE, VACATE SEATS ADJACENT TO AFFECTED WINDOW .
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD3
CARD3
CAP[QQQBJ RED CAPTION WARNINGS
ONGROUND
IF CAP [DOOR] RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED WITH DOOR CLOSED
DOOR ...... .........................................................................................................OPEN FROM INSIDE
ENT DR WRN C/B (DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ............................................................ TRIP/RESET
WARNING:
DOOR MUST BE KEPT OPEN FOR A MINIMUM OF 15 SECONDS AFTER

RESETTING C/B
WAIT 15 SECONDS
DOOR ......................... ... ..................... ... ............................... ..... CLOSE AND LOCK FROM INSIDE
DOOR HANDLE .................................................................................................. FULLY OUTBOARD
DOOR DRAWBOLT-LOCKED INDICATORS (5) ...... ... ............ ......................... CONFIRM ALIGNED
DOOR HANDLE-LOCKED INDICATOR .................................................... ..... .. . CONFIRM ALIGNED
IF THE CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED WITH DOOR CLOSED, OR IF CAPTlON DIO NOT
ILLUMINATE WHEN DOOR WAS OPENED:
DIFF PRESS .......................................................................................................... MlN FOR FLIGHT
FASTEN SEAT BELTS SIGN SWITCH ......................................... ON FOR DURATION OF FLIGHT
1. THE FLIGHT ORA SERIES OF FLIGHTS IS PERMITTED IF ALL DRAWBOLTLOCKED ANO HANDLE-LOCKED INOICATORS SHOW DOOR LOCKED ANO
SECURE.
NOTES:
2.
FLIGHT IS NOT PERMITTED AFTER 72 HOURS HAVE ELAPSED FOLLOWING

THE INITIAL ILLUMINATION OF THE WARNING CAPTION. REPAIRS OR
REPLACEMENTS MUST BE CARRIED OUT BEFORE FURTHER FLIGHT IS
PERMITTED.
3.
AIRCRAFT MUST NOT DEPARTAN AIRFIELD WHERE REPAIRS CAN BE

MADE .
END.
IN FLIGHT
IF [DOOR] RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED
WARNING:
DO NOT TOUCH THE DOOR OR HANDLE
FASTEN SEAT BELTS SIGN SWITCH .................................................................................. .... ON

FOR DURATlON OF FLIGHT
DIFF PRESSURE .................................................................................................. MIN FOR FLIGHT
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD4
CARD4
WINDOW FAILURE
FLIGHT DECK WINDOW
INNER OR OUTER PANEL CRACKED OR FAILED
DIFF PRESSURE ........................................................................ REDUCE TO 2.5 psi, THEN ZERO
SEAT HARNESS .............................................................................................................. .... SECURE
CABIN SIGNS .. ....... ............. .......................................................................................................... ON
OXYGEN ..................................................................................................................... AS REQUIRED
DESCEND ......................................................................TO SAFETY ALTITUDE IF PRACTICABLE
IF PRACTICABLE, VACATE SEATS IN UNE WITH PROPELLER
INNER OR OUTER PANEL DELAMINATED

CAUTION:
SUBSTANTIAL DELAMINATION SHOULD BE TREATED AS A POTENTIAL

FAILURE.FRACTURE OF A DELAMINATED INNER PANEL COULD CAUSE
GLASS SPLINTERS TO BE RELEASED INTO THE FLIGHTDECK.

RESTRICTION FOR THAT FLIGHT PROVIDING VISION IS NOT IM PAIRED.
CABIN WINDOW
INNER OUR OUTER PANEL CRACKED OR FAILED
DIFF PRESSURE ..... .. ...................................... ........................... REDUCE TO 2.5 psi, THEN ZERO
SEAT HARNESS ....................................................................................... ................. ...... SECURE
CABIN SIGNS ........................................................................................................................... ON
OXYGEN ....... .. .. ....... .. ............... ... ... ... .. .. ....... ................................................... ......... AS REQUIR ED
DESCEND ...................................................................... TO SAFETY AL TITUDE IF PRACTICABLE
IF PRACTICABLE, VACATE SEATS ADJACENT TO AFFECTED WINDOW
END.
~ AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

ON GROUND
TAKE OFF PROHIBITED.
END.
IN FLIGHT
IF NOT ACCOMPANIED BY ANY OTHER ABNORMAL INDICATION , CONTINUE FLIGHT TO
NEXT DESTINATION AIRFIELD FOR INVESTIGATION.
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 5
CARO 5
CABIN PRESSURE GREATER THAN 6.0 PSI

CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ................................................................................. CONFIRM
ALTITUDE
FEET
PRESSURE
psi
-1000
15.23
14.69
14.17
1000
CABIN ALT
2000
13.66
3000
13.17
4000
12.69
5000
12.22
6000
11 .77
7000
DIFF PRESS
11 .33
8000
4.68
10.91
psid
9000
10.50
10000
10.10
11000
9.72
12000
AIRCRAFT ALT
,,
13000
9.34
8.98
14000
8.63
15000
8.29
16000
7.96
17000
7.64
18000
7.33
19000
7.04
20000
6.75
21000
6.74
22000
6.20
23000
5.94
24000
5.69
25000
5.45
EXAMPLE
CABIN 2,000 FT
13.66 psi
AIRCRAFT 13,000 FT
8.98 psi
D 1FFER ENTIAL
4.68 psid
Continued ....
J 32 00102100
CARO 5
CARO 5
Continued ....
IS CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GREATER THAN 6.0 psi?

1
NO
REPORT DEFECT ON LANDING .

END.
YES
FLOW SELECTORS ................................................................... DECREASE

MANUAL PRESSURE CONTROL ................... ROTATE TOWARDS DUMP
REDUCE DIFF PRESSURE TO BELOW 6.0 psi.
IF CABIN RATE OF CLIMB ACHIEVED :

FLOW SELECTORS ............................................................................................................. ADJUST
IF CABIN RATE OF CLIMB NOT ACHIEVED :

DESCEND TO SAFE ALTITUDE.
OXYGEN ....................................................................................................................AS REOU IRED
PRESSURE SWITCH ................................................................................... IF NECESSARY DUMP
END.
J 32 00102100
CARD6
CARD6
CAP~ AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

FLOW SELECTOR (AFFECTED SYSTEM) ................................................................................ OFF
EMER . AIR OFF CONT C/B (DC ESSENTIAL BUS BAR) ............................................. TRIP/RESET
FLOW SELECTOR (AFFECTED SYSTEM) ..................................................... INCREASE SLOWL Y
IF CAP [AIR OFF] AMBER CAPTION RE-ILLUMINATES
OPPOSITE FLOW SELECTOR ........................................................................................ INCREASE
END.

ON THE GROUND
SHUT DOWN THE ENGINE ANO ABANDON THE FLIGHT.
END.
IN FLIGHT
STOPWATCH ......................................................................................................................... START
CONFIRM REDUCTION IN AIR FLOW BY CHANGE IN CABIN RATE OF CLIMB ANO FLOW
FROM AIR VENTS.
OTHER FLOW SELECTOR .............................................................................................. INCREASE
IF CAP [DUCT] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED 3 MINUTES AFTER SELECTING
FLOW SELECTOR OFF ANO THE CABIN AL T DIO NOT INCREASE:
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT SHUT DOWN .
IF CABIN ALT INCREASES:
CONTINUE FLIGHT IN THIS CONDITION
NOTE:
IF CAP [DUCT] CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED 5 MINUTES AFTER ENGINE

SHUTDOWN, THE ENGINE MAY BE RELIT FOR A TWO ENGINE LANDING.
END.
J 32 00102100
CARD7
CARD7
CAP~AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

ASSOCIATED TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR .................................................. OFF
HAS CAP [O/TEMP] CAPTION GONE OUT?
YES
ASSOCIATED TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR ........................... AUTO

CAP [O/TEMP] AMBER CAPTION ............................................... MONITOR
END.
NO
IF THE CAP [O/TEMP] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ON OR COMES ON

AGAIN:
ASSOCIATED TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR .............................. OFF
TEMPERATURE .................................................... CONTROL MANUALLY
IF THE CAP CO/TEMP] AMBER CAPTION FAILS TO EXTINGUISH:

FLOW SELECTOR ...................................................................................................................... OFF
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD6
CARD6

END.

ON THE GROUND
END.
IN FLIGHT
STOPWATCH ......................................................................................................................... START
FROM AIR VENTS.
NOTE:

END.
J 32 00102100
CARD7
CARD7

ASSOCIATEO TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR .................................................. OFF
YES
"
ASSOCIATEO TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR ........................... AUTO

END.
NO

AGAIN:
ASSOCIATEO TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR .............................. OFF

END.
INCORRECT ILLUMINATION OF FREON SYSTEM

OPERATING LIGHTS
WHEN FREON CONTROL SWITCH IS SELECTEO TO ON, GREEN [ON] LIGHT
EXTINGUISHEO ANO WHITE [HI] OR [LO] LIGHT ILLUNINATEO:
FREON CONTROL SWITCH ..............................................................................OFF OR FAN ONLY
IF FREON CONTROL SWITCH IS SELECTEO TO OFF, CONFIRM WHITE [HI] ANO [LO]
LIGHTS ARE EXTINGUISHEO.
IF FREON CONTROL SWITCH IS SELECTEO TO OFF, AN O GREEN LIGHT REMAINS

ILLUMINATEO BUT WHITE [HI] ANO [LO] LIGHTS ARE EXTINGUISHEO:
FREON CONTROL SWITCH ................................................................................ON OR FAN ONLY
WHITE [HI] OR [LO] LIGHT ......................................................................CONFIRM ILLUMINATEO
END.
J32 00/01 /01
CARD6
CARD6

END.

ON THE GROUND
END.
IN FLIGHT
STOPWATCH ......................................................................................................................... START
FROM AIR VENTS.
NOTE:

END.
J 32 00102100
CARD7
CARD7

PAUSE FOR 5 SECONDS THEN ASSOCIATED TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR ............ OFF
HAS CAP [O/TEMP] CAPTION EXTINGUISHED?
O/TEMP

MONITOR CAP
END.
O/TEMP
IF CAP [O/TEMP] CAPTION REMAINS ON OR COMES ON AGAIN

TEMPERATURE ...................................................... CONTROL MANUALLY
IF CAP [O/TEMP] CAPTION REMAINS ON

OTHER FLOW SELECTOR. ............................................................................................. INCREASE
END.
CAP~ AMBER ILLUMINATED

WARNING:
THIS PROCEDURE MUST NOT BE CARRIED OUT BELOW 500 Ft AGL.
POWER RESERVE/RESTORATION SWITCH ........................................................................... OFF

HAS CAP [AIR CONTAM] CAPTION EXTINGUISHED?
YES

END.
NO
FLOW SELECTOR (CONTAM INATED SIDE) ....................................... OFF

FLOW SELECTOR (UNCONTAMINATED SIDE) ....................... INCREASE
END.
J32 00/01 /02
CARD6
CARD6

EMER AIR OFF CONT C/B (DC ESSENTIAL BUS BAR) .............................................. TRIP/RESET
IF [AIR OFF] AMBER CAPTION RE-ILLUMINATES
END.

ON THE GROUND
END.
IN FLIGHT
STOPWATCH ......................................................................................................................... START
FROM AIR VENTS.
DESCEND TOAN INDICATED CABIN ALTITUD E OF 10,000 ft, ORTO THE MIMIMUM SAFE
ALTITUDE (MSA) , WHICHEVER IS THE HIGHER.
CONTINUE FLIGHT.
NOTE:

END.
J32 00/02/01
CARD7
CARD7

ASSOCIATED TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR .................................................. OFF
YES

END.
NO

AGAIN:

END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD6
CARD6

END.

ON THE GROUND
END.
IN FLIGHT
STOPWATCH ......................................................................................................................... START
FROM AIR VENTS.
CONTINUE FLIGHT.
NOTE:

END.
J32 00/02/01
CARD7
CARD7

ASSOCIATEO TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR .................................................. OFF
YES
"
ASSOCIATEO TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR ........................... AUTO

END.
NO

AGAIN:
ASSOCIATEO TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR .............................. OFF

END.
INCORRECT ILLUMINATION OF FREON SYSTEM

OPERATING LIGHTS
WHEN FREON CONTROL SWITCH IS SELECTEO TO ON, GREEN [ON] LIGHT
EXTINGUISHEO ANO WHITE [HI] OR [LO] LIGHT ILLUNINATEO:
FREON CONTROL SWITCH ..............................................................................OFF OR FAN ONLY
IF FREON CONTROL SWITCH IS SELECTEO TO OFF, CONFIRM WHITE [HI] ANO [LO]
LIGHTS ARE EXTINGUISHEO.
IF FREON CONTROL SWITCH IS SELECTEO TO OFF, AN O GREEN LIGHT REMAINS

ILLUMINATEO BUT WHITE [HI] ANO [LO] LIGHTS ARE EXTINGUISHEO:
FREON CONTROL SWITCH ................................................................................ON OR FAN ONLY
WHITE [HI] OR [LO] LIGHT ......................................................................CONFIRM ILLUMINATEO
END.
J32 00/01 /01
CARD6
CARD6

END.

ON THE GROUND
END.
IN FLIGHT
STOPWATCH ......................................................................................................................... START
FROM AIR VENTS.
CONTINUE FLIGHT.
NOTE:

END.
J32 00/02/01
CARD7
CARD7

PAUSE FOR 5 SECONDS THEN ASSOCIATED TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR ............ OFF
HAS CAP [O/TEMP] CAPTION EXTINGUISHED?
O/TEMP

MONITOR CAP
END.
O/TEMP
IF CAP [O/TEMP] CAPTION REMAINS ON OR COMES ON AGAIN

TEMPERATURE ...................................................... CONTROL MANUALLY
IF CAP [O/TEMP] CAPTION REMAINS ON

OTHER FLOW SELECTOR. ............................................................................................. INCREASE
END.
CAP~ AMBER ILLUMINATED

WARNING:
THIS PROCEDURE MUST NOT BE CARRIED OUT BELOW 500 Ft AGL.

HAS CAP [AIR CONTAM] CAPTION EXTINGUISHED?
YES

END.
NO
FLOW SELECTOR (CONTAM INATED SIDE) ....................................... OFF

FLOW SELECTOR (UNCONTAMINATED SIDE) ....................... INCREASE
END.
J32 00/01 /02
CAROS
CAROS
FIRE, SMOKE OR FUMES, FLIGHT DECK OR CABIN

M
OXYGEN MASKS ANO SMOKE GOGGLES ..................................................... DON/EMERGENCY
CREW COMUNICATIONS .............................................................................................. ESTABLISH
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRFIELD
M
IF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM IS INDICATED AS THE SOURCE OF THE SMOKE OR
FUMES:
FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTOR .............................................................................................. OFF
IF SMOKE OR FUMES REDUCE:
CABIN FLOW SELECTOR ......................................................................................... MAXIMUM (1 O)
IF SMOKE OR FUMES NOT REDUCING :
CABIN FLOW SELECTOR ......................................................................................................... OFF
FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTOR ............................................................................ MAXIMUM (1 O)
DESCEND TO A SAFE AL TITUDE
CABIN ANO FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTORS ...................................................................... OFF
CABIN ...................................................................................................................... DEPRESSURISE
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRFIELD .
IF THE SOURCE OF THE SMOKE OR FUMES IS NOT THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
FLOW SELECTORS .................................................................................................. MAXIMUM (1 O)
CABIN ALTITUDE ............................................................................................................. INCREASE
WXR RADAR , WIPER MOTORS ANO RECIRC FAN (WHITE) C/Bs ........................................ TRIP
IF THE SOURCE OF FIRE, SMOKE OR FUMES CAN BE READILY IDENTIFIED ASAN
INDIVIDUAL ITEM OF ELECTRICAL EOUIPMENT, ISOLATE THE POWER SUPPLY TO THE
AFFECTED ITEM.
CONSIDER SWITCHING OFF NON ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SUCH AS CABIN
LIGHTS
CAUTION :
DO NOT USE A WATER-BASED EXTINGUISHING AGENT ON ELECTRICAL

FIRES.
IF POSSIBLE, FIGHT THE FIRE USING HAND-HELD EXTINGUISHERS.

END.
J 32 00102100
CARD9
CARD9

RECIRCULATING FAN SWITCH ................................................................................................ OFF
BAGGAGE AREA / FREIGHT COMPARTMENT (lf Fitted) ................................................ INSPECT
IF THE SMOKE SOURCE CANNOT BE SUPPRESSED

BAGGAGE BAY DOOR I FREIGHT COMPARTMENT (lf Fitted) .......................................... GLOSE
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CAROS
CAROS
FIRE, SMOKE OR FUMES, FLIGHT DECK OR CABIN

M
OXYGEN MASKS ANO SMOKE GOGGLES ..................................................... DON/EMERGENCY
CREW COMUNICATIONS .............................................................................................. ESTABLISH
M
IF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM IS INDICATED AS THE SOURCE OF THE SMOKE OR
FUMES:
FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTOR .............................................................................................. OFF
IF SMOKE OR FUMES REDUCE:
CABIN FLOW SELECTOR ......................................................................................... MAXIMUM (1 O)
CABIN FLOW SELECTOR ......................................................................................................... OFF
FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTOR ............................................................................ MAXIMUM (1 O)
CABIN ANO FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTORS ...................................................................... OFF
IF THE SOURCE OF THE SMOKE OR FUMES IS NOT THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
FLOW SELECTORS .................................................................................................. MAXIMUM (1 O)
CABIN ALTITUDE ............................................................................................................. INCREASE
WXR RADAR , WIPER MOTORS ANO RECIRC FAN (WHITE) C/Bs ........................................ TRIP
IF THE SOURCE OF FIRE, SMOKE OR FUMES CAN BE READILY IDENTIFIED ASAN
INDIVIDUAL ITEM OF ELECTRICAL EOUIPMENT, ISOLATE THE POWER SUPPLY TO THE
AFFECTED ITEM.
CONSIDER SWITCHING OFF NON ESSENTIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SUCH AS CABIN
LIGHTS
CAUTION :
DO NOT USE A WATER-BASED EXTINGUISHING AGENT ON ELECTRICAL

FIRES.
IF POSSIBLE, FIGHT THE FIRE USING HAND-HELD EXTINGUISHERS.

END.
J 32 00102100
CARD9
CARD9

RECIRCULATING FAN SWITCH ................................................................................................ OFF
BAGGAGE AREA / FREIGHT COMPARTMENT (lf Fitted) ................................................ INSPECT
IF THE SMOKE SOURCE CANNOT BE SUPPRESSED

BAGGAGE BAY DOOR I FREIGHT COMPARTMENT (lf Fitted) .......................................... GLOSE
END.

LAND AT NEAREST SUITABLE A IRFIELD.
NOTE:
AFTER LA NDING , ADVISE GROUND CREW AND DO NOT OPEN BAGGAGE DOOR
UNTIL ALL PASSENGERS AND A IRCREW HAVE LEFT THE A IRCRAFT.
END.
J32 00/01 /01
CARD10
CARD10

OR SEVERE ENGINE DAMAGE
ON THE GROUND
M
FIREBELL .............................................................................................................................CANCEL
ATC ........................................................................................................................................ ADVISE
FEATHER LEVER (FAILED ENGINE) ...................................................................................... TURN
CONFIRM ENGINE CORRECTLY IDENTIFIED
FEATHER LEVER (FAILED ENGINE) ....................................................................................... PULL
LP COCKS HYD/FUEL INDICATORS ......................................................................... CHECK SHUT
IF LP COCKS HYD/FUEL INDICATORS NOT SHUT:
LP COCKS SWITCH ................................................................................................................. SHUT
WHEN ENGINE RPM LESS THAN 15%:
FIRE BOTTLE ........................................................................................................................ SHOT 1
STOPWATCH ......................................................................................................................... START
FLOW SELECTOR (AFFECTED ENGINE) ................................................................................. OFF
M
AIRCRAFT .............................................................................................................. STOP TAXYING

OTHER FEATHER LEVER ............................................................................................. TURN/PULL
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH .......................................................................... EMERGENCY OFF
GO TO CARO 56 : EMERGENCY EVACUA TION (ON BACK COVER)
IF CAP !FIREJ CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED AFTER 30 SECS OR THERE ARE OTHER
INDICATIONS OF FIRE OR SEVERE DAMAGE:
FIRE ...................................................................................................................................... SHOT2
Continued ....
J 32 00102100
CARD10
CARD10
Continued ....
IN FLIGHT
M
FIREBELL .............................................................................................................................CANCEL
FEATHER LEVER (FAILED ENGINE) ..................................................................................... TURN
FEATHER LEVER (FAILED ENGINE) ...................................................................................... PULL
POWER LEVER ....................................................................................................FULLY FORWARD
IF LP COCKS HYD/FUEL INDICATORS NOT SHUT
LP COCKS SWITCH ..................................................................................................................SHUT
WHEN ENGINE RPM LESS THAN 15%
FIRE BOTTLE ........................................................................................................................ SHOT 1
STOPWATCH ..........................................................................................................................START
FLOW SELECTOR (AFFECTED ENGINE) ................................................................................. OFF
IF FIRE PERSISTS AFTER 30 SECS
FIRE BOTTLE ........................................................................................................................ SHOT 2
M
CAUTION :
NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO RESTART THE ENGINE.
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCH .................................................................................................... OFF

GENERATOR SWITCH ............................................................................................................... OFF
CHECK LOAD ON REMAINING GENERATOR IS NOT GREATER THAN 300 amps.
FLOW SELECTOR (OTHER ENGINE) .................................................. INCREASE AS REOUIRED
PROP SYNCHRO SWITCH ......................................................................................................... OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ................................................................................ OFF
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION SWITCH .................................................................................... OFF
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH ...................................................................................................SHUT
POWER LEVER .............................................................................................................FLIGHT IDLE
LANDAS SOON AS POSSIBLE - GO TO CARO 18: LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE
INOPERATIVE
IF FIRE PERSISTS AFTER SECOND SHOT
TRANSPONDER ....................................................................................................................... A7700
DISTRESS CALL .............................................................................................................. TRANSMIT
ELT (IF FITTED) ............................................................................................................................ ON
END.
J 32 00102100
CARO 11
CARO 11

THIS INOICATES THAT THE APPROPRIATE ENGINE FIRE WARNING SYSTEM IS
INOPERATIVE.
ON GROUNO
TAKE OFF IS PROHIBITEO
ENO.
IN FLIGHT
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS .................................................................................................. MONITOR
ENGINE NACELLE .............................................................................................. VISUALL Y CHECK
REPORT OEFECT ON LANOING .
ENO.
CAP[Q!!J RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED

BELOW 23 .000 ft
IF OIL PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 70 PSI?
OR
ABOVE 23.000 ft
OR
IF THERE IS ANY OTHER ABNORMAL INOICATION OR VIBRATION?
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT

SHUT OOWN
NO
MONITOR OIL PRESSURE ANO ENGINE BEHAVIOUR .
ENO.
J 32 00102100
CARD12
CARD12

M
LH W INDSHIELD HEATER SWITCH .......................................................................................... OFF
ESTABLISH GLIDE .................................................................................................................. 130 kt
PROPELLERS ..................................................................................................... 0 0 NOT FEATHER
GENERATOR SWITCH ES .......................................................................................................... OFF
M
ATTEMPT RELIGHT ON RH ENG INE: GO TO CARO 13: ENGINE RELIGHT (AUTO)
NOTE:
RELIGHTS MAYBE ATTEMPTED OUTSIDE THE ALTITUDE/SPEED ENVELOPE

ANO EGT LIMITS (20,000 ft, 110-1 80 kt and 200C).
IF RELIGHT ON RH ENG INE FA ILS, ATTEMPT TO RELIGHT THE LH ENG INE

W ITH PROPELLERS IN N.T.S. HYDRAULIC POWER IS AVAILABLE FOR NORMAL SYSTEM
LOWERING OF LANDING GEAR ANO FLA PS.
SERVICES AVAILA BLE:
LANDING GEAR SELECTION ANO INDICATION LIGHTS
N0 .1 COMM & N0 .1 NAV
FLAP SELECTOR BUT NO INDICATOR
N0 .1 COMPASS & N0.1 ADF
LEFT W INDSHIELD W IPER
HALF OF CABIN LIGHTING
IF RELIGHT ATTEMPTS FAIL:

TRANSPONDER ....................................................................................................................... A7700
ELT (IF FITTED) ............................................................................................................................ ON
MAINTAIN GLIDING SPEED ..................................................................................................... 130 kt
LANDING OFF A IRFIELD:
BRIEF CREW ANO PASSENGERS.
AIM TO LAND W ITH GEAR DOWN, 35 FLAP INTO W IND AT AS LOW A FORWARD SPEED
AS POSSIBLE.
LOWER LANDING GEAR EARLY IN PATTERN.
DO NOT LOWER FLAPS UNTIL LANDING IS ASSURED.
LANDING GEAR ...................................................................................................................... DOWN
FLAPS .........................................................................................................................AS REQU IRED
CABIN SIGNS, AT 1,000 ft ............................................................................................................ ON
FEATHER LEVERS, AT 500 ft ....................................................................................... TURN/PULL
AT 200 ft CALL ON PA ........................................................................................... "BRACE BRACE"
AFTER LANDING:
BOTH FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS ...................................................................................... SHOT 1
EVAC UATE AIRCRAFT .................................................................................. ALL SUITABLE EXITS
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARO 11
CARO 11

THIS INOICATES THAT THE APPROPRIATE ENGINE FIRE WARNING SYSTEM IS
INOPERATIVE.
ON GROUNO
TAKE OFF IS PROHIBITEO
ENO.
IN FLIGHT
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS .................................................................................................. MONITOR
ENGINE NACELLE .............................................................................................. VISUALL Y CHECK
REPORT OEFECT ON LANOING .
ENO.
CAP[Q!!J RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED

BELOW 23 .000 ft
OR
ABOVE 23.000 ft
OR
IF THERE IS ANY OTHER ABNORMAL INOICATION OR VIBRATION?

SHUT OOWN
NO
MONITOR OIL PRESSURE ANO ENGINE BEHAVIOUR .
ENO.
J 32 00102100
CARD12
CARD12

M
ESTABLISH GLIDE .................................................................................................................. 130 kt
PROPELLERS .....................................................................................................0 0 NOT FEATHER
GENERATOR SWITCHES .......................................................................................................... OFF
M
ATTEMPT RELIGHT ON RH ENG INE: GO TO CARO 13: ENGINE RELIGHT (AUTO)
NOTE:
RELIGHTS MAYBE ATTEMPTED OUTSIDE THE ALTITUDE/SPEED ENVELOPE

ANO EGT LIMITS (20,000 ft , 110-180 kt and 200C).
IF RELIGHT FAILS, ATTEMPT TO RELIGHT THE LH ENGINE

WITH PROPELLERS IN N.T.S. HYDRA ULIC POWER IS AVAILABLE FOR NORMAL SYSTEM
LOWERING OF LANDING GEAR ANO FLA PS.
SERVICES AVAILABLE:
LANDING GEAR SELECTION ANO INDICATION LIGHTS
N0.1 COMM & N0 .1 NAV
FLAP SELECTOR BUT NO INDICATOR
N0 .1 COMPASS & N0.1 ADF
LEFT WINDSHIELD WIPER
HALF OF CABIN LIGHTING
IF RELIGHT ATTEMPTS FAIL:

TRANSPONDER ....................................................................................................................... A7700
ELT (IF FITTED) ............................................................................................................................ ON
MA INTAIN GLIDING SPEED ..................................................................................................... 130 kt
LANDING OFF A IRFIELD:
BRIEF CREW ANO PASSENGERS.
AIM TO LA ND WITH GEAR DOWN, 35 FLA P INTO WIND AT AS LOW A FORWARD SPEED
AS POSSIBLE.
LOWER LANDING GEAR EARLY IN PATTERN.
DO NOT LOWER FLAPS UNTIL LANDING IS ASSURED.
LANDING GEAR ...................................................................................................................... DOWN
FLAPS .........................................................................................................................AS REQUIRED
CABIN SIGNS, AT 1,000 ft ............................................................................................................ ON
FEATHER LEVERS, AT 500 ft ....................................................................................... TURN/PULL
AT 200 ft CALL ON PA ........................................................................................... "BRACE BRACE"
AFTER LANDING:
BOTH FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS ...................................................................................... SHOT 1
EVAC UATE AIRCRAFT .................................................................................. ALL SUITABLE EXITS
END.
J32 00/01 /01
CARD13
CARD13
ENGINE RELIGHT (AUTO)

NOTE:
THE BEST CONDITIONS FOR A RELIGHT ARE IN THE AL TITUDE/SPEED

ENVELOPE OF BELOW 20,000 ft AND 110 -180 kt IAS. OTHERWISE THE
RELIGHT MAY NOT BE SUCCESSFUL.
EGT .................................................................... ... .............................................. LESS THAN 200C

FEATHER LEVER ............ ................................... .. ........................................................ ...... NORMAL
LP COCKS SWITCH ................................................................................................................ OPEN
POWER LEVER ................................ ....................... ... ......... ............. FWD OF FLIGHT IDLE STOP
SET MIDDLE OF POWER LEVER TO WHITE FLIGHT IDLE MARK ON QUADRANT.
RPM LEVER .................................................... ....................................... .................. .............. IN UNE
IGNITION SWITCH ....... .................. .................................................................................... NORMAL
LEFT ANO RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES .. ....... ............................................ ........ ..... ON
FUEL CROSSFEED COCK .. .............. ....... ........................ .. ............................................... ....... SHUT
GND/AIR SWITCH .......... .. .... ................................ .......................................................................AIR
SELECT SWITCH .................. ................................... ....................................................... ENGAGED
START SWITCH .................. .................... ................................... ...................................... ENGAGED
WHEN ENGINE RPM 60%

SELECT SWITCH ................. ,... .................................... .. .... ... ......................................... RELEASED
START SWITCH .............. .. .. ......... ........ .................................... ....................................... RELEASED
WHEN ENGINE RPM STABILISED

CAP [BETA] AMBER CAPTION ......... ............................ ...................................... EXTINGHUISHED
CAP [OIL] RED CAPTION ........ ............................................... .............. ............... EXTINGHUISHED
GENERATOR SWITCH .............. ................................... ............................................................... ON
FLOW SELECTOR ... ...................................................... .................. ......................... AS REQUIRED
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION SWITCHES ..........................................................AS REQUIR ED
ENGJNE/ELEVATOR ICE PROTECTION SWITCHES ............................................AS REQUIRED
IGNITION SWITCH ........... ........... ..................................... ..... .................................... CONTINUOUS
WHEN OIL TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 55C

POWER/RPM LEVERS ..... .. ..................... ... ................ .... ..... ............. ......................... AS REQUIRED
PROPELLER SYNCHROPHASE SWITCH ................................. ... ........................... AS REQUIRED
LEFT ANO RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES........................................................ ........ OFF
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD14
CARD14
ENGINE RELIGHT (MANUAL)

NOTE:
THE BEST CONDITIONS FOR A RELIGHT ARE IN THE ALTITUDE/SPEED

ENVELOPE OF BELOW 20,000 ft ANO 11O - 180 kt IAS. OTHERWISE THE
RELIGHT MAY NOT BE SUCCESSFUL.
EGT ............ ............................................................................................ .............. LESS THAN 200C
FEATHER LEVER ..................... ................................... ... .................... ... ... .......................... NORMAL
LP COCKS SWITCH .. ............................................................................. .. ................ ............. ... OPEN
POWER LEVER .. ............ .................................... .... ................ ..... ....... FWD OF FLIGHT IDLE STOP
SET MIDDLE OF POWER LEVER TO WHITE FLIGHT IDLE MARK ON QUADRANT.
RPM LEVER ........................ ...... ................................................................................ ............. IN LINE
IGNITION SWITCH .... ......................................................................................................... NORMAL
LEFT ANO RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES ................................................................. ON
FUEL CROSSFEED COCK ............... ....................... ............. ................................................... SHUT
GND/AIR SWITCH ....... .. ....... .......... .. ............ ........................................................... .................... AIR
MANUAL START SELECTOR ........ ............................. ..... ............. ..... .. .... ............. .......... ENERG ISE
SELECT SWITCH ........ ... ..................... .......... ....... .... ........ ........................ ............. ... ... ..... ENGAGED
START SWITCH ........ .. ............................. ............. ... .......... ...... .... .................................... ENGAGED
WHEN ENGINE RPM 10%
MANUAL START SELECTOR .................................. .... .. ......... .. .... .......................... ............... IGNITE
FUEL ENRICH SWITCH ... ..... .......................... .... ..... .......... ....................................... AS REQUIRED
WHEN ENGINE RPM 60%
MANUAL ST ART SELECTOR .. .......... ...... ................ ... ... ... ........................ ... ............................... 60%
SELECT SWITCH .. ............................................................. ....... ... .. ................. ... ......... ... RELEASED
START SW ITCH . ......... ....................................................... ..... ... .... ... ... ... ....... ... .... ........ RELEASED
WHEN ENGINE RPM STABILISED
CAP [BETA] AMBER CAPTION ............................ ....... ... ...... .......................... ..... EXTINGHUISHED
CAP (OIL] RED CAPTION............... ....................................... ............................. . EXTINGHUISHED
SRL COMPUTER SW ITCH (IF OPERABLE) ........................ .. ................. ....... ........... ................ ON
MANUAL ST ART SELECTOR ................................................ .......................... .................. NORMAL
GENERATOR SWITCH ....................... ................................... .................................. ..... ............... ON
FLOW SELECTOR ..................... ................................................... ...... .. .. ......... .. ...... AS REQUIRED
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION SW ITCH ES ................. ..................................... .... AS REQUIRED
ENG IN E/ELEVATOR ICE PROTECTION SWITCHES ........ .................................... AS REQUIRED
IGN ITION SWITCH ...... ............................................... .. ............................................. CONTINUOUS
WHEN O IL TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 55C
POWER/RPM LEVERS ... ....... ....................................... ..... ... .................................... AS REQUIRED
PROPELLER SYNCHROPHASE SWITCH .. ...................... .... ....................... ............ AS REQUIRED
LEFT ANO RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCH ES .. ... .. ... ......................................................OFF
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD15
CARD15
ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT

SHUT DOWN
M
FEATHER LEVER (FAILED ENGINE) ...................................................................................... TURN
FEATHER LEVER (FAILED ENGINE) ....................................................................................... PULL
POWER LEVER ................................................................................................... FULLY FORWARD
IF LP COCKS HYD/FUEL INDICATORS NOT SHUT
M
NOTE:
PROPELLER MAY STILL ROTATE SLOWLY.
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCH ...................................................................................................... OFF

GENERATOR SWITCH ................................................................................................................. OFF
FLOW SELECTOR ......................................................................................................................... OFF
OTHER FLOW SELECTOR ................................................................................................ INCREASE
PROPELLER SYNCH ROPHASE SWITCH ................................................................................... OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ................................................................................... OFF
ENGINE/ELEVATOR ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ...................................................................... OFF
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH ...................................................................................... AS REOUIRED
OIL TEMPERATURE ........................................................................................................... MONITOR
POWER LEVER .............................................................................................................. FLIGHT IDLE
IF NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN OIL TEMPERATURE LIMITS , SELECT 'OIL COOLER FLAP'
SWITCH TO OPEN AFTER FLAP RETRACTION
FOR LANDING PROCEDURE - GO TO CARD 18: LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
END.
J 32 00102100
CARD16
CARD16
ERRATIC ENGINE TORQUE/EGT/RPM INDICATIONS

ERRATIC TORQUE/EGT INOICATIONS
RPM LEVERS ........................................................................................................FULLY AOVANCE
POWER LEVER (AFFECTEO ENGINE) ..............................................................................RETARO
PROPELLER SYNCHROPHASE SWITCH ................................................................................. OFF
TTL SWITCH ................................................................................................................................ OFF
MONITOR TORQUE, EGT ANO ENGINE RESPONSE.
IF TORQUE FLUCTUATIONS EXCEEO
7.5% (TOTAL AMPLITUOE 15%)
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT SHUT OOWN.
ERRATIC RPM INOICATIONS

IF RPM FLUCTUATIONS EXCEEO 7.5% (TOTAL AMPLITUOE 15%)
PROPELLER SYNCH ROPHASE SWITCH ................................................................................. OFF
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT SHUT OOWN .
ENO.
LACK OF ENGINE RESPONSE TO

POWER LEVER MOVEMENT
NOTE:
THIS PROCEOURE SHOULO BE FOLLOWEO AFTER PROLONGEO FLIGHT AT

HIGH ALTITUOE IN LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES . IT SHOULO ONLY BE USEO
WHEN THERE ARE NO OTHER OBVIOUS REASONS FOR LACK OF RESPONSE.
AFFECTEO ENGINE
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ............................................................................ ANTI-ICE
IGNITION SWITCH ..................................................................................................... CONTINUOUS
AFTER 5 MINUTES:
POWER LEVER ................................................................................................................ OPERATE
CHECKFORNORMALRESPONSE
IF RESPONSE NORMAL:
IGNITION SWITCH .............................................................................................................. NORMAL
NOTES:
1.
IF NORMAL RESPONSE IS RESTOREO THE PROCEOURE ABOVE SHOULO

BE REPEATEO FOR THE NON-AFFECTEO ENGINE
2.
IF NORMAL RESPONSE IS NOT RESTOREO BUT THERE ARE NO OTHER

FAILURE INOICATIONS, CONTINUE TO USE THE ENGINE. IT MAY BE
NECESSARY TO APPLY CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY
IN-FLIGHT SHUT OOWN FOR APPROACH ANO LANOING .
ENO.
J 32 00102100
CARO 15
CARO 15
ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT

SHUT DOWN
CAUTION :
AN OUT-OF-TRIM CONOITION MAY EXIST.
AP-OUT SWITCH ...................................................................................................................... PRESS

CHECK AUTOPILOT OISENGAGE, [ARM] CAPTION EXTINGUISHEO.
CARRY OUT APPROPRIATE ENGINE FAILURE/SHUTOOWN PROCEOURE.
RE-TRIM AIRCRAFT ANO RE-ENGAGE AUTOPILOT IF REOUIREO .
M
FEATHER LEVER (FAILEO ENGINE) ...................................................................................... TURN
CONFIRM ENGINE CORRECTLY IOENTIFIEO
FEATHER LEVER (FAILEO ENGINE) ....................................................................................... PULL
POWER LEVER ................................................................................................... FULLY FORWARO
LP COCKS HYO/FUEL INOICATORS ...................................................................................... SHUT
IF LP COCKS HYO/FUEL INOICATORS NOT SHUT
M
NOTE:
PROPELLER MAY STILL ROTATE SLOWLY.
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCH ................................................................................................... SHUT

GENERATOR SWITCH ................................................................................................................. OFF
FLOW SELECTOR ......................................................................................................................... OFF
OTHER FLOW SELECTOR ................................................................................................ INCREASE
PROPELLER SYNCH ROPHASE SWITCH ................................................................................... OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ................................................................................... OFF
ENGINE ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ........................................................................................... OFF
FUEL CROSSFEEO SWITCH ...................................................................................... AS REQUIREO
OIL TEMPERATURE ........................................................................................................... MONITOR
POWER LEVER .............................................................................................................. FLIGHT IOLE
IF NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN OIL TEMPERATURE LIMITS , SELECT 'OIL COOLER FLAP'
SWITCH TO OPEN AFTER FLAP RETRACTION
FOR LANOING PROCEOURE - GO TO CARO 18: LANOING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
ENO.
J32 00/02/01
CARD16
CARD16
ERRATIC ENGINE TORQUE/EGT/RPM INDICATIONS

ERRATIC TORQUE/EGT INOICATIONS
RPM LEVERS ........................................................................................................FULLY AOVANCE
POWER LEVER (AFFECTEO ENGINE) ..............................................................................RETARO
PROPELLER SYNCHROPHASE SWITCH ................................................................................. OFF
TTL SWITCH ................................................................................................................................ OFF
MONITOR TORQUE, EGT ANO ENGINE RESPONSE.
IF TORQUE FLUCTUATIONS EXCEEO
7.5% (TOTAL AMPLITUOE 15%)
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT SHUT OOWN.
ERRATIC RPM INOICATIONS

IF RPM FLUCTUATIONS EXCEEO 7.5% (TOTAL AMPLITUOE 15%)
PROPELLER SYNCH ROPHASE SWITCH ................................................................................. OFF
ENO.
LACK OF ENGINE RESPONSE TO

POWER LEVER MOVEMENT
NOTE:
THIS PROCEOURE SHOULO BE FOLLOWEO AFTER PROLONGEO FLIGHT AT

HIGH ALTITUOE IN LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES . IT SHOULO ONLY BE USEO
WHEN THERE ARE NO OTHER OBVIOUS REASONS FOR LACK OF RESPONSE.
AFFECTEO ENGINE
IGNITION SWITCH ..................................................................................................... CONTINUOUS
AFTER 5 MINUTES:
POWER LEVER ................................................................................................................ OPERATE
CHECKFORNORMALRESPONSE
IF RESPONSE NORMAL:
IGNITION SWITCH .............................................................................................................. NORMAL
NOTES:
1.
IF NORMAL RESPONSE IS RESTOREO THE PROCEOURE ABOVE SHOULO

BE REPEATEO FOR THE NON-AFFECTEO ENGINE
2.
IF NORMAL RESPONSE IS NOT RESTOREO BUT THERE ARE NO OTHER

FAILURE INOICATIONS, CONTINUE TO USE THE ENGINE. IT MAY BE
NECESSARY TO APPLY CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY
IN-FLIGHT SHUT OOWN FOR APPROACH ANO LANOING .
ENO.
J 32 00102100
CARD17
CARD17
ENGINE FAILURE ON TAKE-OFF

BEFORE OECISION SPEEO V1 :
POWER LEVERS ....................................................................................................... GROUNO IOLE
MAXIMUM BRAKING ...............................................................................................................APPLY
APPLY REVERSE THRUST ...................................................................................... AS REOUIREO
MAINTAIN OIRECTIONAL CONTROL BY USE OF RUOOER ANO NOSEWHEEL STEERING.
WHEN AIRCRAFT HAS STOPPEO. FOR FAILEO ENGINE:
FEATHER LEVER OF FAILEO ENGINE .................................................................................. TURN
FEATHER LEVER OF FAILEO ENGINE ................................................................................... PULL
LP HYO/FUEL INOICATORS .......................................................................................CHECK SHUT
IF LP HYO/FUEL INOICATORS NOT SHUT :
AIR FLOW SELECTOR ................................................................................................................ OFF
PROP ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ............................................................................................ OFF
ENGINE ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ......................................................................................... OFF
ENO.
AT OR ABOVE OECISION SPEEO V1 :
CONTINUE THE TAKE-OFF
MAINTAIN OIRECTIONAL CONTROL, INITIATE ROTATION AT VR
WHEN SAFELY AIRBORNE :
LANOING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
ACCELERATE TO ANO MAINTAIN THE TAKE-OFF SAFETY SPEEO V2
AT 500 ft AAL :
M
FEATHER LEVER (FAILEO ENGINE) ...................................................................................... TURN

FEATHER LEVER (FAILEO ENGINE) ....................................................................................... PULL
POWER LEVER (FAILEO ENGINE) .................................................................... FULLY FORWARO
M
NOTE:
IF THE ENGINE FAILURE IS ACCOMPANIEO BY OTHER ENGINE EMERGENCIES
SUCH AS FIRE, SEVERE ENGINE VIBRATION OR NTS FAILURE, THE ABOVE
MEMORY BOX ITEMS MAY BE CARRIEO OUT BELOW 500 ft AAL.
AT 500 ft AAL (ALTERNATIVE 1 FLIGHT PATH) or 1600 ft AAL (ALTERNATIVE 2 FLIGHT
PATH) :
ACCELERATE TO ANO MAINTAIN THE ONE-ENGINE INOPERATIVE EN-ROUTE CLIMB
SPEEO
FLAPS ....................................................................................................................................... RETO
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT SHUT OOWN
ENO.
J 32 00102100
CARD18
CARD18
LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

CAUTION:
DO NOT EXTEND THE FLA PS BEYOND 20.
USE NORMAL APPROACH SPEEDS

USE FINAL APPROACH ANO LANDING SPEEDS FOR 20 FLAPS
USE NORMAL LANDING TECHNIQUE. DO NOT SELECT 35 FLAP DURING THE LANDING
RUN
NOTES:
1.
WITH FLAPS 20, AUTOMATIC EXTENSION TO LIFT DUMP POSITION WILL

NOT OCCUR.
AFTER SELECTION OF GROUND IDLE AIRCRA FT WILL YAW TOWARDS THE

OPERATIVE ENG INE. USE OF REVERSE PITCH WILL INCREASE THE YAW.
END.
GO-AROUND WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

CAUTION:
NOTE:
LANDING GEAR MUST BE RETRACTED IMMEDIATELY AFTER FLAPS ARE

SELECTED TO 10.
IF THE DECISION TO GO-AROUND HAS NOT BEEN MADE BY 200 ft AGL THE
A IRCRAFT IS NORMALLY COMMITTED TO LAND.
APPLY TAKE-OFF POWER

FLAPS ............................................................................................................................................ 10
LANDING GEAR .............................................................................................................................UP
CLIMB STRA IGHT AHEAD AT TAKE OFF SAFETY SPEED V2
WHEN ABOVE 500 ft ANO AT A SAFE HEIGHT:

ACCELERATE TO ANO MAINTAIN THE ONE-ENG INE INOPERATIVE EN-ROUTE CLIMB
SPEED
FLAPS ........................................................................................................................................RETD
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD17
CARD17

WHEN AIRCRAFT HAS STOPPEO. FOR FAILEO ENGINE:
FEATHER LEVER OF FAILEO ENGINE .................................................................................. TURN
LP HYO/FUEL INOICATORS ....................................................................................... CHECK SHUT
IF LP HYO/FUEL INOICATORS NOT SHUT:
ENO.
LANOING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
APR [L] or [R] GREEN CAPTION , FOR OPERATING ENGINE ............................... ILLUMINATEO
TORQUE /EGT LIMITS ...........................................................................................................CHECK
IF APR GREEN CAPTION FOR OPERATING ENGINE IS NOT ILLUMINATEO:
APR O/RIOE PUSH SWITCH ................................................................................................. PRESS
BOTH APR [L] ANO [R] GREEN CAPTIONS ......................................... CONFIRM ILLUMINATEO
AT 500 ft AAL :
M
FEATHER LEVER FAILEO ENGINE ...................................................................................... TURN
CONFIRM ENGINE CORRECTL Y IOENTIFIEO
POWER LEVER , FAILEO ENGINE ..................................................................... FULLY FORWARO
M
NOTE:

Continued ....
J32 00/02/01
CARD17
CARD17
Continued ....
AT 500 ft AAL (ALTERNATIVE 1 FLIGHT PATH) OR AT 1.600 ft AAL (ALTERNATIVE 2 FLIGHT

PATH):
SPEEO
FLAPS ........................................................................................................................................ RETO
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT SHUT OOWN
AFTER 5 MINUTES OPERATION:
POWER RESERVE SWITCH ...................................................................................................... OFF
CONFIRM [ARM] WHITE CAPTION EXTINGUISHEO, TORQUE/EGT OECREASE.
IF APR O/RIOE PUSH SWITCH HAS BEEN PRESSEO TO ACTIVATE THE APR SYSTEM, IT
MUST BE PRESSEO AGAIN TO OISARM THE APR SYSTEM.
ENO.
J32 00102101
CARD17
CARD17

WHEN AIRCRAFT HAS STOPPEO. FOR FAILEO ENGINE :
FEATHER LEVER FAILEO ENGINE ........................................................................................ TURN
ENO.
AT OR ABOVE OECISION SPEEO V1
WHEN SAFELY AIRBORNE:
LANOING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
APR [L] or [R] GREEN CAPTION , FOR OPERATING ENGINE ............................... ILLUMINATEO
TORQUE/EGT LIMITS ........................................................................................................... CHECK
IF APR GREEN CAPTION FOR OPERATING ENGINE IS NOT ILLUMINATEO:
APR O/RIOE PUSH SWITCH ................................................................................................. PRESS
BOTH APR [L] ANO [R] GREEN CAPTIONS ......................................... CONFIRM ILLUMINATEO
AT 500 ft AAL:

M
NOTE:

Continued ....
J 32 00102102
CARD17
CARD17
Continued ....
IS 0 FLAP TAKE-OFF SELECTEO?
YES
CONTINUE TO CLIMB TO 1,600 ft AT TAKE-OFF SAFETY SPEEO V2

AFTER 5 MINUTES OPERATION :
POWER RESERVE SWITCH .............................................................................. OFF
CONFIRM APR [ARM] WHITE CAPTION EXTINGUISHEO
TORQUE/EGT ........................................................................................ OECREASE.
IF APR O/RIOE PUSH SWITCH HAS BEEN PRESSEO TO ACTIVATE THE APR
SYSTEM , IT MUST BE PRESSEO AGAIN TO OISARM THE APR SYSTEM.
ENO.
NO
AT 500 ft AAL (ALTERNATIVE 1 FLIGHT PATH) OR AT 1.600 ft AAL

(ALTERNATIVE 2 FLIGHT PATH) :
ACCELERATE TO ANO MAINTAIN THE ONE-ENGINE INOPERATIVE
EN-ROUTE CLIMB SPEEO
FLAPS ...............................................................................................................RETO
AFTER 5 MINUTES OPERATION :
POWER RESERVE SWITCH .............................................................................. OFF
CONFIRM APR [ARM] WHITE CAPTION EXTINGUISHEO
TORQUE/EGT ........................................................................................ OECREASE.
IF APR O/RIOE PUSH SWITCH HAS BEEN PRESSEO TO ACTIVATE THE APR
SYSTEM, IT MUST BE PRESSEO AGAIN TO OISARM THE APR SYSTEM .
ENO.
J 32 00102102
CARD17
CARD17

APPLY REVERSE THRUST ...................................................................................... AS REQUIREO
ENO.
MAINTAIN OIRECTIONAL CONTROL, INITIATE ROTATION AT VR :
LANOING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
AT 500 ft AAL :
M

M
NOTE:

Continued ....
J 32 00102103
CARD17
CARD17
Continued ....
AT 500 ft AAL:
EN-ROUTE CLIMB SPEED
FLAPS ................................................................................................................ RETD
POWER RESERVE/RESTORATION SWITCH ................................... PWR AUG ON
TORQUE/EGT LIMITS ............................................................................... OBSERVE
[AUG] GREEN CAPTION ................................................. CONFIRM ILLUMINATED
IF [AUG] GREEN CAPTION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE:
PWR AUG LIGHT MODULE ........................................................................... PRESS
[O/R] WHITE ANO [AUG] GREEN CAPTIONS ............... CONFIRM ILLUMINATED
TORQUE ............................................................................. CONFIRM INCREASES
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT SHUT DOWN.
END.
J32 00102103
CARD17
CARD17

APPLY REVERSE THRUST ...................................................................................... AS REQUIREO
ENO.
MAINTAIN OIRECTIONAL CONTROL, INITIATE ROTATION AT VR :
LANOING GEAR ............................................................................................................................ UP
AT 500 ft AAL :
M
M
NOTE:

Continued ....
J 32 00102104
CARD17
CARD17
Continued ....
IS 0 FLAP TAKE-OFF SELECTED?
YES
FLAPS ................................................................................................................RETD
[AUG] GREEN CAPTION .................................................CONFIRM ILLUMINATED
ANO [AUG] GREEN CAPTIONS ....................................... CONFIRM ILLUMINATED
CONTINUE TO CLIMB TO 1,600 ft AT TAKE-OFF SAFETY SPEED V2
END.
NO
AT 500 ft AAL
EN-ROUTE CLIMB SPEED
FLAPS ................................................................................................................RETD
[AUG] GREEN CAPTION ................................................. CONFIRM ILLUMINATED
END.
J 32 00102104
CARD1 8
CARD18

CAUTION:
DO NOT EXTEND THE FLAPS BEYOND 20.

USE NORMAL LANDING TECHNIQUE. DO NOT SELECT 35 FLAP DURING THE LAND ING
RUN
NOTES:
1.
WITH FLAPS 20, AUTOMATIC EXTENSION TO LIFT DUMP POSITION WILL

NOTOCCUR.
AFTER SELECTION OF GROUND IDLE AIRCRAFT WILL YAW TOWARDS THE

OPERATIVE ENG INE. USE OF REVERSE PITCH WILL INCREASE THE YAW.
END.

CAUTION :
NOTE:
LANDING GEAR MUST BE RETRACTE O IMMEDIATELY AFTER FLAPS ARE

SELECTED TO 1O .
IF THE DECISION TO GO-AROUND HAS NOT BEEN MADE BY 200 ft AGL THE
AIRCRAFT IS NORMALLY COMMITTED TO LAND.
APPLY TAKE-OFF POWER

FLAPS ......................... ... ............ ... .... ..... ........................ ... ......................... .. .................................. 10
LANDING GEAR ............... .. ............................ . ............................................................................. UP
CLIMB STRAIGHT AHEAD AT TAKE OFF SAFETY SPEED V2
WHEN ABOVE 500 ft ANO ATA SAFE HEIGHT:

SPEED
FLAPS .............................................. ..... .. ......................... ................................ ................. .. ... .... RETD
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD18
CARD18

DO NOT EXTEND THE FLAPS BEYOND 20.
CAUTION:

USE NORMAL LANDING TECHNIQU E. DO NOT SELECT 35 FLAP DURING THE LANDING
AUN
1. WITH FLAPS 20, AUTOMATIC EXTENSION TO LIFT DUMP POSITION WILL
NOTOCCUR.
NOTES:
AFTER SELECTION OF GROUND IDLE AIRCRAFT WILL YAW TOWAADS THE

OPERATIVE ENGINE. USE OF REVERSE PITCH WILL INCREASE THE YAW.
END.

LANDING GEAR MUST BE RETRACTED IMMED IATEL Y AFTER FLAPS ARE
SELECTED TO 1O.
CAUTION:
NOTES :
1.
IF THE LANDING WEIGHT EXCEEDS THE WAT LIMIT WATER-METHANOL

WITH POWER AUGMENTATION WILL BE REQUIREO.
2.
THE POWER RESERVE/RESTORATION SWITCH MU ST NOT BE SELECTED

TO WATER-M ETH ARM WHEN THE ENGINE TORQUE EXCEEDS 70%.
3 . THE ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUNO PROCEOURE MUST NOT BE

INITIATED BELOW A HEIGHT OF 200 ft AGL. IF THE DECISSION TO
GO-AROUNO HAS NOT BEEN MAOE BY 200 ft THE AIRCRAFT IS COMMITEO
TOLAN O.
POWER LEVER (OPERATING ENGINE) ......................................... .. .............................. ADVANCE
CONFIRM [L] or [R] GREEN CAPTION ILLUMINATEO.
ACHIEVE TORQUE SETTING.
IF WATER-METHANOL OPERATION IS NOT ACHIEVED, IMMEDIATELY SELECT
POWER RESERVE/RESTORATION SWITCH TO PWR AUG ON ANO CONTINUE
WITH THE PROCEDURE.
FLAPS .... ...................... ......................... ............................ .. ............. ................................... ........... 10
LAN DING GEAR ........................................................................... .................................................. UP
NOTE:
CLIMB STRAIGHT AHEAO AT TAKE OFF SAFETY SPEED V2

AT 500 fl AGL:
ACCELERATE TO THE EN-ROUTE CLIMB SPEEO
FLAPS ................ ........... ......... .......................... ...... .. ........................................ ... ......... ... .. .. .. ..... RETO
POWER RESERVE/RESTORATION SWITCH........................................................... PWR AUG ON
PUMP [1] WHITE ANO [L] OR [A] GREEN CAPTIONS ........................ . CONFIRM EXTINGISHED
POWER LEVER (OPERATING ENGINE) ...................... ................................................... ADVANCE
OBSERVE TORQUE / EGT LIM ITS ANO CONFIRM [AUG] GREEN CAPTION ILLUMINATES
IF [AUG] GREEN CAPTION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE
PWR AUG LIGHT MODULE .......................... .. ................... ....... ...... ........................................ PRESS
CONFIRM [0/R] WHITE ANO [AUG] GREEN CAPTIONS ILLUMINATE, TOROUE INCREASES.
END.
J32 00/01 /01
CARD19
CARD19

IS THE PROPELLER RESPONDING NORMALLY TO ADJUSTMENTS OF POWER LEVER?
YES
CONTINUE FLIGHT
REPORT DEFECTIVE CAP ON LANDING
END.
NO

SHUT DOWN
DO NOT RELIGHT THE ENGINE
END.
BETA WARNING HORN ON GROUND

AFTER LANDING :
IF THE WARNING HORN SOUNDS WHEN A POWER LEVER IS RETARDED BELOW FLIGHT
IDLE THE NOSE WEIGHT SWITCH HAS FAILED IN THE FLIGHT POSITION .
THE SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
LIFT DUMP
LANDING GEAR SELECTOR SOLENOID LOCK
NOSEWHEEL STEERING
PRESSURISATION SAFETY VALVE
ON THE GROUND :
PRESSURE DUMP SWITCH .................................................................................................... DUMP
END.
J 32 00102100
CARO 20
CARO 20
ABNORMAL OIL TEMP / PRESS INDICATIONS

IN THE EVENT OF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS :
OIL PRESSURE LESS THAN 70 psi BELOW 23.000 ft:
ACCOMPANIED BY HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE, ENGINE VIBRATION , OR OTHER ABNORMAL
ENGINE INDICATIONS
OR ,
OIL PRESSURE ABOVE 120 psi
ACCOMPANIED BY RISING OIL TEMPERATURE OR OTHER ABNORMAL ENGINE
INDICATIONS
OR ,
LOW OIL TEMPERATURE
ACCOMPANIED BY HIGH OIL PRESSURE OR ABNORMAL PROPELLER RESPONSE
OR ,
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE
ACCOMPANIED BY LOW OIL PRESS (LESS THAN 50 psi ABOVE 23,000 ft, OR LESS THAN
70 psi BELOW 23,000 ft)
GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR EMERGENCY IN-FLIGHT SHUT DOWN
DO NOT RELIGHT ENGINE
END.
J 32 00102100
CARD19
CARD19

YES
CONTINUE FLIGHT
END.
NO

SHUT DOWN
END.

AFTER LANDING :
LIFT DUMP
NOSEWHEEL STEERING
ON THE GROUND :
END.
J 32 00102100
CARO 20
CARO 20

ENGINE INDICATIONS
OR ,
INDICATIONS
OR ,
LOW OIL TEMPERATURE
OR ,
END.
UNCOMMANDED APR OPERATION

POWER LEVER AFFECTED ENGINE(S) ............................................................................ ADJUST
MANUALLY LIMIT EGT TO 630'C
END.
J32 00/02/01
CARD19
CARD19

YES
CONTINUE FLIGHT
END.
NO

SHUT DOWN
END.

AFTER LANDING :
LIFT DUMP
NOSEWHEEL STEERING
ON THE GROUND :
END.
J 32 00102100
CARO 20
CARO 20

ENGINE INDICATIONS
OR ,
INDICATIONS
OR ,
LOW OIL TEMPERATURE
OR ,
END.
UNCOMMANDED APR OPERATION

POWER LEVER AFFECTED ENGINE(S) ............................................................................ ADJUST
MANUALLY LIMIT EGT TO 635'C
END.
J 32 00102102
CARO 21
CARO 21

AFFECTED SAL COMPUTE A ............... .......... ........................ .. .... ............................................ OFF
EGT LIMIT ...... .. ... ............. .. ......... .. ......... .............. ................... ESTABLISH FROM TABLES BELOW
POW ER LEVER ............................................................................... .......... ADJUST TO EGT VALUE
THE EGT VALU E IS A LIMIT , WHICH MAY NOT BE OBTAINED DU E TO LOW
ALTITUDE ANO TEMPERATURE
NOTE:
JM3Z'2 12/ISS2
EGT LIMIT - C
INDICATED AIRSPEED - kt
IOAT C
o - 50
100
150
200
300
-40
565
563
562
560
551
-30
568
566
565
563
554
-20
572
570
568
566
559
-10
576
574
573
570
562
581
579
577
575
566
10
585
583
582
579
570
20
594
592
590
587
577
30
605
603
601
598
588
40
617
61 4
613
610
600
50
628
624
623
622
613
52
630
626
625
624
616
EGT LIM IT C AT 100% RPM FROM TAKE-OFF UP TO 300 kt
EGT LIMIT - C
r-
IOAT C
r---
100
150
200
300
-40
541
540
536
527
-30
545
544
539
533
-20
550
548
544
535
--
-10
554
553
548
538
559
557
553
544
10
567
565
560
550
20
578
577
572
561
30
590
588
583
573
40
601
600
595
584
50
613
611
607
596
52
615
613
609
598
1
1
EGT LIMIT C AT 97% RPM

END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARO 22
CARO 22
OIL COOLER FLAP OPEN YELLOW

LIGHT ILLUMINATED
OIL COOLER FLAP SWITCH .......................... ........... ............................................................. .. SHUT
O IL COOLER FLAP OPEN YELLOW LIGHT EXTINGUISHED .... ..................................... CONFIRM
IF OI L COOLER FLAP OPEN YELLOW LIGHT REMAINS ILLUMINATED, DO NOT EXCEED
150 kt IAS.
END.
ENGINE IGNITION
IF THE AUTOMATIC RE-LIGHT MODE IS FOUND TO BE INOP ERATIVE DURING THE AFTER
START CHECKS, THE FLIGHT MAY BE CONTINUED AS FOLLOWS;
FLIGHT CLEAR OF ICING CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PRECIPITATION, SUCH AS RAIN, HAil
ORSNOW :
ASSOCIATED IGNITION SWITCH ..................................................................................... NORMAL
FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PRECIPITATION:
ASSOCIATED IGNITION SWITCH ..................................... ....................................... CONTINUOUS
CONFIRM [IGN] AMBER CAPTION ON LEFT CENTRE PANEL ILLUMINATED.
IF [IGNJ AMBER CAPTION ON LEFT CENTRE PANEL REMAINS EXTINGUISHED OR
BECOMES EXTINGUISHED IN FLIGHT:
AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PRECIPITATION.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 21
CARO 21
CAP ~ AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

AFFECT ED SRL COMPUTER ..... ............. ...... .......... .... ............ ... ............. ...... ....... ... ................. OFF
EGT LIM IT ...... ....... ............ .... ............................ .......... .... ... ..... ESTABLISH FROM TABLES BELOW
POWER LEVER .................... ....... ........ ........................................ .. ......... ... ADJUST TO EGT VALUE
NOTE:
THE EGT VALUE IS A LIMIT, W HICH MAY NOT BE OBTAINED DUETO LOW
ALTITUDE ANO TEMPERATURE.
JM32/Z23"ISS1
EGT LIMIT - C
INDICAT ED AIRSPEED - kt
IOAT C
O - 50
100
150
200
300
-40
564
563
562
560
553
-30
568
567
566
564
557
-20
572
570
569
567
560
-1o
581
579
577
574
565
590
588
586
583
574
10
599
597
595
592
583
20
607
606
604
601
592
30
616
615
613
610
601
40
625
624
62 1
618
609
EGT LI MIT C AT 100% RPM FROM TAKE-OFF UP TO 300 kt
EGT LIMIT - C
---
INDICATED AIRSPEED - KT
IOAT C
100
150
200
300
-40
542
541
539
532
-30
546
545
543
536
-20
549
548
546
541
-10
553
552
550
544
556
555
553
547
10
563
561
558
551
20
572
570
567
558
30
58 1
579
576
567
40
590
588
585
575

END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 22
CARO 22

LIGHT ILLUMINATED
O IL COOLER FLAP SW ITCH .................................................. ...... ... ......................................... SHUT
OIL COOLER FLAP OPEN YELLOW LIGHT EXTINGUISHED .. ....................................... CONFIRM
IF O IL COOLER FLAP OPEN YELLOW LIGHT REMAINS ILLUMINATED, DO NOT EXCEED
150 kt IAS.
END.
ENGINE IGNITION
IF THE AUTOMAT IC RE-LIGHT MODE IS FOUND TO BE INOPERATIVE DURING THE AFTER
START CHECKS, THE FLIGHT MAY BE CONTINUED AS FOLLOW S;
FLIGHT CLEAR OF ICING CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PRECIPITATION. SUCH AS RAIN. HAil
OR SNOW:
FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PAECIPITATION:
ASSOCIATED IGNITION SWITCH ............................................................ ................ CONTINUOUS
IF llGNI AM BER CAPTION ON LEFT CENTRE PANEL REMAINS EXTINGU ISHED OR
ASSOCIATED IGNITION SW ITCH ..................................................................................... NORMAL
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 21
CARO 21

AFFECTED SRL COMPUTER ................................................................................................... OFF
EGT LI MIT ............................................................................... ESTABLISH FROM TABLES BELOW
POWER LEVER ............... .. .. ...................................... ................................ ADJUST TO EGT VALUE
THE EGT VALUE IS A LIMIT, WHICH MAY NOT BE OBTAINED DUETO LOW
ALTITUDE AND TEM PERATURE
NOTE:
EGT LIMIT - C
- -- - -
IOAT "C
o - 50
100
150
200
300
-40
564
563
562
560
553
-30
568
567
566
564
557
-20
572
570
569
567
560
-1 o
581
579
577
574
565
590
588
586
583
574
10
599
597
595
592
583
20
607
606
604
601
592
30
616
615
613
610
601
40
625
624
621
618
609
so
634
633
631
628
619
52
636
635
633
630
621
EGT LIMIT C AT 100% RPM FROM TAKE-OFF UP TO 300 kt
EGT LIMIT - C
IOAT C
100
150
200
300
-40
542
541
539
532
-30
546
545
543
536
-20
549
548
546
541
-10
553
552
550
544
556
555
553
547
10
563
561
558
551
20
572
570
567
558
30
581
579
576
567
40
590
588
585
575
50
599
597
594
584
52
601
599
596
586

END.
J32 00/01 /02
CARO 22
CARO 22
'

LIGHT ILLUMINATED
OIL COOLER FLAP SWITCH ....................... ....... ............................................ .................... ...... SHUT
OIL COOLER FLAP OPEN YELLOW LIGHT EXT INGUISHED ... ...................................... CONFIRM
IF OIL COOLER FLAP OP EN YELLOW LIGHT REMAINS ILLUM INATED, DO NOT EXCEED
150 kt IAS.
END.
ENGINE IGNITION
IF TH E AUTOMATIC RE-LIGHT MODE IS FOUND TO BE INOPERATIVE DURING TH E AFTER
START CHECKS, THE FLIGHT MAY BE CONTINUED AS FOLLOWS;
FLIGHT CLEAR OF ICI NG CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PRECIPITAT ION, SUCH AS RAIN, HAil
OR SNOW :
ASSOCIATED IGN ITION SWITCH ......................... .. .... .................... ... ......... ........ .... ....... ... NORMAL
FLIGHT IN ICING CONDIT IONS OR HEAVY PREC IPITATION:
ASSOCIATED IGNITION SWITCH .. .......................................... ... ...... .. ........... .......... CONTINUOUS
IF [IG NJ AMBER CAPTION ON LEFT CENTRE PA NEL REMAINS EXTINGUISHED OR
BECOMES EXT INGUISHED IN FLIGHT:
ASSOCIATED IGNIT ION SWITCH ........................................... .. .. ... .. .. ............................... NORMAL
AVOID FLIGHT IN IC ING CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PRECIPITATION.
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARO 21
CARO 21

AFFECTED SAL COMPUTE A .... ...... ..... ....... ....................... ...... ......................... ................. ...... O FF
EGT LIMIT .. ........... .... ............................. ........................... ...... ESTABLISH FROM TABLES BELOW
POW ER LEVER ........ ..................... ............ .................. ....... ....... .. .... .......... ADJUST TO EGT VALUE
NOTE:
THE EGT VALUE IS A LIMIT , WHICH MAY NOT BE OBTAINED DUETO LOW
ALTITUDE ANO T EMPERATURE
WATER METHANOL SYST EM - NOT ARMED FOR TAKE-OFF:

JM::l2l2 1211ss2
EGT LIM IT - C
INDICAT ED AIRSPEED - kt
IOAT C
o - 50
100
150
200
300
-40
565
563
562
560
551
-30
568
566
565
563
554
-20
572
570
568
566
559
-10
576
574
573
570
562
581
579
577
575
566
10
585
583
582
579
570
20
594
592
590
587
577
30
605
603
60 1
598
588
40
617
614
613
610
600
50
628
624
623
622
613
52
630
626
625
624
616
~-
EGT LIMIT C AT 100% RPM FROM TAKE-OFF UP TO 300 kt

JMl2/2 1311l>S2
EGT LI MIT - C
IOAT "C
-!
100
150
200
300
--
-40
541
540
536
527
-30
545
544
539
533
-20
550
548
544
535
-1o
554
553
548
538
559
557
553
544
10
567
565
560
550
20
578
577
572
561
30
590
588
583
573
40
601
600
595
584
50
613
611
607
596
52
6 15
..
613
609
598

Continued ....
J32 00/01 /03
CARO 21
CARO 21
WATER METHANOL SYSTEM -ARMED FOR TAKE-OFF:
EGT LIMIT - C
INDICATED AIRSPEED - Kt
IOAT C
O- 50
100
150
-5
572
570
569
574
573
571
10
579
577
576
20
586
584
582
30
596
594
592
40
606
604
603
50
617
6 15
614
EGT LIMIT C AT 100% RPM FROM TAKE-OFF to 150 Kt
END.
J32 00/01/03
CARO 21
CARO 2 1

AFFECTED SAL COMPUTER ............................................................. ...................................... OFF
EGT LIMIT ....................................................................... ........ ESTABLISH FROM TABLES BELOW
POWER LEVER .................. ............ ........................................................... ADJUST TO EGT VALUE
NOTE:
THE EGT VALUE IS A LIMIT, WHICH MAY NOT BE OBTAINED DUETO LOW
ALTIT UDE ANO TEMPERATURE.
WATER METHANOL SYSTEM - NOT ARMED FOR TAKE-OFF:

JM32f22:vtsl1
..
EGT LIMIT - C
IOAT C
'
o - 50
100
150
200
300
-40
5611
563
562
560
553
-30
568
567
566
564
557
-20
572
570
569
567
560
-10
581
579
577
574
565
590
588
586
583
574
10
599
597
595
592
583
20
607
606
604
601
592
30
616
615
613
610
601
40
625
624
621
618
609
EGT LI MIT AT 100% RPM FROM TAKE-OFF TO 300 kt
---
JU :'t.?/??"1 1 ~ 1
EGT LIMIT - C
INDICATED AIRSPEED- KT
IOAT C
100
150
200
300
-40
542
541
539
532
-30
5116
545
543
536
-20
549
548
546
541
-10
553
552
550
544
556
555
553
547
10
563
561
558
551
20
572
570
567
558
30
581
579
576
567
40
590
588
585
575
EGT LI MIT AT 97% RPM

Continued ....
J32 00/01/04
CARO 21
CARO 21
Continued ....
WATER METHANOL SYSTEM -ARMED FOR TAKE-OFF:

EGT LIMIT - C
---
IOAT C
O- 50
100
150
-5
590
588
586
592
590
588
10
596
594
592
20
600
598
596
30
603
602
600
40
612
611
609
621
620
618
50
-
END.
J32 00/01/04
CARO 21
CARO 21

AFFECTED SRL COMPUTER .............................................. .... .. ................. ............. .... ............. OFF
EGT LIMIT ................................... ............ ................................ ESTABLISH FROM TABLES BELOW
POWER LEVER ................................................................................ ... ...... ADJUST TO EGT VALUE
T HE EGT VALUE IS A LIMIT, WHICH MAY NOT BE OBTAINED DUE TO LOW
ALTITUDE ANO TEMPERATURE
NOTE :
WATER METHANOL SYSTEM - NOT ARMED FOR TAKE-OFF:
--
JM32/22311ss2
1
1
EGT LIMIT - C
- --
IOATC
o - 50
100
150
200
300
-40
564
563
562
560
553
-30
568
567
566
564
557
-20
572
570
569
567
560
-10
581
579
577
574
565
590
588
586
583
574
10
599
597
595
592
583
20
607
606
604
601
592
30
616
615
613
610
601
40
625
624
621
618
609
50
634
633
631
628
619
52
636
635
633
630
621
EGT LIMIT C AT 100% RPM TAKE-OFF UP TO 300 kt
EGT LIMIT - C
~-
INDICATED AIRSPEED- kt
IOAT C
100
150
200
300
-40
542
541
539
532
-30
546
545
543
536
-20
549
548
546
541
-10
553
552
550
544
556
555
553
547
10
563
561
558
551
20
572
570
567
558
30
581
579
576
567
40
590
588
585
575
50
599
597
594
584
52
601
599
596
586

Continued ... .
J32 00/01 /05
CARO 21
CARO 21
Continued ... .
WATER METHANOL SYSTEM - ARMED FOR TAKE-OFF:
,.
J"'-t322251ls.<;2
. ------ --
EGT LIMIT - C
IOAT C
o - so
100
150
-5
590
588
586
592
590
588
10
596
594
592
20
600
598
596
30
603
602
600
40
612
611
609
50
621
620
618
52
623
622
620

END.
J32 00/01/05
CARO 22
CARO 22

LIGHT ILLUMINATED
OIL COOLER FLAP SWITCH .................................................................................................... SHUT
OIL COOLER FLAP OPEN YELLOW LIGHT EXTINGUISHED ......................................... CONFIRM
IF OIL COOLER FLAP OPEN YELLOW LIGHT REMAINS ILLUMINATED, DO NOT EXCEED
150 kt IAS.
END.
ENGINE IGNITION
IF THE AUTOMATIC RE-LIGHT MODE IS FOUND TO BE INOPERATIVE DURING TH E AFTER
START CHECKS, THE FLIGHT MAY BE CONTIN UED AS FOLLOWS;
FLIGHT CLEAR OF ICING CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PRECIPITATION. SUCH AS RAIN. HAil
OR SNOW:
ASSOCIATED IGNITION SW ITCH .................................... ............ ..................................... NORMAL
FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS OR HEAVY PRECIPITATION:
ASSOCIATED IGNITION SWITCH ............................................................................ CONTINUOUS
IF [IGNJ AMBER CAPTION ON LEFT CENTRE PANEL REMAINS EXTINGUISHED OR
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARO 23
CARO 23

CAUTION :
PROCEDURES FOR FLIGHT ON BATTERIES ONLY INCLUDE AN ACTION TO

SWITCH BOOST PUMPS OFF. IF THIS ACTION RESULTS IN THE INDICATION
OF LOW FUEL PRESSURE, THEN A RAPID DESCENT SHOULD BE MADE TO
20, 000 ft OR BELOW. THE ASSOCIATED BOOST PUMP(S) SHOULD ONLY BE
SELECTED ON FOR THIS SHORT PERIOD.
FUEL PRESSURE ..................................................................................................................CHECK

IS PRESSURE 20 psi OR HIGHER?
FUEL, ENGINE INSTRUMENTS ANO PERFORMANCE ............ MONITOR
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCH ................................................................. ON
YES
IF CAPTION EXTINGUISHES, CONTINUE FLIGHT IN THIS CONDITION .

IF PRESSURE IS BELOW 20 psi ANO THE CAP [FUEL] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS
ILLUMINATED:
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH ................................................................................................. OPEN
IF PRESSURE IS BELOW 20 psi ANO THE CAP [FUEL] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS
ILLUMINATED:
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH .................................................................................................. SHUT
SUSPECT A FUEL LEAK
REDUCE ALTITUDE AND/OR POWER SETTING UNTIL THE CAPTION IS EXTINGUISHED .
END.
CAP ~AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

ON GROUND
TAKE-OFF IS PROHIBITED
IN FLIGHT
FUEL ANO ENGINE INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................... MONITOR
REPORT DEFECT ON LANDING
END.
J 32 00102100
CARO 24
CARO 24
FUEL QUANTITY~AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED
IS FUEL BALANCE SATISFACTORY?
NO
YES
FEED BOTH ENGINES FROM THE TANK CONTAINING THE GREATER

OUANTITY OF FUEL UNTIL BOTH TANKS BALANCE.
GO TO THIS CARD : CROSSFEED .
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCH ................................................................. ON

CHECK BOTH BOOST PUMPS ARE OPERATING
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH .............................................................. OPEN
CONFIRM [X FEED] (GREEN) CAPTION ILLUMINATES
IF CAP [FUEL] CAPTION ILLUMINATES AND THE FUEL PRESSURE IS
BELOW20 psi
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH ...............................................................SHUT
SUSPECT A FUEL LEAK
END .
CROSSFEED
TO SUPPLY BOTH ENGINES FROM ONE WING TANK, OR ONE ENGINE FROM THE
OPPOSITE WING TANK:
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES ...................................................................................... BOTH ON
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH .................................................................................................. OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCH (TANK NOT TO BE USED) ....................................................... OFF
TO TERMINATE CROSSFEED :
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES ...................................................................................... BOTH ON
FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH ...................................................................................................SHUT
WHEN NORMAL ENGINE FUEL FEED RE-ESTABILISHED:
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES ..............................................................................AS REOUIRED
END.
J 32 00102100
CARO 25
CARO 25

CAP [W/S] AMBER CAPTION ........... ................................................................................ MONITOR
IF CAP [W/SJ AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED:
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION SWITCH ............... ....................................... .... ..................... OFF
IF CAP CW/SJ AMBER CAPTION CYCLICALLY ILLUMINATED:
OVERHEAT CONTROL MODE IS OPERATING.
CAP [W/S] AMBER CAPTION .................................................................................. ......... MONITOR
END.
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION FAILURES

FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS SHOULD BE AVOIDED IF THERE IS A KNOWN FAILURE OF
ANY PART OF THE AIRCRAFT ICE PROTECTION SYSTEMS.
IN THE EVENT OF ANY FAI LU RE OF ANY PART OF THE AIRFRAME DE-ICING SYSTEM
WHILST FLYING IN ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL ICING CONDITIONS THE MAXIMUM FLAP
PERMITTED IS 20. IF AIRFRAME BUFFET IS EXPERIENCED, THE AIRSPEED MUST BE
INCREASED UNTIL THE BUFFET CEASES.
FLAP EXTENSION MU ST NOT BE MADE BELOW 1,000 ft AGL.
THE LANDING APPROACH SPEED FOR 20 FLAP MAY BE INCREASED BY A MAXIMUM OF
15 kt. ANY FURTHER INCREASE MAY CAUSE THE SCHEDULED FIELD LENGTH REQU IRED
TO BE EXCEEDED. IF IT APPEARS CERTAIN THAT TH E LANDING APPROACH SPEED WILL
EXCEED THIS FIG URE ANO TH E RUNWAY AVAILABLE IS KNOWN TO BE CRITICAL, THEN
THE ATTEMPT TO LAND SHOULD BE ABANDONE D.
NOTE:
WITH 20 FLAP, AUTOMATIC EXTENSION TO THE LIFT DUMP POSITION WILL

NOT OCCUR ON LANDING.
CYCLIC TIMER FAILURE

AFTER ICE ACUMULATION:
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION MANUAL CONTROL:
MANUAL SW ITCH .. ................ ..................................................................................................... TAIL
5 SECONDS SELECTION
MANUAL SWITCH ................... ..................... ... ................... .... ................................ ............... . WINGS
5 SECONDS SELECTION
REPEAT BOTH SELECTIONS IMMEDIATELY BUT DO NOT MAKE A THIRD SELECTION.
DO NOT OPERATE T HE SYSTEM AGAIN UNTIL A SIGNIFICANT BUILD-UP OF ICE HAS
OCCURRED.
NOTE:
THE STALL VANE/PITOT HEATERS MUST BE LEFT ON. IT MAY BE NECESSARY

TO CONTINUE TO OPERATE THE AIRFRAME DE-ICING SYSTEM DUETO THE
SEVERITY OF ICING PREVIOUSL Y ENCOUNTERED AND THE LOCAL
ATMOSPHERIC COND ITIONS.
END.
J32 00/01100
CARO 26
CARO 26
~ GREEN CAPTION EXTINGUISHED

AUTOPILOT (IF FITTED) MUST NOT BE USED IN ICING CONDITIONS
END.
PROPELLER ANTl-ICING FAILURE

HEAT ER MAT {S) FAILURE:
PRONOUNCED FLUCT UATIONS OF PROPELLER ANTl-ICING AMMETER .
MONITOR AMM ETER ANO AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS.
CYCLIC TIMER FAILU RE:

NO INDICATION ON PROPELLER ANTl-ICING AMMETER
SELECT OT HER CYCLE .... .................................. .............................. ......... .......... SHORT OR LONG
IF AMMETER INDICATION IS NORMAL, CONTIN UE FLIGHT.
IF TIM ER FAILURE IS CONFIRMED BY NO AMMETER INOICATION
ASSOCIAT ED PROPELLER ICE PROT ECTION ... .. .. .......................... ......... .................. .. ...... .. ...OFF
IF PROPELLER VIBRATION ANO ICE SHE DDING ACCOMPAN IES EITHER FAILURE
POWER LEVER ...................... .......................... ......... ........................................... MIN PRACTICABLE
RPM LEVER .. ..... .. ................ .. ... .. ...................................... ......................... .. ....... MIN PRACTICABLE
NOTE:
ENGINE SHUTDOWN MAY BE NECESSARY:

(GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR IN-FLIGHT SHUTDOWN IF REQUIRED.)
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 25
CARD25

CAP [W/SJ AMBER CAPTION ... ..................................................... ................................... MONITOR
IF CAP CW/SJ AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED:
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION SWITCH .......................... ...................... .... ........................... OFF
IF CW/SJ AMBER CAPTION CYCLICALL Y ILLUMINATED:
OVERHEAT CONTROL MODE IS OPERATING .
CAP [W/S] AMBER CAPTION ............ ..... ...................... .. ................................. ................. MONITOR
END.
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION FAILURES

FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS SHOULD BE AVOIDED IF THERE IS KNOWN FAILUAE OF
AN Y PART OF THE AIRCRAFT ICE PROTECTION SYSTEMS .
IN THE EVENT OF ANY FAILURE OF ANY PART OF THE AIRFRAME DEICING SYSTEM
WHILST FL YING IN ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL ICING CONDITIONS, THE MAXIMUM FLAP
PERMITTED IS 20. IF AIRFRAME BUFFET IS EXPER IENCED, THE AIRSPEED MUST BE
INCREASED UNTIL THE BUFFET CEASES.
FLAP EXTENSION MUST NOT BE MADE BELOW 1,000FT AGL.
IF AIAFRAME ICING IS SUSPECTED ON ANY PART OF THE AIRCRAFT, THE LANDING
APPROACH SPEED SHOULD INITIALLY BE INCAEASED BY 1O kt ANO ALL LANDING
DISTANCES INCAEASED BY 14 %. IF THE WING DEICING HAS FAILED ANO AIRFRAME
BUFFET OCCURS INCREASE THE LANDING APPROACH SPEED UNTIL THE BUFFET
CEASES. FOA EACH ADDITIONAL 5 kt OF APPROACH LANDING SPEED INCREASE ALL
LANDING DISTANCES BY A FURTHER 7%.
NOTE:
WITH 20 FLAP, AUTOMATIC EXTENSION TO THE LIFT DUMP POSITION WILL

NOT OCCUR ON LANDING.
CYCLIC TIMER FAILURE

AFTEA ICE ACUMULATION:
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION MANUAL CONTROL:
MANUAL SWITCH .. ... .......... ........................ ......... .. ..... ..... ..... ............................................. .... ..... TAIL
5 SECONDS SELECTION
MANUAL SWITCH .. ........... .... .... ..... ... ......... ..................................................................... ....... WINGS
5 SECONDS SELECTION
REPEAT BOTH SELECTIONS IMMEDIATELY BUT DO NOT MAKE A THIRD SELECTION.
DO NOT OPERATE THE SYSTEM AGAIN UNTIL A SIGNIFICANT BUILDUP OF ICE HAS
OCCURRED.
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 26
CARO 26
~ GREEN CAPTION EXTINGUISHED

AUTOPILOT (IF FITTED) MUST NOT BE USED IN ICING CONDITIONS
END.
PROPELLER ANTl-ICING FAILURE

HEATER MAT(S) FAILURE:
PRONOUNCEO FLUCTUATIONS OF PROPELLER ANTl-ICING AMMETER.
MONITOR AMMETER ANO AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS.
CYCLIC TIMER FAILURE:

NO INDICATION ON PROPELLER ANTl-ICING AMMETER
SELECT OTHER CYCLE ....................................................................................... SHORT OR LONG
IF AMMETER INDICATION IS NORMAL, CONTINUE FLIGHT.
IF TIMER FAILU RE IS CONFIRMED BY NO AMMETER INDICATION
ASSOCIATED PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION .. .......................................................................OFF
IF PROPELLER VIBRATION ANO ICE SHEDDING ACCOMPANIES EITHER FAILURE
POWER LEVER .......................... ....................... ................................ .. ................. MIN PRACTICABLE
RPM LEVER ........................................................... .... .. ... .................................... MIN PRACTICABLE
NOTE:
ENGINE SHUTDOWN MAY BE NECESSARY:

(GO TO CARO 15: ENGINE FAILURE OR INFLIGHT SHUTDOWN IF REQUIRED.)
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARO 27
CARO 27

IS OC AMMETER SHOWING NORMAL OUTPUT?
LOG DEFECTIVE CAP

END.
NO
GENERATOR SW ITCH .................. ........................................... RESET / ON
IS OUTPUT NORMAL?
YES
OC AMMETER .... .... ... ......... ................ ... ....................................... MONITOR

BUS TIE RESET SWITCH ...... ..... ....... ........ ............... PRESS IF REQUIRED
END.
NO
GENERATOR SWITCH ................ ................ ................... .... ... ... .... ......... OFF
ARE [BUS TIE OPEN) AMBER ANO [BUS FAIL] RED CAPTIONS ILLUMINATED?
NO
OC AMMETER ...... ................. .... ... ... .............................. ... ............ MONITOR
REDUCE SERVICES TO NOT MORE THAN 300 AMPS TOTAL LOAD.
END.
YES
BUS T IE RESET SW ITCH ........................................... ...................... PRESS
IF [BUS TIE OPEN) AMBER ANO [BUS FAIL) RED CAPTIONS ARE STILL ILLUMINATED
THE OC MAIN ANO ESSENTIAL BUSBARS ARE NOT TIED.
AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS
IF RH GENERATOR FAILED , THE OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS POWERED ONLY BY THE
AIRCRAFT BATIERIES.
Continued ... .
J32 00/01/00
CARO 27
CARO 27
Continued ....
IF RIGHT GENERATOR FAILED:
LEFT WINDSHIELD SWITCH .................. .............................................................. ................ ...... OFF
NOTE:
IF WINDSHIELD REQUIRES DE-ICING, THE 'LEFT WINDSHIELD' HEATER SWITCH

MAY BE SELECTED TO 'WARM UP' BETWEEN 7 ANO 5 MINS BEFORE
EXPECTED TOUCH DOWN.
DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR LOADS .. ... ..... .. ........................................................................... REDUCE

FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH ...................................................................................................OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES ..................................... ........................................................... OFF
CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHTING .................................................... .... ............................................ OFF
VOLT SWITCH .................................................................................................................. BATT BUS
BATTERY BUSBAR VOLTAGE ........................... ...... ..... ................................................... MONITOR
BATTERY DRAINED AT 21.6V (LEAD ACID)
23.0V (NICAD)
IF BATTERIES FAIL, SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
LH TURN & SLIP
OIL TEMPS
SPEED WARNINGS
LH PITOT HEAT
SRL & TTL
NO 1 NAV & COMM
NO 1 TRANSPONDER
NO 1 COMPASS
N02 RMI
LH MARKERS
FUEL CONTENTS & FLOW
FLT DIRECTOR
CENTRE HORIZON
TORQUE INOICATION
NAV & ANTI COLLS
STICK PUSHER
ENG. & AIR ICE PROTECTION
LANOING GEAR & FLAPS

IF LEFT HAND GENERATOR FAILED:
OC MAIN BUSBAR SERVICES ..... .. ..... ...... .. ........................ ....... ................................. ISOLATE
INST PANEL LIGHTS
CABIN LIGHTS
NO 2 NAV & COMM
PROPELLER DE-ICING
RH TURN & SLIP
NO 2 COMPASS
STICK PUSHER
RH MARKERS
NO 1 RMI
RHW/SWIPER
LANDING LIGHTS
W/S HEAT
CABIN LIGHTS
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD27
CARD27

IS DC AMMETER SHOW ING NORMAL OUTPUT?
YES
LOG DEFECTIVE CAP.

END.
NO
GENERATOR SWITCH ......... .............................. ...................... RESET / ON
IS OUTPUT NORMAL?
YES
DC AMMETER .... .......................................................................... MONITOR

BUS TIE RESET SWITCH ......................................... PRESS IF REQUIRED
END.
NO
GENERATOR SWITCH ...... .................................................................... OFF
ARE [BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER ANO [BUS FAIL] RED CAPTIONS ILLUMINATED?
NO
DC AMMETER ... ............ .......... ............................ ......................... MONITOR

END.
YES
BUS TIE RESET SWITCH ................. ................................................ PRESS
IF [BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER ANO [BUS FAIL] RED CAPTIONS STILL ILLUMINATED:
THE OC MAIN ANO ESSENTIAL BUSBARS ARE NOT T IED
IF TH E AH GENERATOA FAILED, THE OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS POWERED ONLY BY THE
AIACAAFT BATIERIES.
Continued ....
J32 00/01/01 .
CARD27
CARO 27
Continued ....

LEFT WINDSHIELD SWITCH ....................................... ...................................................... ......... OFF
NOTE:
IF WINDSHIELD REQUIRES DE-ICING, THE 'LEFT WINDSHIELD' HEATER SWITCH

MAY BE SELECTED TO 'ON' 5 MINS BEFORE EXPECTED TOUCH DOWN.
OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR LOADS ....................................................................................... REDUCE

FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH ............. ....... ............................................................................... OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES ...............................................................................................OFF
CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHTING ........................................ ...................................... ..................... OFF
VOLT SW ITCH .................................................................................................................. BATT BUS
BATTERY BUSBAA VOLTAGE ......................................................................................... MONITOR
BATTERY DRAINED AT 21 .6V (LEAD ACID)
23.0V (NICAD)
IF BATTERIES FAIL. SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
LH TURN & SLIP
O IL TEMPS
SPEED WARNINGS
LH PITOT HEAT
SAL & TTL
NO 1 NAV & COMM
NO 1 TRANSPONDER
NO 1 COMPASS
N02RMI
LH MARKERS
FLT DIRECTOR
CENTRE HORIZON
TORQUE INDICATION
NAV & ANTI COLLS
STICK PUSHER
ENG . & AIA ICE PROTECTION
LHW/S HEAT
IF LEFT HAND GENERATOR FAILED:

OC MAIN BUSBAR SERVICES............................................................................................ISOLATE
INST PANEL LIGHTS
CABIN LIGHTS
NO 2 NAV & COMM
PROPELLEA DE-ICING
AH TURN & SLIP
N02COMPASS
STICK PUSHER
AH MARKERS
FUEL & O IL PAESS INDICATIONS
NO 1 AMI
RHW/SW IPER
LANDING LIGHTS
AHW/S HEAT
CABIN LIGHTS
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 27
CARO 27

IS DC AMMETER SHOW ING NORMAL OUTPUT?
LOG DEFECT IVE CAP.
END.
NO
GENERATOR SWITCH ....... ................... ........... .... ................... . RESET / ON
IS OUTPUT NORMAL?
YES
OC AMMETER ... ..... .................. ..... ..... ............. ..... ........................ MONITOR
BUS T IE RESET SWITCH ......................................... PRESS IF REQUIRED
END.
NO
GENERATOR SWITCH .. ...... ....................... ............................. ........... ... OFF
ARE [BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER AND [BUS FAIL] RED CAPTIONS ILLUMINATED?
NO
OC AMMETER .............................. .................. .............. ................ MONITOR

END.
YES
BUS TIE RESET SWITCH ..... .................................................... ........ PRESS
IF [BUS TIE OPEN) AMBER AN O [BUS FAIL] RED CAPTIONS STILL ILLUMINATED:
T HE DC MAIN AND ESSENTIA L BUSBARS ARE NOT TIED
IF RH GENERATOR FA ILED, T HE DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS POWERED ONLY BY THE
AIRCRAFT BATIERIES.
Continued ....
J32 00/01/02
CARD27
CARO 27
Continued ....
NOTE:
IF W INDSHIELD REQUI RES DE-ICING , THE 'LEFT WINOSHIELO' HEATER SWITCH

MAY BE SELECTEO TO 'EMERG' 5 MINS BEFORE EXPECTED TOUCH DOWN.
OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR LOADS ............ ............................................. ........... ................... REDUCE

FUEL CROSSFEED SWITCH .... ... ................. ..... ... ................... ............... ................................. OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMP SWITCHES .. ................................................. ....................................... ..... OFF
CAB IN OVERH EAO LIGHTING ................................................................................................. .. OFF
VOLT SWITCH .................. .. .. ......................................... .................... ....... .................. ...... BATT BUS
BATTERY BUSBAR VOLTAGE ...................................... ................................................... MONITOR
BATTERY DRAINEO AT 21 .6V (LEAD ACI D)
23.0V (NICAD)
IF BATTERIES FAIL. SERVICES LOST INCLUOE:
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
LH TURN & SLIP
OIL TEMPS
SPEEO WARNINGS
LH PITOT HEAT
SAL& TIL
NO 1 NAV & COMM
NO 1 TRANSPONOER
NO 1 COMPASS
N02 AMI
LH MARKERS
FLT DIRECTOR
CENTRE HORIZON
TORQUE INDICATION
NAV & ANT I COLLS
STICK PUSHER
ENG. & AIR ICE PROTECTION
LH W/S HEAT
IF LEFT HANO GENERATOR FAILED:

OC MAIN BUSBAR SERVICES................................... .................................................. ....... ISOLATE
INST PANEL LIGHTS
CABIN LIGHTS
NO 2 NAV & COMM
PROPELLER OE-ICING
AH TURN & SLIP
N02COMPASS
STICK PUSHER
RH MARKERS
FUEL & O IL PRESS INDICATIONS
NO 1 AMI
RHW/SWIPER
LANDING LIGHTS
RHW/S HEAT
CABIN LIGHTS
END.
J32 00/01/02
CARO 28
CARO 28

WITH CAP [BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER CAPTION AND BUS TIE RESET SWITCH AMBER LIGHT
ILLUMINATED.
IS THERE A CAP [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED?
NO
GO TO CARO 29: CAP [BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER CAPTION

ILLUMINATED
YES
IS A SINGLE [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED?
GO TO CARO 27: CAP [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

NO
IF THERE ARE TWO [GEN] AMBER CAPTIONS ILLUMINATED
LEFT ANO RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCHES ........................................................................... OFF

LEFT GENERATOR SWITCH .......................................................................................... RESET/ON
RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCH ............................ ............................................................ RESET/ON
IS A GENERATOR RESTORED?
NO
...
OC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED.

THE BATTERY BUSBAR ANO OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR ARE POWERED
ONL Y BY THE AIRCRAFT BATTERIES.
DO NOT OPERATE AC CONTROL SWITCH.
Continuad ....
J32 00/01/00
CARD28
CARO 28
Continued .. ..
NOTE:
THE FOLLOWING LIST SHOWS WHICH ESSENTIAL SERVICES ARE AVAILABLE

FROM THE DC ESSENTIAL ANO BATTERY BUSBARS.
AVAILABLE:
LH FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CABIN ADDRESS SYSTEM
RHASI
LIMITED INSTRUMENT PANEL
RH ALTIMETER
COCKPIT ANO CABIN LIGHTING
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LH STALL WARNING
ENGIN E INSTRUMENTS
LH WINDSHIELD WIPER
N01 COMMS / NAV AVIONICS
INTERCOM
NO 2 RADIO MAGNETIC INDICATOR
UPPER ANO LOWER ANTl-COLLISION

BEACONS
AIRFRAME ANO ENGINE ANTl-ICING
NOT AVAILABLE:
WING STROBES
PROPELLER ANTI-ICE
ST ICK PUSHER
W INDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
FUEUOIL PRESSURE INDICATJONS
AH STALL WARNING
LEFT WINDSHIELD HEATER SWITCH ....................................................................... ...............OFF
NOTE:
IF W INDSHIELD REQUIRES DE ICING , THE LEFT WINDSHIELD HEATER SWITCH

MAY BE SELECTED TO WARM UP' BETWEEN 7 ANO 5 MINUTES BEFORE
EXPECTED TOUCHDOWN.
ELECTRICAL LOADS .............................. .. ........ ..... ............................................................. REDUCE

FUEL CROSSFEED ................................................... .......... .....................................................OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMPS ................................... .. ............... .......... ........................ ........................... OFF
CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHTING .......... ...... .. .................... .............................. ........... .......... .... ......OFF
VOLTS SW ITCH ......... ........ ................. ............... ............. ... ...................... .... ...... BATTERY BUSBAR
BATTERY VOLTAGE ......... ......... ........................................................ ..... ........... ......... ..... . MONITOR
NOTE:
CONTINUE TO ATTEM PT TO RESTOAE A GENERATOR.

A BATTERY ENDURANCE OF 25 MINUTES MAY BE EXPECTED ASSUMING THAT
THE BATTERIES ARE 80% EFFECTIVE AN O 90% CHARGED WHEN THE FAILURE
OCCURS.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 28
CARO 28

WITH CAP [BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER CAPTION ANO BUS TIE RESET SWITCH AMBER LIGHT
ILLUMINATED.
IS T HERE A CAP [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLU MINATED?

ILLUMINATED
IS A SINGLE [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATEO?

NO
IF THERE ARE TWO [GEN] AMBER CAPT IONS ILLUMINATED
LEFT ANO RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCHES ........................ ................................................... OFF

LEFT G ENERATOR SWITCH .......................................................................................... RESET/ON
RIGHT G ENERATOR SWITCH ............................................... ......................................... RES ET/ON
YES
NO
...
OC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POWEREO.

THE BATTERY BUSBAR ANO OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR ARE POWERED
ONLY BY THE AIRCRAFT BATTERIES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE AC CONTROL SWITCH.
Continued ....
J32 00/01 /01
CARO 28
CARD28
Continued ....
NOTE:

FROM THE OC ESSENTIAL ANO BATTERY BUSBARS.
AVAILABLE:
CABIN ADDRESS SYSTEM
RHASI
RH ALTIMETER
ST ANDBY ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LH ST ALL WARNING
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
LH WINDSHIELD WIPER
N01 COMMS I NAV AVIONI CS
INTERCOM
UPPER AND LOW ER ANTl-COLLISION

BEACONS
NOT AVAILABLE:
WING STROBES
PROPELLER ANTI-ICE
STICK PUSHER
WINDSHI ELD ANTI-ICE
FUEUOI L PRESSURE INDICATIONS
RH STALL WARNING
LEFT WINDSHI ELD HEATER SWITCH .... ........................ ...... ........................ ...... ... ... .......... .... ..OFF
NOTE:
IF WINDSHIELD REQUIRES DE-ICING, THE LEFT WINDSHIELD MAY BE

SELECTED TO 'ON' 5 MINUTES BEFORE EXPECTED TOUCHDOWN.
ELECTRICAL LOADS ...... .... .... .. .... ........ ....... .......... ...... .. ...... ..... .... .. ...... ....... ... ... .... .............REDUCE
FUEL CROSSFEED .. ................... .. .................................................. ... .......... ... ...... .......... .. ....... OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMPS ......... ........ .. ........ .......................................... ... ............. ............................ OFF
CABIN OVERHEAD LI GHTING ........ ...... .... ..... ................ ....... ....... .... .. ... ..... ... ..... ...................... ... OFF
VOLTS SWITCH ................ ......... ................................ ............................ ...... ...... BATTERY BUS BAR
BATTERY VOLTAGE ........ ...... ...... ......................................... ....... ... ................... ............... MONITOR
NOTE:
CONTINUE TO ATTEM PT TO RESTORE A GENERATOR.

THE BATTERI ES ARE 80% EFFECTIVE ANO 90% CHARGED WHEN THE FAILURE
OCCU RS.
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARD28
CARD28

ILLUMINATED.
IS THERE A CAP [GEN] AMBER CAPT ION ILLUMINATED?

ILLUMINATED
IS A SINGLE [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED?
NO
IF THERE A RE TWO [GEN] AMBER CAPTIONS ILLUMINATED
LEFT AND RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCHES ............................. ......... ..................................... OFF

LEFT GENERATOR SWITCH .................... .. ................................. ............... .... .... .. ......... . RESET/ON
RIGHT GENERATO R SWITCH ..... ............... ... .................... .. ...... .............. ................... .... RESET/ON
NO
...
DC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED.

THE BATTERY BUSBAR AND DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR ARE POWERED
ONLY BY THE AIRCRAFT BATTERIES.
Continued ....
J32 00/01/02
CARO 28
CARD28
Continued .. ..
NOTE:

FROM THE DC ESSENTIAL ANO BATTERY BUSBARS.
AVAILABLE:
CABIN ADORESS SYSTEM
RHASI
AH ALTI METER
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LH STALL WARNING
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
LH WINDSHIELD WIPER
INTERCOM
NO 2 RADIO MAGNETIC INOICATOR

BEACONS
NOT AVAILABLE:
W ING STROBES
PROPELLER ANTI-ICE
STICK PUSHER
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
FUEUOIL PRESSURE INOICATIONS
RH STALL WARNING
NOTE:
IF LANDING IN ICING COND ITIONS, LEFT W INDSHIELD HEATER SWITCH MAY

BE SELECTED TO 'EMERG' 5 MINUTES BEFORE EXPECTED TOUCHDOWN.
THIS POWER CONSUMPT ION IS INCLUDED IN THE BATTERY ENDURANCE IN
THE NOTE BELOW.
ELECTRICAL LOADS ...... ........................................ ...................... .... .......... ........................ REDUCE

FUEL CROSSFEED ....................................................................... ........ ....... ............................ OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMPS .................................................................................... ..... ........................OFF
CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHTING .... ..... ..... ................................... .......................... ........................ OFF
VOLTS SWITCH .......................................... ........................................... ............ BATTERY BUSBAR
BATTERY VOLTAGE .. .......................................................... ....... ................... ................... MONITOR
NOTE:
CONTINUE TO ATTEMPT TO RESTORE A GENERATOR.

THE BATTERIES ARE 80% EFFECTIVE ANO 90% CHARGED WHEN THE FAILURE
OCCURS.
END.
J32 00/01/02
CARD28
CARD28

ILLUMINATEO.
IS THERE A CAP [GEN) AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED?

ILLUMINATEO
IS A SINGLE [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUM INATED?
GO TO CARO 27: CAP [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATEO
NO
IF THERE A RE TWO [GEN] AMBER CAPTIONS ILLUMINATED
LEFT AND RIGHT G EN ERATOR SWITCHES ........................................................................... OFF

LEFT GENERATOR SWITCH ............... ...................... ......................... ... ................... ...... RESET/ON
RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCH .......... ......................... ............................ ........ ................. RESET/ON
YES
NO
DC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED.

T HE BATTERY BUSBAR AND OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR ARE POW ERED
ONL Y BY THE A IRCRAFT BATTERIES.
DO NOT OPERATE AC CONTROL SW ITCH.
AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDIT IONS.
Continuad .. ..
J32 00/01 /03
CARD28
CARO 28
Continued ....
NOTE:
THE FOLLOWING LIST SHOWS WHICH ESSENT IAL SERVICES ARE AVAILABLE
FROM THE DC ESSENTIAL AND BATTERY BUSBARS.
AVAILABLE:
CABIN AOOAESS SYSTEM
RHASI
LIMITED JNSTRUMENT PANEL
RH ALTJMETER
COCKPIT AND CABIN LIGHTING
ST ANDBY ARTIFICIAL HORJZON
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LH STALL WARNING
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
LH WINDSHIELD WIPER
N01 COMMS / NAV AVJONICS
INTERCOM

BEACONS
NOT AVAILABLE:
WING STROBES
PROPELLER ANTI-ICE
STICK PUSHER
W INDSH IELD ANTI-ICE
FUEUOIL PRESSURE INDICATIONS
AH STALL WARNING
NOTE:
IF LAND ING IN ICING CONDITIONS, LEFT WINDSHIELD HEATER SWITCH MAY

BE SELECTED TO 'EM ERG' 5 M IN UTES BEFORE EXPECTED TOUCHDOWN .
THIS POWER CONSUMPTION IS INCLUDED IN THE BATTERY ENDURANCE IN
THE NOTE BELOW.
ELECTRICAL LOADS ..........................................................................................................REDUCE

FUEL CROSSFEED ............................................................................................................ .. .. .. OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMPS .................................................................................................................OFF
CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHTING .................... ............. ..................................................................OFF
VOLTS SWITCH ........................................ .... .................. ................................... BATTERY BUSBAR
BATTERY VOLT AGE ......................................................................................................... MONITOR
NOTE:
CONTINUE TO ATTEMPT TO RESTORE A GENERATOA.

A BATTERY ENOURANCE OF 30 MINUTES MAY BE EXPECTED ASSUMING THAT
THE BATTER IES ARE 80% EFFECTIVE ANO 90% CHARGED WHEN THE FAILURE
OCCURS.
END.
J32 00/01/03
CARD28
CARO 28

WlTH CAP (BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER CAPTION ANO BUS TIE RESET SWITCH AMBER LIGHT
ILLUMINATED.
IS THERE A CAP [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATEO?

ILLUMINATEO
IS A SINGLE [GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATEO?
YES
GO TO CARO 27: CAP [GEN) AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATEO
NO
IF T HERE ARE TWO [GEN] AMBER CAPTIONS ILLUMINATEO
LEFT ANO RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCHES ................... ........ .............................. .......... ...... .. OFF
LEFT GENERATOR SWITCH ...................................... .................................... ..... ..... ...... RESET/ON
RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCH ...... ..... ................. ....................... ... ... ............... ................ RESET/ON
NO
OC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED.

THE BATTERY BUSBAR ANO OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR ARE POWEREO
ONL Y BY THE A IRCRAFT BATTERIES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE AC CONT ROL SWITCH.
Continued ....
J32 00/01/04
CARO 28
CARD28
Continuad ....
NOTE:

FROM THE OC ESSENT IAL ANO BATIERY BUSBARS.
AVAILABLE:
CABIN AOORESS SYSTEM
RHASI
AH ALTIMETER
STANOBY ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LH STALL WARNING
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
LH WINDSHIELD WIPER
INTERCOM

BEACONS
NOT AVAILABLE:
WING STROBES
PROPELLER ANTI-ICE
STICK PUSHER
WINOSHIELO ANTI-ICE
FUEUOIL PRESSURE INDICATIONS
AH STALL WARNING
LEFT W INDSHIELO HEATER SW ITCH ........................ ......... ..................................................... OFF
NOTE:
IF LANOING IN ICING CONOITIONS, LEFTWINDSHIELD HEATER SWITCH MAY

BE SELECTED TO WARM UP' BETWEEN 7 ANO 5 MINUTES BEFORE EXPECTEO
TOUCHDOWN.
ELECTRICAL LOADS .......................................................................................................... REDUCE

FUEL CROSSFEED ............................. ... ..... ............................................ ..... ............................ OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMPS .................................................................................................................OFF
CABIN OVERHEAD LIGHTING ...................................................................... ................. ............ OFF
VOLTS SWITCH ...... .......................... ................................................................. BATIERY BUSBAR
BATTEAY VOLTAGE .........................................................................................................MONITOR
NOTE:
CONTINUE TO ATIEMPT TO RESTORE A GENERATOR.

A BATIERY ENDURANCE OF 20 MINUTES MAY BE EXPECTED ASSUMING THAT
THE BATIERIES ARE 80% EFFECTIVE ANO 90% CHARGED WHEN THE FAILURE
OCCURS.
END.
J32 00/01/04
CARO 28
CARO 28
CAP ~ RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED

WITH CAP (BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER CAPTION ANO BUS TIE RESET SWITCH AMBER LIGHT
ILLUMINATEO.
IS THERE A CAP [GEN) AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATEO?
GO TO CARO 29: CAP [BUS TIE OPEN) AMBER CAPTION

ILLUMINATEO
IS A SINGLE (GEN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATEO?
GO TO CARO 27: CAP [GEN) AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATEO

NO
IF THERE ARE TWO [GEN) AMBER CAPTIONS ILLUMINATEO
l
LEFT ANO RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCHES ........................................................................ OFF
LEFT GENERATOR SWITCH
........................................................ .. .. .. . ..... .....
RESET/ON
RIGHT GENERATOR SWITCH ................................................................................ RESET/ON

GO TO CARO 27: CAP [GEN) AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED
NO
OC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED

THE BATTERY BUS BAR ANO OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR ARE POWEREO
ONL Y BY THE AIRCRAFT BATTERIES
AVOIO FLIGHT IN ICING CONOITIONS
Conlinued ...
J32 00/01 /05
CARD28
CARO 28
Continuad ....
NOTE:

FROM THE OC ESSENTIAL ANO BATTERY BUSBARS.
AVAILABLE:
CABI N ADORESS SYSTEM
RHASI
LIMITEO INSTRUMENT PANEL
AH ALTIMETER
ST ANOBY ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
NAVIGAT ION LIGHTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LH STALL WARNING
ENGIN E INSTRUMENTS
LH WINDSHIELD WIPER
INTERCOM
NO 2 RAD IO MAGNETIC INDICATOR
UPPER AND LOWER ANTl-COLLISION

BEACONS
NOT AVAILABLE:
WING STROBES
PROPELLEA ANTI-ICE
STICK PUSHER
WINOSHIELD ANTI-ICE
FUEUOIL PRESSURE INOICATIONS
RH STALL WARNING
LEFT WINOSHIELO HEATER SWITCH ......................................................................................OFF

NOTE:
IF WINDSHIELD REQU IRES DE-ICING, THE LEFT WINDSHIELD HEATER SWITCH

MAY BE SELECTED TO 'ON' 5 MINUTES BEFORE EXPECTED TOUCHDOWN.
ELECTRICAL LOADS ........ ............................................. .................................................. ... REDUCE

FUEL CROSSFEED .................................................................................................................. OPEN
FUEL BOOST PUMPS ................................................................................................................. OFF
CABIN OVERHEAO LIGHTING ...................................................................................................OFF
VOLTS SWITCH ....................................................................... .......................... BATTERY BUSBAR
BATTERY VOL TAGE ..................................................................................................... .... MONITOR
NOTE:
CONTINUE TO ATTEMPT TO RESTORE A GENERATOR.

A BATTERY LIFE OF 20 MINUTES MAY BE EXPECTEO ASSUMING THAT THE
BATTERIES ARE 80% EFFECTIVE ANO 90% CHARGED WHEN THE FAILURE
OCCURS.
END.
J32 00/01/05
CARO 29
CARO 29

BUS TIE RESET SWITCH ................. ........... .. ................... ..................................................... PRESS
IS CAP [BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER CAPTION EXTINGUISHEO?
NO FURTHER ACTION REQU IREO

END.
NO
OC MAIN AND ESSENTIAL BUSBARS ARE NOT TIED.

OC AMMETERS ............. ... ................................ ............... MONITOR LOADS
REPORT DEFECT ON LANOING.
END.

EMERGENCY LIGHTING SELECTOR ........................................................... ....... .................... ARM
REAR DOOR LIGHT SWITCH ..... ........................ ..... ................... ............................. .... CHECK OFF
IF CAP (EMERG LTS] CAPTION REMAINS ON :
ON GROUNO
TAKE-OFF IS PROH IBITED
IN FLIGHT
CONTINUE FLIG HT IN THIS CONDITION
REPORT OEFECT ON LANOING.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 30
CARO 30
CAP~ AMBER CAPTION REMAINS

ILLUMINATED AFTER STARTING
FEATHER LEVER ..... ....................................................................................................TURN I PULL
STOP SWITCH ........................................................................................................................PRESS
END.

CAUTION:
DO NOT ATTEMPT RESTART
CAUTION :
DO NOT RE-APPL Y ELECTRICAL POW ER.
FEATHER LEVERS ........................................................... ............................................ TURN I PULL

ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH ................................................................ ....... .. EMERGENCY OFF
BATT MASTER SWITCH .................................. ..................... ......................................................OFF
END.
CAP [fil) AMBER CAPTION REMAINS

IF CAP [BAT] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED AFTER SELECTING BATTERY
MASTER SWITCH TO INTERNAL:
EN D.
J32 00/01/00
CARD29
CARO 29

BUS TIE RESET SWITCH ...................................................................................................... PRESS
IS CAP [BUS TIE OPEN] AMBER CAPTION EXTINGUISHED?
YES
NO FURTHER ACTION REQUIRED

END.
NO
DC MAIN ANO ESSENTIAL BUSBARS ARE NOT TIED.

OC AMMETERS .................... ........................................... MONITOR LOADS
END.

EMERGENCY LIGHTING SELECTOR ....... ...............................................................................ARM
REAR DOOR LIGHT SWITCH ...... ... ................................................................... EMERGENCY OFF
IF CAP [EMERG LTS] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ON:
ON GROUND
TAKE-OFF IS PROHIBITED
IN FLIGHT
END.
BATTERY 150 RED LIGHT ILLUMINATED

BATIERY OVER!TEMTERATURE ISOLATION SWITCH ..................... ..................................... OFF
CAUTION:
NOTES:
CONTINUE OPERATION WITH THE BATTERY ISOLATED. DO NOT SWITCH

THE BATTERY BACK ON UNE, EVEN IF THE WARNING LIGHT IS
EXTINGUISHED, UNLESS IT IS ESSENTIAL TO THE FLIGHT.
1.
FLIGHT MAY BE CONTINUED TO DESTINATION AIRFIELD.
2.
FOLLOW ING ANY SUBSEQUENT FAILURE OF BOTH GENERATORS,

BATTERY ENDURANCE WILL BE REDUCED BY ONE HALF OF THAT GIVEN
ON CARO 28: CAP [BUS FAIL] RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED.
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 30
CARO 30

FEATHER LEVER .........................................................................................................T URN I PULL
STOP SWITCH ...................................... ....... ................... ...... .. ................................................ PRESS
END.

CAUTION:
DO NOT ATTEMPT RESTART
CAUTION:
DO NOT RE-APPLY ELECTR ICAL POWER.
FEATHER LEVERS ......................... .................... ..........................................................TURN I PULL

ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH .. ... ................... .... ......................................... .... EMERGENCY OFF
BATT MASTER SWITCH .................................................... ......................................................... OFF
END.
CAP ~ AMBER CAPTION REMAINS

IF CAP [BAT] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED AFTER SELECTING BATTERY
MASTER SWITCH TO INTERNAL:
NICAD BATTERY ISOLATION SWITCHES (IF FITTED) ............................................... VERIFY ON
IF FAULT PERSISTS:
SHUT DOWN THE ENGINE AND ABANDON THE FLIGHT.
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 31
CARD 31
CAPill!Y] RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED

CAUTION:
MONITOR COMPASS INDICATIONS
IF THE CAP [INVJ RED CAPJION AND EITHER CAP CAC ESSJ OR CAC MAINJ AMBER
CAPTIONS ARE ILLUMINATED:
AC CONTROL SWITCH .......................................................................................................DESYNC
IS [AC ESS] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED?
YES
ESS INV PWR C/B (WHITE) ................................................................. TRIP

IF CAP [INV] RED CAPTION AND [AC ESS] AMBER CAPTIONS
REMAIN ON THE FOLLOWING SERVICES WILL BE LOST:
LEFT HAND AC POWERED FLT INST.
NAV 1
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
No. 2RMI
STICK PUSH
FLT/DECK TEMP CONTROL
NO
IF [AC MAIN] AMBER CAPTION IS ILLUMINATED:

MAIN INV PWR C/B (WHITE) ............................................................... TRIP
IF CAP (INV] RED CAPTION AND [AC MAIN] AMBER CAPTIONS
REMAIN ON
THE FOLLOWING SERVICES WILL BE LOST:
RIGHT HAND AC POWERED FLT INST.
NAV 1
No.2 RMI
CABIN TEMP CONTROL
STICK PUSH
W ITH FLASHING [INV] AND/OR [AC ESS), [AC MAIN] CAPTIONS, OR ABNORMAL
INDICATION OF AC POWERED FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS, OR CYCLING 'OFF' FLAGS, OR
TRIPPING OF AC C/Bs OR ANY COMBINATIONS OF INDICATIONS. THERE MAY BE
SPURIOUS OPERATION OF THE STICK SHAKERS.
AC CONTROL SWITCH ...................................................................................................... DESYNC
IF (AC ESS) OR (AC MAIN) CAPTION FLASHES OR REMAINS ILLUMINATED, TRIP
ASSOCIATED C/B ANO CARRY OUT ABOYE PROCEDURE
IF BOTH (AC ESS] AND [AC MAIN] CAPTIONS ARE EXTINGUISHED THEN:
IF (AC ESS] CAPTION HAD BEEN FLASHING ....................................... TRIP MAIN INV PWR C/B
CONTINUE FLIGHT USING LH FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
IF [AC MAIN] CAPTION HAO BEEN FLASHING .......................................TRIP ESS INV PWR C/B
CONTINUE FLIGHT USING RH FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 32
CARO 32
LEFT HORIZON & COMPASS ........................................................................................... MONITOR

ARE INDICATIONS NORMAL?
YES
ESS 115 V PWR FAIL WRN (1) C/B ................ . TRIP/R ESET ONCE ONLY
LH INSTRUMENTS ....................................................................... MONITOR
END.
NO
IF CAP [AC ESS] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED:

AC CONTROL SW ITCH ............................................... LEAVE AT NORMAL
AC ESS 115V POWER (2) C/B .............. ............ TRIP/RESET ONCE ONL Y
IS CAP [AC ESS] AMBER CAPTION EXTINGUISHED?
IF LH INSTRUMENTS NORMAL ................................................... MONITOR
NO
THE 115 V AC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED

CONTINUE FLIGHT IN THIS CONDITION.

NO 1 COMPASS
LEFT HORIZON & NO 2 RMI
LEFT ST ALL PROTECTION
STICK PUSHER
FL T.DECK TEMP CONTROL
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 31
CARO 31
CAPLJNY] RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED

CAUTION:
AC CONTROL SWITCH MUST NOT BE SET TO TRANSFER UNLESS EITHER

THE ESSENTIAL OR MAIN INVERTER HAS FAILED.
IF CAP [BUS FAIL) RED CAPTION IS ILLUMINATED:

GO TO CARO 28: CAP [BUS FAIL] RED CAPTION ILLUMINATED
CAP CAC ESS] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED:

DC ESSENTIAL BUS INVERTER POWER C/B (WHITE COLLAR) .......................................... TR IP
AC CONTROL ................................................................................................................. TRANSFER
CAP [AC MAINJ AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED:

OC MAIN BUS INVERTER POWER C/B (WHITE COLLAR) ..................................................... TRIP
AC CONTROL .................................................................. ........................... ....... .. ........... TRANSFER
CHECK CAP [INV] RED CAPTION IS EXTINGUISHED ANO [INV] AMBER CAPTION IS
ILLUMINATED.
CAP [AC MAINJ OR [AC ESS] CAPTION NOT EXTINGU ISHED:

AC CONTROL. ............................ ......................................................................................... NORMAL
NOTES:
1.
2.
WITH (AC ESS] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:

LEFT HORIZON & COMPASS
STICK PUSH
FLT. DECK TEMP CONTROL
WITH [AC MAIN] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED SERVICES LOST

INCLUDE:
RIGHT HORIZON & COMPASS
STICK PUSH
CABIN TEMP CONTROL
CAP IAC MAIN] ANO fAC ESSJ AMBER CAPTIONS FLASHING:

OC ESS INV PWR C/B (WHITE COLLAR) ...................... ........................................................... TRIP
AC CONTROL SWITCH .................................................................................................. TRANSFER
IF FAULT STILL EXISTS:

OC ESS INV PWR C/B (WHITE COLLAR) ................ ......... .......................... ... ....................... RESET
OC MAIN INV PWR C/B (WH ITE COLLAR) ....................... .............................. .......................... TRIP
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 32
CARO 32

LEFT HORIZON & COMPASS ................................. ................................. ......................... MONITO R
AR E INDICAT IONS NORMAL?
YES
ESS 115 V PWR FAIL WRN (1) C/B ......... ........ TRIP/RESET ONCE ONL Y
LH INSTRUMENTS ......................... ..................... ......... ...... .......... MONITO R
END.
NO
IF CAP [AC ESS] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED:

AC CONTROL SWITCH ................. ..... ... ...................... LEAVE AT NORMAL
AC ESS 115V POWER (2) C/B .... .... .................. TRI P/RESET ONCE O NLY
IS CAP [AC ESS] AMBER CAPTION EXTI NGUISHED?
IF LH INSTRUMENTS NORMAL. ... ........ ....................................... MONITOR
NO
THE 115 V AC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED

CONTINU E FLIGHT IN THIS CONDITION.
SERVICES LOST INCLU DE:

NO 1 COMPASS
LEFT HORIZON & NO 2 RMI
LEFT ST ALL PROTECTION
STICK PUSHER
FLT .DECK TEMP CONTROL
FLIG HT DIRECTOR
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 33
CARO 33

RIGHT HORIZON & COMPASS ............... ......................................... ................................ MONITOR
ARE tNDICATIONS NORMAL?
YES
MAIN 115 V PW R FAIL WRN (1) C/8 ................ TRIP/RESET ONCE ONLY
RH INSTRUMENTS ...................................................................... MONITOR
END.
NO
IF CAP [AC MAIN] AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED:

AC CONTROL SWITCH ...... ......................................... LEAVE AT NORMAL
AC MAIN 115V POWER (2) C/B ......................... T RIP/ RESET ONCE ONLY
IS CAP [AC MAIN] AMBER CAPTION EXTINGU ISHED?
IF AH INSTRUMENTS NORMAL ................................................. MONITOR
NO
THE 11 5 V AC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POW ERED


NO 2COMPASS
RIGHT HORIZON & NO 1 RM!
RIGHT ST ALL PROTECTION
STICK PUSHER
CABIN TEMP CONTROL
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 34
CARO 34
VERIFY STALL PROTECT ION SWITCHES ................................................................................. ON

CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................... .................................. ... ... .................................... TRIP / RE SET
FOR RIGHT CAP [STALLJ CAPTION
STALL PROT RIGHT (5) CB ON OC MAIN BUSBAR
FOR LEFT CAP [ST ALL] CAPTION
STALL PROT LEFT (5) CB ON OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR
IF CAP [STALL] CAPT ION REMAINS ILLUMINATEO

AVOID FLIGHT CONDITIONS APPROACHING THE STALL.
END.
FLIGHT IN TURBULENT AIR

AVOIO FLIGHT IN TURBULENT CONDITIONS IF POSSIBLE.
AVOID RAPID CHANGES OF ATTITUDE, ALTITUDE OR AIRSPEEO.
THE FLAPS SHOULD BE FULL Y RETRACTED IF PRACTICABLE.
MINIMISE FLIGHT CONTROL MOVEMENTS.
MAINTAIN A MEAN ROUGH AIRSPEED (VRA ) OF 185 kt.
LIMIT BANK ANGLES TO APPROXIMATEL Y 15.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 35
CARO 35
LOSS OF NORMAL BRAKING

M
CAUTION:
WHEN USING THE EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE APPLY CAREFULL Y AS

THER E IS NO INDICATION OF PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE WHEELS ANO
NO PROTECTION FROM THE ANTl-SKID UNITS.
EMERGENCY / PARKING BRAKE LEVER. ........... .................................................... AS REQUIRED
M
NOTES:
1. THE LANDING DISTANCE SCHEDULED IS NOT AFFECTED BY THIS

PROCEDURE.
2.
A POTENTIAL LOSS OF NORMAL BRAKING MAY BE INDICATED BY AN

ABNORMALLY LOW OR LOST 'MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES)' HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE POSSIBLY ACCOMPANIED BY ABNORMALLY LOW OR LOST
LEFT AND/OR RIGHT PUMP HYDRAULIC DELIVERY PRESSURE.
END.
EMERGENCY LOWERING OF LANDING GEAR

WARNING:
TO PREVENT LOSS OF HYDRALIC FLUID THROUGH AN UNDIAGNOSED

LEAK IN THE NORMAL SYSTEM, DO NOT OPERATE THE HAND PUMP IN THE
AIR W ITH THE EMERGENCY SELECTOR SET TO NORMAL.
CAUTION:
NOSEW HEEL STEERING W ILL BE INOPERATIVE IF LANDING GEAR IS

LOW ERED BY THE EMERGENCY HANDPUMP.
NOTE :
IF LOWER ING T HE LANDING GEAR, MONITOR THE FLAPS POSITION INDICATOR

DURING INITIAL OPERATION OF THE HAND PUMP, TO VERIFY THE
EMERGENCY SELECTOR IS NOT INADVERTENTLY IN THE FLAPS DOWN
POSITION.
NORMAL SELECTOR ........ ...... ................................ ... ... ... ................................................... ... DOWN
EMERGENCY SELECTOR ............... ............................. ............................. .. ......... ...... GEAR DOWN
HANDPUMP .................................... .............................. ..... ................................................ OPERAT E
LANDING GEAR IN DICATION .................................................... .... ... .............................. 3 GREENS
IF THE LANDING GEAR IS NOT LOCKED DOWN , USE THE FOLLOWING CAROS AS
APPLICABLE:
CARO 36: LANDING GEAR (ALL) NOT LOCKED DOWN.
CARO 37: NOSE LANOING GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN .
CARO 38: MAIN LANDING GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 36
CARO 36
LANDING GEAR {ALL) NOT LOCKED DOWN

NOTE:
T HIS PROCEDU RE MUST ONL Y BE APPLIED IF NO LANDING GEAR GREEN

LIGHTS ARE ILLUMINATED AFT ER COM PLETING EMERGENCY LOWERING OF
LANOING GEAR (CARO 35)
EXESS FUEL ................... ............. ....... .... ..... .. .. .. ..... .. ....................................................... BURN OFF
FUEL BALANCE ................ .... .......................................... ....... .. ............. ... ................. .......... ACHIEVE
PRESSURE SWITCH , WHEN DIFF PRESS LESS T HAN 0.5 psid .... .. ....... ............ .... .......... .. DUMP
GEAR WRN CB (OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ............ ... ......................................................... ......T RIP
LEFT ANO RIGHT BETA / REV WRN C/Bs (OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) .. ....... .........................TRIP
FLOW SELECTORS ... ...................... ..... ...................... ..... .. ...... ............. ........ ................... .. ....... ... OFF
FLAPS .............................. ............ .. ........ .... ....... .. ................ ................................... ... .. AS REOU IRED
NON-ESS ELECTRICS ....... ..... .... ................. .................. ............................................................. OFF
IN THE FLARE BUT BEFORE THE PROPELLERS IMPACT T HE GROUND:

FEATHER LEVERS ........ ................ ............................. .. .................. .............................. TURN / PULL
AFTER AIRCRAFT COMES TO REST:

BOTH FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS ................. .. ....................... ... ............ .... .......................... SHOT 1
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH ........... .......................... ................. ................... EMERGENCY OFF
GO TO CARO 52 : EMERGENCY EVACUATION

END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 35
CARO 35
LOSS OF NORMAL BRAKING

M
CAUTION:
WHEN USING THE EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE APPLY CAREFULL Y AS

THER E IS NO INDICATION OF PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE WHEELS ANO
NO PROTECTION FROM THE ANTl-SKID UNITS.
EMERGENCY / PARKING BRAKE LEVER. ........... .................................................... AS REQUIRED
M
NOTES:
1. THE LANDING DISTANCE SCHEDULED IS NOT AFFECTED BY THIS

PROCEDURE.
2.
A POTENTIAL LOSS OF NORMAL BRAKING MAY BE INDICATED BY AN

ABNORMALLY LOW OR LOST 'MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES)' HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE POSSIBLY ACCOMPANIED BY ABNORMALLY LOW OR LOST
LEFT AND/OR RIGHT PUMP HYDRAULIC DELIVERY PRESSURE.
END.
EMERGENCY LOWERING OF LANDING GEAR

WARNING:
TO PREVENT LOSS OF HYDRALIC FLUID THROUGH AN UNDIAGNOSED

LEAK IN THE NORMAL SYSTEM, DO NOT OPERATE THE HAND PUMP IN THE
AIR W ITH THE EMERGENCY SELECTOR SET TO NORMAL.
CAUTION:
NOSEW HEEL STEERING W ILL BE INOPERATIVE IF LANDING GEAR IS

LOW ERED BY THE EMERGENCY HANDPUMP.
NOTE :
IF LOWER ING T HE LANDING GEAR, MONITOR THE FLAPS POSITION INDICATOR

DURING INITIAL OPERATION OF THE HAND PUMP, TO VERIFY THE
EMERGENCY SELECTOR IS NOT INADVERTENTLY IN THE FLAPS DOWN
POSITION.
NORMAL SELECTOR ........ ...... ................................ ... ... ... ................................................... ... DOWN
EMERGENCY SELECTOR ............... ............................. ............................. .. ......... ...... GEAR DOWN
HANDPUMP .................................... .............................. ..... ................................................ OPERAT E
LANDING GEAR IN DICATION .................................................... .... ... .............................. 3 GREENS
IF THE LANDING GEAR IS NOT LOCKED DOWN , USE THE FOLLOWING CAROS AS
APPLICABLE:
CARO 36: LANDING GEAR (ALL) NOT LOCKED DOWN.
CARO 37: NOSE LANOING GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN .
CARO 38: MAIN LANDING GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 36
CARO 36
LANDING GEAR (ALL) NOT LOCKED DOWN

NOTE:
THIS PAOCEDURE MUST ONL Y BE APPLIED IF NO LANDING GEAR GREEN

LIGHTS ARE ILLUMINATED AFTER COMPLETING EMERGENCY LOWERING OF
LANDING GEAR (CARO 35)
EXESS FUEL .................. ............................................................................. ..................... BURN OFF

FUEL BALANCE .................................................... ............ .............. ............ ............ ............ ACHIEVE
PRESSURE SWITCH, WHEN DIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psid ......................................... DUMP
GPWS C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) .....................................................................................TRIP
GEAR WRN CB (DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ..... .. ....................................... ............. ...... ...... ...... .TRIP
LEFT ANO RIGHT BETA I REV WRN C/Bs (OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ............... ......... ..........TRIP
FLOW SELECTORS ........... .... ........ ............................. ................................... .............. ................ OFF
FLAPS ........................................ .. ............................................................................... AS REQUIRED
NON-ESS ELECTRICS ......... ...................... ................. ................................................................ OFF
IN THE FLARE BUT BEFORE THE PROPELLERS IMPACT THE GROUND:

FEATHER LEVERS ............. ..........................................................................................TU RN / PULL

BOTH FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS ....................................................................................... SHOT 1
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH ........ ................................................................. EMERGENCY OFF
GO TO CARO 52: EMERGENCY EVACUATION

END.
J32 00/01/01
CARD37
CARO 37
NOSE GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN

NOTE:
THIS PROCEDURE MUST ONL Y BE APPLIED IF THE NOSE GEAR GREEN LIGHT
IS NOT ILLUMINATEO AFTER COMPLETING EMERGENCY LOWERING OF
EXCESS FUEL ........................................... ...................................................................... BURN OFF

FUEL BALANCE ............................................................... ................................................... ACHIEVE
C of G POSITION .... ............................................ ..................................................AFT IF POSSIBLE
PASSENG ERS ... ................................................................ ................................................. BRIEFEO
CABIN SIGNS .................................................................... ................................. ........................... ON
PRESSURE SWITCH WHEN DIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psid .................. ........... ............. OUMP
GEAR WRN C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUS PANEL) ............. ............................... .......................... TRIP
LEFT ANO RIGHT BETA / REV WRN C/B (DC ESSENTIAL BUS PANEL) .................. ............ TRIP
BRAKES .......... ... .............. ................. ..... ................ ................................................................. CHECK
EMERGENCY / PARKING BRAKE ............................................................... .............................. OFF
RAOAR ............... ..... ................... ................................................................................................ STBY
AIR FLOW SELECTORS .......................... ... ........ .... ..... ........... ...... ...................... .. ...................... OFF
FLAPS .. .. .... ......................... ........................................................................................ AS REQUIRED
CROSSFEED .... ................................................................ ..... ........................................ ............ SHUT
NON - ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS ........................................................................ .... .... ................ OFF
LANO SLIGHTL Y MORE NOSE-UP THAN NORMAL
AFTER TOUCH DOWN
FEATHEA LEVERS ............ ........ ........................ ..... ........... ........... ................................ TURN / PULL
ATTEMPT TO HOLD NOSEWHEEL OFF GROUND FORAS LONG AS PRACTICAL, BUT
LOWER THE NOSEWHEEL GENTLY TO THE RUNWAY BEFOAE ELEVATOR CONTROL IS
LOST AT APPROXIMATELY 80 kt.
IF THE NOSE LEG IS STILL RETRACTED OR COLLAPSES AS THE NOSE IS LOWERED
LOWER NOSE GENTLY ONTO RUNWAY
APPLY WHEELBRAKES ............................................................................................ AS REQUIRED
BOTH FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS ............................ ........................................................... SHOT 1
ELECTAICS MASTER ................................................ ................................... .... .. EMERGENCY OFF
EVACUATE THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH EMERGENCY EXITS TO PREVENT POSSIBILITY OF
UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT OF AIRCAAFT ON TO THE OPEN DOOR OR UNDERSIDE OF
REAR FUSELAGE.
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARO 38
CARO 38

NOTE:
TH IS PROCEDURE MUST ONL Y BE APPLIED IF A MAIN GEAR LEG GREEN LIGHT

IS NOT ILLUMINATED AFTER COMPLETING EMERGENCY LOWERING OF
EXCESS FUEL ............................................... .................................................................. BURN OFF

FUEL BALANCE .......................... ................ .... .. ................................... ................ ............. .. ACHIEVE
PASSENGERS ............................................... .. .... ................... ............................................ BRIEFED
CABIN SIGNS .............. ............... ................................................................................................... ON
IN CROSSWIND CONDITIONS IF CHOICE IS AVAILABLE, CHOOSE RUNWAY GIVING
CROSSW IND FROM SIDE OPPOSITE FAILED LEG.
PRESSURE SWITCH WHEN DIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psid ......................... ....... .......... DUMP
GEAR WRN C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUS PANEL) ................... .. ......... .. .......................................TRIP
LEFT ANO RIGHT BETA/ REV WRN C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUS PANEL) ...............................TRIP
BRAKES ......................................... .............. .. ......................... ....... ....... .. .............. ................. CHECK
EMERGENCY /PARKING BRAKE ......... .... .... ............................ ................................... ...... ....... .OFF
RADAR ........................................................................... ...................................... .......... ........... STBY
AIR FLOW SELECTORS .............................. ...................... .................................. ........................ OFF
FLAPS .................... .......................................... ..................................................... ...... AS REQUIRED
CROSSFEED ...................................... ......... .. .......................... .... .............................................. SHUT
NON- ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS ... .... .. ... ........ ...................................... ...................... .................OFF
KEEP W ING WITH FAILED LEG SLIGHTL Y HIGH AIMING TO TOUCH DOWN OFF-SET FROM
RUNWAY CENTRE UNE TO GIVE MAXIMUM CLEAR PAVED AREA IN FRONT OF SIDE WITH
FAILED LEG. ON TOUCH DOWN LOWER NOSE WITHOUT DELAY.
AFTER TOUCH DOWN:
BOTH FEATHER LEVERS .................................... ... ... ................... .... ........................... TURN I PULL
MAINTAIN WINGS LEVEL AS PRACTICABLE, BUT LOWER WING FOR GENTLE GROUND
CONTACT BEFORE CONTROL IS LOST AT APPROX. 80 kt.
WHEN WING TIP CONT ACTS GROUND:
UN FAILED LEG .................................. .... ............... .................................................................. BRAKE
BOTH FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS ......... .................................................... .......................... SHOT 1
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH ........................................ ................................. EM ERGENCY OFF
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD37
CARD37
NOSE GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN

NOTE:
THIS PROCEDURE MUST ONL Y BE APPLIED IF THE NOSE GEAR GREEN LIGHT
EXCESS FUEL ................................................................................................................. BURN OFF

FUEL BALANCE ......................................................... ......................................................... ACHIEVE
C of G POSITION ..................................................................................................AFT IF POSSIBLE
PASSENGERS .................................................................................................................... BRIEFED
CABIN SIGNS ............................................................................................... ................................. ON
PRESSURE SWITCH WHEN DIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psid .......................................... DUMP
GPWS C/B (DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) .................. ................................................................... TRIP
GEAR WRN C/B (DC ESSENTIAL BUS PANEL) ...................................................................... TRIP
LEFT AND RIGHT BETA/ REV WRN C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUS PANEL) .............................. TRIP
BRAKES .................................................................................................................................. CHECK
EMERGENCY /PARKING BRAKE ............................................................................................. OFF
RADAR ....................................................................................................................................... STBY
AIA FLOW SELECTOR$ ............................................................................................................. OFF
FLAPS ................... ....... ............................................................................................... AS REQUIAED
CROSSFEED .............................................................................................................................SHUT
NON- ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS ................. ............................................................................... OFF
LAND SLIGHTLY MORE NOSE-UP THAN NORMAL
AFTER TOUCH DOWN
FEATHER LEVERS ........................................... ................................ .. ..........................TURN / PULL
ATTEMPT TO HOLD NOSEWHEEL OFF GROUND FORAS LONG AS PRACTICAL, BUT
LOWER THE NOSEWHEEL GENTLY TO THE RUNWAY BEFORE ELEVATOR CONTROL IS
LOST AT APPROXIMATELY 80 kt.
IF THE NOSE LEG IS STILL RETRACTED OR COLLAPSES AS THE NOSE IS LOWERED
LOWER NOSE GENTLY ONTO AUNWAY
APPLY WHEELBRAKES ............................................................................................AS REQUIRED
BOTH FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS ............................................. .. ........................................SHOT 1
ELECTRICS MASTER ......................................................................................... EMERGENCY OFF
EVACUATE THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH EMERGENCY EXITS TO PREVENT POSSIBILITY OF
UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT OF AIRCRAFT ON TO THE OPEN DOOR OR UNDERSIDE OF
REAR FUSELAGE.
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARD38
CARD38

NOTE:
THIS PROCEDURE MUST ONLY BE APPLIED IF A MAIN GEAR LEG GREEN LIGHT
EXCESS FUEL .......... ........... ............... ........................................................................... .. BURN OFF

FUEL BALANCE ................................................................................. ................................. ACHIEVE
PASSENGERS ......... ..... .................................... .................................................................. BRIEFED
CABIN SIGNS ....................... .............................................. ..... ...................................................... ON
IN CROSSWIND CONDITIONS IF CHOICE IS AVAILABLE, CHOOSE RUNWAY GIVING
CROSSWIND FROM SIDE OPPOSITE FAILED LEG.
PRESSURE SWITCH WHEN DIFF PRESS LESS THAN 0.5 psid .................................... ...... DUMP
GPWS C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR) ............. ..... ............ ....................................................... TRIP
GEAA WRN C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUS PANEL) ......................................................... .............. TRIP
LEFT ANO RIGHT BETA/ REV WRN C/B (OC ESSENTIAL BUS PANEL) ............................... TRIP
BRAKES ................................................................................................................................. CHECK
EM EAGENCY / PARKING BRAKE .............................................................................................. OFF
RADAR ............................................ .................................. ................................ .... ................... . STBY
AIR FLOW SELECTORS ...... ........................... ................................... .......................................... OFF
FLAPS ................................. ...................... ................. ................................................. AS REQUIRED
CROSSFEED ........................................... .... ... ............................................................. ............. SHUT
NON - ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS ................................................ ..................................... ............ OFF
KEEP WING WITH FAILEO LEG SLIGHTLY HIGH AIMING TO TOUCH DOWN OFF-SET FROM
RUNWAY CENTRE UNE TO GIVE MAXIMUM CLEAR PAVEO AREA IN FRONT OF SIOE WITH
FAILEO LEG . ON TOUCH DOWN LOWER NOSE WITHOUT OELAY.
AFTER TOUCH DOWN:
BOTH FEATHER LEVERS ............................. ................................... ............................ TURN I PULL
MAINTAIN WINGS LEVEL AS PRACTICABLE, BUT LOWERWING FOR GENTLE GROUND
CONTACT BEFOAE CONTROL IS LOST AT APPROX. 80 kt.
WHEN WING TIP CONTACTS GROUNO:
UNFAILED LEG ........................................................................ ...... ......................................... BRAKE
BOTH FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS ....................................................................................... SHOT 1
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH ............................................ ..... ........................ EMERGENCY OFF
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 39
CARO 39
EMERGENCY LOWERING OF FLAPS

WARNING :
TO PREVENT LOSS OF HYDRAULIC FLUID THROUGH ANY LEAK IN THE

NORMAL SYSTEM, DO NOT OPERATE THE HAND PUMP IN THE AIR WITH
T HE EMERGENCY SELECTOR SET TO NORMAL.
CAUTION:
EXERCISE CAUTION WHEN LOWERING THE FLAPS IN ICING CONDITIONS.

DO NOT EXCEED 20 FLAP. ICE BUILD UP ON THE TAIL MAY CAUSE AN
ONCE THE EMERGENCY SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED FLAP RETRACTION IS
IMPOSSIBLE. USE 20 FLAP FOR LANDING.
NOTE:
IF EMERGENCY LOWERING OF FLAPS IS DUE TO LOSS OF NORMAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE LANDING GEAR IS
LOWERED BEFORE THE FLAPS.
EMERGENCY SELECTOR .... .. ... .... ..... .... ... .... ............. ................................ ... ............ FLAPS DOWN
NORMAL FLAPS SELECTOR ............. ..... ................................ .... ......... ....................... ............ . RETD
HANDPUMP ........... ....... ........ ................ .. ............ ... ... ....................... .. ....................... ......... OPERATE
FLAPS ........................... .... ............................ .......... ......................... .... ............................ ............ .. 20
NOTE:
WITH 20 FLAP, AUTOMATIC EXTENSION TO LI FT DUMP WILL NOT BE

AVAILABLE TH EREFORE USE REVERSE THRUST
IF FLAPS DO NOT LOW ER
GO TO CARO 40: LANDING WITH FLAPS RETRACTED

END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 40
CARD40

MAIN HYD SUPPLY PRESSURE .......................................................................................... CHECK
IS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE 2,300 psi OR MORE?
MAIN SUPPL Y HYDRAULIC PRESS .......................................... MON ITOR

ENO.
YES
FAULTY HYDRAULIC PUMP ........................................................ IDENTIFY

HYD SW ITCH ..... ............................... ................... ........................... ..... SHUT
START STOPWATCH
EVERY 30 MINUTES
HYD SWITCH ........................................................................... ....................... .......................... OPEN
AFTER CAP [HYO] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATES:
HYD SWITCH ................ ..... ................................................ ........................... ......... ................... SHUT
IF HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 2,300 psi:
FAULTY HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE ............. ................................... .................... ... MONITOR.
END.
LANDING WITH FLAPS RETRACTED

USE FINAL APPROACH ANO LANDING SPEED VREF +15 kt.
VREF {WITH 35 FLAP)
POWER LEVERS ....................................................................................................... GROUND IDLE
MAXIMUM BRAKING .. ..................................................................................................... .... ... APPL Y
IF REQUIRED, APPLY REVERSE THRUST AFTER ILLUMINATION OF CAP [BETA} AMBER
CAPTIONS.
NOTE:
IF THE LANDING GEAR IS NOT LOCKED DOWN, THE WARNING HORN WILL NOT
OPERATE UNTIL EITHER POWER LEVER IS RETARDED TO APPROXIMATELY
THE FLIGHT IDLE POSITION.
END.
LANDING GEAR LEVER LOCKED DOWN

CAUTION:
THE OVERRIDE FACILITY MUST NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CASES OF

FLIGHT SAFETY.
LANDING GEAR LEVER KNOB ................ .......... ........................................................ ROTATE / UP

END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 39
CARO 39

WARNING :

CAUTION:

NOTE:

FLAPS ........................... .... ............................ .......... ......................... .... ............................ ............ .. 20
NOTE:


END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD40
CARD40
CAP [BYQJ AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

MAIN HYD SUPPL Y PRESSU RE ............................................................... ........................... CHECK
MAIN SUPPL Y HYDRAULIC PRESS .......................................... MONITOR

END.
YES

HYD SW ITCH ....... ..................................... ...... .. ................................... SHUT
START STOPWATCH
EVERY 30 MINUTES
HYD SW ITCH ............................................................................................................................OPEN
AFT ER CAP [HYD] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATES:
HYD SWITCH ... ......................................................................................................................... SHUT
FAULTY HYDRAULIC PUM P PRESSURE ....................................................................... MONITOR.
END.
'

VREF (WITH 35 FLAP}
POWER LEVERS ............................................................... ........................................ GROUND IDLE
MAXIMUM BRAKING .............................................................................................................. APPL Y
IF REQUI RED, APPL Y REVERSE THRUST AFTER ILLUMINATION OF CAP [BETA] AMBER
CAPTIONS.
NOTE:
1.
IF THE LANDING GEAR IS NOT LOCKED DOWN, THE WARN ING HORN WILL
NOT OPERATE UNTIL EITHER POWER LEVER IS RETARDED TO
APPROXIMAT EL Y THE FLIGHT IDLE POSITION.
NOTE :
2.
WHEN USING UNFACTORED DATA, THE CALCULATED LANDING DISTANCE

MUST BE INCREASED BY 15%.
END.

CAUTION :

FLIGHT SAFETY.
LANDING GEAR LEVER KNOB ................................ ................ .................................. ROTATE I UP

END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 39
CARO 39

WARNING :

CAUTION:

NOTE:

FLAPS ........................... .... ............................ .......... ......................... .... ............................ ............ .. 20
NOTE:


END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD40
CARD40
CAPlliYQ) AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

MAIN HYD SUPPL Y PRESSURE .......................................................................................... CHECK
MAIN SUPPLY HYDRAULIC PRESS ................. ......................... MON ITOR
END.
YES

HYD SWITCH .............................................................................. ......... SHUT
START STOPWATCH
EVERY 30 MINUTES
HYD SWITCH ............................................................................................................................ OPEN
AFTER CAP (HYD] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATES:
HYO SWITCH ............................................. ............................................................................... SHUT
IF HYORAULIC PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 2,300 psi:
FAULTY HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE ....................................................................... MONITOR.
END.

VREF (WITH 35 FLAP)
[GPWS FLAPS OVRD] BLUE CAPTION .............................................................................. SELECT

MAXIMUM BRAKING ........... ................................................................................................... APPLY
IF REQU IRED, APPLY REVERSE THRUST AFTER ILLUM INATION OF CAP [BETA] AMBER
CAPTIONS.
NOTE:
IF T HE LANOING GEAR IS NOT LOCKED OOWN, T HE WARNING HORN W ILL NOT

OPERATE UNTIL EITHER POWER LEVER IS RETARDED TO APPROXIMATELY
THE FLIGHT IDLE POSITION.
END.

CAUTION:

FLIGHT SAFETY.
LANDING GEAR LEVER KNOB .... .............................................................................. ROTATE / UP
END.
J32 00/01/02
CARO 39
CARO 39

WARNING :

CAUTION:

NOTE:

FLAPS ........................... .... ............................ .......... ......................... .... ............................ ............ .. 20
NOTE:


END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD40
CARD40
CAPU!YQJ AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

MAIN HYD SUPPLY PRESSURE .......................................................................................... CHECK
NO
MAIN SUPPLY HYDRAULIC PRESS .......................................... MONITOR

END.
YES

HYD SWITCH ................................................... .................................... SHUT
START STOPWATCH
EVERY 30 MINUTES
HYD SW ITCH ............................................................................................................................ OPEN
AFTER CAP [HYD] AMBER CAPTION ILLUMI NATES:
HYD SWITCH ............................................................................................................................ SHUT
FAULTY HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE ....................................................................... MONITOR.
END.

USE FINAL APPROACH AND LANDING SPEED VREF +15 kt.
VREF (W ITH 35 FLAP)
[GPWS FLAPS OVRD] BLUE CAPTION .............................................................................. SELECT
POWER LEVERS ............. .......................................................................................... GROUND IDLE
MAXIMUM BRAKING .. ............................................................................................................ APPL Y
IF REQUIRED, APPLY REVERSE THRUST AFTER lLLUMINATlON OF CAP [BETA] AMBER
CAPTIONS.
NOTE:
1.
IF THE LANDING GEAR IS NOT LOCKED DOWN, THE WARNING HORN WILL
NOT OPERATE UNTIL EITHER POWER LEVER IS RETARDED TO
APPROXIMATELY THE FLIGHT IDLE POSITION.
NOTE:
2.
WHEN USING UNFACTORED DATA, THE CALCULATED LANDING DISTANCE

MUST BE INCREASED BY 15%.
END.

CAUTION:

FLIGHT SAFETY.
LANDING GEAR LEVER KNOB .................................................................................. ROTATE I UP

END.
J32 00/01/03
CARD41
CARD41
HVDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE

ABNORMALLV LOW OR LOST
CAUTION:
NOTE:
THE STICK PUSHER MAY BE IN EFFECTIVE.
MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) INDICATION PRESSURE MAY BE NORMAL WITH LEFT

OR RIGHT PUMP DELIVERY PRESSURE ABNORMALL Y LOW OR LOST.
HYDAAULIC LP COCK INDICATOR ...................................................... CHECK I CONFIRM OPEN

IF ABNORMALL Y LOW HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INDICATED ON THE LEFT AND/OR
AIGHT HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSUAE INDICATOR:
ASSOCIAT ED HYDRAULIC SWITCH ................................ ....................................................... SHUT
IF TH E LANDING GEAR ANO FLAPS CANNOT BE OPERATED USING NORMAL
PROCEDURES
GO TO CARO 35: EMERGENCY LOWERING OF LANDING GEAR
GO TO CARO 39:EMERGENCY LOWERING OF FLAPS
NOTE:
CONTROL THE AIRCRAFT ON THE GROUND WITH DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING

AND/OR PAOPELLER THRUST IF NOSEWHEEL STEERING IS INEFFECTIVE.
END.
MAIN SUPPL V (BRAKES) PRESSURE ABNORMALL V

LOWOR LOST
NOTE:
MAY BE ACCOMPANIED BY ABNORMALL Y LOW OR LOST LEFT ANO / OR RIGHT

PUMP DELIVERY PRESSURE.
IF WHEELBRAKES APPEAR TO BE INEFFECTIVE OR FADING AFTER TOUCHDOWN

POWER LEVE AS ......... .............................. ....................... ...................................... FULL REVERSE
CAUTION:
WHEN USING THE EMERGENCY /PARKING BRAKE, APPL Y THE PRESSURE

CAREFULL Y AS THERE IS NO INDICATION OF PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE
WHEELBRAKES ANO NO PROTECTION FROM ANT l-SKID UNITS.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BAAKE HANDLE .. .............................................................AS REQUIRED

NOTE:
CONTROL THE AIRCRAFT ON THE GROUND WITH DIFFERENTIAL PROPELLER

THRUST IF NOSEWHEEL STEEAING IS INEFFECTIVE.
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD42
CARD42
INTER-PHONE FAILURE
EMERG I NORM SWITCH ..................................................................................................... EMERG
AUDIO SELECT SWITCH (ONE ONL Y) ........................................................................................ UP
MIC ROTARY SWITCH ....................................................... ..................................... SELECTED SET
IF INTERCOM REQUIRED
ALL AUDIO SELECT SWITCHES ........................................................................................... DOWN
END
J32 00/01/00
CARD41
CARD41
HVDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE

ABNORMALLV LOW OR LOST
CAUTION:
NOTE:
THE STICK PUSHER MAY BE IN EFFECTIVE.
MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) INDICATION PRESSURE MAY BE NORMAL WITH LEFT

OR RIGHT PUMP DELIVERY PRESSURE ABNORMALL Y LOW OR LOST.
HYDAAULIC LP COCK INDICATOR ...................................................... CHECK I CONFIRM OPEN

IF ABNORMALL Y LOW HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INDICATED ON THE LEFT AND/OR
AIGHT HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSUAE INDICATOR:
ASSOCIAT ED HYDRAULIC SWITCH ................................ ....................................................... SHUT
IF TH E LANDING GEAR ANO FLAPS CANNOT BE OPERATED USING NORMAL
PROCEDURES
GO TO CARO 35: EMERGENCY LOWERING OF LANDING GEAR
GO TO CARO 39:EMERGENCY LOWERING OF FLAPS
NOTE:
CONTROL THE AIRCRAFT ON THE GROUND WITH DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING

AND/OR PAOPELLER THRUST IF NOSEWHEEL STEERING IS INEFFECTIVE.
END.
MAIN SUPPL V (BRAKES) PRESSURE ABNORMALL V

LOWOR LOST
NOTE:
MAY BE ACCOMPANIED BY ABNORMALL Y LOW OR LOST LEFT ANO / OR RIGHT

PUMP DELIVERY PRESSURE.
IF WHEELBRAKES APPEAR TO BE INEFFECTIVE OR FADING AFTER TOUCHDOWN

POWER LEVE AS ......... .............................. ....................... ...................................... FULL REVERSE
CAUTION:
WHEN USING THE EMERGENCY /PARKING BRAKE, APPL Y THE PRESSURE

CAREFULL Y AS THERE IS NO INDICATION OF PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE
WHEELBRAKES ANO NO PROTECTION FROM ANT l-SKID UNITS.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BAAKE HANDLE .. .............................................................AS REQUIRED

NOTE:
CONTROL THE AIRCRAFT ON THE GROUND WITH DIFFERENTIAL PROPELLER

THRUST IF NOSEWHEEL STEEAING IS INEFFECTIVE.
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD42
CARD42
INTER-PHONE FAILURE
EMERG I NORM SW ITCH .......... ...................... ...... ............. ..... ........................................ ..... EMERG
AUDIO SELECT SWITCH (ONE ONLY) ................... ..... ...... ..................... ..... ................................ UP
MIC ROTARY SW ITCH .. ..... ... .......... ........... .... ............. .......................... ........ .......... SELECTED SET
IF INTEACOM AEQUIRED:
ALL AUDIO SELECT SWITCHES ...................................... ............................ ..... ............... ..... DOWN
END

FDR C/B (115 V AC AVIONICS MAIN BUSBAR) ....... .......... .... .. ..... .. ........................... .TRIP/RESET
IF CFDR FAILJ AMBER CAPTION REMAINS ILLUMINATED:

CONTINUE FLIGHT IN THIS CONDITION .
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 43
CARO 43
PRIMARY INSTRUMENT DISCREPANCY

STATIC CHANGEOVER COCK ................................................................................................... ALT
NOTE:
USING THE ALTERNATIVE STATIC SOURCE, CORRECTIONS TO BE APPLIED

WILL NOT EXCEED :
FLAPS RETO , 10, 20 .............................................................................................. +2 kt and +50 ft

FLAPS 35 .................................................................................................................. +3 kt and +70 ft
END.
PRIMARY ATTITUDE INDICATOR FAILURE

CAUTIONS : DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESTORE POWER TO THE FAILED INSTRUMENT.
DO NOT REFER TO THE FAILED INSTRUMENT. DISAPPEARANCE OF THE
FAILURE INDICATION DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THE INSTRUMENT IS
SERVICEABLE.
RED 'ATT' FLAG APPEARS ON EITHER PRIMARY ATTITUDE INDICATOR
M
AFFECTED PILOT ...................................................................... REVERT TO STAND BY HORIZON
AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE ....................................................................................................... CONFIRM
CHECK STANDBY HORIZON AGAINST OPERATING ADI.
M
TURN ANO SLIP INDICATOR ................................................................................................CHECK
END.
J 32 00102100
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CARO 43
CARO 43

NOTE:

WILL NOT EXCEED :
FLAPS RETO , 10, 20 ............................................................................................. +2 kt and +50 ft

FLAPS 35 .................................................................................................................. +3 kt and +70 ft
END.

CAUTIONS : DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESTORE POWER TO THE FAILED INSTRUMENT.
SERVICEABLE.
M
AFFECTED PILOT ...................................................................... REVERT TO STAND BY HORIZON
M
TURN ANO SLIP INDICATOR ................................................................................................ CHECK

END.
AL TITUDE ALERT SYSTEM FAILURE

ALTITUDE ALERT ....................................................................................................................... OFF
CHECK ATC TRANSPONDER FOR CORRECT FUNCTIONING
NOTE:
FLIGHT MAY BE CONTINUED ONLY TO THE FIRST AIRFIELD AT WHICH THE

SYSTEM MAY BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED .
END.
J32 00/02/01
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CARO 43
CARO 43

NOTE:

WILL NOT EXCEED :
FLAPS RETO , 10, 20 ............................................................................................. +2 kt and + 50 ft

FLAPS 35 .................................................................................................................. +3 kt and +70 ft
END.

CAUTIONS :
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESTORE POWER TO THE FAILED INSTRUMENT.

SERVICEABLE.

M
AFFECTED PILOT ...................................................................... REVERT TO STANDBY HORIZON
M
END.
LH AL TI METER FAILURE
FAILURE IS INDICATED BY A RED ANO WHITE STRIPED FLAG ON THE ALTIMETER .
THE ALTITUDE ALERTER ANO FPA AUDIO WARNING "CHECK BARO-ALTITUDE" WILL BE
INOPERATIVE.
THE ATC TRANSPONDER ENCODING ALTIMETER SOURCE MUST BE SWITCHED TO THE
RH AL TIMETER.
END.
J 32 00102102
CARD44
CARD44
FPA~ AMBER
CAPTION ILLUMINATED
FPA SWITCHES (BOTH PILOTS STATION BOXES) ................................................................. OFF

NOTES:
ALL FPA WARNINGS ARE INOPERATIVE BUT:

[ALERT] CAPTION OF ALTITUDE ALERTER W ILL INDICATE NORMALLY .
RADIO ALTI METER W ILL INDICATE NORMALLY IF WARNING FLAG IS NOT
VISIBLE.
END.
FPA/RADIO AL TIMETER/AL TITUDE ALERT SYSTEM

FAILURES
FAILURE MAY BE INDICATED BY ADI RADIO ALTIMETER DISPLAYS SHOW ING DASHES,
OR BY SPURIOUS ORNO FPA AUDIO WARNINGS, OR BY ERRONEOUS INDICATIONS
IF RAD ALT WARNING FLAG IS VISABLE:
NOTE:
ALTITUDE ALERTER ANO "CHECK BARO-ALTITUDE" AUDIO WARNINGS W ILL BE

OPEREATIVE.
IF TEST IS NOT SATISFACTORY OR IF TWO ADI 'RAD ALT' DISPLAY 4 DASHES:

RA D ALT C/B (28V OC AVIONICS MAIN BUSBAR) .................................................................. TRIP
CHECK [FPA FAIL] AMBER CAPTION ......................................................................ILLUM INATED
FPA SWITCHES AT BOTH PILOTS STATION BOXES ............................................................. OFF
NOTE:

OPERATIVE.
IF RADIO ALTI METER IS SUSPECT:

RA DIO ALTI METER .................................................................................................................. TEST
SELECT DECISION HEIGHT (OH), PRESS 'PUSH TEST'
CHECK 'RA D ALT' DISPLAYS OH ANO 50 EACH FOR 2 SECO NOS ANO 8888. RELEAS E
'PUSH TEST'.
IF RADIO ALTI METER IS NOT SATISFACTORY:
RA D ALT C/B (28V OC AVION ICES MAIN BUSBAR) ............................................................... TRIP
IF FAULT CONDITIONS PERSIST OR ALTITUDE ALERTER IS SUSPECT:
ALTITUDE ALERTER ............................................................................................................... TEST
INCREASE SELECTED ALTITUDE TO 400 ft GREATER THAN LH ALTI METER. CHECK
[ALERT] CAPTION ANO ALTIMETER [ALT] AMBER LIGHT ILLUMINATE ANO THE FPA AUDIO
WARNING "CHECK BARO-ALTITUDE". SET REQUIRED SELECTED ALTITUDE, CHECK
[ALERT] CAPTION ANO [ALT] LIGHT EXTINGUISH.
IF [ALERTJ CAPTION FAILS TO ILLUMINATE ORNO FPA AUDIO WARNING "CHECK BAROALTITUDE":
ALT ALERT C/B (28v OC AVIONICS MAIN BUSBAR) .............................................................. TRIP
IF FAULT CONDITIONS PERSIST:
FPA C/B (28V OC AVIONICS MAIN BUSBAR) .......................................................................... TRIP
CONFIRM [FPA FAIL] AM BER CAPTION ILLUM INATES
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARO 43
CARO 43

NOTE:

WILL NOT EXCEED :
FLAPS RETO , 10, 20 ............................................................................................. +2 kt and + 50 ft

FLAPS 35 .................................................................................................................. +3 kt and +70 ft
END.

CAUTIONS :
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESTORE POWER TO THE FAILED INSTRUMENT.

SERVICEABLE.

M
AFFECTED PILOT ...................................................................... REVERT TO STANDBY HORIZON
M
END.
LH AL TI METER FAILURE
FAILURE IS INDICATED BY A RED ANO WHITE STRIPED FLAG ON THE ALTIMETER .
THE ALTITUDE ALERTER ANO FPA AUDIO WARNING "CHECK BARO-ALTITUDE" WILL BE
INOPERATIVE.
THE ATC TRANSPONDER ENCODING ALTIMETER SOURCE MUST BE SWITCHED TO THE
RH AL TIMETER.
END.
J 32 00102102
CARD44
CARD44

NOTES:
SOME FPA WARNINGS ARE INOPERATIVE BUT:

1.
[ALERT] CAPTION OF ALTITUDE ALERTER W ILL INDICATE NORMALL Y.
2.
RADIO ALTIMETER W ILL INDICATE NORMALL Y IF ADI 'RAD ALT' DOES

NOT DISPLAY DASHES.
END.
FPA/RADIO ALTIMETER/ALTITUDE ALERT SVSTEM

FAILURES
FAILURE MAY BE INDICATED BY ADI RADIO ALTIMETER DISPLAYS SHOW ING DASHES,
OR BY SPURIOUS ORNO FPA AUDIO WARNINGS, OR BY ERRONEOUS INDICATIONS
IF ONE ADI 'RAD ALT' DISPLAYS 4 DASHES:

OPERA TIVE ADI 'RA D ALT' ...................................................................................................... TEST
ADI DH SET / TEST ................................................................................................................ PRE SS
CHECK 'RAD ALT' DISPLAYS 8888, 4 DASHES ANO 50. RELEASE ADI DH SET / TEST
IF TEST IS NOT SATISFACTORY OR IF TWO ADI 'RAD ALT' DISPLAY 4 DASHES:
RA D ALT C/B (28V OC AVION ICS MAIN BUSBAR) .................................................................. TRIP
CHECK [FPA FAIL] AMBER CAPTION ......................................................................ILLUMINATED
FPA SW ITCHES AT BOTH PILOTS STATION BOXES ............................................................. OFF
NOTE:

OPERATIVE.
IF FAULT CONDITIONS PERSIST OR ALTITUDE ALERTER IS SUSPECT:

ALTITUDE ALERTER ................................................................................................................ TEST
INCREASE SELECTED ALTITUDE TO 400 ft GREATER THAN THE LH ALTIMETER. CHECK
[ALERT] CAPTION ANO ALTIMETER [ALT] AMBER LIGHT ILLUMINATE ANO FPA AUDIO
WARNING "CHECK BARO-ALTITUDE". SET REQU IRED SELECTED ALTITUDE, CHECK
[ALERT] CAPTION ANO [ALT] AM BER LIGHT EXTINGUISH.
IF [ALERTJ CAPTION FAILS TO ILLUMINATE ORNO FPA AUDIO WARNING "CHECK
BARO-ALTITUDE":
ALT ALERT C/B (28V OC AVION ICS MAIN BUSBAR) ............................................................. TRIP
IF FAULT CONDITIONS PERSIST:
FPA C/B (28V OC AVIONICS MAIN BUSBAR) .......................................................................... TRIP
CONFIRM [FPA FAIL] AM BER CAPTION ILLUMINATED.
END.
J32 00/01 /01
CARO 46
CARO 46
LH ALTIMETER FAILURE
FAILURE IS INDICATED BY A RED ANO WHITE STRIPED FLAG ON THE ALTIMETER.
THE ALTITUDE ALERTER WILL BE INOPERATIVE
THE ATC TRANSPONDER ENCODING ALTIMETER SO URCE MUST BE SW ITCHEO TO THE
RH ALT IMETER.
END.
AL TITUDE ALERTER FAILURE
FAILURE MAY BE INDICATED BY SPURIOUS ORNO ALERTER AUDIO WARNINGS OR BY

ERRONEOUS INDICATIONS
ALTITUDE ALERTER............... . .. .
......... ... .... ... .................. .................... ................. ... .. TESTEO
INCREASE SELECTED ALTITUDE TO 400 FT GREATER THAN LH ALTI METER.

CHECK [ALERT] CAPTION ANO AL TIMETER [ALT) LIGHT ILLUMINATE ANO AUDIO
WARNING
SET REQUIRED 'SELECTEO AL TITUOE', CH ECK [ALERT] CAPTION ANO ALTIMETER [ALT]
LIGHT EXTINGU ISH.
IF [ALERTl CAPTION FAILS TO ILLUMINATE OR_NO AUDIQ WARNING:

ALT ALERT C/B ....... .. ................ . ..... ... ... ........ ......... ................... .................. ........ ...... ... ....TRI P
END.
J32 00/01 /00
CARD46
CARD46
LH ALTIMETER FAILURE
FAILURE IS INDICATED BY A RED ANO WHITE STRIPED FLAG ON THE ALTIMETER.
THE ALTITUDE ALERTER WILL BE INOPERATIVE
THE ATC TRANSPONDER ENCODING ALTIMETER SO URCE MUST BE SWITCHEO TO THE
AH AL TIMETER.
END.
ALTITUDE ALERTER FAILURE
FAILURE MAY BE INDICATED BY SPURIOUS ORNO ALERTER AUDIO WARNINGS OR BY

ERRONEOUS INDICATIONS.
ALTITUDE ALERTER ............................................................................................................ TESTEO

INCAEASE SELECTED ALTITUDE TO 300 FT GREATER THAN LH ALTIMETER.
CHECK [ALERT CAPTION ANO ALTIMETER [ALT] LIGHT ILLUMINATE ANO AUDIO
WARNING
SET REQUIRED SELECTED ALTITUDE, CHECK [ALERT] CAPTION ANO ALTIMETER [AL T]
LIGHT EXTINGUISH.
IF CALERT] CAPTION FAILS TO ILLUMINATE ORNO AUDIO WARNING:

ALT ALERT C/B ...........................................................................................................................TRIP
END.
J32 00/01/01
CARO 47
CARD47

ON GROUND
[GPWS] RED CAPTION ON GPWS CONTROL PANEL ...................................................... PRESS
NOTES.
THE GPWS WILL GIVE A SINGLE AURAL INDICATION OF THE SOURCE OF

THE FAULT.
2. INPUTS FOA THE GPWS ARE PROVIDED BY THE FOLLOWING SOURCES:

RADIO ALTIMETER
LANDING GEAR CONFIGURATION
AIR DATA COMPUTER (ALTITUDE

ANO AIRSPEED)
FLAP POSITION CONFIGURATION

STALL WARNING
NAV AECEIVERS (GLIDESLOPE)

ROLL ATTITUDE
FLIGHT MAY BE PERMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AN APPROVED M.E. L.
IN FLIGHT
T HE GPWS IS INOPERATIVE.
END.

IF [GPWSJ RED CAPTION ON GPWS CONTROL PANEL IS ILLUM INATED:
TAKE ACTION IN ACCORDANCE W ITH GPWS AURAL WARNING .
IF fBELOW
G/Sl AMBER CAPTION ON GPWS CONTROL PANEL IS ILLUM!NATEP:
AETURN TO GLIDESLOPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GPWS AURAL WARNING.

CONFIRM/CROSS-CH ECK ILS INDICATIONS.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 48
CARO 48
cueJ OR [ONJ PITCH TRIM AMBER CAPTION

ILLUMINATED CONTINUOUSLV
EX IST~
CAUTION:
AN OUTOF-TRIM CONDITION MAY
NOTE:
IF AMBER [UP] OR [DN] PITCH TRIM CAPTION PERSISTS THEN THE

ALT ITUDE ALERT SYSTEM AUDIO TONE WI LL SOUND.
IF T HE TONE SOUNOS:
AUTO PILOT .... .... ..................... ..... .. ..... ...... ..... .... .......................................................... DISENGAGE
CHECK AUTOPILOT OISENGAGED
CORRECT FLIGHT PATH....................................... ............. ......... ................. .... ................... REGAI N
AIACAAFT .. ..... .............................................. ... .... ........... .......... ........................................... RE-TAIM
WHEN THE AIRCRAFT PITCH TRIM IS CORRECTLY SET , RE-ENGAGE THE AUTOPILOT.
IF THE FAULT REPEATS:

AP / TRIM PWR SWITCH .................. ............ ...... ..... ................. ........................ .................... .. ....OFF
DO NOT RE-ENGAGE THE AUTOPILOT.
END.
~TRIM AMBER CAPTION ILLUMINATED

AILERONS ................. .................. ..... ..... .. ...... .... ... ... ............................................................. ...... TR IM
USE AILERON TRIM IN DICATOR.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARO 49
CARO 49
AUTOPILOT I YAW DAMPER I ELEVATOR TRIM

MALFUNCTION
CAUTION:
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OVERPOWER THE AUTOPILOT IN THE PITCH AXIS.

TH IS WILL CAUSE THE ELECTRIC ELEVATOR TRIM TO AUN IN THE
OPPOSITE DIRECTION AND INCREASE THE OUT-OF-TRIM FORCE.
IN THE EVENT O F A SUSPECTED AUTOPILOT, YAW DAMPER OR ELECTRIC ELEVATOR

TRIM MALFUNCTION:
CAUTION:
AN O UT-OF-TRIM CONDITION MAY EXIST.
AP OUT SWITCH ............ .... ........... ............... .......................................... ............................ ... PRESS
CHECK AUTOPILOT AND I OR YAW DAMPER ............................... ........................... DI SENGAGE
GREEN [ARM] CAPTION ....................... .............................. ........................... ... ..... EXTINGUISHED
IF AUTOPILOT IS STILL ENGAGED:
EITHER AP OUT SW ITCH .................................. ................................. ...................... PRESS /HOLD
AP / TRIM PWR SWITCH ....................... .......................................... .... ....................................... OFF
NOTES:
1. THERE WILL BE NO WARN ING INDICATION OF AUTOPILOT

DISENGAGEMENT WHEN AP / TRIM SWITCH IS SELECTED O FF
2.
THE MAXIMUM ALTITUDE LOSSES WHICH CAN BE EXPECTED AS A RESULT

OF A MALFUNCTION IN CRUISE AND COUPLED ILS CONFIGURATIONS ARE:
FLAPS RETO ( O )
FLAPS RETO 10, 20 OR 35:
CRUISE
COUPLED ILS
500 ft
11 5 ft
70 ft
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD50
CARO SO
Y AW DAMPER MALFUNCTION
YO OUT SWITCH (EITHER) ..................... ........ .................................... ....... PRESS AND RELEASE
CONFIRM [ENGAGED} GREEN CAPTION .......................................................... EXTINGUISHED.
IF YAW DAMPER DISENGAGEMENT IS UNSUCCESSFUL OR [ENGAGED] GREEN CAPTION

REMAINS ILLUMI NATEO:
PRESS ANO HOLD EITHER YD OUT SWITCH ANO TRIP THE FOLLOW ING C/Bs
YD C/B (2) 28V DC AVIONICS MAIN BUSBAR ........................ .......... ................................. .... ... TRIP
YD C/B (1) 115V AC AVIONICS ESSENTIAL BUSBAR ... ............................... ................. ... .. ..... TRIP
RELEASE APPROPRIATE YD OUT BUTTON
CONFI RM [ENGAGED] GREEN CAPTION EXTINGUISHED.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CARD50
CARO SO
Y AW DAMPER MALFUNCTION
YO OUT SWITCH (EITHER) ..................... ........ .................................... ....... PRESS AND RELEASE
CONFIRM [ENGAGED} GREEN CAPTION .......................................................... EXTINGUISHED.
IF YAW DAMPER DISENGAGEMENT IS UNSUCCESSFUL OR [ENGAGED] GREEN CAPTION

REMAINS ILLUMI NATEO:
PRESS ANO HOLD EITHER YD OUT SWITCH ANO TRIP THE FOLLOW ING C/Bs
YD C/B (2) 28V DC AVIONICS MAIN BUSBAR ........................ .......... ................................. .... ... TRIP
YD C/B (1) 115V AC AVIONICS ESSENTIAL BUSBAR ... ............................... ................. ... .. ..... TRIP
RELEASE APPROPRIATE YD OUT BUTTON
CONFI RM [ENGAGED] GREEN CAPTION EXTINGUISHED.
END.
J32 00/01/00
CA RO 51
CA RO 51
WATER METHANOL FAILURE ON TAKE-OFF

BEFORE DECISION SPEED (V 1)
IF [L] AND/OR [R] GREEN CAPTIONS EXTINGUISHED
FOR MAXIMUM BRAKING PERFORMANCE:
APPL Y MAXIMUM BRAKING
REVERSE THRUST .................................................................................................. AS REOUIRED
MAINTAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL BY USE OF RUDDER ANO NOSEWHEEL STEERING
ANO DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING.
AT OR AFTER DECISION SPEED (V 1):
IF [L] AN D/OR [R] GREEN CAPTIONS ARE EXTINGUISHED ANO IF NOT ACCOMPANIED BY
ANY OTHER ENGINE MALFUNCTION:
AT 500 ft AGL
POWER LEVERS ....................................................................................................... AS REQUIRED
END.
ENGINE FAILURE EN-ROUTE

RPM LEVER (OPERATING ENGINE) .............................................................................. 100% RPM
FEATHER LEVER (AFFECTED ENGINE) ............................................................................... TURN
CONFIRM CORRECT ENGINE IDENTIFIED
FEATHER LEVER (AFFECTED ENGINE) ................................................................................ PULL
IF TERRAIN CLEARANCE IS REOUIRED :
POWER RESERVE/RESTORATION SWITCH ...........................................................PWR AUG ON
POWER LEVER OPERATING ENGINE ......................................................................... ADVANCED
OBSERVE TORQUE ANO EGT LIMITS
CONFIRM [AUG] GREEN CAPTION ILLUMINATES
IF IAUGJ GREEN CAPTION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE:
PWR AUG LIGHT MODULE ................................................................................................... PRESS
CONFIRM [O/R] WHITE CAPTION, [AUG] GREEN CAPTION ILUMINATE ANO TORQUE
INCREASES.
J 32 00102100
CARO 52
CARO 52
FLIGHT IN VOLCANIC ASH OR DUST

IF VOLCANIC ASH OR DUST IS ENCOUNTERED IN FLIGHT:
M
OXYGEN MASKS ANO SMOKE GOGGLES .................................................... DON/EMERGENCY
CREW COMMUNICATIONS .......................................................................................... ESTABLISH
CONTINOUS IGNITION ................................................................................................................ ON
SEAT BELT SIGNS ....................................................................................................................... ON
M
WARNING :
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CLIMB ABOYE THE ASH CLOUD .
LEAVE THE AREA OF VOLCANIC ASH IMMEDIATELY. TURN THROUGH 1800R, IF

TERRAIN PERMITS, DESCEND .
ENGINE PARAMETERS ................................................................................................... MONITOR
AIRSPEED ......................................................................................................................... MONITOR
AIR CONDITIONING ANO PRESSURISATION SYSTEMS ............................................. MONITOR
NOTE:
1. EXPECT REDUCED VISIBILITY ANO LIMITED EFFECTIVENESS OF THE

LANDING ANO NAVIGATION LIGHTS THROUGHOUT THE REMAINDER OF
THE FLIGHT.
2. AN INCREASE IN EGT MAY INDICATE ENGINE CONGESTION OR INTERNAL
DAMAGE. TO CONTAIN THE EGT WITHIN LIMITS IT MAY BE NECCESARY TO
SHUT DOWN ANO RE-LIGHT AN ENGINE.
3.
CAUTION :
IN REDUCED VISIBILITY THE AUTOPILOT SHOULD BE USED DOWN TO THE

MINIMUM IN USE HEIGHT FOR THE APPROACH AID .
AFTER LANDING DO NOT FLY THE AIRCRAFT UNTIL IT HAS BEEN FULLY
INSPECTED FOR CONTAMINATION ANO DAMAGE.
END.
J 32 00102100
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CARO 56
CARO 56
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
AIRCRAFT .................................................................................................................................STOP
M
PARKING/ EMERGENCY BRAKE ............................................................................................... ON
FEATHER LEVERS ...................................................................................................... TURN / PULL
IF LP COCKS HYD / FUEL INDICATORS NOT SHUT
LP COCKS SWITCH .................................................................................................................. SHUT
EMERGENCY LIGHTING SWITCH ............................................................................................... ON
PASSENGERS .......................................................................................................... ALERT / BRIEF
STATE EMERGENCY EXITS TO BE USED
CONFIRM PROPELLERS HAVE STOPPED ROTATING
CALL ON PA ....................................................................................... 'EVACUA TE TH E Al RCRAFT'
M
LEFT ANO RIGHT FIRE EXT SWITCHES (IF REOUIRED) ................................................. SHOT 1
ATC ........................................................................................................................................ ADVISE
IF TIME PERMITS WHEN ALL PASSENGERS ARE CLEAR OF THE AIRCRAFT
BATTERY MASTER SWITCH ..................................................................................................... OFF
END.
J32 00/01 /00
LIST OF EFFECTIVE CAROS
CARO
REF
TITLE
J32 00/01/00
INTRO
J32 00/01/00
CON1
J32 00/02/00
CON 2
J32 00/01/00
CON 3
J32 00/02/00
CON 4
J32 00/01/00
or
CON 4
J32 00/01/01
BAe Kit 3339
or
CON 4
J32 00/01/02
BAe Kit 3465
or
CON 4
J32 00/01/03
BAe Kits 3465 & 3339
or
CON 4
J32 00/01/04
BAe Mod 8101 & Kit 3339
or
CON 4
J32 00/01/05
BAe Mod 8101 & 3339, 3331 & 2963 or 12168
J32 00/01/00
or [
or [
or
or
[
[
J32 00/01 /01
J32 00/02/00
J32 00/02/01
J32 00/01/00
J32 00/01/00
J32 00/01 /01
J32 00/02/00
J32 00/02/00
J32 00/02/01
APPLICAB ILITY
JAL Kits 3331 & 2963
BAe Kit 3039
BAe Kit 3339
(French Registered Aircraft only)
J32 00/01/00
J32 00/01 /01
BAe Kit 3426
J32 00/01/02
BAe Kit 3465
J32 00/02/00
J32 00/01/00
J32 00/01 /01
10
J32 00/02/00
11
J32 00/02/00
12
J32 00/01/00
12
J32 00/01 /01
13
J32 00/01/00
14
J32 00/01/00
15
J32 00/02/00
15
J32 00/02/01
16
J32 00/02/00
17
J32 00/02/00
or
17
J32 00/02/01
BAe Mod 3469
or
17
J32 00/02/02
BAe Mod 3469 & Kits 12132, 12134, 12135 or Kits 12133, 12134,
12135, Mods 3409 & 8133
or
17
J32 00/02/03
BAe Kit 3465
or
17
J32 00/02/04
BAe Kit 3465 & JK12160
or
or
or [
Revision: 1
BAe Kit 3339
BAe Mods 8071 & 8055
BAe Kits 3479 & 3440
HP4.16
Ensure the correct card for the modification state of the aircraft is included in the checklist.

CARO
REF
18
J32 00/01/00
18
J32 00/01 /01
APPLICAB ILITY
BAe Kit 3465
19
J32 00/02/00
20
J32 00/02/00
or [
20
J32 00/02/01
BAe Kit 3469
or
20
J32 00/02/02
BAe Kit 3469; Mod 8191
21
J32 00/01/00
or
21
J32 00/01 /01
BAe Mod. 8205
or
21
J32 00/01/02
BAe Mod. 8205 IOAT above +40 "C
or
21
J32 00/01/03
BAe Kit 3465
or
21
J32 00/01/04
BAe Kit 3465 & Mod. 8205

BAe Kit 3465 & Mod. 8205 IOAT above +40 "C
or
or [
or
or
21
J32 00/01/05
22
J32 00/01/00
23
J32 00/02/00
24
J32 00/02/00
25
J32 00/01/00
25
J32 00/01 /01
26
J32 00/01/00
27
J32 00/01/00
27
J32 00/01 /01
BAe Mod. 8028

BAe Mod. 8171 with 8055
BAe Kits 12134 & 12135
27
J32 00/01/02
28
J32 00/01/00
or
28
J32 00/01 /01
BAe Mod. 8028
or
28
J32 00/01/02
BAe Mod. 8171 with 8055
or
28
J32 00/01/03
BAe Mod. 8028 & BAe Mod. 8171 with 8055
or
28
J32 00/01/04
BAe Kits 3161 /3 or 3484 & BAe Mod 8055
or
28
J32 00/01/05
BAe Mod. 8028 & BAe Kits 3161/3 or 3484 & BAe Mod 8055
29
J32 00/01/00
29
J32 00/01 /01
or
or
or
[
[
[
30
J32 00/01/00
30
J32 00/01 /01
31
J32 00/01/00
31
J32 00/01 /01
32
J32 00/01/00
33
J32 00/01/00
34
J32 00/01/00
35
J32 00/01/00
36
J32 00/01/00
36
J32 00/01 /01
37
J32 00/01/00
37
J32 00/01 /01
38
J32 00/01/00
38
J32 00/01 /01
HP4.16
BAe Kits 3240/3 or 3161/2 or 3170/3 or 3472 or 3474 or 3484
BAe Kits 3240/3 or 3161/2 or 3170/3 or 3472 or 3474 or 3484
BAe Mod. 7740 & SB 24-JA-900941
JAL Kits 3331 & 2963
JAL Kits 3331 & 2963
JAL Kits 3331 & 2963
Revision: 1
or
or
or
or
CARO
REF
APPLICAB ILITY
39
J32 00/01/00
40
J32 00/01/00
40
J32 00/01 /01
(French Registered Aircraft Only)
40
J32 00/01/02
JAL Kits 3331 & 2963
40
J32 00/01/03
JAL Kits 3331 & 2963 (French Registered Aircraft Only)
41
J32 00/01/00
42
J32 00/01/00
42
J32 00/01 /01
BAe Kits 2624 & 2625 or 3493 or 3502;

BAe Kits 3493 or 3502 or 2625 or 3174 or Kit 2982
or
or
or
43
J32 00/02/00
43
J32 00/02/01
BAe Kit 3397
43
J32 00/02/02
BAe Kit 2655, 2682, 3466 or Kits 2655, 2688, 3466
44
J32 00/01/00
BAe Kits 2655, 2682, 3466
44
J32 00/01 /01
BAe Kits 2655, 2688, 34668

NOT REQUIRED
45
46
J32 00/01/00
BAe Kit 2655
46
J32 00/01 /01
BAe Kits 3199 & 3177
47
J32 00/01/00
JAL Kits 3331 & 2963
48
J32 00/01/00
BAe Kits 3479 & 3440
49
J32 00/01/00
BAe Kits 3479 & 3440
50
J32 00/01/00
JAL Kits 2478/1, 2474, 3416 & Mod. 12108
51
J32 00/02/00
BAe Mod. 3465
52
J32 00/02/00
53
NOT REQUIRED
54
NOT REQUIRED
55
NOT REQUIRED
56
Revision: 1
J32 00/01/00
HP4.16
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REV
01 /02 ; 05-1 2 15-1 7 19/22 43/44 51-56
01
,_
CAROS AFFECTED
DATE
SIGNATURE
BAE
16/09/13
--
>------
~-
...._.
Page 1
~~ .
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REV
CAROS AFFECTED
DATE
SIGNATURE
---
t---
Page2

Aom JS32

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aom JS32

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COPY No.

Jetstream Series 3200

Manufacturers Operating Manual

CAA Approval No. DAI/1011/55

2000 BRITISH AEROSPACE PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Signed ~Date lfr.~~.>O

f or BRITISH AEROSPACE PLC

The manual is issued specif ically for Jetstream Series 3200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

The inclusion of an uncertified Revision will

Rev Issue Inserted

a .c, ..b t. 7. r;;p., ~

Rev Issue Inserted

'i .c.. l.l

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUA L PART 1

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVI SIONS

~ ' ir, .(\(]

Rec o r d of Temporary Revis ions

MANUFACTURERS OPE RAT ING MANUAL PART 1

')_:'; ' ( . q_, ~

Record of Temporary Revisions

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

PRELIMINARY: LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

RECORD OF INCORPORATED SERVICE BULLETINS/MODIFICATIONS

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL

AIRFRAME & FLIGHT CONTROLS

AIR COND & PRESS

EMER EQUIP & OXYGEN

ENGINES & PROPS

ICE & RAIN PROTECTION

COMMS & RECORDING

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

MANUFACTURER'S OPERATING MANUAL (M.O.M.)

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Note: When this manual is issued solely for training purposes.

CAUTION: BEFORE USING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON A WHITE PAGE

IN THIS MANUAL, ENSURE THAT THE PAGE IS NOT AFFECTED BY

In all chapters except CHAP 18 the following applies:

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

A Notice to Aircrew (NTA) is issued on orange paper and

In CHAP 18 pages containing technical differences will

MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM PART 1)

This manual is divided into four sections.

Procedures and Drills

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Warning and Indicator Lights

A C.A.P. caption is a caption on the Central

A caption signifies a series of letters

A light is a lamp without lettering on it.

MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM Part 2)

MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM Part 3)

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABBREVIATIONS, GLOSSARY AND CONVERSION TABLES

CONVERSION GRAPHS AND TABLES

Determination of Temp. In Relation to ISA

Indicated Outside Air Temperature Corrections

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

!-~-t-~--~--.___ _. j...,..L.---